Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm Project Location Senegal

Initial Project Summary

Project Location: Taiba Ndiaye, Tivaoune, Thiès, Senegal

Name of Applicant: Projet Eolien Taiba Ndiaye SA

Name of Project: Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm

Project Description: The proposed Project involves the construction and operation of a 151.8

MW wind farm, including 46 wind turbines and 34 km of internal access roads, in the Thiès

region of Senegal, North West of Tivaoune. The project has a technical footprint of about 49.5

ha with wind turbines covering a total surface area of approximately 7.5 ha. The land for the

Project was acquired from the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye and will be subject to a long-term

lease between the Project and the Region of Thiès. This land was formally used for agricultural

practices by the people within the Municipality of the Taiba Ndiaye, causing 341 people to be

economically displaced because of this Project. Power will be transmitted via the existing high

voltage (90 and 225 kV) transformer sub-station at Tobène, about 1 km southeast of the project.

Senelec, the national electricity company of Senegal, is the sole purchaser of the energy

produced by the Project.

Environmental and Social Categorization and Rationale: The Project has been reviewed against

OPIC’s categorical prohibitions and determined to be categorically eligible. The Project is

screened as Category A because the Project represents a large-scale greenfield wind project

which could have significant adverse environmental and social impacts that are diverse and

irreversible. The major environmental and social concerns related to the Project include

economic displacement as a result of land acquisition, potential impacts on resident and

migrating birds and bats, visual and noise impacts, potential impacts from shadow flicker and

impacts to community health and safety resulting from increased traffic and influx of non-local

workers.

Environmental and Social Standards: OPIC’s environmental and social due diligence indicates

that the Project will have impacts that must be managed in a manner consistent with the

following International Finance Corporation (IFC) 2012 Performance Standards: PS 1:

Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts; PS 2: Labor and

Working Conditions; PS 3: Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention; PS 4: Community

Health, Safety, and Security; PS 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement; and PS 6:

Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.

Performance Standard 7 and 8 are not triggered by the Project at this time. Applicable provisions

of the IFC General Environmental, Health and Safety (EH&S) Guidelines and the EH&S

Guidelines for Wind Energy also apply to the Project.

Location of Local Access to Project Information: Public disclosure of the wind farm ESIA

started in 2009, when a public consultation program was organized and meetings took place

between February 24-28 2009 with government authorities and representatives of 15 local

villages. Additional stakeholder meetings and public hearings have been held in 2010, 2012,

2014 and 2015.

The ESIA is available in French at the Direction de l'Environnement et des Establissements

Classés (DREEC) and Taiba N’Diaye mayor’s offices:

Direction de l'Environnement et des Establissements Classés

106 rue Carnot

Dakar BP 6557

Senegal

Mairie de Taiba N’Diaye

Taiba N’Diaye

Département de Tivaouane

Région de Thiès

Taïba Ndiaye Wind Farm

Environmental and Social Impact Study

Interim Report REV04

July 2015

i

Interim Report

CONTENTS

1 NON-TECHNICAL SUMMARY ..................................................................................... 1 2 INTRODUCTION AND CONTEX OF THE PROJET ................................................ 21

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................ 31 4 POLITICAL, LEGISLATIVE, REGULATORY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ........................................................................................................................ 58 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE BASE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ...................... 75

6 ASSESSMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT’S SENSITIVITY .................................. 160 7 VARIANTS ANALYSIS ................................................................................................ 164

8 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION ................................................ 165 9 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND IMPACTS OF THE PROJECT 175

10 RISK ASSESSMENT .................................................................................................... 244 11 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................. 293

12 CONCLUSION .............................................................................................................. 337 ANNEXES ............................................................................................................................. 338

ii

Interim Report

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1: Breakdown for Senelec’s annual electricity production by source: fossil fuel/hydro-‐power _________ 21 Table 2: List of the experts involved in drawing up the study ________________________________________ 30 Table 3: The rotor speed and the optimal wind speed _____________________________________________ 33 Table 4: Characteristics of the wind turbine’s blades ______________________________________________ 33 Table 5: Characteristics of the tower and wind turbine ____________________________________________ 34 Table 6: Dimensions of the wind turbine’s nacelle ________________________________________________ 35 Table 7: Characteristics of the wind turbine’s control system and hydraulics system _____________________ 36 Table 8: Characteristics of the wind turbine’s gearbox _____________________________________________ 37 Table 9: The main characteristics of the wind turbine’s generator ___________________________________ 38 Table 10: The main characteristics of the wind turbine’s transformer _________________________________ 39 Table 11: The main lubricants, oils and coolants used _____________________________________________ 41 Table 12: Characteristics of the aviation marking system __________________________________________ 43 Table 13: Installation heights of the low-‐intensity lights ___________________________________________ 43 Table 14: The various stages involved in decommissioning a wind farm _______________________________ 55 Table 15: International environmental Conventions signed by Senegal ________________________________ 64 Table 16: The IFC’s performance standards _____________________________________________________ 69 Table 17: Standard NS 05-‐062: Limit values for atmospheric pollutant discharges _______________________ 72 Table 18: Standard NS 05-‐062: Limit values for concentrations of pollutants in ambient air _______________ 72 Table 19: Standard NS 05-‐061: Limit values for the discharge of wastewater into the natural environment ___ 73 Table 20: Summary of the settlements closest to the various lines ___________________________________ 76 Table 21: Summary of the various forms of land and soil use within the project’s zone of influence _________ 80 Table 22: Average monthly simulated wind speed at the site in 2008 at an altitude of 50 meters ___________ 84 Table 23: Soil analysis results at the wind farm project’s sites _______________________________________ 86 Table 24: Results of classic chemical analyses of the groundwater in the vicinity of the sites ______________ 93 Table 25: Taxonomic spectrum ______________________________________________________________ 102 Table 26: List of the families along with the name of the genus and species ___________________________ 105 Table 27: List of the plant species used by local populations _______________________________________ 109 Table 28: Diversity of the avian fauna in the Taïba Ndiaye zone ____________________________________ 110 Table 29: The abundance of the species of avian fauna encountered in the Taïba Ndiaye zone ____________ 112 Table 30: Summary of the sensitive spaces within the area of influence of the project’s site ______________ 116 Table 31: Summary of the services rendered by the ecosystems ____________________________________ 119 Table 32: Structure of households in villages neighboring the project’s site ___________________________ 129 Table 33: Noise data at the property boundaries of the Tobène station ______________________________ 151 Table 34: Noise data at the reference points (mild wind) __________________________________________ 151 Table 35: Orders of magnitude of the noise levels likely to be perceived by neighbours __________________ 154 Table 36: Level of regulatory constraint for each exposed point ____________________________________ 154 Table 37: Level of regulatory constraint for safety distances _______________________________________ 155 Table 38: Average monthly wind speeds at the site in 2008 at an altitude of 50 meters _________________ 157 Table 39: Noise level of the wind farm as a function of the safety distances ___________________________ 158 Table 40: Assessment of the sensitivity of the various components in the project’s environment __________ 160 Table 41:Summary of the concerns of the various staakeholders and the state of management in the description of the project or the ESMP (Environmental and Social Management Plan) ____________________________ 173 Table 42: Orders of magnitude of footprints for an onshore wind farm ______________________________ 178 Table 43: Summary of the anticipated beneficial effects of the wind farm project ______________________ 186 Table 44: Summary of the impact of the wind farm on substrate quality _____________________________ 188 Table 45: Impacts of the wind farm on soil quality _______________________________________________ 190 Table 46: Impact of the wind farm on surface water resources _____________________________________ 191 Table 47: Impact of the wind farm on surface water quality _______________________________________ 192 Table 48: Impact of the wind farm on the groundwater ___________________________________________ 193 Table 49: Environmental impacts per wind turbine on the vegetation _______________________________ 196 Table 50: Impacts of the wind farm on the terrestrial wildlife and birdlife ____________________________ 201

iii

Interim Report

Table 51: Comparison of emissions of different electric power generation modes ______________________ 203 Table 52: Sound levels of construction machinery at variable distances ______________________________ 213 Tableau 53 : Number of hours per year of estimated production of the wind park (based on the the data of the 100 m meaurement mast installed on site at Taiba Ndiaye. _______________________________________ 229 Tableau 54 : Probablity of sunshine (average hours of sunshine per day] [LOUGA] _____________________ 230 Tableau 55 : Summary of Strobe Effects _______________________________________________________ 232 Tableau 56 : Identification of Sources and timing of potential strobe effects __________________________ 233 Table 53: Electromagnetic cables of some household equipment, electric cables and underground cables ___ 238 Table 54: Fire/explosion risk from the lubricating oil _____________________________________________ 245 Table 55: Acute toxicity of the lubricating oil ___________________________________________________ 245 Table 56: ecotoxicity of the lubricating oil _____________________________________________________ 245 Table 57: Equipment-related hazards _________________________________________________________ 246 Table 58: Lightning hazards ________________________________________________________________ 248 Table 59: Wind and storm hazards ___________________________________________________________ 249 Table 60: Summary of the accident rate (source ARIA) ___________________________________________ 252 Table 61: Summary of the accident rate (source ARIA) ___________________________________________ 252 Table 62: Summary of feared events __________________________________________________________ 255 Table 63: Levels of factors (P, 2) in preparing a risk matrix ________________________________________ 257 Table 64: Risk level matrix __________________________________________________________________ 258 Table 65: Summary analysis and presentation of initial risk levels ___________________________________ 260 Table 66: Summary of barriers to prevent and mitigate consequences _______________________________ 268 Table 67: Summary analysis and presentation of final risk levels ___________________________________ 272 Table 68: Calculation results for an entire blade flying through the air _______________________________ 280 Table 69: Calculation results for an end quarter of a blade flying through the air ______________________ 281 Table 70: Calculation results for the tip of a blade flying through the air _____________________________ 282 Table 71: Calculation results for an entire blade flying through the air _______________________________ 283 Table 72: Distance between the targets and group 1 of the wind turbines ____________________________ 285 Table 73: Distance between the targets and group 2 of the wind turbines ____________________________ 285 Table 74: Distance between the targets and group 3 of the wind turbines ____________________________ 286 Table 75: Distance between the targets and group 4 of the wind turbines ____________________________ 286 Table 76: Distance between the targets and group 5 of the wind turbines ____________________________ 286 Table 77: Probability classes of major accidents _________________________________________________ 287 Table 78: Distribution of the size of fragments __________________________________________________ 288 Table 79: Probability of risks ________________________________________________________________ 289 Table 80: Measures to mitigate environmental and social impacts __________________________________ 296 Table 81: Waste management plan __________________________________________________________ 301 Table 82: Need for training and information ___________________________________________________ 304 Table 83: Capacity-‐building plan _____________________________________________________________ 308 Table 84: Environmental monitoring program and implementing bodies/individuals ____________________ 318 Table 85: Environmental and social Management Planduring the design and erection phases of the wind farm _______________________________________________________________________________________ 320 Table 86: Environmental and social Management Plan during the wind farm operating phase ____________ 325 Table 87: Summary of administrative organization ______________________________________________ 332 Table 88: Cost of environmental and social management plan _____________________________________ 336

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1: Schematic diagram showing the methodological approach for environmental assessment of the impacts _________________________________________________________________________________ 26 Figure 2: Process involved in the detailed assessment of environmental and social impacts _______________ 29 Figure 3: Diagram of the wind turbine’s nacelle __________________________________________________ 32

iv

Interim Report Interim Report

Figure 4: Simplified drawing of the tower _______________________________________________________ 35 Figure 5: Cutaway view of the V112/V117/V126 gearbox __________________________________________ 37 Figure 6: Appearance and location of the generator ______________________________________________ 38 Figure 7: Vestas Cooler Top™ ________________________________________________________________ 40 Figure 8: The components of a wind farm _______________________________________________________ 46 Figure 9: Preparing the land _________________________________________________________________ 47 Figure 10: Preparation of the foundations ______________________________________________________ 47 Figure 11: Storage of the blades on-‐site before hoisting them _______________________________________ 48 Figure 12: Preparation of a blade _____________________________________________________________ 49 Figure 13: Mounting of the first component of the tower __________________________________________ 49 Figure 14: Mounting the tower’s components ___________________________________________________ 50 Figure 15: Preparation of the nacelle __________________________________________________________ 50 Figure 16: Mounting the nacelle on the tower ___________________________________________________ 51 Figure 17: Lifting a blade ____________________________________________________________________ 51 Figure 18: Assembling a blade onto the hub _____________________________________________________ 52 Figure 19: Holding a blade in position while it is being fastened to the hub ____________________________ 52 Figure 20: Sub-‐soil trench digging. The machine used for digging the trench to a depth of approximately 1 m 52 Figure 21: Example of a photomontage of the projected layout of the wind turbines _____________________ 53 Figure 22: Illustration of the source of noises ____________________________________________________ 56 Figure 23: Decrease in perceptions of the noise of a wind turbine depending on how far away you are ______ 57 Figure 24: Shifts in average monthly temperatures at Thiès from 1977 to 2011 _________________________ 81 Figure 25: Average monthly rainfall at the Thiès station from 1930 to 2011 ____________________________ 82 Figure 26: Monthly changes in the wind speed at Thiès from 1964 to 2011 ____________________________ 83 Figure 27: Summary wind rose for Taïba Ndiaye with frequencies in % at an altitude of 50 meters _________ 84 Figure 28: Triangle for determining soil slaking depending on the soil texture __________________________ 86 Figure 29: Geological section and catchment of the Taïba Ndiaye borehole [see below for translation] ______ 88 Figure 30: Spectrum of families of species _____________________________________________________ 107 Figure 31: Spectrum of frequency of occurrence _________________________________________________ 108 Figure 32: Spectrum of bird families __________________________________________________________ 111 Figure 33: Breakdown by religion ____________________________________________________________ 129 Figure 34: Breakdown of the ethnic groups of the households neighboring the site _____________________ 130 Figure 35: Breakdown of children of school age _________________________________________________ 138 Figure 36: Breakdown for children attending school _____________________________________________ 138 Figure 37: Breakdown of the households’ therapy choices _________________________________________ 139 Figure 38: Breakdown of the potable water drinking supply sources _________________________________ 140 Figure 39: Breakdown of the households that have electricity ______________________________________ 141 Figure 40: Breakdown for household lighting methods ___________________________________________ 141 Figure 41: Breakdown for the types of toilets in households _______________________________________ 142 Figure 42: Households’ assessment levels for their living conditions _________________________________ 143 Figure 43: Descriptive diagram of an onshore wind farm (scaling ratios not representative) ______________ 177 Figure 44: Assembling the nacelle ____________________________________________________________ 179 Figure 45: Fitting the rotor (formed by the hub, the cone and three blades). __________________________ 180 Figure 46: Mitigation of the noise according to the distance away from the wind turbine ________________ 181 Figure 47: Representation of a wind turbine in the landscape ______________________________________ 183 Figure 48: Machine for digging the trench about 1 m deep ________________________________________ 189 Figure 49: Causes of fatal accidents listed in birds _______________________________________________ 199 Figure 50: Levels of various typical sources of noise ______________________________________________ 214 Figure 51: Design note of the estimated onset of sound [5.0 -‐ 10.0 m/s] -‐ villages of Kelkhom Diop, Mourdjiguène, and Taiba Mbaye ____________________________________________________________ 220 Figure 52: Design note of the estimated onset of sound [5.0 -‐ 10.0 m/s] -‐ villages of Bal Samb and Moka Gueye Beye ___________________________________________________________________________________ 222 Figure 53: Illustration of the stroboscopic effect phenomenon _____________________________________ 227 Figure 54: The periodic masking of the sun by the moving blades (source: ADEME) _____________________ 228

v


Figure 55 : Projection of Shadows -‐ Strobe Effet -‐ [Worse Case] -‐ number of hours per year ______________ 234 Figure 56 : Projection of Shadows -‐ Strobe Effet -‐ [Most Likely Case] -‐ number of hours per year __________ 235 Figure 57 : Projection of Shadows -‐ Strobe Effet -‐ [Worse Case] -‐ number of minutes per day _____________ 236 Figure 58 : Projection of Shadows -‐ Strobe Effet -‐ [Most Likely Case] -‐ number of minutes per day _________ 237 Figure 55: Distribution of number of accidents noted in wind turbines by type of accident _______________ 254

LIST OF PHOTOS

Photo 1: Cash cropping in a palm grove Photo 2: Mango trees plantation _________________________ 78 Photo 3: A herd of grazing cows Photo 4: An old clearing _________________________________ 78 Photo 5: A juvenile mango trees plantation _____________________________________________________ 79 Photo 6: Juvenile plantation with cash crops Photo 7: Peanut fields at the end of harvesting ____________ 79 Photo 9: Bundle of dead wood tied up using Leptadiana hastata vines _______________________________ 119 Photo 10: Pruning the side branches from mango trees ___________________________________________ 119 Photo 11: Looking for sap in the base of a palm in order to make wine Photo 12:Gathering palm leaves ____ 120 Photo 13: Base of Boscia senegalensis beside E23 Photo 14: Bade of Leptadiana hastata beside E18 ___ 121 Photo 15: Hut roof based on palm leaves Photo 16: Framework for a hut made with palm stems __ 122 Photo 17: A fence made from palm leaves _____________________________________________________ 123 Photo 18: Low stone wall Photo 19: Wind break ____________________________ 123 Photo 20: Standing bodies of water on line 3 ___________________________________________________ 124

LIST OF MAPS

Map 1: Location of the Taïba Ndiaye wind park project ____________________________________________ 44 Map 2: The precise location of the site within the territory of the borough of Taïba Ndiaye _______________ 45 Map 3: Situation and location of the project zone of study _________________________________________ 77 Map 4: Map of the hydrogeological units and of the depths of the captured water in the Taïba Ndiaye zone and the surrounding villages ____________________________________________________________________ 95 Map 5: Piezometric map of the Northern Littoral aquifer system ____________________________________ 96 Map 6: Location of the plant species inventory plots _____________________________________________ 101 Map 7: Map of the protected areas within the project’s expanded zone ______________________________ 117 Map 8: Presentation of the polarised zone _____________________________________________________ 152 Map 9: Breakdown of the noise levels for the initial acoustic state _________________________________ 155 Map 10: Location of the wind turbines in relation to inhabited zones (a setback boundary of 1,000 m was drawn around the inhabited zones in light pink). ______________________________________________________ 156 Map 11: Map of estimated equal loudness curves for wind conditions of 5 m/s ________________________ 216 Map 12 Map of estimated equal loudness curves for wind conditions of 6 m/s ________________________ 217 Map 13 Map of estimated equal loudness curves for wind conditions of 7 m/s ________________________ 218 Map 14 Map of estimated equal loudness curves for wind conditions of 8 m/s ________________________ 219 Map 15: Project installation map in the territory of the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye with theoretical withdrawal perimeter of 1000 m ______________________________________________________________________ 224 Map 16: Distances of effect for an entire blade flying through the air _______________________________ 281 Map 17: Distances of effect for an end quarter of a blade flying through the air _______________________ 282 Map 18: Distances of effect for the tip of a blade flying through the air ______________________________ 283 Map 19: Identification of targets influenced for groups G1 and G2 __________________________________ 284 Map 20: Identification of targets influenced for groups G3, G4 and G5 ______________________________ 284

1


1 NON-TECHNICAL SUMMARY

1.1 INTRODUCTION

The operating permit request for the wind farm at Taïba Ndiaye is the pretext for this in-depth environmental impact study.

The site which is to host the project covers an overall surface area of approximately 7 ha split into 47 plots of land (46 for the wind turbines and 1 for the technical/operations zone). The administrative information for the work zone is as follows:

Country: Senegal Region: Thiès Department: Tivaoune Rural Community Taïba Ndiaye Locations impacted by the project Ndomor, Keur Malé, Minam, Mbayéne, Keur Birama,

Keur Samba Awa, Keur Mbaye Sénoba. Taïba Mbaye, Same Ndiaye, Baïty Ndiaye Baïty Gueye, Keur Madiagne Taïba Santhie, and Keur Assane

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The project relates to the development, construction and implementation of a wind farm with 46 wind turbines providing power of 3.3 MW per unit, amounting to total power of 151.8 MW.

The project’s execution may be split into 5 phases:

Phase 1: The development phase: Impact feasibility studies; in progress

Phase 2: The administrative and contractual phase: Obtaining permits (building permits, operating permits) and purchase contracts for the electricity produced over a period of 20 years; in progress

Phase 3: The construction phase for the first tranche, with the installation of 16 x 3.3 MW wind turbines, providing a total power of 52.8 MW (approximately).

Phase 4: The construction phase for the second tranche, with the installation of 16 x 3.3 MW wind turbines, providing a total power of 52.8 MW.

Phase 5: The construction phase for the third tranche, with the installation of 14 x 3.3 MW wind turbines, providing a total power of 46.2 MW

2


ü How a wind turbine works

The main components of a wind turbine are (from bottom to top):

-‐ Foundations that may exceed 400 cubic meters of reinforced concrete, -‐ A metal tower that is either tubular or made from lattice work. The electric

transformer system (alternator) and a ladder for gaining access to the top of the tower can be found inside the base,

-‐ A rotor consisting of a set of blades. These are made from composite materials and there are usually three of them (three-blade system). Sometimes the wind turbine only features two of them (two-blade system),

-‐ A nacelle housing the core of the wind turbine, particularly the electric generator, the gearbox, the braking system, etc.

-‐ A set of equipment and auxiliary instruments: the system for orienting the nacelle (wind vane), devices for measuring the wind speed (anemometer), electronic control devices, etc.

Rotor with a horizontal shaft fitted with three

blades

Nacelle

Tower

Whenever the wind picks up (to a speed of about 5 km/h), the blades begin moving solely from the force of the wind. Their movement activates the gearbox and the electric generator.

When the wind is sufficiently strong to overcome friction (at a speed of about 15 km/h), the wind turbine can be coupled to the electrical network. The rotor then spins at a rate of one turn every 4 to 6 seconds. This rotation speed will remain constant throughout the production period so that an alternating current with a constant frequency may be produced.

The generator will then deliver an electric current, the intensity of which varies depending on the wind speed. Thus, when the latter increases, the load bearing on the rotor is accentuated and the power provided by the generator increases.

3


When the wind reaches about 40 km/h, the wind turbine provides its maximum power level. This power is kept constant using the aerodynamics of the blades.

The anemometer will intervene in relation to extreme wind conditions. In fact, above and beyond a certain wind speed, which varies depending on the models in question, the wind turbine will be “stopped”. In concrete terms, when the wind speed exceeds about 90 km/h, the blades are feathered, or placed parallel to the wind direction. The rotor then freewheels, turning slowly, and the wind turbine no longer produces any electricity.

ü The project’s zone of influence

Three (3) study zones were delineated for the purposes of this ESIS (Environmental and Social Impact Study).

F The restricted study zone

This is a zone inside of which the project is technically feasible with forty-six (46) wind turbines, each taking up 1,400 m2, making for a total siting of 7 hectares, and on access paths which must have high-voltage cables amounting to a linear distance of approximately 34 km.

F The detailed study zone or the works’ direct zone of influence

This takes into consideration all of the territory disrupted or the work zone. It includes a radius of influence, exceeding five (5) km. It is defined based on the potential impact sources linked to the project’s construction phase.

F The expanded or remote study zone

This relates to the zones of the territory belonging to local entities (the rural community of Diass) covered by the socio-economic analysis. This zone factors in the project’s potential effects on the components of the socio-economic and biophysical environment.

F Estimate concerning the settlements closest to the various rows

Estimating the distance between the wind farm and the various surrounding locations is of paramount importance because it enables identification of the zones which may be adversely affected by the project’s impacts (noise pollution, landscape impacts, etc.). The closest villages (Baïty Guèye, Baïty Ndiaye, Khelcom Diop, Ndombor Diop, Taïba Santhie, Taïba Ndiaye, Maka Gaye Bèye, Diambalo, etc.) are located less than 2 km away from the project.

The locations of the wind turbines closest to the villages are:

Rows or groups concerned

Wind turbine concerned

Distance from buildings (Km)

Village concerned

Row 5 E46 1.27 Baity Ndiaye E41 1.07 Maka Gaye Beye

4


Rows or groups concerned


Distance from buildings (Km)

Village concerned

E39 0.95 E40 0.95

Row 4 E31 1.42 Baity Gueye

Row 3 E27 1.27 Khelcom E28 E18 2.6 Taïba Ndiaye

Row 2

E10 1.75 Ndiombor Diop E11 1.07

Khélcom Diop E12 1.06 E13 1.18

Row 1 E1 1.4 Diambola 1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE SENSITIVITY OF THE HOST ENVIRONMENT

This entails a scientific assessment of the sensitivity and vulnerability of species of plants and animals, the project’s direct areas of influence, and the project’s remote and induced effects.

Translating raw environmental data into sensitivity levels is a key stage in the procedure. Defining the various issues involved (landscape, heritage, ecological and other such stakes) enables the sensitivity of the project’s sites to be assessed. The environmental data, translated into sensitivity levels, can then be categorized into several levels: low sensitivity, medium sensitivity, high sensitivity, and very high sensitivity.

5

Interim Report

Assessment of the sensitivity of the various components in the project’s environment THEME CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROJECT’S ZONE STAKES

LEVEL COMPATIBILITY WITH THE PROJECT

Geology The overall context is linked to that of the Senegal-Mauritanian Basin.

P A relatively flat area: the altitude levels range from 33 to 60 meters. The local geological context for establishment of Niayes (dune systems): a succession of basins and unconsolidated dunes. A Niayes region with high groundwater.

Pedologic resources

An interesting level of diversity in terms of pedologic resources is noted in the project’s zone: Dior soil, Deck-Dior soil, Deck soil, and Dior-Dior soil.

N The presence of Deck-Dior soil suitable for arboriculture and cash cropping The presence of Deck soils rich in organic materials suitable for market gardening.

Groundwater The numerous hydrogeological formations are accessed via traditional wells and boreholes.

N

Potable groundwater throughout the villages affected by the project and the environs. High groundwater (between a depth of 17 meters to 66 meters) is exploited via traditional wells: co-operatives, agriculture and livestock rearing. Groundwater held in Lutetian limestone is exploited via boreholes: cooperatives , agriculture and livestock rearing.

Surface water There are no long-term water supply points at the project’s site or in its surrounding environment.

N No long-term water supply points on-site and/or in the zone of influence. There are numerous temporary pools which become depleted a few months after the last rains. The market garden basins are filled by surface water during the rainy season.

Natural risks Flooding of basins or low-lying areas. N Flooding of basins or low-lying areas (proximity to the high groundwater).

6

Interim Report

THEME CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROJECT’S ZONE STAKES LEVEL

COMPATIBILITY WITH THE PROJECT

Shifting dunes subject to collapse. Crops are attacked by pests: worms, termites, ants, etc.

Crops are attacked.

Collapsing sand dunes.

Sensitive zones The only listed area in the project zone is the Pire Gourèye area (listed under Order No. 1857 of 5 May 1946) which brings together nineteen (19) villages.

P No sensitive area has been noted in the immediate zone of influence of the project’s sites. The only Protected Forest under the project’s influence is that of Pire Gourèye. PF dominated by palmyra groves Existence of a bird migration corridor (between the PNOD (Djodj National Bird Park) and the islands of Sine Saloum).

Flora and vegetation

The species encountered at the site and in the surrounding environment have Sahel-Sudan phytogeographic affinities: falling within the 350 and 600 mm isohyets. The taxonomic spectrum (the site and the surrounding environment) indicates 128 species belonging to 99 genera, split into 41 families. The Poaceae (Graminae) family is the most diverse one, with 18 species, followed by the Fabaceae-Faboidae family which has 17 specific taxa. The Indigofera genus is the most diverse one, featuring 7 species.

N Presence of three (3) endemic species (Crotalariasphaerocarpa, Polycarpaea linearifolia and Vernoniabambilorensis) of Senegalese flora. The presence of three (3) threatened species (Borassus aethiopum, Adansonia digitata, Faidherbia albida) or species that may pose a threat to other Senegalese species. The presence of eight (8) species (Adansonia digitata, Borassus aethiopum, Elaeis guineensis, Faidherbia albida, Grewia bicolor, Prosopis africana, Tamarindus indica and Ziziphus mauritiana) that are partially protected by the Senegalese Forestry Code. The presence of types of trees that have multiple uses (Adansonia digitata, Borassus aethiopum, Elaeis guineensis, Faidherbia albida, Grewia bicolor, Prosopis africana, Tamarindus indica and Ziziphus mauritiana, etc.) some of which are protected by the Forestry Code and are listed as protected Senegalese flora.

7

Interim Report



The presence of a type of tree of proven value to the eco-system.

Fauna The fauna encountered at the project’s site and in the surrounding environment mainly consists of birds or avifauna. The inventory mentions the presence of 25 families split into 39 genera and 39 species. The dominant families are: Columbidae (12.82%), Accipritidae and Ploceidae (7.69 % each). The Apodidae, Coracidae and Psittacidae families each account for 5.13%. The rest of the families inventoried each account for 2.56 %.

N The presence of numerous birds from four species fully protected by the Hunting Code. The presence of three species of mammals listed in Appendix I of the 2011 version of the CITES Convention (Mungos mungo, Ichneumia albicauda and Canis aureus). The presence of five birds featured in Appendix II (1) (Milvus migrans, Tockus erythrorhynchus, Tockus nasutus, Bubulcus ibis and Poicephalus senegalus)

Population The estimated population of the Rural Community (RC) is 24,114 inhabitants; the breakdown for the population of the RC of Taïba Ndiaye is 47.97% males and 52.02% females, with 60% of the population being young people from 0 to 19 years of age. Of the 39 villages comprising the RC of Taïba Ndiaye, 10 villages are affected by the project. The closest housing sites are 1.2 and 1.5 km from the project’s sites.

P There are ten (10) villages, the closest of which are 1.2 km to 1.5 km away.

Socio-economic activities

The greatest cash crop continues to be manioc (cassava), which covers nearly 65% of the surface areas, while millet (20% of the cultivated surface areas) and black-eyed peas (5% of the cultivated surface areas) are food crops, followed by market gardening and other seasonal and perennial crops, particularly mangoes. Grazing activities are dominated by semi-intensive grazing.

N Strong presence of agricultural activities: arboriculture, market gardening, rainfall agriculture, etc. Low presence of grazing activities: extensive livestock rearing. The presence of species of plants that have multiple uses and are exploited by the local populations.

8

Interim Report



Harvesting activities have been developed with the exploitation and sale of forest products.

Infrastructure The only infrastructures at the site and in its immediate surrounding environment consist of the investments made by concessionaries (Senelec (Senegal’s national electricity company), SDE (the national water company), and Sonatel (the national telcommunications company)) and a few personal investments in agricultural lands.

P The presence of overhead and underground lines belonging to Senelec.

N The presence of numerous concessionaries: Senelec, Sonatel and SDE: overhead and/or underground networks. The presence of boundary hedges established by the operators. The presence of traditional wells (known as “céanes”) in market garden basins, set up by farmers.

Transport The main ways of getting around are sandy rural tracks: main ones and secondary ones.

N The presence of numerous production tracks: main tracks and secondary tracks.

Climatology The project’s zone is located in the Sahel-Sahara climatic area, falling within the 350 and 600 mm isohyets.

P Maximum low wind speed: 2.8 m/s from September to October. Maximum speeds from March (4.1 m/s) to May (4.06 m/s).

9

Interim Report

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND IMPACTS

The environmental and social management plan enables the mitigation measures listed below to be implemented depending on the potential impacts identified. This plan specifies those responsible for implementation of these measures, as well as the surveillance, inspection and monitoring of them. It also provides methodologies for the implementation of the measures indicated.

The environmental and social management plan features a set of measures for mitigating the negative impacts, set out according to the three key stages of the project - the preparation, operation, and closure/decommissioning of the site.

It also sets out the methods for implementing these measures and features a surveillance and monitoring plan, as well as institutional measures for strengthening the capacity of the parties responsible for its implementation and for informing the local population.

10

Interim Report

Environmental and Social Management Plan during the wind farm’s design and development phase Potential negative impacts

Mitigation measure Period Company in charge

Strategy implemented by the Developer

Indicators Cost Monitoring/ Regulatory Inspection

Temporary compacting of the soil

Carrying out soil tests in order to determine the nature of the site.

Engineering phase PETN Geotechnical studies by an approved laboratory

Test results 10,000,000 PETN RC of Taïba Ndiaye DREEC (Regional Division for the Environment and Listed Establishments)/Thiès and Monitoring Committee

Ground waterproofing after laying concrete and excavating soil.

Priority reuse for agricultural purposes of the good soil excavated from the paths and from the surface layer for the foundations.

Development phase PETN Recycling and reuse of the soils

The volumes of excavated soil reused

Included in the CPTP (Special Works Specifications) for the works

PETN DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Project Manager and landowners

Soil and groundwater pollution due to accidental seepage of liquid pollutants (worksite or storage machinery:

Storage of hazardous liquid products (oils, fuel, etc.) during construction in a holding tray that can hold the tank’s full volume.

Development phase PETN Works Contractor

Making pollution prevention kits available at the worksite

The presence of holding trays The number of emergency interventions Technical inspections of heavy machinery

Included in the works quotation

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee and Project Manager

11

Interim Report

hydrocarbons, hydraulic fluids, lubricants and paints). Soil and sub-soil pollution: presence of oils in the wind turbines (approximately 1,500 litres per wind turbine), oil in the transformers.

Placement of equipment items with oils inside them (gearbox, transformers, etc.) in a holding bin that is sufficiently large.

Engineering phase

PETN Giving priority to dry transformers instead of transformers that use oil

As above Included in the works quotation


Reduction of the arable surface areas and a decline in production yields Loss of forestry and agriculture production

Compensate landowners in accordance with a scale that has been jointly agreed to Selection of the site Fair and equitable compensation of the people affected by the project

Engineering phase Development phase

PETN Setting up a compensation committee

The number of people affected by the project The compensation amount The number of complaints and claims

To be determined with the landowners and the Municipal Council of Taïba Ndiaye

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Rural Council Compensation Committee

Pruning or possible removal of certain trees planted and/or important shrubs along the access paths.

Protection of important species located in the fields and along the access paths.

Development phase PETN IREF

Plant trees and shrubs to compensate for this

The number of plants The linear distance for the trees and shrubs planted

10,000,000 DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee PETN Forestry sector

12

Interim Report

Adverse effects on stands of heritage species Cutting down trees, clearing land Accidental introduction of invasive species

No soil brought in that is from off-site Putting back removed topsoil with plants after the works Preservation of the crane pad area Protection of habitats highly sensitive to being trampled, informing the public Management of threatened natural environments

Development phase PETN IREF

Site selection Checking prior to works that there are no heritage species there

Heritage species affected Compensatory tree plantings

Not given

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee PETN Forestry sector of Tivaouane

Destruction, loss or deterioration of habitats (sites where nesting or wintering over occurs) Avifauna, chiropterans

Selection of a site that avoids migration paths Selection of the height of the wind turbines Positioning of the wind turbines: outside sensitive zones, parallel to paths that avifauna fly along, spacing rows to facilitate passing through Placing markings on the wind turbines in order to limit the impact on avifauna Maintaining habitats on the edges of the wind farm by managing crop rotation

Development phase PETN Included in the works quotation

The number of deaths due to the wind turbines


DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee PETN Forestry sector

13

Interim Report

Destruction, loss or deterioration of habitats Destruction of specimens that are not very mobile

Check prior to the works that there are no heritage species Rehabilitation or creation of replacement ponds

Development and engineering phase

PETN Site selection that avoids sensitive zones

Not given

Noise generated by machinery passing by (trucks, cranes), increase in the number of peak levels per hour.

• Carrying out the work on work days (working on weekends, at dawn and at night-time shall be avoided as much as possible).

• Limiting noise levels (do not exceed the values taken into account under the framework of this study).

Development phase PETN Works Contractor

Noise level Individual protective equipment allocated to staff Complaints and grievances from people living nearby

Include in the CPTP

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee PETN

Possible deterioration of the roads and red earth tracks, noise pollution, etc.

Setting up a police escort for a one-off convoy working in collaboration with the company building the wind turbines, the police and local authorities. Wide-load transport permit request

Development phase PETN Involve Civil Defence

% of rotations escorted Deterioration of the roads due to axle overloading

1,500,000 DREEC/Thiès, Security Forces Land Transport Directorate Sarreole DPC (Civil Defence Directorate)

Disturbances to employees and neighbours Dust being created during earthmoving works

Spraying tracks driven along Planting trees along the tracks to catch dust

Development phase Works contractor

PETN -‐ The presence of water tanks

-‐ Volumes of water consumed for sprinkling paths

-‐ The linear

Included in the works contractor’s offer

PETN DREEC/Thiès Public Health District

14

Interim Report

relating to the wind turbines’ footprints and tracks Dust thrown up by machinery and heavy vehicles on the red earth tracks

distance of trees planted to catch dust

Natural fire risks due to lightning strikes

Carry out a lightning protection study

Development phase PETN Involve the DPC 46 lightning rods installed

Included in the equipment foreseen on each wind turbine

PETN DPC

Modification of how the space is organized, introduction of scale ratios Interactions with the landscaping environment (rural, urban, industrial landscape), and with landscape factors

Landscaping project Limitation of visibility of the site Specific operations for returning the site to its original condition

Development phase PETN Site selection and layout variant

Landscape insertion project proposed

Not given PETN Borough of Taïba Ndiaye DREEC

15

Interim Report

Environmental and Social Management Plan during the wind farm’s operations phase Potential negative impacts

Mitigation measure Period Company in charge

Strategy implemented by the Developer

Indicators Cost Monitoring/ Regulatory Inspection

Negative fiscal impacts Negative tourist impacts

Operational aid for local structures (agricultural, associations, tourist and other structures)

Operations phase Borough of Taïba Ndiaye

Investment in favor of local bodies neighboring the wind farm

Borough revenues Subsidies granted to producers’ organizations Structural projects that favor the community

Not given

Municipal Council of Taïba Ndiaye Monitoring Committee

Soil and groundwater pollution due to accidental seepage of liquid pollutants (worksite or storage machinery: hydrocarbons, hydraulic fluids, lubricants and paints).

Storage of hazardous liquid products (oils, fuel, etc.) during construction in a holding tray that can hold the tank’s full volume.

Operations phase PETN Works Contractor

Making pollution prevention kits available at the worksite

The presence of holding trays The number of emergency interventions Technical inspections of heavy machinery



Pollution during maintenance work and oil changes.

Carrying out maintenance work according to a well-established schedule and whilst taking the precautions required to avoid any spillage whatsoever of oil or any other liquid substance that is hazardous to the environment.

Operations phase PETN Emergency measures

Holding trays and pollution prevention kits

- Included in the operating budget


16

Interim Report

Reduction of the arable surface areas and a decline in production yields

Compensate landowners in accordance with a scale that has been jointly agreed to

Operations phase PETN

Setting up a monitoring committee for complaints from people affected by the project Allocating an operating budget to the committee

The number of complaints and claims The disputes resolved

1,500,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Rural Council Compensation Committee

Trampling of habitats in the vicinity by visitors (indirect effect)

Preservation of the crane pad area Protection of habitats highly sensitive to being trampled, informing the public Management of threatened natural environments


Restoring deteriorated environments Stabilizing access paths

Restored surface areas Communication tools developed that are aimed at visitors

Included in the works costs

DEEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Research institutes PETN Forestry sector of Tivaouane

Risk of bird strikes against moving blades (limited risk); birds of prey are however more sensitive to latticework towers.

Placing markings on the wind turbines in order to limit the impact on avifauna


Setting up research protocols with universities and research institutes Monitoring deaths

The number of deaths due to the wind turbines

7,000,000

DEEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Research institutes PETN Forestry sector of Tivaouane

17

Interim Report

“Bird scarer” effect: risk of disturbing wide avifauna “Barrier” effect Miscellaneous disturbances (for example failed reproduction or lowering of the reproduction rate)

Developing ornithological monitoring in order to assess the impacts of the wind turbines on the avifauna Maintenance of habitats on the edges of the wind farm by managing crop rotation Protecting nesting sites Adapted control of how the wind turbines operate

Operations phase

PETN The Forestry Sector

Involve research institutes and universities

Direct observation of the rarity of the local fauna The existence of monitoring protocols Monitoring results

4,000,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Research institutes PETN Forestry sector

Noise generated by operating and maintenance vehicles passing by

• Raising the awareness of operating staff about speed limits and instructions for following the road code and road signage

• Traffic speed limit in accordance with recommendations

• Noise level limit (do not exceed the values factored in within the context of this study).

Development and dismantling phases PETN Works Contractor

Tools for raising awareness developed Complaints and grievances from people living nearby

2,000,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Road Safety Authority PETN

Possible deterioration of the roads and red earth tracks, noise pollution, etc.

Contribute to periodic maintenance of the road Contribution to the budget of the Borough of Taïba Ndiaye for maintaining and rehabilitating tracks

Operations phase PETN Involve Civil Defence

Taxes paid for excess loads Budget allocated to maintaining tracks

1,500,000

DREEC/Thiès, Security Forces Roads Directorate Land Transport Directorate PETN DPC

18

Interim Report

Risk of accidents (broken blades, fallen towers, the rotor catching fire, environment pollution, road transport of the wind turbine components, lightning strikes). Generating infrasonic sounds Shadow casting effect

Site selection (far away from neighboring houses) Informing the public Setting up a POI (Internal Operations Plan) and testing it regularly

Operations phase PETN Involve the DPC

Existence of a POI and testing it Campaign for informing the local population and safety rules markings

15,000,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee Sarreole DPC Local body of Taïba Ndiaye & neighboring populations

Risk of collision (foundations, towers), and of becoming snagged (bottom of the blades, cables)

Installing the wind turbines in the direction of traffic flow and the spacing of the machines Audio signal

Operations phase PETN Incidents log Not given PETN DPC DREEC

19

Interim Report

Noise from the wind turbines Light emissions Radio frequency reception disruptions Disturbances to the neighboring area

Site selection (far away from neighbours) Acoustic optimisation of the wind farm Re-establishing reception quality Curtailing the wind turbines should they exceed noise levels


Public health monitoring protocol with the University of Thiès (Faculty of Medicine)

Complaints from neighbours and network operators

5,000,000

DREEC DPC Social Security University of Thiès Municipal Council of Taïba Ndiaye

Natural fire risks following a lightning strike

Install lightning rods on the wind turbines

Operations phase PETN Involve the DPC

Number of lightning rods Fires linked to lightning within the footprint of the wind farm

Forecast made for each wind turbine

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee PETN DPC

The frustrations of neighboring villages that are not electrified

Setting up a structure for dialogue between the authorities, the surrounding population, and applicants.


Involve the ASER (Senegalese Rural Electrification Agency) in consultations Contribute to the costs for connecting the villages adopted

The number of electrified villages 7,500,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee PETN ASER Local body of Taïba Ndiaye & neighboring populations

Bringing the environmental authorities up to speed regarding operation of the wind farm

Organizing study visits and benchmarking Operations phase PETN Involve Senelec

-‐ The number of participants

-‐ Travel time and destination

10,000,000

DEEC/DREEC PETN Borough of Taïba Ndiaye DPC

20

Interim Report

1.5 THE COST OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN

The environmental management and monitoring plan includes three categories of measures:

-‐ Technical and/or environmental measures to be included in the call for tenders file as contractual measures and which will not be assessed financially;

-‐ Surveillance and monitoring measures, including measures for boosting capacity, the costs of which will be negotiated and laid down subject to joint agreement with the stakeholders (monitoring actors and service providers);

-‐ Specific measures which will be covered in the development budget.

21

Interim Report

2 INTRODUCTION AND CONTEX OF THE PROJET

2.1 CONTEXT OF THE STUDY

Population growth, and particularly urban population growth, leads to an increase in energy needs and particularly in renewable energy needs. The traditional local operator, the company Senelec, declared an increase in consumption and an increase in the number of clients at a rate in the vicinity of 10% per year. The bulk of the production is moreover thermal power production (along with the drawbacks related to the petroleum products market in terms of costs, energy dependence, and pollution) or hydro-power production. Under these conditions, it seems opportune to give priority to local renewable energy resources such as solar energy and wind power.

The development of wind power today forms part of the policies for combating the greenhouse effect. The Kyoto (1997) and Buenos Aires conferences concluded that there was a need to limit greenhouse gas emissions. It is the combustion of fossil fuels (fuel oil and coal in particular) which causes most of the world’s atmospheric pollution and warming.

In 2010, Senegal’s energy supply relied mainly on fossil fuel-based energy sources; oil and its derivatives in particular. The electricity demand is increasing every year and new production capacities will have to be installed.

According to the figures published by Senelec, the national electricity operator, over 87% of electricity production relies on the consumption of imported petroleum products.

Table 1: Breakdown for Senelec’s annual electricity production by source: fossil fuel/hydro-power

Annual electricity production (GWh) and % breakdown by source: fossil fuel/hydro-power

Year GWh Fossil fuel portion Hydro-power portion

2013 2,900 89% 11%

2012 2,787 89% 11%

2011 2,444 91.8% 8.2%

2010 2,499 90% 10%

2009 2,372 89.9% 10.1%

(Source: Senelec business reports 2009 - 2013)

Senegal’s social and economic development requires an increase in the production of electrical energy and particularly the creation of an energy mix in which renewable energy sources, contributing to the country’s sustainable development and produced locally, will play

22

Interim Report

an increasing role. By 2020, Senegal’s energy policy should enable a 20% renewable energy sources component to be integrated into the national energy mix.

In the years to come, wind power will experience major development within the current context of excessively high fossil fuel costs. Even though this renewable form of energy offers major environmental advantages, it can also entail certain changes and inconveniences.

Therefore it is important to develop quality wind parks that are integrated into their natural and human environment, in the spirit of the Environmental Code (Law No. 2001 - 01 of 15 January 2001), Title I, Chapter III (Instruments for environmental protection), Article L 8 of which states: the national strategy implemented by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change is one of the instruments for environmental protection. Wind power is a form of energy that does not produce greenhouse gases.

The establishment of wind farms, which is a clear symbol of modern dynamism, will be perceived not only as an innovative but also as a highly original demonstration, marking a strong commitment to a sustainable energy policy mindful of the needs of future generations.

2.2 THE PROJECT’S ENVIRONMENTAL STAKES

2.2.1 Objectives

The ultimate purpose of the wind power production program at Taïba Ndiaye is to contribute to the sustainable development of Senegal’s electrical power supply by establishing a wind farm providing major power generating capacity within a sector that is already industrialised and is experiencing a major need in terms of power supply.

2.2.2 The project’s components

This project, which involves a total power of 151.8 MW, and involves the installation of 46 wind turbines with a power per unit of 3.3 MW, will be carried out in 5 phases:

A development phase, involving feasibility and impact studies, forming part of a period lasting about 6 years starting in June 2007, with a budget of approximately € 1,000,000,000.

An administrative and contractual phase, relating to the various permits required (construction permit, operating permits) and the purchase contracts for the electricity produced over a period of 15 to 20 years.

An execution phase, marking the actual installation of the wind turbines, with the execution involving three (3) tranches over 3 years: two (2) 52.80 MW wind turbines and one (1) 46.20 MW wind turbine (approximately). This power level seems to be a critical power level for the construction of a project.Good execution of this phase assumes the establishment of a project that is sufficiently substantial to motivate investors and suppliers of wind turbines in particular, and enables economies of scale to be used in order to share costs (studies, creating access ways and electrical connections, moving construction teams and resources, and erecting the wind turbines).

23

Interim Report

2.3 THE SCOPE, GOAL AND OBJECTIVE OF THE EIS

The objective of this impact study is to identify the information required in order to assess the environmental impacts of establishing a wind farm within the borough of Taïba Ndiaye.

The study will make it possible to report on all of the components in the natural and human environment likely to be adversely affected by the project.

Such an EIS makes it possible to identify both the positive and negative impacts of the project on the biophysical and social environment and to propose measures likely to mitigate the negative effects that may arise and optimize the benefits. These measures will be outlined in-depth in an environmental and social management plan that will constitute the environmental specifications for PETN during implementation of the project, should it be granted authorization following the environmental assessment.

Development of the project will inevitably lead to both positive and negative environmental and social impacts. These potential impacts as well as the appropriate mitigation measures are presented in greater detail in Chapters 10 and 11 of this report.

To this end, it should be emphasized that the EIS should thereby enable:

- Better factoring in of the environment from the design of the project onwards;

- Anticipation of any environmental impacts;

- Seeking improvements to the actions envisioned;

- Defining corrective measures or alternative measures.

2.4 METHODOLOGY

The methodology for assessing potential impacts of the Taïba Ndiaye wind park development project was implemented with the assistance of a group of environmental assessment specialists. While targeting the selection of a simple, rigorous method that is comprehensive and is recognized, the additional objective involved in this approach was to opt for a method that was well-suited to the project, or in other words, a method that factors in optimizing the locations of the wind turbines and the potential impacts on the environment.

The goal of analysis of the impacts is to examine both the beneficial and harmful consequences of the project for the environment, as well as to ensure that these consequences are duly considered during the design phase. In other words, the goal of analyzing the environmental impacts is to identify, describe and assess the inter-relations between a project and the physical, biological and human components of the environment affected by the project.

More specifically, the method recommended involves the following main stages.

24

Interim Report

Stage 1: Determine the inter-relations between the project’s components (that are sources of impacts) and the environment’s components.

Stage 2: Establish the environmental value of the environment’s components.

Stage 3: Assess the importance of the impact based on its intensity, its extent, and its duration, and assess the residual impact following the implementation of particular mitigation measures, where need be.

Stage 4: Make an overall assessment of the project’s impacts.

STAGE 1 – DETERMINING THE INTER-RELATIONS

This initial stage consists of properly identifying the project’s various components that cause impacts, as well as the environmental component adversely affected by the project. In addition to using the project’s technical characteristics and the data gathered concerning the environmental components, establishing the inter-relations was developed in detail based on analysis of similar projects and by benefiting from the knowledge of the various experts involved in the current project. Moreover, determining the inter-relations in question was supplemented by integrating the details contained in the documents available for this type of study.

This detailed stage should enable all the possible impact sources to be identified. It is essential for studying the impacts on the environment, because it makes it possible to ensure that all the factors have been examined, and therefore to avoid any subsequent questions arising.

The factors and the inter-relations between them were grouped together depending on the various phases of the project, namely:

Development phase: The development phase for the infrastructure (paths, wind turbines, etc.).

Operations phase: The effective lifespan as far as energy production by the wind turbines is concerned.

Decommissioning phase: The period required for decommissioning the equipment and cleaning up the sites used.

STAGE 2 – ENVIRONMENTAL VALUE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

The environmental value was established for each of the environment’s physical, biological and human components.

For the physical and biological environmental aspects, the environmental value is based on establishing and integrating two factors; namely the ecosystem factor and the social factor. More specifically, the value linked to the ecosystem factor expresses the relative importance

25

Interim Report

of a component depending on its value for the ecosystem it is located in (its function or role, representativeness, frequentation, diversity, rareness or uniqueness) and its qualities (dynamism and potential).

Determining it calls on the judgements of specialists following a systematic analysis of the environment’s components. The social value can only increase the environmental value of a component in the natural environment; it will never reduce it.

In the case of the human environment, only the social value is considered for determining the environmental value. The social value states the relative importance assigned by the public, the various levels of government, or any other legislative or regulatory authority to a given environmental component. It indicates popular or political desire or willingness to maintain the integrity and original nature of a component. This willingness is expressed via the legal protection granted to it or via the interest shown by the public at local or regional level. The social value is established depending on the preoccupations of the population concerned by the environmental component. The perceptions and preoccupations that we have gathered from this population during this study are used as factors for establishing this value. The social value assigned to the various environmental components largely stems from the preoccupations indicated during public presentations and consultations held under the framework of this project.

In order to establish the environmental value of the components in the natural or human environments, the first stage involved an individual assessment by each of the specialists associated with the project. Subsequently, a group of specialists compared these assessments in such a way as to ensure uniformity in terms of establishing these environmental values.

In terms of the environmental value assigned to environmental components, we distinguish between three classes:

HIGH: An environmental component has high environmental value when one of the following two conditions is fulfilled:

- The component is protected by a law or forms the subject of special protection measures.

- The protection or preservation of the integrity of the component forms the subject of a consensus between the specialists and administrators or among all the various sectors of the public concerned.

AVERAGE: An environmental component is of average environmental value when one of the following two conditions is fulfilled:

26

Interim Report

Translation of the above figure:

Study concerning the ecological functioning of the

site, the presence of protected habitats and species.

Field visits targeting species sensitive to wind turbines

(according to the preliminary framework)

CONDUCT OF THE IMPACT STUDY

Definition of the ecological study areas. Definition of the themes to be studied and of those requiring field investigations. 1. PRELIMINARY FRAMEWORK

2. INITIAL STATE 3. ALTERNATIVES Selection of the site and the variant with the lowest environmental impact. Selection of the layout of the wind turbines and of the access paths in relation to the stakes relating to natural environments.

Analysis of the effects on the environments and the species. Assessment of the importance of

the impacts (surface area, species, changes in behavioural

patterns, etc.)

4. ASSESSMENT OF THE EFFECTS

5. REDUCTION MEASURES

Definition of elimination and reduction measures relating to the design of the project, executing the works, etc. Where applicable, defining compensation measures.

Definition of the protocols according to the BACI (Before

After Control Impact) principle.

Environmental assessment of the worksite and the operation.

6. MONITORING IMPACTS

Figure 1: Schematic diagram showing the methodological approach for environmental assessment of the impacts

- Preservation or protection of the component’s integrity constitutes a matter of lesser concern for the specialists and administrators or for all of the sectors of the public concerned.

- The component constitutes a matter of concern, but does not form the subject of a consensus between the specialists and the administrators or all of the sectors of the public concerned.

LOW: A component in the environment has a low environmental value when preserving it, protecting it, or its integrity are of little concern or are of no concern among the specialists and administrators or all of the sectors of the public concerned.

STAGE 3 - ASSESSMENT OF THE IMPORTANCE OF THE IMPACTS

27

Interim Report

The methodological approach consists of establishing the importance of the impacts by combining the intensity of the disruption, as well as the extent (the amount of space) and the duration (the amount of time) of the impacts with the environmental value of the environment’s components. There are three categories of importance for the impacts, namely high, average and low. For each of them, the type of impact (positive or negative) has to be indicated. The factors determining the importance of the impacts are presented below.

2.4.1 Intensity of the disruptions

Depending on the component considered, the disruption may have positive or negative effects. These effects on the environmental component may also be direct or indirect. Furthermore, you have to take into account the fact that the sum of these effects may increase the level of disruption to an environmental component.

A distinction is drawn between three value classes assigned to the intensity of the disruptions:

HIGH: For a component in the natural environment, the intensity of the disruption is high when it either destroys or has significant adverse effects on the integrity of that component. In other words, a disruption has a high intensity if it is likely to lead to a decline or a major change in the environment as a whole.

For a component in the human environment, the intensity of the disruption is high when it compromises or significantly limits the use of the aforementioned component by the community or a rural population.

AVERAGE: For a component in the natural environment, the intensity of the disruption is average when it destroys or has significant adverse effects on the component to a lesser extent, without undermining its integrity, but in a way that is likely to lead to a limited change of its regional distribution within the environment.

For a component in the human environment, the intensity of the disruption is average when it affects an environmental aspect or when it compromises the use of the aforementioned component by part of the regional population, without however adversely affecting the integrity of the component or undermining its use.

LOW: For a component in the natural environment, the intensity of the disruption is low when it only has slight adverse effects on the component without undermining its integrity or leading to a reduction or to significant changes in its general distribution within the environment.

For a component in the human environment, the intensity of the disruption is low when it has little effect on an environmental aspect or the use of the component without however undermining its integrity or its use.

28

Interim Report

2.4.2 Extent of the impact

The extent of the impact expresses the scope or spatial influence of the effects stemming from an intervention carried out on the environment. This concept refers either to the distance or to a surface area over which the changes experienced by a component are felt, or to the proportion of a population that will be affected by these changes. A distinction is drawn between three classes that may be assigned to the extent of the impacts:

REGIONAL: The extent of an impact on an environmental component is qualified as “regional” when it adversely affects a huge area or several components over a major distance from the project’s site or when it is experienced by all of the population or by a major proportion of that population.

LOCAL: The extent of an impact on an environmental component is qualified as “local” when it adversely affects a relatively limited area or a certain number of components within (for example: a particular ecosystem), either in the vicinity or at a certain distance from the project’s site, or when it is experienced by a limited percentage of the population.

SPOT: The extent of an impact on an environmental component is qualified as “spot” when it is felt in a small, restricted area within the environment, whether it adversely affects a small portion or it is only perceptible to a limited group of people (for example: when the impact is felt by a specific environmental feature, such as a plot of land where the hoisting station is installed, a span over a waterway, etc.).

2.4.3 Duration of the impact

The duration of an impact expresses its temporal dimension, namely the period during which the changes to a component are felt. This concept does not necessarily match the period during which the direct cause of the impact acts. It must also take into account the frequency of the impact when it is intermittent.

A distinction is drawn between three classes that may be assigned to the duration of impacts:

LONG: The duration of an impact on an environmental component is qualified as long (generally, greater than 5 years) when it is experienced either continually or intermittently over a sufficiently long time in order to compromise the natural recruitment of a population for more than one generation (for example: the presence of wind turbines). It may include effects considered as irreversible.

AVERAGE: The duration of an impact on an environmental component is qualified as average (generally, from 1 to 5 years) when it is felt either continually or intermittently (for example: rutting of the soil) over a period of time subsequent to the works period.

SHORT: The duration of an impact on an environmental component is qualified as short (generally, less than 1 year) when it is felt either continually or intermittently over a limited period of time that may relate to a specific stage of the works (for example: road transport).

29

Interim Report

2.4.4 Importance of the impact

For the purposes of assessing the importance of environmental impacts, each specialist in the disciplines concerned drew up a list of the components and factors affected (inter-relations) belonging to the physical, biological and human environments.

Each of them drew up and justified their assessments of the value of the components, as well as the intensity, duration and extent of the impacts anticipated. Then, mitigation measures appropriate for reducing the importance of these impacts were proposed. A group of environmental assessment specialists then compared the individual assessments so that a final assessment of the importance of the environmental impacts could be drawn up. Using the grid presented in Table 6.1 makes it possible to systematically establish the importance of the impact anticipated. It should be noted that the impacts deemed to be positive have the (+) sign alongside them in the tables. The group of specialists also assessed the residual impacts following the implementation of standard mitigation measures and, in certain cases, it proposed other mitigation measures aimed at reducing these residual impacts.

Throughout the project’s various phases (development, operations and decommissioning), the residual impacts were assessed according to the potential impacts and the effects of the mitigation measures proposed. The actual impacts express the true effect, supported by monitoring of the project, which sometimes may differ from the prior estimates. Figure 2 enables the series of stages involved in assessing impacts to be better understood.

Potential impacts Residual impacts Actual impacts

Mitigation measures Monitoring

Figure 2: Process involved in the detailed assessment of environmental and social impacts

Provision is made for environmental monitoring and inspection measures for properly assessing various parameters of the physical, biological and human components of the environment throughout each of the project’s various phases.

2.5 STRUCTURING OF THE REPORT

In addition to an introductory chapter and a conclusion, a description of the main project’s activities and installations is provided in Chapter 3, followed by an examination of the legislation and of appropriate policy in Senegal (Chapter 4). Chapter 5 deals with the initial

30

Interim Report

condition of the environment at both of the sites targeted by the project. Chapter 6 tackles the environmental sensitivity of the site. Chapter 6 covers analysis of the variants, which is followed by the results of the public consultation presented in Chapter 8. Chapter 9 identifies and analyzes the environmental and social impacts of the project specifically during each phase; while Chapter 10 assesses the technological and professional risks inherent in the project’s activities which potentially pose dangers. The various sections of Chapter 11 relate to the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP), which presents the mitigation measures, the implementation calendar, the costs, the implementation and monitoring responsibilities, and the relevant deadlines. This chapter also deals with monitoring and surveillance, identifying the most relevant factors to be monitored in order to fulfill the environmental and social requirements imposed on the project.

The bibliographic references, the terms of reference, the people consulted and other support documents constitute the appendices.

The environmental and social aspects considered in this ESIS (Environmental and Social Impact Study) comply with the terms of reference validated by the DEEC and appended to this report.

2.6 AUTHORS OF THE ESIS

This study was carried out by Hpr Ankh Consultants which mobilized a multi-disciplinary team consisting of the following people:

Table 2: List of the experts involved in drawing up the study No. FIRST NAME AND SURNAME POSITION/DUTIES 1 Mouhamed Thioye Electromechanical Engineer specialising in energy 2 Insa Fall Specialist in Natural Sciences and Environmentalist 3 Mamadou Diédhiou Sociologist and Environmentalist 4 Oumar Fall Specialist in Sanitation Engineering and the

Environment 5 Bocar Diallo Geographic Information System Expert 6 Idrissa Guiro Specialist Geographer, Climatologist 7 Awa Diallo Chemical Engineer 8 Al Assane Sène Geographer and Environmentalist

31

Interim Report

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 GENERAL POINTS CONCERNING THE PROJECT

Modern wind generators, commonly referred to as wind turbines, have undergone major technological progress made over some years now. They are reliable and efficient and enable decentralized electricity production that is pollution-free and does not create greenhouse gas emissions. It is a clean, renewable form of energy that facilitates our country’s diversification and energy independence.

3.1.1 The technical components of a wind turbine

By exerting a force on the wind turbine’s blades, wind makes them turn. The rotor’s spinning then activates an electric generator, with or without the assistance of a gearbox: there is a transfer of the wind’s kinetic energy to electrical energy. The recoverable energy is provided by the Betz equation: P = 0.37*S*V3 P: The power recoverable by a wind turbine, in W S: The surface area swept by the blades, in m² V: The wind speed, in m/s Thus, knowledge of the wind resource is particularly important and for carrying out an on-site measuring campaign it is necessary in order to refine knowledge of the wind strength and wind direction. It should also be noted that a good wind park site will be subject to steady winds rather than extremely strong winds alternating with calm periods. The first tower, for meteorological measurements, was erected in January 2008 and is 50 m high. The measuring campaign lasted at least 12 months.

3.1.2 Wind turbine

A wind turbine consists of: • Three blades connected to a hub; the assembly is called a “rotor”; • A nacelle supporting the rotor, in which the technical componentry required to

generate electricity is located (a gearbox, generator, etc.); • A tower on which the nacelle and the rotor are mounted; • A base providing the foundations for the assembly.

The wind’s force causes the rotor to spin, which brings about the rotation of a motor shaft, the speed of which is amplified by a gearbox. Electricity is produced from a generator. Specifically, a wind turbine begins working whenever the wind speed is sufficient to cause the rotor to spin. The greater the wind speed, the more electricity the wind turbine will provide (until the maximum production threshold is reached).

32

Interim Report

Figure 3: Diagram of the wind turbine’s nacelle

Cooler Top

Blades Generator and converter

Hub and Pitch System Gearbox Tower Four operating “periods” should be considered for a wind turbine.

• As soon as the wind speed reaches 2 m/s, an automatic controller, which is informed by a wind sensor, commands the slewing motors to position the wind turbine so it is facing the wind. The three blades then start moving solely due to the force of the wind. They in turn cause the gearbox and the electric generator to turn.

• When the wind speed is sufficient (3 m/s), the wind turbine may be connected to the

electrical network. The rotor then spins at its rated speed.

• The generator then provides an alternating electrical current with a voltage of 690 volts, the intensity of which varies depending on the wind speed. Thus, when the latter increases, the load borne by the rotor increases and the power provided by the generator increases.

• When the wind speed reaches the value indicated in the table below, the wind turbine

will be supplying its maximum power (3,300 kW). This is kept constant through gradual reduction of the load borne by the blades. A hydraulic system regulates the

33

Interim Report

load-bearing by adjusting the angle of the blades by pivoting them on their bearings (each blade can rotate on its own mounting).

Table 3: The rotor speed and the optimal wind speed

V112 – 3.3 MW V117 – 3.3 MW V126 – 3.3 MW

The rotor’s rotational speed

6.2 to 17.7 rpm 6.2 to 17.7 rpm 5.3 to 16.5 rpm

The minimum wind speed required for maximum production

14 m/s 13.5 m/s 12.5 m/s

The electricity is routed from the wind turbine directly onto the electrical network. The electricity is not stored. A wind farm consists of:

• Several wind turbines; • One or more power sub-stations; • Electrical links; • Access paths.

3.1.3 The rotor

Vestas V112/117/126 – 3.3 MW wind turbines are fitted with a rotor consisting of 3 blades and a hub. Each blade comprises an assembly of two shells over a support bar. The general characteristics of the blades are as follows:

Table 4: Characteristics of the wind turbine’s blades V112 – 3.3 MW V117 – 3.3 MW V126 – 3.3 MW Diameter of the rotor

112 m 117 m 126 m

Surface area swept by the rotor

9,852 m² 10,751 m² 12,469 m²

Length of one blade

55 m 57 m 62 m

Weight of one blade*

12.3 tonnes 13.3 tonnes 11.9 tonnes

The blades’ materials

Fibreglass reinforced with

epoxy and carbon fibre





* Optimisation under way; it is likely to be less than this

34

Interim Report

The blades are relatively lightweight due to a range of new materials being used. For example, carbon fibre – a high-strength, rigid and very lightweight material – was used as a replacement for fibreglass in order to develop the structure bearing the blades’ load. Thanks to this fibre’s strength, it became possible to reduce the quantity of material used for making the blades and thereby considerably reduce the overall weight as well as the loads. Moreover, the blades have new-generation aerodynamic profiles enabling energy production to be increased, the impact of roughness on each blade’s leading edge to be reduced, and good geometrical continuity to be maintained from one aerodynamic profile and the next. The geometry of these new blades was defined by optimizing the relation between the general impact of the load on the wind turbine and its annual energy production. The aerodynamic profile was developed in collaboration with the Risø National Laboratory, in Denmark. The blade’s innovative design improves the wind turbine’s performance and makes it possible to increase its output, whilst at the same time reducing the loads transferred to the machine.

3.1.4 The tower

Tubular steel towers, certified in accordance with the standards in force, are available in various standard heights enabling adaptation to the wind classes and the conditions encountered onsite. Table 5: Characteristics of the tower and wind turbine V112 – 3.3 MW V117 – 3.3 MW V126 – 3.3 MW Description Conical tube Conical tube Conical tube

Material* S355 and A709 steel Steel Steel Steel and

concrete Hub heights 84 m 94 m 91.5 m 116.5 m 117 m 137 m Wind class (IEC) IEC2A IEC2A IEC2A IEC2A IEC3B IEC3A Bottom diameter section (DA) 4.3 m 4.3 m 4.3 m 6 m 9.6 m**

Top diameter section (DB) 3.3 m 3.3 m 3.3 m 3.3 m 3.3 m

Number of sections 3 4 4 6

One part is concrete,

with 2 steel

sections

Weight* 171 t 228 t 313 t 89 t of steel

* Optimisation in progress; it is likely to be slightly different. ** Value provided as an indication. To be specified depending on the study done by the manufacturer of the concrete tower.

35

Interim Report

Figure 4: Simplified drawing of the tower

3.1.5 The nacelle

The nacelle’s casing is made from fibreglass. The nacelle’s frame consists of a metal structure that is used as a support for the nacelle’s various main components: the transmission shaft, the generator, the gearbox, the transformer, and the control cabinets. The hatch in the floor makes it possible to hoist up the tools required for maintenance purposes and enables personnel to be evacuated in the event of a fire in the nacelle. The roof windows enable the nacelle to be fastened to a crane so it can be hoisted up onto the tower. The roof is fitted with wind sensors and a skylight that can be opened from inside the nacelle in order to gain access to the roof. The Vestas Cooler Top™ cooling system is located on top of the nacelle, at the rear end of it. The nacelle’s frame consists of two parts: a front part made from cast steel and a latticework structure at the rear. The front part of the nacelle is used as the base for the power unit by transmitting the rotor’s dynamic forces to the motor shaft. The rear part features the control panels, the generator and the transformer. Table 6: Dimensions of the wind turbine’s nacelle

Length Length without cooler

Length with cooler

Height without cooler

Height with cooler

Weight (with cooler, hub and internal

equipment) 12.8 m 4.2 m 5.1 m 3.2 m 8.3 m 157 t

3.1.6 Vestas Pitch system for the blades

Using the Vestas Pitch system, the angle of the blades is adjusted depending on the energy the wind provides for the turbine. The angle of the blades on the hub may therefore be varied using the hydraulic jacks placed along a longitudinal axis in order to optimally benefit from the instantaneous wind. Varying the angle leads either to an increase or decrease in the load borne by the blade, and therefore in the motor torque. A control system makes it possible to determine the optimal position of the blades depending on the wind speed and it commands the hydraulic system so that positioning can be carried out.

36

Interim Report

This system therefore makes it possible to maximize the energy absorbed by the wind turbine, but it also works as the initial braking mechanism by feathering the blades in the event of strong winds. It is the most efficient system as it enables constant, near-perfect end-of-line control of the generator’s rotation, and therefore control of the power. The blades are controlled by an OptiTip® microprocessor.

Table 7: Characteristics of the wind turbine’s control system and hydraulics system

Vestas Pitch system

V112 – 3.3 MW V117 – 3.3 MW V126 – 3.3 MW

Angle From -9º to 90º From -9º to 90º From -9.5º to

90º

Type Hydraulic

Number 1 hydraulic jack per blade

Hydraulic system

Main pump Internal double pump

Pressure 260 bars

3.1.7 The gearbox

The gearbox is located in-between the rotor and the generator. For technical reasons, the rotor is not linked directly to the generator. Indeed, most generators need to rotate at very high speeds (1,000 to 2,000 rpm) in order to maintain good output. Therefore it is necessary to increase the rotor’s rotation frequency before actuating a classic electric generator. This increase is carried out using the gearbox, which consists of a gear train. The rotor therefore transmits the wind energy to the gearbox via a slow shaft, and the gearbox then leads to a fast shaft (1,000 to 2,000 rpm) and couples itself to the electric generator. A disc brake is mounted directly on the fast shaft. Coupling with the fast shaft is done via two discs made from composite materials, an intermediate tube with two aluminium flanges and a fibreglass tube.

37

Interim Report

Table 8: Characteristics of the wind turbine’s gearbox

Gearbox

Type 5 stages:

- 3 planetary gear stages

- 2 helical gear stages

Ratio Between 1/100 and 1/120 depending on the model of the

gearbox

Oil quantity Between 1,000 and 1,200 litres

Lubrication system Pressurised oil

Oil cleanliness -/15/12 ISO 4406

Figure 5: Cutaway view of the V112/V117/V126 gearbox

3.1.8 The electric generator

The wind’s mechanical energy is transformed into electrical energy by the generator. In the case of Vestas V112/117/126 – 3.3 MW wind turbines, what is involved is a three-phase synchronous generator. The stator is connected to a full-power converter which ensures conversion of all of the energy produced by the generator in order to ensure optimal quality and frequency before delivery to the electrical grid. The generator is equipped with an internal cooling circuit described in Chapter 1.3.5.1.

38

Interim Report

Table 9: The main characteristics of the wind turbine’s generator

Electric generator

Description Three-phase synchronous generator

Rated power 3.3 MW

Frequency 0-200 Hz

Rated voltage of the stator 3 x 710 V

Efficiency (generator) > 98%

Rated speed Between 1,450 and 1,550 rpm

Speed limit (according to the IEC)

2,400 rpm

Vibration level < 1.9 mm/s

Insulation class F or H

Figure 6: Appearance and location of the generator

3.1.9 The transformer

The transformer is located in a separate padlocked room inside the nacelle, with lightning rods mounted on the high-voltage side of the transformer. The transformer constitutes the

39

Interim Report

electrical component that raises the voltage coming out of the generator in order to enable connection to the distribution network. In the case of Vestas V112/117/126 – 3.3 MW wind turbines, what is involved is a dry three-phase transformer, the characteristics of which are presented below:

Table 10: The main characteristics of the wind turbine’s transformer

Transformer Type Dry three-phase transformer

Primary voltage 10-35 kV Apparent power 3,750 kVA

Secondary voltage 3 x 650 V Load losses (at the rated

power, 120°C)

31.5 kW

Frequency 50 Hz

3.1.10 The other electrical components

Although the generator and the transformer constitute the two main electrical systems involved in the functioning of the wind turbines inside the nacelle, you will find other electrical components in Vestas V112/117/126 – 3.3 MW wind turbines:

û The Vestas Flexpower® converter which controls and converts the energy produced by the generator is located in the nacelle;

û The auxiliary system which supplies the various motors, pumps, fan units and heating devices in the wind turbine. It is located in the command cabinets in the nacelle;

û The ultrasound wind sensors with integrated heating; they measure the speed and the wind direction and are located on the Vestas Cooler Top™;

û The control system consists of various processers located in the rotor, in the nacelle and at the foot of the tower;

û The uninterruptible power supply which enables the components to be powered in the case of a breakdown is located at the foot of the tower;

û The high-voltage cables running from the nacelle to the bottom of the tower.

3.1.11 The cooling system

The cooling system consists of a limited number of components: − The Vestas Cooler Top™ located on the roof at the back of the nacelle provides cooling

of the following 2 systems using natural wind flow:

40

Interim Report

o A first liquid cooling system, controlled by an electric pump which serves the gearbox and the hydraulic system;

o A second liquid cooling system, controlled by an electric pump, which serves the generator and the converter;

− Cooling of the transformer using forced air, which includes an electric fan unit; − Cooling of the nacelle using forced air, which includes two electric fan units.

Figure 7: Vestas Cooler Top™

3.1.12 Lubrication

The presence of numerous mechanical components in the nacelle involves lubrication on start-up and during operations in order to reduce the various types of friction and wear between two parts in contact with and which move in relation to each other. The chemicals and lubricants used in Vestas wind turbines are certified in accordance with the ISO 14001: 2004 standard; among the various chemicals, we note the following:

û Coolant (glycol water);

û Lubricating oils for the gearbox; û Oils for the hydraulics system for the Vestas Pitch system;

û Various types of grease for lubricating the bearings; û Various cleaning agents and chemicals for maintenance of the wind turbine.

We will get back to the toxicity of these substances in Chapter 3, which is devoted to this topic. Altogether a V112/V117/V126 3.3MW wind turbine contains:

• Approximately 600 litres of coolants;

• 1,346 to 1,546 litres of oil;

• Approximately 29 kg of grease

41

Interim Report

Table 11: The main lubricants, oils and coolants used Lubrication

Lubrication points Products* Quantity Change Bearings for the blades Klüber Klüberplex BEM41-141 Full tank: 15 kg Every year Teeth on the slewing ring (pump 1)

Klüberplex AG11-462 Full tank: 2 kg Every year

Surface of the slewing ring (pump 2)

Shell Gadus S5 T460 1.5 Full tank: 2 kg Every year

The generator’s bearings Klüber Klüberplex BEM 41-132 2/3 of the tank: 2.4 kg Every year Main bearings SKF LGWM 1 Full tank: 8 kg Every year

Oils Location Products* Quantity Change

Hydraulics system Texaco Rando WM 32/Mobil DTE10-Excel32 250 litres Depends on analysis Gearbox Mobilgear SHC XMP 320 1,000 to 1,200 litres Depends on analysis Gear assemblies of the nacelle orientation motors

Shell Tivela S 320 96 litres Every 10 years

Coolants Location Products* Quantity Change

Transmission and hydraulic cooling

Texaco Havoline XLC +B -40 200 litres Every 5 years

Cooling of the generator and the converter

Texaco Havoline XLC +B -40 400 litres Every 5 years

* Likely to be slightly different; to be checked by the operator.

42

Interim Report

3.1.13 Aviation markings

RAS (Senegalese Aeronautical Regulation) No. 7 Volume 1, Design and Technical Operation of Aerodromes, part 6.2.4 and Table 6-1 of Chapter 6 of RAS 07, describe the marking specifications for wind turbines as well as the characteristics of aviation lights. The overall height of the obstacle to be considered is the maximum height of the wind turbine, or in other words with a blade in vertical position above the nacelle. The wind turbines will have to comply with the following provisions: û In the case of a wind turbine with an overall height exceeding 150 meters, marking

using medium-intensity lights is supplemented by low-intensity Type B obstacle lights (32 cd fixed red lights) installed on the tower;

û Acceptable colours for wind turbines: White (cf. in France this includes the following colours: RAL 7035, 7038, 9003, 9010 and 9016);

The day lighting is set as follows:

û Type A medium intensity obstacle lights (20,000 cd white flashing lights); û 360° visibility of the wind turbine must be ensured.

The night lighting requirements are as follows:

û Type B medium intensity obstacle lights (2,000 cd red flashing lights); û 360° visibility of the wind turbine must be ensured.

Vestas V112/117/126 – 3.3 MW wind turbines are fitted with blinking LED obstacle lights featuring Orga L450-63A/63B technology. This system for marking structures posing a potential aviation hazard integrates cutting-edge technologies that are reliable in the long-term and offer low energy consumption.

43

Interim Report

The characteristics of this marking system are presented in the following table: Table 12: Characteristics of the aviation marking system

Frequency 40 flashes per minutes at daytime

40 flashes per minutes at night-time Intensity 20,000 cd at daytime

2,000 cd at night-time Visibility 360° Certification ICAO Annex 14 Volume 1, 4th Edition,

July 2004, Chapter 6, Medium Intensity Type A and Type B obstacle light

depending on model.

In the case of a wind turbine with an overall height that exceeds 150 m, marking with the medium-intensity lights described above is supplemented by Type B low-intensity lights installed on the tower. One or more new intermediate levels are installed depending on the overall height of the wind turbine, in accordance with the following table: Table 13: Installation heights of the low-intensity lights

OVERALL HEIGHT OF THE WIND TURBINE

NUMBER OF LEVELS INSTALLATION HEIGHTS of the Type B low-intensity lights

150 < h ≤ 200 m 1 45 m 200 < h ≤ 250 m 2 45 and 90 m 250 < h ≤ 300 m 3 45, 90 and 135 m

... ... ... 150 + (n - 1)*50 m < h ≤ 150 + n*50 m n Every 45 m up to n*45m

3.2 THE PROJECT’S LOCATION

The project is located in the Thiès Region, in the Department of Tivaoune and the borough of Taïba Ndiaye (cf. Map 2).

The project can form part of the contribution to sustainable development of Senegal’s electricity supply through the establishment of a wind farm providing a high power capacity of at least 151.8 MW.

44

Interim Report

This power will require the establishment of at least 46 wind turbines with a power per unit of 3.3 MW.

NB: The total power of 151.8 MW seems to be a critical power level for the construction of a project. In fact execution of these three (3) phases assumes the installation of a project that is sufficiently substantial to motivate investors and suppliers of wind turbines in particular, and which enables economies of scale to be used in order to share costs (studies, laying down access ways, electrical connections, and moving the equipment and teams for building and erecting the wind turbines).

Map 1: Location of the Taïba Ndiaye wind park project

Establishment zone

SARR

EOLE

©

2014

ECHELLE :

5

A – NOTICE ARCHITECTURALE •  La présente demande de permis de construire a pour objet la

construction d’un parc éolien dans le département de TIVAOUANE, communauté rurale de TAIBA N’DIAYE.

•  Le Parc sera équipé d’un ensemble de 46 éoliennes de type VESTAS V126 – R117, y inclus 46 transformateurs élévateurs de tension et un poste électrique d’évacuation permettant de raccorder le parc éolien au réseau électrique local de SENELEC. Une autorisation de construire préalable a été délivrée sous le n° 024/10 en date du 10/05/2010. Suite à un appel d’offre international, conduit sous la vigilance des bailleurs de fonds, l’éolienne Nordex a été remplacée par l’éolienne Vestas. La présente demande de permis de construire vient se substituer à la demande initiale le changement d’éolienne présentant les caractéristiques principales suivantes:

–  un accroissement du diamètre du rotor des éoliennes passant de 100 m à 126 m,

–  une augmentation de la hauteur des tours (mâts) de 100 m à 117 m,

–  La puissance unitaire des éoliennes passe de 2.5 MW à 3.3 MW

•  A1 PRESENTATION du SITE •  Le terrain d’assiette concerné par le projet est situé sur des

zones de cultures et jachères, très faiblement boisé dans le secteur Nord Ouest de TIVAOUANE dans la frange littorale de la Grande Cote. Les principales lignes directrices du paysage sont constituées horizontalement du réseau viaire (le site est situé entre les D702 et R70), les pistes reliant les villages et verticalement par la présence proche d’ne ligne électrique très haute tension .

•  Les éoliennes seront situées sur des parcelles de la communauté rurale de TAÏBA N’DIAYE, gestionnaire du foncier avec laquelle SARREOLE a signé deux promesses de bail, pour 50 parcelles. Le conseil rural a délibéré favorablement à la réalisation de ce parc d’éoliennes. Ainsi, ce seront 46 éoliennes et toutes les infrastructures (VRD, zones de grutage, chemins de câbles, poste de transformation électrique) qui seront construites sur les parcelles de la Communauté Rurale. Les implantations sont définies de manière simple à l’intérieur de polygones qui seront bornées par un géomètre expert avant la phase de construction. Les références des parcelles figurent dans les pièces graphiques jointes au présent dossier.

Carte 1 : Localisation de la zone d’implantation sur fond de carte (IGN et Direction des Travaux Géographiques et Cartographiques du Sénégal DGTC-1983).

09/01/2014

45

Interim Report

Map 2: The precise location of the site within the territory of the borough of Taïba Ndiaye

3.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT PHASES

The project’s execution may be split into 5 phases:

1. The development phase: Impact studies; in progress 2. The administrative and contractual phase: Obtaining permits (building permits,

operating permits) and purchasing contracts for the electricity produced over a period of 15 to 20 years; in progress

3. The execution phase for the first tranche with the installation of 16 x 3.3 MW wind turbines providing a total power of 52.8 MW (approximately).

4. The execution phase for the second tranche with the installation of 16 x 3.3 MW wind turbines providing a total power of 52.8 MW.

5. The execution phase for the third tranche with the installation of 14 x 3.3 MW wind turbines providing a total power of 46.2 MW

3.3.1 The preparatory phase

The preparatory phase will consist of carrying out a series of boring at the locations where the wind turbines are to be sited, in such a way as to specify the nature of the foundations foreseen (geotechnical investigations). If need be, they will be supplemented by tests carried out by the company assigned for the construction and supply of the wind turbines.

46

Interim Report

Figure 8: The components of a wind farm

The components of a wind farm Wind measuring tower

Wind turbines array Existing electrical network Technical facility Underground electrical link

Access road

3.3.2 The construction phase

Implementing the worksite for constructing a wind farm involves a series of major stages. They follow on from each other in a very precise order, determined in concert by the project sponsor, the operators and/or landowners, and the operators of the installation.

3.3.2.1 Preparing the land

The construction of a wind farm, which is a substantial development, requires preparing the land used for establishing the wind turbines and laying access routes to them. Thus, the developments and/or construction of roads and paths will be carried out: levelling of the ground, widening turns, etc.

47

Interim Report

Figure 9: Preparing the land

The various components comprising wind turbines are heavy and also very large. Section 1.4.3 “Site access” presented the characteristics of a convoy’s load and the sizing of the tracks to be laid as a consequence.

3.3.2.2 Laying the foundations

Laying foundations will only be possible after geotechnical assessments have been carried out. Thus, depending on the characteristics and the special features of the land on which it is envisioned the project will be executed, the dimensions and the type of foundation rebar will be determined. An excavator will be involved initially in order to dig out a set volume of soil. Then operators will lay out rebar the characteristics of which will be the outcome of the geotechnical analysis. Lastly, concrete mixers will pour the required volumes of concrete. Then work at the construction site will be suspended for a few weeks to give the concrete time to set. Figure 10: Preparation of the foundations

48

Interim Report

3.3.2.3 Storage of the wind turbines’ components

The components of the wind turbines (towers, nacelles, blades, etc.) will be trucked to the site. For organizational reasons, each of the components comprising a wind turbine will be unloaded near each of the foundations. Major precautions will be taken in order to avoid any stresses being placed on the components during unloading. The components will be stored for a short period in order to avoid any deterioration Figure 11: Storage of the blades on-site before hoisting them

It is foreseen that the nacelle will be unloaded in the vicinity of the platforms, where there will be a specially set-out area so that the truck carrying the nacelle can be maneuvered. The blades will be laid out in an area set aside for that purpose which must be flat, cleared and have its vegetation mown down to ground level as well as being free of any obstacles.

3.3.2.4 Installation of the wind turbines

Wind turbine installation is an assembly operation involving the following stages:

49

Interim Report

û Preparation of the tower: The surfaces and the platforms of each section of the tower must undergo a visual inspection and the insides of all the sections must also be inspected before lifting them vertically. The tower, which will have been exposed to dust and mud while it was transported, will be cleaned. Tensioning tests will be carried out on the bolts.

Figure 12: Preparation of a blade

.

û Assembling the tower: This operation mobilizes two cranes in order to lift a tower section into vertical position. The bottom section of the tower is lifted into vertical position and the magnetic handles are used to bring the tower into position. Once the bottom section is placed in an appropriate position, the fastening bolts will be tightened. Figure 13: Mounting of the first component of the tower

The next tower sections are then assembled. In principle, mounting of the top section and of the nacelle is planned for the same day. However, if the nacelle cannot be mounted on the same day due to weather or other reasons, the risk of the tower swaying is taken into account and is forestalled by securing the tower using a system of ropes.

50

Interim Report

Figure 14: Mounting the tower’s components

û Hoisting the nacelle onto the tower: As a first stage, the hoisting stirrups must be firmly

fastened to the nacelle, along with the guide ropes enabling the operation to be controlled.

Figure 15: Preparation of the nacelle

The nacelle is then hoisted and fastened onto the tower.

51

Interim Report

Figure 16: Mounting the nacelle on the tower

û Hoisting the hub: Two methods are used depending on the crane’s payload:

-‐‑‒ The hub may be mounted directly onto the nacelle at ground level. The nacelle and hub assembly is then hoisted and fastened onto the tower;

-‐‑‒ The nacelle is fastened onto the tower, the hub is hoisted and fastened onto the nacelle during a second stage.

Mounting the blades: The blades are mounted using a crane and a lift grab. Figure 17: Lifting a blade

The blade is hoisted to the same level as the hub. Ropes are used to guide the blade to its final position. Two technicians are also required to guide the pins into position, one inside the hub and the other outside the hub.

52

Interim Report

Figure 18: Assembling a blade onto the hub

After having fastened the blade’s pins onto the hub, the hoisting equipment is removed

Figure 19: Holding a blade in position while it is being fastened to the hub

3.3.2.5 Installation of the electrical connection

The wind turbine’s output energy will initially be routed to the sub-stations installed on-site (which act as an interface between the electrical network and the energy produced by the wind turbines). Then, electrical cables will be laid (underground) up to the main substation allocated for the connection.

Figure 20: Sub-soil trench digging. The machine used for digging the trench to a depth of approximately 1 m

53

Interim Report

The connection path between the wind turbine and the delivery stations and the delivery stations and the substation will the project access roads. Remark: Each electrical cable used will feature optical fibre. This is why there will be no telephone cabling. Remote management of the wind farm will be ensured via optical fibres.

3.3.3 Site clean-up after construction

This will mainly involve cleaning up the worksite, and completing the final layout of the access roads and paths.

NB: After they are constructed, in no way shall the establishment of the wind turbines in an agricultural zone prevent the continuation of the agricultural reproduction and production activities of the communities living in this area outside the construction area. (See the photomontages below.)

Figure 21: Example of a photomontage of the projected layout of the wind turbines

54

Interim Report

The photomontages above give an impression of the final layout of the wind turbines at the site.

Several factors point to there not being any major limitations during operation:

The proximity of an electricity transmission network The proximity of roads Several parameters will have to be checked via sensors in order to optimize the production of electrical energy and make it reliable. All of the various parts of the installation are protected against rust using special coatings.

The structure of the wind turbine and the equipment within it are protected against lightning and overvoltages in accordance with the standards in force.

The maximum electrical power generated by the wind farm as a whole (tranches 1, 2 and 3) is 151.8 MW (46 x 3.3 MW).

Based on the data gathered, we can envisage running at an intermediate power level depending on the power of the wind amounting to 7,000 hours per year (in other words, 80% of the year), which makes for a daily production level equivalent to 6 to 7 hours of rated production (full power) over the whole year.

3.3.4 Decommissioning

3.3.4.1 The decommissioning stages

The various stages involved in decommissioning are as follows:

55

Interim Report

Table 14: The various stages involved in decommissioning a wind farm 1 Installation of

the worksite Posting the worksite sign, safety arrangements, marking out the worksite around the wind turbines, and the mobilisation, hiring and demobilisation of the work zone.

2 Disconnecting the wind farm

Powering down the wind turbines at the wind farm; making the wind turbines safe by locking their blades; re-establishing the initial distribution network should the operator not wish to retain this network.

3 Disassembling the wind turbines

The opposite procedure to assembly. Possible resale on the second-hand market or to a scrap dealer.

4 Dismantling the foundations

Removal of the foundations to a sufficient depth to enable agricultural machinery to pass over the ground and crops to be grown there.

5 Removal of the substation

Possible resale on the second-hand market.

6 Site clean-up Removal of the platforms the cranes were mounted on, and of the buried lightning rod system near each wind turbine, and redevelopment of the tracks.

The company Vestas will set up a well-defined project-specific decommissioning process for these wind turbines. Manuals providing recommendations stipulate the existing decommissioning procedure for all models of Vestas wind turbines. These documents describe the main activities involved in the decommissioning process, ranging from dismantling the turbine through to the preparations for subsequent transport. The decommissioning procedure is set out with the objective of recommissioning the turbine at another site. The instructions therefore aim to keep the components in a reusable state. Consequently, no instructions are provided regarding the disposal of turbine components. Should a turbine have to be destroyed, methods for removing components may be used in order to reduce the workload and the time taken for the decommissioning process, but these methods are neither suggested nor recommended in the aforementioned documents. Subject to good weather conditions, the estimated time required to decommission a wind turbine is two days.

3.3.5 Noise impacts

3.3.5.1 During the construction phase

During the construction phase, the project manager must take every precaution in order to limit noise, and fulfil the conditions for the use or operation of equipment as well as any municipal orders concerning construction noise. It will be its responsibility to warn the neighboring area of any noise pollution and to organize transport and unloading so that the duration of the noise pollution is reduced.

56

Interim Report

Initial measures were taken in order to fix the various forms of noise pollution created by construction. Two interministerial decrees dated 11 April 1972 (Official Gazette of 2 May 1972) implemented by the Decree of 18 April 1969 relating to the soundproofing of construction machinery, limit the noise level permitted for some of this equipment. Of the various sources of construction-related noise pollution, the following items will be noted:

• Civil engineering operations;

• Traffic created by hoisting machines and vehicles (cranes, lorries for transporting the turbine’s components and the various equipment items, cars);

• Temporary power supply sources (generator sets);

• Installing and transporting living quarters;

• Movements of people;

• Assembling the wind turbine along with mechanical noises and the use of specific tools (for example: hydraulic fastening tools).

3.3.5.2 During operation of the wind farm

As a matter of fact, all things being equal, a large wind generator is less noisy than a small wind turbine in relation to its size. The main reason for this is the speed at which the blades rotate, which is slower for large wind generators: one rotation takes over three seconds. The noise emitted by a wind farm does not occur in bursts. It does in fact consist of aerodynamic noise relating to the blades swishing through the air, and a mechanical noise due to the machinery moving inside the nacelle.

Figure 22: Illustration of the source of noises

A wind turbine’s noise is the sum of several noises: Mechanical noise, which is mainly perceptible when the wind turbine begins operating. It is due to the various mechanisms inside the nacelle (the power supply system, rotating components, actuators, etc.); Aerodynamic noise, which may itself be broken down into two types of noise; Noise due to the rotation of the blades in the air; Noise due to the blade passing in front of the tower. All of these three sources define a theoretical acoustic power that is characteristic of a given wind turbine.

57

Interim Report

This power depends on the wind speed.

The acoustic power of a wind turbine matches the equivalent noise produced by the machine at the height of the nacelle. The latter factors in air friction on the blades, on the tower, and any mechanical noises, etc. coming out of the nacelle. Overall, perceptions of the noise from a wind turbine depend on how far away the individual is (cf. the illustration below). It seems that:

û The farther away you are, the lower the noise levels are; û The noise decrease is greater between a distance of 0 and 150 m away;

û If the noise level at the foot of the wind turbine is approximately 60 dB(A), it will only be approximately 42 dB(A) at 250 m and 36 dB(A) at 500 m.

Figure 23: Decrease in perceptions of the noise of a wind turbine depending on how far away you are

• At the foot of the wind turbine, the level is 60 dB(A) • At 250 m, the level is 42 dB(A) • At 500 m, the level is 36 dB(A)

Noise level in dB(A) Distance in m

58

Interim Report

4 POLITICAL, LEGISLATIVE, REGULATORY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

The project is conducted under a political, legal and institutional framework that should be presented.

4.1 POLITICAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

4.1.1 Analysis of the energy sector

4.1.1.1 Energy policy

Under the framework of the implementation of the energy sector recovery plan, a new sector-based development policy (2007-2012) was drawn up with a view to specifying the objectives and outlining strategic orientations in a set of measures.

The Government of Senegal’s new energy policy, which was developed in the policy letter, highlights the following three major objectives:

(i) To ensure the country’s energy supply in sufficient quantities, subject to optimal quality and sustainability conditions, and at the lowest possible cost;

(ii) To expand populations’ access to modern energy services;

(iii) To reduce the country’s vulnerability to foreign fluctuations, particularly due to the global oil market.

Among the various orientations structuring this new energy policy are the following:

- Diversification of the electricity production sources by developing the coal sector, biofuel, wind power, biomass, and other sources;

- Adaptation of the energy infrastructure to meet demand by relying on both the public and private sectors;

- Speeding up access to electricity, particularly through the promotion of rural electrification and the development of energy services for satisfying the needs of production and social activities;

- Keeping a cap on energy demand and improving energy efficiency;

- Consolidating governance of the energy sector;

- Restructuring the electricity sub-sector with a view to greater efficiency and well thought-out involvement of the private sector.

59

Interim Report

The vision underpinning the objectives pursued falls under the framework of DSRP (Poverty Reduction Strategy Document) II, namely equipping the country with infrastructures that can guarantee urban and rural households access to basic social services, including energy services, by 2012.

4.1.1.2 Institutional arrangements

The Ministry of Energy is responsible for setting out sector-based policy and defining the applicable standards. It alone is empowered to grant licences and concessions which predetermine the right of operators to produce, distribute or sell electricity across Senegal’s national territory.

Based on proposals by the CRSE (Electricity Sector Regulatory Commission), the Minister also decides on the pricing conditions applicable to each concession.

The CRSE, which operates as a quasi-judicial administrative tribunal, is responsible for regulating activities relating to the production, transport, distribution and sale of electrical energy in Senegal. It is the body that examines any applications for licences or concessions, and which provides its reasoned opinion to the Energy Minister for decision-making and allocation purposes.

The quite recent creation of the Ministry of Biofuels, Renewable Energy Sources and Scientific Research should also be noted: its purpose is to open up new avenues for research and implementing scientific and technological results for social well-being within a tightly-controlled environment thanks to having a controlled energy sector.

Generally speaking, these two ministries constitute the cornerstone of the institutional framework for the energy sector.

4.1.2 Aspects related to the environmental sector

4.1.2.1 National environmental management policy

In Senegal, environmental management policy is marked by various orientation documents and framework documents for strategic planning, inspired by a mission which forms part of a sustainable development outlook.

Of these orientation documents, the following may be cited:

ü The sector-based policy letter

The overall objective of the environmental sector policy letter adopted in 2004 is to ensure the sustainability of economic and social development with a view to strong growth compatible with preserving natural resources and the environment.

Among other things, the specific objectives pursued by this consist of:

60

Interim Report

(i) Mitigating the degradation of resources by setting up institutional and regulatory arrangements that are effective, based on international conventions;

(ii) Improving the knowledge base relating to natural resources and the environment with a view to better measuring their loading capacities;

(iii) Improving the planning and coordination capacities of initiatives for preserving the environment within a context involving giving the various actors a greater feeling of responsibility;

(iv) Promoting activities that generate revenue and collective infrastructures that combat both poverty and environmental degradation;

(v) Increasing the network for populations serviced by independent collective sewage works.

The environmental policy letter assigns a central role to taking the environment into account as part of the development approaches for other sectors. As a general rule, primarily infrastructure is scrutinised with regard to harmful impacts on the environment and natural resources, as well as during the construction works for getting this infrastructure up and running.

ü PNAE (the National Action Plan for the Environment)

In terms of environmental planning, the PNAE constitutes the benchmark strategic framework. This planning exercise was undertaken following recommendations made by the World Bank with a view to encouraging countries to improve environmental management in a consistent, co-ordinated way.

Consequently, in February 1995, Senegal initiated a decentralized participatory process which, in 1997, gave rise to the PNAE, which highlights procedures for articulating environmental, institutional and macro-economic issues under the framework of a long-term development strategy.

ü PAN/LCD (the National Action Program for Combating Desertification)

This constitutes an integral part of the PNAE and a major component of it as, in several areas in Senegal, desertification and the degradation of natural resources constitute the most acute environmental issues.

Due to its transverse nature, from the time when it was drawn up, the PAN/LCD has integrated the major orientations contained in the other sector-based exercises such as the livestock rearing action plan, the land action plan, and the forestry action plan.

Of the various causes of desertification, the Plan emphasises deforestation and the clearing of sites allocated for the installation of certain works, as well as the growing pressure created by human settlements.

61

Interim Report

ü The Biodiversity Conservation Strategy

Senegal has a biodiversity conservation action plan and strategy. The strategy forcefully emphasises the need to preserve biodiversity sites.

Among the action plan’s priority measures is the protection of coastal and marine ecosystems, which are often considered to be sensitive zones.

The works involved in establishing infrastructures along the littoral zone may have negative impacts on biodiversity in terms of degrading or disrupting fragile ecosystems.

ü SNMO (the National Implementation Strategy Regarding Climate Change)

This strategy is aimed at bedding in a harmonized framework for managing programs relating to climate change. It is understood that the energy sector contributes to a great extent to the emission of greenhouse gases, which play a major part in the process of heating up the planet.

In this regard, it is important to note that warming due to climate change places the communities along the Niayes strip (comprising wetlands) in the forefront, with the site for the wind farm planned for Taïba Ndiaye forming an integral part of this zone.

4.1.2.2 Institutional framework

Due to its complex, strategic nature, in environmental terms, the wind farm development project involves several institutional actors.

Of them, the following key actors may be listed: The Ministry of Environment, and the decentralized local bodies located in the zone where the project is to be established.

The main mission of the Ministry of Environment is to promote rational management of natural resources and to work towards improving the living conditions of local populations, with a view to sustainable development and combating poverty. This mission was reasserted via the sector-based policy letter and the decree setting the Ministry’s assigned responsibilities.

More specifically, what is involved is drawing up and implementing environmental policy, the management of which involves many other actors.

In order to successfully complete its mission, the Ministry relies on a certain number of structures, directorates and departments seconded as the case may be.

Within the context of this study, of the Ministry of Environment’s structures that are directly involved, the following may be cited:

• The DEEC (Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments) which is responsible for the implementation of the government’s environmental policy, and particularly:

62

Interim Report

ü Protection of the natural environment and people from various sorts of pollution;

ü Implementation of the specific resources for ensuring prevention and controlling various forms of pollution;

ü Monitoring all of the actions of the various departments and bodies intervening in the environmental sector;

ü Drawing up legislation and regulations concerning the environment;

ü Promoting energy efficiency in order to enable better protection of the environment through rational management of its resources.

The DEEC also ensures the implementation of provisions relating to environmental impact studies. To this end, it conducts end-to-end monitoring of the process for environmental impact studies carried out by approved inspection bureaus, and prepares opinion papers and decision-making recommendations regarding whether or not to accept a project for the Environment Ministry, with the Technical Committee’s support.

• The Technical Committee

Instituted by Ministerial Order No. 009469 of 28 November 2001, the Technical Committee rules on environmental impact study reports submitted for validation. Its administrative services are carried out by the DEEC. It should be specified that the impact study procedure requires public validation of the impact through public hearings.

• The Directorate of Water, Forests, Hunting and Soil Conservation

This Directorate is responsible for the implementation of forestry resource management; soil conservation and wildlife management. Consequently, it has to ensure the conservation of forestry potential and ecological balances. With regard to this, it is involved in the execution and operation of the wind farm.

Without this being an exhaustive list, the following actors are also involved in this arrangement:

• Local bodies

Through the powers transferred to them, the boroughs and rural communities are responsible for management of the environment and natural resources, particularly throughout their territories. They have to take care of all the arrangements required for ecologically rational management of the environment. Local bodies offer the advantage of ensuring local management and of constituting priority contacts for local populations.

In this capacity, they must be informed of the projects to be established within their territory, and certain aspects will have to be negotiated with them before the works are actually started in order to avoid conflicts.

63

Interim Report

Under the framework of exercising their prerogatives, local bodies may receive the support, where need be, of decentralized State services placed under the purview of the Regional Governor through standard agreements set out in the Local Bodies Code.

Within this project, the local bodies involved are: the Department Council of Tivaoune, and the Borough of Taïba Ndiaye.

• Basic community organizations and non-governmental organizations

These structures, which are increasingly devoted to the environmental protection sector and improving the living standards of the local populations, also play a major role in terms of promoting citizen control.

4.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK

In legal terms, it should be pointed out that in its preamble, the Senegalese Constitution of 22 January 2001 refers to the African Charter on Human and People’s Rights adopted in Nairobi in 1981, Article 24 of which enshrines the right of people to a healthy environment.

Within the corpus of basic law, the right of any individual to a healthy environment is guaranteed by Article 8. This constitutionalization of the right to a healthy environment forms the basis of policy for improving living standards.

There are other texts which govern and provide the framework for energy production and infrastructure execution projects, in light of their potential impacts on the environment, safety and the health of local populations.

In this regard, the following will be analyzed: appropriate international conventions, legislation and regulations applicable to the environmental sector (the Law implementing the Environment Code and the various orders supplementing it), as well as the various relevant sector-based Codes.

4.2.1 The relevant international environmental conventions signed by Senegal

The international conventions signed and ratified by Senegal primarily relate to the Rio generation, which are undeniably linked to the execution of infrastructures and energy issues.

As it turns out, what is involved is the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and the Kyoto Protocol relating to greenhouse gas emissions, the Convention on Biodiversity, and the Convention to Combat Desertification.

Other relevant conventions may be added to this list.

A list of the relevant conventions is provided in the table below:

64

Interim Report

Table 15: International environmental Conventions signed by Senegal

Name of the Convention The field regulated and the objective Implementation under the framework of the project

The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) adopted in Rio on 5 June 1992 and signed by Senegal, ratified on 14 June 1994, and the Kyoto Protocol

Management and adaptation to climate change.

Stabilizing greenhouse gas concentrations in order to avoid any dangerous disruption to the climate system and so that ecosystems can adapt to climate change.

The existence of industrial activities that constitute greenhouse gas pollution sources (CO2, SO2 and NOx emissions in particular).

The Convention on Biodiversity signed by Senegal in June 1992 and ratified on 14 June 1994

Conservation of biodiversity and sustainable use of its elements, as well as fair and equitable sharing of the advantages linked to exploiting genetic resources

Land clearance is possible for developing the site where the project is to be implemented.

The United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification signed in Paris on 14 June 1994 and ratified by Senegal in March 1995

Combating desertification and mitigating the effects of drought.

Land clearance is possible during development operations.

ILO Hygiene (Commerce and offices) Convention No. 120 ratified by Senegal in 1966

Work hygiene and hygiene within infrastructure.

This convention governs hygiene in certain infrastructure.

Work hygiene and safety are transverse components in all of the project’s activities.

The African Convention on the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources adopted in Algiers on 15 March 1968 and ratified by Senegal in 1971

Management of natural resources. Protection of wildlife and flora as well as natural resources such as soil and water.

Land clearance is possible during development operations. Destruction and/or contamination of soil; exploitation and/or contamination of water resources.

The Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage, adopted in Paris on 16 November 1972, and the Convention for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage adopted in Paris on 17 October 2003

Preservation of the cultural heritage. The project’s activities must not cause the destruction of buildings, monuments or other cultural heritage items within the zone.

The Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer adopted in Vienna on 22 March 1985 and the Montréal Protocol on substances that

Preservation of ozone in the stratosphere. Regulation of activities that may give rise to damaging the ozone layer.

The activities foreseen under the framework of the project must take this international commitment into account.

65

Interim Report

Name of the Convention The field regulated and the objective Implementation under the framework of the project

deplete the ozone layer, adopted in Montréal on 16 September 1987

4.2.2 The LCE (Law concerning the Environmental Code)

The provisions of Law No. 2001-01 of 15 January 2001 applying the Environmental Code and its Implementation Decree No. 2001- 282 of 12 April 2001 constitute the basic legislative and regulatory framework governing activities with environmental impacts.

The LCE deals with general provisions, preventing and combating various forms of pollution, the protection and development of host environments, and also sanctions and miscellaneous provisions.

In terms of environmental assessment, the provisions of Title II, Chapter IV of the LCE institute environmental assessment for any project or activity likely to adversely affect the environment, as well as policies, plans, programs, and regional and sector-based studies.

The objective of the EIS is to take environmental concerns into account from the design phase for projects onwards.

Moreover, the Decree specifies the scope of the environmental impact study. Thus, depending on the potential impact, the nature, the extent and the location of the project, projects are placed into one of the following categories:

- Category 1: The projects are likely to have significant impacts on the environment; an environmental impacts assessment study will enable environmental considerations to be integrated into the project’s economic and financial analysis; this category requires an in-depth environmental assessment;

- Category 2: The projects have limited impacts on the environment or the impacts may be mitigated by implementing measures or changes to their designs; this category is subjected to an initial analysis.

The Environmental Code also features provisions specific to listed installations.

Indeed, Chapter I of Title II (Prevention and combating various forms of pollution) of the Environmental Code deals with Installations that are listed for environmental protection purposes. These installations fall into two categories (Article 9-11).

Class 1 installations are defined as posing a risk of “serious dangers or inconveniences” relating to “health, safety, public health, agriculture, nature and the environment in general”. They are subject to a permits system.

66

Interim Report

Class 2 installations are considered to pose no threat of major pollution and consequently are subject to less strict controls. These installations are subject to a declarations system.

Above and beyond the provisions referred to above, the Environmental Code covers certain safety aspects by drawing up an emergency plan in order to deal with critical situations that create serious pollution. Such provisions constitute an effective way of implementing a strategy for preventing and combating accidents. In fact, the hazards study constitutes a basic document for designing certain types of projects.

Public participation is an element comprising the environmental impact study (Article L52). Article L53 defines the public’s role in the decision-making procedure regarding projects or programs likely to have harmful effects on the environment.

“The participation of populations offers a response to the determination to democratize the decision-making process and it is guaranteed by the State in keeping with decentralization and regionalization.” (Article L52)

Also it should be noted that Prime Minister’s Office Circular No. 009 PM/SGG of 30 July 2001 states the need for all development projects or activities likely to be harmful to the environment and the health of local populations to form the subject of a preliminary environmental impact study, in accordance with the procedures defined in the Implementation Decree for the Law applying the Environmental Code.

The range of legal measures relating to environmental assessment is supplemented by various Orders which should be noted:

- Order No. 009468 of 28 November 2001 relating to regulating public participation in environmental impact studies;

- Order No. 009469 of 28 November 2001 relating to the organization and functioning of the Technical Committee;

- Order No. 009470 of 28 November 2001 relating to the conditions of granting approval for carrying out activities relating to environmental impact studies;

- Order No. 009471 of 28 November 2001 relating to the content of the terms of reference for environmental impact studies;

- Order No. 009472 of 28 November 2001 relating to the content of the environmental impact study report.

Some of the sector-based legislative texts that apply to implementation of the project include:

4.2.3 The Hygiene Code

Law No. 83-71 of 5 July 1983 concerning the Hygiene Code, which is aimed at regulating hygiene, or in other words all of the rules that have to be complied with by everyone in order

67

Interim Report

to maintain their health. From this perspective, it is aimed at individual hygiene, but particularly public and collective hygiene, and sanitation within the natural environment of such a nature as to facilitate better quality of life in all locations. Among other things, the law precisely defined hygiene regulations in such a way as to enable epidemics to be combated, as well as to ensure good management of the hygiene of homes and industrial installations and the hygiene of public thoroughfares and the packaging of waste.

4.2.4 General Code of Local Government

Law No. 2013-10 of 28 December 2013 concerning the General Code of Local Government organizes the framework for implementation of this reform which henceforth retained only two levels of local government in Senegal: the borough and the Department. The general objective targeted by this reform, which was called “Act III of decentralization”, is to organize Senegal into viable regions that are competitive and that foster sustainable development. This reform is taking root in a regional development policy and orients firming up the hopes and aspirations of regional actors, with a view to building up a regional plan. It offers sufficient leeway for laying the groundwork for the regional implementation of public policies.

As stipulated in Article 1 of the General Code of Local Government, local bodies are administered freely by councils elected based on universal suffrage and which have a legal personality and financial autonomy. To do this, they have a budget and their own resources. These resources therefore constitute the central pillar of decentralization, because the first yardstick of the financial autonomy of a local body is having its own resources.

4.2.5 The Water Code

Law No. 81-13 of 4 March 1981 concerns the adoption of this Code. Title II is devoted to water quality protection and makes provision for measures for combating water pollution and for water regeneration, by setting standards to be followed for the various uses. Furthermore, this Title determines events likely to pollute water and the administrative resources for combating pollution.

It was only in 1998 that the first implementation decrees for this code were adopted.

4.2.6 The Forestry Code

Law No. 98-03 of 8 January 1998 concerning the Forestry Code sets out that all activities likely to adversely affect forest formations are prohibited in listed forests unless they are authorized by the Ministry of Water and Forests. The Code specifies that authorization is only granted in light of a file which, among other things, includes an environmental impact study carried out by an approved natural person or legal person.

68

Interim Report

4.2.7 The Labor Code (Law 97-17 of 1st December 1997) and its implementation decrees

This Code organizes professional relations between workers and employers. The Code regulates the relations system and lays down the principle of respecting their mutual rights and obligations. Among its health-related provisions, Law No. 97-17 of 1st December 1997 concerning the Labor Code sets working conditions, particularly as far as work hours are concerned (which must not exceed 40 hours per week), night work, special regulations for women and children, and the weekly rest period which is obligatory. The text also deals with Hygiene and Safety in workplaces and indicates the measures that any activity must implement in order to ensure the hygiene and safety guaranteeing a healthy environment and safe work conditions. Thus, the project is mainly affected by this Code and its implementation decrees. New Orders have been added to the existing arrangements:

• Decree No. 2006-1249 of 15 November 2006 setting the minimum health and safety requirements for temporary or mobile worksites;

• Decree No. 2006-1250 of 15 November 2006 relating to vehicle and machinery traffic within enterprises;

• Decree No. 2006-1251 of 15 November 2006 relating to work equipment; • Decree No. 2006-1252 of 15 November 2006 setting the minimum prevention

requirements for certain physical environmental factors; • Decree No. 2006-1253 of 15 November 2006 instituting workplace medical inspection

and setting its assigned responsibilities; • Decree No. 2006-1254 of 15 November 2006 relating to the manual handling of loads; • Decree No. 2006-1256 of 15 November 2006 setting the obligations of employers in

terms of workplace safety; • Decree No. 2006-1257 of 15 November 2006 setting the minimum requirements for

protection against chemical risks; • Decree No. 2006-1258 of 15 November 2006 setting the missions and organizational

and operational rules for Workplace Medical Services; • Decree No. 2006-1260 of 15 November 2006 relating to the aeration and sanitation

conditions of worksites • Decree No. 2006-1261 of 15 November 2006 setting general hygiene and safety

measures within all kinds of establishments

4.2.8 Land law

The Government of Senegal has promulgated several legal texts relating to land ownership, as well as expropriation, compensation and reinstallation procedures. Of these texts, the following may be cited:

- Law No. 64-46 of 17 June 1964 relating to the national domain:

The national domain includes all land except lands which fall into the public domain and those which are private property.

69

Interim Report

The national domain is split into 4 types of zones constituting nearly 95% of the territory. It involves urban zones, rural zones, listed zones, and pioneer zones.

The Law on the National Domain makes the State the guardian of lands and the Authority empowered to organize their rational use. Regarding this topic, it should be noted that domain affairs form part of the powers transferred to local bodies.

- Law 76-67 of 2 July 1976 relating to expropriation for public purposes and its implementation decree:

This Law institutes a forced expropriation procedure for public purposes via which the State may, with a view to public utility, and subject to the proviso of providing fair compensation in advance, may force any person to grant it the ownership of a building or of a real property right.

4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS: THE

IFC’S PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

In April 2006, the IFC (International Finance Corporation) published a series of eight PS’s (Performance Standards) which have become an international benchmark for the social and environmental assessment process in which the IFC and other international lenders are involved. These standards were revised and the new version came into force in January 2012. Table 16 summarizes these performance standards. Table 16: The IFC’s performance standards No. Name Scope

1 Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts

Defines the provisions for succeeding in instituting a suitable environmental and social management policy, including requirements in terms of Environmental and Social Impact Studies.

2 Labor and Working Conditions Defines the provisions for drawing up and implementing fair recruiting and staff management policies.

3 Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention

Defines an approach for rational use of resources and for preventing and combating pollution at project level in compliance with the technologies and practices disseminated internationally.

4 Community Health, Safety, and Security

Defines the provisions for ensuring that the Project’s negative impacts on the host community are managed and controlled.

5 Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement

Defines the provisions for managing land ownership and resettling communities under the

70

Interim Report

framework of developing projects. 6 Biodiversity Conservation and

Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources

Defines provisions making it possible to ensure that the Project’s impacts on nature, ecosystems, habitats and biodiversity are duly managed.

7 Indigenous Peoples Defines the provisions for ensuring that the rights of indigenous minorities are respected and that indigenous populations will be able to derive benefit from the Project.

8 Cultural Heritage Defines the provisions for managing the Project’s impacts on tangible and intangible heritage assets.

The IFC’s Performance Standard 1 establishes the importance of managing social and environmental performance throughout a project’s life cycle. It encourages the establishment of a permanent, effective social and environmental management system and real participation by the communities through a good communication policy and consultation of local populations. It also encourages integrated assessment of the impacts, risks and opportunities associated with the project right from its initial development phases, and consequently provides a hierarchy and consistency in order to mitigate and manage risks on an ongoing basis. Based on the information gathered during the development of the terms of reference as well as the site inspections, it appears that the following IFC1 Performance Standards are applicable to the wind farm project:

• Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts;

• Performance Standard 2: Labor and Working Conditions; • Performance Standard 3: Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention; • Performance Standard 4: Community Health, Safety, and Security; • Performance Standard 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement; • Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of

Living Natural Resources. IFC Performance Standard 7 concerning indigenous populations will not apply as no indigenous population (as defined in PS 7) has been identified within the project’s zone. The WBG/IFC’s Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines

1http: l/www.ifc.or /ifcext/polimeview.nsf/AttachmentsBvTitle/Updated2011/$FILE/UpdatedIFC SustainabilityFrameworkCompounded Augustl-201l.pdf; and http:/ I wwwl.ifc.org/wps/ wcm I connect/b9dacb004a73e7a8a273fff998895a12/ IFC SustainabilityFramework.p df?MOD=AJPERES

71

Interim Report

The World Bank Group (WBG) has also published a series of Guidelines for environmental, health and safety management (EHS Guidelines). These guidelines are technical reference documents which present examples of good international practices of a general nature (i.e., the EHS General Guidelines) or concerning a particular business sector (i.e., the EHS Sector Guidelines). . Under the framework of the Project’s development, the EHS Guidelines to be taken into account are:

• The General EHS Guidelines (2007) which presents the environment, health and safety guidelines applicable in all sectors;

• The EHS Guideline for thermal power stations (2007), which presents the good practices to be applied in relation to the various types of power stations depending on the issues highlighted.

These directives may be consulted on the IFC2 website. 4.4 THE STANDARDS FRAMEWORK

4.4.1 Senegalese standards

There are additional environmental standards relating to the protection of air quality, protection against noise, and against the discharge of wastewater.

Prevention against pollution risks in receiving environments such as water and air justifies adopting a standards arrangement that regulates the discharge of wastewater and atmospheric emissions.

The Senegalese Standard NS 05-061 features general provisions applying to wastewater discharges within the country’s national territory and provisions concerning the discharge of effluents into a receiving environment. This standard also covers surveillance and inspection of wastewater discharges. To this end, discharge limit values and criteria have been defined, as shown in Tables 5 and 6.

Along the same lines, Senegalese Standard NS 05-062 concerning air quality sets the limits for establishments’ discharge of pollutants into the air (emissions) as well as the permissible pollutants concentration in ambient air (immissions). These limit values are presented in Tables 3 and 4.

With regard to protection against noise, strictly speaking there are no specific standards governing noise emissions, although the Environment Code stipulates that "The maximum noise thresholds that should not be exceeded without exposing the human body to harmful

2http:// wwwl.ifc.org/wps/wcm/ connect/ topics ext content/ ifc external corporate site/ ifc+sustainability/ sustainabilit y+framework/ environmental %2C +health %2C +and +safety+guidelines I ehs~Widelines french

72

Interim Report

consequences are fifty-five (55) to sixty (60) decibels per day and forty (40) decibels at night".

Generally speaking, the spirit of these standards does comply with the prevention and precautionary principles which inspired the Law relating to the Environment Code.

Table 17: Standard NS 05-062: Limit values for atmospheric pollutant discharges Substances Flow rate Discharge limit values

Total dust D <= 1 kg/h D > 1 kg/h

100 mg/m3 50 mg/m3

Carbon monoxide The authorization order sets (where applicable) a discharge limit value for carbon monoxide

Asbestos D > 100 kg/year 0.1 mg/m3 for asbestos 0.5 mg/m3 for total dust

Sulphur oxides (in the form of sulphur dioxide) D > 25 kg/h 500 mg/m3

Nitrogen oxides excluding nitrous oxide, in the form of nitrogen dioxide D > 25 kg/h 500 mg/m3

Hydrogen chloride and other chlorine gas inorganic compounds (in the form of HCl)

4.4.1.1.1.1.1.1 D > 1 kg/h

50 mg/m3

Ammonia and ammonium compounds in the form of ammonia D > 100 g/h 20 mg/m3

Fluorine, fluorides and fluorinated compounds (gases, droplets and particles)

D > 500 g/h

10 mg/m3 for gases 10 mg/m3 for droplets/particles 15 mg/m3 for manufacturing phosphoric acid, phosphorus and fertiliser

Total discharge in terms of organic compounds, excluding methane and Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)

D > 2 kg/h 150 mg/m3

Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) D > 2 kg/h 20 mg/m3 Discharges of Cadmium, Mercury, and Thallium, and of their compounds (in the form of Cd + Hg + Ti) D > 1g/h 0.2 mg/m3

Discharges of Arsenic, Selenium and Tellurium, and of their compounds (in the form of As + Se + Te) D > 5 g/h 1 mg/m3

Discharges of antimony, chrome, cobalt, copper, tin, manganese, nickel, lead, vanadium, zinc, and of their compounds (in the form of Sb + Cr + Co + Cu + Sn + Mn + Ni + Pb + V + Zn)

D > 25 g/h 5 mg/m3

Phosphine, phosgene D > 10 g/h 1 mg/m3 Ammonia (for fertiliser units) D > 100 g/h 50 mg/m3 Table 18: Standard NS 05-062: Limit values for concentrations of pollutants in ambient air

Substance Immission limit value

Statistical definition

73

Interim Report

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 50 µg/m3

125 µg/m3 Annual (arithmetic) average Daily average

Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 200 µg/m3

40 µg/m3 Hourly (arithmetic) average Annual average

Carbon monoxide (CO) 30 mg/m3 Average over 24 hrs; under no circumstances may it be exceeded more than once a year

Ozone (O3) 120 µg/m3 Average over 8 hrs (public health)

Suspended dust (PM 10) (aerodynamic diameter less than 10 µg)

80 µg/m3 260 µg/m3

Annual (arithmetic) average Average over 24 hrs; under no circumstances may it be exceeded more than once a year

Lead (Pb) in suspended dust 2 µg/m3 Annual (arithmetic) average

Cadmium (Cd) in suspended dust 1.5 nb/m3 Annual (arithmetic) average

Total dustfall 200 mg/m2 x day Annual (arithmetic) average

Lead (Pb) in dustfall 100 µg/m2 x day Annual (arithmetic) average Cadmium (Cd) in dustfall 2 µg/m2 x day Annual (arithmetic) average Zinc (Zn) in dustfall 400 µg/m2 x day Annual (arithmetic) average Thallium in dustfall 2 µg/m2 x day Annual (arithmetic) average Table 19: Standard NS 05-061: Limit values for the discharge of wastewater into the natural environment

Parameter Limit value

Total suspended materials 50 mg/l

BOD5 80 mg/l if the permitted maximum daily flow does not exceed 30 kg/day, or go beyond 40 mg/l

COD 200 mg/l if the permitted maximum daily flow does not exceed 100 kg/day; or go beyond 100 mg/l

Total nitrogen 30 mg/l in terms of the monthly average concentration when the maximum daily flow is equal to or greater than 50 kg/day

Total phosphorus 10 mg/l in terms of the monthly average concentration when the permitted maximum daily flow is equal to or greater than à 15 kg/day.

Phenols index 0.5 mg/l if the discharge exceeds 5 g/day

Phenols 0.5 mg/l if the discharge exceeds 5 g/day

Hexavalent chrome 0.2 mg/l if the discharge exceeds 5 g/day

Cyanides 0.2 mg/l if the discharge exceeds 3 g/day Arsenic and its compounds (in the form of As) 0.3 mg/l if the discharge exceeds 3 g/day

Total chrome (in the form of Cr3) 1.0 mg/l if the discharge exceeds 10 g/day

Total hydrocarbons 15 mg/l if the discharge exceeds 150 g/day

4.4.2 International standards specific to the business sector

In terms of European standards, standard EN 50 308 "Wind turbines. Protective measures. Requirements for design, operation and maintenance" was drawn up under a mandate from the European Commission, in order to provide a "harmonized" standard under the Machinery Directive.

74

Interim Report

From 1988, standards work concerning wind turbine was undertaken within the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), the world organization for standardization in the electricity sector. With regard to safety, of the standards drawn up pursuant to this work, IEC standard 61400-1, entitled "Wind turbines – Part 1: design requirements", was adopted in 1994. IEC standard 61400-1 sets the requirements relating to the safety of the wind turbine’s structure, its mechanical and electrical parts, and its control system. These requirements relate to the design, manufacturing, installation and maintenance of the machine. The standard also features provisions concerning quality assurance. A few details of these standards are presented in the appendices.

75

Interim Report

5 DESCRIPTION OF THE BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

This chapter describes the project’s host environment from the perspective of its physical, biological and socio-economic components. Its objective is to characterize the initial state (baseline state) of the site’s environment that is to host the project with a view to highlighting the sensitive factors that may be adversely affected by the project. 5.1 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION AND ADMINISTRATIVE SITUATION OF THE

PROJECT’S SITES

From an administrative perspective, the project for establishing the Taïba Ndiaye wind farm falls within the Thiès Region, the Tivaouane Department, an Arrondissement of Méouane and the new borough of Taïba Ndiaye (the former Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye). 5.2 THE PROJECT’S ZONE OF INFLUENCE

Three (3) study zones were delineated for the purposes of this ESIS (Environmental and Social Impact Study).

F The restricted study zone

What is involved is a zone within which the project is technically feasible for forty-six (46) wind turbines, each of which occupies 1,400 m2, making a total siting of 7 hectares and involving access tracks which have to host high-voltage electrical cables covering a linear distance of approximately 34 km.

F The detailed study zone or the zone of direct influence of the works

This takes into account the whole territory impacted or the works zone. It covers a radius as well as an area of influence of over five (5) km. It is defined depending on the potential impact sources linked to the project’s construction phase.

F The expanded or remote study zone

This relates to the territorial zones of the local bodies (Rural Community of Diass) covered by the socio-economic analysis. This zone takes account of the project’s potential effects on the socio-economic and biophysical environment. 5.3 ESTIMATE FOR THE SETTLEMENTS CLOSEST TO THE VARIOUS ROWS

The estimated distance between the wind farm in relation to the various surrounding locations is of paramount importance because it will enable the zones that may be adversely affected by the project’s impacts to be ascertained (noise pollution, impact on the landscape, etc.).

76

Interim Report

The closest villages (Baïty Guèye, Baïty Ndiaye, Khelcom Diop, Ndombor Diop, Taïba Santhie, Taïba Ndiaye, Maka Gaye Bèye, Diambalo, etc.) are located less than 2 km away from the project. The locations of the wind turbines closest to the villages are: Table 20: Summary of the settlements closest to the various lines Lines or groups concerned


Distance from buildings (km)

Village concerned

Line 5

E46 1.27 Baity Ndiaye E41 1.07

Maka Gaye Beye E39 0.95 E40 0.95

Line 4 E31 1.42 Baity Gueye

Line 3 E27 1.27 Khelcom E28 E18 2.6 Taïba Ndiaye

Line 2

E10 1.75 Ndiombor Diop E11 1.07

Khélcom Diop E12 1.06 E13 1.18

Line 1 E1 1.4 Diambola

77

Interim Report

Map 3: Situation and location of the project zone of study

Koul

Darou Khoudoss

Meouane

Kab Gaye

Fandene

Ngandiouf

Cherif LoMont Roland

Noto G. Diama

Ndande

Merina Dakhar

Keur Moussa

Pire Goureye

Diokoul Ndiawerigne

Diender Guedj

250000,000000

250000,000000

280000,000000

280000,000000

310000,000000

310000,000000

340000,000000

340000,000000

1600000,000000

1600000,000000

1630000,000000

1630000,000000

1660000,000000

1660000,000000

1690000,000000

1690000,000000

1720000,000000

1720000,000000

1750000,000000

1750000,000000

Source de Données :

ANAT, 2011

Système de projection :

WGS 84. Zone 28 N

Conception :

Hpr Ankh Consultants, Juillet 2015

TH

IES/T

AIB

A N

DIA

YE

µ25

Km

SITUATION

DE LA ZONE D'ETUDE

LIMITES COMMUNES

COMMUNE DE TAIBA

TAIBA

NDIAYE

SENEGAL/THIES

78

Interim Report

5.4 LAND AND SOIL USE AMONG THE VARIOUS ROWS AND IN THEIR SURROUNDING ENVIRONMENT

Generally speaking, the site that will host the wind farm project is delineated by an agricultural ecosystem. The site is dominated in several locations by plantations of fruit trees, inside of which rainfall related agricultural activities (millet, peanuts, black-eyed peas, etc.) and cash cropping (cassava) are carried out. However, we did note certain specific features depending on the group considered: Group 4 will be installed in an area that is mainly dominated by plantations or orchards within which subsistence and cash cropping activities are carried out. Photo 1: Cash cropping in a palm grove Photo 2: Mango trees plantation

Groups 5 and 1 will be established within an area, the salient feature of which is that there are no fruit tree plantations. This domain is dominated by rainfall agriculture crops. The presence of a few pockets of land left fallow, with livestock grazing on them, should be noted. Photo 3: A herd of grazing cows Photo 4: An old clearing

As far as Group 3 is concerned, what we have is a series of juvenile plantations that are less than five (5) years old. It is a domain that, many years ago, was devoted to rainfall agriculture crops (millet, peanuts, black-eyed peas, etc.) and cash crops (cassava).

79

Interim Report

Photo 5: A juvenile mango trees plantation

Lastly, Group 2 of E9 at the village of Baal Diop is dominated by juvenile plantations. After Baal Diop, up to 1.8 km from E20, we find ourselves in an area dominated by rainfall agriculture and cash cropping. Photo 6: Juvenile plantation with cash crops Photo 7: Peanut fields at the end of harvesting

The main groups (1, 2, 3, 4 and 5) described above: plantations of fruit trees, rainfall agriculture and cash cropping are, more often than not, delineated by boundary hedges. In addition to agricultural activities, the land and soil use of the five (5) groups are dominated by: Roads: These include main and secondary sandy tracks, a red earth track, and a sealed district road. Concessionaries: There are networks operated by Senelec, the SDE and Sonatel. Settlements: There are villages and hamlets within the area of influence of the five (5) groups.

80

Interim Report

Table 21: Summary of the various forms of land and soil use within the project’s zone of influence Form of land and soil use

Restricted study zone (within the Project’s boundary)

Detailed study zone (500 m from the boundary’s limits)

Expanded study zone (Borough of Taïba Ndiaye)

Agricultural activities X X

Concessionaries X X X Settlements X Roads X X X Grazing activities X X X 5.5 THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

5.5.1 The climatic framework

5.5.1.1 The regional context and seasonal changes

The project’s zone belongs to the Sahel-Sudan climate zone. Two basic seasons defined by the criterion of rainfall may be distinguished: A rainy season from June to October and a dry season which takes up the rest of the year. The main climatological characteristics are provided by the tables below. The data come from the National Meteorological Directorate. The station that is representative of the local climatic conditions is established at Thiès, about 25 kilometers away.

5.5.1.2 Temperature

The average temperature measured over thirty-four (34) years is just over 26 °C. July is the hottest month (28.2 °C), while December and January are the coolest months, with average temperatures of 25.1 °C and 23.9 °C.

81

Interim Report

Figure 24: Shifts in average monthly temperatures at Thiès from 1977 to 2011

Average monthly temperatures in °C at the Thiès station (1977-2011)

Maximum temperatures Average temperatures Minimum temperatures Diurnal temperature range

5.5.1.3 Rainfall

The average quantity of water collected from 1930 to 2011 is 587.6 mm at the Thiès station. Rains do not fall throughout the year. The maximum rainfall is observed in August and September. The rainfall totals vary greatly from one year to the next. The rainfall regime is characterized by medium to thick clouds and moderate to high rains and stormy downpours (Sérigne Faye, UCAD (Cheik Anta Diop University), 1995).

82

Interim Report

Figure 25: Average monthly rainfall at the Thiès station from 1930 to 2011

5.5.1.4 The wind regime

Wind data (concerning wind direction and wind speeds) are essential under the framework of a project for establishing a wind farm; they predetermine the project’s technical feasibility.

The wind regime in the zone enables two (2) wind turbine seasons to be distinguished:

• One season, running from October to May, with predominantly Northerly and North-Easterly winds;

• A second season running from June to September, when Southerly to Westerly winds greatly predominate in terms of frequency.

As the table below shows, although they vary throughout the year, wind speeds are high and remain either higher than or equal to 2.7 m/s. The maximum speeds are recorded from March (4.1 m/s) to May (4.06 m/s). It is only in August, September and October that the speeds are relatively low, with the minimum being reached from September to October with 2.8 m/s. The annual average is 3.5 m/s.

83

Interim Report

Figure 26: Monthly changes in the wind speed at Thiès from 1964 to 2011

Speed (m/s) Wind Series average

5.5.1.5 Study carried out by the Developer

Compared to carrying out measurements at the site using a weather tower, simulation offers several advantages:

• It enables a more extensive zone to be tested than can be covered by a measuring tower and therefore enables the layout of the wind turbines to be optimized;

• It enables you to avoid erecting several measuring towers, which may have an impact on the landscape;

• It enables winds to be simulated at greater heights than what is technically possible using a tower;

• It does not require a town and country planning permit (building permit).

Under the framework of this project, wind speed simulations have been carried out since 2008. Anemometers were placed on a tower at various altitudes (30 meters, 48.5 meters and 50 meters). In August 2010, a second measuring tower that was 100 m high was installed approximately 5 km away in the northern part of the site, in the vicinity of the location of wind turbine E18. The results of the measuring campaigns are confidential so only the results for the period from 1 February 2008 to 1 June 2008 at an altitude of 50 meters are available to us.

84

Interim Report

Table 22: Average monthly simulated wind speed at the site in 2008 at an altitude of 50 meters

Month February March April May June Average

Average speed (m/s)

6.4 6.0 6.7 6.1 3.0 5.64

Source: Technical study for the project for establishing the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm

The Table above indicates that, at a height of 50 meters, the average wind speeds that may be expected are, on average, 5.64 m/s, or 20.3 km/h.

The wind rose below was compiled based on data from these results and tests. It is characterized by North-North-West (NNW) to Northerly winds (N). It shows that 40 % of the time, the wind is blowing from the NNW, and for 35 % it is Northerly.

Frequency

[clockwise from “O”:] W WNW NNW N NNE ENE E ESE SSE S SSW WSW

Figure 27: Summary wind rose for Taïba Ndiaye with frequencies in % at an altitude of 50 meters

5.5.2 Geomorphology and topography

The study zone forms a homogeneous geomorphological unit. The relief is flat and consists of fixed sand dunes of maritime or continental origin. Both the nearby and expanded study zones are located inland, to the east of the Northern littoral. The geomorphology presents a dune-based model which becomes increasingly accentuated as you get closer to the littoral dunes. The Southern part of the project’s zone is located both in

85

Interim Report

interior or Ogolian dunes and on a plateau. On the other hand, the Northern part is located in the coastal dunes. The relief of the Rural Community is relatively flat, apart from some uneven ground at certain spots resulting either from the wind or from tailings from mining operations. This relates to a monotonous plateau tilting slightly to the West. It is covered with old Ogolian ergs (fixed dunes) from the Cayor period, concealed in places by a ferruginous duricrust (red earth). The altitudes observed in the zone increase very slightly along the Mboro-Tivaouane axis (from the North-West to the South–East) but they are still not much higher than sea level. They are relatively low and, overall vary from 33 to 60 meters.

5.5.3 Pedology

The pedologic map highlights three (3) types of soils where the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye is located. There are:

o Dior soils, which are slightly bleached ferruginous soils that constitute about 70 % of its surface area;

o Deck Dior soils, which are clay and sand soils that account for 15 % to the West of the

Rural Community;

o Deck soils, which account for 15 % of the Rural Community’s soils, are found in the extreme North-West in zones where there are hollows. These are bleached tropical ferruginous soils. They are hydromorphic, with a clay texture.

5.5.3.1 The nature and agricultural potential of the soils

According to the pedologic map, in the Southern part of the project’s zone, the soils are tropical ferruginous types that are unbleached or are only slightly bleached in the eastern and central part, while there are red tropical or lithosol soils in the western part, and slightly bleached soils in the Northern. On the other hand, in the Northern part of the project’s zone, all the soils are slightly bleached ferruginous soils. The November 2008 soil analysis results are entered in the Table below. According to these results, the soil where these sites are located is sandy (pure sand) with a sand content percentage of 90.9 %. These results are corroborated by the textures triangle.

86

Interim Report

Table 23: Soil analysis results at the wind farm project’s sites

Source: Wind farm project document Abbreviations: C = Clay, FL = Fine Loam, CL = Coarse Loam, FS = Fine Sand, CS = Coarse Sand The Rural Community’s Deck Dior soils are very suitable for arboriculture. Crops of peanuts, millet and cassava are grown there. Deck soils, which are rich in organic materials, are suitable for fruit and vegetable cultivation and arboriculture (particularly mango trees and cashew trees).

5.5.3.2 Soil stability

In the fall of 2014, Esteyco was commissioned to perform a complete geotechnical evaluation of the site and the 46 locations of the wind turbines in order to determine the ground’s load-bearing factor and to provide the necessary data to design the wind turbine foundations. The study is the subject of a report dated December 12, 2015. The location of each turbine was subject either to a borehole and/or a cone penetration test. A total of 31 boreholes, 22 cone penetration tests, 10 pit tests and 2 resistivity tests were performed together with laboratory testing. Esteyco concluded that the soil has the minimum geotechnical characteristics for a spread style foundation without any requirement for pilings. The particle size measurement carried out by the SADEF laboratory in France for the project makes it possible to assess the soil’s structural stability and particularly the risks of soil slaking, depending on what proportions of clay and loam there are in the soils. Structural stability refers to the firmness of the soil’s structure and its ability to withstand agents that may cause degradation to it. Soil slaking refers to the soil’s sensitivity to the formation of a surface crust with a lamellated structure that is continuous, consistent and clogs the soil’s surface. According to the Figure below, we can conclude that the risk of soil slaking where the sites are is low because over 90 % of the soil consists of sand. Figure 28: Triangle for determining soil slaking depending on the soil texture

Physical and chemical characteristics (particle size as a %)

Chemical fertility (soil content in g/kg)

C FL CL FS CS Available phosphorus Exchangeable cations

P2O5 K Mg Ca Na 3.5 1.1 4.6 38.2 52.7 0.16 0.03 0.09 0.54 0.0

87

Interim Report

SOIL SLAKING

Clay % Loam %

Sand %

Soil slaking classes 1: Very low level of soil slaking 2: Low level of soil slaking 3: Medium level of soil slaking 4: High level of soil slaking 5: Very high level of soil slaking

The susceptibility to erosion entails an estimate of the capacity of each soil type to withstand erosion, more often than not based on its physical characteristics. In relation to erosion due to water and wind turbines, their rate and extent depend on:

• The intensity of rainfall and run-off; • The soil texture; • The soil structure; • Plant cover; • The gradient and slope of the ground; • etc.

The low level of soil slaking in the project’s zone, along with relatively gentle slopes, confirms that these soil types withstand erosion caused by water. Moreover, the relatively substantial permanent plant cover in certain locations means that the erosion caused by wind turbines will be low, particularly in the Southern part of the project’s zone.

5.5.4 Geological context

In geological terms, there is no high groundwater. Only the water infrastructure along the road linking Tivaouane, in the South-East, to Mboro in the North-West, and which pass less than one kilometer away from the site, enable the zone’s geology to be specified.

88

Interim Report

Quaternary sand dunes constitute the zone’s surface formation. Their thickness increases slightly from the North-West to the South-East. It varies from 17 meters, according to the Keur Bocar piezometer (located approximately 4 km South-East of the site), to 66 meters at the Keur Malé well. The Taïba Ndiaye piezometer enabled a good knowledge to be obtained of the lithology of the Quaternary sands. From the bottom to the top, it shows alternating yellow and orange sand, beige sand, yellow sand with red clay, yellow clay sand, and fine white sand at surface level (Water Resources Management and Planning Directorate, 1987). This sand formation, comprising fixed dunes, rests on Lutetian limestone. The Taïba Ndiaye borehole, which is 380 meters deep, enables the following layers from top to bottom to be noted beneath the Quaternary sands (Diwi Walter International, 1986):

• Lutetian (57 meters thick): Alternating limestone with gritty marl, limestone with clay and limestone with light marly limestone;

• Ypresian (144 meters thick): Alternating grey marly limestone, and grey or whitish crumbly limestone;

• Palaeocene (99 meters thick): Alternating light gritty limestone, indurated limestone and red brick gritty limestone; and lastly;

• Maastrichtian, the aquifer used by this borehole; it was only drilled to a depth of 57 meters and shows a gritty or sandy facies with lignite and clay inclusions.

Figure 29: Geological section and catchment of the Taïba Ndiaye borehole [see below for translation]

89

Interim Report

Fine sand Indurated sand/laterite Plastic yellow clay Limestone with gritty marl

17½” borehole 16” tube Cement

0m

0m

10m sable fin

forage en 17''1/2

12m

tubage en 16''

sable induré +latérite

cimentations

23m argile jaune plastique 20m

27m calcaire marneux gréseux

50m

calcaire argileux

forage en 15''

remblai tout venant

80m

NS=60m calcaire marneux clair

tubage 10''3/4

90m

115m

marno-calcaire gris 111m

cimentations

115m

224m

10 calcaire friable gris ou

remblai latéritique Blanchâtre

forage en 8''1/2

tube Casing 5''

261m

calcaire gréseux clair

90

Interim Report

Limestone with clay Light gritty limestone Grey marly limestone Grey or whitish crumbly limestone Light gritty limestone

15” borehole Backfill featuring unsorted waste 10¾” borehole Cement Laterite backfill 8½” borehole 5” casing tube

Indurated limestone Brick-coloured gritty limestone Gritty or sandy series featuring lignite and clay inclusions

4” strainers 5” casing tube 4” strainers 5” washover shoe

5.5.5 Groundwater

5.5.5.1 Regional hydrogeology

The studies carried out in the Thiès region have enabled three (3) major series of hydrogeological formations to be identified. These are, from the bottom to the top:

calcaire induré

300m calcaire gréseux

couleur brique

330m série gréseuse ou sableuse

crépines 4''

à inclusions de lignite 342m ou d'argile 356m tube casing 5''

Crépines 4''

376m 379m sabot laveur 5''

380m

91

Interim Report

- The lower series, consisting of the Maastrichtian sands aquifer; - The intermediate series, which features limestone or marl and marl and limestone

formations from the Palaeocene and the Eocene and, lastly; - The upper series, consisting of sand and sand and clay formations sometimes featuring

laterite from the “Continental Terminal” and Quaternary Periods. The Maastrichtian aquifer, with permeability varying from 3.8*10-4 to 1.7*10-6 m/s, is heavily exploited via water boreholes. The aquifer is held captive or semi-captive by the clay or marl and sand clay formations at the top of the Maastrichtian layer. At Thiénaba, the oil boreholes sunk by Petrosen passed right through it from depths of 255 m to 700 m. The Palaeocene aquifer, with permeability varying from 1.3*10-2 to 10-4 m/s, with marl and clay from the Lower Eocene on top of it, is a captive aquifer. However, the marl and clay’s level of karstification make it a large reservoir. The Eocene aquifer, with permeability varying from 7.4*10-3 to 10-6 m/s, has a top consisting of sands and clay sands from the Quaternary and the “Continental Terminal” Period which is free or semi-captive.

5.5.5.2 The local hydrogeology and groundwater capture

The Maastrichtian aquifer is captured by two (2) Taïba Ndiaye boreholes, the first of which is called No. 1 (which is non-operational), which was drilled in 1976 and the second, called No. 2, which was drilled in 2001. These provide a water supply to the local populations. This operational borehole, sunk to a depth of 420 meters, has a flow rate of 45m3/h. Its water tower has a height of 17 meters and a volume of 150 m3 and is connected to the one for the first borehole upon shut-off at a volume of 100 m3, supplying twenty-nine (29) villages out of the thirty-nine (39) comprising the Rural Community de Taïba Ndiaye, with a total of over 1,500 private users. In addition to these private users, this borehole also supplies water to local populations via thirty or so public fountains and 45 public taps. To the contrary, the villages of Keur Bocar, Djingué, Thiallé and Selco are supplied from Guiers Lake.

The village wells reach down to the Continental Terminal layer, which has sandstone containing water tables at depths of 8 to 50 meters (8 meters near Darou Dia and Ballé Guèye, and 50-60 meters at Taïba Ndiaye, Taïba Mbaye, Djingué, Thiallé, etc.). In these four (4) villages near the project’s zone, the local populations have indicated that when their wells were sunk, they noticed that the Quaternary sands’ water table was at a depth of 40 to 50 meters and was not very productive. This justifies firstly continuing to sink wells down to the Lutetian limestone at depths of 56 to 70 meters and, secondly, explains why there is a lack of fruit and vegetable cultivation activity in this zone.

92

Interim Report

It should however be emphasized that, in the project’s near to wider zones, the data available from piezometers and boreholes, the information gathered from local populations, and the various studies carried out by the Water Infrastructure Ministry’s Water Resources Management and Planning Division, as well as the thesis studies conducted by university students on the Northern littoral, show that in this zone, there is no clear, separate boundary between the two geological and hydrogeological series consisting of Quaternary sands and Lutetian limestones. Where such a separation does exist, it is infrequent and lenticular, and therefore discontinuous. This enables the good hydraulic continuity between these two formations to be explained (cf. J. Puttalaz, 1962, and Ch. H. Kane, 1995)3. Rainwater seepage contributes to supplying the aquifer in the Quarternary sands, which in turn plays a part in replenishing the Lutetian limestones aquifer. The piezometric map thereby drawn up shows that the project’s zone is located in a piezometric dome: the Taïba Ndiaye dome to the south. The presence of a piezometric dome means that the aquifer system’s direction of flow is radial (like a centrifuge). The Taïba Ndiaye piezometric dome shows a pronounced slope to the North-West, towards Mboro and the ocean. This entails a slower flow, as if the water was encountering an obstacle; which assumes mediocre permeability. Conversely, in the direction of the project’s zone, the slope is gentler which allows easier flow, and therefore greater permeability, or the capacity to let water seep through it.

5.5.5.3 The groundwater quality

For the study, three (3) wells were sampled and analyses were carried out in the hydrochemistry laboratory at the Geology Department in the Faculty of Science and Technology at Cheikh Anta Diop University in Dakar. The study related to the following works: (1) The works (traditional wells) capturing a fairly high groundwater aquifer at Ndomor Diop and Baity Guèye and (2) the works (a traditional well) at Taïba Ndiaye which also captures high groundwater.

The first two works at Ndombor Diop and Baïty Guèye are located in the water’s flow direction, while the one at Taïba Ndiaye was used as a reference.

The analytical parameters are the ones adopted by a classic analysis and the results are provided in the Table below. The values of the parameters measured were compared to the

3 Cf. the Bibliography

93

Interim Report

maximum permissible values defined by the World Health Organization (WHO standards) for drinking water. Table 24: Results of classic chemical analyses of the groundwater in the vicinity of the sites In-situ

parameters Cations Anions Other

pH

Cond.

(µS/cm)

Na+

K+

Mg2+

Ca2+

Total Fe

HCO3

- C

O32

-

Cl- NO3

- SO4

2- F_ Dry

solids

content

Total hardness

(French

degrees)

Baity Guèye well

5.95

590 62.57

3.79

9.60

44.30

0.09

36.60

0 107.72

117.19

18.76

0.23

424 15°F

Taïba Ndiaye borehole

5.64

189 22.94

1.52

2.31

12.14

0.27

18.30

0 25.81

18.30

6.90

0.06

140 15°F

Ndomor well

6.23

490 40.03

3.84

9.59

44.28

0.18

67.10

0 86.07

50.23

26.84

0.18

352 4°F

WHO standards

6.5 – 8.5

1,500

200

12 30 100

0.30

- - 250 50 400

1.50

1,000

-

Source: Results of the analyses by the hydrochemistry laboratory at the Geology Department, UCAD, December 2012

94

Interim Report

The results of classic analyses of the groundwater in the project’s sector show two different aquifers due to their hydrochemical characteristics. The analysis results show that the water from the Taïba Ndiaye well is characterized by a low electrical conductivity value of 189 µS.cm-1 and its chemical facies are dominated by bicarbonates and chlorides in the case of the anions, and sodium and calcium in the case of the cations. For the Ndomor and Baity Guèye aquifers, the water’s mineralisation varies greatly. Overall, this aquifer is not very mineralised, with electrical conductivity values lower than 1,000 µS.cm-1. As far as the potability of the groundwater is concerned, a comparison of the chemical analysis results for the water from these aquifers with the WHO’s potability standards shows that the groundwater captured by traditional wells in the project’s sector is potable. What should be pointed out is that the high groundwater contains a greater quantity of dry solids content than what was observed at Taïba Ndiaye. This implies higher hardness values for the aquifer where the villages of Ndomor and Baity Guèye are than what is found at Taïba Ndiaye. This comparative study of the current state of the resource made it possible to show that there is no source of contamination. Consequently, the project’s site has copious quantities of groundwater that fulfil WHO standards for the elements analyzed. The pH level revealed is also slightly acidic. The WHO standard does not provide values for carbonated substances, probably due to the harmlessness of these elements, although the European standard does make provision for a guideline value of 25 mg/l.

95

Interim Report

Map 4: Map of the hydrogeological units and of the depths of the captured water in the Taïba Ndiaye zone and the surrounding villages

96

Interim Report

Map 5: Piezometric map of the Northern Littoral aquifer system

97

Interim Report

5.5.6 Surface water

Within the project’s immediate and extended zones, within a radius of at least 10 km around the site, there are no standing bodies of water.

There is no standing surface water within the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye, or in the Rural Community of Méouane, apart from the artificial water sources created due to mining operations.

On the other hand, further south of the project’s zone, from Cayar to Mont Rolland, and further to the north, from Léona and Potou on the same latitude as Louga, as far as Le Gandiolais, in the vicinity of Saint-Louis, this strip of the northern littoral or of the Niayes is the leading fruit and vegetable cropping zone in Senegal. During the rainy season, surface water replenishes the aquifer, which rises near the surface through “Céanes” (traditional wells that are 1 to 5 meters deep). During the dry season, these “Céanes” become wells 10 to 20 or even 30 meters deep, depending on the zones.

5.5.7 The landscape

In order to take better account of land use within the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye, within the project’s zone and surrounding area, we based our observations on field data and maps. The sites where the future wind farm will be established belong to the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye. These sites are moreover near the Mboro zone, which is located in the Niayes nature zone, the relief of which is characterized by a series of dunes and hollows.

The Southern zone where the wind farm is to be established can be accessed by driving along Department Road 702 and by carrying on along a red earth track which crosses a series of villages, after which you take a sand track. The project’s Northern zone can also be accessed via Department Road 702 as well as via Regional Road 70.

In the vicinity of the project’s Southern zone, there is a series of villages including Keur Mallé Ndiaye, Miname, Mbayène, Keur Mambaye, and Keur Mbaye to the South-East, which constitute a linear cluster of locales after the Department Road 702 crossroads, with Baïty Guèye to the East and Taïba Mbaye to the North-East.

The boundaries of these village units are not clear in the case of the first five (5) villages referred to because they are all in line and the road network is quite sparse, frequently of middling quality, and with verges in-between the villages that quite often are built-up. All these factors do not contribute to structuring the landscape.

Compared to the morphology of the village habitats, for the most part the houses are well structured. Almost all of them are made of brick and they are all one-story structures, apart

98

Interim Report

from a few mosques. The various neighborhoods comprising the villages all have broad thoroughfares. The villages are also connected to the electrification network.

The villages are generally surrounded by crops as well as areas of land left fallow and these are often not very far from houses. The agriculture is mixed (arboriculture, mainly with orchards featuring mango trees within the area taken up by the project in its Southern zone, crops of cassava which occupy vast expanses of land within the area taken up by the project’s Northern zone, and rainfall agriculture crops). There are also lands left fallow.

Apart from the Taïba-ICS mine (operated by the company Industries Chimiques du Sénégal) which straddles the rural communities of Taïba Ndiaye, Darou Khoudoss and Méouane, located about 6-7 kilometers away, currently there is no industrial infrastructure within the vicinity of the project’s zone.

However, three (3) GSM towers belonging to the mobile telephone operators Orange, Tigo and Sudatel are visible in the Taïba Ndiaye zone, and numerous power pylons are visible that carry power for Senelec from the high voltage (90 and 225 kV) transformer sub-station at Tobène, about 1 km South of wind turbine No. 42. This transformer sub-station, which is not far from the project’s site, constitutes an advantage for the project’s electrical connection.

It will be noted that the project’s region has a few landscape zones of public interest. These zones comprise agricultural zones, dune zones (in the Northern zone) and a zone with a grove of palms (in the Southern zone). At the local level, the wind farm study site is basically located in an agricultural zone. Currently, the sites are almost exclusively occupied by orchards of mango trees, cashew trees and fields of cassava. In the Southern part, near Group 5, there is a savannah with scrub that predominantly consists of Combretaceae. There are no roads within the area taken up by the project, although there are sand tracks which are generally only used by local populations for gaining access to the various fields of cassava and to the orchards, and which therefore do not have a visual impact on the landscape.

No town and country planning requirements exist either at the site or in its immediate vicinity. Indeed, the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye does not have town and country planning regulations or a POAS (Land Use and Allocation Plan).

The Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye occupies a total surface area of approximately 148 km2 (or 14,800 ha) almost all of which has no buildings on it. These zones are assigned to the following uses: agricultural land (with crops of cassava occupying 65 % of the land), orchards, grazing lands, woods, fallow and waste land, and other uses. It should be pointed out that the areas with buildings mainly have houses in them.

The surface area taken up by the project features 46 wind turbines, symbolically split into five (5) rows. The surface area taken up by a wind turbine is approximately 1,400 m2, which

99

Interim Report

constitutes a total surface area of 7 hectares. The sub-station accounts for 150 m2, representing an additional surface area of 2.25 ha. 5.6 PLANT BIODIVERSITY

5.6.1 Description of the natural habitats

A natural habitat is a "homogeneous space due to its ecological conditions, its vegetation (arborescent, herbaceous plants, and shrubs), which shelters a certain fauna, with species that carry out some or all of their living activities within this space". Within the project’s zone, natural habitats are very rare due to the artificial nature of the landscape and the amount of distance from the environment’s natural state. Two categories of criteria may be used in order to assess the level of the artificial nature of the environment where the project for the construction of the thermal power station is to be established: Flora and vegetation: Among the site’s various types of flora, natural (spontaneous) species may be distinguished, along with species whose presence is due to mankind. These species were identified during inventories of flora. The vegetation characteristic of wooded savannah in the Northern zone is very artificial due to fruit trees being grown there. In the Southern part (Group 5), it involves scrubby savannah predominated by Combretaceae with rainfall agriculture crops. The remaining woody vegetation spared in the fields where cassava, black-eyed peas and peanuts are planted, as well as in the orchards of mango trees, is mainly dominated by the apple-ring acacia (Faidherbia albida). Farming: The main types of farming carried out at the site involve rainfall agriculture and arboriculture. The farming is intensive because it involves high, constant pressure on the environment (for example: frequent cutting at the bases of mango trees).

5.6.2 Plant diversity

5.6.2.1 Methodological approach

The agricultural vocation of the zone that is to host the wind farm project should be correlated with the cultivation and ploughing activities etc. These various activities lead to both degradation and disruption of the herbaceous layer. However, we did note that there were pockets of herbaceous vegetation scattered around the site that were preserved to a greater or lesser extent. Therefore, the spatial heterogeneousness of the vegetation (or in other words of the undisrupted zones associated with the disrupted zones due to cultivation and ploughing work). We opted to work with the best-preserved pockets of vegetation. For the purpose of characterising the herbaceous layer, we are going to consider the vegetation pockets or mosaics to be homogeneous.

100

Interim Report

The choice of methodology is guided by the local context that we described above. Consequently, concerning the remnant woody species and the layer, the various methodological approaches used for characterization purposes are presented below. Ø Study of the woody plants This was tackled using the method involving wandering around and taking readings, as set out by Chevallier (1948) and Aubreville (1959). This methodology involves walking the site in all directions, noting all the species of plants encountered. Ø Herbaceous plants study In the methodological part, we adopted the random sampling espoused by Orloci & Kenkel (1985). It consists of walking the site and inventorying the vegetation mosaics (herbaceous plants) which are homogeneous floristically and selecting the most interesting ones in terms of homogeneousness. The phytosociological readings are carried out according to the Braun-Blanquet method (1932). Plots measuring 10 m x 10 m covering a surface area of 100 m2 are laid in order to carry out an inventory of the herbaceous layer. In addition to the species inventoried in the plots, a list mentioning the various sorts of trees encountered in the vicinity and which are not featured in the plot (measuring 10 m×10 m) is started. Likewise, the woody species omitted from the readings taken by wandering around will be added as you go. Lastly, some disputed samples, recognition of which posed problems out in the field, were gathered and compared with other samples. Identification by comparison was carried out with the help of the Dakar Herbarium in the Plant Biology Department at Cheikh Anta Diop University. Ø Flora inventory A flora list was drawn up after a systematic census of all the species observed. The various works consulted for identifying their nomenclature are: Berhaut, J. (1967); Berhaut, J. (196-196); Lebrun, J. P. & Stork, A. (1996-1997); Mabberley, D. J. (1997); Poilecot, P. (1999); Berghen, C. V. (1988).

101

Interim Report

Map 6: Location of the plant species inventory plots

102

Interim Report

5.6.2.2 Results

The inventory enabled us to draw up a flora list of the plant species carried out at the project site and in its environs. A list of the plant species encountered is provided in the Table below: Table 25: Taxonomic spectrum

FAMILIES SPECIES Acanthaceae Monechma ciliatum (Jacq.) Milnc-Redh.. Gisekia pharnacioides L. Aizoaceae

Limeum diffusum (Gay) Schinz Limeum viscosum (Gay) Fenzl Mollugo cerviana (L.) Seringue

Achyranthes aspera L. Amaranthaceae Pupalia lappacea (L.) A. Just. Amaranthus graecizans L. Anacardiaceae Anacardium occidentale L. Mangifera indica L. Annonaceae Annona glauca Schum. & Thonn.

Borassus aethiopum Mart.

Phonix reclinata Jacq

Arecaceae (Palmae) Elaeis guineensis Jacq.

Calotropis procera (Ait.) R. Br. Asclepiadaceae Leptadenia hastata (Pers.) Decne Pergularia daemia (Forssk.) Chiov. Blainvillea gayana Cass. Centaurea perrottetii DC. Conyza aegyptiaca (L.) Ait. Asteraceae Vernonia ambigua Kotschy & Peyr.

Vernonia bambilorensis Berh. Balanitaceae Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Del. Bignoniaceae Stereospermum kunthianum Cham. Bombacaceae Adansonia digitata L. Boraginaceae Heliotropium ramosissimum (Lehm.) DC. Boscia senegalensis (Pers.) Lam. ex Poir. Capparacea Capparis tomentosa Lam.

103

Interim Report

Cleom viscosa L. Caryophylaceae Polycarpaea linearifolia (DC.) DC. Celastraceae Maytenus senegalensis (Lam.) Excell Combretum aculeatum Vent. Combretaceae Combretum micranthum G. Don Guiera senegalensis J. F. Gmel. Commelinaceae Commelina benghalensis L. Commelina forskaolaei Vahl Jacquemontia tamnifolia (L.) Griseb. Ipomoea asarifolia (Desr.) Roem. & Schult. Ipomoea kotschyana Hochst. ex Choisy Ipomoea pes-tigridis L. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea vagans Bak. Merremia tridentata subsp. Angustifolia (Jacq.) van Ooststr. Merremia pinnata (Hochst.) Hall. Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt Cucurbitaceae Cucumis melo var. agrestis Naud. Momordica balsamina L. Cyperus esculentus L. Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus L. Fimbristylis exilis (Kunth) Roem. & Schult. Chrozophora senegalensis (Lam.) A. Juss. ex Spreng. Croton lobatus L. Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia balsamifera Ait. Euphorbia hirta Linn. Jatropha curcas L. Manihot esculenta Crantz Phyllanthus pentandrus Schum & Thonn. Cassia obtusifolia L. Cassia occidentalis L. Fabaceae-Caesalpinioidae Dialium guineense Willd. Parkinsonia aculeata L. Tamarindus indica L. Alysicarpus ovalifolius (Schum.) Léo. Arachis hypogaea L.

Crotalaria arenaria Crotalaria perrottetii Crotalaria sphaeocarpa

104

Interim Report

Indigofera astragalina DC. Indigofera berhautiana Indigofera bracteolata Fabaceae-Faboidae Indigofera diphylla Vent. Indigofera pilosa Poir. Indigofera secundiflora Indigofera tinctoria L. Stylosanthes fruticosa (Retz.) Alston Stylosanthes erecta P. Beauv. Tephrosia linearis Tephrosia purpurea Zornia glochidia Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp. Acacia nilotica subsp. Adstringens (Schum. & Th.) Roberty Fabaceae-Mimosoidae Acacia pennata (L.) Willd. Dichrostachys Cinerea (L.) Wight & Arn. Faidherbia albida (Del.) A. Chev. Prosopis africana (Gui. & Perr.) Taub. Prosopis glandulosa Torrey Lamiaceae Hyptis suaveolens Poit. Hibiscus asper Hook. f. Malvaceae Sida rhombifolia L. Meliaceae Azadirachna indica A. Juus. Menispermaceae Cissampelos mucronata A. Rich. Moraceae Ficus platyphylla Del. Ficus sycomorus L. Moraceae Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehn. Ceratotheca sesamoides Endl. Pedaliaceae Sesamum alatum Thonn. Andropogon gayanus Kunth Aristida sieberiana Trin. Aristida stipoides Lam. Brachiaria lata (Schmach.) C. E. Hubb. Brachiaria xantholeuca (Schinz) Stapf Cenchrus biflorus Roxb. Poaceae Chloris pilosa Schmach. Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Willd. Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler Digitaria honrizontalis Willd. Echinochloa colona (L.) Link.

105

Interim Report

Enteropogon prieurii (Kunth) Clayton Eragrostis gangetica (Roxb.) Steud. Eragrostis pilosa (L.) P. Beauv. Panicum laetum Khunth Pennisetum pedicellatum Trin. Pennisetum violaceum (Lam.) Rich. Polygala irregularis Boiss. Polygalaceae Securidaca longipedunculata Fres. Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Kohautia grandiflora DC. Rubiaceae Mitracarpus villosus (Sw.) DC. Spermacoce radiata (DC.) Hiern Sapindaceae Aphania senegalensis (Juss. ex Poir.) Radlk. Solanaceae Datura fastuosa L. Solanaceae Waltheria indica L Corchorus tridens L. Tiliaceae Grewia bicolor Juss. Triumfetta pentandra A. Rich. Tribulaceae Tribulus terrestris L.

The taxonomic spectrum indicates 128 species belonging to 99 genera, covering 41 families. The Poaceae (Graminae) family is the most diverse one, with 18 species, followed by the Fabaceae-Faboidae family, which has 17 specific taxa. The Indigofera genus is the most diverse one, with 7 species. Ø Flora composition Table 26: List of the families along with the name of the genus and species FAMILY NUMBER OF

GENERA NUMBER OF SPECIES

1. Acanthaceae 1 1 2. Aizoaceae 4 4 3. Amaranthaceae 3 3 4. Anacardiaceae 2 2 5. Annonaceae 1 1 6. Arecaceae (Palmae) 3 3 7. Asclepiadaceae 3 3 8. Asteraceae 4 6 9. Balanitaceae 1 1 10. Bignoniaceae 1 1 11. Bombacaceae 1 1 12. Boraginaceae 1 1

106

Interim Report

13. Capparaceae 3 3 14. Caryophylaceae 1 1 15. Celastraceae 1 1 16. Combretaceae 2 3 17. Commelinaceae 1 2 18. Convolvulaceae 3 7 19. Cucurbitaceae 4 4 20. Cyperaceae 2 3 21. Euphorbiaceae 6 7 22. Fabaceae-Caesalpinioideae 4 5 23. Fabaceae-Faboidae 8 17 24. Fabaceae-Mimosoideae 4 6 25. Lamiaceae 1 1 26. Malvaceae 2 2 27. Meliaceae 1 1 28. Menispermaceae 1 1 29. Moraceae 1 2 31. Myrtaceae 1 1 32. Pedaliaceae 2 2 33. Poaceae 13 18 34. Polygalaceae 2 2 35. Rhamnaceae 1 1 36. Rubiaceae 3 4 37. Sapindaceae 1 1 38. Solanaceae 1 1 39. Sterculiaceae 1 1 40. Tiliaceae 3 3 TOTAL 99 128 Ø Most prevalent Species Overall, the most representative families are the Poaceae (14%), followed by the Fabaceae-Faboidae (13 %). A long way behind them are the Aizoaceae, the Asteraceae, the Convolvulaceae, the Cucurbitaceae, the Euphorbiaceae, etc. The other families with less than 2 species account for 39 %. In terms of the woody plants component, the Mimosaceae (06), the Cesalpiniaceae (05) and the Euphorbiaceae (07) predominate over the others. The other families with fewer than two (2) species are grouped together in the Others category. The herbaceous component is largely dominated by the Poaceae (18), the Fabaceae (17), and the Cucurbitaceae (4).

107

Interim Report

Figure 30: Spectrum of families of species

Autres = Others

Ø Frequency How frequently a species occurs is the ratio stated as a percentage of the number of samples where this species is noted out of the total number of samples taken, as per Tatien et al. (2010). In this case, in terms of being constant, we have identified three (3) groups:

• The species in the first group are qualified as constant (common species) when they are found in 50 % or more of the samples taken within the same community;

• The species in the second group are ancillary as they are only found in 25 to 49 % of the samples and, lastly

• The accidental species have a frequency of occurrence that is less than 25 %.

3% 5% 6%

3%

5%

4%

13%

5% 14%

3%

39%

Aizoaceae

Asteracaea

Convolvulaceae

Cucurbitaceae

Euphorbiacaea

Fabaceae-‐Cesalpinioideae

Fabaceae-‐Faboidae

Fabaceae-‐Mimosoidea

Poaceae

Rubiaceae

Autres

108

Interim Report

Figure 31: Spectrum of frequency of occurrence

Accidental species

Uncommon species Common species

The Figure above shows that most of the species (83) are accidental because they are to be found in fewer than 25 % of the readings. Twelve (12) species, or 11%, are infrequent, including Indigofera puchra, Momordica balsamina, Cassia obtusifolia and Sesbania pachycarpa, which are to be found in 40 % to 42 % of the samples. The other infrequent species are Eragrotis ciliaris (29 %), Merremia tridentata (33 %), Pergularia daemia (33 %), Tephrosia linearis (33 %), Comelina Forskalaei (38 %), Indigofera berhautiana (38 %), Monechma ciliatum (38 %) and Sparmacoce stachydea (38 %). Thirteen species are frequent (found in at least 50% of the samples) at the site and in its vicinity. This group includes Cenchrus biflorus (75 %), Indigofera astragalina (75 %), and Mitracarpus villosus (79 %). This breakdown of the species depending on their frequency shows that a low proportion of the species is widely distributed (13 %) - 13 species within the study zone, whereas a large number is not widespread, or even accidental (77 %).

5.6.2.3 Uses made of the species

This part reports on the uses made by the local populations of the plant species. The possibilities for using the various types of agriculture, fruit and forestry trees may be summarized as follows:

Series 1, Acc. spec., 77%

Series 1, Uncommon spec., 11%

Series 1, Com. spec., 12%

Esp. Acc.

Esp. peu com.

Esp. Com.

109

Interim Report

• Species from rainfall agriculture with subsistence crops (millet, maize, etc.) and cash

crops (cassava, peanuts, etc.); • Forest species used in the pharmacopoeia, as foods, and for other purposes

(Leptadiana hastata, Momordica balsamina, Boscia senegalensis, etc.) by the local populations and sold at markets;

• Exotic species providing high added value (mango trees, cashew trees, etc.) which form orchards and, lastly,

• Species used as boundary hedges (Euphorbia balsamifera; Jatropha curcas and Parkinsonia aculeata) which delineate properties as well as preventing livestock from wandering off.

The Table below lists the agricultural, forestry and fruit species that are used by local populations. Table 27: List of the plant species used by local populations Vernacular names Scientific names Uses Balsam pear Momordica balsamina Pharmacopoeia Thieukheute* Leptadiana hastata Fodder for livestock Balsam spurge Euphorbia balsamifera Hedge

Apple-ring acacia Faidherbia albida Fodder for livestock - Organic fertiliser

Mango Mangifera indica Food Cashew tree Anacardium occidentale Food Barbados nut Jatropha curcas Hedge - Parkinsonia aculeata Hedge Hanza Boscia senegalensis Food Peanut Arachis hypogea Food Manioc Manihilot esculenta Food Black-eyed pea Vigna unguiculata Food Millet Pennisetum typhoides Food Maize Zea mays Food Dogoor* Annona glauca Pharmacopoeia Soloom* Cretevia bicolor Food

* No known English name; the Latin name is commonly used. 5.7 ANIMAL BIODIVERSITY

5.7.1 Methodology

The method of wandering around and taking readings, combined with station-based observations, was adopted. It consisted of going through the zone to be occupied by the project. The points geo-referenced for the wind turbine installations were considered to be observation stations while the distances separating them were considered to be a transect. In terms of the points adopted for the wind turbine installations (stations), ten (10) minutes were

110

Interim Report

devoted to recording all the avian fauna and mammals moving around. The distance separating two (2) points was crossed as a transect in order to identify the fauna. In addition to this direct counting method, the indirect method was used for certain species using their presence indices.

5.7.2 The current state of the site’s fauna diversity

The results compiled in the Table below provide an idea of the diversity of avian fauna in December 2012. Reading the Table, it may be said that the avian fauna at the Taïba Ndiaye site is relatively diverse. The presence of 25 families with 39 genera and 39 species was noted. In terms of importance for avian fauna (cf. Figure 50), the dominant families are: Columbidae (12.82%), Accipritidae and Ploceidae with 7.69 % each. The Apodidae, Coracidae and Psittacidae families also each account for 5.13 %. The rest of the families inventoried each account for 2.56 %. Table 28: Diversity of the avian fauna in the Taïba Ndiaye zone Avian fauna within the project area Family Genus Species Family % Accipitridae 3 3 7.69 Apodidae 2 2 5.13 Ardeidae 1 1 2.56 Bucerotidae 2 2 5.13 Burhinidae 1 1 2.56 Charadriidae 1 1 2.56 Columbidae 5 5 12.82 Coraciidae 2 2 5.13 Corvidae 1 1 2.56 Cuculidae 1 1 2.56 Estrildidae 1 1 2.56 Falconidae 1 1 2.56 Malaconotidae 1 1 2.56 Muscicapidae 1 1 2.56 Musophagidae 1 1 2.56 Nectariiniidae 1 1 2.56 Passeridae 2 2 5.13 Phasianidae 1 1 2.56 Ploceidae 3 3 7.69 Psittacidae 2 2 5.13 Pteroclidae 1 1 2.56 Pycnonotidae 1 1 2.56 Pteroclidae 1 1 2.56 Sturnidae 2 2 5.13 Upupidae 1 1 2.56 Total = 25 39 39 100.00

111

Interim Report

Figure 32: Spectrum of bird families

Autres = Others

5.7.3 The abundance of avian fauna and mammals

In terms of the abundance, within the zone to be taken up by the project, in total 965 birds were counted. The dominant species are: the alpine swift (Tachymarptismelba) 23.83 %, the red-eyed dove (Streptopelia semitorquata) 18.03 %, and the cattle egret (Bubulcus ibis) 8.81 %. Alpine swifts are only there during the day for feeding purposes and are birds of passage. However the other species nest in the area. As far as mammals are concerned, the cape ground squirrel (Xerus inauris) is the most commonly observed species within the zone: eight (8) were observed. The other species (the Gambian sun squirrel, the jackal, the civet and the bat) are only observed via indications of their presence recorded out in the field. As the zone is used for arboriculture, the surveys conducted of the populations in the zone reveal a high presence of bats, which are nocturnal mammals. A serious study should be carried out within this context as this is the species that may possibly collide with the wind turbines. All the species from the Falconidae (Falco tinnunculus), Accipritidae (Melieras metabates and Accipiter brevipes and Milvus migrans) families are birds of prey. All the species observed are diurnal because the recordings were carried out during the daytime. However, bats and mongooses are nocturnal mammals.

5% , 5%

13%

5%

5%

8%

5% 5%

49%

Frequency (%) of the families

Apodidae

Bucerotidae

Columbidae

Coraciidae

Passeridae

Ploceidae

Psittacidae

Sturnidae

Autres

112

Interim Report

Table 29: The abundance of the species of avian fauna encountered in the Taïba Ndiaye zone Species observed Family Scientific name Total

number % of total number per species

Black scrub robin Muscicapidae Cercotrichas podobe

2 0.21

Dark chanting goshawk

Accipitridae Melieras metabates

1 0.10

Common bulbul Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus barbatus

32 3.32

African grey hornbill Bucerotidae Tokus nasutus 22 2.28 Red-billed hornbill Bucerotidae Tokus

erythrorhyncus 39 4.04

Cape crow Corvidae Corvus capensis 75 7.77 Senegal coucal Cuculidae Centropus

senegalensis 7 0.73

Levant sparrowhook Accipitridae Accipiter brevipes 1 0.10 Greater blue-eared starling

Sturnidae Lamprotornis chalybaeus

12 1.24

Common kestrel Falconidae Falco tinnunculus 5 0.52 Double-spurred francolin

Phasianidae Francolinus bicalcaratus

17 1.76

Yellow-throated sandgrouse

Pteroclidae Pterocles gutturalis

2 0.21

Black-headed gonoleck

Malaconotidae Laniarius erythrogaster

2 0.21

Cattle egret Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis 85 8.81 Hoopoe Upupidae Upupa epops 2 0.21 Alpine swift Apodidae Tachymarptis

melba 230 23.83

African palm swift Apodidae Cypsiurus parvus 2 0.21 Greater blue-eared starling

Sturnidae Lamprotornis chalybaeus

22 2.28

Black kite Accipitridae Milvus migrans 10 1.04 Senegal thick-knee Burhinidae Burhinus

senegalensis 2 0.21

House sparrow Passeridae Paser domesticus 26 2.69 Senegal parrot Psittacidae Poicelaphus

senegalus 2 0.21

Rose-ringed parakeet Psittacidae Psittacula krameri 4 0.41 House sparrow Passeridae Paser domesticus 26 2.69 Speckled pigeon (palmyra)

Columbidae Columba guinea 16 1.66

Abyssinian roller Coraciidae Coracias 6 0.62

113

Interim Report

Species observed Family Scientific name Total number

% of total number per species

abyssinicus Purple roller Coraciidae Coracias naevius 3 0.31 Western bluebill Estrildidae Spermophaga

haematina 2 0.21

Splendid sunbird Nectariiniidae Cinnyris coccinigastrus

10 1.04

Black-winged red bishop

Ploceidae Euplectes hordeaceus

2 0.21

Village weaver Ploceidae Ploceus cucullatus 59 6.11 Vieillot’s black weaver

Ploceidae Ploceus nigerrimus 27 2.80

Western plantain-eater

Musophagidae Crinifer piscator 4 0.41

Red-eyed dove Columbidae Streptopelia semitorquata

13 1.35

Ring-necked dove Columbidae Streptopelia capicola

2 0.21

Laughing dove Columbidae Streptopelia senegalensis

174 18.03

Mourning collared dove

Columbidae Streptopelia decipiens

9 0.93

Black-headed lapwing

Charadriidae Vannellus tectus 10 1.04

Total species observed 965 100

5.7.4 Number of avifauna species

The majority of the species inventoried within the zone are small in number. However, certain species such as the black kite and the cattle egret are numerous.

5.7.5 The existence of a migration corridor for avifauna

The birds use the zone for resting and feeding. Those birds that leave Djoudj park in order to fly to the Saloum Delat pass through the littoral zone where there is a belt of casuarina trees about 5 km from the project’s zone. 5.8 STATUS OF THE SPECIES AND SPACES

5.8.1 Status of the plant species

In this section, we are going to conduct an analysis of the legal status of the plant species encountered at the project’s site and in the vicinity. The purpose of this section is to see which

114

Interim Report

of the species encountered at the site are the source of conservation concerns (because they are rare, endemic, threatened, etc.). Firstly, we are going to see the positions of the species in the IUCN Red List in terms of conservation concerns set out in a section entitled Rarity status. The second and last section, entitled Protection status, will tackle everything relating to the national legislation (the Forestry Code) and international legislation (CITES) applicable to these species. Rarity status In this part of the analysis, we are going to see the rarity status of the species inventories at regional level or, in other words, in terms of the eco-geographical region where the project is located. As a reminder, the site that is to host the project belongs to the Sahel-Sudan area. What is involved is the eco-geographic zone within the 350 and 600 mm isohyets. A comparative analysis of the flora list and a list of the endemic and threatened species in the Senegalese Sahel-Sudan area was carried out. No endemic or threatened species were identified at the site. The project’s site does not feature any species belonging to the Sahel-Sudan area that are listed as being endemic and/or threatened. Ø Threatened plant species

The following species are featured in a list of species that are either threatened or that may pose a threat to other species in Senegal. Moreover, from a regulatory perspective, these three species benefit from partial protection. A chapter deals with issues relating to the protection status of the plant species encountered at the site and in its vicinity. Ø Endemic species

An endemic plant species is a species with a distribution area limited to one country or region. Herbaceous species predominate where there are endemic species. Of the one hundred and twenty-three (123) species inventoried at the project’s site and its vicinity, three (3) (Crotalariasphaerocarpa, Polycarpaea linearifolia and Vernoniabambilorensis) feature among Senegal’s endemic flora species. Protection status In Chapter 5 of the Implementation Decree for the Senegalese Forestry Code concerning protected forestry species, Article R.63 lists the forestry species that are protected in Senegal.

115

Interim Report

From a legislative and regulatory perspective, the eight (8) following species: Adansonia digitata, Borassus aethiopum, Elaeis guineensis, Faidherbia albida, Grewia bicolor, Prosopis africana, Tamarindus indica and Ziziphus mauritiana are encountered at the project’s site and in its vicinity, which form part of the species partially protected by the Senegalese Forestry Code. This involves obtaining prior authorization from the relevant authorities before taking any action (cutting down trees, chopping off branches, clearing tree stumps, etc.). With regard to species fully protected by the Forestry Code, none of the species inventoried fall into this category. Nor were any species featured in the CITES4 in Appendices I, II or III (2012 edition) inventoried and identified at the site or in its vicinity.

5.8.2 Status of the animal species

Analysis of the status of fauna species encountered at the project site and in its vicinity is dealt with in Appendix B. None of the species inventoried is considered by the IUPN to be threatened either at national or international level.

Four species of birds that are fully protected under Senegalese regulations (Article R-59 of the Hunting and Fauna Protection Code) were also inventoried. They are Milvus migrans and Bubulcus ibis, with the natural habitat found at the zone where the project is to be established not offering any characteristics favorable for their reproduction; the individuals observed were therefore either birds of passage or were looking for food. As far as the two species of hornbills (Tockus erythrorhyncus and Tockus nasutus) are concerned, what is involved are birds that only use hollows in old trees for nests. The study zone, which features several old trees, therefore constitutes a potentially favorable zone for the reproduction of hornbills.

Lastly, there were no animal species that are protected under the 25 September 2012 version of the CITES(2) Convention. Three species of mammals were however listed in Appendix I(3) of the previous version of the CITES Convention (Mungos mungo, Ichneumia albicauda and Canis aureus) while five birds belonged to Appendix II(1) (Milvus migrans, Tockus erythrorhynchus, Tockus nasutus, Bubulcus ibis and Poicephalus senegalus). Only the latest version of the Convention was taken into consideration for determining the threatened status of the species in this ESIS; the old statuses are however presented in Appendix 4.

5.8.2.1 Status of the spaces: sensitive and/or protected areas

The only listed area within the project’s zone is the Pire Gourèye area (cf. Figure 18). It was listed by Order No. 1857 of 5 May 1946 and features nineteen (19) villages. It is mainly populated by palms (Borassus aethiopum). 4 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species.

116

Interim Report

Table 30: Summary of the sensitive spaces within the area of influence of the project’s site

Name

Distance and direction in

relation to the project (No. of km N, S, E, or

W)

Area (km2)

Protection level (use the local

terminology & IUCN codes)

Sensitivity (what are the habitats and protected

species concerned – brief summary)

FC of Pire Gourèye

7.5 km East of the site

92.50

Managed

Palm grove

117

Interim Report

Map 7: Map of the protected areas within the project’s expanded zone

ÚÛ

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï " Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï" Ï" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï" Ï" Ï

" Ï " Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

" Ï

--------

----------

------------

--------

--------

!(

!(

284000,000000

284000,000000

292000,000000

292000,000000

300000,000000

300000,000000

308000,000000

308000,000000

316000,000000

316000,000000

324000,000000

324000,000000

332000,000000

332000,000000

1648

000,0

00000

1648

000,0

00000

1656

000,0

00000

1656

000,0

00000

1664

000,0

00000

1664

000,0

00000

1672

000,0

00000

1672

000,0

00000

1680

000,0

00000

1680

000,0

00000

µ

VUE D'ENSEMBLE DE L'OCCUPATION-UTILISATION DU SOL AUTOUR DE LA ZONE DU PROJET

Source de Données : Base geo (ANAT, 2015)

Système de projection :WGS 84. Zone 28 N

Conception : Hpr Ankh Consultants,

Juillet 2015

" Ï Forages_sn_Clip

Taiba Ndiaye

Darou Khoudos "S

FC de Pire

FC de Pout

Limites commune

Aire protégée

Carrières

OceanPérimètre de reboisement

Savane arbustive à arborée

Steppe arbustive à arborée

Zone de cultures horticoles

Zone de cultures pluviales

DAROU KHOUDOS

MEOUANE

NOTO GOUYE DIAMA

CHERIF LO

KOUL

MONT ROLAND

PIRE GOUREYE

FANDENE

D702

"S

ÚÛ Centrale deTobène

!( Communes principales- Eoliennes" Ï Forages

Usine ICS

Cours d'eau

Chemin de fer

Route

10Km

118

Interim Report

5.9 SERVICES RENDERED BY THE ECOSYSTEMS

This part reports on the uses the populations make of the plant species, and fauna to a lesser extent. It is based on the IFC’s performance criteria. The services rendered by the ecosystems entail interactions between the natural environment and the human environment. The study of the services rendered by the ecosystems is based on the importance of the components reused:

v Geology and soils; v Biodiversity; v Water; v Cultural heritage; v Land use and subsistence resources; v The health of local populations; v etc.

The following Table outlines the services rendered by the ecosystems at the project site and in its vicinity.

119

Interim Report

Table 31: Summary of the services rendered by the ecosystems Service categories Services

Supply

Energy source F Gathering up dead wood; F Cutting down trees and chopping off branches at the base of trees (fruit tree species and stumps of trees).

Photo 8: Bundle of dead wood tied up using Leptadiana hastata vines

Photo 9: Pruning the side branches from mango trees

120

Interim Report

Service categories Services

Service and the local economy

F Exploitation of forestry products: the leaves from Leptadiana hasta or Thieukheute, the leaves from Sena tora or Mboum Ndour for food, the fruit from Boscia senegalensis (hanza) for food, palm leaves for making containers for storing foods, the palm trunk for making poles, the bark from the confetti tree for rope-making;

F Exploitation of fruit trees: mango trees, cashew trees, lemon trees, palms, leaves from Boscia senegalensis, the leaves from Leptadiana hastata, etc.

Photo 10: Looking for sap in the base of a palm in order to make wine Photo 11:Gathering palm leaves

121

Interim Report


Photo 12: Base of Boscia senegalensis beside E23 Photo 13: Bade of Leptadiana hastata beside E18

Livestock feed

F Exploitation of fodder from overhanging tree branches: apple-ring acacia pods, the leaves and fruit from Tahitian lime trees, Néew fruit, etc.

122

Interim Report

Service categories Services F Exploitation of herbaceous plants for fodder. F Exploitation of products remaining from harvests: peanuts, manioc, millet, and market garden products

generally

Cropping

The intrinsic value of biodiversity: F Partially protected species: plant and animal species.

The plant species offer various cultural services. Take palms for example; several cultural services derived from the various parts of the plant can be listed. For example:

F Palm leaves are used on the roofs of huts to provide protection against lightning

F Palm leaves are used for making cooking utensils and containers for storing foods and foodstuffs

F Palm sap is used for making local wine

F Etc.

Photo 14: Hut roof based on palm leaves Photo 15: Framework for a hut made with palm stems

123

Interim Report


Photo 16: A fence made from palm leaves

Regulation

Combating erosion caused by wind and water: F Ground cover provided by plants preventing erosion caused by wind and water; F Numerous hedges have been grown (which prevent erosion caused by wind) and low stone walls

Photo 17: Low stone wall Photo 18: Wind break

124

Interim Report


Water cycle

F Surface bodies of water contribute to replenishing the high groundwater

Photo 19: Standing bodies of water on line 3

125

Interim Report

5.10 THE HUMAN ENVIRONMENT

The purpose of this section is to present a description of the socio-economic environment for the project in its initial state. In particular, it relates to a demographic, social and economic characterization of the study zone based on primary and secondary data. The methodology adopted in order to fulfil this specification relies on making use of documents drawn up at national and local level. Particularly the Economic and Social Policy Document (DPES 2011-2015), the Local Development Plan for the borough of Taïba Ndiaye, and calculations carried out based on data drawn from these various documents, as well as the results of the streamlined households survey conducted in the villages neighboring the project zone, which was carried out by a multi-disciplinary team and related to a random sample of 66 households. This chapter describes the administrative, demographic, economic, social and agricultural contexts of the town and country planning and housing situation, land use and ownership, the employment situation, social services and infrastructures.

5.10.1 Administrative context

Upon achieving independence, Senegal opted for a cautious, progressive and irreversible decentralization policy. This option was confirmed during the various phases that marked this policy.

The first major reform in 1972 laid down the groundwork with greater local freedoms, the creation of rural communities, the promotion of devolution, and planning regionalization.

The second major reform, carried out in 1996 “with a view to increasing the State’s local services and the responsibilities of local bodies”, enshrines regionalization, particularly through establishing the region as a local authority, and creating district boroughs.

However, in spite of the progress made, a good many weaknesses and constraints still weigh on the implementation of the decentralization policy. The context and weakness of the development policies and strategies applied hitherto require, as a consequence, the initiating of alternatives likely to make up for shortcomings and at the same time achieve significant progress at national level and harmonious local development.

With a view to this, the option adopted was, under the framework of consensus-based and forward-looking dialogue, to lay the building blocks for the State’s renewal and modernization through decentralization that is consistent in its principles, and which offers high-performance implementation.

Thus, the Government envisages a major reworking of the State’s regional action through the project of reforming decentralization.

The general objective targeted by this reform, called “Act III of decentralization”, is to organize Senegal into viable regions that are competitive and promote sustainable development.

126

Interim Report

This reform has its roots in a true regional development policy and orients firming up the aspirations and hopes of regional stakeholders with a view to putting together a regional plan. It offers sufficient room to lay the groundwork for the regional implementation of public policies.

It takes the form of four basic objectives:

-‐ Bedding in regional consistency in order to achieve a renovated administrative structure;

-‐ Clarification of the powers of the State and local authorities; -‐ Development of contractual arrangements between the two decision-making levels; -‐ Modernization of regional State-sector management, with a reform of local finances

and sustained promotion of the quality of human resources.

In light of its complexity and its decisive nature for the future of our country, Act III of decentralization will be implemented gradually and will be carried out in two phases.

The first phase will involve:

-‐ Eliminating the regional local authority; -‐ Establishing Departments as local authorities; -‐ Carrying out the full establishment of a boroughs structure by setting up rural

communities and Arrondissement boroughs as boroughs; -‐ Creating towns with a view to sharing the powers of the boroughs comprising them; -‐ Allocating the nine areas of authority transferred to date between the two levels of

local authorities, consisting of the Departments and boroughs.

The first phase must be carried out in accordance with the current regional boundaries of the administrative entities concerned.

The borough of Taïba Ndiaye is one of the oldest local authorities in the country. It was created as part of the second regional reform initiated by Law No. 72-25 of 25 April 1972. Administratively, it is subordinate to the Arrondissement of Méouane which is located in the Department of Tivaouane, in the Thiès Region. Taïba Ndiaye has 39 villages, over ten of which are located near the project’s zone.

5.10.2 Local governance and organizational dynamics

Local governance refers to forms of coordination including multiple stakeholders. Local public-sector action is no longer the prerogative of a single authority but instead involves non-State sector stakeholders in decision-making processes. In Senegal, the emergence of local governance is closely linked to the decentralization reforms instituted in 1996. Indeed, the transfer of the 9 areas of authority to local authorities enabled the latter to achieve truly autonomous management. The centralized State no longer appears to be a suitable instrument for ensuring development at ground level.

127

Interim Report

Article 3 of Law No. 96-06 of 22 March 1996 concerning the Local Authorities Code stipulates that: “The mission of local authorities is to come up with, schedule and implement actions for economic, educational, social and cultural development of regional, borough or rural interest. (…). Where applicable, they involve community movements and groups in the execution of economic, educational, social and cultural development projects”. Taïba Ndiaye, following the example of all the other rural communities, is administered by a rural council consisting of male and female councillors elected by direct universal voting for a 5-year term of office. The executive organ is still its Chair, who is the moral authority and is elected by the councillors for the same term of office as the council, and is in charge of ensuring the local authority’s administrative policy in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations in force as well as having the mission of implementing the areas of authority transferred which are health, education, the environment, housing, town and country planning, agriculture, youth, sport and cottage industries. Under the framework of its operations, the rural council is assisted by specific commissions. The organizational dynamic – which must support the rural council – has to be characterized both by its quantitative scope and by its diversity. The dynamism of the OCBs (Basic Community Organizations) has to be the guarantor of rural areas’ socio-economic development. The OCBs mainly consist of Dahiras, GPFs (Groups for Promoting Women), ASCs (Sports and Cultural Associations) and, on an ancillary basis, GIEs (Public Interest Groupings) in the borough of Taïba Ndiaye or specifically in villages neighboring the project’s site. The Dahiras are the most important organizations in terms of numbers. They have real mobilisation capabilities, but for the time being their actions are oriented solely towards religious worship. The proximity of the religious town of Tivaouane has a determining influence on the profusion of this type of organization.

The GPFs, which are quite numerous, are the most dynamic organizations in economic terms. Their dynamism is mainly the result of supervision by technical and financial partners. As a matter of priority, generally the areas of support mainly concern literacy, micro-credits and employment, among other aspects. The other OCBs are generally oriented towards carrying out for-profit community activities or the maintenance and upkeep of certain community assets. The OCBs which involve themselves in the maintenance and upkeep of community infrastructure are APEs, health committees, and borehole management committees.

5.10.3 Demographic context/Housing

Senegal’s estimated population was slightly over 13 million people in 2012. Fifty-two percent of the population is female, and it is also characterized by its extreme youth, with about 60% of Senegalese being under the age of 20. Demographic growth, which is considered to be nearly 2.7% on average annually, is higher in urban areas, where it has reached nearly 4%,

128

Interim Report

than in rural areas. In spite of this rapid urbanisation, over 60% of the population still lives in country areas. Women still marry early; 50% of them get married before they are 17 years old. The average fertility rate is about 6 children for women at the end of their childbearing years, and is one and a half times higher for rural women than it is for urban women. In terms of family responsibilities, surveys show that nearly 82% of the heads of households are men and only 18% are women. However, it is in towns where women constitute the largest proportion as heads of families (25.7%), as opposed to 13.1% in rural areas. The major demographic pressure and the youthfulness of the population explain why the economic dependence rate is very high, being 1.03. The working population, from 15 to 64 years old, is growing at a rate of 4% on average. The population in the Thiès region grew 8.30% from 2009 to 2012, making for an annual increase of 2.69%, which is near the annual average. Indeed, it went from 1,610,052 inhabitants in 2009 to 1,743,707 inhabitants in 2012. Women account for 50.1% of that figure, which is slightly less than the national average. The estimated population of the borough of Taïba Ndiaye is 24,114 inhabitants, comprising 47.97% men and 52.02% women, with about 60% of the population being young people under the age of 20. For over 10 years now, its natural growth rate has been around 3% annually. The majority of the inhabitants of this location are Muslims (99%) and Wolofs (99%). The working population constitutes 45.17% of the total population, with 85% being farmers, 4% graziers, 5% craftsmen, 3% manual laborers working in the industrial sector, and 3% are shopkeepers and State employees. The information gathered during surveys polling households in villages neighboring the project’s zone indicates a young population, which is in line with regional and national data. Young people under the age of 15 constitute 42.15% of the population, with 60.34% of them being boys. Paradoxically, in this zone, men outnumber women, who only constitute 47.6% of the sample population. Only 30.46% of the population is of working age, 31.65% of whom are women. Another ambiguity that should be emphasized in this sample is that, of the 27.4% comprising people who are 65 years of age or over, approximately 78% are women. Young people and old people constitute 69.54% of the population and constitute the non-working population, making for a dependence rate of 2.28, which is far higher than the national average. This excessively high rate of economic dependence may have a huge influence on the earning capacity of households along the fringes of the project’s zone. Under these conditions, their incomes may experience a certain degree of depreciation due to the excessively large number of mouths to feed and point to concerns in terms of financial access to basic social services.

129

Interim Report

Table 32: Structure of households in villages neighboring the project’s site AGE STRUCTURE

SEX TOTAL percentage

TOTAL numbers

Male Female % n % n

Under the age of 1

7.4 72 2.6 25 10 97

1 to 5 years old 6.8 66 4.6 45 11.4 111

6 to 14 years old

11.3 110 9.5 93 20.8 203

15 to 64 years old

20.8 203 9.6 94 30.4 297

65 years or over

6.1 59 21.3 208 27.4 267

TOTAL 52.4 510 47.6 465 100 975

Source: Household survey results, December 2012

5.10.3.1 Ethnic and religious situation

In this region, the most commonly spoken languages are Wolof, Peulh and Bambara. The Wolofs form the majority and constitute 89.4% of the population, Peulhs constitute 9.1% and Bambaras account for 1.5%. The zone’s population is 100% Muslim. Figure 33: Breakdown by religion

Muslim Christian Animist


8.religion

100,0%

musulmanchrétienanimiste

130

Interim Report

Figure 34: Breakdown of the ethnic groups of the households neighboring the site

6. Ethnic groups 9.1% 1.5%

Wolof Serére Peulh

Mandinka Bambara

89.4%

Source: Household survey results, December 2012 External and internal migration movements are frequent within this borough. Young boys and girls are the most involved in this rural exodus because women are busy for a good part of the year. Girls head off to search for domestic work during the dry season in towns like Tivaouane, Thiès and Dakar in particular, and boys head to certain fishing towns in the Thiès region.

5.10.3.2 Town and country planning and housing

With the advent of decentralization in Senegal, town and country planning and housing were transferred to local authorities. Unfortunately, due to a lack of financial resources, these local institutions are experiencing major difficulties with developing their respective rural lands. This is the reason for the development of squatter housing and recurring conflicts between users, particularly between producers. However, the State is attempting to support these local bodies by helping them to develop and diversify the offer of low-cost public housing by reinforcing programs for planned development zones and as part of drawing up and implementing land regularization strategies. The quality of rural housing in Senegal has improved considerably, particularly in the north and north-eastern zone of the country. Like many rural communities, the households in many villages in Taïba Ndiaye near the project’s zone are increasingly abandoning thatch and straw and are adopting galvanized steel, concrete, tiles or slates. Housing and the spatial configuration run parallel to roads and follow destructured community reasoning. The houses of villages close to the project’s zone are modern and semi-modern (77.3% and 22.7% respectively).

6.éthnie

89,4%

9,1% 1,5%wolofserérepeulhmandinkébambara

131

Interim Report

5.10.3.3 Property

The level of land-owning in Senegalese rural households is 84.90 % of the national level. However, the figures vary slightly depending on the eco-geographic zones. The ownership rates are highest in zones where there is a low demographic density. It is 93.33% in the regions of Tambacounda and Kédougou, 92.91% in the Casamance region, and 84.62% in the forestry and grazing zone. The rates are comparatively lower in the Senegal River Valley (80.16%), in the Niayes (80.13%) and in the Peanut Basin (79.91%) where the high densities often entail a higher level of pressure on land. The latter two zones are characterized respectively by the increasing establishment of agro-industry and speculation linked to the major demand for housing land. In the various eco-geographic zones, inheritance, bequests, donations and loans stand out as the main methods of gaining access to land. These types of access, which precede the law on the national domain (allocation) still retain great social legitimacy. It is widely accepted that access to land resources greatly depends on the social status of individuals (their ethnic group, social class, etc.) and their family status (the particular position that men and women hold within the household). 94.53% of households that own land have a man as the head of the household and 5.47% have a woman as the head of the household. Access by women to land varies depending on the eco-geographic zones. In the Casamance region, over 60% of women have access to land, while in the Tambacounda and Kédougou regions, nearly 70% of women have access to land. Within the zones of Le Ferlo, the River Valley and the Niayes, the percentages vary from 20 and 30%. Women often have access to land through their families and GPFs. On a priority basis, women refer to their families in order to gain access to land, with married women acting through their husbands. The reason for this is that land is considered to be a family asset. Access to land resources may differ depending on the matrimonial situation, offspring, age, and the rank of the spouse within a polygamous marriage. Due to various power relations, the logic underpinning family management of production would have that the relations women have with land be limited to the possibility of exploiting but not appropriating land. It is the man, who is the head of the household, who manages and controls land. As the head of the family, he has decision-making powers, as well as power over the production and distribution of resources. In villages near the project’s site, 98.5% of the households polled as part of the land surveys had owned land, almost all of which is in rural zones, or in other words in the National Domain governed by Law No. 64-46 of 17 June 1964. Indeed, 92.4% of the households surveyed obtained these fields through custom rights, with them being passed on from father to son, from one generation to the next.

5.10.3.4 Soil use

The lands comprising the National Domain are the property of the nation and the State holds them with a view to ensuring rational use and development of them, in accordance with the

132

Interim Report

various development plans and programs. Management powers are transferred to local authorities. Land is not only agricultural, it is also used for grazing, and also encompasses all the activities relating thereto. Generally, the lands in the National Domain are intended for raising livestock and agriculture, activities which employ 70% of the working population, and which have the greatest economic potential. In rural zones, where you find over 75% of the female population, 80% of women take part in agricultural work. Agriculture in Senegal is traditional and extensive in nature, and contributes very little to the GDP. The majority of the people involved are small farmers who only cultivate surface areas less than 5 hectares. The Thiès region is considered to be a major agricultural production hub where the farmers in particular devote their efforts to food crops (particularly perennial ones), to the detriment of cash crops, particularly peanuts, whose surface areas sown have considerably diminished. Overall, surface areas sown increased 46.67% from 1997 to 2008, particularly due to cereal crops and tubers, especially cassava. Indeed, the surface areas devoted to these cash crops have increased 353% to 85,641 ha, with a 4.5 times increase for cassava; 37.25% for black-eyed peas, 14% for millet and 37.93% for sorghum over that period. The production of these various crops has increased spectacularly. It has multiplied around tenfold, going from 84,091 tonnes to 838,259 tonnes. In particular, this remarkable increase is due to the production of cassava, which increased 17.59 times, going from 40,963 tonnes to 720,628 tonnes, marking an increase of 1,659%. In addition to the substantial shifts in the surface areas cultivated, the second main reason for the increase in these food crops is the extraordinary increase in their productivity per hectare. As a matter of fact, yields increased by about 248% over this period, or 3.48 times. The cassava yield went from 2,169 kg/ha to 8,415 kg/ha, or a growth of 287.9%. In the borough of Taïba Ndiaye, the production system was marked by repeated seasonal crops that are highly dependent on rainfall levels. Now the most important cash crop is cassava with nearly 65% of the surface areas being sown with cereals – which has become the main source of income for households – and thereby offers producers in that locale an alternative to cultivating peanuts, which is handicapped by a lack of quality seed and a lack of rainfall. Millet (20% of the cultivated surface areas) and black-eyed peas (5% of the cultivated surface areas) are food crops, with the bulk of the production being consumed by the growers. Fruit and vegetable cultivation is also practiced within the borough, but the surface areas are negligible compared to the other seasonal and perennial crops, particularly mangoes. In addition to cassava, the producers in the borough of Taïba Ndiaye also work in the mango sector, where involvement of a substantial number of women was noticed. The new

133

Interim Report

agricultural dynamism and the emergence of a new economy in this locale are naturally caused by the crisis in the peanuts sector, which reoriented producers towards arboriculture, tubers and fruit and vegetable cultivation providing them with more long-term income than growing peanuts does. Unfortunately, like other Senegalese producers, 60% of the households in these villages near the project farm surface areas less than 5 ha, mainly due to the land issue. Livestock rearing is semi-intensive. People opt for this as a secondary activity. The overall number of all sorts of livestock is very low compared to other grazing zones. The lack of grazing lands is prompting graziers to graze animals in the vicinity of their homes, particularly cattle and sheep. Forestry operations have developed within this local community. Except that land clearance for mining operations and the extension of zones where perennial crops are grown along with housing areas are threatening this sub-sector, which provides substantial income to local populations.

5.10.3.5 Conflicts and tension

Even though land management is one of the powers transferred to local authorities, in practice this is giving rise to management methods that are a mix of traditional and modern methods. Most of the lands farmed by families are subject to a range or rights and access rules particular to their circumstances. Land transactions involve several levels of responsibilities and prerogatives ranging from the individual to the community, both informally (management within families) and formally (positive rights granted by the law concerning the National Domain). Open conflicts over land seem to be rare and the land boundaries between private individuals and between villages are well-known and fixed within this long-settled area, where there is next to no itinerant grazing. On the other hand, there are boundaries for the borough where Peulhs live, who are cattle owners. But this livestock rearing is not of such a scope as to give rise to conflicts between sedentary inhabitants and nomads because these stakeholders are also involved in agriculture and market gardening thereby takes up a substantial proportion of their livestock rearing activities. Yet it is important to take a livestock rearing zone into account within the context of preparing and planning the works involved in installing wind turbines. The reason for this is that the latter may come up against a livestock grazing corridor, with this giving rise to tensions if the graziers have to seek an alternative corridor.

5.10.4 Economic context

5.10.4.1 General context/economic activities

Since the devaluation of the CFA franc, which was decided on in January 1994 by the Member States of the WAMU, growth has been sustained by the secondary and tertiary sectors, and particularly the construction and public works sector, telecommunications, agrofood industries and commerce, to the detriment of agriculture in the broader sense, which is not very productive and is barely competitive due to difficulties accessing production

134

Interim Report

factors, the high dependence on rainfall agriculture crops, inherent problems relating to seed quality, and access to land and to local and international market openings, although it does however still employ over half of the working population. The primary sector’s contribution to GDP grew 20% annually from 1980 to 1993 and only 14.6% from 1993 to 2008, marking a relative decrease of 6 points, settling at a level of 17.2% in 2011. The secondary sector’s contribution increased relatively by 3.5 points. As a matter of fact, its contribution went from 16.5% in 1980 to 20% in 2008, reaching a level of 18.8% by 2011, marking a fall of about 1 point. On the other hand, the portion taken by the tertiary sector in the broadest sense over the same period was on average 51.2%, increasing by just 0.4 percentage points in 2011, amounting to 51.6% (ANSD (National Statistics and Demography Agency): Senegal’s Economic and Social in 2011). The informal sector makes a major contribution to the national economy. It constitutes over 40% of GDP. The Senegalese economy was hit hard by the repercussions of internal and external impacts relating to the food, energy and financial crises that marked the decade running from 2000-2010. Economic activity slowed down substantially during the period from 2006 to 2009, particularly due to a lack of rainfall, with an average growth rate of 3.3% in spite of an average annual increase in national wealth of 6% during the 2003-2005 period, marking a fall of approximately 3 points. The real GDP growth rate then settled at 4.1% in 2010, in spite of persistent difficulties being noted, particularly in electricity supply and subject to the international environment’s unfavorable conditions. Among other things, the energy sub-sector is marked by a weak offer, and the low quality provided by the electricity service, along with both recurring and unforeseeable load shedding that hinders the performance levels of economic activity. Exports of goods and services increased relatively by 1.2 points between the 2000-2004 and 2004-2010 periods. In fact, respectively, they went from 5.6% to 6.8% annually. However, in spite of this positive export trend, Senegal’s trade balance remained in the red during this period. The trade balance deficit, due to the rising prices of imported products, entailed a substantial deterioration of the current account deficit, which amounted to 6.4% of GDP from 2009 to 2010. The trade balance and current account deficits were respectively estimated to amount to 978 billion CFA francs and 388 billion CFA francs in 2010.

The Senegalese economy suffers from shortcomings in terms of the quality and quantity of infrastructures, the weakness of its industrial network, and a level of private investment that is still not very high, particularly in the production sectors. However, with the major increase in budget resources and the substantial contribution made by public development aid, the investment rate more or less doubled over the 1986-2010 period. It reached 22.7% of GDP which, for some economists, constitutes the prior condition for moving towards economic emergence. Direct Foreign Investment experienced a resurgence of interest during the 2005-2009 period, but on average only constitutes 2.8% of Gross Fixed Capital Formation, which is one of the various investment factors. Private investments were very dynamic over the 2004-2010 period in the secondary and tertiary sectors, particularly in telecommunications, mining and tourism.

135

Interim Report

Final consumption regularly increased over the last decade. Over the 2006-2010 period, it increased 7.3%. The domestic savings rate went from 11.2% in 2000 to 7.0% in 2010, amounting to a decrease of 4.2 percentage points. However, the national savings rate increased approximately 4 points in terms of relative value over the same period, going from 13.4% in 2000 to 17.3% in 2010, which was caused by transfers of funds by expatriate Senegalese workers. Overall, inflation is under control. It does however feel the influence of fluctuations in the world exchange rates for food products and energy sources. Indeed, the average variation of the HICP (Harmonized Index of Consumer Prices) went from 1.5% between 2000 and 2006 to nearly 6% between 2007 and 2008, feeling the effect of the food and energy crises. However, facilitating the easing observed in international rates, domestic prices returned to more moderate growth rates. Thus, in 2010, they experienced a 1.2% increase after the 0.9% fall posted in 2009. In the long term, inflation should be kept below the community ceiling set by the WAEMU (3%). The total government debt outstanding, which varied from 21.3% in 2006 to 34.4%% in 2010, amounting to an increase of just over 13 percentage points, and remained substantially higher than the community ceiling set (by the WAEMU) at 70% of GDP. In terms of budgetary management, the State has kept a cap on public expenditure, whilst at the same time maintaining social expenditures, in spite of a drop in revenue due to the downturn in economic activity. However, the public deficit went from 2% of GDP to 4.5% of GDP from 2001 to 2010. (Source: Economic and Social Policy Document - DPES 2011-2015).

5.10.4.2 Employment and training (national context)

Within the economic sectors, employment shows geographic and gender disparities. Within rural zones, women are mainly involved in agriculture and livestock rearing and they carry out nearly 82.6% of the work, as opposed to 79.4% in the case of men. In the urban environment, women consider the informal sector to be a worthwhile alternative because it requires fewer skills and less specialization, as well as being more flexible and better adapted to their financial capacities and their schedules. Consequently they continue to have a low level of involvement in the formal sector. On the whole, women are under-represented in qualified professions in that 75% of them are in unqualified occupations, as opposed to a figure of 33% for men.

The labor offer has increased at a sustained rate over the last few years in Senegal, as the growth rate for the working population of 15 to 64 years of age has increased 4% per annum since 1988, which is approximately 1.6 percentage points more than for the population as a whole. Due to migration flows, this rate is faster in towns (5.5%) than in rural areas (3%). The average unemployment rate has increased 4.5 points annually from 2000 to the present day. Over the last decade, informal enterprises were the main job providers, both in country areas and in towns, while formal employment has more or less stagnated. 18.8% of young people in the 15 to 29 year-olds age group are unemployed. In the rural environment, urban drift by young people and women of working age is certainly the most obvious sign of the lack of productive jobs.

136

Interim Report

Employment characteristics vary enormously depending on the residential environment (whether it is rural or urban). The rural employment market appears to be relatively homogeneous. The population employed in the rural environment constitutes approximately 41.5% of people of working age in the country, 23.9% of whom are women. Within this zone, laborers work for a longer period than in towns, particularly young people. Employment is focused on the primary sector, in small farms. Approximately 80% of workers have their primary occupation in agriculture, livestock rearing or forestry. Employment conditions are extremely precarious. While the activities rates are, on average, higher in country areas – the rate is 35.8% in towns – the majority of laborers are seasonal and only 25% of them have permanent full-time work. The qualification levels of these laborers is very low as over 70% of people (over the age of 15) do not yet know how to read, and this includes practically 90% of women. The vulnerability of the workforce, which is partially unemployed and constitutes 4.7% of working people, is accentuated by the low levels of their qualifications.

Employment characteristics in the urban environment differ from those in the rural environment. Employment there no longer seems as homogeneous as there is a greater diversification of occupations. Unlike the rural sector, where the primary sector accounts for almost all of the jobs, the main occupations in the urban environment are in commerce, which accounts for approximately 34% of jobs, and this is where 60% of women are employed out of an employed female population of 22%. In decreasing order of importance, commerce is followed by the other market services, agriculture, livestock rearing, transport and communication and the construction and public works sector which, overall, account for approximately 60% of the jobs in the urban environment. The employment structure is more or less the same in Dakar and the other towns in Senegal, with the exception of the weight of the public administration, which accounts for approximately 8% of the total number of jobs in the capital, while it is negligible in Senegal’s other towns. In Senegal, the State remains the main source of financing for education and vocational training expenditures. For over 10 years now, the State has devoted nearly 40% of its budget to overcoming the lack of educational infrastructure by creating primary schools, middle schools and secondary schools providing general education and technical and vocational training at local level throughout national territory. Only financial accessibility poses a problem for certain levels of the population, particularly rural ones, due to the high cost of education and training borne by parents (enrolment costs, and purchasing textbooks and stationery, among other things).

5.10.4.3 Employment and training (PAP - Priority Action Plan)

Like other local rural communities, the villages neighboring the borough of Taïba Ndiaye show the traits characteristic of a country economy that is highly dependent on agriculture in the broad sense of the term. They do not depart from the homogeneous nature of employment in rural areas, which is focused on the primary sector. 89.4% of the households surveyed are in paid employment. Agriculture remains the dominant activity for households affected by the project, with 54.5% of them working in this sector. Major shopkeepers constitute 21.20% of the households. 10.60% are craftsmen and have small businesses. 18.20% offer transport

137

Interim Report

services. Within the project’s zone, women have a greater presence in agriculture (5%), commerce (5%) and in cottage industries and small businesses (4.7%). Men have a greater presence in these sub-sectors and are also employed in the transport service. About 4 men out of 10 are in employment and only slightly more than 2 women out of 10 work, making for respective workforce participation rates of 40% and 20.21%. The overall employment participation rate (30.46%) of the villages near the project is very low compared to the level for the whole of the borough of Taïba Ndiaye (45.17%). The producers in these locales mainly derive their incomes from producing cassava and mangoes. Arboriculture, the production of tubers (which have become perennial crops), and fruit and vegetable cultivation, have relegated growing peanuts and millet to being second-tier cropping activities. Incomes are relatively low in these villages near the project’s site. Over half, or approximately 60% of the households surveyed, have a monthly income (derived from their main employment activities) of less than 150,000 CFA francs. Only 10% of them manage to earn more than 150,000 CFA francs. Concerning secondary employment activities, 54.54% of the households earn less than 120,000 CFA francs and 14% earn more than 120,000 CFA francs. The reason for this situation is either the number of fields farmed and the varying proportions of the harvests sold, or the declared incomes being under-estimated by the people who were surveyed. In fact, 67.0% of the households use less than 3 fields for perennial crops and 77.30% of them use less than 2 fields for seasonal crops, the surface areas of which seldom exceed 3 ha. Concerning sales, 45.45% of households sell their production from perennial crops and 60% of them market their harvests from seasonal cash crops, generally at the farm gate, with prices exceeding 250 CFA francs per kilogram for mangoes in particular. Concerning expenditures, 57.57% of the households use 60% of their income for food, which is characteristic of poor countries. The school infrastructure available for households in the borough of Taïba Ndiaye are within a reasonable radius. Education is offered. Indeed, there are day-care structures for preschoolers, primary schools in the majority of the villages in the borough, local middle schools, and literacy schools. However the enrolment percentage is very low in this locale compared to the regional rate and even the national rate, which is over 75%. It barely exceeds 50%. Yet there is a potential demand. Indeed, in 92.42% of the households polled, there were 2 to 10 children of school age and, in 95.45% of the households, there were 2 to 10 children attending school. Paradoxically, 30.3% of the households have children who have received no education; 12.1% have children who attend primary school; 9.1% of the households have children who are at secondary school; 1.5% have children who have reached university, and 47.0% of the households send their children to Koran schools. By way of an explanation for this state of affairs, 92.4% of the households surveyed preferred to give no response; 3.0% of the households thought it was due to financial constraints, and

138

Interim Report

4.54% of them held that it was due to dropping out of school or because of having TV at home, or they preferred their children to attend courses for studying the Koran. Figure 35: Breakdown of children of school age

35. Of school age 12.1% 3.0% 3.0% 4.5% 15.2%

31.8% 30.3%

Under the age of 2 2 to 4 years old 4 to 6 years old 6 to 8 years old

8 to 10 years old 10 to 12 years old

12 or more years old

Source: Household survey results, December 2012 Figure 36: Breakdown for children attending school

35. Attending school 12.1% 3.0% 3.0% 5% 19.7%

27.3% 33.3%

Under the age of 2 2 to 4 years old 4 to 6 years old 6 to 8 years old

8 to 10 years old 10 to 12 years old

12 or more years old

35.scolarisable

15,2%

30,3%

31,8%

12,1%3,0%3,0%4,5%

Moins de 2De 2 à 4De 4 à 6De 6 à 8De 8 à 10De 10 à 1212 et plus

139

Interim Report


5.10.4.4 Public health context

The borough of Taïba Ndiaye does not have enough public health structures of an acceptable level. Indeed, it only has health centres and health huts that are under-equipped and yet 80.2% of the households in this zone state that they regularly frequent public health structures; 18.5% do however prefer to consult traditional healers and only 1.2% practice self-medication. Approximately 41% of these households travel from 3 to over 7 km in order to gain access to a public health institution of an acceptable level, and 21.2% of them travel 1 to 3 km in order to receive medical care. Some even travel as far as 15 km away in order to reach a health centre that is of a higher level than a local health clinic or health hut. Figure 37: Breakdown of the households’ therapy choices

39. Therapy 1.2% 18.5%

80.2%

Self-medication Traditional therapy

Modern medicine


36.scolarisé

19,7%

33,3%27,3%

12,1%3,0%3,0%1,5%

Moins de 2De 2 à 4De 4 à 6De 6 à 8De 8 à 10De 10 à 1212 et plus

39.thérapie

1,2%18,5%

80,2%

AutomédicationTradithérapieMédecine moderne

140

Interim Report

At this level, it should be specified that the 18.5% who resort to traditional therapy only take this treatment when modern medicine does not provide effective results. So it therefore constitutes an alternative solution. Health expenditures are too low in this locale; those households that spend more than 120,000 CFA francs annually constitute over 41% of the households surveyed. This expenditure constitutes nearly 7% of the income of 60% of the households that earn less than 150,000 CFA francs per month. Malaria, flu and nervous stress are the three main illnesses that most affect the populations of these villages adjoining the project’s zone, followed by diabetes and gastric illnesses.

5.10.4.5 Infrastructure and services

The borough of Taïba Ndiaye is not isolated. It has a tarred road and red earth tracks for agricultural produce which are in good condition and link practically all of the villages under the local authority. In all seasons, the locale is serviced by intercity transport along the tarred road that passes from the north to the south in-between the two cities in the Department, namely from Tivaouane to Mboro.

All of Taïba Ndiaye’s villages are covered by the network run by the three telcommunications operators established in Senegal. The water network consists of boreholes and sheltered wells. Many villages are served by piped water networks, either run by the Senegal Water Company (SDE) or the firm ICS. The access rate to potable water supplies is nearly 70%, which is much lower than the figure set by the 2015 MDG (Millennium Development Goals), which is 82%. The households in the villages neighboring the project have very easy access to potable water. The households that have one tap in the home constitute 87.9% of the sample; 12.1% of the households get their water from public taps, and only 3% of them draw water from wells. The cost of water is relatively low for 63.63% of the households, which pay 1,000 CFA francs to 6,000 F. CFA every two months. Only 15.2% spend more than 6,000 CFA francs per month. Figure 38: Breakdown of the potable water drinking supply sources

49. Source 2.9% 11.8%

85.3%

Public tap Home tap Borehole

Well Stream

141

Interim Report

Source: Household survey results, December 2012 In spite of the proximity of the ICS’s Taïba installations and the rural electrification program, many households in the borough do not have access to electricity, particularly those neighboring the project’s zone. Indeed, 63.6% of the households surveyed use candles (25.8% of the households), oil lamps (6.1%), solar energy (4.5%) or torches (62.1%). Those households that have electricity only constitute 34.8% of the sample. For cooking purposes, firewood remains the most widely used energy source for 98.5% of the households. Those households that use charcoal or butane constitute 7.6% and 37.9% respectively. Figure 39: Breakdown of the households that have electricity

43. Electricity 1.5% 34.8%

63.6%

No answer Yes No

Source: Household survey results, December 2012 Figure 40: Breakdown for household lighting methods

43.electricité

1,5%

34,8%

63,6%

Non réponseouinon

142

Interim Report

45. Lighting 47.1% 25.3%

3.4% 4.6% 19.5%

No answer Candle

Oil lamp Solar energy

Torch

Source: Household survey results, December 2012 Of the households in the villages neighboring the project’s site, 87.9% have latrines (69.7% of the households have modern latrines and 16.7% have traditional latrines). The villages have not set up an organized night soil collection system. Of the households polled, 81.8% stated that they dump their waste at illegal tips; 10.6% incinerate it; and 25.8% throw the waste out the back of their homes. It is estimated that 4.5% of the households bury their waste. Figure 41: Breakdown for the types of toilets in households

55. (mot illisibe) 13.6%

16.7%

69.7% No answer

Modern toilet Traditional toilet


45.éclairage

25,3%

19,5%

4,6%3,4%

47,1%

Non réponseBougieLampe à pétroleEnergie solaireLampe torche

143

Interim Report

Sewage in this zone poses a real public health issue. Most of the households in this zone either dump wastewater in the street (65.2%) or behind their homes (30.3%). There are no authorized waste collection companies in these locales.

5.10.4.6 Standard of living

The populations living in these various villages have diverging assessments of their living standards. Those who consider their living conditions to be average or low are the most numerous. They constitute at least 98% of the households polled. The results of the surveys perfectly demonstrated this. Given that some households use 60% their income on food, and 7% of their income to deal with their health needs (not forgetting education-related costs), there are not many remaining financial resources left over for any improvement whatsoever of their living standards. Generally, in addition to access to productive resources like land, which has become an intractable issue in this zone, the level of training and access to basic social services are perceived by the local populations as being priority indicators of their well-being. The survey results showed that these populations encounter difficulties when it comes to sufficiently farming fields in order to improve their incomes, which verge on being inadequate. Nearly 60% of the households polled earn less than 150,000 CFA francs. Figure 42: Households’ assessment levels for their living conditions

HIGH MEDIUM LOW

HIGH MEDIUM LOW

Source: Household survey results, December 2012 5.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT: NOISES AND VIBRATIONS

5.11.1 Methodology

Under the framework of this study, the approach adopted is based on two major stages:

ü Document-based research Consultation of documents on the noise impacts of wind farms

0

20

40

ELEVE MOYEN FAIBLE

ELEVE

MOYEN

FAIBLE

144

Interim Report

The review of the documentation was structured based on two types of documents: ü Documentation on the noise impacts of wind farms which enabled firstly the types

of noise sources related to wind turbine installations to be identified and secondly the potential impacts. It contributed to a better understanding of the phenomenon of noise generated by wind turbines.

ü Documentation on regulations providing the framework for assessing and dealing with noise pollution linked to wind turbines. This stage is devoted to identifying all the requirements and other legal requirements applicable to the noise aspects of wind turbines.

ü Drawing up equal-loudness contour charts.

5.11.2 General points

The measurements were carried out using a calibrated Voltcraft SL-451 sound meter in Slow mode, with the Min./Max. functions deactivated. Generally speaking, the measurements were carried out instantaneously with a view to monitoring the environment. For this reason, certain climatic factors including wind were considered at a relatively low speed reference level in order to avoid causing disturbances to the sound meter’s microphone as much as possible.

Due to the objectives assigned to the study, no listing was made of the equipment items. Consequently, the approach consists of defining the general ambient environment in terms of noise pollution at the time the study was carried out and of making projections based on the noise emergence levels of the wind turbines to be installed.

5.11.3 Noise measurements

The noise measurements were carried out on 5, 6 and 7 December 2012. The noise measurements carried out do in fact just relate to assessing noise pollution with a view to compiling a noise map. The approach consists of identifying the closest houses, or in other words, the ones that are most susceptible to, or are even exposed to, the impacts of noise pollution linked to operating a wind farm. What is also involved is determining the impact of the wind and the topography on exposure to noise. This approach makes it possible to draw up the initial acoustic state in order to determine the potential situation of the future installation. To sum up, the measuring campaign features three main stages:

ü Identifying the closest houses, or in other words, the ones that are the most exposed and susceptible;

ü Calculating the noise levels based on reducing the impacts as a function of doubling the distance.

ü Analyzing the noise emergence, which makes it possible to compare the residual noise levels and the noise levels calculated to determine the installation’s noise emergence.

145

Interim Report

5.11.4 Mapping approach

Drawing up the noise maps in accordance with the reference terms was carried out in 4 stages:

– Stage 1. GPS readings; – Stage 2: Data processing; – Stage 3: Exporting and digitization of a background image; – Stage 4. Actually drawing up the maps.

5.11.4.1 The GPS readings

The GPS readings were carried out at the same time as the noise measurements in order to indicate the precise locations where they were conducted. We were able to reference fifty or so waypoints, covering nearly all of the surface area of the power station. Tracks were also recorded via GPS in order to delineate the property boundaries.

5.11.4.2 Data processing

The data gathered were then processed using GPS processing software (Easy GPS). The waypoints and tracks were then converted into Kml format, Google Earth format, and Shapefile format, which is the format recognized by mapping software.

5.11.4.3 Exporting and digitization of a background image

The data processed were then displayed on Google Earth to check that they appear at the right locations on the Google image for the zone. Then the image was exported so it could be used as a map background so that the land-use details could be digitised (locations of the wind turbines, village housing boundaries, etc.). After this digitization stage, we drew up the noise maps.

5.11.4.4 Actually drawing up the maps

Drawing up noise maps is based on the noise measurements carried out. Firstly, we carried out an interpolation according to the Nearest Neighbor method. The result obtained is an image covering the whole of the study zone, upon which you can read a noise value at any point.

These values were then sorted using the Manual classification method. This method enabled us to define the intervals and to extract the four (4) noise levels matching the colour codes. Then, we did the layout for the various maps.

5.11.4.5 The equipment used and the human resources

The equipment used for making readings consisted of one (1) Garmin GPSMap 60 Cx with an accuracy of 3 m.

146

Interim Report

ArcGIS software was used for making the maps. It is modern software that is widely used in the field of cartography. It features all of the Cartographic and Geographic Information System (GIS) functions.

5.11.4.6 Cartographic tools execution

This entails making maps and illustrations in the form of buffers.

ü A map of the footprints/space requirements ü A map showing the spatial distribution of the wind turbines at ground level ü A summary map illustrating the impact of the vegetation and relief on noise pollution; ü A general summary map for the whole of the wind farm.

Buffers were used in order to firm up the “safety distances” separating the most susceptible/exposed houses and the installation reference points for the wind turbines. There were two types of buffers:

ü Initial acoustic state buffers ü Buffers illustrating the potential noise levels after the wind farms have started up their

activities.

5.11.5 Difficulties

Constraints were noted in the waypoint readings even though they had no major impact on the results. To a great extent, they were to do with difficulties in gaining access to certain parts and also to do with disruptions in noise levels due to cultural events being held in certain villages.

5.11.6 Regulatory framework

Due to the nature of the future activities and the specific nature of the technology, various regulatory reference levels in terms of assessing and managing the noise risk were considered under the framework of this study. Analysis of the regulatory framework is based on:

ü Identifying the national legal requirements applicable to the wind farm project; ü Identifying other international legal requirements applicable to noise pollution linked

to wind turbines. ü Identifying other requirements in the form of good practices in terms of taking into

account the effects of noise under the framework of wind farm projects.

5.11.6.1 The Senegalese regulatory framework

Analysis of the national regulatory framework specific to noise pollution linked to wind farms shows that there are next to no regulations in this field. Given that the work consists of carrying out an environmental and social impact study of the wind farm project, several levels may be considered depending on the various stages of the project.

147

Interim Report

ü Worksite installation and construction phases

5.11.6.2 Workplace Health and Safety

This regulation is based on the Workplace Health and Safety aspects. The Senegalese regulations in terms of work station exposure, and particularly Decree No. 2006-1252 of 15 November 2006 sets the minimum prevention requirements for certain physical environmental factors;

Article 14 (Chapter IV, Noise) of Decree No. 2006-1252 of 15 November 2006 states that “The daily noise exposure level experienced by a worker throughout his working day must not exceed eighty-five (85) A-weighted decibels (dB(A)).

If it is not technically possible to reduce the daily noise exposure level below 85 dB(A), the employer must make suitable individual protection equipment available to employees. The employer must also make sure that this equipment is actually used.

This limit of 85 dB(A), which is required for the use of individual protection equipment, may be lowered depending on the nature of work (intellectual or other sorts of work) “requiring concentration”.

Article 13 states that “The noise exposure level must be as low as possible and remain within an intensity limit that does not run the risk of adversely affecting the health of workers, and particularly their hearing”.

ü During the operational phase

The regulatory references for property boundaries as defined by the Environmental Code will be taken into account. Thus, on property boundaries, for round-the-clock exposure (24 hours a day), the regulations, referring to the Environmental Code, Article R 84, Title IV, require that the maximum thresholds must not exceed 55 to 60 dB during the daytime and 40dB at night-time. The property boundaries concept refers to the closest houses or the houses that are most susceptible/exposed.

To sum up, it should be noted that the specific regulatory framework for noise pollution from wind farms is next to non-existent. For this reason, the French regulations concerning neighborhood noises, based on the concept of the noise emergence value, are also considered with the context of this project, but as a “good conduct” code rather than as a set rule.

5.11.6.3 The French regulatory framework

Due to the fact that there are next to no regulations on wind farms in Senegal, the French regulatory framework was used within the context of this study. Moreover, the French legislation concerning wind turbines is governed by the common system of “neighborhood noises” based on the concept of noise emergence levels.

148

Interim Report

Section 3 of the Public Health Code defines the minimum requirements for taking “neighborhood noise” into account. Article R1334-31 emphasises the need to ensure that the surrounding neighborhood is quiet for any type of project: “Due to its duration, repetition or its intensity, no particular noise should disturb the peace and quiet of the neighborhood or human health either in a public or private location, whether a person is himself the source of it or the noise is made via the intermediary of a person, a thing that he has in his keeping, or an animal that he is responsible for”. Article R1334-32 introduces the concept of emergence noise by setting the following thresholds for characterising neighborhood noise. These emergence noise threshold limits are 5 dB(A) during the day, in other words from 7 am to 10 pm, and 3 dB(A) during the night (10 pm to 7 am); a corrective term of a psychological nature in decibels is added to these thresholds, depending on the total period over which a particular noise arises.

5.11.6.4 Effects on health

ü Noise

Noise is likely to lead to disturbances for subjects regularly subject to high noise levels. Normally, two types of effects are distinguished:

• General effects: These manifest themselves in increased stress levels, nervous tension, and insomnia. A rise in blood pressure and a faster pulse rate have also been noted, as well as digestive disorders;

• The effects specifically on the hearing of the people subject to the noise. Temporary hearing loss (a warning sign) or permanent hearing loss (irreversible deafness) have been diagnosed.

These effects only occur when the “daily noise dose” over 8 hours (LEP’d - daily noise exposure level) is higher than 85 dB(A). It was demonstrated that the level of 65 dB(A) (at daytime) is often considered to be a threshold for discomfort and fatigue. But the discomfort felt will depend on the location you are in (you are more likely to tolerate a noisy environment in a public place than in a bedroom for example), the noise source, and the individuals involved. For the wind turbines project at hand, the noise levels likely to be perceived by people living nearby are at low levels. They are 40 dB(A) depending on the intensity of the wind, a low value in relation to the value of 65 dB(A); which corresponds to a “calm” level and provides “the possibility of carrying out a conversation where you are speaking normally”. The Environment and Health Ministries called on Afsset (the French Agency for Social Security, the Environment and Labor) to conduct a critical analysis of the report by the National Academy of Medicine assessing the repercussions of operating wind turbines for human health: its conclusions were published in March 2008. It seems that “the noise emissions from wind turbines are not sufficient to generate direct public health consequences as far as the effects on hearing are concerned”. No available

149

Interim Report

public health data has made it possible to observe any effects linked to exposure to low frequencies and infrasound generated by these machines. Inside homes, with the windows closed, you either do not note any disturbance or their consequences are unlikely given the noise levels perceived. Concerning outdoor exposure, Afsset’s conclusions are as follows: “these noises may, depending on the circumstances, cause discomfort, which is sometimes exacerbated by factors other than noise factors that have an influence on the acceptance of wind turbines (their aesthetic appearance, landscape development, etc.)”.

ü The case of infrasound

The effects resulting from a sound wave depend both on the power of the noise level (in dB(A)) and its frequency (in Hertz). It will be recalled that a frequency entails a certain number of oscillations per second. The human ear can only perceive noise events within a frequency range and noise levels that are well-defined. For a young, healthy individual, this range is between 20 and 20,000 Hertz. Below 20 Hz is the infrasound range, which is not usually audible to humans; however, infrasounds may be perceptible under certain conditions. Typical sources of infrasounds are wind noises, storms, large items of industrial machinery, urban traffic, aircraft, and numerous other items forming part of our daily lives. Wind turbines undoubtedly produce infrasound, as the emission sources are aerodynamic (the most important ones) and they are mechanical in nature. Pursuant to a request from the APSA (Association for the Protection of Les Abers) made to the French Ministry of Health and Solidarity, the National Academy of Medicine studied whether there was a harmful effect by wind turbines on health, and particularly infrasound. In its report dated February 2006 entitled “The Repercussions of Operating Wind Turbines on Human Health”, the Academy held that “the production of infrasounds by wind turbines is, in their immediate vicinity, well analyzed and very moderate, posing no danger to people. Above and beyond a few meters away from the machines, the infrasound produced by wind turbines quickly becomes inaudible and has no impact on human health.”

ü During maintenance

Maintenance activities also generate one-off noises. However, these are more of concern to the maintenance workers (see Appendix I: Hygiene and Safety Instructions) than to people living near the wind farm. Noise measurements were carried out by the Épinal & Greater Regional Association of Workplace Health (an unaccredited body according to the terms of Article 3 of the Order of 19 July 2006), in order to:

• Carry out an assessment of maintenance workers’ exposure to the “noise” risk; • Assess the harmfulness of noise for workers;

150

Interim Report

• Orient employers towards collective prevention measures and, failing that, individual ones in order to eliminate or reduce the “noise” risk.

The measurements were carried out on Thursday 8 October 2010, during maintenance of a wind turbine, using an exposimeter placed on a worker’s body. The measurements made it possible to determine the daily noise exposure level (what is involved is the weighted average during the noise exposure time over a nominal working day lasting eight hours) (LEX,d) the peak acoustic pressure level, which is the level of the maximum value of the instantaneous acoustic pressure, measured with the C frequency weighting C. (Lpc). In accordance with Article R4431-2 of the Labor Code, the exposure limit values for these two variables are as follows:

• 87 dB(A) for the daily noise exposure level; • 140 dB(C) for the peak acoustic pressure.

The daily noise exposure level measured during maintenance was 86.6 dB(A), with a peak acoustic pressure of 131.4 dB(C). By way of a conclusion, the noise exposure level linked to maintenance is lower than the acoustic power of the Vestas V112/117/126 – 3.3 MW wind turbines when they are running, and consequently this activity will not cause any noise pollution for people living nearby.

5.11.7 Noise pollution assessment

5.11.7.1 Gathering noise data: reporting and database

Before tackling the aspects involved in gathering, analyzing and interpreting data, under the framework of a project like this, it is important to establish a typology of wind turbine noise sources. Indeed, the documentation review makes it possible to distinguish two noise sources.

ü Noises of mechanical origin, entailing marked noises downwind from the wind turbine but which are practically inaudible upwind at distances exceeding 200 meters;

ü Noises of aerodynamic origin, which primarily relate to the swishing of the blades as they spin in front of the tower.

Moreover, it should be noted that these two types get mixed up the further you get away from the wind turbine. In light of the average distance to the houses, which is greater than 1,000 meters (with one exception: the western zone of Maka, which is about 975 m to the north – and is therefore not downwind – of wind turbine E39), we will not make any distinction between the two types of sources under the framework of this study. The analysis will focus on characterising noise due to operating a wind farm.

For the purpose of gathering the noise data itself, several types of reading points were identified. What is involved are:

151

Interim Report

1. Property boundaries at the Tobène station; 2. Reference points at the ends of each row of wind turbines; 3. Points 100m away from each reference point; 4. Points at the houses that are most exposed or susceptible;

Table 33: Noise data at the property boundaries of the Tobène station

Zones/Reference points

GPS co-ordinates Noise levels in dB(A)

X Y

Property boundaries at the Tobène power

station

291103 1664552 48.8 299623 1659761

54.4 299625 1659712 299630 1659668 299633 1659634 299633 1659611 52.2 299352 1659585 50.3

Table 34: Noise data at the reference points (mild wind)

Zones/Reference points Day co-ordinates Noise levels in dB(A) - daytime

Night co-ordinates Night-time noise

levels in dB(A)

X Y X Y

E 38 298895 1660615 48.4 100m E 38 298896 1660583 38.8

Minam (the closest/most exposed/most susceptible

houses E38) 299032 1659486

36.6

299032

1659486

37.8

E 31 295134 1660691 46.4 100 m E 31 300477 1666364 52.1

Baïty Gueye5(the closest/most exposed/most susceptible

houses E31) 294362 1660022

45.5

E 39 289523 1659390 42.1 100 m E 39 282391 1659384 42.5

Baïty Ndiaye6 (the closest/most exposed/most susceptible

houses E39) 293678 1659550

46.8

Maka Gaye Bèye (the closest/most exposed/most

susceptible houses E43) 289937 1660431

42.5

289937

1660431

39.2 E 30 293875 1661969 41.6

100 m E 30 293893 1661993 41.9 Taïba Santhie (the 295504 1662215

5 No night-‐time measurements could be taken due to religious events. 6 No night-‐time measurements could be taken due to religious events.

152

Interim Report

closest/most exposed/most susceptible houses E33)

40.7

295504

1662215

39.0

E 19 289373 1662008 42.1 100 m E19 289410 1661983 41.9

Xelcom Diop (the closest/most exposed/most susceptible

houses E23) 292206 1663228

41.7

292206

1663228

39.2 E 18 296166 1664586 40.3

100 m E 18 296141 1664573 42.3 Taïba Ndiaye (the closest/most

exposed/most susceptible houses E22) 297985 1664166

40.7

297985

1664166

39.0 Diambalo (the closest/most exposed/most susceptible

houses E01) 293196 1667168

41.5 292922 1667231

39.2 E 01 2935559 1666412 41.5

100 m E 01 293853 1666300 41.7 Balsande (the closest/most exposed/most susceptible

houses E11) 291009 1665528

41.9

291005 1665541

39.2

E 09 296166 1664586 41.8 100 m E 09 297985 1664166 41.4

Ndomor (the closest/most exposed/most susceptible

houses E08) 299161 1666473

39.0

299161 1666473

38.4

Taïba Mbaye7 298302 1661495 39.8 Map 8: Presentation of the polarised zone

7 No night-‐time measurements could be taken due to religious events.

153

Interim Report

5.11.8 Supports

Summary of the French regulatory requirements

1. The measurements are carried out in terms of the weighted equivalent continuous acoustic pressure;

2. The neighborhood noise regulation is based on the concept of the emergence noise value. According to this regulation on neighborhood noises, there is no violation when:

ü The ambient noise providing a backdrop to the particular noise incriminated is

less than 30 dB(A) on the premises of the neighbour in question; ü For an ambient noise greater than 30 dB(A) on the premises of the neighbour,

the emergence of the incriminated noise is less than 5dB(A) at daytime (7 am -10 pm) and 3dB(A) at night-time (10 pm - 7 am).

This second condition will be considered, given that the ambient noise is greater than 30 dB(A) in the initial state before the project. This means that the potential noise levels will be calculated in order to determine the emergence noises and thereby assess the level of regulatory compliance.

- - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - -

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

ThisséNdiop Saw

K. Demba LiK. Modou Maya

E9

E8E7E6E5E4E3E2E1

E46E45E44E43E42E41E40E39

E38E37E36E35E34E33E32E31

E30E29E28E27E26E25E24E23E22E21E20E19

E18E17E16E15E14E13E12E11E10

Gad

Gokho

Selko

Daf 1

Daf 2

Thialé

Ngomène

Ndoyène

Mbayène

Bal Diop

Diambalo

BalsandeSaw Mekhe

Darou Dia

Keur Bakar

Maka DiengK. Meguène

Keur Mabaye

Baïti Guèye

Taïba Mbaye

Ndomor Diop

Taiba NdiayeKhelkom Diop

Baïti NdiayeKeur Madiagne

Djingué Sissé

Taïba Santhie

Maka Gaye Bèye

292000,000000

292000,000000

300000,000000

300000,000000

1656

000,0

00000

1656

000,0

00000

1664

000,0

00000

1664

000,0

00000

µ6

Km

DAROU KHOUDOS

CHERIF LO

PIRE

MEOUANE

NOTO G DIAMA

DAROU KHOUDOS

DISTRIBUTION SPATIALE DU PARC EOLIENPAR RAPPORT AUX ETABLISSEMENTS

HUMAINS ET AU RESEAU ROUTIER

Source de Données : Base geo (ANAT, 2015)

Données GPS (HPR, 2015)



Juillet 2015

Rte reg bituméePiste large

Route (D702)PistesLimites commune

Taiba Ndiaye

!(

- EoliennesLocalités

154

Interim Report

The Senegalese property boundary regulation specified in the Environmental Code considers 55 to 60 dB(A) at daytime and 40 dB(A) at night-time. For these regulatory references, the following example provides an illustration in terms of orders of magnitude, enabling positioning of the noise levels likely to be perceived by the houses most exposed and even those that are most susceptible. Table 35: Orders of magnitude of the noise levels likely to be perceived by neighbours

Wind turbine’s electric power

dB(A) reference acoustic power

Potential noise level at 100 m

dB(A)

Potential noise level at 500 m

dB(A)

Potential noise level at 1,000 m

dB(A) 1MW 105 55 40 32

The equivalent of a normal

spoken conversation

A living room where the people are

reading

A bedroom where people

are resting

Source: Guide for the wind farms environmental impact study

5.11.9 Interpretation of the results

5.11.9.1 Initial acoustic state

Establishing the initial acoustic state is based on identifying the points that are most susceptible or even exposed. It enables a reference situation to be drawn up for these various reference points. Table 36: Level of regulatory constraint for each exposed point

Reference points Villages concerned Daytime noise level

Night-time noise level

E38 Minam 36.6 37.8 E31 Baïty Gueye 45.5 39.0 E39 Maka Gaye Bèye 42.5 39.6 E46 Baity Ndiaye 46.8 39.0 E31 Taïba Santhie 40.7 39.0 E27 Xelcom Diop 41.7 39.5 E18 Taïba Ndiaye 40.7 39.0 E01 Diambalo 41.9 39.2 E08 Ndomor Diop 39.0 38.4 E09 Balsande 41.9 39.2

Analysis of the initial acoustic state shows that the zone polarised by the wind farm project is not noisy because the values recorded match the profile for a “living room where the people are reading” in term of the orders of magnitude during both the daytime and night-time. Thus, for regulatory compliance of the wind farm project, the noise emergence level must not exceed 5 dB(A) during the daytime and 3 dB(A) at night-time. As the night-time constraint is tighter, the study will be devoted to that.

155

Interim Report

Map 9: Breakdown of the noise levels for the initial acoustic state

CAPTION => specify the (dB(A)) unit in the Table and round it to 0.1 dB(A).

5.11.10 Determining the potential noise level

Assessment of the potential noise levels is based on two stages:

1. Assessment of the safety distances: this consists of determining the distance separating each reference point with a reference wind turbine point.

2. Calculating the potential noise levels is done based on technical specifications concerning noise pollution laid down by the manufacturer. The approach consists of considering the technical specification concerning noise and applying the reduction according to the distance away. These data, combined with the safety distances, make it possible to assess regulatory compliance.

5.11.11 Assessment of the setback distances

Table 37: Level of regulatory constraint for safety distances Reference

points Sensitive points Distance in m

E1 Diambalo 1,410

- - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - -

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

Thissé

Ndiop Saw

K. Demba Li

K. Modou Maya

E9

E8E7E6E5E4E3E2E1

E46E45E44E43E42E41E40E39

E38E37E36E35E34E33E32E31

E30E29E28E27E26E25E24E23E22E21E20E19

E18E17E16E15E14E13E12E11E10

Mbayène

Bal Diop

Diambalo

Balsande

Saw Mekhe

Darou Dia

Keur Mabaye

Baïti Guèye

Taïba Mbaye

Ndomor Diop

Taiba NdiayeKhelkom Diop

Baïti Ndiaye

Keur Madiagne

Taïba Santhie

Maka Gaye Bèye

285000,000000

285000,000000

290000,000000

290000,000000

295000,000000

295000,000000

1660

000,0

00000

1660

000,0

00000

1665

000,0

00000

1665

000,0

00000

µNIVEAUX SONORES ACOUSTIQUE

(JOUR)

NIVEAUX SONORES EN DBA

40,81- 41,15

41,15 - 41,49

41,49 - 41,84

41,84 - 42,18

42,18- 42,52

42,52 - 42,86

42,86 - 43,20

43,20 - 43,54

43,54 - 43,88

43,88 - 44,23

4 km

Source de Données : Données Sonometre (Hpr Ankh, 2014)

Base geo (ANAT, 2015)



Juillet 2015

Localités

Eoliennes

!(

-

156

Interim Report

E10 Ndomor Diop 1,475 E11 Balsande 1,280

E11 (E13) Khelcom Diop 1,343 E23 (E29) Khelcom Diop 1,250

22 Taïba Ndiaye 1,866 E23 (E24) Maka Gueye Bèye 1,576 E43 (E44) Maka Gueye Bèye 1,041 E33 (E34) Taïba Santhie 1,568

E35 Taïba Santhie 1,538 E34 Baity Gueye 1,020 E42 Minam 1,137 E50 Baity Ndiaye 1,327

Map 10: Location of the wind turbines in relation to inhabited zones (a setback boundary of 1,000 m was drawn around the inhabited zones in light pink).

However, the effects of noise pollution can be reduced via the following technical aspects of the project:

ü The distance between two wind turbines is approximately 450 m.

157

Interim Report

ü The technical characteristics of the wind turbines8; ü The local climatic factors, particularly the wind speeds, with the average wind speed

being around 5.6 m/s at ground level, and particularly the technical characteristics intrinsic to the type of wind turbines to be installed under the framework of the project;

ü The method used for occupying the relatively spread-out space. All of these considerations may bring the neighborhood noise levels down within the regulatory ranges.

5.11.12 Potential noise pollution assessment

Assessment of the noise pollution in operational situations is carried out based on technical specifications concerning the operational characteristics and the data concerning sound emissions. The following data enable this noise pollution to be assessed.

5.11.12.1 Operational characteristics

ü Rated power: 3,300 kW ü Minimum wind speed: 3 m/s ü Nominal wind speed: 13 m/s ü Shut-off wind speed: 22.5 m/s ü Restart speed: 20 m/s

Under the framework of this assessment, the average wind speed is considered to be approximately 5.6 m/s, which is rounded to 6 m/s. Table 38: Average monthly wind speeds at the site in 2008 at an altitude of 50 meters Month February March April May June Average Average speed (m/s)

6.4 6.0 6.7 6.1 3.0 5.64

Source: National Meteorology Division

These wind data will be combined with the sound emissions of the project’s wind turbines and the data concerning the orders of magnitude for noise levels likely to be perceived by the neighbours.9

5.11.12.2 Acoustic emissions according to Vestas (V126 HH117 m, Noise Mode 0)

ü 3 m/s 94.7 dB(A)

8 The technical characteristics will be adopted in the potential noise pollution assessment. 9Guide de l’étude d’impact sur l’environnement des wind farms, Ministère dudevelopment Durable et de l’Ecologie en France. cf. rappel sur les exigences réglementaires au point II.2.1

158

Interim Report

ü 4 m/s 98.6 dB(A) ü 5 m/s 103.0 dB(A) ü 6 m/s 106.7 dB(A) ü 7 m/s 107.4 dB(A) ü 8 m/s 107.5 dB(A)

Under the framework of this assessment, the wind data at 6m/s approximately match an acoustic power of 107 dB(A). Vestas V126 – 3.3 MW wind turbines have the following acoustic power levels:

Table 39: Noise level of the wind farm as a function of the safety distances

Reference points

Villages concerned

Minimum distance to the closest wind

turbine in m

Daytime noise level measured

(dB(A))

Night-time noise level measured

(dB(A)) E1 Diambalo 1,410 41.5 39.2 E8 Ndomor Diop 1,475 39.0 38.4 E9 Balsande 1,280 41.9 39.2

E12 Khelcom Diop North

1,075 >41 39.0

E27 Khelcom Diop South

1,250 41.7 39.5

E18 Taïba Ndiaye 2,620 40.7 39.0 E22 Maka Gueye

Bèye 1,160 >41 39.0

E39 Maka Gueye Bèye

975 42.5 39.6

E30 Taïba Santhie 2,030 40.7 39.0 E31 Taïba Santhie 1,530 40.7 39.0 E31 Baity Gueye 1,380 45.5 E42 Minam 1,175 >40 37.8 E46 Baity Ndiaye 1,300 >40 39.0

The impact of the noise levels linked to the wind turbines at the points/houses that are most susceptible or exposed is insignificant. Even if you apply the principle of breaking down the equipment items’ noise levels, the thresholds to be reached will be substantially lower than the limits relating to the French regulation on “neighborhood noise” or the property

Summary:

The wind speed considered: 6m/s

Reference acoustic power: 105 dBA

Potential noise level at 100m = 55 dBA; the equivalent of a conversation where people are speaking

normally

Potential noise level at 500 m = 40 dBA; the equivalent of a living room where people are reading

Potential noise level at 1000 m = 32 dBA; Refers to a bedroom

159

Interim Report

boundaries under the Senegalese Environmental Code. Also, still taking the noise levels breakdown phenomenon into consideration, you realise that the emergence noise levels are lower than 5 dB(A) in daytime and 3 dB(A) at night-time.

5.11.13 Recommendations

In terms of recommendations, two major actions must be implemented. During the worksite installation and construction phases:

ü Follow the regulations relating to dealing with work station noise risks; ü Inform worksite staff and raise their awareness about the hearing and other impacts of

using certain worksite machinery within the context of such a project; ü Provide all workers with appropriate hearing protection.

During the operational phase:

ü Check the noise environment around the wind farm.

5.11.14 Conclusion

Generally speaking, implementing the wind farm will have very little impact in terms of noise pollution on the houses that are most exposed and/or susceptible. By comparing the technical specifications of the wind turbines in terms of noise pollution to the advantages provided in improving the living standards of the local populations, we may consider such a project to be quite innovative in terms of the development of wind production technologies.

160

Interim Report

6 ASSESSMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT’S SENSITIVITY

Converting raw environmental data into sensitivity levels is an essential stage in the procedure. Defining the various stakes involved (landscape, heritage sites, ecological and other such stakes) enables the sensitivity of the project’s sites to be assessed. The environmental data, translated into sensitivity levels, can then be categorized into several levels:

o low sensitivity o medium sensitivity o high sensitivity, o very high sensitivity.

Table 40: Assessment of the sensitivity of the various components in the project’s environment THEME CHARACTERISTICS OF THE

PROJECT’S ZONE STAKES LEVEL


Geology The overall context is linked to that of the Senegal-Mauritanian Basin.

P A relatively flat area: the altitude levels range from 33 to 60 meters. The local geological context for establishment of Niayes (dune systems): a succession of basins and unconsolidated dunes. A Niayes context with high groundwater.

Pedologic resources

An interesting level of diversity in terms of pedologic resources is noted in the project’s zone: Dior soil, Deck-Dior soil, Deck soil, and Dior-Dior soil.

N The presence of Deck-Dior soil suitable for arboriculture and cash cropping The presence of Deck soils rich in organic materials suitable for market gardening.

Ground-water

The numerous hydrogeological formations are exploited via traditional wells and boreholes

N

Potable groundwater throughout the villages affected by the project and the environs. High groundwater (between a depth of 17 meters to 66 meters) is exploited via traditional wells: DWS, agriculture and livestock rearing. Groundwater held in Lutetian limestone is exploited via boreholes: DWS, agriculture and livestock rearing.

Surface water

There are no long-term water supply points at the project’s site or in its surrounding environment.

N No long-term water supply points on-site and/or in the zone of influence. There are numerous temporary pools which become depleted a few months after the last rains. The market garden basins are filled by surface water during the rainy season.

Natural risks

Flooding of basins or low-lying areas. N Flooding of basins or low-lying areas (proximity to the high groundwater). Shifting dunes subject to collapse.

161

Interim Report

THEME CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROJECT’S ZONE

STAKES LEVEL

COMPATIBILITY WITH THE PROJECT Crops are attacked by pests: worms, termites, ants, etc.

Crops are attacked.

Collapsing sand dunes.

Sensitive zones

The only listed area in the project zone is the Pire Gourèye area (listed under Order No. 1857 of 5 May 1946) which brings together nineteen (19) villages.

P No sensitive area has been noted in the immediate zone of influence of the project’s sites. The only PF under the project’s influence is that of Pire Gourèye. PF dominated by a palmyra grove. Existence of a bird migration corridor (between the PNOD (Djodj National Bird Park) and the islands of Sine Saloum).

Flora and vegetation

The species encountered at the site and in the surrounding environment have Sahel-Sudan phytogeographic affinities: falling within the 350 and 600 mm isohyets. The taxonomic spectrum (the site and the surrounding environment) indicates 128 species belonging to 99 genera, split into 41 families. The Poaceae (Graminae) family is the most diverse one, with 18 species, followed by the Fabaceae-Faboidae family which has 17 specific taxa. The Indigofera genus is the most diverse one, featuring 7 species.

N Presence of three (3) endemic species (Crotalariasphaerocarpa, Polycarpaea linearifolia and Vernoniabambilorensis) of Senegalese flora. The presence of three (3) threatened species (Borassus aethiopum, Adansonia digitata, Faidherbia albida) or species that may pose a threat to other Senegalese species. The presence of eight (8) species (Adansonia digitata, Borassus aethiopum, Elaeis guineensis, Faidherbia albida, Grewia bicolor, Prosopis africana, Tamarindus indica and Ziziphus mauritiana) that are partially protected by the Senegalese Forestry Code. The presence of types of trees that have multiple uses (Adansonia digitata, Borassus aethiopum, Elaeis guineensis, Faidherbia albida, Grewia bicolor, Prosopis africana, Tamarindus indica and Ziziphus mauritiana, etc.) some of which are protected by the Forestry Code and are listed as protected Senegalese flora. The presence of a type of tree of proven value to the eco-system.

Fauna The fauna encountered at the project’s site and in the surrounding environment mainly consists of birds or avifauna. The inventory mentions the presence of

N The presence of numerous birds from four species fully protected by the Hunting Code. The presence of three species of mammals

162

Interim Report


STAKES LEVEL


25 families split into 39 genera and 39 species. The dominant families are: Columbidae (12.82%), Accipritidae and Ploceidae (7.69 % each). The Apodidae, Coracidae and Psittacidae families each account for 5.13%. The rest of the families inventoried each account for 2.56 %.

listed in Appendix I of the 2011 version of the CITES Convention (Mungos mungo, Ichneumia albicauda and Canis aureus). The presence of five birds featured in Appendix II (1) (Milvus migrans, Tockus erythrorhynchus, Tockus nasutus, Bubulcus ibis and Poicephalus senegalus).

Population The estimated population of the Rural Community is 24,114 inhabitants; the breakdown for the population of the RC of Taïba Ndiaye is 47.97% males and 52.02% females, with 60% of the population being young people from 0 to 19 years of age. Of the 39 villages comprising the RC of Taïba Ndiaye, 10 villages are affected by the project. The closest housing sites are 1.2 and 1.5 km from the project’s sites.

P There are ten (10) villages, the closest of which are 1.2 km to 1.5 km away.

Socio-economic activities

The greatest cash crop continues to be manioc (cassava), which covers nearly 65% of the surface areas, while millet (20% of the cultivated surface areas) and black-eyed peas (5% of the cultivated surface areas) are food crops, followed by market gardening and other seasonal and perennial crops, particularly mangoes. Grazing activities are dominated by semi-intensive grazing. Picking activities have been developed with the exploitation and sale of forest products.

N

Strong presence of agricultural activities: arboriculture, market gardening, rainfall agriculture, etc. Low presence of grazing activities: extensive livestock rearing. The presence of species of plants that have multiple uses and are exploited by the local populations.

Infrastructures

The only infrastructures at the site and in its immediate surrounding environment consist of the investments made by concessionaries (Senelec (Senegal’s national electricity company), SDE (the national water company), and Sonatel (the national telco) and a few personal investments in agricultural lands.

P The presence of overhead and underground lines belonging to Senelec.

N The presence of numerous concessionaries: Senelec, Sonatel and SDE: overhead and/or underground networks. The presence of boundary hedges established by the operators.

163

Interim Report


STAKES LEVEL

COMPATIBILITY WITH THE PROJECT The presence of traditional wells (known as “céanes”) in market garden basins, set up by farmers.

Transport The main ways of getting around are sandy rural tracks: main ones and secondary ones.

N The presence of numerous production tracks: main tracks and secondary tracks.

Climatology

The project’s zone is located in the Sahel-Sahara climatic area, falling within the 350 and 600 mm isohyets.

P Maximum low wind speed: 2.8 m/s from September to October. Maximum speeds from march (4.1 m/s) to May (4.06 m/s)

Key: P: Positive N: Negative High

Low

Medium

164

Interim Report

7 VARIANTS ANALYSIS

Adopting a classic operational and design approach, the execution of this project at a pre-selected site calls on standard techniques both in terms of equipment and how it functions.

To achieve this, the study’s immediate focus was on developing a single variant adopted beforehand.

This variant will be dealt with in greater detail in the following sections.

165

Interim Report

8 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

Public consultation is aimed at ascertaining the points of view and opinions of the neighboring communities, particularly those that will be affected by the project. It enables any conflicts with the public to be avoided, helps identify innovative solutions, and helps increase the public’s trust in the developer.

Likewise, consultation of the stakeholders enables better acceptance of the project, improving the benefits, and reducing its negative consequences.

8.1 THE METHODOLOGICAL APPROACH

8.1.1 The principle of the consultation and of its objective

Consulting the public plays a part in Environmental and Social Impact Studies aimed at involving the public in the decision-making process by involving institutional stakeholders like technical departments and local elected officials as well as members of the general public and key stakeholders in ground-level communities, whether individuals or groups. The objective targeted is to integrate their perspectives before the event, along with their concerns and recommendations as a part of decision-making and in the procedures for implementing a project.

It seeks to create a dynamic involving the exchange of views in order to make the project viable in the long-tern by being inclusive of the knowledge and experiences of various categories of social stakeholders. On the one hand, it makes it possible to ensure a project’s viability, and on the other hand it ensures its social acceptability.

8.1.2 The methodology and implementation of the consultation

As a part of this dynamic, the methodological approach adopted in this study concerning the establishment of a wind park in the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye by the company Sarreole is qualitative. Indeed, the qualitative approach is better adapted to enabling an understanding of the dynamics of the sentiments and statements made by the stakeholders regarding the project.

With a view to this, the technique used is an interview-based survey which, through the exchanges that it establishes, enables in-depth, detailed exploration of the questions asked. These interviews were conducted based on a semi-directive interview guide. Indeed, this tool, which uses themes and questions, identifies the guiding thread for the discussion between the researcher and the stakeholders and provides an intermediary for exchanges.

8.1.3 The stages involved in the consultation:

While carrying out this mission from 22 to 28 December 2012, between Dakar and Thiès, the following stakeholders were consulted:

• The National Technical Directorates, namely:

166

Interim Report

• The Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments; • The Civil Defence Directorate;

• The technical services of the Thiès Region, namely: • The Regional Division of the Environment and Listed Establishments; • The Regional Directorate for Rural Development; • The Regional Water and Forests Inspectorate; • The Regional Development Agency; • The Regional Development Directorate;

• The Sub-Prefect of Ouadiour; • The Borough of Taïba Ndiaye; • The populations of the villages of Diambalo, Balsande, Taïba Ndiaye, Taïba Mbaye, Baïty

Ndiaye, Baïty Guèye, Minam Diop, Mbayène, Khelkom Diop, Taïba Santhie, Maka Gaye Bèye and Ndomor Diop.

• Two people claiming ownership of land at the site where the unit will be established.

8.2 NATIONAL TECHNICAL SERVICES

8.2.1 Perception of the project

The national services consulted did not raise any limitations that might prevent completion of the wind farm. This is due to the fact that the environmental impact study had been carried out and all the major aspects had already been identified and handled. For the DEEC “Along with the length of the supports and the blades, there have been changes in the positioning of the wind turbines so that the local populations will experience impacts different from what was initially measured”. On the other hand, the distance of the wind turbines from the houses does not exempt the developer from implementing measures for managing the possible impacts. Indeed, as the socio-economic situation shows, the majority of the population living in the borough of Taïba Ndiaye work in the agricultural sector, which implies regular foot traffic in the fields where the rows of wind turbines are located. However, there is much more to it than that. Following on in this line of thinking, it is absolutely essential to boost vigilance and strengthen safety by stressing prevention measures. This measure will be implemented just as much for construction as for operational purposes. This is why the Civil Defence Directorate deems it necessary to “… also offer a reminder that the local populations do not necessarily have any knowledge of this type of installation: hence the need for caution both whilst carrying out the work and during the operational stage.” Likewise “The depth at which the cables will be buried is good (1.80-2.00 m) because that way there can be no possible direct contact with members of the public, in addition to which there is no fire risk or risk of starting a bush fire along the line”. But this does not mean that the buried cables should be neglected given that they may be adversely affected by stormwater run-off. Along other lines, they mentioned the minor risks entailed and the advantages of such a project. Indeed, operating this type of installation does not generate atmospheric pollution, although there is noise as a result of the blades spinning. Each time the blades go past the tower, they make a “whooshing” noise. Significant impacts are expected during the execution of the works. The DEEC offers the following reminder: “Concerning the impacts of the execution of the works on the environment, everything will depend on the period, depending on whether it is in the rainy season or in the dry season.” As mentioned above, the reason for

167

Interim Report

this is agricultural activities (perennial crops, seasonal crops) which bring people out to the fields. Consequently, various sorts of obstructions along the usual corridor should be expected. These may cause disruptions to the local seasonal calendar and adversely affect production. Payment and the effect of expenses10 will then depend on the period involved in the installation activities: hence the impacts of a socio-economic nature. To the contrary, positive social stakes are expected through the jobs that will be generated by the project. It was recognized that: “It is an important project that may help public institutions in the locale, such as the community hotel, schools, health structures, cultural centres, etc. to have free electricity.”

8.2.2 Expectations of the national services consulted and their recommendations

− Safety-related aspects of the installation works • Reinforcing protection of the buried cables in order to avoid them rapidly becoming

worn out from rainwater; • Placing indicator plates so that people using the tracks are informed that there are

underground cables there, as is done for pipelines; • Installing lightning rods in order to prevent lighting strikes, even if this is not easy to

ascertain; • Marking out work zones with fluorescent strips while the installations are being

installed; • Making personal protective equipment available to each employee. - Following legal procedures • Following regulatory procedures; • Sending the Environmental Directorate the new terms of reference for validation,

which will not be complicated provided that the key work has been done; • Taking account of the fact that there must be different management measures in

place for each technical change. - Support measures for the construction and operational phases • Adapting the nature of the installation activities to the season as, after all, the

payment of expenses stemming from them will depend on it; • Committing to a good awareness-raising and communication strategy because the

local populations are not familiar with these installations. - Social measures • Employing local labor; • Supplying free electricity to local public structures.

10 An “effect” understood to be a loss of assets caused by the project. These assets may be high-value and depend on their profitability.

168

Interim Report

8.3 STAKEHOLDERS AT GROUND LEVEL

8.3.1 The stakeholders’ perception of the project:

The assessment that the stakeholders have of the project for the establishment of a wind farm in the Borough of Taïba Ndiaye is positive overall. Indeed, understanding of it follows on directly from the efforts to be made by public authorities and the private sector in order to reduce the electricity shortage, the economic and social consequences of which cannot be ignored by anyone. Certain points of view stated regarding this issue point towards an analysis highlighting the energy crisis context, which calls for a diversification of supply sources, as is apparent in the following statements:

• "My opinions remain unchanged regarding the work carried out. Overall, I believe that this is a good project that will help solve problems within Senelec, which is experiencing some difficulties. We must assist Sarreole, which is a partner of the State, in taking up the challenge of providing a good electricity supply." (The Sub-Prefect of Méouane)

• "As an economic and social development actor, we are aware that only renewable energy sources can get Senegal out of certain difficulties, but it took us a long time to work this out... We do no have oil or gas, so if we are offered wind energy, that is excellent news, even though I would have preferred solar energy. This means that people have become aware of the fact that the future lies in renewable energy sources." (Director of the Regional Development Agency).

• "We think that it is an excellent project insofar as it involves making up for the energy shortage in Senegal. Establishment of the project in our borough is a point of pride for the local population." (An inhabitant of Minam Diop)

Although this view is very widespread among the stakeholders, we do, however, note a certain degree of disappointment among certain residents in the locales concerned. This is due to the fact that the existence of this wind farm in their Borough does not guarantee them access to the electricity service. This point of view, stated by a number of stakeholders from villages in the project’s zone of influence but which are not electrified, is sustained by the following view: "Producing electricity in our borough and reselling it to other people without it serving us is abnormal...". In reality, electrification is felt to be a pressing need and some people think that this project should constitute an opportunity for fulfilling it.

Furthermore, the other factor which places a damper on this approval of the project without undermining its social acceptability is the fact that the project will have an impact on socio-economic activities, particularly food production and sources of income from growing fruit trees and gathering agro-forest products. Indeed, the total estimated space requirement for the wind turbines is 7 hectares, on top of which there is the length of the tracks, which is about 35 km, which, according to all of the stakeholders, constitute a loss of earnings for the people affected by the project and the surrounding area in general. The person who illustrated this position the best was the Regional Director of Rural Development when he stated: "We are particularly worried about the land aspect with the increase in the surface area allocated to the project even though these spaces are occupied by fields and orchards... We are fearful of

169

Interim Report

a decline in production... these populations generally earn around 2 million annually by harvesting whereas the compensation amounts only cover one year’s harvest."

Moreover, the consequences of the presence of the wind turbines and the development of tracks on the configuration of the ecosystem in general constitute another source of concern for the stakeholders.

For all these reasons, they recommended a range of measures that may enable better management of the project in order to facilitate its integration into the environment:

8.3.2 The concerns about the project:

As was mentioned in the part devoted to acceptance of this project, even though it has a good level of social acceptability, it has, however, raised fears and concerns regarding balances in the natural and human environments. Indeed, the establishment of 46 wind turbines and nearly 35 km of red earth tracks is raising concerns. Generally speaking, as it turns out, these concerns are on several levels:

- Risks relating to the adverse effect on the natural environment, and particularly: • Pollution with liquid wastes like dead oil, and particularly PCBs and grease;

• Noise and olfactory pollution through the sounds and unpleasant odours created by the wind turbines, which may have an impact on insects carrying out pollination;

• Atmospheric pollution from the dust kicked up from the red earth during the phase involving laying of the tracks and their use;

• Increased pollution due to the chemicals from the Taïba ICS site;

• The loss of plant cover due to fruit trees, scrub, and protected species like the Alida acacia being cut down;

- Risks linked to the disruption of socio-economic activities and living conditions, such as: • A loss of agricultural production and income due to the colonisation of lands used for growing

crops, with all this occurring within a context where there is great pressure on land in the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye, accentuated by the presence of ICS and MDL;

• Impoverishment of the local populations due to a poor compensation policy for the losses brought about by the project involving either insignificant compensation amounts or due to the volatile nature of money, which places local populations in vulnerable situations;

• The risk of single-crop farming becoming generally established with mango trees due to the gap in the method of compensation for fruit trees and bare land (land that is lying fallow or land where harvests have already been completed)

• A fall in the productivity in the areas around the paths due to the dust kicked up during construction or due to vehicle traffic;

• The generation of waste along the edges due to tailings being deposited in fields outside the area taken up by the wind turbines and the tracks;

• Obstruction of farmers’ movements during the phase when the tracks are laid;

170

Interim Report

• An adverse effect on human health due to the hazards attributed to living alongside wind turbines;

• The risk of accidents due to falling towers, blades breaking off, or even becoming detached from their rotors;

8.3.3 The expectations and recommendations made by the stakeholders

The expectations and recommendations made by the stakeholders provide guidelines with a view to mitigating the impacts identified or compensating for them fairly and equitably. But they are also motivated by the desire to see the local populations really derive benefit from the presence of these infrastructures intended for harnessing wind energy. Consequently, according to the two categories of impacts feared, the suggestions are structured based on the following two main avenues:

• Orientations intended to reduce or provide compensation for the impacts on the natural environment: The measures recommended are mainly aimed at re-establishing plant cover. What will be involved is:

• Fulfilling the administrative formalities which regulate cutting down trees and particularly permits for protected species and paying taxes;

• Thinking about revegetating while delineating the land taken up by the wind turbines by using rows of replanted trees that do not excessively get in the way of their operations;

• Planting neem trees or gmelina trees on both sides of roads and tracks at regular 15 meter intervals in order to keep the environment intact: this belt of trees could protect the local population from dust.

Other aspects come into play in relation to this category of impacts and in particular relate to pollution risks due to dead oil and PCBs. With a view to this, the Head of the Regional Division of the Environment and Listed Establishments informed us that these aspects were discussed during validation of the first study and that adequate proposals were made with a view to getting these issues under control.

• Measures intended to mitigate the impacts on living conditions, limit the impacts on socio-economic activities, restore subsistence resources, and support the communities with a view to furthering their social progress:

With a view to mitigating the impacts on the standard of living, it was recommended that: • The negative and positive effects be compared and that the local populations should have their

awareness raised about the impacts;

• The expansion of villages should be taken into account by allowing for a greater distance from man-made structures (1,500 m for example);

• Roads be developed along the routes of the tracks in order to limit the dust raised;

With a view to preventing people from being placed in vulnerable situations, it was suggested that:

171

Interim Report

• Discussions should be held with the people affected by the project in order to find common ground for satisfactory compensation;

• The scale be raised substantially;

• What should be envisioned is establishing market garden boundaries that are in particular equipped with water infrastructures and splitting up the land into different plots with a view to sharing it out among the various people affected by the project;

• Farmers should be helped to intensify production by boosting capacities in terms of cropping techniques and production resources (inputs);

• Production should be secured by setting up processing units;

• Sources of income should be diversified by promoting activities that generate income;

• Nurseries should be established, working in collaboration with the Water and Forests services and groups of women, in order to replace the trees cut down with a view to correcting this imbalance, particularly by planting fruit trees;

Here the main stake relates to the annexing of spaces enabling the local populations to ensure their subsistence and derive income. This issue was particularly well articulated by an elected official from the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye, who put it in these terms: "We have worries about fair and equitable compensation of the local populations who annually earn 50,000 to 100,000 francs CFA per mango tree, whereas the compensation allocated generally only covers one year’s harvest".

Lastly, with a view to supporting the communities via social support measures enabling the positive impact of the presence of this project to be felt, the following orientations are set out: • Help the local authority to reduce social demand;

• Recruit local labor while giving priority to the families of people adversely affected by the project;

• Strengthen the capacities of staakeholders regarding follow-up actions and particularly training in professions related to wind turbines;

• Think of training local craftsmen to carry out certain sub-contracting activities and thereby enable them to derive benefit from the project;

• Envisage electrification of the borough’s villages that do not have access to this service;

• Assist villages by building schools, classrooms, health structures, water infrastructures, commercial infrastructures, and maintaining and refurbishing places of worship;

• Help people to cover the energy bill for boreholes;

• Help women to purchase millet mills;

• Support female entrepreneurial activities;

• Facilitate access to credit by supporting the microfinance Economic Interest Grouping.

172

Interim Report

8.4 COMMENTS AND CONCLUSION CONCERNING THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The opinion shared by the various stakeholders regarding the project for establishing a wind farm in the Borough of Taïba Ndiaye is that it will enable a substantial improvement of electricity production in Senegal, with a contribution of 153.75 MW annually being foreseen. Although certain inhabitants of the Rural Community were upset by the fact that their villages cannot benefit from this long-awaited service, there is an understanding of the project’s objective, which is to contribute to reducing the electricity supply shortage which is severely hampering the nation’s economic and social life.

In terms of impacts, the stakes linked to the implementation of the project have not changed regarding the issues raised. Firstly, what is involved is the allocation of economic resources to ground-level communities by annexing lands used for subsistence crops and as sources of income from growing cash crops and picking produce enabling the households to ensure their survival. With a view to this, the gap between the losses brought about and the small amounts of the sums paid by way of compensation constitute the main grievance in relation to the compensation efforts. Thus, what is hoped for is a reassessment of the rates applied for covering people adversely affected by the project in addition to support measures aimed at enabling the people affected to escape from the trap of becoming impoverished; these are the strong expectations expressed by the stakeholders.

In addition to which, the presence of the wind turbines is fuelling fears regarding health and safety impacts on local populations in the project’s zone of influence. However, an improvement in relation to the project’s layout plan entails an increase in the wind turbines’ setback distances in relation to the closest villages by about 500 meters. In spite of everything, the Head of the Regional Division of the Environment and Listed Establishments suggested improving the distance between them and the latter houses by at least another 500 meters, making provision for the future growth that the human settlements will surely experience in the medium and long term, establishing them at least 1,500 meters away.

The presence of red earth tracks also constitutes another concern due to the risk of generating dust which will adversely affect the environment, living conditions, and the well-being of local populations. In response to this issue, what is recommended is planting a green belt to act as a screen along the roads, which may help to contain the dust kicked up. The paths along which cables are buried will have to be clearly marked. These rows will also make it possible to forestall the safety risks which may be increased by houses being too close to the rows of wind turbines. From another perspective, the execution period for the works will be the determining factor for reducing socio-economic impacts. The reason for this is the harvesting period and the extent to which seasonal crops have grown.

Moreover, the safety of the local populations and animals may be compromised during the works execution phase. For those populations, fluorescent strips should be set up. But for animals, monitoring will be necessary, which at the same time involves raising the awareness of local populations.

173

Interim Report

Lastly, the creation of the wind farm is prompting concerns regarding the loss of plant cover and management of hazardous waste such as PCBs, which are the main sources of impacts on the natural environment. To this end, basically what is recommended is revegetating the zone by targeting forestry species and maintaining the procedures approved for managing dead oil at the time of the initial studies, which proposed satisfactory solutions enabling revalidation by the technical committee.

Table 41:Summary of the concerns of the various staakeholders and the state of management in the description of the project or the ESMP (Environmental and Social Management Plan)

N Fears/Concerns Stakeholders Factored in (Yes/No)

Level to which they are factored in (Description of the project or ESMP)

Details of the response (Response made to the concern)

Technical Services

Local communities /Elected officials and populations

1 The risk of a lowering and loss of agricultural production and income due to the colonisation of land used for growing crops, particularly within a context where there is pressure on land in the Rural Community of Taïba Ndiaye, accentuated by the presence of ICS and MDL.

YES YES

2 The risk of impoverishment and food insecurity stemming for a poor compensation policy giving priority to fruit trees such as mango trees, to the detriment of food crops which, in the long term, would give rise to the development of single-crop farming.

YES YES

3 The risk of conflict that may result for not factoring in damage along boundaries committed to farms owned by third parties during construction or operations.

----------------- YES

4 The risk of obstructing the movements of farmers during the track laying phase

5 Risks of accidents for the local populations frequenting the zone where the wind

YES -----------------

174

Interim Report

N Fears/Concerns Stakeholders Factored in (Yes/No)

Level to which they are factored in (Description of the project or ESMP)

Details of the response (Response made to the concern)

Technical Services

Local communities /Elected officials and populations

turbines are established and where the underground electric cables are due to their proximity to their farms, with this applying both during construction and operations.

6 The risk of accidents due to towers falling, blades breaking or even becoming detached from rotors

YES YES

7 The risk of pollution with liquid waste such as dead oil, and particularly PCBs or grease.

YES ------------------

8 The risk of underground cables becoming worn due to contact with run-off.

YES ------------------

9 The risk of noise pollution and olfactory pollution due to the sounds and unpleasant odours caused by the wind turbines which may have an impact on human health or on insects performing pollination.

YES ------------------

10 The risk of atmospheric pollution due to laying and using red earth tracks.

YES YES

11 The risk of a loss of plant cover due to cutting down fruit trees, scrub, and protected species like the Alida acacia.

YES ------------------

12 Risks of lightning-related incidents.

YES -----------------

13 Risks of accidents to employees during the construction phase as well as due to maintenance activities.

YES -----------------

175

Interim Report

9 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND IMPACTS OF THE PROJECT

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Wind energy is one of the cleanest of existing forms of energy sources. It produces no atmospheric emissions.

Nevertheless, wind energy is associated with environmental impacts given that the execution of any project affects the environmental and human spheres.

9.1.1 Renewable energy production

The option of producing wind energy to build up the electric power production capacities testifies to the desire of the Senegalese authorities to promote the diversification of energy sources and reduce the country's dependency on fossil energies.

It is therefore clear that the advent of the wind turbine in the energy gap reduction strategy is a huge step towards adopting clean energies. This demonstrates, if this was indeed necessary, a strong commitment to a sustainable energy policy concerned about protecting the environment and future generations.

9.1.2 Denaturation of landscaped areas

Although the aesthetics of a wind turbine is a matter of taste that cannot be decided objectively, local residents normally fear visual degradation to the sites in question.

A wind turbine or a wind farm located in a landscape never leaves someone indifferent. This monumental scale contrasts with the human scale of elements already in the landscape.

The visual impact of a wind farm on the landscape will often be linked to:

§ the size of wind turbines; § their number; § the meteorological conditions; § the distance between the observer and the wind turbines; § the visual obstacles.

The wind project should define the best landscape scheme and combine with the farming landscape of the Taiba Ndiaye area to help it gain acceptance.

9.1.3 Noise exposure

One of the greatest myths about wind turbines is the noise they generate. Wind turbines make a noise, however not very much.

176

Interim Report

The audible noise is caused by the wind sliding along the blades and by the generator. Nevertheless, new blade and generator technologies have reduced noise levels significantly.

It is therefore possible to stand at the foot of a wind turbine tower and carry on a normal conversation without raising one’s voice.

9.1.4 Wildlife and birdlife and their habitat

The two wind farms could disturb the wildlife in a variety of ways, mainly the populations of reptiles and other small rodents found in this sector and the herpetofauna11. These animals are therefore likely to be disturbed when the wind farm is being erected. However, functioning wind turbines should not cause significant disturbance in the operating phase.

Wind turbines cause very few bird deaths compared with several other mortality factors. Most birds avoid the turbines according to existing studies.

9.1.5 Land use

The land of the Taiba Ndiaye rural community and the environmental impact zone of the project is mainly used for agricultural-pastoral and arboricultural purposes. The installation of a 46-generator-strong wind farm will certainly disturb the spaces given over to production activities by the local populations.

9.1.6 Local and regional economy

The implementation of various phases in the project to install a wind farm with 151.8 MW power will without doubt increase commercial transactions, all the more so that the site and requirements of the operations will necessitate the purchase of goods and services as well as the hiring of labor and staff accommodation sites. To this end, it is to be hoped that the villages polarised by the wind farm - especially those of Mbayène, Baïty, Guèye, Taiba Ndiaye and Same Ndiaye - will benefit from the first economic impact from this project. Beyond that, new trades linked to the manufacture of wind turbine components can be anticipated in the Thiès region.

9.2 SOURCES OF IMPACT

An onshore wind farm comprises the following components: a set of wind turbines and their foundations, an access route and an inter-turbine service track, an underground cable network, a power sub-station, a transformer unit inside or outside each wind turbine and a connection cable to the grid.

11 Amphibians (frogs, toads and salamanders) and reptiles (snakes, etc.).

177

Interim Report

Figure 43: Descriptive diagram of an onshore wind farm (scaling ratios not representative)

Determining sources of impact will involve identifying and defining the activities of the project to install two tranches totaling 46 wind turbines likely to alter the physical environment or have an impact on the components of the biological and human environments.

This determination is based on the technical description of the project and knowledge of the environment. They are also drawn from documentary research into similar wind projects executed elsewhere (benchmarking) in the world (i.e. Europe and North America).

The sources of impact under this study are classified under erection, operating and decommissioning phases.

9.2.1 Erection phase

The sources of impacts during the erection phase relate basically to the following activities:

⋅ work to prepare two sites accommodating 46 wind generators and the plant; ⋅ opening up access roads to the mast installation sites; ⋅ civil engineering works, mainly excavations, foundations, etc.; ⋅ assembly of wind generator components; ⋅ construction of sub-stations; ⋅ car and construction equipment traffic; and ⋅ commercial activities of purchasing goods and services.

178

Interim Report

9.2.1.1 Preparatory work

Expropriation works (access roads and wind farm plinths) of the fifty or so wind turbines will mean clearing trees and undergrowth (about fifteen acres per machine, i.e. slightly less than 7 ha for 46 wind turbines with technical rooms) and will inevitably disturb the surrounding ecosystems, mainly the biodiversity and biophysical environments.

9.2.1.2 Opening up access paths and power line trenches

Existing rural roads will be widened or rerouted to facilitate the transport of wind turbine equipment to the various areas of the wind farm and allow smooth progress of site activities, mainly:

• preparing hoisting and lifting platforms and site traffic areas;

• tree clearance,

• levelling work (cut and fill), installation of draining ditches; • foundations on the ground;

• access tracks and roads to be constructed based on needs to adapt to the configuration of the Taiba Ndiaye area;

• preparing cabling network footprints;

• etc.

The table below gives an idea of the spaces required to install wind generators. Table 42: Orders of magnitude of footprints for an onshore wind farm

Description Onshore wind farm

Hoisting and lifting platform surface area About 1000 m2 per wind turbine

Ground surface area for foundations About 300 m2 per wind turbine

Access track and road characteristics (to be created based on pre-existence of tracks and roads)

About 5 m wide, minimum bend radius of 30 m

Cabling footprint About 60 cm wide and 1 m deep

179

Interim Report

Excavation and foundations

Preparing the wind turbine plinth and foundation and burying the cable network will involve excavating foundations wide enough to accommodate the concrete casting that will keep the towers stable. In the same order, trenches should be excavated for the underground cable network.

This construction work will disturb soil stability and water drainage slightly.

9.2.1.3 Raise wind turbines

Raising a wind turbine is a long operation that can take more than three months. In addition to foundations, the wind turbine constituent components have to be brought on site, the mast and nacelle assembled and the rotor fitted. This is a huge operation necessitating the use of sturdy machinery.

Figure 44: Assembling the nacelle

180

Interim Report

Figure 45: Fitting the rotor (formed by the hub, the cone and three blades).

9.2.1.4 Construction of sub-stations

When connecting to the high-voltage grid (HTB), a high-voltage transformer unit (or source unit) is required at the foot of the high-voltage line. The wind farm can also have related components such as a meteorological measurement mast, material and tool storage area, technical room, car park with reception and information area, etc.

9.2.1.5 Transport and traffic

The preparation activities inevitably result in increased numbers of humans directly in the area of influence and far away from the wind farm project. As stated above, the roll-out of the site logistics and the transport for equipment and personnel specific for the works will mean an increase in lorry traffic, especially on departmental road 702 and the roads linking the 46 wind generators.

Purchase of goods and services: One of the direct impacts of the erection of the wind farm will be seen in the local and regional economy through increased trading and commercial activities. Immediate benefits are anticipated for the local surrounding populations and the supplies of goods and services in the Thiès region.

9.2.2 Operating phase

The sources of impacts during the operating phase of the 46-generator-strong wind farm are as follows:

9.2.2.1 Impact of the operation of wind turbines on the ambient noise level

Given the sound levels of modern wind farms (about 60 dB at the foot of a wind turbine, 45 dBA 300 m above the ground), no impact on the hearing system is envisioned. It is nowadays agreed that no health impacts from infrasounds have to date been shown in humans (even at high exposure levels), that the exposure "of the population to the noise of wind turbines is

181

Interim Report

comprehensively below the threshold of 70-80 dB" and that "no risk of direct harm to hearing is envisioned".

Figure 46: Mitigation of the noise according to the distance away from the wind turbine

In addition, the noise of the wind turbine and its perception depend on several factors:

• intrinsic, linked to the wind turbine and its acoustic power, the size of the farm, etc.;

• dependent on the topography, soil type, geometry of the wind turbine and the "receiving" location;

• dependent on the weather (wind, hygrometry) encouraging the propagation of the sound;

• relating to the surroundings (vegetation, rocky substrate, earth, etc. which absorbs or reflects the noise in varying degrees);

In practice, it is difficult to perceive the noise of a wind farm more than 500 meters away, but the annoyance exists, nevertheless. This annoyance is explained only very partially by the acoustic factors (about 30 to 40%); the non-auditory effects that can be envisioned are basically psychological.

Still according to the French Agency for Environmental and Occupational Health Safety (AFSSET), the noise level is (in 2007):

• near wind turbines: in the range of noise levels of land transport infrastructures

• away from sources: in the range of residual (or background) noise levels and partly in the infrasounds, including a low frequency proportion. Psycho-acoustic laboratory studies on the description of the noise emitted by wind turbines show that whistling and effects of beating to be the most disturbing, above all if they are perceived as bursts of noise; the annoyance could also be generated or increased by subjective factors, including the feeling of lack of information and consultation and/or a lesser

182

Interim Report

acceptance of the presence of the wind turbine deemed a blot on the landscape or a disturbance to birds. Research into how to make wind turbines less noisy is on-going. The simulations for "particularly prejudicial emission and propagation conditions" show a relatively low noise compared with the natural background noise as soon as there is sufficient distance from the source and major variations according to the scenario chosen. AFSSET therefore concluded that a minimum regulatory distance was not relevant and that the problem should be dealt with case by case through impact studies.

Thus, the sound impact of wind turbines is an offshoot of different factors, including the acoustic power of wind turbines, their arrangement, their technological choices, their number and their operating modalities. Their foundations, the distance between them and the nearest buildings and the background noise level also play a significant role.

Experience shows that the noise is not excessive when the dwellings are located more than 300 meters from the nearest turbine. Several countries, including Sweden, have adopted certain standards:

• 45 dB (A) maximum at an isolated country house. • 40 dB (A) maximum in an urban area. • 45 dB (A) maximum 400 meters from the turbine.

9.2.2.2 Impact of the presence and operation of wind turbines on birdlife and wildlife

The impacts from wind farms on the biodiversity mainly affect birds and bats and vary according to the species, seasons, environments, the size of the wind farm and wind farmers that can impact on:

§ mortality

Depending on the configuration, the location of farms and methods used, between zero and forty birds and bats are killed per wind turbine per year.

§ disruption

The wind farm is likely to disrupt the operation of an environment and reduce its attraction for certain species. During migrations, the presence of wind turbines in the migratory path normally causes by-pass reactions, which increase the difficulty of the journey.

§ loss of habitat

183

Interim Report

Birds from open environments avoid approaching the wind farms. This avoidance distance increases with the size of the farm. Intense, repeated disturbance can cause a lasting loss of habitat. For some species, the presence of numerous wind farms cause total desertion of the area.

9.2.2.3 Impact of the presence of wind turbines on the landscape

Although the aesthetics of a wind turbine is a matter of taste that cannot be decided objectively, local residents normally fear visual degradation to the sites in question.

A wind turbine or a wind farm located in a landscape never leaves someone indifferent. To overcome all subjectivity, the wind turbine must be considered as a new form of extremely large building, therefore visible from afar. Each installed wind turbine will be 125 to 150 m tall maximum, made up of a tower 80 to 100 m tall and blades 50 m long. This monumental scale contrasts with the human scale of elements already in the landscape.

Figure 47: Representation of a wind turbine in the landscape

The visual impact of a wind farm on the landscape is linked to:

§ the size of wind turbines § their number § the meteorological conditions § the distance between the observer and the wind turbines § the visual obstacles

184

Interim Report

The risk of alteration to land habitats from the construction and operation of onshore wind turbines is limited given their low ecological footprint. The main visual impact will mainly come from an alteration to the natural landscape.

9.2.2.4 Impact of maintenance work to the wind farm

Routine maintenance work to the wind farm and motors could occasionally pollute the soil through spillage of hydrocarbons. A VESTAS wind turbine contains about 1000 l oil in its gearbox and about 140 l oil for the various components requiring lubrication.

It goes without saying that an accidental leakage of this significant amount of oil could cause substantial soiling in line with the masts as well as runoff and contamination of bodies of water and/or underground resources when the oils are discharged after their final use.

Thankfully, recovery systems (containment systems and catchers) are planned in these same wind turbine parts, thereby avoiding soiling of soils following occasional spillages. The highest risk will be during wind turbine maintenance and oil draining operations.

9.2.2.5 Impact of the presence of sub-stations

Given the size of wind generators and electricity pylons, the advent of new power lines will have a relatively low visual impact insofar as they will be integrated with the hoisting areas.

9.2.2.6 Electromagnetic interference and radiation

The low frequencies generated by a wind turbine are the result of the interaction of the aerodynamic pressure on the Blades and the atmospheric turbulence in the wind. The random nature of air turbulence has a bearing on the low frequency emissions. It seems that the low frequency sounds are less likely to generate nuisances that the less random bursts of sound. Low frequency emission involved the downwind wind turbines above all (when the wind turbine tower is between the wind and the rotor), but all wind turbines today are upwind.

Although little information exists on infrasounds, foreign studies do not find any effect on health. According to the Swedish Environment Agency, the infrasound levels emitted by the wind farms are so low that they have no detrimental effect on health. Similarly, according to the National Academy of Medicine, once a few meters away, the infrasounds from the noise of wind turbines are very quickly inaudible and therefore do not affect human health.

The acoustic annoyance of the sound produced by the wind turbines is above all induced by the infrasounds (very low frequencies < 20 Hz) that are inaudible to the human ear but dangerous for the organism. Animals are extremely sensitive to them and inexplicable changes in behavior are noted in wild species when infrasounds are present.

185

Interim Report

9.2.2.7 Public access

As special and relatively imposing installations, there is a fear that the curiosity sparked by the sheer size of the wind farm can raise a few safety concerns. Numbers of people at production spaces.

9.2.3 Decommissioning phase

The impacts during the decommissioning phase relate to the following activities:

9.2.3.1 Dismantling of equipment

Dismantling of equipment is taken to mean the dismantling of wind turbines (towers, nacelles, hubs and blades) and their concrete plinth, power lines (buried wires), the sub-station and related installations. The access roads are left in place.

9.2.3.2 Transport and traffic

The dismantling and transport of imposing constituent parts of wind generators will mean rolling out logistics similar to those used during the installation phase, but also increased load on internal and regional traffic routes.

9.2.3.3 Soil rehabilitation

The restoration of soils formerly dedicated to foundations will necessitate before any regeneration a meticulous study to detect any contamination and determine the best rehabilitation methods.

9.3 IDENTIFICATION, PROMOTION AND ANALYSIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The methodology presented previously in § 1.3 of this document uses the concepts of ecosystem and social value as a basis for assessing the magnitude of impacts and their significance. In this context, the human and natural components of the environment found in the study area or likely to be affected by or other of the forecast interventions have obtained an environmental value matching their relative importance in the said area.

The impact analysis of the landscape scheme for the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm relies on the description of the project, the knowledge of the environment, the ecological context and the environmental issues. This analysis is segmented according to acknowledged repercussions on the natural (physical and biological) and human environments of the wind farm's erection, operating and decommissioning phases.

The affected components (significant impacts) are dealt with in depth. Those suffering impacts deemed negligible to zero are described more succinctly.

186

Interim Report

The acknowledged impacts for each component dealt with are assessed using the methodology described in Chapter 1.0.

It is important to underline that the impacts have been determined by considering that all current mitigation measures (best practices) described in section 2.0 (project description and components) are an integral part of the project. This approach reduces both the number and significance of impacts at the same time.

9.3.1 Positive impacts

The Taiba Ndiaye wind farm project will have a positive effect on global pollution (greenhouse gas emissions and radioactive waste avoided) and on local development. Thus, the maintenance of the wind farm and the access roads will have a direct impact on the local and regional economy.

The wind farm may also contribute indirectly to creating or attracting related industries, particularly as the gearbox oil is checked and changed if necessary every six months. A work team of fifteen to twenty people will have to be created to check and maintain the wind turbines. Half of these will be hired in the neighboring villages or in the region.

The next table summarizes the anticipated beneficial effects of the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm project.

Table 43: Summary of the anticipated beneficial effects of the wind farm project Environmental component Sample effects Physical environment Climate Helping to control the greenhouse effect Natural environment Biodiversity Preserving the biodiversity (by helping to control the

greenhouse effect) Improving knowledge of the biodiversity and its protection Improving knowledge of the ecological integration of human activities

Human environment Local economy and sustainable development Fiscal impacts for the Taiba Ndiaye municipality

Revitalizing local employment Impact on tourism Creating local sustainable development dynamics

Macro-economy Contributing to the diversification of electricity generation Reducing the level of energy dependence on fossil energies in Senegal Creating direct jobs in the renewable energy sector Creating indirect jobs (design offices, maintenance, component manufacture, public works, rural

187

Interim Report

Environmental component Sample effects craftsmen, etc.)

Public health and safety Energy without producing waste CO2 emissions avoided Reversible installations

9.3.2 Negative environmental impacts

9.3.3 Negative environmental impacts on the physical environment

The physical environment elements likely to be affected by the project are:

-‐ the geotechnical characteristics of substrates,

-‐ soil quality,

-‐ water resources, mainly the surface water drainage pattern and the surface water and groundwater quality.

9.3.3.1 Impacts on the geotechnical properties of substrates

The resistance of the sub-soil materials is of prime importance as it guarantees the stability of structures supporting the wind generators. Given that the wind turbines are installed on summits, with few significant geotechnical constraints, the indication is that the environmental value relating to substrate stability can be qualified as low.

9.3.3.1.1 Impacts forecast in erection phase

No substrate instability was has been noted in the footprint of the fifty or so (46) wind generators, where the vast majority (more than 90%) of the earth is made up of sands characterized by a relatively low risk of surface sealing.

The localized nature of specific wind turbine foundations reduces hugely the impact of necessary excavation work on the substrates.

Thus, the magnitude of the impact is qualified as low. Its scope is limited. The impact duration will be moderate, as the erection work could last for more than a year. Thus, the significance of the impact is qualified as low.

9.3.3.1.2 Impacts forecast in operating phase

The operation of the wind farm of 46 wind generators should not increase the load on the sub-soil nor threaten soil stability for either the access roads or the surfaces carrying the wind turbines themselves.

The host substrate on which the wind generator units are erected is kept solid by pouring a concrete plinth, itself combined with the weight of the wind turbine. Thus, in the absence of extraordinary phenomena, there is nothing to fear from the risks of settling or weakening of

188

Interim Report

the host substrate. In addition, the geotechnical studies prior to the installation of each wind turbine will be used to optimize the nature of the plinth with the specific type of substrate.

There is little impact from the operation of wind generators on the stability of host substrates.

9.3.3.1.3 Impacts forecast in decommissioning phase

No impact on the stability of substrates is anticipated during the wind farm equipment decommissioning phase. Only the substrates already developed (access roads, areas laid out for the wind turbines, etc.) will be subject to the effects of construction equipment and human numbers and no other substrate will be affected by the decommissioning work.

Once the equipment has been dismantled, the upper portion of the wind turbine concrete plinths will be razed and covered with contaminant-free sediments. The access roads will remain as is.

The Developer undertakes upon expiry of the lease that the deep anchorings are stripped to less than 0.80 m of the natural soil before the work in order to restore the original agricultural land and landscape.

Table 44: Summary of the impact of the wind farm on substrate quality Phase Activity Nature

of the impact

Scope Period Magnitude Significance of the residual

impact Development of plinths and access roads

Preparing foundations Clearing trees for roads Excavation work Raising wind turbines

Negative Local Temporary Intermediate Low

Operation of wind generators, technical room, etc.

Optimum operation of wind generators Electric power generation and transport

Negative Local Permanent Intermediate Low

Dismantling of the wind farm

Regeneration of substrates Positive Local Permanent High High

9.3.3.2 Impact on the soil quality

As a rule, except for cultivated land, the soils in the study area are natural and free of any human-source contamination. The environmental value for soil quality can therefore be qualified as high.


189

Interim Report

Accidental spillage of petroleum products seems to be the most likely impact to affect the texture and horizons of soils. These petroleum products would come from the operation of construction equipment and any leaking lubricants. The production of so-called sterile waste is to be expected; this would come from trench digging (sub-soiling) and preparing for wind turbine foundations. The inter-wind turbine connection route to the power sub-stations and from the power sub-stations to the source unit will following existing roads.

Figure 48: Machine for digging the trench about 1 m deep

Nevertheless, given the eminently agricultural nature of the wind turbine influence area, recycling the stripped earth should not be difficult in this rural area.

The soils in the study area are agricultural or natural and have therefore been granted huge environmental value. The magnitude of the disturbance has been qualified as moderate. Even taking into account all sites used or developed for the project, the scope of the impact remains limited and short-lived, given the rapid elimination of any possible accidental spillage. Due to the rigor that will be applied to managing waste, hydrocarbons, machine servicing and appropriate measures in the event of accidental spillage of contaminants, the significance of the residual impact is qualified as low.


The operating phase will be regulated by the operation of the wind turbines and the maintenance of the machinery. This will involve motor vehicles and operating personnel frequenting the site.

The risks of soil pollution or denaturation would therefore come mainly from oil or fuel leaking accidentally from the machinery or maintenance vehicles on the site. The machinery maintenance and draining systems are designed not to attack the environment. Specific and appropriately-equipped lorries will drain the oil. In addition, as the area below the nacelle is made up of the concrete plinth, accidental spillages of petroleum by-products are unlikely to occur.

Overall, the magnitude of the impact is qualified as moderate. Its scope remains limited and short-lived, given the preventive monitoring by the maintenance team. The residual impact is therefore qualified as low.


190

Interim Report

The soils could be soiled during decommissioning operations by an accidental spillage from construction equipment. As the machinery is in principle in good working order, a spillage is highly unlikely and the magnitude of the impact can be qualified as moderate. Its scope remains limited and short-lived due to the rapid elimination of accidental spillages.

Table 45: Impacts of the wind farm on soil quality

Phase Activity Nature of the

impact

Scope Period Magnitude Significance of the

residual impact

Development of plinths and access roads

Excavation work

Circulation of machinery

Raising wind turbines



Optimum operation of wind generators Maintenance of wind turbines and energy transport infrastructures



Regeneration of substrates


9.3.3.3 Impact on surface water resources

Over and beyond temporary bodies of water formed around old phosphate quarries, the influence area of the future Taiba Ndiaye wind farm does not incorporate major surface water. The result is a relatively low environmental value for this component.


Given that long-term surface water does not exist in the project area, the acknowledged global impact is therefore insignificant.


The arrangements made to optimize the operation of the wind generator farm (access roads, wind turbine bases, etc.) and the clearing of trees from wind turbine installation points will not alter significantly the runoff water pattern.


Given the above and the low value of the "surface water resources" component, the decommissioning phase will have no impact on runoff water drainage. The access roads will in all likelihood be kept, with all suitable arrangements to control the surface water properly.

191

Interim Report

Table 46: Impact of the wind farm on surface water resources


impact


residual impact


Excavation work








Reinstatement of soils and excavations


9.3.3.4 Surface water quality

Given that the water in bodies of water in the study area are recognized as unfit for drinking, the value relating to this quality can even be qualified as low.

Nevertheless, special attention will be given to the installations used for irrigation and draining of farmland.


It is acknowledged that waste from excavations required for the foundations will be generated as sterile soils. These can be carried into the runoff water and thus be suspended in the temporary ponds used for irrigation and watering the herd. Added to this, the leaching water from farming plots adjacent to the wind turbines could be loaded with pesticide residues.

Note, however, that the erection options recommend not installing wind turbines near these temporary bodies of water, which suggests that their residual impact will be of little significance. The magnitude of this impact will therefore be low and the scope limited and will be restricted to water points or near wind turbine raising areas. It will be short-lived and limited to the construction period. Overall, this impact is therefore qualified as low.


The operation itself, which basically calls on the wind turbine component, will have no notable environmental impact on water quality.

192

Interim Report


As stated previously, no erection is planned near temporary water points, which minimizes the environmental risks for the aquatic component when dismantling the entire wind farm.

For all these reasons, the magnitude of acknowledged disturbances in the water points is qualified as low. The scope remains limited and short-lived.

Table 47: Impact of the wind farm on surface water quality


impact


residual impact


Excavation work










9.3.3.5 Groundwater quality

Groundwaters can represent a source of drinking water for the inhabitants of a locality or as irrigation water for market gardens in the area. Any alteration to the groundwater quality will therefore have a direct impact on the food chain and drinking water supply. Given that the groundwater in the study area is recognized as good quality, the value relating to this quality can even be qualified as high.


Considering the position of wind turbines on the top of dunes and their distance from the groundwater sources, the acknowledged impact on groundwater quality is very low.

Only a major hydrocarbon spillage is likely to affect the quality of the water table, but given the proposed mitigation measures, the magnitude of the impact is deemed low. Remember that the drinking water wells listed in the Taiba Ndiaye area are 8 to 50 m deep.

193

Interim Report

The magnitude is high, the scope is limited and short-lived, leading to an impact of little importance.


During the operating phase, no impact is acknowledged on groundwater quality.

9.3.3.5.3 Impacts forecast in dismantling phase

Apart from a major spillage of hydrocarbons from construction equipment, no activity during the dismantling phase is likely to affect the groundwater quality when dismantling the wind farm.

Table 48: Impact of the wind farm on the groundwater


impact


residual impact


Excavation work










9.3.3.6 Potential negative environmental impacts on the biological environment

The components of the biological environment likely to be affected by the installation of these 46 wind generators are the vegetation, wildlife, birdlife and herpetofauna.

9.3.3.7 Impacts on the terrestrial vegetation and the habitats

The vegetation is a major element both aesthetically and for its biological value. As the study area does not include an exceptional forest ecosystem or natural community reserves, but does have floral species with precarious status (at least four partially-protected species that may be affected), the environmental value of the vegetation can be qualified as moderate to high.

194

Interim Report

9.3.3.8 Impacts forecast in erection phase on the plant cover and habitats

The Taiba Ndiaye wind project is proposing to install a maximum of 46 wind turbines. Each wind turbine requires a working space of about 0.15 ha so that masts and turbines can be raised and assembled. The project also provides for the installation of technical rooms that require no additional tree clearance.

Access roads will be necessary for the passage of the machinery and the transport of wind turbine components in erection phase. Some of these roads exist already and will require relaying and improvement work. Other roads are, however, planned under the project and will have to be built. They will also be used by the local populations to travel to the cultivation areas.

The surface footprint inside which are represented symbolically the wind turbines split into five rows is a rectangle of 11 km from East to West and 7.5 km from North to South. Nevertheless, as the surface taken up by a wind turbine is about 14.4 acres (i.e. 1440 m2), this represents a total surface area of 6.62 hectares for a total of 46 wind turbines provided for under the project. A 0.8 hectare plot is planned to house technical components (control post and transformers).

ü Plant cover

The vegetation is a major element both aesthetically and for its biological value. However, the study area does not include an exceptional forest ecosystem or natural community reserves but does have plant species of varying degrees of ecological importance in terms of the biodiversity. The same applies to species at the endemic state, partially protected or protected under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES).

• threatened plant species, comprising Borassus aethiopum, Adansonia digitata and Faidherbia albida,

• endemic species, including three (Crotalaria sphaerocarpa, Polycarpaea linearifolia and Vernonia bambilorensis) that figure among the endemic species of the flora of Senegal. But the project site does not include species belonging to the list of West African rare and/or endemic species and

• Eight species partially protected by the Senegal Forest Code, as follows: Adansonia digitata, Borassus aethiopum, Elaeis guineensis, Faidherbia albida, Grewia bicolor, Prosopis africana, Tamarindus indica and Ziziphus mauritiana are found on the project site and its surroundings and are part of species. This involves acquiring prior authorization from the competent departments before any action (cutting, delimbing, grubbing, etc.).

Added to this, the agro-forestry activity of the Taiba Ndiaye area places the tree at the heart of agricultural activities. It must therefore be said that fruit arboriculture will be highly affected

195

Interim Report

by the wind turbine preparation and installation activities. The potential effects on the habitats and flora can vary, shown by:

-‐ dust deposits during work; -‐ surface consumption following expropriation; -‐ land clearance, but cutting isolated trees; -‐ alteration to habitats; -‐ the trampling of surrounding habitats (works, foot traffic) and too many people in the

environments; -‐ increased risks of fire; -‐ the introduction of invasive exogenous species; -‐ the destruction of protected species (in this case, a dispensation submission for the

destruction of a protected species must be prepared); -‐ the attack on heritage and/or decisive species stands.

These impacts will be more or less marked depending on the nature of the plant cover on the installation site of each of the five groups.

Thus, group 4 that will be installed in an area basically dominated by plantations or orchards will be the most affected. And to a lesser extent:

-‐ group 3, dominated by a succession of young plantations less than five years old and lastly

-‐ group 2 from E11 to the village of Baal Diop, dominated by young plantations. After Baal Dip until 1.8 km of E22 we are in an area dominated by rainfed and cash crops.

The magnitude of the impact from loss of vegetation can be qualified as high, the scope is limited and long-lived, since the tree clearance will be felt for more than five years. Overall, the significance of the impact is qualified as moderate.

The farming focus of the area home to the wind farm project must be correlated with the maintenance and cultivation activities, etc. These various activities both degrade and disturb the herbaceous layer.

9.3.3.9 Impacts of erection on animal habitats

Given the lack of remarkable animal habitats likely to be disturbed by the planned erection, the preparation of the wind generator sites and the wind farm commodities (control post and transformer) will not have a negative impact on the opportunistic wildlife found in the cultivation lands. The access roads that will have potentially to be created will also be located outside the most interesting biological areas.

The impacts on the habitats will be restricted at most to a disturbance of the noise exposure and the settling of soils, given the transport and storage activities of the site logistics and wind turbine components.

196

Interim Report


The automation of the wind farm means that the wind generators can function autonomously without being disturbed by machinery inspections and routine maintenance. During these inspections, the personnel and the machinery used for the maintenance will take the roads cleared for inter-wind turbine connection.

Thus, no significant impact is anticipated to the vegetation during the operating phase except for probable soiling during maintenance of the sub-station and access roads. This maintenance involves regular cleaning to keep minimum surfaces free of plant cover for access and maintenance reasons. In addition, no herbicide will be used.


No negative impact is forecast to the vegetation during the decommissioning work. On the contrary, efforts will be made to replant cleared areas in a process to boost the agro-forestry heritage of the Taiba Ndiaye municipality.

The impact expected here should result in a regreening of the palmyra grove.

Table 49: Environmental impacts per wind turbine on the vegetation


impact


impact


Preparing foundations

Clearing trees for roads

Excavation work


Negative Local Temporary Intermediate Average





Boosting of the agro-forestry heritage

Positive Local Permanent High High

197

Interim Report

9.3.3.10 Environmental impacts on the fauna

The area being studied is not potentially frequented significantly by large mammals, be it for feeding or reproduction purposes. The environmental value of this element is therefore deemed low.

In terms of abundance, a total of 965 birds have been counted in the project's footprint. The dominant species are: Alpine Swift (Tachymarptis melba) 23.83%, Red-eyed Dove (Streptopelia semitorquata) 18.03% and Cattle Egret (Bubulcus ibis) 8.81%. The Alpine Swifts only stop there for a day to feed on their way north or south. The other species are nesting birds, on the other hand. In terms of mammals, the Cape Ground Squirrel (Xerus inauris) is the species seen most in the area: eight have been observed. The other species (Gambian Sun Squirrel, Jackal, Civet and Bat) are only identified through signs of their presence recorded in the field. As the area is wooded, surveys of populations in the area reveal a strong presence of bats which are nocturnal mammals. A serious study should be conducted in this context as it remains the species that could potentially collide with the wind turbines. All species in the families: Falconidae (Falco tinnunculus), Accipritidae (Melieras metabates and Accipiter brevipes and Milvus migrans) are birds of prey. All the species noted are diurnal as the sightings took place during the day. However, the bats and mongooses that are mammals are nocturnal. Birdlife refers mainly to the birds likely to frequent the sectors affected by the works during migration or nesting. Given that no birdlife acknowledged as significant exists, the environmental value of the birdlife must be qualified as low.

9.3.3.11 Impacts to the terrestrial wildlife

The occupancy of the site by the terrestrial wildlife must be analyzed to take into account all local ecological components, even if the issues are theoretically minor in relation to the specific wealth. Lastly, this analysis will ensure that the functionality of existing biological corridors is maintained.


The erection of the wind farm will have an impact on the habitats (alteration, destruction) of small, less mobile species or those dependent on very local ecological nests in line with access roads or in the wind turbine footprint.

The herpetofauna (reptiles and amphibians) appear to be the most sensitive group of species in terms of their protection and conservation status, behavior and the specific habitats they occupy (rockfalls, dry grassland, temporary ponds, etc.).

198

Interim Report

The site activities will bring a risk of direct destruction of individuals in a protected species or its specific habitat. The largest and/or most mobile species, like the large mammals that roam vast habitats, will be less sensitive, even if the works must be deemed as a nuisance period.

They can affect the terrestrial wildlife directly by the installation of wind turbines, loss of habitat and increased accessibility to the region.

The impact from loss of habitat is all the more significant if quality habitats are rare in the sector or if the infrastructures are installed in critical habitats. There are none in the Taiba Ndiaye rural community.

During the erection phase, the lorry traffic, noise from construction equipment and increased human presence are likely to temporarily disturb the wildlife near the work areas. Clearing trees and laying out forest roads will fragment the habitat of some species and reduce its area. Remember that the Taiba Ndiaye project will require trees cleared from nearly 7 ha, i.e. only 0.35% of the study area, which is relatively little. Part of this cleared land will also be recolonized by early-successional species in the short and medium term. The magnitude of the disturbance is therefore deemed low. The scope of the disturbance is limited to the study sectors, more especially to the lands adjacent to the work areas, and short-lived. Given the low proportion of land affected compared with the land available for terrestrial wildlife, the inconvenience caused by the works will have a negligible impact on the wildlife inside the study sector, mainly because it can adapt easily to the human activities.

9.3.3.11.2 Impacts forecast in operating phase During the operating phase, the most likely acknowledged impact is linked to the inconvenience to the wildlife from the operation of the wind turbines (blade noise and movement, maintenance work, etc.). Experience shows no loss of habitat or fragmentation of lands in the vicinity of wind turbines and phenomena of becoming accustomed to the sound emissions or the shade created.

Thus, the magnitude of the disturbance is qualified as low. As its scope is limited and long-lived, the significance of the impact is qualified as low.

To limit potential disturbances to the terrestrial wildlife from the presence of wind turbines, the following measures could be introduced:

-‐ restricting the free area around the wind turbines;

-‐ limiting access by wind farm employees to the wind turbine sites;

-‐ speed limits on the roads.

9.3.3.11.3 Impacts forecast in decommissioning phase The decommissioning activities could disturb the terrestrial wildlife. Nevertheless, the magnitude of the impact has been qualified as low, given the huge spaces where the wildlife can shelter during the works. As its scope is limited and short-lived, the significance of the impact is qualified as low.

199

Interim Report

9.3.3.12 Birdlife

Most of the species identified in the area are small. However, some species like the Black Kite and Cattle Egret are large. The birds rest and feed in the area. Birds leaving the Djoudj Park for the Saloum Delta follow the strip of casuarinas in the coastal area. This is located some 5 km from the project area. It is therefore possible that the area is a migration corridor for birdlife. However, observations must be carried out to identify the species passing through these corridors.

9.3.3.12.1 Impacts forecast in erection phase The birdlife is highly sensitive to all the types of work that will be undertaken in the area near to the wind farm. This is especially true for the nesting birds that risk being disturbed by the sound emissions of both personnel and machinery. The noise can cause stress in these animals and temporary displacement from nesting sites. It can also disturb the activities (hunting, fleeing from predators, communication between individuals), where natural sound signals are important.

However, this upheaval will be insignificant given that it is intermittent, short-lived and of limited scope.

In total, the impact of preparatory activities on the birdlife in the Taiba Ndiaye area will be of little significance.

9.3.3.12.2 Impacts forecast in operating phase The risk of collision and the "barrier" effect (diversion of migratory trajectories) are the main impacts anticipated for birds.

Collisions occur normally because the birds do not sense the movement of the blades and hit them (direct collision with the wind turbine).

But lessons learned from miscellaneous observations (monitoring mortality, flight altitudes, avoidance tactics, etc.) of wind projects show that far fewer bird deaths are caused by colliding with the wind generator blades than by the common infrastructures or facilities (i.e. electric pylons of the Tobène plant or telecommunication installations in the municipality's region. The following figure illustrates this assertion clearly.

Figure 49: Causes of fatal accidents listed in birds

200

Interim Report

Wind turbines Communications towers Pesticides Automobiles High tension transmission lines Cats Building Windows

Given that there is no bird migration corridor within the perimeter of the wind farm, the risks of diversion of migratory corridors is highly reduced.

It can therefore be said that the impact of the operation of 46 wind generators making up the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm will be negligible.

9.3.3.12.3 Impacts forecast in decommissioning phase Despite a noisy ambience during dismantling and transfer of the wind farm equipment, no significant disturbance should be feared for the birdlife. The nuisances caused would be negligible. The disturbance can thus be qualified as low. It is short-lived and of local scope, which results in a global impact of little significance.

9.3.3.13 Impacts on the chiroptera

The importance of fruit arboriculture in the Taiba Ndiaye area confirms the surveys of populations in the area relating to the presence of bats which are nocturnal mammals. A serious study should be conducted in this context as it remains the species that could potentially collide with the wind turbines. [in progress]

9.3.3.13.1 Impacts forecast in erection phase The cutting of trees to make way for access roads and the installation of wind generators will result in a direct loss of shelter for the bats that roost in the trees. Similarly the civil engineering and hoisting activities could generate passing trauma in bat populations. The rest or reproduction shelters, movement corridors and hunting environments may be destroyed or disturbed during the works phase and land clearance, excavation, earthworks, creation of

201

Interim Report

access roads or cable laying operations may diminish feeding patterns and the raising of young around installations. Thankfully, the temporary nature of preparatory activities means that the impact will be of limited scope and will render the disturbance near work areas low.

9.3.3.13.2 Impacts forecast in operating phase The main impact to be feared for the bat populations is the risk of mortality. Although it is still not entirely clear why bats hit the wind turbines, they can be killed following direct collisions with the blades or barotraumas, i.e. internal injuries caused by abrupt variations in pressure. The other factors in impacts on the bats are still hypothetical and will required scientific validation before they can be considered objectively in this impact study. This involves the "barrier effect" on the displacement channels of resident species, the indirect attraction (currently not demonstrated) by the insects hunted by the bats, themselves attracted by the heat from the nacelle or the site lighting. Likely to be affected are the assumed curiosity of pipistrelles, the possible confusion between wind turbines and trees and the use of wind turbines during reproduction behavior.

On the other hand, the wind plays an important role in bat activity. Their activity normally drops significantly in wind speeds above 6 m/s (the activity level is reduced by 95%). The activity is concentrated in periods of no wind or very low wind speeds. Given the high speeds (40 km/h) required for the wind turbines to function, low bat mortality can be predicted at the foot of wind turbines in operation, with a low impact of the operation of wind generators on global bat mortality.

The inter-relations between the chiroptera and the wind turbine transport/traffic and maintenance activities are insignificant, as for the birds, in terms of disturbance by the workers, as only about twenty workers will be required to circulate in the wind farm area for maintenance.

9.3.3.13.3 Impacts forecast in dismantling phase The dismantling of equipment that has recently killed and disturbed chiroptera populations would only be beneficial in the sense that the tree stratum will be recomposed by planting activities. It is therefore new habitats and new biotopes favorable to the development of this wildlife. In addition, the work will be less substantial than in the construction phase (no road construction or improvement). Lastly, the vehicles will travel at reduced speed on the roads and mainly during the day. Table 50: Impacts of the wind farm on the terrestrial wildlife and birdlife

202

Interim Report


impact


impact


Preparing foundations

Clearing trees for roads

Excavation work


Negative Local Temporary Intermediate Average





Decoupling the farm Removing the wind turbines Dismantling the foundations Withdrawing the power sub-station Reinstating the site

Positive Local Permanent High High

9.3.3.14 Environmental impacts on the human environment

The components of the human environment with an environmental value likely to be impacted by the installation of the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm can be summarized around the following impacts:

• ecological benefit, • repercussions on the local and national economy, • land use, • infrastructures and services, • archaeology, • visual environment, • acoustic environment, • public safety, • quality of living environment, • stroboscopic effects, • electromagnetic impacts and low frequencies.

203

Interim Report

9.3.3.15 Ecological impact

The generation of electric power due to the gradual installation of the 46-generator-strong wind farm will constitute a clean project that will make a significant contribute to reducing anthropic greenhouse gas emissions in a global context of adapting to climate change.

As such, the advent of a power plant of 151.8 MW using wind power signals strongly the desire of the Senegal government authorities to campaign for renewable energy sources and introduce the "energy mix" into the electric power generation process to break from the weight of fossil energy in the trade balance. In addition, the proximity of the power plant to Tobène, installed in fact in an energy-consuming industrial mining environment (ICS), could be an outlet. In addition, wind power produces no greenhouse gas.

Thus, the annual production of the wind farm for eight to nine hours of production equivalent to the rated power of machines for about 365 days of operation would represent an estimated total of at least 467,000 MWh/year for the entire project.

Compared with identical electricity generation of a traditional plant, the wind farm envisioned in the Taiba Ndiaye location will prevent waste production, atmospheric emissions, fossil fuel combustion, taking surface water and groundwater and thermal and chemical discharges in natural outfalls.

In addition, the project is going to participate in avoiding each year about 4305 tons CO2 per wind turbine compared with a traditional thermal production of the same power. These CO2 savings will be promoted in CDM projects with an envisionedenvisioned price of more than 1,000 CFA francs per ton of CO2.

The eligibility of the Taiba Ndiaye wind project for the UNFCCC's Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) is a long process that has taken more than thirty months.

The Developer hired the company ESBI as a carbon consultant in Autumn 2009. ESBI is a subsidiary of ESB, the Irish Electricity Supply Board, which will support it in the various CDM development phases. UNFCCC approved the project on 29 February 2012.

Table 51: Comparison of emissions of different electric power generation modes

Parameters Quantities of Specific Annual savings waste for emissions* for 46 wind turbines

204

Interim Report

(2002) TRADITIONAL Industrial waste

production 2,539 tons 0.186 g/kWh 50 tons

Fly ash Production 202,747 tons 14.85 g/kWh 215,200 tons

Power sales 219,950 tons 16.11 g/kWh

NUCLEAR Waste production 56.52 m³ 4.14 m³/TWh 1.1178 m³

9.3.3.16 Socio-economic impacts

The potential economic benefits (local taxes, labor, supply of goods and services, etc.) anticipated from the wind farm installation and operations give it huge environmental value; it could boost both the local and regional economy.


The execution of the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm project would inject more than €270 million for the construction of the 151.8 MW wind farm and 110 billion CFA francs into the Senegalese economy, in addition to the jobs (temporary and permanent) created. Over one thousand jobs are anticipated (about ten jobs per MW according to the European Wind Energy Agency).

Specialized equipment and workers will be needed to transport and raise the wind turbines and the activities relating to the excavation, levelling and transport of granular materials will no doubt necessitate hiring local and regional workers with fewer qualifications or local populations with no qualifications at all. It goes without saying that where costs and skills are equal PETN will ideally privilege employing local workers.

Beyond that, the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye has an opportunity here to broaden its tax base by collecting taxes to be paid by PETN for construction permits and other miscellaneous taxes.

The installation work of the wind generator farm will bring in their wake:

-‐ a boom in small trader activity in the Mboro area, through retail trading stalls, accommodation and catering for local workers and those from outside the locality.

-‐ the advent of SME and SMI and sub-contractors orbiting around the wind industry, thereby consolidating several jobs in the Thiès region.

The impact of the project is positive in terms of economic consequences. Its magnitude has been qualified as high, its scope is local and regional and it is short-lived. Overall, the significance of the impact is qualified as high and positive.


205

Interim Report

The operational phase (power generation and maintenance) of the 46-generator-strong wind farm will be run by fewer staff than the installation phase but is important for the local economy. As for the erection phase, local and regional purchases of goods and service are a considerable financial godsend for the local authorities, populations and service providers. Its magnitude has been deemed moderate given the number of jobs created considered to be more modest. Its scope is local and long-lived. Therefore, the significance of the impact is high and positive.

During operation, the company will pay all legitimately due taxes to the tax authorities; in particular, a local tax, the "Patente" will be paid annually to the Taiba Ndiaye rural community. This tax is estimated to be about 2.5 million euros (more than 1,9000,000,000 CFA francs) a year and represents an amount corresponding to more than twelve times the current annual budget of the Taiba Ndiaye rural community.


The dismantling of the Taiba Ndiaye wind turbine complex will have a dual repercussion on the economy.

Firstly, the specific decommissioning activities will lead to not insignificant, but positive economic consequences. The impact will be short-lived and the work will require hiring people from the locale and the region. The significance of the residual impact therefore remains low and positive.

The second dimension of the impact will be negative, in the sense that the dismantling could be synonymous with job and income losses for people drawing all or part of their income from the operation and maintenance of the wind farm. The magnitude will be considered moderate and the scope local and short-lived, as the people involved could potentially find a job given the promising future of clean, renewable energy production methods in Senegal. The importance of the global impact is therefore qualified as moderate and negative. It must be stated that at the end of the life cycle (in about 25 years), nothing will prohibit reconstructing the site with new wind turbines.

9.3.3.17 Impacts on land use and services offered by the ecosystems

The wind farm footprint is basically given over to agro-forestry (agriculture, market gardening and gathering. Expert assessments and the perception of the public, mainly the local populations and elected representatives, and the decentralized State structures indicate that the environmental value varies depending on the demographic weight, but that in general it can be qualified as high.


ü Exploitation of land and natural resources

206

Interim Report

The crisis in the peanut sector due to low yields of soils has turned the populations in the Taiba Ndiaye locality towards more lucrative crops such as fruit arboriculture, tubers and market gardening in family holdings of about five hectares on average.

Activities to prepare the 46-generator-strong wind farm will no doubt hinder farming and market gardening activities in the villages of Ndomor, Keur Malé, Minam, Mbayéne, Keur Birama, Keur Samba Awa, Keur Mbaye Sénoba, Taïba Mbaye, Same Ndiaye, Baïty Ndiaye Baïty Gueye, Keur Madiagne and Taïba Santhie and Keur Assane.

This hindrance to the activities is relative considering that the surfaces to be developed will only cover 7.5 ha, i.e. only 0.1% of the study area. This is fairly insignificant even when pointing out the presence of species with high commercial value that constitute the main sources of income for the farmers: mango trees, cassava, cash crops, marketing gardening, etc.

However, the loss of use and profits drawn from operating ecosystems and the services they provide should not be overshadowed. Arboriculture, agriculture, picking, pharmacopoeia, construction and crafts represent substantial sources of income and also miscellaneous services and uses for the populations owning the lands affected by the wind farm footprint.

In addition, the installation of wind turbines in farming areas, despite not being in any way a hindrance to production and services beyond the footprint limits after their construction, the fact remains that a shortfall will persist due to the restriction in accessing and using resources.

Appropriate scheduling of works and installing suitable signs will facilitate the sequence of activities with the other users of the site.

This will mitigate the magnitude of the impact, thus deeming it as low, for only the increased number of workers and traffic in the farming and marketing gardening lands will affect the exploitation of natural and land resources. The scope of the impact will be limited and short-lived. Thus, the significance of the impact is qualified as low.

ü Road transport and traffic

The erection work could cause impacts to the areas surrounding the wind turbine installation areas. Vehicle and machinery traffic to transport the wind turbine components may have an impact on the safety in terms of accident risks of road users (Tivaouane-Mboro) and production tracks (Taiba Ndiaye - Niayes and Djingué area - Mboro road) and the longer journey time given the circulation of large carriers on these main access roads to the various sites.

The most significant sources of impact on traffic relate to:

-‐ The needs of the site's living quarters and earthworks machinery;

207

Interim Report

-‐ The arrival of heavy equipment used for the construction: flattening the land, levelling high spots, widening bends and creating foundations;

-‐ The delivery on large carriers of wind turbine components (tower, nacelles, blades, etc.). They will be brought to the site by lorry, requiring several convoys and turnarounds given the size of constituent wind generator components;

-‐ The delivery of construction materials, mainly concrete, cement and sand required for the wind turbine plinths. About 400 to 450 m3 will be required for each foundation, which means on average sixty to seventy concrete mixer trucks per foundation.

-‐ The arrival of workers in the morning and their departure in the evening.

The transport on site of wind generator components will require wide loads. This implies extra load on the axle likely to impact the state of roads and tracks taken by the numerous HGV turnarounds between Dakar and Taiba Ndiaye.

Over and above this extra load, the size of convoys could cause a disturbance by slowing down traffic between Dakar and Tivaouane.

Overall, the magnitude of the impact on road transport linked to the erection of the wind farm is deemed moderate with regional and short-lived scope.



During the wind farm operating period, there will be no significant negative impact on the exploitation of natural resources and agricultural activities, all the more so that the agricultural areas will be accessible provided there is no infringement on the footprint allocated to each wind turbine.

ü Road transport

The road traffic attributable to the 46-generator-strong wind farm will be substantially reduced in that it will only involve light vehicles transporting the machinery monitoring and maintenance personnel. "Escorted" large carriers will only be mobilized for a relatively short time for major repairs requiring replacement of components (blades, turbine, etc.) or engine oil changes. Their impact on the transport of necessary equipment would be minor and short-lived.

ü Air transport

The project area has no airport infrastructures but during the wind farm operating phase, in addition, compliance with minimum flying altitudes in the region, miscellaneous measures applied for the wind farm will ensure the safety of aircraft travelling this region of the Niayes, which has benefited from several projects. Let us state also that the wind farm will be signed in accordance with ICAO standards.

208

Interim Report

In short, no impact is forecast on air traffic, all the more so that there are no aeronautical constraints in the area of influence of the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm.



The decommissioning phase of a 46-generator-strong wind farm will certainly mean increased local and regional traffic.

This phase will necessitate the following activities:

-‐ Installing the site which will involve mobilising construction machinery; -‐ Decoupling the farm; -‐ Dismantling of wind turbines with the hoisting equipment and storing them, which

will necessitate a large amount of space; -‐ Transporting spare parts from the wind farm to a dedicated site; -‐ Dismantling the foundations; -‐ Withdrawing the power sub-station.

However, considering the limited and short-lived scope of the said works, the magnitude and significance of the impact are qualified as low.

ü Road transport

The dismantling of the wind farm equipment and infrastructures will cause disturbances and potential impacts to the safety of road users. The number of journeys required to transport the various sections of 46 wind turbines will be the same as required for the erection phase, except for the concrete mixer trucks. The magnitude of the disturbance is deemed moderate, with a regional and short-lived scope. Thus, the significance of the impact is qualified as moderate.

9.3.3.18 Impact on the basic infrastructures

The basic infrastructures (tracks, roads, base equipment, public buildings, socio-cultural infrastructures, buildings, etc.) do not have legal environmental protection and the social value remains relatively low. This element of the human environment has therefore been deemed as having a low environmental value.

On the other hand, the environmental value of public roads providing access to the study area is qualified as moderate.

ü Air transport

The wind farm decommissioning phase will have no impact on air traffic and flyover.


209

Interim Report

ü Drinking water supply

The likelihood of soiling the populations' drinking water supply network is minimal, all the more so that the two drinking water reservoirs of Taiba Ndiaye are not located in the wind farm footprint. The only fear could be accidental pollution of the water table captured by the two boreholes following an accidental spillage of hydrocarbons from construction machinery on the two host sites. The magnitude of such an impact is qualified as moderate. Its scope would be local and short-lived. In addition, the measures taken to contain and eliminate the contaminants could be applied rapidly.

ü Road infrastructures

The heavy loads on the axles of lorries transporting the materials and equipment required to erect the wind farm could contribute to the wear on the surface layers of the departmental road 702 as well as the other access roads to Taiba Ndiaye. The transport of wind turbine components, earthworks and civil engineering materials and wind turbine superstructures could cause deterioration of the road network and degrade the surrounding tracks.

Given the relatively poor state of roads and surrounding tracks, the impact of the transports on the road network will be moderate. The use of multi-axle trailers appropriate for the load will reduce the damage to the road network considerably. The scope of the impact is qualified as regional, as it is above all the transport of concrete and wind turbine components that should have an impact on the road network. The duration of the impact is qualified as moderate, as the possible damage could last longer that the transport operations themselves. Nevertheless, the significance of the residual impact remains low.

A network of new, stabilized tracks will have to be built to provide access to the wind turbines. This will cover about 35 km for a width of 5 m on straight lines and about 8 to 10 m when changing direction. These new roads are going to reduce the cultivated plots marginally, but they will however remain open and available. This will make it easier for the farmers to reach their cultivated land.

The presence of a cemetery has been taken into account during the access road identification phase and the access road passing nearby will make a substantial detour.

ü Grid

The existing grid should not suffer from operations relating to the installation of wind generators. At most temporary inconveniences should be expected when connection the generation from the park to the Tobène grid. It is planned to connect sub-stations at the foot of wind turbines to the Tobène station underground. The benefit hoped for, to increase the production capacity and electric power supply to populations, is disproportionate to the occasional temporary inconvenience of work on connecting the two networks. Senelec should perform this activity and will schedule the distribution of power as a result so as to lessen the risks of load shedding.

The impact on the grid and the power distribution will be considered as low.

210

Interim Report

ü Telecommunications

The infrastructures dedicated to the telecommunications found in the Taiba Ndiaye municipality will not be impacted by the erection of the wind farm. The telephone network should not be unduly disturbed.

ü Air transport

The wind farm erection phase will have no impact on air traffic.



Maintaining and inspecting the correct operation (sub-station, access roads and wind turbines) of the wind generators are the main activities during operation of the wind farm and are not a notable source of nuisances for the water supply network and quality intended for drinking. Any hydrocarbon spill will be quickly contained. Thus, the significance of the impact in question is qualified as low.


The road and tracks will carry less load during the commissioning of wind turbines. Only maintenance vehicles (vans) will circulate on the access roads (departmental road 702) to access the wind farm. Limited heavy loads could occur in the event of extraordinary breakdowns justifying the replacement of a blade or turbine. During these events, the transport of components will cause a low magnitude and short-lived disturbance.

Thus, the significance of the envisioned impact is qualified as low.

ü Grid

The distribution network may experience some disturbance during commissioning of the wind farm that will alter the management of certain high voltage lines. This is to take account of the new generation from the wind turbines.

All these minor disturbances will be short-lived. The residual impact is therefore negligible.


The electric cable network used will be equipped with fibre optics. There will therefore not be a telephone cable. The wind farm will thus be managed remotely via fibre optics. It is difficult at this stage to state the potential interference with the telecommunication operator network.

On this point, a sectorial study on the telecommunications systems should be conducted to eliminate all the possible conflicts with the microwave connections

211

Interim Report

exploiting this site and thus protect the miscellaneous mobile radio systems installed in this structure. Feedback until now on the sites constructed elsewhere has revealed no impact on the transmission of radio telephone systems.

Thus, the magnitude is perhaps qualified as low, the scope is local and long-lived leading to a residual impact of little significance.



When dismantling the wind farm, all the special precautions and interventions faced with any fuel spilling accidentally from site vehicles will be highlighted. Thus, even the installation of new drinking water taps over the next few years will not affect the water supply. The importance of the forecast impact is therefore qualified as low.


During the decommissioning phase, the transport of different components could cause deterioration of the road network. The magnitude of this disturbance has been qualified as moderate, as the regulations in force at that time will apply. Its scope is regional and short-lived, which means that the residual impact has been qualified as of little significance.

ü Grid

No specific impact will affect the grid during the decommissioning phase.


No specific impact will affect the telecommunications during the decommissioning phase.

9.3.3.19 Impacts on the cultural heritage

Archaeology, which is linked to the heritage, has a legal connotation in addition to its importance for many people. Investigations of the land have not shown up any archaeological remains and the environmental value for archaeology has therefore been qualified as low.


The survey work and public consultation did not list the existence of remains or sites of historical and cultural interest throughout the study area. But places of worship (mosques) and graves in the area away from the farm have been listed. No negative impact on the cultural and religious heritage is therefore noted.


The commissioning of 45 wind generators will have no effect on the religious heritage of the Taiba Ndiaye municipality.

212

Interim Report


No potential negative impact on the places of worship and cemeteries in the municipality is anticipated during the dismantling of the wind farm.

9.3.3.20 Impact on the landscape

The rural landscapes, whether natural or developed, are often a cause for concern. Although different people view their significance differently, their environmental value has been qualified as high. Creating and altering existing roads and creating roads intended for the operation, maintenance or, if appropriate, discovery of wind turbines can cause various consequences on the site:

- potentially too many visits due to opening up new access or altering existing roads; - conflicts of newly-juxtaposed practices due to easier access for motorized vehicles;

- site abandoned by some of its users following the installation of wind turbines. The works have direct and indirect effects on the nearby landscape. Building or widening access roads, earthworks, grubbing out trees, compacting the soil, destroying low walls or weeds appearing due to earth being brought in from outside all have diverse consequences:

- destruction of the existing vegetation and opening up of views; - alteration in the color and plant appearance of the site;

- partial or total land take of the site (roads, banks, areas without plants, etc.).

The problem for the project is in the visible dimension of proposed equipment combined with an agricultural environment relatively valued for its landscapes. It is difficult to conceal the telecommunications and HV electric power transmission infrastructures in the landscape. They have in no way denatured the agrarian landscape of the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye. Although larger, the wind generator towers should not create visual pollution.

The wind farm should therefore integrate well with this panorama that is already familiar to the populations in the locality of Taiba Ndiaye. The project has also been designed in a spirit of structuring and arranging the landscape by creating straight lines of wind turbines. The alterations in the landscape (linked to the perception of fifty or so wind turbines in the background) will be felt for the lifetime of the wind turbines.

The significance of the impact is deemed average given that the area affected by the impact is large.

9.3.3.21 Impact on noise exposure

9.3.3.21.1 Impact in erection phase

213

Interim Report

During the site phase, the noise exposure in the footprint of the future wind farm will rise substantially. The soil characterization preparatory work (surveys and geotechnical tests) and the construction of the wind farm which is a huge development will mobilize heavy machinery for arranging and/or construction roads and inter-wind turbine roads: flattening the land, levelling high spots, widening bends, etc.

Table 52: Sound levels of construction machinery at variable distances

Sound level expressed in dB (A) (Leq (1-h)) depending on the distance Equipment 15 m 76 m 152 m 305 m 762 m 1,524 m Bulldozer 85 71 65 59 51 45 Crane 88 74 68 62 54 48 Loader 85 71 65 59 51 45 Generator 81 67 61 55 47 41 Grader 85 71 65 59 51 45 Shovel 82 72 62 56 48 42 hydraulic Lorry 88 74 68 62 54 48 Source: US Department of the Interior, 2005

There are many sources of noise in wind power sites, the main ones being pneumatic drills, engines and reversing beepers of transport or hoisting machinery, etc. Acoustic levels can exceed the exposure thresholds stipulated by the regulations and cause damage to personnel and local residents.

Apart from injury to the hearing system (hearing loss, tinnitus, etc.), the ambient noise can cause inconvenience or stress with psychic disorders and pathologies that harm not only the health of workers but also safety through a drop in vigilance.

Given the limited scope of works and protective measures (PPE) that will be made available to the personnel, the impact and potential damage can be considered as moderate.

9.3.3.21.2 Impact in operating phase One of the greatest myths about wind turbines is the noise they generate. Wind turbines make a noise, however not very much.

214

Interim Report

Noise levels from different sources Noise levels Airplane take off Discoteque music Horns School restaurant Automobiles Classroom Wind turbines Living room Bedroom Light wind

Figure 50: Levels of various typical sources of noise

The audible noise is caused by the wind sliding along the blades and by the generator. Nevertheless, new blade and generator technologies have reduced noise levels significantly.

It is therefore possible to stand at the foot of a wind turbine tower and carry on a normal conversation without raising one’s voice.

Simulations based on wind blowing at 5 to 8 m/s and illustrated on the following maps confirm the statements below.

Within this range of wind speed, the contribution to the background noise of the wind farm is significantly less than 40 dB (A) (living room noise) within the proximity of any dwellings on the project site (max. about 36-37 dB (A)).

It is reminded that the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm is mainly erected in an agricultural and semi-industrial environment (ICS mines) on private land

For information, the wind turbines positioned closest to Villages are as follows:

ID Village Closest Wind Turbine

Distance in Km Municipality Status

1 Diamballo E01 1,4 Darou Khoudoss without PAP

2 Keur Saliou BA E01 1,6 Taiba NDIAYE without PAP

215

Interim Report

ID Village Closest Wind Turbine

Distance in Km Municipality Status

3 Ndeunoute E01 1,7 Darou Khoudoss without PAP

4 Keur Demba Diallo E03 1 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 5 Darou Dia E03 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 6 Ndomor E08 1,5 Taiba NDIAYE without PAP 7 Taiba Khab E38 3 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP

8 Balsande (Bal Samb) E09 0,96 Darou Khoudoss

with PAP

9 Mourdjiguène E09 0,826 Darou Khoudoss

with PAP

10 Baal Gueye E09 1 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP

11 Ndiop Sao E09 1,2 Darou Khoudoss

with PAP

12 Thieno Ndiaye E10 1,3 Taiba NDIAYE without PAP

13 Sao Mékhé 1 E10 1,6 Darou Khoudoss without PAP

14 Sao Mékhé 2 E11 1,7 Darou Khoudoss without PAP

15 Taiba Ndiaye E18 2,6 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 16 Mérina Samb E19 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP

17 Sao2 E19 1,7 Darou Khoudoss without PAP

18 Thissé III E19 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 19 Khelcom (Baal Diop) E12 1,04 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 20 Baity Guèye E31 1,4 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 21 Taiba Santhie E31 1,4 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 22 Baity Ndiaye E31 1,9 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 23 Taiba Mbaye E37 0,86 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 24 Ndiamba E37 1,6 Taiba NDIAYE without PAP

25 Macka Gueye Beye E40 0,96 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP

26 Keur Mallé Ndiaye E38 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 27 Miname E38 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE without PAP 28 Daf2 E38 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE without PAP 29 Daf1 E38 1,9 Taiba NDIAYE without PAP 30 Djingue E38 2,5 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 31 Keur Assane Ndiaye E46 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 32 Keur Madiagne E46 1,7 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP 33 Same Ndiaye E46 1,9 Taiba NDIAYE with PAP

216

Interim Report

It therefore appears that the human settlements which are located on average more than 1250 m from any single wind turbine (the nearest) and more specifically those within 1000 m (in particular the dwelling closest to a turbine in the village of Balsande (Bal Samb) is 960 m from wind turbine E09; the dwelling closest to a turbine in the village of Morudiguene is 826 m from wind turbine E09; the dwelling closest to a turbine in the village of Taiba Mbaye is 860 m from wind turbine E37; and the dwelling closest to a turbine in the village of Macka Gueye Beye is 960 m from wind turbine E40) will not be subjected to any particular sound nuisance.

Also in the study area can be found farm and forestry workers near the wind turbines thus activities are conducted in open areas.

To summarize, the magnitude will be low, the scope will be limited and short-lived, which results in a moderate impact on the sound environment.

Map 11: Map of estimated equal loudness curves for wind conditions of 5 m/s

217

Interim Report

.

The design notes illustrated below are based on: • A hypothesis of an increase in sound level according to the conservative local wind speed (+2 or +3

dB(A) per m/s above 5.0 m/s); • A hypothesis of noise propagation with mitigation of agricultural land, without however taking account

of the plant cover.

Map 12 Map of estimated equal loudness curves for wind conditions of 6 m/s

218

Interim Report

The design notes illustrated below are based on:

• A hypothesis of an increase in sound level according to the conservative local wind speed (+2 or +3 dB(A) per m/s above 6.0 m/s);

• A hypothesis of noise propagation with mitigation of agricultural land, without however taking account of the plant cover.


219

Interim Report



• A hypothesis of noise propagation with mitigation of agricultural land, without however taking account of the plant cover


220

Interim Report



• A hypothesis of noise propagation with mitigation of agricultural land, without however taking account of the plant cover.

Figure 51: Design note of the estimated onset of sound [5.0 - 10.0 m/s] - villages of Kelkhom Diop, Mourdjiguène, and Taiba Mbaye

221

Interim Report

222

Interim Report

Figure 52: Design note of the estimated onset of sound [5.0 - 10.0 m/s] - villages of Bal Samb and Moka Gueye Beye

223

Interim Report

9.3.3.21.3 Impact in dismantling phase The impacts anticipated during the preparation phase are virtually the same. The sound disturbances will be attributable mainly to the specific machinery used for site installation, dismantling wind turbine components, transporting dismantled equipment and withdrawing from the site. The sound levels will annoy both the personnel carrying out the dismantling and to a lesser extent the populations of Taiba Ndiaye and the localities crossed by the transport lorries. Should the personnel be wearing suitable PPE and the noisy works will be carried out essentially in farmland, the residual impacts will be moderately felt.

9.3.3.22 Public safety

The environmental value allocated to the safety of local residents and people transiting through the wind farm footprint (work areas and journeys undertaken for the transport of materials and wind turbine components) is qualified as high.

9.3.3.22.1 Safety of persons during the works phase In site phase, personnel, trained and accredited for a site of this size, are far more exposed to the risk of accidents than the local populations. The notion of public safety is implicitly and closely linked to the presence of human activities in the study area. The wind turbine installation sites will be easy to access given the access roads constructed under this project.

However, a site of this size, moreover in a rural environment, will attract large numbers of curious outsiders, who will actually be taking a risk despite the site being prohibited. As these outsiders are not kept away from the site boundaries, they are exposed to certain hazards (trench not filled in or signed, unprotected spiky concrete reinforcing rods, etc.).

The risk is however mitigated by the introduction of a special safety plan for persons and property so that the accident risk is reduced to zero.

The wind farm site will have signs warning of the hazards present on the site (falling objects, electrical risk, construction machinery traffic, etc.) and prohibiting access. These signs will be put up at the site entrance and at each storage and lifting platform. Similarly, when raising the wind turbines which will be an impressive operation, suitable measures will be taken to lead any unauthorized persons on the site to risk-free areas. Compliance with basic safety measures, such as wearing a helmet, is essential during organized visits.

Public safety will only be threatened during the erection phase should an accident, (i.e., an unforeseeable event) occur. Any threat to public safety therefore lies in an unexpected even and calls on the notion of risk which will be expanded further in the next chapter.

Overall, the magnitude of potential impacts in relation to the project seems low, given the genuine risk that such events produce.

9.3.3.22.2 Safety of persons in operating phase

224

Interim Report

Like any human activity, zero risk does not exist when operating a wind farm. The main risk factor here comes from moving mechanical components. The resulting risk of an accident for a third party is, therefore, minimal.

During operating periods, the potential impacts on public safety relate to the risk of accidents from breaking wind turbine blades and collapse of the tower, the risk of fire around step-up stations and wind turbines and lightning strikes. These events are, however, unexpected in all circumstances.

The likelihood of a wind turbine incident like rupture or ejection of a blade or total destruction of the wind turbine causing a serious accident to the property or health of a third party is very low (according to data from the Renewable Energy Syndicate).

The annual likelihood of a blade (for a hub 65 m high) reaching a distance of 215 m would be in the order of 5.10 -7. This likelihood of a component of a 2 MW wind turbine being thrown through the air in a 40-meter radius (i.e. under the wind turbine footprint) would be in an order of magnitude of 10-5 and 10-6 of it falling (one chance in a million) in a radius slightly more than 100 meters. Map 15: Project installation map in the territory of the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye with theoretical withdrawal perimeter of 1000 m

225

Interim Report

The hazard study (see § 9) shows that the future 46-generator-strong wind farm of Taiba Ndiaye has mainly risks of components being thrown through the air and, to a lesser extent, fire. The calculated effect areas, corresponding to the distances reached by different sizes of breaking blades ejected at maximum speed, can be up to a radius of 798 m. The effects of these hazardous phenomena would be collision with human targets, structures and/or protected species. The low likelihood of calculated targets being reached also argues in favor of these levels of acceptable risk for the project. Lastly, note that the risks associated with a breaking blade or collapse of a tower feared in the operating phase are especially low for the local populations and infrastructures.


During the decommissioning phase, there is no particular impact to point out in terms of risks of breakage or fire. The only risks come from an unexpected accident affecting the workers on the site at this time.

9.3.3.23 Impacts on public health and quality of life

Quality of life is taken to mean the quality of the air and the absence of sound or visual nuisances. The agricultural and forest land in the study area does not have major industrial infrastructures and is used principally for farming and forestry activities. The quality of life in this area is deemed to be excellent.

This section analyzes the potential effects of the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm on public health and neighborhood convenience. There is no need for an advanced analysis of these items under the impact study, given the low risk levels for the local residents, but nevertheless have to be mentioned for information purposes. There is no village center in the study area.


Impacts from noise and on air quality

During the erection phase, the acknowledged impacts are basically associated with sound nuisances and the dust generated by the machinery. Noise-related impacts have been addressed in the previous sections.

As all the work will take place in agricultural and rural areas, far from built-up areas and large concentrations of housing, the erection phase should not cause a significant impact on the quality of life of most of the citizens of Taiba Ndiaye.

Nevertheless, a considerable increase in lorry transport on the roads around the installation site is predicted. The repeated passing of lorries and machinery could inconvenience the residents with dwellings near the roads taken by the construction workers. In terms of the dust

226

Interim Report

raised during the works, dust control systems are included in routine mitigation measures and will lessen the associated nuisances.

Considering the low population density and the fact that the wind farm is erected exclusively in agricultural areas, the impacts on the population in the study area will be minor. In addition, remember that no wind turbine will be installed less than 900 m from any housing unit.

The magnitude of the disturbance has been qualified as low, given the distance from access roads and wind turbine installation sites (900 m from housing units). The scope is qualified as limited and short-lived. Thus, the significance of the global impact is qualified as low.


Impacts relating to noise and air quality

In operating phase, there is no actual impact on the quality of life. The noise-related nuisances have been discussed in detail above as have the alterations to the landscapes caused by the installation of wind turbines.

Remember also that each individual has his own perception of a wind turbine and it is therefore difficult to rule on its impact on the quality of habitats.


During the decommissioning phase, the works are likely to cause similar impacts as in the erection phase. The magnitude of the disturbance has been qualified as low, given the general distance from access roads and wind turbine installation sites. The scope is qualified as limited and short-lived. The significance of the impact is thus qualified as low. In terms of the dust raised during the works, dust control systems are included when needed in routine mitigation measures.

9.3.3.24 Stroboscopic effects and reflection of the sun's rays

When the sun passes behind the wind turbine, the rotation of the blades interrupts the sunlight periodically. This is called "stroboscopic effect". This phenomenon can be a problem when the wind turbines are located near residential areas and can be more or less disturbing depending on the orientation of housing areas with respect to the wind turbines.

Certain residents, farmers or market gardeners may be disturbed occasionally by the stroboscopic effects.

The sun's reflection on the blades or the mast can have particularly inconvenient effects for the neighboring populations when the blades are directed so that they send the sun's rays towards the residential areas. This is, nevertheless, a transient phenomenon caused by new wind turbines only and disappears after a few months once the blades are dirty and no longer reflect the sunlight.

227

Interim Report

Considering the tranquility of the habitat in the study area, the environmental value of this component is qualified as moderate.


In the erection phase, the wind turbines will not be operational and there will therefore be no risk linked to the stroboscopic effects.


When the sun is shining, a wind turbine projects a shadow on the land around it like any other tall structure. From time to time the blades cross the sun's rays, triggering what is called a stroboscopic effect (Danish Wind Industry, 2003) or shadow flicker effects.

The shadow flicker of moving wind turbine blades can create unpleasant stroboscopic effects for nearby dwellings.

Figure 53: Illustration of the stroboscopic effect phenomenon

Several parameters play a part in this phenomenon:

- the size of wind turbines; - the position of the sun (the effects vary depending on the day of the year and the time

of day); - the existence of sunny weather; - the characteristics of the façade in question (orientation); - whether or not there is visual masking (relief, vegetation); - the orientation of the rotor and its relative angle to the dwelling in question; - whether or not there is any wind (and therefore whether or not the blades are rotating).

The risk of epilepsy crises following this phenomenon is sometimes wrongly raised. The human body can only react if the blinking speed is more than 2.5 Hertz, which would mean

228

Interim Report

for a three-blade wind turbine a rotation speed of 50 rpm. Current wind turbines rotate at 9 to 19 rpm, i.e. well below these frequencies.

The phenomenon of stroboscopic shadow can be experienced by a static observer, for example inside a dwelling. This experience quickly becomes impossible for a moving observer, for example inside a vehicle.

Figure 54: The periodic masking of the sun by the moving blades (source: ADEME)

The dwellings located to the east and west of wind turbines are more likely to be concerned by these phenomena than those located to the north or south. These annoying phenomena diminish fairly rapidly as you move away (they decrease according to a hyperbolic curve). Specific software programs can be used to state the potential periods of annoyance and produce maps indicating the number of shadow hours per year.

The stroboscopic effect appears when the sun is low in the sky and the sky is cloudless. It only occurs when the following conditions appear together (Walloon Government, 2002):

1. clear weather (sunny); 2. wind (blades rotating); 3. orientation of the sun in relation to the wind turbine sending its shadow onto a

dwelling or place of work; 4. orientation of windows of the place in question towards the wind turbine.

229

Interim Report

We note that under this project, the study area is in a sector with a low population density, mainly due to the agricultural and rural land on which the wind turbines are installed. They will be installed on the summit of dune plateau, out of reach of man-made infrastructures. The sectors occupied by a permanent population are located above all inside village centers.

A minimum distance of 826 m (in only one case) separates every wind turbine from one of the dwelling boundaries, no matter the row of turbines. According to the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MSSS), the possibility of psychic or even neurological consequences (epileptic seizure) of the strobe effect which is caused by sustained observation of the rotating blades, especially if this is in the direction of a sun low on the horizon, is apparently NOT supported by any successful case study (MAMR, undated). The specialized literature points out that shadow casting (strobe effect) can only be seen near wind turbines and generates no risk for the population (ADEME, 2004). Thus, wind turbine shadow is negligible on the human environment, as on average its influence goes no further than 250 to 300 m.

Calculation of strobe effects :

The software Windpro can simulate projected shadows / strobe effects by wind turbines within their vicinty ; the module « Shadow » for example, is often used for these simulations.

Two methodes of calculation are used :

1. The Worse Case Scenario Method ; a method which takes into consideration scenarios which are only slightly realistic assuming that:

a. Wind turbines fonction all year long ; b. The sun shines all year long ; c. The turbine blade is always perpendicular to the rays of sunshine; d. The minimal hight of the sun is 3 degrees above the horizon; e. The maximum distance of the shadow projection corresponds to 10 times teh

diameter of the rotor (i.e. 1260m). 2. The most likely Scenario Method which takes into account :

a. The acutal fonctioning of the wind turbines according to the the statistiques measure by the wind mast. (see below table)

Tableau 53 : Number of hours per year of estimated production of the wind park (based on the the data of the 100 m meaurement mast installed on site at Taiba Ndiaye.

Wind Direction

N NNE ENE E ESE SSE S SSO OSO

hours / year

2625 665 476 272 158 156 156 194 315

230

Interim Report

Direction O ONO NNO

Heure / an

601 1057 1908

b. The sun shines in accordance with statistiques of sunshine of the nearest meteorological site ; in this case, the meterological station of LOUGA (See below table)

Tableau 54 : Probablity of sunshine (average hours of sunshine per day] [LOUGA]

Month JAN FEV MAR AVR MAI JUIN JUIL AOUT SEPT

Hours / day

7,50 7,89 8,59 8,94 8,80 8,04 8,04 8,18 7,63

Month OCT NOV DEC

Hours / day

8,38 8,64 7,67

c. The roto is always perpendicular to the rays of light d. The minimum height of the son is 3% above the horizon e. The maximum distance of the shadow projection is 10 times teh diameter of the

rotor (i.e. 1260 m).

Prinicipal Simuations :

In the first case, receivers (vertical windows of 1 m x 1 m place at a height of 1 m from the ground and oriented towards a row of turbines permits the possibility to simulate the strobe effect which results in virtual environment of the project in area which is populated and/or are are suceptible to the strobic impacts by a shadow projection ; these 17 receivers are identified by the letters A-Q. The coordinates of these receivers are also registered in the table of the summary of results.

In the second case, for each of the two scenarios, the softoware Shadow Windpro calculates :

• The number of hours of exposition per year for each receiver ; • The number of hours/minutes of exposition per day.

231

Interim Report

• The number of days per year where an event of exposition which lasts a minimum of 2 is likely to occur;

• The turbine or turbines responsible for the strobe effect ; • Maps representing the rasters or surfaces with a 10 m x 10 m resolution are produced

and permit to illustrate a zone around the turbines being simulated for strobe effect.

Results :

The following table illustrate the results of 17 virtual receivers.

232

Interim Report

Tableau 55 : Summary of Strobe Effects

Receivers Coordinates of Receivers Worse Case (Hours : Minutes) total per year

Worse Case (Hours : Minutes) maximum per day

Most likely case -‐ Nombre (Hours : Minutes) total per year

Wind Turbines responsible for strobe effect

A Taïba Santhie sud 295 517 1 662 305 00:00 00:00 00:00 B Taïba Mbaye 297 979 1 661 704 00:00 00:00 00:00 C Taïba Santhie nord 295 517 1 662 626 00:00 00:00 00:00 D Taïba N'Diaye Nord Ouest 297 496 1 663 781 00:00 00:00 00:00 E Djambalo sud est 292 955 1 667 119 00:00 00:00 00:00 F Khelkom Diop Nord Est 292 268 1 663 526 00:00 00:00 00:00 G Baïti Ndiaye 293 611 1 659 420 07:37 00:19 02:51 E46 H Maka Gaye Bèye 289 784 1 660 486 00:00 00:00 00:00 I Khelkhom Diop Sud 292 232 1 663 304 00:00 00:00 00:00 J Ndomor Diop Nord Ouest 298 753 1 665 902 00:00 00:00 00:00 K Balsande SE 291 151 1 665 663 00:00 00:00 00:00 L Saw Nord Est 286 960 1 661 187 00:00 00:00 00:00 M Mbayène Nord 298 720 1 659 429 00:00 00:00 00:00 N Baïti Guèye NE 294 231 1 660 142 00:00 00:00 00:00 O Keur Modou Maya SE 287 119 1 662 549 00:00 00:00 00:00 P Ndiop Saw E 289 580 1 664 277 00:00 00:00 00:00 Q Balsande II SE 290 238 1 664 929 36:29:00 00:33 17:15 E10

233

Interim Report

An analysis of the strobe effects confirms that only 2 villages would be affected (i.e. 2 inhabited areas) are susceptible of receiving projections of shadows in these scenarios with a maximum of 17 hours and 15 minutes per year in the most likely scenario and in teh worse case scenario 36 hours and 29 minutes per year.

Tableau 56 : Identification of Sources and timing of potential strobe effects

Wind Turbine Responsible for Effect Wind Turbine Coordinates Period during the year

E46 291 103 1 664 55

1st period of the year Between April 12 and April, at the rate of 6 -‐ 19 minutes per day(worse case)

2nd period of the year Between the 18th and 30th of September around 7 :30 pm at a rate of 2 -‐19 minutes per day (worse case)

E10 292 360 1 659 389 Betwee the 9th of November and the 4th of Februay ; from 8-‐33 minutes maximum per day including 2 12-‐day periods where in teh worst case, can be as much as 31-‐33 minutes per day.

The two wind turbines potentially responsable for the strobe effects are turbine E46 and E10 ; the times of year where the strobe effect can be expected are indicated in the table above.

The following figures present « rasters » calculated for the worse and most likely cases et ; « raster » in number of hours per years and the maximum amount of minutes per day.

234

Interim Report

Figure 55 : Projection of Shadows - Strobe Effet - [Worse Case] - number of hours per year

WindPRO version 2.7.486 janv. 2011

WindPRO est un produit d'EMD International A/S, Niels Jernesvej 10, DK-9220 Aalborg Ø, Tlf. +45 96 35 44 44, Fax +45 96 35 44 46, e-mail: [email protected]

Projet:

SENEGAL_01_LightImprimé le: / Page

26/08/2015 01:44 / 1Titulaire de la licence:

Vigneron Energies 9, fg du general Philippot FR-67340 Ingwiller+33 620 9150 60vigneron / [email protected]é :

26/08/2015 01:25/2.7.486

SHADOW - CarteCalcul: Shadow SN worst case

0 1 2 3 4 kmCarte : MBORO , Echelle d'impression 1:100 000, Centre de la carte UTM WGS 84 Fuseau: 28 Est: 293 220 Nord: 1 663 080

Nouvelle-éolienne Récepteur-d'ombresLignes iso-durées en Nb max de minutes par jour, Pire des cas

0 5 10 20 30 0

Heures par an, Pire descas

0 - 9

10 - 29

30 - 99

100 - 300



Projet:




26/08/2015 01:25/2.7.486




0 5 10 20 30 0

Heures par an, Pire descas

0 - 9

10 - 29

30 - 99

100 - 300

235

Interim Report

Figure 56 : Projection of Shadows - Strobe Effet - [Most Likely Case] - number of hours per year



Projet:




26/08/2015 00:13/2.7.486

SHADOW - CarteCalcul: Shadow Senegal


Nouvelle-éolienne Récepteur-d'ombresLignes iso-durées en Nb max de minutes par jour, Durée probable

0 60 120 180 240 300

Heures par an, Duréeprobable

0 - 8

10 - 18

20 - 28

30 - 200



Projet:




26/08/2015 00:13/2.7.486



Nouvelle-éolienne Récepteur-d'ombresLignes iso-durées en Nb max de minutes par jour, Durée probable

0 60 120 180 240 300

Heures par an, Duréeprobable

0 - 8

10 - 18

20 - 28

30 - 200

236

Interim Report

Figure 57 : Projection of Shadows - Strobe Effet - [Worse Case] - number of minutes per day



Projet:




26/08/2015 01:25/2.7.486




0 5 10 20 30 0

Nb max de minutespar jour, Pire des cas

0 - 3

5 - 8

10 - 28

30 - 200



Projet:




26/08/2015 01:25/2.7.486




0 5 10 20 30 0

Nb max de minutespar jour, Pire des cas

0 - 3

5 - 8

10 - 28

30 - 200

237

Interim Report

Figure 58 : Projection of Shadows - Strobe Effet - [Most Likely Case] - number of minutes per day

Conclusion:

Considering these factors, the magnitude of the disturbance will be low, its scope limited and long-lived, due to the operating period of the wind farm. The importance of the impact will therefore be low. The developer has included a shadow casting map and calculated statistical tables in his application for planning permission showing no particular nuisance to the populations.


During the decommissioning phase, there is no possible risk from stroboscopic effects.



Projet:




25/08/2015 20:13/2.7.486



Nouvelle-éolienne Récepteur-d'ombresLignes iso-durées en Heures par an, Durée probable

0 5 10 20 30 50

Nb max de minutespar jour, Duréeprobable

0 - 4

5 - 9

10 - 19

20 - 39

30 - 39

40 - 50



Projet:




25/08/2015 20:13/2.7.486



Nouvelle-éolienne Récepteur-d'ombresLignes iso-durées en Heures par an, Durée probable

0 5 10 20 30 50

Nb max de minutespar jour, Duréeprobable

0 - 4

5 - 9

10 - 19

20 - 39

30 - 39

40 - 50

238

Interim Report

9.3.3.25 Effects of electromagnetic fields

Electromagnetic impacts may be emitted into the environment by the wind turbine generators, transmission lines and sub-station. For an electric voltage output of 30 kV max. from step-up voltage transformers and transit currents of 500 A approximately per underground cable in addition, the induced electromagnetic fields will be very low.

The environmental value of this component is qualified as low.

9.3.3.25.1 Current conditions

Considering that there is no wind turbine inside the study area, no electromagnetic impact is currently experienced in the region from this type of installation.

We do, however, point out the existence of electricity transmission lines (Tobène HV line) and telecommunications infrastructures belonging to the three national telephone operators.


In the erection phase, the wind turbines will not be operational and there will therefore be no risk linked to the electromagnetic fields.

9.3.3.25.3 Impacts forecast in operating phase The wind turbines are intended to generate electricity and can thus generate an electromagnetic field. This field is made up of an electric field and a magnetic field.

There are two possible sources of electromagnetic fields:

- natural sources: these generate static fields, like the earth's magnetic field and the atmospheric static electric field (low in good weather, in the order of 100 V/m, but very high in stormy weather (up to 20000 V/m);

- sources linked to electrical applications, be they domestic equipment of sub-stations.

The following tables compare the electric and magnetic fields produced by some household equipment and electric line conductors, which will also be compared with underground cables.

Thus, the small motors and transformers on domestic equipment form local magnetic field sources far greater than their electric cables.

Table 57: Electromagnetic cables of some household equipment, electric cables and underground cables

239

Interim Report

The electromagnetic fields from wind farms are mainly from the power sub-station and underground cables. The radial-field cables, commonly used in wind farms, emit electromagnetic fields that are very low and even negligible as soon as you move away.

The World Health Organization (WHO) believes that from 1 to 10 mA/m2 (induced by magnetic fields greater than 0.5 mT82 and up to 5 mT at 50-60 Hz, or 10-100 mT at 3 Hz) minor biological effects are possible. The electromagnetic fields to which the populations are normally exposed therefore do not affect their health.

However, these currents are far lower than those produced naturally by brain, nerves and heart and there is no known risk for health.

Electromagnetic impacts may come from four sources in a wind farm: connection to the power transmission line, the wind turbine generators, the electric transformers and the underground cabling to the sub-station. Standards apply to the cables connecting the power transmission line. The generator winding is insulated, which prevents virtually all electromagnetic fields. In addition, remember that the nacelle is some 117 m above the ground, which makes any propagation even more unlikely. The impact of electromagnetic fields produced by the wind farm has already been discussed above, with no effect on the populations.

Considering the low population density in the study area, the magnitude of the impact is qualified as low and its scope is limited and long-lived, due to the operating period of the wind farm. The result is insignificant impact.

During the decommissioning phase, there is no possible risk for the population from electromagnetic impacts.

9.3.3.26 Low frequencies

Wind turbine operation is likely to emit infrasounds into the environment. The infrasounds can be perceived as a risk for the population in the study area near the wind turbines. In France, the report from the Academy of Medicine dated 14 March 2006 demonstrated that the infrasounds emitted by the wind turbines were extremely low and without special impact on public health. A moderate value is attributed to this component.

240

Interim Report

9.3.3.26.1 Current conditions

As there are no wind turbines inside the study area, the low frequencies on the site are anthropic (potentially motorized movements) or natural (wind movements, rumbling of thunder, noise from the sea, etc.)


In the erection phase, the wind turbines will not be operational and there will therefore be no risk linked to the low frequencies and infrasounds.


The noises are cyclic fluctuations of the air pressure, which can be characterized by their intensities, expressed in decibel (dB), and by their tones, which then involves the notion of frequencies, where the units are the Hertz (1 cycle per second = 1 hertz (Hz)). It is generally agreed that the response from the human ear covers the sounds with a frequency of between 20 Hz (low-pitched sounds) and 20000 Hz (high-pitched sounds). Infrasounds and ultrasounds define the sounds outside this range, either below 20 Hz for the infrasounds and above 20000 Hz for the ultrasounds. Although the low frequencies can propagate quite far, their intensity diminishes rapidly with distance. The propagation of the noise far away depends on several factors, including climate conditions, the topography and the environment specific to each site.

There are several parameters that make a noise harmful: the quality of the noise, the purity of the sound, the intensity of the noise, the onset and rhythm of the noise, the exposure time and individual vulnerability (AFSSET, 2008). Firstly, at equal intensity, high-pitched noises cause more harm than low-pitched ones. Similarly, a pure sound, at narrow frequency, is more traumatic than a broad-spectrum noise, The intensity of the noise represents the sound level. All very intense audible noises can cause functional ear disorders and lesions. But such intensities do not occur in a wind farm, even just a few meters away from a wind turbine.

As in other types of equipment, the wind turbines produce low frequencies and infrasounds. The medium-frequency, broadband noise of these wind turbines (unlike a noise with tonalities) is produced mainly by air friction around the blades. The intensity of this noise increases momentarily every time a blade passes in front of the tower supporting the nacelle. Typically, a blade passes in front of the tower once every second, which gives a rhythm of about 1 Hz.

The noise generated by a blade passing in front of the tower, causing air compression and an associated noise, which is more or less audible depending on the operating condition, is not a 1 Hz infrasound but more a low frequency noise (around < 100 Hz); its intensity increases momentarily and is accompanied by inaudible sound emissions of a frequency close to 1 Hz. Despite this confusion over the type of noises produced by the wind turbines, sound readings with a sound level meter demonstrate that there are indeed infrasounds generated when a wind turbine is operating.

241

Interim Report

For the moment, the scientific community agrees to state that the infrasounds have no impact on human health.

The most recent document on the subject is Health Impact of Wind Turbines written by Chatham-Kent Public Health Unit in Ontario (2008). Having examined fully the available documentation, the authors draw the conclusion that the harmful effects for the health of the citizens of Chatham-Kent are negligible and that there is no evidence that the wind turbines can have potentially harmful effects on health. The risks associated with the low frequencies are a complex, poorly-understood element. Remember, however, that the low frequencies diminish less quickly when moving away from sources that the higher frequencies. For this reason, it is occasionally possible to perceive low frequency sounds several hundred meters from wind turbines, without the intensity of corresponding sounds being inevitably high; it is a peculiarity of the onset of sound. The impact can therefore be qualified as low intensity, the scope will be limited and long-lived, resulting in an insignificant impact.


During the decommissioning phase, there is no risk from infrasounds or low frequencies.

9.3.3.27 Waste production

9.3.3.27.1 Impacts of the wind farm footprint in erection phase

Workers on the site are going to produce household waste and waste comparable to household waste.

At the same time, the waste produced by the contractors covers, for example:

- production offcuts, - offcuts from storage or handling breakages, - waste from using materials and equipment, - packaging waste.

Three types of waste will be singled out in order of increasing nuisance:

- inert waste, - common industrial waste and - special industrial waste

• Inert waste

This waste is:

- concrete and stones, - roof and ceramic tiles, - bricks, - glass,

242

Interim Report

- unpolluted earth, aggregates and rubble, - bituminous asphalt, without tar. • Common industrial waste

This category of waste generated on site will include:

- wood, paper and cardboard waste that has not been treated with hazardous substances - plastic, metal and scrap or glass waste. • Special industrial waste

Common industrial waste or inert wasted must be considered as hazardous waste when soiled by hazardous substances. For example, this applies to packaging or material waste soiled by oil or paint containing hazardous substances.

9.3.3.27.2 Impacts on production in operating phase

Given that the wind farm operates independently and there are no living quarters for the workers employed to maintain the wind generators, there will not be a great deal of domestic waste.

Nevertheless, the machinery and equipment maintenance operations may create soiled items and generate waste, especially oils and greases. To ensure optimum operation of the blades and prevent premature wear of constituent parts of the wind turbine machinery, these items are greased at start up and in operation. The draining operations involve wind generators each containing about 1500 liters of oil and 29 kg of grease. For the full wind farm, this is nearly 70,000 liters of oil to be drained potentially plus 1,300 kg of grease. Thankfully, the chemical substances and lubricants used in the Vestas wind turbines are certified to ISO 14001 standards. In addition, the maintenance and draining operations will follow a strict protocol designed to prevent leaking oil and grease. As the use of PCB was immediately banned right from the design of the transformer unit, there is no fear of the risk of this highly toxic product spreading into the wind farm substrates. Relatively low negative impacts can therefore be predicted from the production of common or special waste.

9.3.3.27.3 Impacts on production in dismantling phase The types of waste will be comparable to those found in the works phase (common waste, excavated topsoil, concrete, scarp, etc.) and also during operation, mainly the risks of leaking fluids (coolants, oils) and greases. This waste will result from the different phases planned for the dismantling of equipment and installations, especially:

243

Interim Report

- The installation of the site and living quarters for employees allocated to

decommissioning works; - The decoupling and removal of wind turbine components; - The dismantling of iron- and concrete-based foundations; - The transport of wind generator component frames.

244

Interim Report

10 RISK ASSESSMENT

10.1 INTRODUCTION

In accordance with Senegal's "hazard study methodological guide", we are going to identify the hazardous elements of the wind farm installation and operation in the Taiba area in order to (i) describe the malfunctions that could generate a risk of significant consequences for the environment (natural and human), (ii) justify the measures taken and (iii) limit the effects. 10.2 ACCIDENT RISK ASSESSMENT

The aim of the hazard study is to identify the hazardous elements of a company, describe the malfunctions that could generate a risk of significant consequences for the environment (natural and human), then to justify the measures taken and lastly limit the effects.

The methodology used for this hazard study complies with that proposed by Senegal's "hazard study methodological guide"

10.3 PRELIMINARY RISK ANALYSIS

10.3.1 Hazards from substances used

This involves qualifying the hazards (flammability, explosiveness, toxicity, etc.) shown by the products or substances that will be used.

The majority of input products are lubricants so that the machinery works properly. They are not classed as flammable products but nevertheless remain combustible.

Ø Lubricating oil hazard analysis

• Product description The lubricating oils for rotating parts are made up of heavily-refined mineral oils and additives where the polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbons (carcinogenic) of the mineral oils is less that 3% or constituted of paraffin hydrocarbons.

• Incompatibility, stability and reactivity No specific study has been performed to date on the stability and reactivity of the oils and lubricants used.

• Fire/explosion risk This oil has no special risk of ignition or explosion under normal conditions of use. Nevertheless, an explosive mist can form in particular temperature and pressure conditions. A reminder of ignition conditions for the lubricating oil is given below.

245

Interim Report

Table 58: Fire/explosion risk from the lubricating oil

Product Fire risk

Lubricating oil

Boiling point: data not available - Flash point: 210°C - Vapour pressure: data not available self-igniting temperature: 250°C - LEL (Lower Explosive Limit) 45 g/m3 (oil mist) - UEL (Upper Explosive Limit): data not available

• Toxic risk - Acute toxicity - local effects

Although classed as non-hazardous to humans, this product can nevertheless have toxic characteristics. These characteristics are given below. Table 59: Acute toxicity of the lubricating oil

Product Acute toxicity - local effects

Lubricating oil

- Contact with the eyes or skin can cause irritation (burning sensation, redness) - Ingestion of large quantities can cause nausea or diarrhoea - Complete or incomplete combustion of the lubricating oil produces soots and gases with varying degrees of toxicity such as carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulphide, phosphorous oxides, nitrogen oxides, sulphur oxides, aromatic amines, etc. Inhalation is a considerable hazard.

• Ecotoxic risk

As the ecotoxic risk of the oil ISO 320 has not been addressed in the material safety data sheet, other material safety data sheets describing the ecotoxic effects of similar products have been studied. Table 60: ecotoxicity of the lubricating oil

Product Ecotoxicity

Lubricating oil

- The lubricating oil is very slowly biodegradable in the air, - The product spreads over the surface of the water thereby disturbing the transfers of

246

Interim Report

oxygen to aquatic organisms. - Given its physico-chemical characteristics, the product does not normally move very much in the soil, - The new product is not considered as hazardous for land plants, - it is considered as slightly hazardous for aquatic organisms. LD50 in rats > 2000 mg/kg

10.3.2 Equipment-related risks

All equipment with risks are described and detailed in this section.

Ø Wind turbines The wind turbine itself is an assembly of several components with miscellaneous functionalities: generation of electricity, conversion of kinetic energy into electric power, transmission of the electric power, structure support, etc. The various components are sub-divided into mechanical and electric components. The mechanical parts rotated by the wind can reach excessive speeds causing runaway with material being thrown through the air. They can also suffer natural aggressions that cause the structure to collapse. The electric part made up of an alternator is driven; it provides high electric voltage that is a source of electrocution or a short-circuit potentially causing a fire. Strain on this equipment can potentially generate a risk of overheating. The main hazards feared and summarized in the table below are therefore:

• collapse of the wind turbine; • equipment ruptures with falling objects; • the entire blade or a piece of blade falling or flying through the air following its

rupture; • Fire linked to electrical equipment and certain combustible materials;

Table 61: Equipment-related hazards

Installation or System Function Feared

phenomenon Potential hazard

Rotor Electricity generation Excess speed Overheating of

mechanical parts

Blade Convert wind power into mechanical energy Broken blade Kinetic energy of

blades Power sub-station Grid Internal short-circuit Thermal effect

247

Interim Report

Installation or System Function Feared

phenomenon Potential hazard

Toxic/impenetrability effect of smoke from fire Effects of soil and sub-soil pollution by extinguishing water

Global machine Generate electricity equipment completely ruined

Collision with people, structures or protected species

Foundation Wind turbine support and anchoring Collapse

Collision with people, structures or protected species

Mast Nacelle and rotor support

Entire or part of the mast falling Fire

Thermal effect Toxic/impenetrability effect of smoke from fire Effects of soil and sub-soil pollution by extinguishing water

Ø Transformer

A transformer is equipment intended to alter the electric voltage of the current. It can raise the voltage, for example at the generation unit output to make the electricity capable of being transmitted over long distances by limiting the electrical losses (joule effect). It can also lower the voltage in successive stops depending on the end user and his electricity needs.

The transformers contain high voltage electricity and the possibility of fire-related incidents is always present. Due to the fire risks and the important role played by the electric transports in supplying the community with electricity, this equipment must be fitted with an appropriate fire protection system. We normally have two types of transformer: the transformer in a dielectric fluid (oil) of the so-called "dry" transformer with windings enveloped by epoxy resin. If set on fire, the transformer can empty, dispersing the dielectric fluid (sometimes containing PCB - polychlorinated biphenyls). The products created through the degradation of the PCB are to be feared more than the PCB themselves that are deemed toxic for humans. From 500°C and when oxygen is present, they can release highly toxic compounds when decomposing such as dioxins and furans.

248

Interim Report

10.3.3 Environmental hazards

Ø Hazards from natural conditions

Natural conditions are understood to mean all events not controlled by human activity. These elements can be a notable risk to installations in certain conditions. The meteorological conditions can attack the installations.

Ø Lightning There is a substantial risk of lightning in the areas exploited. A lightning strike is a known ignition source. It can trigger an electrical fire, releases of hazardous or polluting materials, an explosion or equipment falling or flying through the air. Lightning is a phenomenon produced by the electric potential of certain clouds. The lightning risk is due the electric current associated with it. This is pulsed and has very steep intensity pulse edges. The effects vary according to the electrical characteristics of conductors taken by the current. The following effects are therefore possible: - thermal effects (heat released), - rises in potential of earths and priming, - induction effects (electromagnetic field), - electrodynamic effects (appearance of forces potentially causing mechanical

deformations or ruptures), - electrochemical effects (electrolytic decomposition), - acoustic effects (thunder).

A full lightning strike normally lasts between 0.2 s and 1 s and has four partial discharges on average. A low current of around a hundred or a thousand amps continues to flow by the ionised channel between each discharge. The median value of the intensity of a lightning strike is around 25 kA.

Lightning rods on each wind turbine would help to minimize the risks of fire caused by lightning.

The main equipment concerned by lightning is listed in the next table Table 62: Lightning hazards Installation

Function Feared phenomenon Potential hazard Comments

Rotor Electricity generation Internal short-circuit

Overheating of mechanical parts, fire Retained for the

preliminary risk analysis despite the

storm risk being deemed as low on the

site of interest.

Mast Rotor support Collapse

Fire, Kinetic energy of the

assembly

Blade

Conversion of wind power into mechanical

energy

Falling blade Kinetic energy of the blade

249

Interim Report

Installation Function Feared phenomenon

Potential hazard Comments

Nacelle Rotor support Falling nacelle

Kinetic energy of the nacelle,

fire, pollution

Ø rainfall

As the Taiba sites are not located on floodplains, no flood hazard has been noted. However, the geotechnical and reinforced concrete studies will allow the inclusion of any soil settling with a potentially detrimental effect on the stability of the wind turbines. The underground cables will be buried at the regulatory distance and chosen between other criteria depending on the nature and constraints of infiltrations.

Ø Wind and storm hazards The storm hazards are as follows:

Table 63: Wind and storm hazards Installation Function Feared

phenomenon Potential hazard Comments

Rotor

Electricity generation

Runaway

Overheating of mechanical parts - fire

Retained for the preliminary risk analysis despite the storm risk being deemed as low on the site of interest.

Mast Rotor support Collapse

Fire, kinetic energy of the assembly

Blades

Convert wind power into mechanical energy

Broken blade Kinetic energy of blades

Nacelle Rotor support Falling nacelle

Kinetic energy of the nacelle, fire, pollution

Ø Risks relating to the human environment

Ø Human error

250

Interim Report

Human error is one risk that has to considered in any company. Despite automated operations, all the activities are performed or supervised by the personnel. As such, it is important to review the operations likely to be hazardous due to the nature of:

ü The activity, ü The equipment, ü The product, ü Other.

These include, among others:

ü Maintenance operations, ü Various works, ü Handling of machinery, ü Remote operation of wind turbines.

Ø Hazards from malicious acts

The wind turbines are usually easily accessible, with no anti-intrusion system, and installed in isolated sites with little policing. At the date of writing this document, a single incident of this type has been noted: two wind turbines in the Roquetaillade (Aude, France) wind farm suffered a criminal arson attack in the night of 18 to 19 November 2006. The criminals forced the door to two machines and set fire to them, virtually destroying them. No claim or explanation has been provided to this day. A malicious act can stem from several origins:

- Degradation of equipment: in this case, the risk area relates to the inside of installations, accessible by maintenance workers, but inaccessible to the public due to locked doors;

- Fire: depending on the type of fire caused, the worst-case scenario relates to fire in one or more wind turbines. In this case, the risk area covers the footprint of the wind turbines, i.e. a perimeter of 150 meters around them. To a lesser extent, the ancillary installations can catch fire: transformation units, source units, etc.

Given the exceptional nature of a malicious act, this risk can be considered as highly unlikely. Given the installation of the wind turbines more than 500 meters from dwellings, the risk can be considered as extremely low. Thus, the low probability of this phenomenon, the virtual absence of such acts in the feedback and the anti-intrusion system on the wind turbine mast doors, the scenarios relating to the malicious acts are not considered in this guide.

10.3.4 Risks from lack of utilities

Ø Loss of electric power

251

Interim Report

The turbine is shut down automatically if there is a loss of general power supply from the grid. Loss of electric power causes the operating system to feather the blades. The equipment required to maintain the installation totally safe is backed-up by inverters. In this, it is important to make sure that: - the inverters are working properly; - the fire detections powered electrically have sufficient autonomy in a power cut (via the emergency battery).

Ø Loss of the cooling system When the cooling circuits are unavailable for a long time (loss of water circulation, leak in the circuit, loss of gearbox oil circulation, fan stopped), the equipment in question is shut down automatically (fault detection, high temperature detection) to avoid damaging overheating of the equipment and its potential indirect consequences, to protect the environment and the safety of persons. 10.4 STUDY OF THE ACCIDENT RATE

The reason behind studying accidents occurring in similar installations is to prepare the risk analyzes for the installation and operation. The study defines precisely the causes and consequences of failures studied. An international inventory of accidents is compiled, as this gives a far wider field of survey, all the more so that this type of operation is relatively similar throughout the world. The research is based on the ARIA database at the Risk and Industrial Pollution Analysis Bureau, attached to the Industrial Environment Department of the French Ministry of Ecology and Sustainable Development and also the database of the Caithness Windfarm Information Forum (CWIF) for accidents occurring in Europe, United States, Canada, Australia and China. The analysis of past accidents highlights:

• The type of events that could release potential hazards; • The consequences of feared events; • The relevance of safety barriers that can prevent, detect or control the appearance of

hazardous phenomena or reduce their consequences.

10.4.1 Selected accidents

As the accident rate of installations in operation is very limited, the accident rate is also based on similar equipment sometimes coming from similar sectors. The accident inventory in the ARIA database compiles all the accidents identified in France or abroad actually of involving a wind farm installation; it lists a considerable number of accidents. However, the study selected the most instructive accidents.

252

Interim Report

Table 64: Summary of the accident rate (source ARIA) No. Accident Equipment/Installation Cause Consequence

1 N° 38999-19/09/2010 ROCHEFORT-EN- VALDAINE (26)

Fire in two wind turbines 45 m high and 3 km apart.

malfunctioning of automatic hydraulic brakes on two wind turbines - runaway and fire

One broke up and sent debris flying through the air causing two wildland fires over 3500 and 1500 m2

2 N° 37601 30/10/2009 FREYSSENET(07): EOLIENNEVESTAS

Fire at the top of a rotor on a wind turbine 70 m high, commissioned in 2005

short-circuit following a maintenance operation

The carbon fibre and glass material melted in the heat, releasing smoke and generating odour nuisances detectable in the Ouvèze Valley.

3 N° 34340-10/03/2008DINÉAULT (29):

One of four wind turbines installed in the

2000s became uncontrollable

Power cuts due to storm force winds of over 100 km/h damaged the automatic shut down system for the blades provided for in the event of too strong winds

One of these blades started to fold

4 N° 29385 22/12/2004 MONTJOYER-

smoke and unaccustomed noise on a

wind turbine

malfunction in the braking system

Three blades broken (two disintegrated and fell to the ground and the third broke and stayed hanging) and outbreak of fire in one wind turbine

5 ROCHEFORT (26) Collapse of a mast of one of nine wind turbines in service

wind

a wind turbine fell, with the mast and part of its foundation that had been torn up, following the break up of the nacelle, rotor and blades

6 N° 29388 20/03/2004LOON PLAGE -

One wind turbine amount four wind generators 60 m high inaugurated in May 2002 broke during the night

defective tightening of bolts connecting two mast sections (maintenance failure)

the generator and three 25 m bales fell from the rotor.

Table 65: Summary of the accident rate (source ARIA)

Type of accident Year Description Number

Maintenance/Construction 1975 - 2011

Accidents to third parties, site accidents, dragging in the rotating mechanisms, electrocution, falling

149

253

Interim Report

Type of accident Year Description Number

from a great height (simple injuries to fatalities)

Blade ruptures 1975 - 2011

Broken blades that can fly through the air for up to 1300 m 203

Structural problems 1975 - 2011

Falling rotors, nacelles, collapse of the wind turbine 112

Fires 1975 - 2011

Due to overheating and motor runaway problems, to lightning and even in very few cases to

malicious acts.

158

Transport 1975 - 2011

Section of wind turbines falling from the carrier, hitting obstacles

near the carrier/road accident 70

Environmental impacts

1975 - 2011

wind turbines causing death or injury to the surrounding wildlife

(including protected species) 86

Other 1975 - 2011

accidents caused by particular circumstances: floods, lightning,

problems with the issuing of planning permission for areas too

close to dwellings, lack of machinery maintenance

185

Conclusion

It appears that the majority of accidents involving wind turbines occur during unsettled meteorological conditions and in most cases result in rupture blades or collapse.

10.4.2 Feedback on accident causes

There are frequently many causes of an industrial accident that are difficult to establish. In addition, their correct identification normally assumes advanced investigations that are only systematically undertaken for serious accidents or those theoretically providing useful pointers. Lastly, there is usually a broad margin of interpretation in classifying causes. The main causes identified are therefore:

F Equipment failure, F Human failure, F Malice, F Insufficient intervention, F Outside accident.

254

Interim Report

Figure 59: Distribution of number of accidents noted in wind turbines by type of accident

Although the next table is not exhaustive, it highlights the events to be feared:

14%

18%

22% 14% 3%

6%

7%

16% Maintenance/construc6on

Ruptures de pale

Problèmes structurels

Incendies

Bris de glace

Transport

Impacts environnementaux

Autre

255

Interim Report

Table 66: Summary of feared events

Area of effect Source of potential hazard Initiating event Feared event

Distance around the wind turbine equivalent to its total height

Lightning

Collapse of the wind turbine

Fire in the rotor and blades


Lightning


Generalised fire and collapse of the wind turbine


Storm

Kinetic energy of the wind Fire in the nacelle


Storm

Kinetic energy of the wind

Generalised fire and collapse of the wind turbine

Radius of one kilometer around the wind turbine

Storm


Breaking blade/Ejection of blades


Lightning Collapse of the wind turbine Broken blade


Flooding

Kinetic energy of the water



Flooding Saturated ground

Weakening of the soil around the base, collapse of the wind turbine


Storm


Base torn out and collapse of the wind turbine


Storm


Runaway of the rotor


Storm


Falling nacelle


Snowy weather

Inertia of the rotor then moving again

Formation of ice stalactites then ejection when the rotor starts up again

256

Interim Report

Area of effect Source of potential hazard Initiating event Feared event

No particular area Inattention Transport

Wind turbine sections hanging out of the lorry and hitting nearby obstacles

rotor diameter Environmental disturbance

-

Collision between the blades and the local wildlife (bats, birds of prey, etc.)

rotor diameter Third parties

Poor meteorological conditions

Collision between parachutist and rotor

rotor diameter Third parties Inattention Collision between aeroplane and wind turbine


Poor maintenance Maintenance Objects falling on the

technicians --> injuries


Uncontrolled restarting of the rotor Maintenance Technician falling

Technician falling

rotor diameter Uncontrolled restarting of the rotor Maintenance Technician falling

Limb dragged into the machinery

Wind turbine interior Uncontrolled restarting of the rotor Maintenance Technician falling

Technician falling in the nacelle

Wind turbine interior Failure to comply with safety instructions

Maintenance Electrocution and burns of the technician

Construction materials unloading area

Failure to comply with safety instructions

Construction

Section of mast falling on technicians

Construction area Failure to comply with safety instructions

Construction Objects falling on the technicians --> injuries


Poor maintenance Maintenance

Undetected oil leak --> Environmental pollution


Lightning


Oil spreading around the wind turbine in a collapse

257

Interim Report

10.4.3 Risk analysis

Approach This stage consists of systematically studying all the scenarios, looking for their causes and identifying the associated preventive measures. In addition, it reviews the possible consequences and identifies control measures. Lastly, it can define the severity and probability level of each scenario and deduce its risk level. Presentation of severity and probability scales The scales used to estimate the probability and severity levels are taken from Senegal's hazard study methodological guide. Assessing the risk level consists of considering it as being the product of two factors, namely the probability of occurrence P and the importance of the severity S.

Risk = Probability x Severity The appearance probability levels can go from improbable to frequent and the severity levels from negligible to catastrophic (see next table). Table 67: Levels of factors (P, 2) in preparing a risk matrix

Probability scale (P) Severity scale (S)

Score Meaning Score Meaning IP = improbable • Never seen with this

type of installation; • Almost impossible

with this type of installation.

IS = negligible • Minor impact on the personnel

• No operation shutdown • Few environmental effects

P2 = rare • Already encountered in this type of establishment;

• Possible in this establishment

S2 = minor • Medical care for the personnel

• Minor damage • Small loss of products • Minor environmental effects

P3 = occasional • Already encountered in this type of installation;

• Occasional, but can sometimes happen with this type of installation

S3 = significant • Personnel seriously injured (extended time off work)

• Limited damage • Partial shutdown of the

operation • significant environmental

effects P4 = frequent Happens two or three

times in the establishment

S4 = critical • Handicapping injury for life (1 to 3 deaths)

• Major damage • Partial shutdown of the

operation

258

Interim Report

Probability scale (P) Severity scale (S)

Score Meaning Score Meaning • significant environmental

effects

P5 = constant

Happens several times a year with the installations (more than three times a year)

S5 = catastrophic • Several deaths • Very extensive damage • Long production shutdown

By combining the two levels (P, S) we form a matrix of risks deemed acceptable or not. We have simply produced an assessment grill of the risk level in operating the establishment by allocating a colour code from green to red (Table 62). Table 68: Risk level matrix S5 S4 S3 S2 S1

P5 55

54

53

52

51

P4 45

44

43

42

41

P3 35

34

33

32

31

P2 25

24

23

22

21

IP 15 14 13 12 11

Meaning of the colours: • A very limited risk (tolerable) will be considered as acceptable and will be coloured

green. In this case, no action is required; • Yellow means a significant risk. In this case, a reduction plan must be implemented in

the short, medium and long term; • While an unacceptable risk level is going to need a detailed study of major accident

scenarios. The site must have immediate reduction measures by setting up prevention and protection means. It is represented by the colour red.

Unacceptably high risk level Significant risk level Acceptable risk level

259

Interim Report

10.4.4 Presentation of risk analysis tables

The risk analysis is prepared using HAZOP tables. The HAZOP method (HAZard OPerability) was developed by Imperial Chemical Industries (ICI) in the early 1970s. Since then it has been adapted by miscellaneous activity sectors. HAZOP considers the potential deviations of the main parameters in operating the installation. It therefore focuses on the operation of the process. The next tables summarize the analysis results and risk levels of different scenarios:

260

Interim Report

Table 69: Summary analysis and presentation of initial risk levels Hazardous events Causes Consequences

IP IS Initial risk level

Igniting of fire in the inside sections of the wind turbine

Humidity, Lightning, electrical malfunction

Fire in all or part of the wind turbine Outbreak of fire

P3 S3 32

Overheating of mechanical parts

Misalignment of the generator, defective part, defective lubrication


P3 S3 33

Rotor overspeed, defective pitch, overheating of mechanical parts and ignition of fire

Strong wind, lightning


P3 S3 33

Defective cell protection creating an overvoltage Climatic conditions, rodent


P3 S3 33

Flow outside the nacelle and along the mast, then on the soil with infiltration

Leaking lubrication system Environmental pollution P4 S3 43

Accidental spillage of hazardous products during maintenance operations

Spilling of fluids Environmental pollution P4 S3 43

Flow of fluids outside the wind turbine and soil pollution

Leaking converter Environmental pollution P4 S3 43

Significant crack(s), damage to/brittleness of the fixing devices.

Structural fatigue, corrosion

Falling element/part of element of the wind turbine with risk of impact on the target

P3 S3 33

Brittleness of the blade, damage to the blade structure

Lightning Falling element/part of element of the wind turbine with risk of impact on the target

P3 S3 33

261

Interim Report

Hazardous events Causes Consequences IP

IS Initial risk level

Structural fault in the blade Manufacturing fault in the blade or dimensioning error


P2 S3 33

Brittleness of the nacelle fixings Faulty nacelle fixing


P3 S3 33

Significant crack(s)

Brittleness of the blade, wear on the blade, fatigue, degradation of the blade due to difficult climatic conditions, corrosion

Projection of a blade fragment when the wind turbine is moving and risk of impact on the target

P4 S3 43

Too much stress applied to the blades

Strong winds


P4 S3 43

Faulty fixing of blades to the hub

Inappropriate tightening or loosening of blade dowels


P4 S3 43

Damage to the devices fixing blades to the hub, damage to the blade structure

Fire in the nacelle (electrical malfunction, overheating due to a technical fault in the braking system)


P3 S3 33

Major damage to the blade structure Blade struck by lightning


P3 S3 33

Manufacturing fault in the blade or dimensioning error

Structural fault in the blade


P3 S3 33

262

Interim Report

Hazardous events Causes Consequences IP

IS Initial risk level

Stress (e.g. strong winds) applied to the machine exceeding the assumptions made in the dimensioning

Error in dimensioning the foundation

Projection/falling of fragments and falling of the mast P3 S3 33

Brittleness of the tower (fixing to the foundations, junction of tower sections) by the stress applied to the tower

Strong winds/Fatigue


Brittleness of the wind turbine structure or certain of its components (foundation)

Impact between the wind turbine mast and a fire vehicle


263

Interim Report

10.4.5 Detailed study of scenarios retained

Under the hazard study regulations, only the scenarios retained for their potential impact on human targets will be subjected to a detailed analysis of risks presented. The others will, however, be subject to additional measures.

The causes retained that may have consequences potentially impacting human targets are as follows:

• Brittleness of the blade (wear on the blade, fatigue, degradation of the blade due to difficult climatic conditions, corrosion, etc.)

• Inappropriate tightening or loosening of blade dowels, etc. • Dimensioning error, mechanical shocks, unfavorable climatic conditions, etc.

These conditions culminate in scenarios with flying fragments and/or collapse of the wind turbine. Also, the scenarios retained for their potential impact on the environment are:

Flow outside the nacelle and along the mast, then on the soil with infiltration Accidental spillage of hazardous products during maintenance operations Flow of fluids outside the wind turbine and soil pollution

10.4.6 Analysis by the "bow-tie" method

To study in detail the conditions of occurrence and the possible effects of hazardous phenomena and to demonstrate more accurately the control of scenarios causing them, it may be necessary to develop an additional approach to the method used in the preliminary risk analysis and visualise the possible accidental sequences using a representation called "bow-tie". The use of such a tool based on tree methods like the fault tree and/or the event tree describes the scenario better and also provides valuable elements in demonstrating the control of each scenario. In concrete terms, it is used to:

§ represent all the combinations of causes (identified during the preliminary risk analysis phase) that could lead to the hazardous phenomenon studied;

§ position the safety barriers set up on each "branch"; § determine the probability of the phenomenon studied qualitatively and

quantitatively if the available data allows this (confidence level even failure rate on barrier loading, frequencies of initiating events, etc.).

The various bow-ties of different scenarios are thus represented:

264

Interim Report

265

Interim Report

266

Interim Report

267

Interim Report

10.4.7 Implementing safety measures

Beacons on the wind turbines makes them stand out more easily both during the day and at night and prevent collisions.

Regular maintenance can prevent accidents such as broken blades and falling objects.

Wearing suitable PPE (and work clothes) and complying with safety rules during interventions on site are defined and must be followed to avoid accidents such as electrocution and falling from a great height.

Safety training for technicians working on the site will be monitored regularly. Note also the presence on site of a first aid kit, anti-noise protection and emergency lighting system.

Fall arrestor systems and anchoring points will be fitted.

Constant surveillance via sensors placed on the wind turbine can detect operating deviations in the system.

In terms of fires, the majority of materials used in the wind turbines are fireproof.

Maintenance will also be able to identify and contain (if necessary) lubricant leaks. Extinguishers are available in each wind turbine.

The access roads will be maintained regularly to facilitate the passage of fire engines (and local residents).

Note also the presence of extinguishers and detection and firefighting protection systems.

Regarding the rotor runaway risks in strong winds/storms: the wind turbines are fitted with a safety system and vibration sensors that block their operation in strong winds.

In addition, as the weather forecasters announce storms in advance, the operation could shutdown the wind turbines remotely.

Regarding the lightning hazards, internal internal and external (lightning rod) lightning arrestors are planned for each wind turbine.

In addition, the entire installation is earthed (network of underground cables connecting all the wind turbines) and each wind turbine will be connected to the earth by a downwards lightning rod cable located at the end of the earthed nacelle.

268

Interim Report

No measure to reduce the special hazard has been introduced for natural phenomena as these risks are considered as low in this region.

Table 70: Summary of barriers to prevent and mitigate consequences Prevention measures Measures to mitigate the consequences of

an accident 1. Preventive maintenance and inspection of

installations 2. Compliance with maintenance and operating

procedures 3. Physical and remote surveillance of the site

and beacons delimiting the area. 4. Protection against the direct and indirect

effects of the lightning (lightning arrestor, lightning rod)

5. The electrical installations must be checked and inspected every year by an approved body.

6. Training of personnel (in extinguishing a fire and first aid).

7. Test of safety devices according to the manufacturer's stipulations

8. Earthing and lightning arrestor

1. Scheduling of activities around the wind turbine installation area.

2. Setting up a correctly dimensioned network of extinguishers: approach companies specialising in the distribution and installation of extinguishers.

3. Have an Internal Operation Plan (POI) in accordance with the interministerial order on the POI.

Implementing safety barriers culminates in the bow-ties below:

269

Interim Report

270

Interim Report

271

Interim Report

272

Interim Report

Table 71: Summary analysis and presentation of final risk levels

Hazardous events Causes Consequences IP IS Risk

level I Prevention FP Controlling the consequences FS FL Residual

risks

Igniting of fire in the inside sections of the wind turbine

Humidity, lightning, electrical malfunction


P3 S3 32

Non-flammable materials lightning arrestor, Lightning rod detection of temperature, 24H surveillance

P2

Fire extinguishing Introduction of a rapid evacuation plan Limiting the presence of the personnel in the installation

S2 22 Loss of equipment

Overheating of mechanical parts

Misalignment of the generator, defective part, defective lubrication


P3 S3 33 Imbalance detection, temperature sensor, maintenance

P2 Fire extinguishing Introduction of a rapid evacuation plan Limiting the presence of the personnel in the installation

S2 22 Loss of production

Rotor overspeed, defective pitch, overheating of mechanical parts and ignition of fire

Strong wind, lightning


P3 S3 33 Overspeed detector

P2 Fire extinguishing Introduction of a rapid evacuation plan Limiting the presence of the personnel in the installation


Defective cell protection creating an overvoltage

Climatic conditions, rodent


P3 S3 33 Maintenance, alert system

P2



Flow outside the nacelle and along the mast, then on the soil with infiltration

Leaking lubrication system

Environmental pollution

P4 S3 42 - Checking oil levels during maintenance operations

P3 - Provisional area as a retention tank - Provisional collection floor drain

S3 33 Pollution

273

Interim Report



risks

Accidental spillage of hazardous products during maintenance operations

Spilling of fluids Environmental pollution P4 S3 43

- Procedure for managing emergencies. - Protecting the environment in the event of a leak using anti-pollution kits

P3

- Regular monitoring by an operator

S3 33 Pollution

Flow of fluids outside the wind turbine and soil pollution

Leaking converter Environmental pollution P4 S3 43 P3 S3 33 Pollution

Brittleness of the blade, damage to the blade structure

Lightning


P3 S3 33

Preventive maintenance (prevent the degradation of the state of equipment)

P2 Infrastructures away from the wind farm Evacuation of the personnel

S2 22

Loss of equipment




P2 S3 23

Manufacturing quality control, preventive maintenance (blade inspection)



Brittleness of the nacelle fixings Faulty nacelle fixing


P3 S3 33 Application of assembly instructions, preventive maintenance



Significant crack(s)

Brittleness of the blade (wear on the blade, fatigue, degradation of the blade due to difficult climatic conditions, corrosion)


P4 S3 43 Preventive maintenance

(regular blade inspection)


S3 33

Loss of equipment

274

Interim Report



risks

Too much stress applied to the blades

Strong winds


P4 S3 43

Automatic shutdown above a wind speed fixed by the type of machine



Faulty fixing of blades to the hub

Inappropriate tightening or loosening of blade dowels


P4 S3 43 Application of assembly instructions, preventive maintenance



Damage to the devices fixing blades to the hub, damage to the blade structure

Fire in the nacelle (electrical malfunction, overheating due to a technical fault in the braking system)


P3 S3 33 Fire detection, preventive maintenance P2



Major damage to the blade structure

Blade struck by lightning


P3 S3 33 Lightning protection installation P2

Infrastructures away from the wind farm Evacuation of the personnel




Projection of a blade fragment when the wind turbine is moving and risk of impact on the

P3 S3 33

Manufacturing quality control, preventive maintenance (blade inspection)



275

Interim Report



risks

target

Stress (e.g. strong winds) applied to the machine exceeding the assumptions made in the dimensioning

Error in dimensioning the foundation

Projection/ falling of fragments and falling of the mast

P3 S3 33

Application of manufacturer's specifications, technical inspection of the construction



Brittleness of the tower (fixing to the foundations, junction of tower sections) by the stress applied to the tower

Strong winds/Fatigue


P3 S3 33 Preventive maintenance of the tower P2

Infrastructures away from the wind farm Evacuation of the personnel

S2 22

Loss of equipment

Brittleness of the wind turbine structure or certain of its components (foundation)

Impact between the wind turbine mast and a fire vehicle


P3 S3 33 Low kinetic energy of farm vehicles, few visits Use of non-flammable materials for the tower (steel or concrete)



276

Interim Report

10.5 DETAILED STUDY OF BLADES FLYING THROUGH THE AIR

These incidents have been considered in the preliminary risk analysis as critical scenarios and should thus be the subject of a detailed risk analysis according to the installation retained.

To assess the increasing risks, we use the ballistic method to check for an acceptable risk level for each scenario for all potential targets identified in the areas surrounding the wind turbines.

The probability of the risk must be below the level of acceptability considered for it to be deemed acceptable. Thus, a probability calculation will determin the probabilities of a complete blade or blade fragments flying through the air onto a potential target considered in our case as suffering significant lethal effects. In this case, the risk index can be assimilated with the probability of collision between a flying object and a target.

10.5.1 Thresholds

For information, regarding the values for the effect thresholds relating to the impact of a flying object, the French standards state that "Given the limited knowledge in determining and modelling effects of flying objects, the assessment of these effects of a hazardous phenomenon requires, if appropriate, a case-by-case analysis, justified by the operator".

The effects thresholds proposed characterize hazardous phenomena where the intensity is applied in all directions around the origin of the phenomenon and decreases based on the distance (for example a fire or explosion).

Three thresholds are required for each type of effect (overpressure, toxic and thermal): threshold of significant lethal effects, thresholds of lethal effects and thresholds of irreversible effects.

These thresholds define areas in which people exposed will suffer a more or less high risk:

- People in the area of significant lethal effects will be exposed to a risk of lethality of 100% to 5%;

- People in the area of lethal effects will be exposed to a risk of lethality of 5% to 1%; - People in the area of irreversible effects will be exposed to a risk of irreversible injury.

In the case of scenarios involving wind turbine components flying through the air, the notion of "effect threshold" is not applicable: the intensity of the phenomenon does not decrease based on the distance but is applied in a well-delimited area at a constant intensity (at the area of impact of the wind turbine component).

It is proposed here that this intensity corresponds to a lethality of 5% to 1% in the impacted area (i.e. the level of threshold of lethal effects)).

277

Interim Report

10.6 DETAILS OF CALCULATIONS OF SCENARIOS OF WIND TURBINE FRAGMENTS FLYING THROUGH THE AIR

Given the presence of rural roads, several pedestrian tracks and power sub-stations near the wind generators, a ballistic study has calculated the maximum range of any fragments should a blade accidentally rupture totally or partially.

The impacted area is considered to correspond to a lethality of 5% to 1% covering a circular area with a maximum radius to determine around each wind turbine.

10.6.1 Ballistic study of broken blades: Description of scenarios

The principle of the trajectory and input data for the modelling is according to this diagram:

Three scenarios have been retained for each wind turbine:

- rupture of an entire blade;

- rupture of the end quarter of a blade (25% of the total length);

- rupture of the tip of a blade (5% of the total length).

The study is conducted for each base scenario for the maximum rotating speed that shuts the turbine down in the event of overspeed.

10.6.2 Calculation methodology and assumptions

1. The ballistic calculations were performed using a model developed by our firm.

278

Interim Report

2. Air resistance was taken into account as a linear function of the square of the speed of the flying object.

2. The resulting differential equation is solved by separation of variables.

3. The rebound effect of the flying object once falling to the ground will not be taken into account to model the physical phenomenon. In addition, we shall assume that the flying object takes an ordered flight path and does not turn off an axis.

4. The model's input data are: - the fragment mass m in (kg); - the height of the mast Hmast (m) - the initial speed of the fragment V0 (m/s); this involves the linear speed of the centre

of gravity (V0) of the fragment when the blade ruptures, where V0 = 2pi*N with N: rotor rotating speed (rpm) and RG: position of the centre of gravity of the fragment in question (m);

- the angle of departure of the fragment Alpha0 (°); - the initial position of the fragment RG in (m); - the initial height of the fragment L in (m); - the mean maximum cross section or thrown surface of the fragment S (m²); - the coefficient of drag (dimensionless) taken as equal to 0.5 (value for a sphere

(envelope)); - the maximum distance reached Xmax in (m); - the maximum height reached (m); - the flight time tflight in (s); - the speed of impact on the ground (m/s).

5. The results from the software relate to: - the maximum distance reached (m); - the maximum height reached (m); - the flight time (s); - the speed of impact on the ground (m/s).

6. Under this study, only the results relating to the maximum distance reached will be exploited.

7. The assumptions retained for broken blades are:

- the rotor turns correctly despite the fact that the blades are damaged;

- the fragment in question breaks off cleanly without being held.

8. In addition, conservatively, any obstacles or characteristics on the ground that could hinder the trajectory of blade fragments are not taken into account.

NB: - The principle of ballistic calculations is presented in the annex.

279

Interim Report

- The detailed characteristics of the wind turbine that are required for the calculations are provided in the annex.

10.6.3 Principle of ballistic calculations

The initial speed of the flying object (bit of blade) Vo = 2π Ncrit x RG

Ncrit – critical rotating speed of the wind turbine that causes it to shut down through overspeed.

RG - initial position of the centre of gravity of the fragment in relation to the rotating axis of the blades.

The speed is broken down according to the Z axis and the X axis:

Therefore, Voz = Vo sinα

Vox = Vo cosα

α- Angle of detachment of the bit of pole with respect to the horizontal.

Fundamental relation of the dynamics: ∑F = m c (1) (1) flying through the air following the x and z axes gives: m (dVx / dt) = - (1/2) .ρo .Cdlong .S.Vx² (1.a) m (dVz / dt) = - mg - (1/2). ρo .Cdlong. S.Vz² (1.b) This gives k = ((1/2) .ρo .Cdlong .S )/m NB: (1) The written model takes account here of the air resistance as proportional to the square of the speed of the flying object. Equations (1.a) and (1.b) then become: (dVx / dt) + k.Vx² = 0 (2.a) (dVz / dt) + k.Vz² = 0 (2.b) The integration of each differential equation by the variable separation method gives: Vx = Vx(t) et Vy = Vy (t). The parametric equations of the movement: ( X = X (t) et Z = Z (t) ) are obtained by the formulae: (dVx / dt) = Vx² (3.a) (dVz / dt) = Vz² (3.b) The system above gives tflight and Xmax simultaneously (flight time and maximum range). These parameters cannot be calculated explicitly. The system of differential equations (I) must be solved numerically (by software or iterations), with Vox, Voz as parameters. The restrictions to be imposed for the resolution are: X (tflight) = Xmax Z(tflight) = 0

280

Interim Report

10.6.4 Calculation results and graphic representation of distances of effects.

We present below the results of the ballistic calculation for different angles of projection and the associated graphic representation.

F Entire blade flying through the air Table 72: Calculation results for an entire blade flying through the air

Hmast (m) 119 119 119 119 119 Blade length (m) 54.65 54.65 54.65 54.65 54.65 Ncrit (rpm) 17.66 17.66 17.66 17.66 17.66 Rho (kg/m3) 1.225 1.225 1.225 1.225 1.225 Cd_long 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 S (m2) 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 m (kg) 11000 11000 11000 11000 11000 K 0.00013642 0.00013642 0.00013642 0.00013642 0.00013642 Alpha(0) (degree) 0 20 25 38 45 W (rad/s) 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 RG(m) 13.6625 13.6625 13.6625 13.6625 13.6625 V(0) (m/s) 25.2667563 25.2667563 25.2667563 25.2667563 25.2667563 Vz(0) (m/s) 0 8.64173962 10.6781926 15.5557685 17.8662947 C1 0 0.88060652 1.087926 1.58393016 1.81854527 tflight (s) 5.2 6.1 6.4 7.0 7.3 CGz(tflight) (m) 9.8197E-09 1.3646E-08 1.577E-08 4.878E-08 6.5164E-08

Vx(0) (m/s) 25.2667563 23.7429845 22.899458 19.9104757 17.8662947

Xmax (m) 130 144 145 138 129

281

Interim Report

Map 16: Distances of effect for an entire blade flying through the air

F End quarter of a blade flying through the air

Table 73: Calculation results for an end quarter of a blade flying through the air Hmast (m) 119 119 119 119 119 Blade length (m) 13.6625 13.6625 13.6625 13.6625 13.6625 Ncrit (rpm) 17.66 17.66 17.66 17.66 17.66 Rho (kg/m3) 1.225 1.225 1.225 1.225 1.225 Cd_long 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 S (m2) 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 m (kg) 675 675 675 675 675 K 0.00034481 0.00034481 0.00034481 0.00034481 0.00034481 Alpha(0) (degree) 0 20 25 38 45 W (rad/s) 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 RG(m) 47.81875 47.81875 47.81875 47.81875 47.81875 V(0) (m/s) 88.4336472 88.4336472 88.4336472 88.4336472 88.4336472 Vz(0) (m/s) 0 30.2460887 37.3736742 54.4451897 62.5320316 C1 0 3.0507656 3.7491791 5.36843389 6.10422639 tflight (s) 5.8 9.6 10.6 13.2 14.4

282

Interim Report

CGz(tflight) (m) 8.2454E-07 -1.1278E-07 -1.823E-07 2.5562E-07 -4.0495E-08 Vx(0) (m/s) 88.4336472 83.1004457 80.1481031 69.686665 62.5320316

Xmax (m) 470 702 745 798 785 Map 17: Distances of effect for an end quarter of a blade flying through the air

F Tip of a blade flying through the air Table 74: Calculation results for the tip of a blade flying through the air Hmast (m) 119 119 119 119 119 Blade length (m) 2.24 2.24 2.24 2.24 2.24 Ncrit (rpm) 17.66 17.66 17.66 17.66 17.66 Rho (kg/m3) 1.225 1.225 1.225 1.225 1.225 Cd_long 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 S (m2) 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 m (kg) 56 56 56 56 56 K 0.00076563 0.00076563 0.00076563 0.00076563 0.00076563 Alpha(0) (degree) 0 20 25 38 45 W (rad/s) 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 1.84935088 RG(m) 52.41 52.41 52.41 52.41 52.41

283

Interim Report

V(0) (m/s) 96.9244794 96.9244794 96.9244794 96.9244794 96.9244794 Vz(0) (m/s) 0 33.1501243 40.962055 59.672668 68.5359566 C1 0 3.28729559 4.00638074 5.59794997 6.28203689 tflight (s) 5.8 9.9 10.9 13.5 14.6 CGz(tflight) (m) -2.2641E-07 6.4546E-07 -1.3553E-07 3.5452E-07 -1.2017E-07 Vx(0) (m/s) 96.9244794 91.079218 87.8434104 76.377532 68.5359566

Xmax (m) 466 684 720 759 744 Map 18: Distances of effect for the tip of a blade flying through the air

10.6.5 Summary of results obtained

We present below the results of the ballistic calculation for different angles of projection: Table 75: Calculation results for an entire blade flying through the air

Type of fragment Maximum distances in m

Angle of projection in degrees 0 20 25 38 45

Entire blade 130 144 145 138 129

End quarter of a blade 470 702 745 798 785

284

Interim Report

Tip of a blade 466 684 720 759 744

v We have the maximum distances with an angle of projection of 38°. v The maximum distance retained is 759 m. It will be used to calculate probabilities of

reaching potential targets with even an overestimation up to 1 km (1000 m).

10.6.6 Identifying targets

The targets identified below in a radius of 1 km around the wind turbines are likely to be influenced by the ballistic calculation. The targets likely to be influenced are listed in the next map with two groups of ten wind turbines, i.e. groups (G1 and G2) and (G3, G4 and G5). Map 19: Identification of targets influenced for groups G1 and G2

Map 20: Identification of targets influenced for groups G3, G4 and G5

285

Interim Report

The next tables summarize the maps above with the actual distances indicated in yellow in the tables: Table 76: Distance between the targets and group 1 of the wind turbines

CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9

CR10

CR11

CR12

CR13

CR14

CR15

CR16

CR17

CR18

CR19

CR20

CR21

E1 171 403 312 > 1 km > 1 km

> 1 km 645

> 1 km 247

> 1 km 690

> 1 km

> 1 km 546 870 540 778 971 698 755

> 1 km

E2 225 299 138 > 1 km > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 857 298 711

> 1 km 948

> 1 km 691 716 610

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E3 547 240 240 676 > 1 km > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 442 464 132 701

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 961 905 366

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E4 900 528 665 281 852 > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 290 535

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 535

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E5 > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 20 > 1 km 421

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 900

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 903

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E6 > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 413 2 948

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 624

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E7 > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 684 453 494

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E8 > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 935 50

> 1 km

> 1 km 806

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 798

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 808

E9 > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 KM 334

> 1 km 656

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 622

> 1 km 855

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 462

E10

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 502 735

> 1 km

> 1 km 875

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 490

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 37

Table 77: Distance between the targets and group 2 of the wind turbines

286

Interim Report

CR 1 CR 2

CR 4

CR 5

CR 7

CR 22

CR 23

CR 24

CR 25

CR 26

CR 27

CR 28

CR 29

CR 30

CR 31

CR 32

CR 33

CR 34

CR 35

CR 36

CR 37

CR 38

CR 39

CR 40

CR 41

PL 1

R 70

E 11

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 604 411 664

> 1 km 460

> 1 km

> 1 km 814 504 737 460

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 780

E 12

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 464 927

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 731 373 153 262 20

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 13

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 461 961

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 778

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 272 86 308 185 405 444 978

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 778

> 1 km

E 14

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 25 540

> 1 km

> 1 km 710

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 939 190 567 589 681 792 160 532 803 933

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 15

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 443 222

> 1 km

> 1 km 373

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 582 458 658 649 961 961

> 1 km

> 1 km 103 126 460 707 605

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 16

> 1 km 918

> 1 km

> 1 km 922 487

> 1 km

> 1 km 39

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 347 232 636

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 487 816 220 582 220

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 17

> 1 km

> 1

KM > 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 218

> 1 km 447

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 472

> 1 km 893

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 170 775 393

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 18 951 30

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 774

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 605

> 1 km 827

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 19 846 418

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 475 76

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 20 379 920

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 65

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 21 195

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 494

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 22 25

> 1 km 789 610

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 943

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

Table 78: Distance between the targets and group 3 of the wind turbines

CR 42

CR 43

CR 44

CR 45

CR 46

CR 47

CR 48

CR 49

CR 50

CR 51

CR 52

CR 53

CR 54

CR 55

CR 56

CR 57

CR 58

CR 59

CR 60

CR 61

CR 62

CR 63

CR 64

PL 2

E 23 80 120 479 335 441 479

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 605 605

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 24 527 329 906 103 172 926 828

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 211 201

> 1 km 863

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 819

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 25 977 764

> 1 km 553 519

> 1 km 575

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 775 282 24

> 1 km 455

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 366

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 820

E 26

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 956

> 1 km 395

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 619 582 72

> 1 km 167

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 86

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 570

E 27

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 847

> 1 km 850

> 1 km 247 748 141 728 273

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 535

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 132

E 28

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 708

> 1 km 25 930 436 278 541 913

> 1 km

> 1 km 985

> 1 km 811

> 1 km

> 1 km 436

E 29

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 686 588 948 699

> 1 km 873 172 957 613

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 751 725 988

> 1 km 699

E 30

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 236 452 716

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 582

> 1 km 568

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 368 726 616

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 31

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 211 304 730

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 822

> 1 km 842

> 1 km 341 899 430

> 1 km 996

E 32

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 586 164 979

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 672 358

> 1 km 300

> 1 km 631

> 1 km 893

E 33

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 523 31

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 223 99

> 1 km 419

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 722

Table 79: Distance between the targets and group 4 of the wind turbines CR 58 CR 65 CR 66 CR 67 CR 68 CR 69 CR 70 CR 71 CR 72 CR 73 CR 72 CR 73 CR 74 CR 75 CR 76 CR 77 CR 78 R 702 PL 3 E 34 463 5 266 593 272 690 600

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 35 149 465 156 404 517

> 1 km 162

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 36 114 833 288 186 744

> 1 km 363 703

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 680

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 37 314

> 1 km 458 35 938

> 1 km 825 261

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 361

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 38 512

> 1 km 657 260

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 172 782

> 1 km 570

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 21

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 39 793

> 1 km 830 241

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 637 309

> 1 km 310 864

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 480

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 40 999

> 1 km 772 259

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 163 862 165 392

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 970

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 41 918

> 1 km 920 618

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 635 79 635 80 574

> 1 km 729

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

E 42

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km

> 1 km 547

> 1 km 540 130 574 273 636

> 1 km 875 959

Table 80: Distance between the targets and group 5 of the wind turbines CR 80 CR 81 CR 82 CR 83 CR 84 CR 85 CR 86 CR 87 CR 88 CR 89 CR 90 CR 91 CR 92 CR 93 CR 94 CR 95

E 43 504 362 741 936 155 43 331 569 522 682 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km

287

Interim Report

E 44 796 691 924 > 1 km 392 448 736 643 164 288 678 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km

E 45 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km 690 853 > 1 km 755 167 187 541 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km

E 46 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km 574 45 295 338 878 > 1 km 917 > 1 km > 1 km

E 47 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km 408 130 463 200 818 749 839 > 1 km > 1 km

E 48 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km 358 277 768 125 490 500 796 > 1 km 878

E 49 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km 457 379 > 1 km 70 209 387 794 922 664

E 50 > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km > 1 km 378 435 > 1 km 153 15 235 687 661 618

10.7 CALCULATIONS OF PROBABILITIES OF IMPACTS OF MAJOR

ACCIDENTS

The targets identified above in a radius of 1 km around the wind turbines are likely to be influenced by the ballistic calculation. Those further away than the maximum range of a blade fragment have been removed from the study as they could not be influenced.

10.7.1 Probability class

Annex I of the Order of 29 September 2005 defines the probability classes that must be used in the hazard studies to characterize the major accident scenarios: Table 81: Probability classes of major accidents

LEVELS Qualitative scale

Quantitative scale (annual probability)

A

Common: Has occurred on the site in question and/or can occur several times during the lifetime of installations, despite potential corrective measures

P >10-2

B Probable: Has occurred and/or can occur during the lifetime of installations

10-3< P ≤ 10-2

C

Improbable: Similar event already encountered in the activity sector or in this type of organization somewhere in the world, without any corrections made since guaranteeing a significant reduction in its probability

10-4< P ≤ 10-3

D

Rare: Has already occurred but has undergone corrective measures reducing the probability significantly

10-5< P ≤ 10-4

E Extremely rare: Possible but not encountered worldwide. Is ≤ 10-5

288

Interim Report

LEVELS Qualitative scale

Quantitative scale (annual probability)

not impossible in the light of current knowledge

10.7.2 Probabilities of ejection of a broken blade

Data on the probabilities of a wind turbine blade breaking are available in the expert assessment document no. 19003, rev. 6 "Wind turbines near protected objects; indications of minimum distances" from the company Veenker (Germany). Wind turbines are often near protected objects when being installed (buildings, rural roads and tracks in this study). These protected objects are subject to the risks of a potential ejection of rotor blades or bits of rotor blades, ejection of the nacelle or rupture of the mast. In this study, we shall only consider the ejection of blades. The studies suggest a probability of occurrence of 6,1.10-4 per year for the ejection of a rotor blade or bits of rotor blade. This probability incorporates the various operating modes of the wind turbine. The ejection usually involves entire blades or small bits. The proportion is given in Table 19. Table 82: Distribution of the size of fragments

Size of the ejected object Proportion

Entire blade 0.4

End quarter of a blade 0.2

Tip 0.4

Ø The frequency of occurrence of loss of the entire blade is therefore 2,44.10-4 (6,1.10-

4 * 0.4) per year for one year for one wind turbine. Ø The frequency of occurrence of loss of the end quarter of a blade is therefore

1,22.10-4 (6,1.10-4 * 0.2) for one year for one wind turbine. Ø The frequency of occurrence of loss of the tip of a blade is therefore 2,44.10-4

(6,1.10-4 * 0.4) for one year for one wind turbine. NB: For the risk to be considered acceptable, its probability should be less than 10-5 to be deemed "extremely rare" or between 10-5 < P ≤ 10-4 to be classed in the "rare" cases (See Table 78).

289

Interim Report

10.7.3 Probability of reaching a target

The probability of reaching a target depends on wind frequency and direction and fragment trajectories, calculated during the ballistic study and of the frequency of broken blades. Remember that three conditions must be met for a vehicle to be reached:

1- Failure of a wind turbine (broken blade) - Pproj 2- Broken bits reaching the road - Ps 3- Presence of a vehicle on the section .............- Pveh

The probabilities of broken blades are given in the report. The value 2,44 10-4 will be taken for a blade tip per year. Therefore Pproj = 2,44 10-4 Ps = ∑ Psi with Psi = ((frequency Wind1)/100)*(N.angle1/360) + ((freq.Wind2)/100) * (N.angle2/360) where FrequencyWind1/FrequencyWind2 (see Wind rose) N.angle1 = N.angle2 = 1° (this is the angle that allows the road to be reached) NB: The angles will be taken small to have small road sections. Pveh = (L/V)*(Nv/(3600.24)) with L = length of the section studied (m) V = average speed of vehicles (70 km/h) Nv = daily traffic (number of veh/day) The probability of reaching a target is the sum of three probabilities.

Preach = Pproj + Ps + Pveh The approach is similar for people on a track, with:

Ppers = (L/V)*(Nv/(3600.24))

10.7.4 Calculation results

- VEHICLE TARGET: ROAD 798 m FROM THE NEAREST WIND TURBINE Table 83: Probability of risks Assumptions:

It will be assumed, in the extremely unfavorable case, that a row of ten wind turbines runs parallel to the road. This distance will be equal to the footprint length of ten wind turbines aligned and equal to 5100 m.

Sectors Si of length Xmax*(π*D/360) will be taken

290

Interim Report

D being the angle for reaching the road (°) Three conditions must be met for a vehicle to be reached:

1. Failure of one wind turbine out of the ten facing the road with a probability called Pprojection

2. Broken bits reaching the road with a probability called Ps 3. Presence of a vehicle on the section with a probability called Pveh

We assume that in this case the vehicle is reached and we therefore increase the probability by calculating the total probability. This will then give: Preach = Ps * Pveh * Pprojection

The other notations used are: Lsi = length of the sector Si; Freq wind1 = Wind frequency in direction 1 (wind rose); Freq wind2 = Wind frequency in direction 2 (wind rose); Lsection – length of the road section (m) equal to 5100 m; Vm vehicles – Mean speed of vehicles (km/h) taken at 70 Km/h; Nv – Number of vehicles per day on the section in question with ten vehicles/hour, i.e. 240 vehicles/day; Results

Lsi 6.885323899 Freq wind1 0.4 Freq wind2 0.35 Number of angle/road 1 Psi 0.044861111 Ps 0.448611

Lsection (m) 5100

Vm vehicles (km/h) 70 Nv (veh/d) 240 Pveh 0.202381

Blade flying through the air 0.00122

291

Interim Report

Preach 1,11E-05

Conclusions The simulation gives a probability level D. Therefore it is "rare" that a vehicle will be reached by broken blades. This calculated value is all the more reassuring as in reality the roads are not parallel to the row of ten wind turbines. - HUMAN TARGET: PERSON STANDING 798 m FROM THE NEAREST WIND TURBINE The same approach as used for the vehicles gives:

Lsi 6.885323899 Freq wind1 0.4 Freq wind2 0.35 Number of angle/road 1 Psi 0.044861111 Ps 0.448611

Lsection (m) 5100 Vm persons (km/h) 3.5 Np (pers/d) 6 Ppers 0.10119

Pprojection blade 0.00122

Preach 5,54E-06

Conclusion The simulation gives a probability level E. Therefore it is "extremely rare" that people will be reached by broken blades.

10.7.5 CONCLUSIONS

The hazard study of the Taiba wind farm project has identified: - the risks from the products and processes used, - the effects of accidents likely to occur on the site, - existing or envisionedenvisioned measures to reduce the probabilities of occurrence

(prevention) and the effects (protection) of the main feared events.

292

Interim Report

The future wind farm mainly shows risks of flying objects and, to a lesser extent, fire.

The Preliminary Risk Analysis identified, by examining feared events, the environmental consequences and the prevention and protection measures introduced to avoid or limit these events. Several accident scenarios were selected from these feared events identified in the Preliminary Risk Analysis to determine the distances of effect relating to different sizes of broken blades.

The calculated effect areas, corresponding to the distances reached by different sizes of broken blades ejected at maximum speed, can be up to a radius of 798 m. The effects of these hazardous phenomena would be collision with human targets, structures and/or protected species.

It is important to note that in a major accident, mainly a fire that cannot be controlled, specific emergency and alert means would be triggered.

Thus, overall, the risks of major accidents arising from the activities in the future wind farm can be considered as sufficiently controlled.

In addition, for each envisioned scenario, analyzed safety barriers exist for all initiating events (organizational measures, prevention, protection and intervention means identified systematically under the study).

In particular, the maintenance and surveillance of installations, training of personnel and safety, servicing and work procedures are essential elements for the safety and smooth operation of the wind farm and ensure the acceptability of risks at tolerable levels.

The low probabilities of calculated targets being reached also argue in favor of these levels of acceptable risk for the project.

293

Interim Report

11 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The environmental and social management plan makes it possible to implement the mitigation measures listed below in the light of the potential impacts identified. This plan specifies those responsible for implementing these measures, their supervision, control and monitoring. It also contemplates the means of implementing the indicated measures.

The environmental and social management plan comprises a set of measures to mitigate the negative impacts that are defined according to the three key phases of the project, namely the preparation, the operating and termination / refurbishment phases.

It also provides details of the methods of implementing these measures and contains a supervision and monitoring plan, as well as institutional measures to build the capacity of those responsible for putting it into action and information for local communities.

The goals of the environmental management plan (EMP) are:

§ to ensure that the project's activities are undertaken in accordance with all the legal requirements arising from the project's environmental authorization process;

§ to ensure that the installations will be designed and erected in such a way that the environmental performance levels forecast in the impact study are achieved and even exceeded, if possible;

§ to ensure that the project's environmental commitments are well understood by the site and operating personnel, including subcontractors:

§ to ensure that Senegal's environmental policy (see Chapter 3) is adhered to throughout the project.

The environmental and social management plan (ESMP) also helps to:

§ implement the developer's commitments to the environment and the Taiba Ndiaye municipality;

§ clarify the environmental issues relating to the preparation and operating phases of the project and to develop a plan and procedures to deal with these issues specifically;

§ determine the responsibilities of each stakeholder, including the project developer, with regard to the EMP;

§ inform the government authorities and citizens concerned about the information resulting from the EMP;

§ establish corrective actions to be introduced if necessary.

The ESMP will be reviewed as needed in order to ensure its relevance and effectiveness. The proposed amendments will be discussed with the relevant government authorities.

294

Interim Report

The following sections present the mitigation actions to be implemented, the administrative organization which allows the mitigation actions, as well as the main supervision and relevant monitoring activities, to be effectively implemented.

11.1 IMPACT MITIGATION PLAN

Two types of mitigation measures will be planned to reduce the expected impacts during the implementation of the various components and activities planned within the scope of this project:

- prescriptive measures which must be followed by the developer and its contractors. - specific mitigation actions relating to the reduction of the expected negative effects

on the environmental and social components which are sensitive to the project's activities.

The aim of these measures is to ensure the environmental balance of the project and that there is no overall loss of biodiversity. They must be adapted to the impacts identified.

11.1.1 Prescriptive measures

The aim is to ensure that the project complies with applicable regulations, in particular:

11.1.1.1 Conformity with the agreement to grant the site reservation

The implementation of the ESMP is subject to compliance with the agreement entered into with the Taiba Ndiaye municipality in accordance with the local authorities code and with land law. The agreement addresses issues such as the safety of people and property, which the owner must guarantee, fees and rent, as well as compensation and rent to be paid to those entitled to them.

Taking into account the review of the initial version, the necessary adjustments should be made concerning the increase of the land tax base to be assigned to PETN.

11.1.1.2 Compliance with environmental regulations

PETN must also ensure compliance with regulations on classified installations. To this end, all of the documents required to make up a permit dossier should be gathered together and made available to the competent authorities, in particular the department of classified establishments of the Directorate for the Environment and Classified Establishments (DEEC).

This detailed impact study report on the installation of the wind farm is an integral part of it.

295

Interim Report

11.1.1.3 Compliance with forestry regulations

The carrying out of the activities planned for the project is subject to adherence to forestry regulations. For this purpose, clearing of trees must comply with the procedures established in the Forest Code. The areas to be cleared must be indicated in the form of a plan.

The Forestry Sector of Tivaouane will be consulted in order to fulfil the land clearing and felling tax obligations. In the same respect, an inventory of plant species likely to be cut down will be approved by the head of the forestry sector before paying the forestry taxes.

Removal of materials (wood, lumber, etc.) must also be authorized by the Forestry Sector. The start-up of any activity that may affect vegetation must first comply with all the procedures established by the Forest Code and with forestry guidelines. This coordination with the forestry services will also be important during the reinstatement of the wind generator farm's footprint when the farm is dismantled.

11.1.2 Specific impact mitigation measures

The specific measures were proposed to mitigate the various impacts expected during the implementation of the different project components.

- The elimination measures help to prevent the impact starting from the project design phase (for example, the change in location to avoid a sensitive environment). They reflect the project owner's choices in the design of a lower-impact project.

- Reduction or reductive measures aimed at reducing the impact. They concern, for example, the decrease or increase in the number of wind turbines, the change in the spacing between wind turbines, the creation of openings in the row of wind turbines, the distance away from houses, the regulation of the operation of wind turbines, etc.

- Compensation and compensatory measures aimed at broadly maintaining the environments' initial value, for example by reforesting plots to maintain the quality of afforestation when land clearing is necessary, by purchasing plots in order to ensure management of the natural heritage, by implementing measures to protect species or natural environments, etc. They have an effect on the residual impact once the other types of measures have been implemented. A compensation measure must be related to the nature of the impact. It is implemented outside the project site.

- The project support measures, often of an economic or contractual nature and aimed at facilitating its acceptance or implementation, for example the launch of social projects for local inhabitants or the community. They are also aimed at assessing the real impacts of the project (nature and social monitoring, etc.) and the effectiveness of the measures.

The table below lists the various measures to be introduced.

296

Interim Report

Table 84: Measures to mitigate environmental and social impacts Potentially sensitive environmental component

Critical phase Potential negative impacts Mitigation measure

Soil and sub-soil Construction phase

• Provisional soil compaction • Sealing of soil following concreting and land

excavation at the bases of the wind generators. • Limited risk of pollution of the soil and

groundwater caused by accidental penetration of liquid pollutants (construction equipment or storage: hydrocarbon, hydraulic oils, lubricants and paint).

• Performance of geotechnical tests in situ. • Agricultural reuse of stripped earth from roads and top soil from the foundations. • Storage of dangerous liquid products (oils, fuel, etc.) during construction in a

containment unit able to contain the tank's entire volume. • Provision of anti-pollution response kits on the site.

Operating phase • Low risk of pollution of the soil and sub-soil:

presence of oil in the wind turbines (around 1,500L/wind turbine), oil in the transformers. Suitable means of containment in the installations concerned should reduce this risk.

• Risks of pollution during maintenance and oil changing.

• Introduction of equipment containing oils (gearbox, transformers, etc.) in a containment tank of a sufficient size.

• Give preference to dry-type transformers over oil-type transformers. • Performance of maintenance according to a well-prepared schedule and taking

all necessary precautions to prevent any leakage of oil or of any other liquid substance that is dangerous for the environment.

Biotopes, flora and fauna

Construction phase

Impact on biotopes: • Decrease in arable areas and potentially in the

initial agricultural production • dust deposit during work; • footprint, land consumption; • land clearance, cutting isolated trees; • alteration to habitats; • trampling of surrounding habitats (works,

walkers) and too many people in the environments;

• increased risks of fire; • introduction of invasive exogenous species; • destruction of protected species,

• Compensate land owners according to an agreed scale • Protection of notable species in the fields and along the access roads. • Avoidance of sensitive habits and species starting from the project design phase. • Caution when transporting material during construction work; highest level of

protection possible for flora present on the site. • application for an exemption for the destruction of protected species must be

prepared • labelling of sensitive species before work begins and ecological monitoring of

the construction site;

297

Interim Report

• damage to heritage and/or decisive species stands.

• Temporary changes in soil quality (see effects on soil and sub-soil).

• Pruning or potential removal of certain notable plants and/or shrubs along the access roads.

Operating phase Impact on birdlife • direct mortality resulting from collisions with

wind-turbine blades; • interferences and disturbances, which are

reflected by a "barrier effect", a distancing and sometimes even a loss of habitats in critical situations.

•

• choice of site: this is the main factor that helps to reduce or eliminate most of the

impacts on natural environments and, therefore, on birds; • positioning of wind turbines in order to prevent barrier or funnel effects.

Alignment of the wind farms in parallel to migration routes effectively reduces the negative effects on migratory birdlife.

• choice of the period of work and scheduling of construction in line with the species' calendar, in particular outside the periods when the most sensitive local species reproduce i.e. between April and September inclusive.

• Development of ornithological monitoring to assess the impacts of wind turbines on birdlife and, particularly, on migratory birds.

• creation of a replacement habitat including, for example, the reformation of a network of hedges, the creation of a land reserve away from the wind farm to conserve wildlife fallows

• marking of wind turbines is needed to limit the impact on birdlife.

Landscape

Construction phase:

• direct and indirect effects on the landscape on account of

• destruction of existing vegetation and opening up of views; creation or enlargement of access roads, earthworks, uprooting of trees, soil compaction

• change to the colour and appearance of the site's plantlife; growth of weeds due to the introduction of exogenous earth

• partial or complete artificialisation of the site

• introduction of materials, clearing and modification of the track at the end of construction should be kept to the strict minimum necessary

• maintain a load-bearing capacity on the tracks to enable the intervention of motor vehicles for

• maintenance, •

298

Interim Report

(roads, slopes, areas with no plants, etc.).

Operating phase

• creation or modification of existing roads and the creation of routes intended for operation and maintenance or, if applicable, the introduction of wind turbines can have different consequences on the site:

o potential of there being too many users as a result of the opening of new access routes or changes made to existing roads;

o conflict between activities brought close together for the first time due to the easier access for motor vehicles;

o abandonment of the site by some of its users, following the installation of wind turbines.

• Strobe effect and reflection of sunlight

• The developer has already taken steps to ensure that the wind farm has the lowest possible impact on the landscape (limit to the number of wind turbines, layout of wind turbines according to houses, installation in lines, etc.).

• keep the wind turbine raising areas for maintenance, although it had previously been recommended that they be removed after smoothly integrating the master box.

• paint the wind turbine mast with a non-reflective coating in order to prevent it from reflecting sunlight.

Plants (rows of trees, etc.) or developments with similar features will make it easier to integrate the landscape into the site.

299

Interim Report

Acoustic environment Construction phase:

• Disturbance caused by construction vehicle traffic (trucks, cranes), increase in the number of peak levels per hour.

• The noise generated by the site will be audible not far from the houses closest to the site, but the sound level should be below the limits.

• Choice of installation and machines: seek the lowest noise impact possible. This measure consists of choosing the installation (number, location of wind turbines) and machines in line with local constraints.

• Performance of work on working days (work at the weekend, at dawn and in the evening should be avoided as much as possible).

• Limitation of sound power levels (must not exceed the values taken into account in the framework of this study).

Operating phase:

• Increased background noise at immission points (current background noise very low).

• The wind farm's specific noise should not exceed the limits in the housing areas nearest the site; the specific noise is very quiet.

• Beyond 8 m/s, the noise of the wind should conceal the noise generated by the wind turbines: it can be expected that with these wind speeds, the noise will hardly be audible.

• Periodic maintenance of wind turbines to limit mechanical noise. • Performance of a noise assessment after the farm has been installed. • Adaptation of production mode: set a "slow-motion" mode on the wind turbines

(thereby limiting sound emissions) depending on the time of day, week or year.

Capacity of equipment and public infrastructures

• Construction vehicle traffic and heavy loads on the unsuitable secondary network (possible damage to roads and red earth tracks, noise disturbance, etc.).

• No impact on air traffic

• Establishment of a route for heavy loads in collaboration with the wind turbine construction company, the police and local authorities.

• Day and night markings will be placed on the wind turbines to ensure the safety of the airspace.

Health and safety • The risk of accidents (breakage of blades, falling masts, fire in the rotor, environmental pollution, wind turbine parts transported by road, lightning).

• Electromagnetic interference and radiation • risk of disruption to radars;

• Put up signs warning of the dangers present on the site (falling objects, electric risk, construction traffic, etc.) and prohibiting access. These signs must be put up at the site entrance and on each storage and lifting platform.

• Introduction of very strict safety regulations: install barriers on the access roads to the site: fence off the wind turbines and/or the wind farm in order to prevent the public from going near them/it; close off access to mast access ladders;

300

Interim Report

• risks for air safety; • risks of disturbance to radio waves • risk of fire, etc.

install information panels on the risks and on the services to contact in case of emergency.

• (Red) Lighting to warn of the wind farm's existence with a light that does not affect visual quality on the site or for local residents

• Establishment of a structure for dialogue between the authorities, the surrounding community and the applicants.

• Access prohibited to the various potential users (community, sportspeople, etc.) when wind turbines are being raised and dismantled.

• establish a safety zone and design/install wind turbines so that no buildings or residential areas are located in the path on which blades could fall.

301

Interim Report

The work itself is going to produce waste (household waste linked to the presence of workers, ordinary industrial waste (wood, paper, cloths, metal waste, etc.] and hazardous waste (oils, electrical wires, etc.).

Furthermore, faulty equipment that will be removed may contain residual materials (waste oil, electrical waste, heavy metals, etc.).

In order to prevent visual pollution, environmental pollution and/or improper recovery/recycling, all companies working on the site must follow the waste management table below: Table 85: Waste management plan

Source Type of waste Management measure Final destination Measure to be taken

at the final destination

Construction

work

Domestic Place waste bins on site Waste disposal chain or landfill on a suitable site

None

Ordinary waste

Encourage recycling and recovery by local communities

Population

Dangerous waste

Set up a storage area that meets standards Approved buyers

Compliance with storage and management standards

Faulty equipment

Dangerous waste

Prevent the loss of residual materials and reuse by the local people

PETN Compliance with storage and management standards.

11.1.3 Dismantling and reinstating the site

PETN is responsible for dismantling and reinstating the land taken by the wind generator farm once operation ceases. Superstructures and machines, including foundations and the power sub-station, will need to be disassembled and removed during the dismantling phase. This phase causes the same type of impact as the construction phase due to the presence of construction vehicles. The reinstatement involves returning the wind farm site to Taiba Ndiaye so that it is capable of being returned to its former use.

These dismantling and reinstatement operations will cover all of the equipment that was necessary to install and operate the wind turbines, including:

- the wind turbines' foundations; - powerlines and buried or overhead cables and - in general, all equipment or fixtures related to the operation of the wind turbine, such

as technical installations and the reception. Reinstatement involves carrying out work aimed at erasing the traces of the operation and promoting the reintroduction of soil into their place, and more generally, into the agricultural environment of Taiba Ndiaye. To the extent possible, returning the agricultural land to its original use will be given priority.

302

Interim Report

The reinstatement of the access roads and locations of the foundations must be analyzed in detail, with regard to revegetation. In order to define the final state of the site, the data gathered for the site's initial state and its environment should be relied upon, taking into account the foreseeable evolution of the environments and of land use. This will also involve taking into account the expected impact of the dismantling work, and weighing up the advantages/disadvantages of removing all the foundations or not (which could mean a second phase of disturbance to the natural environment): When retuning the land to its original use is not desired, the owner must justify this choice:

- the reinstatement will propose a new use for the land which meets real needs, preferably addressing current local concerns;

- PETN shall clearly indicate the new user of the land; - the project's technical credibility and its financial balance will be demonstrated, in

terms of initial investment and maintenance of the site, whenever necessary. The site reinstatement project will specify, at each stage, the technical content of each substation and calculate the cost of each operation. The results of the monitoring and regular reports on the environmental impact of the construction and implementation of the project will be taken into account in order to define how the site will be reinstated.

11.2 INSTITUTIONAL MEASURES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CAPACITY-BUILDING PLAN

11.2.1 Capacity-building for PETN employees

Given the sheer novelty of wind turbine technology, all members of PETN staff and its subcontractors' employees should receive general training on safety, security and environmental issues, placing great emphasis on each employee's adherence to the charter for health and safety, quality and the environment (HSQE). The capacity-building modules would also benefit from addressing: emergency response procedures, health risks of certain activities, legal and regulatory obligations applicable to the project. A detailed program of these training modules should be defined in a Provisional Plan on employment management, training and awareness-building to be implemented by PETN's human resources management.

The contractors and subcontractors chosen during the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm life cycle must also follow all the policies and procedures on safety and the environment incorporated into the tender documents (DAO) and the technical specifications for the work, for the duration of their involvement in the project.

11.2.2 Information for local community

Consultation, particularly during the upstream development phases of a wind project, is one of the keys of success to integrating a wind farm both into its natural and human environment.

303

Interim Report

The wind project concerns all the actors in the community, particularly the local population and its representatives, the State services and associations. Their involvement and participation in the preparation of the project is essential for to succeed and be socially accepted. Given its close connection to sustainable development goals, a wind farm project must be carried out within a framework of local consultation and coordination. The table below presents examples of ways in which the public can be involved.

304

Interim Report

Table 86: Need for training and information Project phase Target audience Public training and information actions Body responsible for

implementation Cost of implementation

Project design -‐ Administrative authorities -‐ Municipal council -‐ Local associations (nature

protection, local residents, etc.)

-‐ Community of Communes - Local inhabitants, residents

-‐ Local economic players (farmers, vegetable farming professionals, ICS, etc.).

-‐ Municipal council decision, -‐ Information on the project's progress in the

municipal newsletter, -‐ Public meeting, -‐ Exhibition, - -‐ Distribution of brochures, -‐ Visits from other wind farms, -‐ Information website, etc.

PETN Taiba Ndiaye municipality

Investment cost

Impact assessments - Building permit - public briefings

-‐ Local inhabitants, residents -‐ Public surveys during the environmental study, -‐ Compensation procedures for people affected by

the project (PAPs) -‐ Presentation of the Environmental Impact Study

(EIS), -‐ On-site information (display board), -‐ Laying the foundation stone,

PETN Municipal council of Taiba Ndiaye Prefect of Tivaouane Department committee on maintenance expenses assessment

Investment cost

Release of land taken by the wind farm and compensation of PAPs

-‐ People affected by the project

-‐ Compensation procedures -‐ Bodies in charge of handling PAPs -‐ Procedures for filing grievances and complaints -‐ Support for PAPs in managing their

compensation -‐ Training on project drafting and management for

PAPs

PETN Prefect of Tivaouane Facilitation NGOS

10,000,000

Construction of the wind farm

-‐ Local inhabitants, residents - Local community

-‐ Information on construction progress, -‐ Visits to the site, -‐ Official inauguration

PETN Investment cost

Operation of the wind farm -‐ The public, residents - Local community

-‐ Information on the operation of the wind farm, -‐ Presentation by the environmental monitoring

manager

PETN 3,000,000

305

Interim Report

Project phase Target audience Public training and information actions Body responsible for implementation

Cost of implementation

-‐ Implementation of good practices during the work (waste management, disturbance limitation, etc.)

-‐ Organization of technical visits, -‐ Awareness-raising for residents on safety

measures -‐ On-site information boards, etc.

Improvement of environmental authorities' knowledge

-‐ Directorate for the Environment and Classified Establishments (DEEC)

-‐ Regional Division of the Environment and Classified Establishments of Thiès (DREEC)

-‐ Taiba Ndiaye municipality -‐ SENELEC

-‐ Visits from wind farm already in operation -‐ Training on good practices for monitoring and

control of risks related to the operation of wind turbines

PETN 10,000,000

Follow-up after installation of wind turbines

-‐ Research institutes -‐ Local people

-‐ Training on use of monitoring protocols -‐ Dissemination of results

PETN UNIVERSITY RESEARCH INSTITUTES

7,000,000

306

Interim Report

11.2.3 Capacity-building

The success of an environmental study, the aim of which is to ensure that development projects are ecologically sound and sustainable, depends largely on the environmental management capacity of the actors involved. As part of this process, capacity-building is a good practice that is widely used and often required in terms of reference, this being the case in Sarreole's wind farm project. Within the scope of this procedure, capacity-building is aimed at improving stakeholders' environmental expertise, particularly by means of upgrading institutional – but also technical – tools, for better control over the whole procedure, and in particular the environmental supervision and monitoring phases. The institutional aspects generally relate to the organization of the procedure and to the updating of the institutional and legal framework. With regard to technical aspects, they are generally focused on training of personnel and improvements to logistics.

The actions to build institutional and technical capacities proposed in the Sarreole project have addressed, on the one hand, a major environmental issue, namely ornithological monitoring and, on the other hand, public safety, in particularly concerning the risks of disturbance to radars, radio waves and air safety.

In addition, given that this is the first experience of a wind project of this scale in Senegal, it is important to capitalise on the results and lessons learnt from the environmental supervision and monitoring program, in order to develop a methodological reference guide for future environmental assessments of similar projects in Senegal or in the region.

To this end, the following actions have been defined:

→ Ornithological monitoring: ü Training of national park officials on standardised monitoring protocols for the

assessment of the impacts of a wind farm on birdlife developed by the Bird Protection League (LPO), France;

ü Detailed inventory during a statistically representative period for birdlife; ü Definition of a detailed birdlife monitoring plan and national protocols

(monitoring of deaths of birds and bats, monitoring of behaviour of birds and bats when flying, monitoring of breeding populations) and implementation of a regulatory framework;

ü Purchase of monitoring equipment and training of national park management (DPN) staff

ü Annual assessment of the monitoring plan and regulated protocols.

It should be noted that there are several more or less complex and burdensome approaches to the technical monitoring methods (direct observation, day and night cameras activated by automatic shock detection, Batcorders or Anabats attached to nacelles, thermal and infrared cameras, radars, etc.). In scientific terms, these methods, which will be the subject of protocols, must be validated based on the data relating to the inventory work, but also taking into account national technical capacities for using and maintaining equipment. Furthermore, the baseline situation and monitoring must be based on the same protocols in order for the assessment of the real effects/impacts to be as objective as possible.

307

Interim Report

Considering the needs of implementing this strategy as a whole, recruiting an international technical assistant who already has extensive experience of ornithological monitoring linked to wind farm projects is recommended.

→ Public safety ü Institutional support in defining public utility easements (protection areas and

coordination areas) relating to the protection of radioelectric transmitting and receiving centres against electromagnetic obstacles and disturbances;

ü Institutional support for the implementation of an order on the installation of wind turbines outside restricted areas subject to aviation easements.

The planning of these actions, which are intended to run for a total of five (05) years, is presented in the table below. The funding arrangements will be defined in specific agreements with the national park management (DPN), the Regulatory Authority for Telecommunications and Posts (ARTP) and the National Civil Aviation Agency of Senegal (ANACIM), approved by the Ministry in charge of the environment.

308

Interim Report

Table 87: Capacity-building plan Topics Actions Due date Duration Cost Beneficiary

body Monitoring of birdlife Training on standardised birdlife

monitoring protocols

Before operation

One week 10,000,000

DPN/Regional Inspectorate of

Water and Forests (IREF)

Technical international assistant

24 months (48 people/day)

Remuneration: $1,500/day Travel and mission fees:

3,500,000 FCFA

Detailed inventory of birdlife (baseline situation) and post-installation monitoring

Before operation

12 months (baseline situation) 48 months

(environmental follow-up)

PM

Development of national protocols and preparation of a draft order

Before operation 1 month Meetings: 2,500,000 FCFA

Purchase of ornithological monitoring materials (in line with regulated protocols)

Before Operation 2 month PM

Public safety Preparation of a draft order on the definition of public utility easements relating to the protection of radioelectric transmitting and receiving centres against electromagnetic obstacles and disturbances

Before Operation 1 month Meetings: 2,500,000 FCFA ARTP

Drafting of an order on the installation of wind turbines outside restricted areas subject to aviation easements.

Before Operation 1 month Meetings: 1,000,000 FCFA ANACIM

309

Interim Report

Topics Actions Due date Duration Cost Beneficiary body

Good environmental practices and EIS Design and editing of a methodological

guide to the implementation of wind projects

After 3 years of operation

4 month Consultants: 15,000,000 FCFA Editing: 3,000,000

Directorate for the

Environment and Classified Establishments

(DEEC)

310

Interim Report

11.3 SUPERVISION AND MONITORING PLAN

Despite the in-depth analysis of environmental and social impacts related to the project, a certain degree of uncertainty still remains regarding the clarification of impacts and mitigation measures.

Therefore, there is a need to draw up an environmental supervision and monitoring plan for the entire project that is equally applicable to the preparation, operating and reinstatement phases.

This environmental and social supervision and monitoring plan (ESSMP) was designed to allow the mitigation and environmental and social impact management measures required for the proposed project to be implemented.

In accordance with international best practices, the developer will implement the specific measures proposed by the environmental and social impact study (ESIS) aimed at preventing, mitigating, managing and monitoring the project's environmental and social impacts, from the preparation phase to the post-closure phase.

The ESSMP covers the important aspects of the design necessary to prevent environmental and social impacts and the specific measures required to mitigate the unavoidable impacts.

In addition, it is also concerned with preventative measures that help to manage the potential environmental risks related to the project, as well as with response measures that must be taken in the event of an emergency.

The implementation of the ESSMP will be the responsibility of PETN, while the supervision and control of the application of measures will fall under the responsibility of the DEEC/DREEC of Thiès, specifically the two main divisions: the impact assessment, pollution and disturbances division and the classified establishments division. These two divisions will interact with the other government technical services listed in subsection 10.4.1. and with third parties throughout the implementation of the ESSMP.

11.3.1 Environmental monitoring

11.3.1.1 PETN's commitments

In order to ensure respect for the environment, the developer must take action in two ways

Firstly, the project estimate must include provisions to ensure that physical, biological and human environments are protected. The developer must ensure that all the standard and specific mitigation measures outlined in this study, as well as all the measures included in the permit applications submitted to the government, are described in the estimate.

311

Interim Report

These provisions will then be an integral part of the contracts awarded to contractors. A set of environmental and social clauses will be added to the construction company specifications as an annex.

Secondly, while work is in progress the developer must ensure that the work supervision plan is followed. The supervision plan must be prepared before work commences and must specify the tasks and duties of each member of the team assigned to the project.

While work is in progress the developer must take on an environmental manager, who will ensure that each of the mitigation measures and requirements contained in this impact study are respected.

At the end of the work, an environmental monitoring report will be submitted to the competent authority, the Directorate for the environment.

If the environmental control is not separated from the technical control, the consultancy firm must consult an accredited environment expert.

11.3.1.2 Environmental monitoring program

PETN's environmental monitoring program will ensure: • compliance with mitigation and compensation measures; • compliance with applicable laws, regulations and requirements, and commitments.

11.3.1.3 Appointment of an environmental officer

PETN will appoint an officer12responsible for environmental monitoring for the construction and dismantling phases, whose main duties, under the supervision of the project director, will be:

• assist in planning of work requiring environmental monitoring and inform the various stakeholders (contractors, construction project manager, maintenance officers and wind farm operators) of environmental requirements;

• ensure fulfilment of the monitoring program; • inspect the work; • prepare all the required reports, including the monthly and annual projects required by

PETN management and the government authorities, whenever applicable. • during the operating phase, the operations manager will be in charge of environmental

monitoring.

12 If the technical control is not separated from the environmental supervision/control, it is essential for there to be an accredited environmental expert in the consultancy firm team

312

Interim Report

11.3.1.4 Activities that require monitoring

The project's activities will require environmental monitoring depending on the type, intensity and duration of the activity.

11.3.1.4.1 Preparation and construction phases • compliance of work, materials used and operations with standards and regulations in

force, as well as with other applicable requirements; • particular attention to limit changes to biophysical components of the environment

(soil, water and vegetation), in particular changes caused by clearing trees and construction (paths, hoisting platforms, fibre optic cables, wind turbine foundations and sub-station).

• careful coordination to limit periods of work, thereby reducing the impacts on the environment and local residents' quality of life;

• verification of compliance with environmental requirements by all contractors and those working on the site;

• transport of wind turbine components in accordance with safety and environment protection standards in force;

• monitoring of compliance with occupational health and safety standards; • minimisation of risks of accidents by specifically identifying working areas, including

signs when deemed appropriate; • proper management of solid and dangerous waste.

11.3.1.4.2 Operating phase

During this phase, PETN will ensure the following elements:

• Observance of environmental monitoring activities for the components of the environment potentially affected by the project.

• Clear identification of areas reserved for the wind farm, in particular the locations of the wind turbines and the sub-station, by means of signs intended to reduce the risks of accidents. In the event of a major breakdown posing a risk to the local inhabitants, the emergency plan will be applied;

• compliance with occupational health and safety standards (for example, maintenance work on wind turbines performed in teams of two or more, mobile communication system, sufficient training of workers for work on elevated structures);

• compliance of wind farm maintenance activities with standards and regulations in force;

• during its operation, the wind farm will undergo the necessary maintenance operations, planned at regular intervals, and at a rate of twice per year per wind farm, without exception. These operations will generate solid and liquid waste that must be managed according to its type.

11.3.1.4.3 Dismantling phase

313

Interim Report

Once the operating phase comes to a definitive end, the developer must dismantle the installations in accordance with regulations in force. The following equipment will be removed from the area: wind turbines (nacelles and towers), transformers, overhead and buried power lines, top layer of the concrete base and the connection sub-station.

The environmental monitoring program for this phase includes the elements listed for the preparation and construction phases, when deemed appropriate. In addition, certain pieces of project equipment will be dismantled and sent to appropriate recovery and landfill sites, if the type of material permits.

PETN will produce an environmental monitoring report related to the dismantling activities for consultation by the directorate for the environment and classified establishments (DEEC).

11.3.1.5 Agreement with competent environmental authority for supervision, inspection and application of measures

A protocol agreement between the DEEC, Regional Committee of Environmental Monitoring (CRSE) and PETN will define the support that the developer will give to the effective supervision of environmental and social measures. The protocol could also propose recruiting an independent consultant, who would be responsible for producing supervision reports at all stages of the project.

11.3.2 Environmental monitoring

The aim of the impact study is to conduct an assessment that is as accurate as possible. However, it is not always possible to accurately assess all the consequences of the implementation of the project for the environment. It is therefore useful to propose a monitoring system for support measures or measures to reduce impacts (if the results lead to the implementation of corrective measures).

Monitoring consists of all the means of analysis and measures needed to oversee the running of the works and the installations and monitoring of their impacts on the environment.

Monitoring makes it possible to check that the commitments made regarding the environment are met, by comparing a progress report with the original undertakings. It therefore involves an initial quality review.

Within the scope of the Taiba Ndiaye wind farm, attention is drawn to ecological monitoring and the monitoring of socio-health measures.

11.3.2.1 Ecological monitoring

Ecological monitoring after the wind turbines have been installed must be reserved for situations in which the impacts are known or difficult to foresee. Current monitoring focuses essentially on birds and bats.

314

Interim Report

The aim is to monitor the following:

- deaths of certain sensitive species, for example diurnal and nocturnal migratory birds, migratory or resident bats, breeding birds of prey, etc.;

- behaviours relating to, for example, migratory birds approaching the wind turbines, seasonal birds staying in the area, travelling breeding birds, etc.;

- reproduction, which will help to assess the influence of the wind farm on breeding populations;

- vegetation. v Monitoring of deaths of birds and bats

The method used to monitor mortality involves looking for dead animals (birds and bats) at the bottom of wind turbines. It is then necessary to take into account several important factors, including the effectiveness of the search and the speed with which the remains disappear, in order to estimate a mortality rate for the whole wind farm. Monitoring will be based on a representative number of visits and on a short interval between each visit, in order to minimize bias linked to the disappearance of remains. The timeframe between each visit must be in proportion to the speed with which remains are disappearing, which is evaluated in advance on each site, as it is specific to it and varies according to the season and type of remains.

v Monitoring of flying behaviour (birds and bats)

Monitoring the behaviour of birds will cover disturbances such as the "barrier effect" for migratory birds, the fragmentation of territories or the breaking up of transit routes, or even responses involving moving away from stopover and rest areas.

This monitoring will also provide the opportunity to improve scientific knowledge on behavioural responses of certain local species, the sensitivity to the wind turbines of which is still unknown. For bats, monitoring may be carried out by directly observing them or by using devices triggered by automatic shock detection, etc.

v Monitoring of breeding populations

By monitoring these populations, it is possible to check, for example, that the wind farm is not leading to reproduction areas being moved away or a loss of habitat, to describe the operating wind farm's effect on the spread or density of breeding populations, or even to study gradual habituation, etc.

This monitoring is all the more appropriate given that the impact study is limited in its ability to judge the sensitivity of populations that reproduce on the wind-farm site and in its surroundings and/or use it during this period as an feeding or transit area.

v Monitoring of flora and habitats

Monitoring flora and habitats within the scope of a wind farm is only justified in specific cases, because of the installation's small footprint and because the measures taken during the

315

Interim Report

project design and implementation phases are generally sufficient to prevent impact. This monitoring may involve: - monitoring of changes to the size of vegetation groups or stands inhabited by specific

species; - monitoring the development of species intentionally introduced for plants, in order to

prevent uncontrolled development; - monitoring of the development of species or groups benefited by the erection:

appearance of pioneer plant communities linked to new open environments, establishment of commonplace species or groups of invasive ruderal plants, etc.;

- monitoring of the effectiveness of ecological management operations, for example clearing undergrowth.

11.3.2.2 Socio-health monitoring

Socio-health monitoring must be carried out for the following components of the environment;

• social implications; • telecommunication systems; • sound environment and • the risks and dangers associated with the operation of the wind turbines (accidents and

work, health and safety).

11.3.2.3 Social risk

During the erection phase, managing the social risk must be a priority objective for PETN management. Minimising the impacts arising from the purchase of land was one of the project's main criteria, not only in the social risk management strategy but also in all decisions made involving the choice of location for the project installations.

Setting up a committee to monitor the People affected by the project (PAPs) is essential even if it is known that the wind farm footprint is the subject of an agreement entered into by the Taiba Ndiaye municipality and PETN. Monitoring and processing of complaints and grievances against the wind farm arising from its installation and operation will guarantee social acceptance of the project.

The reintegration and failure rates of activities funded for PAPs will serve as an indicator for measuring the relevance and sustainability of compensation.

The social dimension of the reinstatement and dismantling plan will also outline measures which will be taken as part of the dismantling of the wind farm installations. The main concerns at this stage should be the project's long-term physical and chemical stability and restoring, wherever possible, conditions that will enable the project sites to be used profitably and will protect humans and wildlife species against any potential dangers.

316

Interim Report

11.3.2.4 Landscapes

This program must make it possible to assess the impact felt by residents after the first year that the wind farm is in operation.

11.3.2.5 Telecommunication systems

This monitoring must measure the quality level of telephone signals from different operators present on the premises when the wind farm is in operation. This evaluation must take place within the two months following the commissioning of the wind farm.

11.3.2.6 Sound environment

The sound environment must be monitored in the year after the wind farm becomes operational and repeated after 5, 10 and 15 years of operation. In the event that monitoring of the sound environment reveals that standards have been exceeded, PETN must implement the corrective measures identified and check their effectiveness. The measures must be taken under operating and sound propagation conditions that are representative of the most significant impacts.

In addition, during the operating phase, the role of the environmental management officer will involve making sure that the developer protects the environment in all its activities and that it carries out the environmental activities that fall within its responsibility.

The sound received from a wind farm will be determined by measuring sound at the most exposed local residences. In order to assess the emissions, measurements when the wind turbines are in motion and when they are switched off will be required.

In order to obtain samples of residual and ambient noise over relatively homogeneous periods in terms of weather conditions, residual and ambient noise will preferably be measured during the wind farm's start-up and shut-down sequences over relatively short durations (depending on the owners' availabilities).

More specifically, the aforementioned officer will be responsible for:

-‐ Checking that environmental legislation has been enforced;

-‐ Coordinating the activities needs to settle environmental complaints or emergency response actions;

-‐ Maintaining, with respect to environmental issues, the developer's relations with the regional offices of governmental bodies;

11.3.2.7 Monitoring accidents at work, health and safety

As regards safety, the following will be necessary:

317

Interim Report

-‐ Placing appropriate signs in strategic locations, in order to remind humans present on the site for maintenance of the wind farm;

-‐ Keeping a log of personal accidents or incidents attributable to the operation of the wind turbines;

-‐ Drawing up an emergency plan covering potential accidents and the risks of breakage, including appropriate mitigation measures.

This plan will also outline treatment, maintenance and monitoring measures after the closure of the wind farm, which will be implemented after the closing procedures have been completed.

The occupational health and safety section describes the measures that will be taken to protect the health and safety of employees participating in the project's operating phase.

318

Interim Report

Table 88: Environmental monitoring program and implementing bodies/individuals

Elements to monitor Monitoring methods and systems Implementing body/individual

Periods Costs

Implementation of environmental measures required in the ESMP

Appoint a hygiene, safety and environment office (HSE) and/or demand one from the supervision office Monitoring of effectiveness of measures prescribed (compliance; level of implementation)

PETN HSE officer

For the duration of the project

1,000,000 / month

Social risk management Setting up of a compensation committee Compensation for owners Preferential employment for local communities Develop and implement an information and awareness program for both operating personnel and local inhabitants Monitoring of PAPs activities

PETN administrative and finance manager Site manager

Before lease is signed During the construction and operation of the wind farm After compensating PAPs

Included in PETN's investment plan Including investment costs

Monitoring of birdlife mortality

Wildlife inventory HSE officer Wind farm's first three years of operation

Included in salary

Monitoring of landscapes Complaints from residents and farmers in the area HSE officer During the 1st year of operation

Included in salary

Monitoring of telecommunication systems

Management of complaints from telephone users in the Taiba Ndiaye locality

HSE officer During the 1st year of operation

Included in salary

Monitoring of sound environment

Noise measurements in the vicinity of homes HSE officer Every 5 years Included in salary

Monitoring accidents at work, health and safety

Open and keep a record of accidents and incidents in workstations

HSE officer Daily Included in salary

Traffic-related dangers Performance on the road safety plan and number of accidents

HSE officer Monthly Included in salary

319

Interim Report

Implementation of emergency response actions.

Monitoring of number of sessions on sharing, testing and effectiveness of methods and emergency-response equipment

HSE officer Thiès civil protection

Biannual 500,000

320

Interim Report

Table 89: Environmental and social Management Planduring the design and erection phases of the wind farm Potential negative impacts

Mitigation measure Period Implementing body

Strategy for implementation by the Developer

Indicators Cost Monitoring/Regulatory control

Provisional soil compaction

Performance of tests on the soil to determine the nature of the site.

Engineering phase PETN Geotechnical studies by an accredited laboratory

Results of tests 10,000,000 PETN Taiba Ndiaye rural community DREEC/Thiès and Monitoring committee

Sealing of soil following concreting and land excavation.

Priority reuse of good soil stripped from roads and top soil from the foundations for agriculture.

Erection phase PETN Recycling and reuse of earth

Volume of earth recovered

Included in the special technical specifications (CPTP) for the work

PETN DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee Construction manager and Land owners

Pollution of the soil and groundwater caused by accidental penetration of liquid pollutants (construction or storage machinery: hydrocarbon, hydraulic oils, lubricants and

Storage of dangerous liquid products (oils, fuel, etc.) during construction in a containment unit able to contain the tank's entire volume.

Erection phase PETN Construction Company

Provision of anti-pollution response kits on the site.

Existence of containment tanks Number of emergency responses Technical inspection of construction vehicles

Included in the estimate for the work

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring Committee and Construction manager

321

Interim Report

paint).

Pollution of the soil and sub-soil: presence of oil in the wind turbines (around 1,500L/wind turbine), oil in the transformers.

Introduction of equipment containing oils (gearbox, transformers, etc.) in a containment tank of a sufficient size.

Engineering phase

PETN Give preference to dry-type transformers over oil-type transformers

Idem Included in the estimate for the work


Decrease in arable areas and production yields Loss of agricultural forestry production

Compensate land owners according to an agreed scale Choice of site Fair and equitable compensation of PAPs

Engineering phase Erection phase

PETN Implement in a compensation committee

Number of PAPs Compensation amount Number of complaints and claims

To be determined with land owners and the Municipal Council of Taiba Ndiaye

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee Rural Council Compensation committee

Pruning or potential removal of certain notable plants and/or shrubs along the access roads.

Protection of notable species in the fields and along the access roads.

Erection phase PETN IREF

Compensatory planting

Number of plants Length of plants

10,000,000 DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee PETN Forestry sector

322

Interim Report

Damage to heritage species stands Cutting of trees, clearing Accidental introduction of invasive species

Soil from outside the site not introduced Reinstatement of stripped topsoil after the work Definitive maintenance of the hoisting area Protection of habitats highly sensitive to trampling, public information Management of endangered natural environments,

Erection phase PETN IREF

Choice of site Verification of absence of heritage species before work begins

Affected heritage species Compensatory planting

UNAVAILABLE

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee PETN Forestry Sector of Tivaouane

Destruction, loss or damage to habitats (breeding, wintering) Birdlife, bats

Choice of site avoiding migratory routes Choice of wind turbine height Positioning of wind turbines: outside sensitive areas, parallel to birds' paths of travel, opening up of lines to encourage transit Marking of wind turbines to limit the impact on birdlife Maintenance of habitats on the periphery of the wind farm by crop rotation management

Erection phase PETN Included in the estimate for the work

Number of deaths caused by wind turbines


DEEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee PETN Forestry sector

destruction, loss or damage of habitats destruction of less

Verification of absence of heritage species before work begins Rehabilitation or creation

Erection engineering phase

PETN Choice of site avoiding sensitive areas.

UNAVAILABLE

323

Interim Report

mobile specimens of replacement ponds

Noise generated by the transit of construction vehicles (trucks, cranes), increase in the number of peak levels per hour.

Performance of work on working days (work at the weekend, at dawn and in the evening should be avoided as much as possible). Limitation of sound power levels (must not exceed the values taken into account in the framework of this study).

Erection phase PETN Construction Company

Noise level Staff provided with personal protective equipment (PPE) Residents' complaints and grievances

Include in the CPTP

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee PETN

Possible damage to roads and red earth tracks, sound disturbances, etc.

Establishment of a police escort for heavy loads in collaboration with the wind turbine construction company, the police and local authorities. Application for authorization for outsize transport

Erection phase PETN Combine civil protection

% of rotations escorted Damage to roads due to overloading of the axle

1,500,000 DREEC/Thiès, Security forces Directorate for land transport PETN Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC)

324

Interim Report

Disturbance of staff and neighbours Release of dust during works on wind turbines' and tracks' footprint Dust released during transit of construction and heavy vehicles along the red earth tracks

Spraying of track running surface Lines of plants along tracks to function as dust suppressants

Erection phase Construction company PETN

-‐ Presence of water tanks

-‐ Volume of water consumed to irrigate tracks

-‐ Line of dust suppressants

Included in the construction company bid

PETN DREEC/Thiès Health district

Natural risks of fire following lightning

Carry out a lightning protection study

Erection phase PETN Include DPC 46 lightning rods installed

Included in the equipment planned on each wind turbine

PETN Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC)

Change in spatial organization, introduction of scaling ratios Interaction with surrounding landscape (rural, urban, industrial) and with landscape features

Landscape project Restrict visibility of site Specific reinstatement operations

Erection phase PETN Choice of site and installation variable

Proposed landscape integration project

UNAVAILABLE PETN Taiba Ndiaye municipality DREEC

325

Interim Report

Table 90: Environmental and social Management Plan during the wind farm operating phase

Potential negative impacts

Mitigation measure Period Implementing body

Strategy for implementation by the Developer

Indicators Cost Monitoring/Regulatory control

Fiscal fallout Tourist fallout

Aid to support operation of local structures (agricultural, associative, tourism, etc.)

Operating phase

Taiba Ndiaye municipality

Investment to benefit local communities in the wind-farm area

Municipal revenue Subsidies granted to producers' organizations Development projects to benefit the community

UNAVAILABLE Municipal council of Taiba Ndiaye Monitoring committee

Pollution of the soil and groundwater caused by accidental penetration of liquid pollutants (construction or storage machinery: hydrocarbon, hydraulic oils, lubricants and paint).

Storage of dangerous liquid products (oils, fuel, etc.) during construction in a containment unit able to contain the tank's entire volume.

Operating phase

PETN Construction Company

Provision of anti-pollution response kits

Existence of containment tanks Number of emergency responses Technical inspection of construction vehicles



326

Interim Report

Pollution during maintenance and oil changing.

Performance of maintenance according to a well-prepared schedule and taking all necessary precautions to prevent any leakage of oil or of any other liquid substance that is dangerous for the environment.

Operating phase PETN Emergency

measures

Containment tanks and anti-pollution kits

- Included in the operating budget


Decrease in arable areas and production yields

Compensate land owners according to an agreed scale

Operating phase PETN

Implementation in a PAP complaints monitoring committee Provide the committee with an operating budget

Number of complaints and claims Disputes solved

1,500,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee Rural Council Compensation committee

Trampling of nearby habitats by visitors (indirect effect)

Definitive maintenance of the hoisting area Protection of habitats highly sensitive to trampling, public information Management of endangered natural environments,


Restoration of damaged environments Stabilisation of access roads

Restored areas Communication tools developed for visitors

Included in cost of work

DEEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee Research institutes PETN Forestry Sector of Tivaouane

327

Interim Report

Risk of birds colliding with a moving blade (limited risk); birds of prey are however more sensitive to lattice towers.

Marking of wind turbines limit the impact on birdlife.


Introduction of research protocols with universities and research institutes Monitoring of deaths

Number of deaths caused by wind turbines

7,000,000

DEEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee Research institutes PETN Forestry Sector of Tivaouane

"Scarecrow" effect: risk of disturbance to wild birdlife "Barrier" effect Various types of disruption (e.g. failure of or drop in reduction)

Development of ornithological monitoring to assess the impacts of wind turbines on birdlife Maintenance of habitats on the periphery of the wind farm by crop rotation management Protection of breeding birds Regulation adapted to wind turbine operation

Operating phase

PETN FORESTRY SECTOR

Involve research institutes and universities

Direct observation of scarcity of local wildlife Existence of monitoring protocols Monitoring results

4,000,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee Research institutes PETN Forestry sector

328

Interim Report

Noise generated by transit of operation and maintenance vehicles

Raising the awareness of operating staff of the speed limit and instructions for respecting the highway code and traffic signs Speed limit in accordance with recommendations Limitation of sound power levels (must not exceed the values taken into account in the framework of this study).

Erection and dismantling phase

PETN Construction Company

Awareness-raising tools developed Residents' complaints and grievances

2,000,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee Road safety PETN

Possible damage to roads and red earth tracks, sound disturbances, etc.

Contribute to periodic maintenance of roads Contribution to the Taiba Ndiaye municipality's budget for maintenance and rehabilitation of tracks

Operating phase PETN Combine civil

protection

Taxes paid for overloading of axle Budget allocated to maintenance of tracks

1,500,000

DREEC/Thiès, Security forces Roads Authority Directorate for land transport PETN Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC)

329

Interim Report

The risk of accidents (breakage of blades, falling towers, fire in the rotor, environmental pollution, wind turbine parts transported by road, lightning). Production of infrasound Casting of shadows

Choice of site (away from neighboring houses) Public information Establish an internal operation plan (IOP) and test it regularly

Operating phase PETN Include DPC

Existence and test of IOP Information campaign aimed at populations and signalling of safety rules

15,000,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee PETN Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC) Taiba Ndiaye local authority and local inhabitants

Risk of collision (foundations, towers), catching (bottom of blades, wires)

Installation of wind turbines in the direction of the wind and separation of machines Sound signals

Operating phase PETN Incident log UNAVAILABLE

PETN Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC) DREEC

Noise of wind turbines Light emission Disturbance to radio reception Disturbance in the vicinity

Choice of site (away from local residents) Acoustic optimisation of the wind farm Restoration of reception quality Clamping of wind turbines if sound levels are exceeded

Operating phase PETN Monitoring

protocol

Complaints from local residents and network operators

5,000,000

DREEC Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC) Social security University of Thiès Municipal council of Taiba Ndiaye

330

Interim Report

Natural risks of fire following lightning

Install lightning rods on wind turbines

Operating phase

PETN Include DPC

Number of lightning rods Fires linked to lightning within the wind farm footprint

Planned on each wind turbine

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee PETN Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC)

Frustration of neighboring villages without electricity

Establishment of a structure for dialogue between the authorities, the surrounding community and the applicants.


Involve the Senegalese Agency for Rural Electrification (ASER) in consultation and coordination Contribute to costs of connecting remaining villages

Number of villages with electricity 7,500,000

DREEC/Thiès, Monitoring committee PETN ASER Taiba Ndiaye local authority and local inhabitants

Improvement of environmental authorities on the operation of the wind farm

Organization of study trip and benchmarking

Operating phase PETN Involve Senelec

-‐ Number of participants

-‐ Duration and destination of trip

10,000,000

DEEC/DREEC PETN Taiba Ndiaye municipality Directorate for Civil Protection (DPC)

331

Interim Report

11.4 IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT

11.4.1 Administrative organization

The ESMP applies to the preparation, commissioning and operation of all the installations, including the processing plant, as well as to the site closure and reinstatement phases. It concerns all employees working on the project, including the project's permanent and temporary staff and contractors' employees.

All of them have specific duties, both on the management and operational levels, involving maintenance and implementing procedures linked to the ESMP.

Specific mitigation measures identified for each project component, within the immediate scope of the project and under the responsibility of the aforementioned players, must be implemented and monitored properly. The methods for implementing supervision and monitoring the effectiveness of these measures will be organized around a participatory approach involving several stakeholders, including:

- the developer; - State technical services (the directorate for the environment and classified

establishments, the directorate for energy, the directorate for water and forests, the directorate for livestock, the directorate for agriculture, the directorate for civil protection, the directorate for employment and social security, the roads authority, the directorate for land transport, etc.);

- Thiès regional commission of civil protection; - research and training institutes in the region: Universities of Thiès, ENSA, CNRA, etc. - Taiba Ndiaye municipality.

With regard to the need for synergy between these stakeholders, several specific actions are needed to facilitate the implementation of environmental and social measures, and the emergency measures recommended by this Environmental Impact Study.

332

Interim Report

Table 91: Summary of administrative organization Stakeholder category Socioeconomic aspects Environmental aspects Information/communication End-of-life management

Technical services - Inform local authorities and civil society about the content of the agreement between the Municipality and the project developer;

- Build local population's response capacity in order to assist in the implementation of the project;

- Inform and raise awareness among local populations about Senegal's environmental policy;

- Transfer a share of public revenue generated by the project to local administrations, in accordance with rules governing the decentralization and management of local resources;

- Ensure that the environment and natural resources are conserved within the scope of the project implementation

- build institutional project supervision and monitoring capacities;

- enforce legislative instruments on the environment;

- conduct periodic environmental checks in the project area;

- regularly inspect the project activities and management of dangerous products used;

- require that sites are rehabilitated after dismantling the wind farm

- ensure wide dissemination of legislative and regulatory texts applicable to the project;

- organize a platform for dialogue on environmental issues in the installation area of the two wind farms

- require a report on the dismantling work and reinstatement of the wind farm sites;

- create a framework for cooperation and monitoring of the dismantling plan, including all stakeholders involved;

- certify the performance of rehabilitation work.

333

Interim Report

Developer (Sarreole) - Enforce the laws and agreements signed with the Taiba Ndiaye municipality;

- Enforce sectoral regulations (codes and standards) and the law on the Environment Code;

- Rehabilitate or strengthen infrastructure, in the fields of health, education and water, so that they meet the local inhabitants' actual needs;

- Adopt a preferential hiring policy for indigenous communities;

- guarantee the independent control and improvement of environmental and social conditions in the project area;

- conserve natural resources and optimal protection for local residents quality of life;

- ensure that electrical energy generation activities are monitored and that mechanisms to mitigate the impact of the project on the environment are implemented.

- Follow the recommendations of the environmental and social impact study

- involve local communities in the monitoring of wind-farm site dismantling programs;

- support the funding of environmental conservation activities in the project area;

- ensure the preparation, implementation and follow-up of a site rehabilitation plan once operation has ceased;

- build local populations' technical capacities and environmental knowledge in order to better prepare them to assist in the project;

- conduct periodic environmental audits to guarantee the effectiveness of existing systems;

- actively support environmental protection.

- Implement a voluntary wind-farm related incidents and accidents reporting system with professional organizations

- draw up a strategy for communication and sharing experiences with local communities

- raise awareness among, inform and train local populations and administration.

- at the start of operation, set up a rehabilitation fund covering all the expenses;

- rehabilitate the sites in line with the proposed work schedule;

- monitor and control the implementation of the rehabilitation program, by respecting the established timing;

University and research institutes

- Assign corporate social responsibility (CSR) procedures to the scientific and technical research department

- Improved knowledge of the ecological impact of wind turbines

- Improve the state of knowledge of the health impacts of wind turbines

- Call for applications from potentially eligible structures

- Dissemination of monitoring results for university research

- Adapt the dismantling schedule by capitalising on knowledge acquired

334

Interim Report

Local authorities and populations

- support the project so that benefits can be gained from it that are of help to community development;

- diversify sources of revenue, by reinvesting revenue from mining production in sustainable activities;

- play the role of mediator between the project and local populations in the event of conflicts;

- support the project for effective environmental monitoring;

- raise awareness among and build local inhabitants' capacities with respect to optimal use of the project's benefits.

- share traditional knowledge for better management of natural resources

- take part in monitoring the rehabilitation sites;

- launch environmental programs at the community level.

- convey information through traditional channels of communication;

- raise awareness among opinion leaders of the communication and dissemination of information on the project's activities.

- check that the equipment and installations in place are working;

- encourage the project to give local communities and populations the benefit of certain infrastructures;

335

Interim Report

The environmental protection measures that the developer has recommended and which are linked to the erection activities will form an integral part of contractors' obligations.

The contractor's environmental protection responsibilities will be inserted and specified in all work contracts issued by the developer; these responsibilities include the following:

-‐ the contractor must ensure compliance with national and international laws, regulations and standards on the quality of the work environment and environmental protection;

-‐ the contractor must comply with general environmental guidelines issued by the developer;

-‐ the contractor shall appoint an officer for environmental monitoring. This officer will be responsible for ensuring that the environment is protected during the performance of construction work;

-‐ the contractor must prepare a final report at the end of the work on all its environmental monitoring activities and submit it to the developer.

The dismantling work must take into account social and physical rehabilitation aspects provided for the following purposes:

-‐ not endangering future public health and safety; -‐ providing affected communities with beneficial and sustainable post-operational land use.

11.4.2 Implementing recommendations

Before and during implementation of the project, the following measures are recommended:

⋅ Surveys and Public briefing – information and awareness-raising among stakeholders: Before work commences, a public briefing will be organized with local population officials, to provide information on the project and the planned environmental measures. This meeting will also provide an opportunity for specifying the roles and duties of each individual in order to ensure participation in the implementation of the project.

⋅ Preparation of a classified establishment dossier: given that the project falls within the category of a classified establishment, the developer must prepare and submit a classified establishment dossier for review by the DEEC. This dossier includes a project layout and the locations of installations;

⋅ Communication campaign: information and awareness-raising among all stakeholders: the Developer must organize a communication campaign (information and awareness-raising) before work starts and during the operating phase.

⋅ Implementation of environmental measures: Technical measures will be implemented by the private companies that are going to carry out the project.

⋅ Monitoring and supervision of the implementation of environmental measures during the work and operating phase: the HSE expert will perform internal environmental monitoring (preparation and operating phase), while the DEEC and the Directorate for Energy will be responsible for external monitoring.

336

Interim Report

11.4.3 Cost of environmental and social management plan and monitoring

The environmental and social management plan includes three categories of measures:

-‐ technical and/or environmental measures to be introduced into the tender dossier as contractual measures, which will not be evaluated financially;

-‐ supervision and monitoring measures, including capacity-building measures, the costs of which will be negotiated and agreed upon with stakeholders (actors responsible for monitoring and contractors);

-‐ specific measures which will be charged to the development budget.

Table 92: Cost of environmental and social management plan

SPECIFIC MEASURES Total (FCFA) Initial measures

Geotechnical tests on the wind farm footprint 10,000,000 Setting up and running of a compensation monitoring committee 1,500,000

Developing and performing an IOP test 15,000,000

Contributing to electrification of neighboring villages 7,500,000

Provisions for outsize transport/overloading of axle 5,000,000 Police escort for heavy loads in collaboration with the wind turbine construction company, the police and local authorities.

1,500,000

Support for PAPS by developing a Community Development Plan (CDP) 50,000,000

Compensatory planting along tracks and/or fields 10,000,000 Communication plan for local communities 3,000,000

SUBTOTAL 103,500,000

Operational measures

Recruitment of a HSE officer 7,800,000 FCFA /year

Research agreements for ecological and health monitoring (wildlife, flora, noise) 7,000,000

Training mission for those responsible for monitoring/study trip 10 000 000

Provisions for ESMP monitoring committee 2,500,000

Provision for those responsible for monitoring ESMP activities 2,000,000 FCFA /year

337

Interim Report

12 CONCLUSION

In the light of the study of the environmental and social impacts of installing a wind farm with 46 wind turbines in the Taiba Ndiaye municipality, it is quite clear the the positive arguments for such an investment make the case for this project to be accepted. The fact is that, as a renewable energy that requires no fuel, does not create greenhouse gases, does not produce toxic or radioactive waste, introducing wind energy is a credible alternative to diversify and strengthen the electricity generation industry in Senegal. Furthermore, by fighting against climate change, wind energy makes a long-term contribution to maintaining the biodiversity of natural environments.

The Taiba Ndiaye wind farm will result in additional power of 150 MW in the Senegalese electricity generation network, which is strongly characterized by recurrent deficits, without affecting the air quality, without polluting water (no discharge into aquatic environment, no thermal pollution) and without polluting the soil (no soot or ash).

This means that the wind farm's ecological and economic viability can be guaranteed if the measures to mitigate the related social and environmental impacts are implemented in a timely manner. The main requirements are:

Fair and equitable compensation for those entitled to it and social support for people affected by the wind farm;

• Implementation of actions to restore biotopes and mitigate disruption caused to wildlife • Compliance with the formal agreement with the Taiba Ndiaye local authorities; • Compliance with forestry regulations and the provisions of the ESMP outlined in this

report.

The research has found an enabling environment for removing uncertainties related to the impact of wind turbines on wildlife (mortality) and man (noise, vibrations, etc.). This presents Sarreole with the chance to build up the resources of the universities and training institutes that it will involve in the company's CSR procedures.

In short, these are arguments in favor of the social and environmental acceptance of Sarreole's project to construct a wind farm with 46 wind turbines in the Taiba Ndiaye Municipality, in the Tivaouane department.

338

Interim Report

ANNEXES

Annex A: Terms of reference and response from the DEEC Annex B: Decision of the Municipality Annex C: Extracts of some regulatory texts Annex D: List of people met and/or contacted Annex E: List of experts that conducted the study

339

Interim Report

Annex A: Terms of reference and response from the DEEC

340

Interim Report

DRAFT

TERMS OF REFERENCES FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF THE PROJECT TO BUILD WIND

FARMS IN TAIBA NDIAYE, SENEGAL

341

Interim Report

Chapter 1- INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT

Population growth, especially in urban areas, is leading to increased needs for energy and, in particular renewable energy. The local traditional operator, the Senelec company, has announced an increase in consumption and in the number of customers at a rate of around 10% per year. The majority of electricity is, more significantly, generated from thermal (along with the drawbacks associated with the petroleum products market in terms of cost, energy dependence and pollution) or hydraulic sources. In these circumstances, it appears appropriate to concentrate on local renewable resources, such as solar and wind energy. The development of wind energy now forms part of policies to combat the greenhouse effect. The Kyoto (1997) and Buenos Aires conferences concluded that greenhouse gas emissions need to be reduced. It is the burning of fossil fuels (fuel oil and coal, in particular) which is responsible for the majority of air pollution and the warming of our planet. Wind power is expected to undergo significant development in the current context of the dramatic increase in the use of fossil fuels. Although this so-called "renewable" energy offers many advantages to the environment, it may also lead to certain changes or disturbances. It is therefore important to develop high-quality wind farms that are integrated into their natural and human environment, in the spirit of the Environment code (Law No. 2001 - 01 of 15 January 2001), which specifies the following in its Title I, Chapter III (Instruments of environmental protection) Article L 8: The national strategy for the implementation of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change is one of the instruments of environmental protection. Wind power is a form of energy which produces no greenhouse gas. A clear sign of modern dynamism, the installation of wind farms will be perceived as even an unprecedented demonstration of innovation, a strong commitment to a sustainable energy policy concerned with respecting future generations. This project with a total power of at least 151.8 MW involves installing at least 46 wind turbines each with a unit capacity of 3.3 MW, or any variant equipment whose total power will be compatible with the scope of the project, which will be carried out in 3 phases:

• The development phase: impact feasibility study: timeframe 18 months from June 2007; budget: around €82,000.

• Administrative and contractual phase: obtaining permits (building permit, operating

permits) and contracts for the purchase of electricity generated over 15 to 20 years; the models of electricity purchase contracts produced by thermal power plants could be adapted.

342

Interim Report

• Implementation phase: the installation of wind turbines could be carried out in three (around) 50-MW phases. This 50-MW power per phase may be seen as a critical power level for the construction of a project. The successful completion of this phase involves implementing a project that is substantial enough to motivate investors and wind turbine suppliers in particular and makes it possible to use the scale factor to pool costs (studies, creation of accesses and electrical connection, transport of resources and construction equipment and raising of wind turbines).

The main purpose of this impact study is to:

• ensure that all stages of operations to be started within the scope of this project are compatible with the environmental sensitivities of the sites accommodating the wind turbines, as well as with the regulatory requirements that the national authorities have defined for their protection;

• to identify and recommend concrete actions to reduce the disturbances that are likely to be caused, as well as an environmental management project for the entire duration of the project.

The study will be conducted based on terms of reference, the subject of this document, and will be prepared by taking into account the obligations and recommendations of the Senegalese Environment Code.

Given that the wind farm would be composed of a series of wind turbines and also an access road and an outgoing electricity grid, the impact study must take into account the various components of the wind farm. A. Duties of the Consultant In consultation with the Developer, the Consultant will have to carry out the following duties:

Chapter 2- DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

The consultant will present the various components of the production, installation, operating and wind-farm installation dismantling program, and it will include:

ü General presentation of the study area (base map 1:100,000);

• General presentation of the wind farm location (1:25,000 map); • Proposed location and footprint required; • Electrical power and expected generation; • Number, type, dimensions and location of wind turbines; • Project stakeholders: project owner, construction manager; • Background to the project development;

343

Interim Report

• Provisional project schedule.

ü Construction; • Description of construction and wind-turbine installation methods;

foundations, access during construction and operation, raising procedure; • Description of connection to the grid and interconnection of wind turbines:

transformers, power sub-station, electrical cable routing; • Other equipment: measurement mast, car park, public information area, etc. • Human resources required during construction and reception; • Type and movement of construction vehicles, transport of materials and traffic; • Duration of construction phases and provisional schedule.

ü Operation;

• Description of plant operation; • Conditions of access to the wind farm; • Estimated project lifetime.

ü Dismantling and reinstating the site;

• Description of structure dismantling plan; • Description of the site reinstatement.

Chapter 3 - ANALYSIS OF THE POLITICAL, LEGISLATIVE, REGULATORY AND INSTITUTIONAL CONTEXT

The consultant will conduct research on relevant regulations and standards concerning environmental quality, including the requirements of international conventions that the country has ratified on environmental protection. This analysis must take into account the legal status of the sites expected to accommodate the wind farms.

The mandates and capacities of institutions concerned with the management of wind farms should also be studied.

Chapter 4 - DESCRIPTION OF THE INITIAL STATE AND RELEVANT COMPONENTS OF THE ENVIRONMENT

This will involve collecting and analyzing basic data on the relevant elements that are a feature of the physical, biological and sociocultural environment in the study area.

344

Interim Report

Firstly, the Consultant must geographically identify the sites (on a map of an appropriate scale) and indicate the location of the administrative authorities which they fall under (region, department, neighborhood, municipality or community, etc.). Secondly, the Consultant must define the project's area of influence, that is, all geographical areas that are likely to be affected by the impacts of the project. The boundaries of the study area are defined by the potential impact with the wider study areas having the most noticeable repercussions. The visual impact is the factor most often taken into account when determining the wide study area. However, this does not mean that each of these aspects should be studied with the same degree of precision for the whole study. These study areas vary depending on the subjects to be studied (very large view corridor, presence of an element with UNESCO world heritage status, migratory bird routes, presence of settlements that are sensitive to noise pollution, etc.). Different types of information need to be collected to define the initial state and to assess the sensitivity of sites (indicative list):

• regulatory easements: they concern both the airspace that the wind turbines will occupy (microwave radio signals, movement of aircraft, etc.) and the ground area occupied by other activities (transmission pipes, infrastructures, etc.); in particular, air space easements (clearance and radio) and the constraints relating to the operation of aerodromes under visible flight rules and under instrument flight rules, environmental protection areas;

• territorial management guidelines mentioned in planning documents (local development plan [PLD], Regional Land-Use Planning Strategy [SRAT] for the Grande Côte),

• territories subject to specific regulations (urban planning restrictions, constraints

linked to natural heritage, constraints linked to cultural heritage). During the analysis of the initial state of the sites and their environment, the consultant must provide sufficient data to identify, evaluate and rank the potential effects of the wind farms. The initial state must describe the context specifically and in detail (place, geographical size), as well as the specific (notable aspect, originality, rarity) and significant features (quality of environments, protection level) of the components of the environment. In addition, thematic maps may be prepared, for example:

• location (project location map, study area map); • physical environment (topographic map, hydrographic chart, wind rose); • biological environment (map of inventoried natural environments, map of protected

natural environments, map of breeding and migratory birdlife); • human environment (occupied areas map, land use plan (POS) zoning map, technical

easements map

345

Interim Report

• heritage and landscape (notable or protected heritage map, landscape units map, landscape frequentation map).

Chapter 5 - ANALYSIS OF VARIABLES

As part of the process of identifying wind sites, several alternative sites will be described and compared on the basis of technical, economic and environmental criteria. The consultant will consider these different alternative sites as well as each of the potential layout schemes. Subsequently, the assessment process must encourage variables that have the least impact on the selected site to be defined and analyzed: - wind turbine location variations on a single site; - variations of infrastructure related to the project: location, type of connection and electricity network routing, other accesses for the transport of wind turbines, etc.; - technical variables: type of wind turbine, foundation, network connection, etc. This phase of the study provides an opportunity to take a critical look at the project, by presenting the various paths explored during the design phase. It facilitates understanding of the choices that the project leader made and justification of the selected option. It also makes it possible to choose the best alternative, by comparing the different layout schemes, by drawing on a small amount of environmental data. In this way, this phase makes it possible to dedicate most of the resources to a more limited area.

Chapter 6 - ANALYSIS OF EFFECTS AND EXPECTED IMPACTS ON THE ENVIRONMENT

The study of the effects on the environment must be based on methods and tools that make it possible to foresee and determine the significance of the different effects (positive or negative) by making a distinction between direct or indirect, temporary or permanent, or cumulative effects, during construction, operation and dismantling. The analysis and assessment of the impacts must cover the following phases in particular:

• Site preparation, installation, erection of wind farm; • Operation of wind farm; • Dismantling of wind farm and reinstatement of site

In addition, the study will focus on the following aspects during this analysis phase:

346

Interim Report

6.1 AIR QUALITY

- Identify the project components that will affect air quality. - Identify sources of emission.

6.2 WASTE AND POLLUTED WATER TREATMENT

- Quantity and sources. - Waste water treatment system (consider the best technology to measure loads and

harmful concentrations). - Produce and discuss:

o the limits for contaminants to be taken into account; o the effects in discharge areas; o the possibility of reducing the harmful effects, in relation to treatment

technology.

6.2.1 Noise and vibrations

Wind turbines generate noise when in operation. Although the sound levels emitted are relatively low, compared to those emitted by a heavily used road, for example, the sound requirement is one of the main constraints on setting up a wind farm and therefore features prominently in the impact study. It must demonstrate compliance with regulations in force, on the one hand, and address the issue of noise in terms of public health, on the other. The impact of sound emissions by the wind turbines will be studied from the most exposed residences, namely:

- dwellings closes to the site: pinpointing them is essential in order to identify sensitive areas (type of occupation, layout, etc.);

- dwellings located under prevailing winds (in particular where the direction of prevailing winds is marked);

- dwellings located in specific topographical arrangements that could lead to low residual noise levels locally, despite high wind speeds on the wind farm site;

- the activities that are going to affect the actual noise level, during the construction and operating phases;

- The expected sound level of the installations; - The impact of noise on the property boundaries during the construction and operating

phases.

6.2.2 Waste management

- Production of waste in the different phases: construction, energy generation, maintenance and dismantling of installations

- For each type of waste: identification, quantity, volume, method of elimination or recovery, internal or external, processing method,

347

Interim Report

- Measures taking for treatment.

6.3 FLORA AND FAUNA

A description of the plants and wildlife in the natural environment (terrestrial wildlife) will be produced. It will cover both the species that frequent the wind farm site and their use of the site. The research must be more in-depth for rare or heritage species. Migratory, breeding and wintering birds will be studied according to appropriate methods.

6.3.1 Hygiene, Health and safety

Like any industrial equipment, wind turbines involve a technical risk linked to their operation. Although this risk is classified as very low overall, complying with the design and operation rules is an essential factor for the safe and reliable operation of equipment. The consultant must also:

- Determine whether the implementation of the project will have an impact on the health of local inhabitants and workers.

- Identify the exposed populations and the risks in relation to the polluting components released into the environment.

6.3.2 Human environment

The study of the environmental effects on the human environment will address the identified consequences of the project for the various components of the environment concerning usage by local inhabitants, in particular: ⋅ Compliance with Regional Land-Use Planning Strategies for the Grande Côte area and

the Taiba Ndiaye Rural Council's local development plan (PLD), ⋅ Land tenure and owners located in the vicinity, ⋅ Usage of soil: ⋅ Agriculture: affected properties, agricultural potential, land under cultivation,

forestry data ⋅ Tourist recreation activities, ⋅ Infrastructure and services: road transport, maritime transport, electricity network,

water supply and management of waste water, management of solid and liquid waste, services, chemical factory (i.e. ICS),

⋅ Culture and heritage: archaeological potential, built heritage, quality of life. ⋅ Human health: toxic organic compounds, "classic" contaminants, inhalable and ozone

particles, assessment of effects on health, expected sound impact.

6.3.3 Local and regional economy

The study of impacts in the economic sector will address the following aspects:

348

Interim Report

⋅ Impact on local employment and creation of wealth, ⋅ Improvement of living conditions of disadvantaged local communities: access to

electricity, ⋅ Impact on taxation and local finances of the Rural Council of Taiba Ndiaye, and ⋅ Impact on reduction of electricity deficit and on GDP.

6.3.4 Landscape

The landscape will be analyzed on different scales: - A wide study area: It has a territorial scale (from 10 to 15km) making it possible to

include the project in the landscapes affected and to identify "co-visibilities"; - A narrower study area: it is used to make a choice among the variables and the layout

scheme selected (between 1 and 10 km); - A study area comprising the immediate surroundings, which concerns the accesses to

the wind farm, the related equipment (transformers, fences, power sub-stations) and land taken (access routes to site, raising platform, etc.)

It is necessary to determine the importance of each of the effects analyzed above; different methodologies can be used to achieve this result. They are based on comparing the effects (positive or negative) associated with the installation of wind turbines and the environment's sensitivity. The study will determine the most significant impacts. At this stage, using a matrix to identify the impacts and a list of checks is recommended.

Once the study has established that an impact is likely to arise, it must be categorised. The study will define the criteria for categorising the impacts.

6.4 HAZARD STUDY

The main purpose of this study is to identify and evaluate the risks linked to the construction and operation of a wind farm and its related installations (track, underground cable network, technical room, etc.) and to propose effective risk control measures tailored to the wind farm's life cycle.

The consultant will refer to the hazard study guide edited by the ministry responsible for the environment in Senegal.

6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)

6.5.1 Mitigation measures

The study will specify the actions and work, corrections and additions planned for the various phases of the construction work, operation and end of the project's duration, in order to

349

Interim Report

eliminate or reduce the negative impacts of the project. Where applicable, the study will describe the measures envisioned to promote or enhance the positive impacts. A distinction will be made between reduction measures – or even impact elimination – and compensatory measures. For the sake of readability, all these measures are grouped together in the rest of the text under the term "reductive measures". The environmental and social management plan (ESMP) will be presented in the form of a table. The viability of the proposed measures must be expressed by means of presenting the expected outcome, and as far as possible the cost, the time frame for implementation and the body responsible for implementation.

Considering the degree of involvement and participation of partnering groups and populations in the management of the installations, special emphasis must be placed on the awareness-raising and information components with a view to prompting acceptance of this major innovation in the territory of the local community of Taiba Ndiaye.

6.5.2 Monitoring and supervision plan

It is not always possible to accurately assess all the consequences of the implementation of the project for the environment. In certain cases, proposals from the project owner may only be approved once the wind turbines have been installed, or even after they have been in operation for several years (evolution of sound levels, behaviour and evolution of bird populations, etc.). This consideration of the environment can be incorporated into various phases:

1) during the consultation with companies phase; 2) during construction with the participation of environmental professionals; 3) during the operating phase, to verify and refine knowledge of impacts and the

effectiveness of reductive measures.

In these cases, a monitoring system may be proposed for measures to reduce impacts. This system must define:

• the monitoring protocol to implement; • the bodies or experts appointed to carry out complementary studies; • the way in which the project owner implements reductive measures that it has

proposed and how it funds them; • the re-assessment of these commitments.

It must indicate the links between the identified impacts and the indicators to be measured, the methods to use, the frequency of measures, the level of thresholds that trigger correctional measures. The plan must determine the monitoring parameters, as well as the relative monitoring costs. It will be presented in the form of a table.

350

Interim Report

6.5.3 Monitoring program

This monitoring program is aimed at ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and that they yield the expected results and that they are either amended or cancelled if they do not give conclusive results.

6.5.4 Institutional responsibilities

The implementation of mitigation measures and the completion of the monitoring program requires the clear establishment of responsibilities for the various organizations involved in implementing and commissioning the project, which must be established by the Consultant. 6.6 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION

The participation of the main institutions affected by the project (the Directorate for the Environment, Directorate for energy, Ministry of biofuels and renewable energy, Regional Council of Thiès, the Rural Community of Taiba Ndiaye, local projects, NGOs and professional organizations, Sporting and Cultural Association [ASC], the general public) is a key element of the study. The regional (Thiès) and departmental (Tivaouane) Water and Forest departments must be closely involved in the project due to the potential impacts of the project on the protected strip of casuarinas on the coast.

The Consultant will reveal the extent of consultations that it will have held with a view to obtaining the opinion from a given organization on the execution of the project and on the measures to take. Team of Experts

The study will be conducted by a consultancy firm accredited by the Ministry of the Environment and Nature Protection with a multidisciplinary team, which must include:

- An environmental project leader experienced in EIS; - An expert on pollution, disturbance and sound; - A naturalist, birdlife specialist; - A socio-economist; - An energy and electromechanical expert.

Reports to be prepared by the consultant The consultant must write a report and make it available in paper and digital formats: - fifteen copies of the provisional EIS report will be submitted to the Directorate for the

Environment and Classified Establishments;

351

Interim Report

- the observations of the technical committee shall be taken into account in the final report. The consultant will present the EIS report during a public briefing, the fees of which must be covered by the developer in accordance with the law;

- three copies of the final report, which will be prepared by taking into account the results of public consultations and remarks from the Project owner, are submitted to the Directorate for the Environment and Classified Establishments along with a non-technical summary and useful annexes (plans, diagrams of installations, etc.).

It must be structured in accordance with regulations (MINISTERIAL ORDER No. 9472 MJEHP-DEEC of 28 November 2001 on the content of the Environmental impact study report).

352

Interim Report

Annex B: Decision of the Municipality

353

Interim Report

REPUBLIC OF SENEGAL

REGION OF THIÈS

DEPARTMENT OF TIVAOUANE

DISTRICT OF MEOUANE

RURAL COUNCIL OF TAIBA NDIAYE

ANALYSIS: EXTRACT OF DECISION ON LAND USE

THE RURAL COUNCIL

- Having regard to the constitution

- Having regard to Law 64-46 of 17 June 1964 on national property;

- Having regard to Law 96-06 of 22 March 1996 on local authorities;

- Having regard to Law 96-07 of 22 March on the transfer of competences to the regions; to municipalities

And to rural communities;

- Having regard to decree 72-1288 of 10/10/1972 on land use and decommissioning of land that is part of national property;

- Having regard to decree 1130 of 27 December 1996 on the application of the law on the transfer of competences to the regions, to municipalities and rural committees for management and use of private property of the state, of public property and of national property;

- Having regard to decision No 04/CRTND of 29/05/2008 approved on 25/06/2008;

- Having regard to the interested party’s application

Hereby decides that

Article 1: land of an area of Seven Hectares located at the entrance to Taiba Ndiaye is allocated to Sarreol for the generation of wind power

Article 2: the recognition of the land will be carried out in the presence of the local committee and of the interested party

Article 3: after making itself aware of the provisions of the referenced texts, the allottee of land commits to comply with them.

Article 4: this decision will be recorded in the land register of the rural community and published wherever required.

- Read and approved In Taiba Ndiaye, 01/11/08 Sub-Prefect President of the Rural Council

354

Interim Report

Annex C: Summary of some international standards

355

Interim Report

IEC standard 61 400 – 1 Wind turbines

Design requirements The version is referenced as 88/184/CDV published on 12 December 2003. 1. Scope of application. The purpose of the standard is to establish design requirements to be followed to provide "an appropriate level of protection against damage from all hazards during the planned lifetime of the wind turbine". 2. General principles. The requirements cover the design, manufacture, installation, operation and maintenance manuals and the related quality assurance procedures, with the aim of making the wind turbine's structure, mechanical and electrical equipment and control system safe. 3. Environmental conditions. The wind turbine must be designed to withstand the weather conditions in the site in which it is intended to be installed. The standard defines "wind turbine classes" according to wind speed and turbulence. The first classification parameter is the maximum average speed over 10 minutes (the "reference speed):

ü Class I: 50 m/s, i.e. 180 km/h; ü Class II: 42.5 m/s, i.e. 162 km/h; ü Class III: 37.5 m/s, i.e. 135 km/h;

A second classification parameter (A, B or C) identifies a wind turbine's ability to withstand the intensity of the wind turbulence while in use. In addition, the standard requires that extreme wind turbulence is taken into account when designing the machine. With regard to other environmental parameters, the standard specifies that wind turbines must be designed to operate between -20 and +50°C. It stipulates that the influence of frost, ice or snow and, if applicable, earthquakes, must be taken into consideration in the design. It does not, however, set any thresholds. 4. Design of the structure The standard lays down an obligation to demonstrate the resistance of the structure under various loads using calculations or tests. The loads to take into account are defined by their type (gravity, inertia, influence of wind, etc.) and the machine's situation (transport, assembly, raising, production, maintenance, etc.). Safety coefficients are defined to take these uncertainties into account. The consequences of material fatigue must be estimated by means of calculations.

356

Interim Report

5. Control and protection systems. The standard requires functions to control the power supplied, the machine's rotor speed, its alignment to the wind, etc., protection functions against excessive speed, excessive vibration, as well as braking and blade-stop systems. 6. Mechanical and electrical components. Various requirements covering the machine's mechanical and electrical components are laid down, most often in reference to existing standards. These requirements specifically address lightning protection and electromagnetic compatibility (covered by a European directive).

Standard EN 50 308

Wind turbines Protection measures

Design, operation and maintenance requirements

The version is referenced as Pr EN 50308 and dates from August 2003. 1. Scope of application. It lays down "requirements for protection measures relating to the health and safety of staff, applicable to the commissioning, operation and maintenance of horizontal axis wind turbines". Its requirements consider mechanical hazards (falls, sliding, etc.), thermal hazards (fire, burns, etc.), electrical hazards and those caused by noise or resulting from a failure to observe the principles of ergonomics. It refers to almost thirty other standards, including the standards in the EN 292 series (safety of machinery: general principles), which are therefore indirectly brought into line with it. 2. Safety requirements and protection measures. The standard lays down general requirements (all elements must be safe during the wind turbine's lifetime, etc.) and a series of specific requirements covering, for example, access points, evacuation conditions, platforms, raising installations, moving parts, locking devices, noise, emergency stops, disconnecting the power and fire protection. It also includes requirements relating to the existence and content of manuals to be prepared for the user: a manual describing the safety instructions and emergency procedures, operating manual, maintenance manual. 3. Operation and maintenance requirements. These requirements cover the training and skills of operating and maintenance personnel, personal protective equipment and safety instructions to be laid down (two people must always be present when an operation is being performed, etc.). 4. Annex

357

Interim Report

Finally, in accordance with current practices in European standardization, the standard includes an "informative annex" referring to the regulatory requirements that exist in certain member states and which complement the standard's requirements. This annex refers to Germany, Denmark, the United Kingdom, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands and Ireland.

358

Interim Report

Annexe D: List of people met and/or contacted

359

Interim Report

List of participants in the environmental and social impact study of the project to build

a wind farm in Taiba Ndiaye

Villages: Ndomor, Keur Male, Minam, Mbayéne, Keur Birama, Keur Samba Awa, Keur Mbaye Sénoba

First name Surname Profession/job Tel Mamadou Lamine Diop Ndomor Village Chief 776314850 Cheikh Ndiaye Keur Male Village Chief 776305890 Elhadji Ibra Diop Minam Village Chief 775782359 Gora Mbaye Mbayene Village Chief 764924471 Talla Mbaye Mbaye Mbayéne Bassirou Mbaye Keur Birama Village Chief 773132381 Mor Talla Diop Keur Samba Awa Farmer 766928034 Mapathé Mbaye Keur Mbaye Retailer 764672368 Daouda Diop Mbayéne 3 Retailer 773504114 Cheikh Niang Mbayéne Painter 765803192 Alassane Sonko Keur Mbaye Sénoba Farmer 766999832 Mor Marème Diop Minam Farmer Ibrahima Ndiaye Keur Male Driver 773761071 Babacar Ndiaye Keur Male Driver 773774727 Bacar Mbaye Mbayéne Farmer 701028016 Ngouda Ndao Keur Mbaye Sénoba Driver 776560589 Mor Ndao Keur Mbaye Sénoba Councillor 764689405 Mbaye Sy Diop Minam Pupil 763982678 Massyla Ndao Mbayéne Councillor 766987169 Ousseynou Diop Minam Driver 775124034 Moussa Ndao Keur Mbaye Sénoba Farmer 767330350 Bassirou Mbaye Keur Birama Joiner 763132381 Ndiaye Samba Thiam Keur Male Welder 766669807 Mballo Niang Mbayéne Retailer 766865658 Magor Diop Minam Farmer Djibril Mbaye Keur Mbaye Kheury Driver 775659403 Djiby Mbaye Keur Mame Mbaye Retailer 766930497 Ousseynou fall Keur Mambaye Farmer 762864227 Khady Tine Tine Mbayéne GPF, Housekeeper Adji Wade Mbayéne Housekeeper



Village of Taiba Mbaye First name Surname Job/occupation Tel Abdou Guéye ICS official 776120726 Yamar Sarr Farmer 775761049

360

Interim Report

Meïssa Sarr 777270693 Touba Touré 763355096 Mor Sarr 776954523 Mansour Lô 763456506 Nogaye Mbaye Abdou Souaré Cheikh Souaré Madické Souaré Madiagne Sarr 705000095 Mathioune Ndoye Bassirou Diop 777005172 Mbaye Diop Ndiaye Thiam 766669887 Ibrahima Guéye Bara Diop 767479188 Serigne Touré 772753307 Modou Khabane Léye 775709020 Mor Mboup 774305643 Bara Ka Mankou Guéye Malick guéye Cheikh Mbaye Souaré 775985636



Village of Same Ndiaye

First name Surname Profession/job Tel Elhadji Bathie Ndaiaye Village Chief 762944955 Cheikh Diongue driver 774415850 Ibra Diop Farmer 774432249 Madiambon Sarr Farmer Alassane Sarr Joiner 762987149 Thierno Sonko Teacher 765817117 List of participants in the environmental and social impact study of the project to build


LOCAL ELECTED OFFICIALS OF TAIBA NDIAYE First name Surname Position Tel Samba Sarr Vice-President of the Rural Council 774404500/774500030 Elhadji Modou

Ndiaye Chair of the land ownership committee 772145321

Mbaye Guéye Member of the land ownership 765989013

361

Interim Report

committee Assane Ndiaye Chair of the finance committee 776391096

List of participants in the environmental and social impact study of the project to build a wind farm in Taiba Ndiaye

VILLAGE OF KEUR ASSANE

First name Surname Profession/job Tel Balla Ndiaye Farmer 76478837 Songo Ndiaye Farmer Abdoulaye Ndiaye Retailer 766660444 Ibou Diongue apprentice Matar Diongue apprentice Chiekh Diongue tailor Mansour Ndiaye Driver Abdou Diongue pupil Mamour Ndiaye Village Chief Mamour Ndiaye 2 Farmer Pape Sarr Retailer Mbaye Diongue Tailor Moussa Ndiaye apprentice Songo Ndiaye pupil List of participants in the environmental and social impact study of the project to build

a wind farm in Taiba Ndiaye VILLAGE OF KEUR MADIAGNE

First name Surname Profession/job Tel Songo Ndiaye Village Chief 775685306 Ali Wade Notable Iba Ndiaye Notable Modou Gaye Farmer Malick Wade Retailer Maguéye Wade Retailer Birane Ndiaye Farmer Ndiaw Kane Sala Mbaye Pape Ndiaye Ali Pigue Birane Wade ASC President Samba Ndiaye Gora Mbaye Salla Mbow GPF Khabane Ndiaye

362

Interim Report

List of participants in the environmental and social impact study of the project to build a wind farm in Taiba Ndiaye

Village of Taiba Santhie First name Surname Occupation-job Tel Mbaye Ndiaye Teacher 772798187 Daouda Fall Farmer Oumar Ndiaye Farmer Abdou G Ndiaye Fish and seafood wholesaler Mor Ndiaye driver 768736109 Massamba Diop Farmer Malal Sow Driver 773053573 Matar Sop Ndiaye Village Chief


a wind farm in Taiba Ndiaye Village of Baity Guéye

First name Surname Profession/job Tel Mbaye Fall Imam 764738853 Thierno Guéye Farmer 766767216 Iba Guéye ASC President 765873303 Nalla Guéye Village Chief 774285146 Mbaye Guéye Notable 765989013 Yoro Guèeye Farmer Oumy Mbacké Guéye GPF 763362531 Khabane Guéye Farmer 767443495 List of participants in the environmental and social impact study of the project to build

a wind farm in Taiba Ndiaye Village of Baity Ndiaye

First name Surname Profession/job Tel Aliou Ndaiye Farmer Lamine Mbaye Driver 761324438 Ndiaye Thiam Farmer Daouda Diop Farmer Mbaye Guéye ** Birane Guéye **

363

Interim Report

Modou Lô ** Aliou Fall driver 773020998 Oumar Diop Builder Diaga Badiane Builder 764935740 Omar Ndiaye Farmer 772017760 Asse Ndiaye Guardian 773581504 mohamadou Ndiaye ** 773998809 Mar Guéye ** Talla Guéye Guardian Massamba Guèye Farmer 764776353 Sangué Ndiaye ** Massamba Dione Builder 763990455 Fatou Ndiaye Farmer 765106716 Anta Ngom GPF 768400678 Nogoye Souaré GPF 768872962 Khoudia Samb GPF 766981778 Nogoye Diop GPF Madiaye Ndiaye Anta Ndiaye Amar Ndiaye Village Chief 765968916



TECHNICAL SERVICES First name Surname Position Tel Baba Weyni IREF 339511012 Mamadou Sangharé DREEC 766481400 DR Ndoye IRSV 339511091

364

Interim Report

365

Interim Report

Annex E: List of experts that conducted the study

366

Interim Report

No. Name and Surname Structure/Position

1 Al Assane Sene Coordinator, Geographer - environmental expert

2 Mamadou Diedhiou Sociologist, Environmental expert

3 Insa Fall Geologist-environmental biologist

4 Oumar Fall Hygienist, Environmental expert

5 Idrissa Guiro Geographer, Cartographer

6 Mouhamed THIOYE Electromechanical engineer - process expert

« One nation, one aim, one faith »

ESIS ADDENDUM REVISED INITIAL STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN

PARC EOLIEN DE TAIBA NDIAYE (PETN)

Plan –version V1 Developed by PETN and Ramboll Environ US Corporation

December, 2015

PETN - Stakeholder Engaement Plan Taiba Ndiaye – Senegal

i of iii

Contents

1. INTRODUCTION 1 Objectives 1 Methodology 2

2. INITIAL STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN 2 3. COMPREHENSIVE STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN 3 4. REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS 3

Stakeholder Engagement and Public Disclosure of Information 3 Land Acquisition and Compensation 4 Applicable International Standards 4

5. PROJECT STAKEHOLDERS 5 6. STAKEHOLDERS WITHIN THE PROJECT’S AREA OF INFLUENCE 5

Identification of villages impacted in the different areas of influence 9 People impacted per village in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye 9 Villages and people impacted outside the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye 10 Villages in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye not directly impacted 10

7. SUMMARY OF PREVIOUS STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITIES 11

2009 12 2010 17 2012 21 2014 22 2015 23

8. CONTINUATION OF THE STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PROGRAM 27 Expansion of the Community Relations Department 27 Involvement of Vestas as EPC Contractor 27 Means by which people are informed about the Project 28 Interaction of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan with other social plans 28

9. TIMETABLE 29 Project schedule 29 Preliminary timetable of future Stakeholder Engagement activities 29

10. RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 31 Community Relations Department organizational structure 31 Stakeholder Engagement Budget 33

11. EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS AND COMMUNITY GRIEVANCE MECHANISM 33

External Communications 33 Community Grievance Mechanism 34 Ongoing Reporting to Affected Communities 34

12. MONITORING AND REPORTING 35 The Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee (ESMC) 35


ii of iii

Reporting to satisfy lenders’ requirements 35 13. MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS 35 Tables Table 1: Villages in the close area of influence and their distance from the

closest wind turbines Table 2: Taiba Ndiaye villages home to PAP Table 3: Villages outside Taiba Ndiaye home to PAP Table 4: Villages of Taiba Ndiaye in the direct and indirect areas of influence

and without PAP Table 5: Summary of Q&A at the Technical Services Committee Meeting Table 6: Public consultation program conducted by Labosol and the

Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation Table 7: Public Consultation Program from February 16 to 18, 2015 Table 8: Public Consultation Program on June 18, 2015

Figures Figure 1: Project installation area Figure 2: Immediate and close areas of influence Figure 3: PETN Construction Phase preliminary organizational chart Figure 4: Community Relations Department preliminary organizational chart Figure 5: PETN Operations Phase preliminary organizational chart Attachments Attachment 1: Stakeholders Concerns and Recommendations - February 2009 Public Consultation Program Attachment 2: October 16, 2009 Technical Review Committee Meeting Minutes Attachment 3: March 3, 2010 Public Hearing Minutes Attachment 4: Sept. 23, 2010 Public Consultation and CDM Meeting Minutes Attachment 5: Sept. 23, 2010 Meeting Advertisement Attachment 6: Sept. 23, 2010 Meeting Photos Attachment 7: List of Meeting Attendees for the ESIS 2009/2010 Attachment 8: ESIS 2009/2010 Approval with English translation Attachment 9: Summary of topics discussed at the February 2015 consultation meetings Attachment 10: Summary of topics discussed at the June 2015 consultation meetings Attachment 11: July 2015 Monthly Newsletter


iii of iii

Acronyms and Abbreviations

ASC Sports and Cultural Association/Association Sportive et Culturelle

AOI Area of Influence/Aire d’Influence CR Rural Community/Commune Rurale

CRSE Electricity Sector Regulatory Commission /Commission de Régulation du Secteur de l’Electricité

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility/Responsabilité sociale des entreprises DEEC Directorate of Environment and Classified Establishments

DEFCCS Directorate of Water, Forests, Hunting and Soil Conservation/ Direction des Eaux, Forêts, Chasse et Conservation des Sols

DREEC Regional Division of the Environment and ClassifiedEstablishments/Division Régionale de l'Environnement et des Etablissements Classés

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EHS Environmental, Health and Safety /Environnement, Hygiène et Sécurité EP III Equator Principles (2013) /Principes de l’Equateur

GPF Group for the Advancement of Women/ Groupement de la Promotion Féminine

HPR HPR ANKH Consultant IFC International Finance Corporation/Société Financière Internationale

IREF Regional Water and Forests Inspectorate/Inspection Régionale des eaux et Forêts

IRSV Regional Inspectorate of Veterinary Services /Inspection Régionale des Services Vétérinaires

LCE The Law concerning the Environmental Code PAP Persons Affected by the Project/Personnes Affectées par le Projet PETN Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm Project/Projet Eolien Taiba Ndiaye PIP Properties Impacted by the Project/ Propriétés Touchées par le Projet POI Internal Operating Plan PSs Performance Standards/Normes de Performances SEA Social and Environmental Assessment/ WBG World Bank Group/Groupe de la Banque Mondiale


1 of 25

1. Introduction The Projet Eolien Taiba Ndiaye (PETN or the Project) which is the subject of this ESIS Addendum and Stakeholder Engagement Plan, is a 151.8 MW wind project which will be comprised of 46 Vestas V-126 3.3 MW turbines. The Project is located in Senegal in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye approximately 75 km northeast of Dakar (see Figure 1). Once built, the Project will be the first wind project in Senegal and the largest wind project in West Africa.

Figure 1: Project installation area

Objectives To promote the informed participation of all stakeholders (i.e., national and local government institutions, local communities and other interested parties) involved through dialogue and agreements on decision making on issues related to project implementation; and contribute to the social development of local communities, through actions and programs in the Project’s area of influence, for a sustainable presence in the region. Specific Objectives: 1) To build strong, constructive, and responsive relationships with all stakeholders for the successful management of the Project's environmental and social impacts;


2 of 25

2) To define an approach for ongoing stakeholder engagement and information sharing with local governmental authorities, local communities and service providers to promote socio-economic benefits (i.e., jobs creation and social development); 3) To strengthen links with the various stakeholders, listening and informing to reach consensus,

credibility, trust and support for Project activities and future endeavors; and

4) To contribute to and support adaptive management and problem-solving processes through monitoring and evaluation of planned mitigation measures.

Methodology

The Project has been involving stakeholders since 2008 in several participatory processes led by PETN’s developers and Community Relations Officer with a focus on providing relevant Project information to all villages within the Project’s direct and indirect areas of influence and gathering villagers’ opinions about potential benefits, impacts and mitigation measures of the Project (see section 5). Some of the stakeholder activities performed by PETN prior to the development of this plan are: a) identification of stakeholders from the direct and indirect areas of influence, b) disclosure of relevant information through community meetings and Project newsletters, c) conducting public consultation processes, d) periodically gathering stakeholder opinions and recommendations, and e) establishing an informal grievance mechanism. While all these previous actions implemented by PETN are aligned with IFC, PS1, none of them were formalized in an overarching document and/or were formally documented. In that sense, a core objective of this Stakeholder Engagement Plan is to formalize all procedures and methods used previously by PETN and develop an overarching plan that complies with IFC, PS1 article 27. The Stakeholder Engagement Plan will include: a) a stakeholder analysis, b) identification of previous and current potential impacts and mitigation measures (for more details, see Chapter 6 Socioeconomic Impacts in the ESIS Addendum), c) description of previous and future public consultation processes, d) description of previous and future stakeholder engagement activities and outcomes, e) a formal grievance mechanism, and f) future stakeholder engagement activities and monitoring of livelihood restoration to be conducted in 26 villages with the Persons Affected by the Project (the “PAPs”).

2. Initial Stakeholder Engagement Plan

This initial Stakeholder Engagement Plan describes the methods PETN has implemented during the Project’s early works phase (i.e., 2008- 2015) and provides a framework of the methods PETN and Vestas (the EPC Contractor and the provider of the Operations & Management for the Project) plan to use going forward (i.e., leading up to and during the construction and operations phases) to engage the workforce, affected communities and other potential stakeholders directly affected by the Project, and to ensure that relevant environmental and social information is disclosed and disseminated through appropriate outreach and communications procedures (the Initial Stakeholder Engagement Plan). The Initial Stakeholder Engagement Plan also invokes a framework for procedures for managing evaluation and response to external grievances, complaints, and questions. In addition, the Initial Stakeholder Engagement Plan includes reference to stakeholder engagement activities to be conducted with the PAPs under the Livelihood Restoration Plan.


3 of 25

3. Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan

PETN, with the assistance of Vestas, will further develop this Initial Stakeholder Engagement Plan into a comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan prior to financial close and the start of the Project’s construction phase (as noted in Section 12.8.1 of the ESMS Plan) and it will incorporate the social management themes reflected in the ESIS Addendum and its ESMS Plan, including specific requirements for the disclosure of Project information and will remain in effect over the life of the Project (the “Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan”). Implementation of the Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan will ensure that all stakeholders are kept informed about the Project on an ongoing basis and that the Project complies with the national regulations in regards to consultation and stakeholder engagement, and the requirements of applicable international standards (i.e., IFC PS1, EHS Guidelines and EP III). To complement the Community Relations Management Plan and its underlying Stakeholder Engagement Plan, the Project will develop a Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Policy, a distinct procedure to ensure communication with the local communities (the “Communications Plan”), as well as a Community Grievance Mechanism. See section 11 of this plan for details on the implementation of the Project’s CSR Policy, Communications Plan and Community Grievance Mechanism.

Pursuant to both Initial and Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan requirements, community information and consultation meetings have been, and will in the future be periodically conducted. Should direct stakeholder contact, or either community information and consultation meetings or any community health and safety awareness meetings result in specific complaints or information requests, they will be documented and referred to management for follow-up in accordance with MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism” or MSP-11, “Management of Stakeholder Communications”, as appropriate for the circumstances (as noted in Section 12.8.1 of the ESMS Plan).

4. Regulations and Requirements The legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Project is described in the ESIS REV04 and the ESIS Addendum Chapter 3, and the procedure for land acquisition is addressed in the ESIS Addendum Chapter 10.

Stakeholder Engagement and Public Disclosure of Information The Law concerning the Environmental Code (LCE)

The provisions of Law No. 2001-01 of January 15, 2001 applying the Environmental Code (the “LCE”) and its Implementation Decree No. 2001- 282 of April 12, 2001 constitute the basic legislative and regulatory framework governing activities with environmental impacts. The LCE deals with general provisions, preventing and combating various forms of pollution, the protection and development of host environments, and also sanctions and miscellaneous provisions. The objective of the ESIS is to take environmental and social concerns into account from the design phase for projects onwards. Moreover, the Decree specifies the scope of the environmental impact study.

Public participation is an element comprising the environmental impact study (Article L52). Article L52 defines the public’s role in the decision-making procedure regarding projects or programs likely to have harmful effects on the environment. “The participation of populations


4 of 25

offers a response to the determination to democratize the decision-making process and it is guaranteed by the State in keeping with decentralization and regionalization.” (Article L52).

Land Acquisition and Compensation Legal Procedure for acquiring and securing the Project land

The Project will be established on National Domain land. The land surface required for this Project must be registered on behalf of the State once the land is declared as a Public Utility. This registration process enables the securing of land by implementing an administrative process which will allow the Project to acquire a lease from the State of Senegal. In order to comply with the management of rural land and to involve all relevant stakeholders, the following actions must be undertaken prior to any State registration: • The Rural Council’s prior opinion is required via a deliberation process; and • Local people impacted by the Project must be compensated for the value associated with

the loss of land and its usage (e.g., loss of agricultural crops). Following the Rural Council deliberation and after receiving a favorable opinion from the concerned State services, a Presidential decree is issued to register the land on behalf of the State. At the same time, the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation (the “Commission”) must assess the amount of compensation assigned to all Persons Affected by the Project (“PAPs”). Once the Presidential Decree is issued, the land is considered a State property (i.e., as part of the State’s internal domain). The State may then grant titles, including a long-term lease for this area to the project developer. For further details, please see the ESIS Addendum Chapter 10. Composition of the Departmental Commission for assessing costs

The Commission was summoned by the Prefect of the Tivaouane Department, at the request of PETN, as part of the land securing procedure of the 49.5 ha necessary for the Project implementation within the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye. The Commission worked in close collaboration with the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye from August 2014 to January 2015, while involving the PAP and their representatives. The Commission’s work included the following stakeholder engagement activities:

• Sessions were held for providing information to the village populations located in the DAI and for raising population awareness;

• Several meetings were held with the authorities (government and local authorities); and

• Field Activities: the land surface owned by each PAP was assessed in the presence of all interested parties and village chiefs;

For further details on land acquisition and compensation, see ESIS Addendum Chapter 10. In order to minimize the Project’s impacts on the PAPs’ livelihood, a livelihood restoration plan will be developed and implemented, and the plan will be based on the Livelihood Restoration Plan framework included in the Project ESMS Plan (see ESIS Addendum Chapter 12).

Applicable International Standards Chapter 3 of the ESIS Addendum also lists the IFC Performance Standards (“PSs”) and World Bank Group (“WBG”) General EHS Guidelines (2007) and the recently updated WBG Wind Energy Guidelines (2015) that are applicable to the Project. The IFC PS’s that are applicable


5 of 25

to the Project for Stakeholder Engagement and Livelihood Restoration are PS1, PS2, PS4, PS5 and PS8. The EP III (2013) are also applicable to the Project for Stakeholder Engagement and Livelihood Restoration.

5. Project Stakeholders

The Project‘s stakeholders include:

• The State institutions or technical services that can intervene in the process of constructing and operating the Project due to their environmental protection or energy management missions:

- Regional authorities: Governor, Prefect and Sub-Prefect - State technical services: o Regional Water and Forests Inspectorate (IREF); o Regional Division of the Environment and Classified Establishments (DREEC); and o Regional Agriculture Department.

• Mayor of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (municipal administration);

• Deputy Mayor of the town of Taiba Ndiaye;

• Domaniale President of the Commission of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye

• Representatives of 33 affected villages (Village Chiefs or their representatives) within the Close Area of Influence.

• All PAPs, other residents and enterprises located in villages within the Project’s area of influence (described in section 4 below).

• Women’s groups, other special interest groups and NGO representatives, where applicable.

• Senelec and the Electricity Sector Regulatory Commission (CRSE).

• Banks and financial institutions.

6. Stakeholders within the Project’s Area of Influence

As discussed in Chapter 4 of the ESIS Addendum, there are no villages in the Project's immediate area of influence. A small number of people will only be present periodically (i.e., during mango and other crop cultivation, soil preparation and picking periods, and also for cattle grazing). The close area of influence includes the villages in a radius of 2 km around the wind turbine clusters and also the transport routes, and encompasses the five wind turbine clusters, the access roads and the cultivation lands. This close area of influence includes 33 villages within the municipalities of Taiba Ndiaye and Darou Khoudoss. Table 1 below provides the characteristics of these villages in relation to the positioning of wind turbines, the municipality to which they belong and their status. The close area of influence (together with the immediate area of influence, the DAI as per IFC PS1) also includes the roads between Dakar and the Project site that will be used for the transportation of equipment, as well as the roads between the quarries and the Project site.


6 of 25

Table 1: Villages in the close area of influence and their distance from the closest wind turbines

ID Village Closest Wind turbine

Distance in km Municipality Status (Presence

of PAP)

1 Diamballo E01 1,4 Darou Khoudoss No

2 Keur Saliou BA E01 1,6 Taiba NDIAYE No

3 Ndeunoute E01 1,7 Darou Khoudoss No

4 Keur Demba Diallo E03 1 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

5 Darou Dia E03 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

6 Ndomor E08 1,5 Taiba NDIAYE No

7 Taiba Khab E38 3 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

8 Balsandre (Bal Samb) E09 0,96 Darou Khoudoss Yes

9 Mourdjiguene E09 0,826 Darou Khoudoss Yes

10 Baal Gueye E09 1 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

11 NDiop Sao E09 1,2 Darou Khoudoss Yes

12 Thierno Ndiaye E10 1,3 Taiba NDIAYE No

13 Sao Mékhé 1 E10 1,6 Darou Khoudoss No


15 Taiba Ndiaye E18 2,6 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

16 Mérina Samb E19 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

17 Sao2 E19 1,7 Darou Khoudoss No

18 Thissé III E19 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

19 Khelcom (Baal Diop) E12 1,04 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

20 Baïty Guèye E31 1,4 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

21 Taiba Santhie E31 1,4 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

22 Baïty Ndiaye E31 1,9 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

23 Taiba Mbaye E37 0,86 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

24 Ndiamba E37 1,6 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

25 Macka Gueye Bèye E40 0,96 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

26 Keur Mallé Ndiaye E38 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

27 Miname E38 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE No

28 Daf2 E38 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE No



7 of 25



Distance in km Municipality Status (Presence

of PAP)

30 Djingue E38 2,5 Taiba NDIAYE No

31 Keur Assane Ndiaye E46 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

32 Keur Madiagne E46 1,7 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

33 Same Ndiaye E46 1,9 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

The effects of the Project are potentially perceptible in the extended area of influence (the IAI as per IFC PS1). This area takes account of indirect effects and areas potentially affected by the cumulative impacts resulting from the cumulative effect on the areas or resources used. For this project, the extended area of influence corresponds to a radius of 15 km around the Project area and encompasses the municipalities of Taiba Ndiaye, Darou Khoudoss, Noto Gouye Diama, Méouane, Pire Goureye, Cherif Lo and Mont Roland. Villages that are home to PAP within the extended area of influence are located in the municipalities of Taiba Ndiaye (three), Noto Gouye Diama (two) and Darou Khoudoss (one). This involves: • For the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye: Keur Mambaye Khary, Keur Mbaye Seneba and

Mbayene III; • For the municipality of Noto Gouye Diama: Baïty Bacar and Baity Dakhar; and • For the municipality of Darou Khoudoss: Sao1.

PETN engaged with all affected villages in the municipalities of Taiba Ndiaye, Darou Khoudoss and Noto Gouye Diama for development of this ESIS Addendum (2014- 2015) and these Project affected villages and their locations are identified in Figure 2 below and discussed in section 3.1.


8 of 25

Figure 2: Immediate and close areas of influence


9 of 25

Identification of villages impacted in the different areas of influence Based on the Rural Cadastre Report issued by Labosol in September 2015 regarding the assessment of the extent of land loss per affected person in the local communities impacted by the PETN Project (see ESIS Addendum Annex E), 261 villages and hamlets are home to people engaged in livelihood-related activities which are likely to be impacted by the Project. In the installation area, these people are referred to in the ESIS Addendum as PAP and are listed in Tables 4 and 5 below. The main activities which PAP engage in on the Project site are agricultural production and cattle grazing. In addition to identifying the PAP, Labosol has determined the number of properties within the Project site where PAP activity occurs, and these properties are referred to in the ESIS Addendum as Properties Impacted by the Project (PIP).

Based on the Rural Cadastre Report, a total of 341 PAP and 459 PIP were identified. The difference between both numbers is explained by the fact that some PAP own more than one property that will be impacted by the Project. Detailed information regarding the extent of the Project impact on PAP livelihood is presented in Chapter 10 of the ESIS Addendum.

All 341 PAP were interviewed by Labosol for development of the Rural Cadastre Report and a detailed household survey conducted with each PAP can be found in the ESIS Addendum’s Annex E).

People impacted per village in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye The Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye includes sixteen villages and hamlets in the close area and three villages in the extended area of influence where PAP have been listed.

The PAP living in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye total 309 (i.e., 91 % of PAP), and are broken down per village as indicated in Table 2 below:

Table 2: Taiba Ndiaye villages home to PAP

No. Villages Number of PAP

1 Baïty Gueye 17

2 Baïty Ndiaye 5

3 Bal Diop 11

4 Bal Gueye 2

5 Darou Dia 2

6 Keur Assane Ndiaye 7

7 Keur Demba 1

8 Keur Madiagne 17

9 Keur Mallé 1

10 Keur Mambaye Khary 1

11 Keur Mbaye Seneba 2

12 Maka Gaye Beye 8

1 In the Labosol report, Khelcom and Bal Diop are one and the same village. There are 26 villages and some

hamlets (without names) See Table in ESIS Addendum Annex G.


10 of 25



13 Mbayene 3 28

14 Sam Ndiaye 2

15 Taiba Khab 2

16 Taiba Mbaye 52

17 TaibaNndiaye 62

18 Taiba Santhie 65

19 Khelcom 24

20 Hamlets 0

Total 309

Villages and people impacted outside the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye The other seven villages that are home to PAP are split between the municipalities of Noto Gouye Diama and Darou Khoudoss and belong to the extended area of influence (see Table 3 below). They number 32 out of 341 PAP (i.e., around 9 % of PAP).

Table 3: Villages outside Taiba Ndiaye home to PAP

No. Villages PAP Municipality

1 Baïty Bacar 6 Noto Gouye Diama

2 Baïty Dakhar 6 Noto Gouye Diama

3 Bal sand 3 Darou Khoudoss

4 Mbourdjiguene 1 Darou Khoudoss

5 Merina samb 1 Darou Khoudoss

6 Ndiop sao 4 Darou Khoudoss

7 Sao 11 Darou Khoudoss

TOTAL 32

The twenty six (26) villages with PAP, listed in Tables 2 and 3 above, will receive the highest priority for future stakeholder engagement activities (rank Priority 1); and, the PAP, after receiving cash compensation for their land, will also rank Priority 1 for the monitoring of their livelihood restoration. Four (4) of these villages are located less than 1 km away from a wind turbine and for this reason will also be ranked Priority 1 for stakeholder engagement.

Villages in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye not directly impacted Seventeen (17) villages in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye are not home to PAP but will benefit indirectly from the Project (e.g., employment, impact of taxes to be paid by PETN, use of access roads).The list is provided in below:


11 of 25

Table 4: Villages of Taiba Ndiaye in the direct and indirect areas of influence and without PAP

No. Villages Area of influence

1 Daf1 direct

2 Daf2 direct

3 Djingue direct

4 Keur Saliou Ba direct

5 Miname Direct

6 Ndiamba Direct

7 Ndomor Direct

8 Thierno Ndiaye Direct

9 Gade Indirect

10 Keur Birama Fatim Indirect

11 Keur Magueye Indirect

12 Keur Samba Awa Indirect

13 Maka Dieng Indirect

14 Ndame LO Indirect

15 Ndoyène Bar (Ndoyène II) Indirect

16 Ngoméne, Indirect

17 Thiallé Indirect

The seventeen (17) villages in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye not home to PAP, listed above, will rank Priority 2 for future stakeholder engagement activities.

7. Summary of Previous Stakeholder Engagement Activities

Abdoulaye Ndiaye, PETN’s Community Relations Officer, has been working for PETN and engaging with the local communities and local governmental authorities on behalf of the Project since early in 2008. Mr. Ndiaye, alone, and also accompanied by the Project developers, has attended numerous meetings each year (e.g., events organized each year by the mayor; carbon credit functions, for instance in 2010 with ESBI Carbon Solution; for the ESIS public hearing in 2010 and in the following years); and for each time changes were made to the Project, including for the public tender with a new choice of layout and WTG (Vestas V112).

In addition, Mr. Ndiaye has been overseeing the Project’s subcontractors (i.e., Abba Sonko, the local senior ecologist, HPR ANKH Consultant (HPR ANKH) for the local ESIS and Labosol) and collaborating with Ramboll Environ and EES-SARL. He also attended official meetings that required Sarreole’s presence by the prefecture of the Department / Region.


12 of 25

2009 February 2009 Public Consultation Program For development of the ESIS in 2009, a public consultation program was organized and meetings took place between February 24 -28, 2009 with certain governmental authorities (i.e., DREEC, Water and Forests and IRSV) and representatives of 15 local villages.

The approach to public consultation, which was initiated by HPR ANKH as part of the study conducted between 24 and 28 February 2009, was based on a participatory approach which involved the various stakeholders in the decision-making processes of the ESIS.

On the basis of a prepared pre-interview guide, interviews with focus groups were conducted with all stakeholders of the Project. The focus group discussion is one of the most effective tools to collect the perceptions, expectations and concerns of people in the framework of an environmental and social impact study.

Thus, technical services, local elected officials and local communities of the Project took part in this study. The choice of the local communities involved in this study is justified by the fact that they are the closest to the Project site and they are more exposed to potential impacts from the Project.

In summary, the consultation approach applied was in accordance with the iterative approach described below:

1) Disclose information on the project; 2) Conduct consultations with stakeholders on the project; and 3) Exchange information and discuss the project.

Stakeholders concerns and recommendations

This section includes summaries of the opinions expressed by each of the three key stakeholder groups during the February 2009 public consultation meetings. The Technical Services

According to the general advice received from the Technical Services that were consulted as part of the ESIS 2009 for construction of the Project, it appears that they generally approve of the Project. Technical Services managers, in fact, believe that the Project, in addition to contributing to the reversal of the electrical production deficit in the country, will contribute to the development of local communities by creating employment and investment in basic social sectors, such as education and health.

They recommend, however, in order to eliminate or reduce the potential negative impacts due to the Project’s implementation that the Project Proponent:

• Involve the local communities throughout the Project process, including in the identification of the property tax base which will be impacted and the compensation paid to PAPs;

• Post signs throughout the area where electrical cables will be installed;


13 of 25

• Support the extension of the electrical grid to neighboring villages that have no access to electricity;

• Support public lighting and the connection of public institutions such as schools and health posts; and

• Avoid introducing significant restrictions which will be detrimental to pastoral activities.

The Local Elected Officials

The local elected officials of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, despite some apprehensions, are generally favorable to the establishment of the wind farm project. The apprehensions that have been expressed are linked inter alia to the sites that need to shelter the Project. These are agricultural areas of local communities. According to the elected officials, the loss of part of these lands may reduce agricultural production and affect the already fragile incomes of these communities. This apprehension is all the more founded, as a local elected official mentioned, because these lands are the most fertile in the entire Municipality.

To compensate for this impact to the farmers and the Municipality, the elected officials suggest that the Project Proponent:

• Prioritize the recruitment of farmers who are impacted by the Project;

• Provide support for community development initiatives; and

• Provide support to basic social sectors, such as education and health, by improving equipment.

The Local Communities

In general, the vast majority of the local population approves of the Project. However, like any project that presents something new, this one provokes some worries and concerns which are more the result of ignorance of the real nature of the project than anything else.

Indeed, if people in local communities are used to looking at wind turbines, it is usually in the context of drilling, as they attested. This project, which plans to install wind turbines to generate electricity, represents a real concern for some and as a result raised a number of questions and apprehensions during various meetings. These apprehensions are especially founded because the Project, which is of a relatively large size, plans to be established in areas where local communities are engaged in agriculture.

Agriculture is the main activity in the area with 85% of land assets occupying a key position in the agricultural production system. It is thus normal that the Project might be perceived to potentially have a negative impact on the land and the ability of the communities to continue with their agricultural activities.

However, despite their apprehensions, the people simultaneously expressed strong expectations and recommended or proposed solutions to mitigate or compensate the Project’s impacts. Thus, they have emphasized the need to:

• Inform local communities of the Project starting date and the field enumeration process impacted by the Project;


14 of 25

• Provide supporting documents for all species surveyed to all PAPs;

• Discuss with the local communities the compensation methodology to be applied;

• Develop with the local communities the construction of a drilling for agricultural purposes in order to increase production and compensate for land losses caused by the Project;

• Recruit primarily from the local workforce;

• Make all local communities profit from the Project benefits;

• Involve women in the implementation of the Project;

• Post tags and warning signs on the route where the cables will be buried;

• Establish a commission to identify and monitor the compensation of local communities;

• Take into account in recruitment of the local workforce the difference in demographic weight of each village.

Comments and conclusions on the public consultations

The installation of the wind farm project in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, beyond the legitimate apprehensions that it arouses, remains a project for which social acceptability remains fairly favorable; and this is an important asset to preserve and enhance in order to ensure the successful implementation of the Project.

Indeed, the technical services, local elected officials and local communitieshave all expressed the immeasurable benefits that this project could have on local communities and the country in general.

Thus, in order to better integrate the Project in its socio-economic context, the Project should:

• Focus on direct consultation with all stakeholders;

• Promote transparency in the land acquisition process;

• Accompany and support local communities in local development initiatives;

• Recruit primarily from the local workforce. See Attachment 1 for a listing of the specific perceptions, concerns, expectations and recommendations of the key stakeholders who were consulted during the February 2009 meetings.


15 of 25

October 16, 2009 Technical Review Committee Meeting On Friday, October 16, 2009, a meeting of the Technical Review Committee was held at the Regional Division of Environment and Classified Establishments, Thies (DREEC / Thies), for a pre-validation of the interim report of the Environmental and Social Impact Study (ESIS) of the Project. The meeting was chaired by Ibrahima Sonko of the Industry Department in the absence of the Renewable Energy Division. Present at the meeting were representatives of:

• The Directorate of Environment and Classified Establishments (DEEC); • The Industry Directorate; • The Civil Protection Department; • The Directorate of Water and Forests, Hunting and Soil Conservation; • Regional Council, Thies; • The Regional Inspectorate of Forestry, Thies; • The Division of Weather, Thies; • Regional service planning, Thies; • The distribution service of SENELEC, Thies; • Regional Division of Environment and Classified Establishments, Thies (DREEC / Thies); • The Regional Directorate of Rural Development, Thies; • The Rural Council, Taiba; • SARREOLE, the Promoter; and • HPR ANKH Consultants.

At the start of the meeting, the DEEC provided a brief review of the context and the validation procedure of environmental impact studies. HPR ANKH Consultants (the “Consultant”), a firm accredited by the Ministry of Environment, Nature Protection, Retention Basins and Artificial Lakes for developing Environmental Impact Studies, and the developer of the Project’s ESIS, presented an overview of the study, and provided the following information:

- The background and rationale of the project, which involves the production of energy, and especially renewable energy;

- The components and operation of the project; - The description of the site to house the project and the methodology of the study; - Analysis of potential environmental and social impacts related to the project activities

during the different phases of the project; and - The mitigation measures of the negative impacts and enhancement of positive impacts.

Following a presentation by the Consultant, the floor was given to the members of the Technical Committee for their comments and recommendations. Questions from the Technical Committee and Consultant’s responses are included in Table 5 below.


16 of 25

Table 5: Summary of Q&A at the Technical Services Committee Meeting Questions from the Committee

Consultant’s Responses

Partnership with SENELEC SARREOLE does not provide electricity to villages, it is provided by SENELEC

The availability of wind energy; and the average wind speed for proper operation of a wind turbine

The average wind speed for proper operation of a wind turbine is 40km / h

The impacts for local people; the economic value of the loss of agricultural production; and the possibility of continuing activities by the local communities after the Project’s installation

Agricultural activities will be disturbed only during the installation phase of the project; and farmers compensation arrangements are on page 101 of the ESIS

The project’s resemblance to another project, which is at the entrance of Mboro

There is no similarity with the Mboro project

The impact on rainfall The wind turbine will have no impact on the rain

Protection against lightning A lightning protection system and surge protection is built into each turbine

The cost of the kilowatt / hour The price per kilowatt is set by the price regulation commission

The materialization of perimeter security and surveillance to counter any occupation

Each turbine will have a security perimeter

The type of spill that could be found The quantity of waste oil per turbine is on page 57 of the ESIS

The management of the project monitoring committee.

A Monthly Monitoring Report will be prepared by SARREOLE and submitted to the committee; a budget will be allocated to the monitoring committee

The degree of involvement of Forestry Tivaouane; and possible consultation with the group of Tivaoune firefighters

No meeting was held previously with the Forestry Dept. of Tivaoune. Although, the Forestry Dept. of Thies was consulted during the February 2009 consultation program. Consultation with the group of Tivaoune firefighters is not required.

Questions with no record of responses: -The risk of electromagnetism; - Measures relative to atmospheric discharges; -References for assessing the bird migration; -Assessing the sensitivity; -References costing; and -Brake system in the event of high winds; and the existence or absence of a local representative (office) of the project

As for many other issues, technical services will be visited in order to gather more information which will be incorporated into the updated report.


17 of 25

Recommendations The Technical Committee’s recommendations included that the Project respect the commitments made to the local communities; add as relevant to the project the International Environmental Conventions ratified by Senegal; establish a waste management plan for the duration of the project; identify accident prevention arrangements; involve the National Park Directorate in monitoring and the relevant structures; set clear wind transport arrangements; review the Internal Operating Plan (POI) and its cost; and sign a protocol with SENELEC. At the meeting’s conclusion, Consultant was asked to incorporate the Committee recommendations and relevant comments into the document. The updated ESIS was submitted to DEEC, which checked, in connection with the President, if all comments have been taken into account for the pre-validation of the report. The public hearing session was scheduled. See Attachment 2 for minutes on the Technical Review Committee Meeting.

2010 March 3, 2010 Public Hearing

A public hearing was held on Wednesday, March 3, 2010, in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, and it was chaired by the President of the Municipality, Mr. Alé LO. The public hearing was part of the process to validate the environmental impact study report on the project to establish a wind farm at Taiba Ndiaye by the SARREOLE Group, Present at the meeting were the following:

• Representatives of the national technical committee to validate environmental impact studies:

o Directorate of the Environment and Classified Establishments (DEEC); o Directorate of Water, Forests, Hunting and Soil Conservation (DEFCCS); o Directorate of Labour and Social Security; o Directorate of Civil Protection; and o Regional Division of Environment and Classified Establishments at Thies

(DREEC). • The Project Sponsor; • The Consultant; and • Local Communities.

Meeting Agenda After words of welcome by Mr. Ale LO, President of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, and presentation of technical committee members, the floor was given to Mr Mamadou Sangharé, from the DREEC, who recalled the spirit of the public hearing and clarified the earlier stages of the validation process of the Environmental Assessment of this project, and stated that this new approach in the design of projects is within the provisions of the Code of the Environment of 2001 and that the objective of public hearings is to present a synthesis of the environmental impact study report to the people and receive from local stakeholders their opinions, comments and recommendations.


18 of 25

After this summary, Mr. Al Assane Sene, of HPR ANKH Consultants, the consultant who conducted the study, presented the project, which was the subject of the public hearing. He informed the people of:

• The public consultation process; • The initial state of the site; • A description of how a wind farm operates; and • The project's impacts on the biophysical and socio-economic environments, namely:

o soil pollution risks; o noise pollution (noise); o the risk of accidents; o the jobs to be generated, etc.

Following Mr. Assane Sene, the representative of the Project Sponsor, reassured the population of compliance with all terms and recommendations of the study, in addition, he said that the accompanying measures are provided on the social plan, including a contribution to all levels of community life in the Municipality.

Following the Consultant and Project Sponsor, the floor was given to the Public who:

• Made a number of observations and comments; • Asked some questions for clarification; and then • Gave a clear position on the project.

A select number of the Public’s Observations and Comments, Questions and Recommendations are provided below, along with a select number of the Consultant’s and DREEC’s Responses. For the complete list of comments and opinions expressed at the meeting by the Public, the Consultant and the DREEC, see the meeting minutes in Attachment 3. 1. Public’s Observations and Comments

• The project will change the original environment of the site because of its posts to great heights;

• The project will encroach on the agricultural fields;

• The park is a source of savings for the village but it must respect the commitments made in the Environmental Management Plan.

2. Questions for clarification

• What is the percentage in terms of budget that will benefit the local community from this project?

• What is the compensation scheme for the fields that will be impacted by the project?

• Will safety be assured on the seven (07) ha or will it be only at the poles?

3. Recommendations

• Favor transparency in the management of the park;


19 of 25

• Establish drilling support measures. 4. Position relative to the project

• The project is acceptable, it is important because it is a renewable energy; and

• Its degree of impact is not high, therefore, it is acceptable.

Responses The Consultant:

• The obligations are related to the implementation of the compensation and monitoring measures;

• For unskilled jobs, the privilege will go to the inhabitants of the area; for skilled workers, recruitment is done by call offers to the most deserving because the project sponsor must protect its investment as the project will not have need of a high effective;

• The project will contribute to the local community a sum of 50 million per year;

• Security is provided around each wind turbine and not for the entire seven (07) hectares, so that people do not climb on the poles; and

The Project Sponsor reconfirmed the following points:

• The priority is to first protect the populations;

• All the recommendations of the study will be applied; and

• Accompanying measures will be implemented even if they are not required.

DREEC confirmed that the public hearing is an opportunity for the public to review the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), for taking into account all their concerns, and to get involved in follow-up as a stakeholder. The monitoring plan and environmental monitoring will be implemented by the DEEC in connection with the relevant services, in addition to the local community. In conclusion, the Consultant was instructed to continue the procedure to integrate the concerns of the local communities in the final report to be submitted to the Directorate of Environment and Classified Establishments. Submission of this final document will enable to be prepared the notice of decision of the Minister of the Environment, concerning the issuance of an environmental compliance certificate for the project. See Attachment 3 for minutes of the March 3, 2010 Public Hearing.


20 of 25

September 22, 2010 Public Consultation and CDM Meeting

On September 22, 2010 a public consultation and CDM meeting took place from 11:20 until 14:30 at the Offices of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye among the partners of Sarreole, a representative of ESBI Carbon Solution, and the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye; both community officials and community members attended.

The meeting agenda included the following:

• Election of the president of the meeting; • Presentation of the Taiba Ndiaye wind project as a Clean Development Mechanism

(CDM) Project and the Kyoto Protocol; • Discussion with and questions taken from the community officials and members; • Summary by the meeting President; and • Expression of thanks.

Mr. Mory Mohamed Niang, 2 n d Vice President of the Rural Advisory Board of Taiba Ndiaye opened the meeting and thanked the local community for having come to the meeting and wished a warm welcome to the partners of Sarreole and thanked them for having selected the community of Taiba Ndiaye to locate their project.

M. Kene Diop, President of the Local Environmental Commission was elected to be the president of the meeting. M. Kene Diop took over the discussion and began by affirming the importance of the project which, outside of generating electricity, will bring FCFA 50 million each year to the community and create employment and training opportunities.

Mrs. Ritu Kuma, Senior Carbon Specialist with ESBI Carbon Solution, provided a presentation which included overviews on the greenhouse effect and its impacts o n the flora and fauna of the planet, and the Kyoto Protocol. She explained that Senegal is classified amongst the countries which are capable of producing carbon credits and selling them in support of sustainable development. She explained that the Taiba Ndiaye wind project is a CDM Project and had begun the process to be registered with the United Nations as one which will produce carbon credits, and she provided details on the registration and monitoring process of projects.

Mrs. Kuma explained that the project will consist of 50 wind turbines on two sites; site 1: 20 turbines (50 MW) and site 2: 30 turbines (75 MW). The project is estimated to produce 280 Gwh of electricity annually representing 11% of the annual production of electricity by Senelec in 2009. The electricity generated by the project will be sold to Senelec. Wind turbines produce energy without the use of fossil fuels with a technology that is proven and safe. Unlike generating facilities which use fossil fuels, wind turbines do not emit CO2 and therefore do not contribute to the greenhouse effect.

It was announced that the final environment permit for the project had been issued, and that the developers of the project have a long experience of developing wind projects in France. It was also noted that the project alone will not meet the growing energy demand but will nonetheless have a positive social and economic impact on the region and in general a positive impact on the country because it will produce clean energy.


21 of 25

The floor was then given to the community for comments and opinions, and select comments and opinions are provided below.

• The Assistant Prefet, Mr. Meouane indicated his appreciation of the project and the benefits which it shall bring to the community. For him, the benefits of this project will go well beyond the borders of the community of Taiba Ndiaye.

• Mr. Abdou Lahat Ndiaye espressed his concern with regard to wind turbines which would shadow the fields and the effect that this might cause.

Responding to this question, Mr. Tabashi Niasse, an expert in social communication, reassured the population of these impacts and zones of shadows. According to Mr. Niasse, the issue had been addressed in the environmental management plan. In any event, the objective has always been to build this project without causing damage.

The Assistant Prefet reassured the population that his office has taken the responsibility to ensure that the project is built and operated in accordance with the law. With regard to the masts installed on the land, readings will be taken and the appropriate measures will be applied.

As noted in the meeting registry, 70 men and women from the local communities attended the meeting.

For the complete list of comments and opinions expressed at the Public Consultation and CDM Meeting, see the meeting minutes in Attachment 4, newspaper announcement of the meeting in Attachment 5 and photos taken at the meeting in Attachment 6. For the list of stakeholders that were consulted during the development of the ESIS 2009/2010, see Attachment 7.

For the Certificate approving the ESIS 2009/2010, see Attachment 8.

2012 December 2012 Public Consultation Program

The aim of the public consultation program in 2012 was to gather the opinion of stakeholders and their recommendations regarding the Project.

Chapter 8 of the ESIS REV03 of October 2014 presents the results of this consultation program in a summary of the perceptions, concerns and recommendations of key stakeholders (i.e. villagers, local and regional administrations) with respect to the change in the Project configuration.

The stakeholder engagement technique used in 2012 by HPR ANKH is an interview-based survey which, through the exchanges that it establishes, enables in-depth, detailed exploration of the questions asked. These interviews were conducted based on a semi-directive interview guide. Indeed, this tool, which uses themes and questions, identifies the guiding thread for the discussion between the researcher and the stakeholders and provides an intermediary for exchanges.

While carrying out this mission from 22 to 28 December 2012, in communities between Dakar and Thiès, the following stakeholders were consulted by HPR ANKH:


22 of 25


o The Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments; o The Civil Defense Directorate;

• The technical services of the Thiès Region, namely:

o The Regional Division of the Environment and Listed Establishments; o The Regional Directorate for Rural Development; o The Regional Water and Forests Inspectorate; o The Regional Development Agency; o The Regional Development Directorate;

• The Sub-Prefect of Ouadiour; • The Borough of Taïba Ndiaye; • The populations of the following 11 villages:

o Diambalo, Balsande,; o Taïba Ndiaye; o Taïba Mbaye; o Baïty Ndiaye; o Baïty Guèye; o Minam Diop; o Mbayène; o Khelkom Diop; o Taïba Santhie; o Maka Gaye Bèye; and o Ndomor Diop.

This consultation phase nevertheless had a few gaps as no details were given with respect to the methodology used for disclosing Project information. Thus, in the 26 villages and hamlets home to 341 listed PAPs, only twelve villages (Diambalo, Balsandre, Taïba N'diaye, Taïba Mbaye, Baïty N'diaye, Baïty Guèye, Miname Diop, Mbayène, Khelcom Diop, Taïba Santhie, Maka Gaye Bèye and Ndomor Diop) were consulted during the public consultation program carried out on 22-28 December 2012.

The 2012 study also does not specify the selection criteria used to choose villages and administrative bodies consulted. As an example, the consultation included the sub-prefecture of Ouadiour, which is some distance away from the Project and even outside the extended area of influence.

2014 Stakeholder Engagement in regards to Land Assessment and Compensation

Labosol was first engaged in mid-2014 to support the Project in assessing the perceptions of the local communities and the extent of land loss to the PAP. The work began with a public hearing (June 12, 2014) at Taiba NDiaye to explain before the surveyor’s task commenced what work would be done (i.e., surveys of land plots).

Shortly after the public hearing took place, an assessment was performed by the Commission (August 2014 to January 2015) to assess land usage and determine the amount of financial land compensation for each PAP. This assessment was conducted with all concerned local village


23 of 25

and PAP representatives and with the support of Labosol, who was engaged to measure the field surface impacted by the Project for each PAP. Results from the land compensation assessment conducted by the Commission, with the support of Labosol, are summarized in the Land Compensation and Assessment Report2. Based on this survey, 49.5 ha of impacted land were delineated onsite by Labosol, resulting in the impact of 457 fields owned by 335 PAPs. One PAP can own up to 10 different parcels of land. Although this survey was assessing the impacted land surface for each PAP, it did not assess the overall Project impact on each PAP (i.e., loss of land, along with loss of trees and/or crops).

December 2014 to January 2015 Public Consultation Program

Labosol carried out an additional public consultation program under their support mission to the PAP census and the Commission (described above). The aim of these consultations was to raise awareness of the local communities to the Project, its characteristics, its changes, its potential social and economic impacts and also to compile the opinions of the local communities involved. The dates of these meetings are provided in Table 6 below.

Table 6: Public consultation program conducted by Labosol and the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation

Date Locality Activities Responsible parties

11/12/2014 Taïba Ndiaye

Tivaouane

Field fact-finding visit and Activity planning meeting

Labosol


Information and awareness-raising of Village Leaders

Labosol

15/12/2014 to 19/12/2014

Taïba Ndiaye Surveying of the temporary storage areas

Labosol

13/01/2015 to


Tivaouane

Field verification with the village leaders

Labosol team & Departmental Committee of Census and Compensation (facilitators for villager meeting and researchers)

20/01 to 26/01/2015

Tivaouane Financial assessment and production of the provisional report


2015 February 2015 Public Consultation Program Two representatives from Ramboll Environ visited the Project area in February 2015 to familiarize themselves with the Project’s area of influence prior to organizing this latest public consultation program. During this visit, a discussion-format consultation took place at Taiba Gueye and involved a discussion among Ramboll Environ, EES, PETN and the village chiefs of

2 For further information regarding land compensation, refer to the Land Compensation and Assessment Report

(ESIS Addendum, Annex D) prepared by the Commission and Labosol.


24 of 25

Taiba Gueye and Baiti NDiaye, along with several villagers from Taiba Gueye. During the consultation, PETN explained the changes to the Project since 2012.

To ensure the public consultation of all local communities affected by the Project, EES carried out an additional consultation program (February 16-18 2015) to inform the local communities of changes made to the Project since the last consultations. This latest consultation program was a chance for the local communities to express their views on the changes to the Project. The villages that had not been consulted in 2012 were included in the February 2015 consultation program. These latest public consultations targeted 23 villages and hamlets out of the 353 in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye. The villages outside the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (located in the municipalities of Noto and Darou Khoudoss) and home to some PAP were also consulted. The PAP from these municipalities were included in the Diambalo meeting. When PAP from these villages did not attend the Diambalo meeting, they were interviewed directly in their villages by a team from EES.

To achieve the objectives assigned to the 2015 Public Consultation program (i.e., disclosure of additional information following modifications to the basic Project configuration), the list of communities to consult was expanded to include all local communities affected, whether or not they belonged to the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye.

Six meetings with local communities took place in accordance with the timetable shown in Table 7 below, and the public's perception of the Project (i.e., acceptability of the Project, doubts, expectations and recommendations) were gathered during these consultation meetings. See Attachment 9 for a summary of topics discussed during the February 16-18, 2015 consultation meetings.

3 Following the attachment of Selco and Keur Bakar, the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye counts 35 villages.


25 of 25

Table 7: Public Consultation Program from February 16 to 18, 2015

Date and Time Villages Consulted Place Planned for the Meeting

Activities Responsible Parties

Monday 16th, Februaryat 9 a.m.

Taïba Ndiaye, Taïba Santhie, Taïba Mbaye and Taïba Khab

In the square of the headquarters of the Municipal Council at Taiba Ndiaye

Village meeting Household surveys for the PAP from the sample

EES team (facilitators for the villager meeting and researchers) and Abdoulaye NDiaye, Community Relations Officer of PETN

Monday 16th, February at 3 p.m.

Group of eight villages (Minam, Keur Mallé, Mbayène 3, Keur Mbaye Sénoba, Keur Samba Awa, Keur Fatim, Keur Mambaye and Ndiamba)

In the public square near the school in Minam



Tuesday 17th, February at 9 a.m.

Group of five villages (Keur Madiagne, Sam Ndiaye, Keur Assane Ndiaye, Baïty Ndiaye and Baïty Guèye)

In the public square near the village school in Keur Madiagne



Tuesday 17th, February at 3 p.m.

Khélcom Diop (Bal Diop) and Maka Guèye Bèye

In the public square in the village of Khelcom Diop



Wednesday 18th, February at 9 a.m.

Ndomor Diop In the village of Ndomor Diop



Wednesday 18th, February at 3 p.m.

Group of villages in the North (Diambalo, Bal Guèye, Keur Maguette Guèye, Keur Demba Diallo, Darou Dia and Balsandre)

In the village of Diambalo Village meeting Household surveys for the PAP from the sample



26 of 25

June 2015 Public Consultation Program A public consultation program was organized on 18 June 2015, attended by the financial institutions (OPIC, EKF), SARREOLE (Project developer), VESTAS (construction manager), ACEI (equity provider) and the consultancy firms (Ramboll Environ, EES and Mott MacDonald) to engage with the affected local communities and get their views on the Project in terms of acceptability, expectations, doubts and suggestions. This consultation program involved a large-scale meeting (attended by many representatives from eight villages), participation in a municipal council session and discussion-format consultations in two villages. The detail of these consultations is presented in Table 8 below, and see Attachment 1 for a summary of topics discussed during the June 18, 2015 consultation meeting. Table 8: Public Consultation Program on June 18, 2015

Date and time Villages Consulted Activities Responsible parties

Thursday,

18 June

at 10 a.m.

Group of eight villages: Keur Mallé, Miname, Mbayène 3, Keur Mambaye, Khary, Ndiamba Touba Fall, Keur Mbaye Seneba, Keur Samba Aura and Keur Birima

Village meeting

Attended by the village chiefs and community members, and representatives of village women

PETN with assistance from EES (translation)

Thursday,

18 June

at 3 p.m.

Taiba Ndiaye Municipal session to discuss the convention regarding the draft easements

Session attended by the Mayor of the Municipality, the Sub-Prefect and 36 municipal counsellors


Thursday,

18 February

at 4 p.m.

Taiba Santhie Discussion with villagers impacted directly by the Project

Attended by the village chief


Thursday,

18 February

at 5.30 p.m.

Baïty Gueye Discussion with villagers impacted directly by the Project

Attended by the school teacher


Stakeholder Engagement in regards to Land Assessment and Compensation

In order to assess the percentage of income loss generated by the Project for each PAP, a second survey was conducted by Labosol from July to August 2015. This survey consisted of developing a rural cadastre of the Project footprint, assessing the percentage of land and revenue loss for each PAP. Results of this second survey are presented in the Rural Cadastre Report4. As part of this rural cadastre survey, household surveys were conducted and all PAPs 4 For further information regarding the level of impact on each PAP, refer to the second Labosol study presented in the Rural Cadastre Report (ESIS Addendum- Annex E).


27 of 25

were interviewed by Labosol to assess the level of the Project’s impact on their livelihood. PAPs responses collected during the household surveys are presented in Annex 4 of the Rural Cadastre report.

Based on this second survey, 48 ha of impacted land were delineated onsite, resulting in the impact of 459 fields owned by 341 PAPs. The difference in results between the land compensation study conducted by the Commission and the Rural Cadastre survey is due mainly to the change in the Project configuration. This change of configuration occurred at the end of 2014, while the Commission was onsite and thus was not taken into account in the Land Compensation and Assessment Report. An additional land compensation assessment for the additional 7 PAPs will be conducted by the Commission, under the same conditions as for the previous land compensation assessment, before the beginning of construction works in order to ensure land compensation for all PAPs.

In order to minimize the Project’s impacts on the PAPs’ livelihood, a livelihood restoration plan will be developed and implemented prior to financial close, and the plan will be based on the Livelihood Restoration Plan framework included in the Project ESMS Plan (see ESIS Addendum Chapter 12).

8. Continuation of the Stakeholder Engagement Program

Expansion of the Community Relations Department Mr. Ndiaye will move to a new position as the Community Relations Advisor, an external advisor, and will support and assist in training the Community Relations team and assist in managing the Project’s relationships with people and community. A new Community Relations Officer, and a staff of 3 people will be hired to serve as the Community Relations Department; on or before financial close, and they will all be based at the Project’s headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye.

The team will be responsible for communicating with the local communities to ensure that updated Project information is disclosed on a regular basis and that all questions, concerns and requests of community members are addressed and recorded. The Community Relations Officer or a member of his team will deliver and post updated information in each village Project Bulletin Board and at the same time will meet with each village chief and villagers to provide project updates on a monthly basis (for further details, see section 9.2), thereby ensuring that stakeholder engagement takes place in each village at least once each month during construction and, eventually, at least one every quarter during operations. The purpose of these meetings will be to communicate progress of the Project during construction and the activities which occurred in the past month and those which shall occur in the coming months. These meetings will also be a platform for community members to express their concerns and ask any questions about the Project.

In addition to individual and group meetings in the villages, the team will be responsible to ensure that the PETN Village Project Bulletin Boards (described in section 5.5) are updated on a regular basis so that those who are not able to attend meetings can obtain information on the Project.

Involvement of Vestas as EPC Contractor The Vestas Community Relations Manager will be responsible for managing interactions with local communities with respect to public health and safety, security, and other social concerns specifically related to the construction of the Project. The Vestas Community Relations Manager will also collaborate with the PETN Community Relations Manager on construction-related stakeholder engagement activities, and coordinate with the PETN Community Relations Manager and Project Manager in the investigation and resolution of any community grievances or other issues related to construction that involve local communities or external stakeholders.


28 of 25

Further details on the Vestas Community Relations Manager and its role and responsibilities will be provided in the Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan.

Means by which people are informed about the Project The Project’s Communication Plan includes publication of a free newsletter (see an example in Attachment 11) and the installation of a free-standing bulletin board (see photo included in Social Responsibility section of the newsletter included in Attachment 11) in all 39 villages , a communication program which as of the date of this plan has already been implemented. This bulletin board will be one of the Project’s main means of communicating to all the villages. At the moment, the monthly newsletter is posted in the bulletin board. In the future, larger poster like communications (with graphics and photos) will be prepared and installed in all community bulletin boards to explain when and where compensation will be paid and when certain construction activities will take place.

Communication activities with the local communities include the following:

• Both individual and community meetings have been conducted since 2008, and will continue to be arranged during the construction and operations phases for both communities with and without PAP, in accordance with the schedule proposed in section 9.2;

• Monthly Project newsletters have been prepared and distributed since January 2015 to local governmental authorities, including village chiefs, and, as indicated above, are now distributed to all 39 villages;

• Project Bulletin Boards were installed in all 39 villages in June 2015 (see photo in Attachment 11). In addition to distribution of monthly Project newsletters to village chiefs, each month, the Project newsletters are now posted in each of the village Project Bulletin Boards and made available for all villagers;

• Project Update Posters, to be posted monthly in the Project Bulletin Boards in all Villages, will begin prior to the commencement of the construction phase;

• Household Surveys were already conducted by Labosol with all 341 PAP and are included in Annex 4 to the Labosol Rural Cadastre Report (see Annex E to the ESIS Addendum);

• School supplies (i.e., 4000 pens and notebooks with a description of a wind farm on the cover) were provided at around 50 schools throughout Taiba Ndiaye in October 2015;

• Suggestion boxes will be installed (for submission of anonymous grievances) outside the PETN office in Taiba Ndiaye and the municipal offices in Taiba Ndiaye, Noto Gouye Diama and Darou Khoudoss; and

• The Project website will be expanded and updated on a regular basis. As we understand, some adults in the local villages are illiterate so extra effort will be put forth to ensure that these key stakeholders are communicated with by the most effective means, relying on verbal communication, face-to-face meetings, graphics and photos as much as possible.

Interaction of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan with other social plans As noted in this Stakeholder Engagement Plan and the ESIS, certain elements of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan, the Communications Plan and the Grievance Mechanism have already been implemented by the Project owners. The development and implementation of these plans are ongoing. The coordination of all these plans including the CSR Policy and Plan and the Livelihood Restoration Plan, which are also under development, shall be done by the


29 of 25

Community Relations Department. It is currently anticipated that the Community Relations Department will be in place and fully operational on or before financial close. All plans will be implemented and coordinated on a daily basis by the Community Relations Department with support from the Project Manager, Vestas and external consultants, as needed.

9. Timetable

Project schedule The Project will be constructed in three phases: two construction phases of sixteen wind turbines each and a final construction phase of fourteen wind turbines. The purpose is to enable PETN to work with Senelec to successfully integrate the project into the grid. The provisional Project timetable provided for work to start at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2015 (the first construction phase is now scheduled to begin in April 2016), with delivery of the first tranche of 52.8 MW after fifteen months. The other two tranches will be delivered 11 months and 19 months later, respectively i.e. a total construction period of 34 months. The first tranche is planned to enter operation before the end of the 1st Qtr. 2017.

Preliminary timetable of future Stakeholder Engagement activities The PETN Project management team, along with the Vestas Project management team, where appropriate, will engage on a periodic basis with the following Senegalese governmental authorities: The National and Regional offices of the Environmental Ministry The Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments (DEEC) will oversee implementation of some of the measures and recommendations approved by the technical committee (measures concerning surveillance and monitoring and for reforestation (if required by the authorities or compensation) and the safety of goods and people. PETN will engage with DEEC and/or DREEC on a periodic basis to discuss the Project and its progress. A schedule with the frequency of meetings to take place during the Construction Phase will be agreed upon by DEEC and PETN prior to financial close. Local governmental authorities The local governmental authorities include the Governor, the Prefect of Tivaouane, and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane; they act under the framework of transferred powers and represent the State authorities. The Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee (ESMC), to be established under the direction of the Governor, who appoints its members by order on the recommendation of the Prefect of Tivaouane and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane, will be committed for the overall management of the Project’s environmental and social aspects, and will meet periodically with PETN in order to discuss and assess the reports concerning environmental monitoring, hygiene, safety and the implementation of social measures applied by PETN. A schedule with the frequency of meetings to take place during the Construction Phase will be agreed upon by ESMC and PETN prior to financial close. The Community Relations (CR) team, supported by Abdoulaye Ndiaye (the “Community Relations Advisor”) and the Project management team, where needed, will conduct on a periodic basis the following stakeholder engagement activities throughout the Construction Phase:


30 of 25

43 Villages within the Project’s Close Area of Influence Each month, throughout the Construction Phase, in accordance with a schedule mutually agreed upon among the parties (day and time), the CR Representative assigned to each village will deliver and install the Monthly Project Poster in the Bulletin Box in each village. The CR Representative will then deliver a few copies of the Monthly Project Poster to the village chief and will conduct a meeting with the village chief and any villagers who would like to participate. During the meeting, the CR Representative will verbally summarize (primarily for the benefit of meeting attendees who cannot read) what’s included in that month’s Monthly Project Poster (e.g., provide an update on the Project’s construction, schedule for next month’s construction activities, available jobs, update on any community investment activities) and will take and respond to questions raised by the village chief and/or residents. 17 Villages without PAP in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye These villages will be engaged on a monthly basis throughout the Construction Phase, as described above. During the initial meeting with each village, to be led by a member of PETN’s Project management team prior to commencement of the Construction Phase, the CR Representative assigned to that village will be introduced. The PETN Project management team representative, and for subsequent meetings, the CR Representative, will provide an update on the Project and will take and respond to questions raised by the village chief and/or villagers. Each villager attending the initial meeting will be given a card with contact information for the PETN management team and the CR Representative assigned to that village. The PETN cell phone number will also be posted in the window of the PETN headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye. 26 Villages with PAP Initial meeting: Approximately 14- 21 days prior to the financial compensation being paid by PETN to the PAP, a meeting will be scheduled in each of the 26 villages, to which only the village’s PAPs, the village chief and any other village authorities will be invited. The meeting will be led by a member of PETN’s Project management team and the CR Representative assigned to that village will be introduced. The PETN Project management team representative will provide an update on the Project, the procedure established for receiving cash compensation (i.e., date, place and method of payment) and will take and respond to questions raised by the village chief and/or PAPs. Each PAP will be given a sealed envelope that will include the particulars of its individual compensation (i.e., name, address, cell phone number, extent of land and/or tree loss and total compensation to be paid) and a card with contact information for the PETN management team and the CR Representative assigned to that village. Follow-up meetings for PAP, in addition to monthly village meetings noted above: Follow-up meetings to monitor the PAP’s progress towards livelihood restoration will be in accordance with the following schedule: 1.) For the PAP with more than 25% loss of land and trees (25 PAP): individual monthly

meetings will take place between the CR Representative and each PAP in this category until the PAP’s livelihood has been restored;


31 of 25

2.) For the PAP with between 10 and 25% loss of land and trees (87 PAP), individual quarterly

meetings will take place between the CR Representative and each PAP in this category until the PAP’s livelihood has been restored; and

3.) For the PAP with less than 10% loss of land and trees (229), one meeting (approx. 6 months after compensation has been paid) will take place between the CR Representative and each PAP in this category. If livelihood for the PAP has not been fully restored during this timeframe, subsequent meetings will be scheduled until livelihood for the PAP has been restored.

Criteria for determining that PAP have restored their livelihood will be agreed upon with OPIC prior to completion of the Livelihood Restoration Plan, which will be prepared prior to financial close. For further details on the PAP and the overall level of Project impact on each PAP, please see Chapter 10 of the ESIS Addendum. Other interested parties (e.g., schools, conservation groups, NGOs) Will be engaged on a case by case basis.

10. Resources and Responsibilities

Community Relations Department organizational structure 2008- 2015 Historically, since 2008, the PETN Community Relations Officer, has reported directly to the Project developers (i.e., SARREOLE). As mentioned in section 8.1, on or before financial close, Mr. Ndiaye will assume a new role as the Project’s Community Relations Advisor and a new Community Relations Officer and a team of three CR Representatives will be hired, all from the local communities. Construction Phase The PETN Community Relations Officer will report directly to the PETN Project Manager and will be responsible for overseeing the activities of the PETN Community Relations staff, along with managing the overall implementation of the PETN Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan. In addition, the PETN Community Relations Manager will collaborate with the Vestas CR Manager on construction-related stakeholder engagement activities. The PETN Community Relations Manager will also coordinate with the PETN Project Manager and the Vestas Community Relations Manager in the investigation and resolution of any community grievances or other issues in regards to construction that involve local communities or external stakeholders.


32 of 25

Figure 3. PETN Construction Phase preliminary organizational chart

Figure 4.Community Relations Department preliminary organizational chart Operations Phase During the Operations phases, PETN’s Community Relations Officer will report to the Director of Operations, who in turn will report directly to the Project Manager, as indicated in Figure 5 below. Each of the three Community Relations Representatives will report directly to the Community Relations Officer.

Project Manager

Construction Manager

Security Officer

Environmental Compliance Officer

Community RelationsOfficer

Comunity Relations Officer

Staff Staff Staff


33 of 25

Figure 5. PETN Operations Phase preliminary organizational chart

Stakeholder Engagement Budget

Historically, since 2008, budgets have been allocated to stakeholder engagement, on an as needed basis, but increased to cover the engagement of external social consultants in 2012, 2014 and 2015. For the construction and operations phases, the Project budget will include a set amount for stakeholder engagement for each year; and as each of the three phases of construction progress, a set amount for the monitoring of livelihood restoration, and all monitoring, to be conducted, together, by the Community Relations Officer and the Environmental Compliance Officer, will begin shortly after cash compensation is paid to the PAPs and they no longer have access to their land.

A more detailed budget for Stakeholder Engagement activities will be developed as part of the Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan which is anticipated to be completed on or before financial close.

11. External Communications and Community Grievance Mechanism

External Communications As noted in Section 12.8.1 of the ESMS Plan, the Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan will incorporate MSP-11, “Management of Stakeholder Communications” for responding to basic information requests and suggestions from external stakeholders, and for communicating information about the Project to stakeholders on an ongoing basis. MSP-11 will require appropriate responses to all stakeholder inquires; responses to more complex information requests and notifications of specific concerns and grievances as defined by the IFC PSs will be managed as described in Section 12.9.2 of the ESMS Plan and in section 8.2 below.

Project Manager

Technical Director

Construction Manager

O & M Manager

Director of Operations

Security Officer


Community Relations Officer

Financial Director

Bookkeeper

Bank Compliance Officer

Financial Analyst


34 of 25

Community Grievance Mechanism Historically, Project inquiries and complaints were made verbally by villagers directly to the PETN Community Relations Officer and/or the Project developers, and there was an informal procedure in place with minimal recordkeeping.

The Community Grievance Mechanism procedure will be formalized and a detailed description, including roles and responsibilities, a flow chart, and a sample table for recordkeeping, will be included in the Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan and submitted to OPIC prior to financial close. Grievance procedures will include the following, at a minimum: The Community Relations team will log and monitor weekly all Grievances received. The

Grievance Registry will include the following details:

• The date and manner of receipt of the Grievance;

• Name and contact information for the individual or organization that submitted it;

• The nature of the Grievance;

• An indication of the urgency or seriousness of the Grievance, with levels of significance

of the Grievance (e.g., Level I for inquiries, Level II for complaints of a minor nature, and

Level III for complaints of a significant nature, such as a risk to community health &

safety);

• Name of PETN staff to whom the Grievance will be sent for investigation;

• Follow-up actions taken to resolve the grievance;

• Process for appeal, if the person wasn’t satisfied with the initial decision;

• Final decision on the Grievance;

• Means by which the mutually accepted decision on the resolution of the grievance was

documented;

• How and when the relevant project decision was communicated to the complainant; and

• Date(s) of any periodic follow-up with the complainant.

The Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan will incorporate MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism”, as described in the ESMS Plan, specifically for the review and management of responses to all complex information requests, concerns, and grievances as defined by the IFC PSs. General protocols for documenting and managing complaints from stakeholders will be managed in accordance with the MSP-01, in order to ensure that any stakeholder complaints or inquiries detected are documented and brought to the attention of management and properly considered.

Ongoing Reporting to Affected Communities As many of the management/mitigation plans discussed in Section 12.1.2 of the ESMS Plan will not be fully implemented until the start of the construction phase, formal reporting to affected communities on the overall effectiveness of the ESMS in the management and mitigation of the environmental and social aspects of the Project will occur at the end of the first year of major construction activities. Reporting requirements, described in section 9.2 below, will be elaborated in the Project’s Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan.


35 of 25

12. Monitoring and Reporting

PETN is responsible for managing and implementing measures and periodically reporting to the authorities and to the Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee, along with lenders, through periodic progress and monitoring reports. PETN will ensure that the contracting company and its sub-contractors comply with the environmental and social clauses.

The Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee (ESMC) This committee will be established under the direction of the Governor, who appoints its members by order on the recommendation of the Prefect of Tivaouane and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane. The committee will be responsible for the oversight of management of all the environmental and social aspects of the Project. The committee will consist of (but shall not be limited to) the following members:

• The local authorities (the Governor, the Prefect, and the Sub-Prefect); • The representatives of the populations concerned; • State technical services and their representatives; • The relevant parties concerned (NGOs, the representative of women’s groups, the

representative of young people, the representative of fishermen, and of market gardeners; and

• The representatives of the Ministries of Industry, Water and Forests, Fisheries, the Interior, etc.

This committee will be supported by PETN and its partners for effective monitoring of the Project’s management plan. The committee will meet periodically in order to assess the experts’ reports concerning environmental monitoring, hygiene, safety and the implementation of social measures applied by the developer under the framework of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), where applicable. On this basis, the committee will issue recommendations and directives to be followed.

Reporting to satisfy lenders’ requirements During the Construction Phase, Project construction progress reports in English will be submitted to the lenders periodically (report organization and frequency of reporting to be agreed upon with the lenders). Construction progress reports will include updates on all stakeholder engagement, public disclosure of information, land compensation and livelihood restoration monitoring activities conducted during the period being reported.

During the Operations Phase, annual operations reports in English will be submitted to the lenders. Operations phase reports will include updates on all stakeholder engagement and public disclosure of information activities conducted during the period being reported; the assumption being that all land compensation and livelihood restoration monitoring activities will have been completed during the Construction Phase.

13. Management Functions

• How will stakeholder engagement activities be integrated into the company’s environmental and social management system and with other core business functions?

Stakeholder engagement procedures will form part of day to day management of the Project.


36 of 25

• Who will have management oversight for the program? The Project Manager will have the oversight for all project activities, including stakeholder engagement.

• What are the plans for hiring, training, and deploying staff to undertake stakeholder

engagement work? A Community Relations Officer has been in place since 2008. As mentioned in section 8.1 above, the Project will continue to employ Mr. Ndiaye, but he will move to a new position as the Community Relations Advisor and will support and assist in training the Community Relations team; and a new Community Relations Officer, and a staff of 3 people will be hired to serve as the Community Relations Department; on or before financial close, and they will all be based at the Project’s headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye. The Community Relations team will assist in distributing information and engaging with local villagers to keep them informed about the project.

• What will be the reporting lines between community liaison staff and senior management?

The Community relations officer will report directly to the project manager. • How will the company’s stakeholder engagement strategy be communicated internally?

This will be an agenda item at all construction progress meetings as well as monthly staff meetings during the operations phase.

• What management tools will be used to document, track, and manage the process? (e.g.,

stakeholder database, commitments register) All communications with stakeholders will be documented using a database and reporting format to be agreed upon and included in the Comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan.

• For projects or company operations involving contractors, how will the interaction between

contractors and local stakeholders be managed to ensure good relations? The Project Manager and Community Relations Officer will participate in all construction progress meetings. Any grievances from Stakeholders will be addressed during these meetings. If necessary, action plans will be discussed, agreed and implemented accordingly. As part of the contracting process, contractors will be required to adhere to policies and procedures put in place by PETN, including policies and procedures managing community relations.


ATTACHMENT 1.STAKEHOLDERS’ CONCERNS AND RECOMMENDATIONS - FEBRUARY 2009 PUBLICCONSULTATION PROGRAM

Table 2-1 : Key Stakeholders’ perceptions, concerns, expectations and recommendations: February 24 - 28, 2009 STAKEHOLDERS Perceptions and concerns Expectations and recommendations

Technical Services

Water and Forests The farms that exist in the area constitute a constraint;

The project as issued will not cause significant impacts on flora; and

The project sites do not have a bird risk because no significant movement of birds has been observed in this area.

Discuss with local communities before the project begins; and

Reduce impacts on farms.

DREEC From the environmental point of view, the project is good for the country;

The project will help alleviate the country's energy deficit;

The presence of farms will require compensation of the populations;

The presence or transit of protected migratory species in the project area should be studied carefully; and

The risk that the project may represent for local people must be taken into account.

Ensure that local people benefit from the project;

Identify with operators in the tax base which will be impacted by the project;

Install signs throughout the landfill band for electrical cables;

Support the extension of the electricity grid to neighboring villages; and

Support public lighting and the connection of public institutions such as schools and health posts.

IRSV (livestock) The project in itself can pose a risk to livestock in so far as it constitutes an obstacle to livestock paths.

However, with the installation of the project, it is clear that grazing areas will shrink.

It’s very important to avoid establishing restrictions for the farmers;

Integrate pastoral activities in the implementation of the project; and

Provide water bowls in the peripheral areas of the project.

Local Elected Officials

Local elected officials Both project sites are located in agricultural areas deemed to be the richest;

The cultivation of cassava and fruit trees are the main sources of income of local populations; and

Support community development initiatives;

Contribute to reducing the cost for street lighting;

Primarily recruit local labor;

STAKEHOLDERS Perceptions and concerns Expectations and recommendations

The movement of vehicles during the construction work will have adverse impacts on crops;

The project is good for the Municipality because it has raised awareness of the need for other developers (Sonatel, SUDATEL, TIGO) to annually contribute to the rural tax;

With the rental of the property tax base that will occupy the 50 wind turbines, the project will have positive benefits for the Municipality; and

The populations must be made aware of the risks that can occur from facilities, especially electromagnetics.

Support basic social sectors, such as education and health, by improving equipment; and

Expand information available on the project.

Local Communities

Villagers from Ndomor, Keur Malé, Minam, Mbayéne,

Keur Birama,

Keur Samba Awa, Keur Mbaye Sénoba.

We are supportive of the project all the more because it will contribute to the development of the area;

We are ready to invest ourselves fully for the success of this project;

Priority in the recruitment of the local workforce must be given to those whose fields are impacted by the project;

We are concerned that the project will result in the same frustration and inconvenience caused by SENELEC when installed in the area;

We are concerned that the damages will not be considered, as was the case with construction of the road; and

Compensation for those impacted by the project must comply with the principles of fairness and transparency, since farms are our only sources of income.

Inform people of the starting date and the field enumeration process impacted by the project;

Give evidence of identified species to all PAPs;

Discuss with the people the compensation methodology to be applied;

Develop with the local people the construction of a drilling for agricultural purposes in order to increase production and compensate for land losses caused by the project; Primarily recruit local labor; and

Take into account in recruitment that the villages that surround the project area do not have the same demographic weight.


Villagers from Taïba Mbaye We are concerned that the project has health impacts on populations;

The compensation must precede any project activity; and

The land lost due to the project is very important for us therefore we believe that compensation must be assessed in the light of this.

Establish a commission to identify and monitor compensation of the populations; and

Consider the demographic weight difference of each village in the recruitment of local labor.

Villagers from Same Ndiaye We welcome the project and hope that its implementation can benefit everyone.

Involve all populations of neighboring villages; and

Recruit from the local workforce.

Villagers from Baïty Ndiaye We worry about being excluded from the implementation of the project; and

We are concerned that the project will have a negative impact on people and activities (agriculture, livestock) exerted on the site.

All populations to share in the project benefits;

Involve women in the implementation of the project; and

Put tags and warning signs on the route where the cables will be buried.

Villagers from Baïty Gueye The project as it was presented to us is a good thing; and

We hope through the project to be connected to the electricity grid.

Compensate all people whose fields are affected by the implementation of the project;

Recruit from the local workforce; and

Connect the village to the electricity grid of SENELEC

Villagers from Keur Madiagne

The project will mainly benefit SENELEC; and

We are concerned that the project will degrade the land and flora in this whole area.

Expand and connect the village to the electricity grid;

Avoid disappointing the people by making unfulfilled promises; and

Recruit from the local workforce.

Villagers from Taïba Santhie We welcome the project and congratulate the initiators; and

We are concerned that the electricity that will be provided is not sustainable;

Ensure that the project can benefit all populations of neighboring villages;

To connect the village must be a priority; and

Recruiting young people from the village is not a moot point.


Villagers from Keur Assane The project is going to contribute to the reduction of cultivable land; and

We learned that the project will have a negative impact on water resources, soil and vegetation of the project area.

Recruit from the local workforce;

Contribute to the development of villages; and

Involve all stakeholders.


ATTACHMENT 2. OCTOBER 16, 2009 TECHNICAL REVIEW COMMITTEE MEETING MINUTES

(Unofficial Translation)

Meeting Minutes

Republic of Senegal (One People - One Goal - One Faith)

MINISTER OF THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION OF NATURE, PONDS OF RETENTION AND ARTIFICIAL LAKES

………………………………………….

DIRECTORATE OF THE ENVIRONMENT Dakar on .October 16, 2009. AND CLASSIFIED ESTABLISHMENTS

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE TECHNICAL COMMITTEE FOR PRE-VALIDATION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT STUDY FOR THE TAIBA NDIAYE WIND PARK PROJECT, RURAL COMMUNITIES OF TAIBA NDIAYE, THIES REGION

Introduction

On Friday, October 16, 2009, a meeting of the Technical Review Committee was held at the Regional Division of Environment and Establishments classified Thies (DREEC / Thies), for a pre-validation of the interim report of the Environmental and Social Impact Study (ESIS) of the project to build a wind farm in Taiba Ndiaye, Rural Community Taiba Ndiaye, Thiès.

The project promoter is SARREOLE.

The meeting was chaired by Ibrahima Sonko of the Industry Department in the absence of the Renewable Energy Division.

The study was conducted by HPR ANKH Consultants, a firm accredited by the Ministry of Environment, Nature Protection, Retention Basins and Artificial Lakes, for achieving the Environmental Impact Studies.

Present at the meeting were representatives of: • The Directorate of Environment and Classified Establishments (DEEC);• The Industry Directorate;• The Civil Protection Department;• The Directorate of Water, Forests, Hunting and Soil Conservation;• Regional Council Thies;

• The Regional Inspectorate of Forestry Thies; • The Division of Weather Thies; • Regional service planning Thies; • The distribution service of SENELEC Thies; • The Directorate of Water and Forests, Hunting and Soil Conservation; • Regional Division of Environment and Establishments classified Thies (DREEC / Thies); • The Regional Directorate of Rural Development Thies; • The Rural Council Taiba; • The Promoter; and • The Consultant

Conduct of the meeting

At the start of the meeting, Mr Sangare, Chief DREEC / Thies welcomed committee members before leaving, and the representative of the Directorate of Environment and Classified Establishments (DEEC) provided a brief review of the context and the validation procedure of environmental impact studies. Subsequently, the floor was given to the Consultant to present an overview of the study. In his presentation, he returned to the principal axes of the study, namely:

• The background and rationale of the project, which involves the production of energy and especially renewable energy; • The components and operation of the project; • The description of the site to house the project and the methodology of the study; • Analysis of potential environmental and social impacts related to the project activities during the different phases of the project; • The mitigation measures of the negative impacts and enhancement of positive impacts.

Following the Consultant’s presentation, the floor was given to the members of the Technical Committee for their comments and recommendations. The points below were discussed:

1. Questions for clarification. They covered the following points:

- Partnership with SENELEC; - The availability of wind energy; - The impacts for local people; - The risk of electromagnetism; - The economic value of the loss of agricultural production; - The project’s resemblance with another project, which is at the entrance of Mboro; - The degree of involvement of Water and Forestry Department of Tivaouane; - The impact on rainfall; - The possibility of continuing activities by the population after the installation of the

project; - Protection against lightning;

- The cost of the kilowatt - hour; - Measures relative to atmospheric discharges; - The materialization of perimeter security and surveillance to counter any occupation; - References for assessing the bird migration; - Assessing the sensitivity; - References costing; - The type of spill that could be found; - The brake system in the event of high winds; - Possible consultation with the group of Tivaoune firefighters; - Energy power project; - The average wind speed for proper operation of a wind turbine; - The existence or absence of a local representative (office) of the project; and - The management of the project monitoring committee.

2. Recommendations The following recommendations were made by the Technical Committee:

- Respect the commitments made to the populations; - Page vi: respond to the questions; - Page viii: to DREEC / Thies and the monitoring committee who will be responsible for

monitoring the Project; - Page 2: SEA to be replaced by EIA; - Page 13: review the map; - Page 17: translate the English phrases; - Page 39: add avifauna to the wildlife topic; - Page 22: add “with the support of the technical committee” in the 1st paragraph; - Page 23: add as relevant to the project “International Environmental Conventions ratified

by Senegal”; - Page 59: emphasize the impact of waste oils; - Page 107: inadequate budget allocated to all activities defined in the last sections; - Establish a waste management plan for the duration of the project; - Identify accident prevention arrangements; - Involve the National Park Directorate in monitoring and the relevant structures; - Define the concept of “ad hoc”; - Set clear wind transport arrangements; - Review the POI and its cost because it is not within 3 Million; and - A protocol is to be signed with SENELEC.

3. Consultant’s responses:

- The average wind speed for proper operation of a wind turbine is 40km / h. - The wind turbine will have no impact on the rain. - SARREOLE does not provide electricity to villages, it is provided by SENELEC. - The price per kilowatt is set by the price regulation commission. - Agricultural activities will be disturbed only during the installation phase of the project; - Each turbine will have a security perimeter. - The quantity of waste oil per turbine is on page 57.

- Farmers compensation arrangements are on page 101. - A Monthly Monitoring Report will be prepared by SARREOLE. - A budget will be allocated to the monitoring committee. - The price of POI will be increased. - A lightning protection system and surge protection is built into each turbine. - There is no similarity with the Mboro project. - No meeting has been required with the technical services of Tivaoune firefighters. - As for many other issues, technical services will be visited in order to gather more

information which will be incorporated in the corrected report.

CONCLUSION In summary, the Consultant was asked to incorporate the relevant comments into the document. The corrected report must be filed with five (05) copies to DEEC which will check, in connection with the President, if all comments have been taken into account for the pre-validation of the report. The public hearing session will be scheduled. On this decision, the President thanked the participants and closed the meeting.


ATTACHMENT 3. MARCH 3, 2010 PUBLIC HEARING MINUTES


Meeting Minutes

Republic of Senegal (One People - One Goal - One Faith)

-------------- MINISTER OF THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION OF NATURE, PONDS OF RETENTION AND ARTIFICIAL LAKES

--------------

DIRECTORATE OF THE ENVIRONMENT Dakar on .March 3, 2010. AND CLASSIFIED ESTABLISHMENTS

REPORT OF THE PUBLIC HEARING UNDER THE PROCESS TO VALIDATE THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY REPORT OF A PROJECT TO ESTABLISH A

WIND FARM AT TAIBA NDIAYE BY THE SARREOLE GROUP

INTRODUCTION

In the process of validating the environmental impact study report on the project to establish a wind farm at Taiba Ndiaye by the SARREOLE Group, a public hearing session was held on Wednesday, March 3, 2010, in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, and it was chaired by the President of the Municipality, Mr. Alé LO.

The objective of the public hearings, as required by the ministerial order for public participation in environmental impact study processes, is to explain the project to the populations and other local stakeholders in order to obtain their views and concerns and to take them into consideration, to the extent possible, in the study.

Present at the meeting were the following:

• Representatives of the national technical committee to validate environmental impactstudies:

o Directorate of the Environment and Classified Establishments (DEEC);o Directorate of Water, Forests, Hunting and Soil Conservation (DEFCCS);o Directorate of Labour and Social Security;o Directorate of Civil Protection; ando Regional Division of Environment and Classified Establishments at Thies.

• The Project Sponsor;• The Consultant; and• Local Communities.

MEETING AGENDA

At the start of the meeting, Mr. Ale LO, President of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, on behalf of the people, welcomed the delegation before announcing the objective of the session. He then welcomed the presence of such a large audience and thanked the people for the strong mobilization.

After the words of welcome and presentation of technical committee members, the floor was given to Mr Mamadou Sangharé, from the Regional Division of Environment and Classified Establishments of Thies, who recalled the spirit of the public hearing and clarified the earlier stages of the validation process of the Environmental Assessment of this project, and stated that this new approach in the design of projects is within the provisions of the Code of the Environment of 2001 and that the objective of public hearings is to present a synthesis of the environmental impact study report to the people and receive from local stakeholders their opinions, comments and recommendations.

After this summary, Mr. Al Assane Sene, of HPR ANKH Consultants, the consultant who conducted the study, presented the project, which was the subject of the public hearing. He informed the people of:

• The public consultation process; • The initial state of the site; • A description of how a wind farm operates; and • The project's impacts on the biophysical and socio-economic environments, namely:

o soil pollution risks; o noise pollution (noise); o the risk of accidents; o the jobs to be generated, etc.

Following Mr. Assane Sene, the representative of the Project Sponsor, reassured the population of compliance with all terms and recommendations of the study, in addition, he said that the accompanying measures are provided on the social plan, including a contribution to all levels of community life in the Municipality.

Following the Consultant and Project Sponsor, the floor was given to the public who:

• Made a number of observations and comments; • Asked some questions for clarification; and then • Gave a clear position on the project.

1. The Public’s Observations and Comments:

• The project will change the original environment of the site because of its posts to great heights;

• The project will encroach on the agricultural fields;

• The park is a source of savings for the village but it must respect the commitments made in the Environmental Management Plan;

• Installation of the wind farm will contribute to local development;

• Protective barriers to be put in place to prevent accidents related to the presence of people; and

• The project should focus on local youth, especially for unskilled jobs; and if possible send them to Europe for training.

2. Questions for clarification

• What is the exact area of the site?

• What is the percentage in terms of budget that will benefit the local community from this project?

• What is the compensation scheme for the fields that will be impacted by the project?

• Can the local community have a slideshow to better understand the facilities and mode of operation?

• What is the destiny of waste oil?

• What is the perimeter of the safety device?

• Will safety be assured on the seven (07) ha or will it be only at the poles?

3. Recommendations

• Favor transparency in the management of the park;

• Establish drilling support measures; and

• Electrify in the project framework the drilling of the commune. 4. Position relative to the project

• The project is acceptable, it is important because it is a renewable energy; and

• Its degree of impact is not high, therefore, it is acceptable.

RESPONSES

The Consultant:

• The obligations are related to the implementation of the compensation and monitoring measures. The accompanying measures (health, agricultural activities, etc.) are not mandatory, it's just the recommendations in the sense of good neighborliness between the Project Sponsor and the populations;

• For unskilled jobs, the privilege will go to the inhabitants of the area; for skilled workers, recruitment is done by call offers to the most deserving because the project

sponsor must protect its investment as the project will not have need of a high effective;

• The project will be best described to the populations with some clear images;

• For encroached fields, there is a scale fixed by the State, but the price is low. Also, the local community will have to negotiate with the project sponsor to improve but at a price that does not impact the project sponsor;

• For other impacts, they will be monitored and it is for the population that incurs to report to the local authorities which in turn will involve the environmental services;

• The project will contribute to the local community a sum of 50 million per year;

• Page 80 has all the details on villages directly affected and the distance between the site and the closest village;

• For the electrification of drilling, the municipality will need to negotiate with the project sponsor to see how it could help them in this direction, but this is not an obligation;

• The radius of each wind turbine is 150m3

• Security is provided around each wind turbine and not for the entire seven (07) hectares, so that people do not climb on the poles; and

• Development of a POI during operation is being considered

The Project Sponsor:

He reconfirmed the following points:

• The priority is to first protect the populations;

• All the recommendations of the study will be applied; and

• Accompanying measures will be implemented even if they are not required.

The DREEC reconfirmed the followjng aspects:

• The public hearing is an opportunity for the public to review the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), for taking into account all their concerns, and to get involved in follow-up as a stakeholder. The monitoring plan and environmental monitoring will be implemented by the DEEC in connection with the relevant services, in addition to the local community.

• The Project Sponsor is responsible for the implementation of the EMP and DEEC has

a monitoring role and in case of non compliance with the commitments made by the Project Sponsor, the DEEC has the freedom to withdraw its certificate of compliance with consequent cessation of activity.

CONCLUSION

In conclusion, they came back to the consultant, to continue the procedure to integrate the concerns of the local communities in the final report to be submitted in three (03) paper copies and a digital version on CD ROM, to the Directorate of Environment and Classified Establishments. Submission of this final document will enable to be prepared the notice of decision of the Minister of the Environment, concerning the issuance of an environmental compliance certificate for the project.

The meeting was closed following giving thanks to the meeting participants (local

communities, the Technical Committee, and local authorities), after the Imam had formulated

prayers.


ATTACHMENT 4. MINUTES OF THE SEPTEMBER 22, 2010 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND CDMMEETING


Meeting Minutes

Public Consultation and CDM Meeting

for the Parc Eolien Taiba Ndiaye Project

September 22, 2010 – Taiba Ndiaye

On September 22, 2010 beginning at 11h20 at the Offices of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, the informational and sensitivity meeting between the partners of Sarreole and the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye began by announcing the following agenda:

• Election of the president of meeting;• Presentation of the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) Project and the Kyoto Protocol;• Discussion and questions;• Summary by the President; and• Expression of thanks.

Opening the meeting was Mr. Mory Mohamed Niang, 2 n d Vice President of the Rural Advisory Board of Taiba Ndiaye who began with thanking the local community for having come to the meeting and wishing a warm welcome to the partners of Sarreole and thanking them for having selected the community of Taiba Ndiaye to locate their project.

With this he announced the first point which was that the partners had indicated a wish to make M. Kene Diop, President of the Local Environmental Commission, to be the president of the meeting. The choice, he said, however, must be put to a vote by the community. This proposition was approved by a proclamation of the community and M. Kene Diop took over the discussion and began by affirming the importance of the project which, outside of generating electricity, will bring FCFA 50 million each year to the community and create employment and training opportunities.

This will be done without creating work tranches in the fields but more important is that everything will be done in concert with the community and nothing will get in the way of the success and durability of the project. Taking this into consideration, the Rural Advisory Board indicated its wish to work with the people and committed its solemn support in any way to help bring this project of capital importance to fruition.

According to Eric McCartney, commercial and financial consultant to Sarreole, the project has the intention to respond to the needs of the community and he is personally committed to the development of the project. He then went on to express his satisfaction with the number of members who turned out for the meeting and the warm welcome expressed to the developers. In the same spirit, he confirmed the importance of the project to the protection of the environment. He also noted that it was the first project of its kind in West Africa which itself will have a positive economic impact on the community.

The floor was then given to Mrs. Ritu Kuma, Senior Carbon Specialist with ESBI Carbon Solution who explained that the greenhouse effect is impacting the flora and fauna of the planet, is increasing the incidence of disease and sickness, global warming, changing growing seasons, etc.

In order to combat the greenhouse effect, certain government agencies have been formed by the United Nations and protocols have been put into place such to reduce the impact of CO2 on the environment. One of these protocols is the Kyoto Protocol which divides the world into two parts, those which pollute and those which do not pollute and is meant to result in the development of projects to reduce the greenhouse effect. Senegal is classified amongst the countries which are capable of producing carbon credits and selling them in support of sustainable development.

Mrs. Kuma went on to explain that the Taiba wind project had begun the process to be registered with the United Nations as one which will produce carbon credits. She then went into some detail concerning the registration and monitoring process of projects.

She explained that the project will consist of 50 wind turbines on two sites; site 1: 20 turbines (50 MW) and site 2: 30 turbines (75 MW). The project is estimated to produce 280 Gwh of electricity annually representing 11% of the annual production of electricity by Senelec in 2009. The electricity generated by the project will be sold to Senelec. Wind turbines produce energy without the use of fossil fuels with a technology that is proven and safe. Unlike generating facilities which use fossil fuels, wind turbines do not emit CO2 and therefore do not contribute to the greenhouse effect.

The final environment permit for the project has been issued.

For that which concerns the developers of the project, they have a long experience of developing wind projects in France.

It is noted that the project alone will not meet the growing energy demand but will nonetheless have a positive social and economic impact on the region and in general a positive impact on the country because it will produce clean energy.

The floor was then given to the community for comments and opinions, and the community officials and members below provided comments and opinions:

• The Assistant Prefet, Mr. Meouane indicated his appreciation of the project and the benefits which it shall bring to the community. For him, the benefits of this project will go well beyond the borders of the community of Taiba Ndiaye.

• Mr. Moussa Laye Mbengue, after thanking the present parties, indicated that he is pleased that the project is coming to pass during his time and his vital and ardent wish is to see it built without forgetting the farmers who have allowed this project to happen on their land. He went on to indicate his dissatisfaction with Senelec and hopes that acceptance of an energy project in this community will contribute to the reduction of energy prices and current black outs.

• Mr. Masamba Kharma asked that an independent study be made to address the difficulties associated with the blackouts and the increase in the cost of production.

• Moustafha Lo stated that he has come to appreciate these things because one of his friends is an expert in this field. He too also thanked everyone and added that there could be no project more important than this one.

• Mr. Mafall Mbour thanked the partners, the Assistant Prefet and Alé Lo, President of the Municipal Council of Taiba Ndiaye for their implication in the project.

• Mr. Abdou Lahat Ndiaye espressed his concern with regard to wind turbines which would shadow the fields and the effect that this might cause.

Responding to this question, Mr. Tabashi Niasse, an expert in social communication, reassured the population of these impacts and zones of shadows. According to him, these public meetings help a lot to clarify and understand these issues. But, according to Mr. Niasse, the issue had been addressed in the environmental management plan. In any event, the objective has always been to build this project without causing damage.

Additional comments from the community included:

• M. Malick Biagne was delighted with the make-up and intellectual level of the Rural Advisory Board which permits us to take the project at face value and counts on them during the implementation at this same level. He also asked if it might be possible to put in place a mixed commission outside of politics in order to perfect the system to the extent the situation permits.

• Mr. Ndiaye, Chief CER/Meouane, came back to the importance of renewable energy and the possibility of producing wind energy for Senelec and at the same time for the benefit of the Municipality which increases exponentially with little affect on the land.

The Assistant Prefet reassured the population that his office has taken the responsibility to ensure that the project is built and operated in accordance with the law. With regard to the masts installed on the land, readings will be taken and the appropriate measures will be applied.

Mr. Mory Mohamed Niang thanked the community, the Assistant Prefet and did not discount the local expertise. According to him, the Rural Advisory Board was conscious of its responsibility but it is necessary that everyone take ownership of the project. That said, it is important to measure the concerns of all so that no one is harmed.

70 men and women from the local communities attended the meeting.

The meeting was adjourned at 14h30. Signed:

President of the Meeting

Secretary of the Meeting

Second Vice President of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye


ATTACHMENT 5. SEPT. 23, 2010 MEETING ADVERTISEMENT


ATTACHMENT 6. SEPT. 23, 2010 MEETING PHOTOS

TAIBANDIAYE–CDMPublicconsulta8on–September22,2010.

TAIBANDIAYE–CDMPublic consulta8on–September22,2010.






ATTACHMENT 7. LIST OF MEETING ATTENDEES FOR THE ESIS 2009/2010

HPR ANKH Consultants

Parc Eolien Taiba NDiaye (extract) ESIS 2009/2010

List of meeting attendees for the ESIS 2009/2010

List of participants in the environmental and social impact study process

Villages of : Ndomor, Keur Mallé, Minam, Mbayéne, Keur Birama, Keur Samba Awa, Keur Mbaye Sénoba

First Name Sur Name Activity / function Tel Mamadou Lamine Diop Village Chief - Ndomor 776314850 Cheikh Ndiaye Village Chief - Keur Mallé 776305890 Elhadji Ibra Diop Village Chief - Minam 775782359 Gora Mbaye Village Chief - Mbayene 764924471 Talla Mbaye Mbaye - Mbayéne Bassirou Mbaye Village Chief - Keur Birama 773132381 Mor Talla Diop Farmer - Keur Samba Awa 766928034 Mapathé Mbaye Merchant - Keur Mbaye 764672368 Daouda Diop Merchant - Mbayéne 3 773504114 Cheikh Niang Painter – Mbayéne 765803192 Alassane Sonko Farmer- Keur Mbaye Sénoba 766999832 Mor Marème Diop Farmer- Minam Ibrahima Ndiaye Driver - Keur Mallé 773761071 Babacar Ndiaye Driver - Keur Mallé 773774727 Bacar Mbaye Farmer- Mbayéne 701028016 Ngouda Ndao Driver - Keur Mbaye sénoba 776560589 Mor Ndao Advisor- Mbaye sénoba 764689405 Mbaye Sy Diop Student - Minam 763982678 Massyla Ndao Advisor- Mbayéne 766987169 Ousseynou Diop Driver- Minam 775124034 Moussa Ndao Farmer- Keur Mbaye Sénoba 767330350 Bassirou Mbaye Carpenter - Keur Birama 763132381 Ndiaye Samba Thiam Welder- Keur Mallé 766669807 Mballo Niang Merchant- Mbayéne 766865658 Magor Diop Farmer- Minam Djibril Mbaye Driver- Keur Mbaye Kheury 775659403 Djiby Mbaye Merchant- Keur Mame Mbaye 766930497 Ousseynou Fall Farmer- Keur Mambaye 762864227 Khady Tine Tine Housewife: Group for the

Advancement of Women (GPF) Mbayéne

Adji Wade Housewife Mbayéne

Village of Taïba Mbaye

First Name Sur Name Activity/function Tel Abdou Guéye ICS Agent 776120726 Yamar Sarr Farmer 775761049 Meïssa Sarr 777270693 Touba Touré 763355096 Mor Sarr 776954523 Mansour Lô 763456506 Nogaye Mbaye Abdou Souaré Cheikh Souaré Madické Souaré Madiagne Sarr 705000095 Mathioune Ndoye Bassirou Diop 777005172 Mbaye Diop Ndiaye Thiam 766669887 Ibrahima Guéye Bara Diop 767479188 Serigne Touré 772753307 Modou Khabane Léye 775709020 Mor Mboup 774305643 Bara Ka Mankou Guéye Malick Guéye Cheikh Mbaye Souaré 775985636

Village of Same Ndiaye

First Name Sur Name Activity/function Tel Elhadji Bathie Ndaiaye Village Chief 762944955 Cheikh Diongue Driver 774415850 Ibra Diop Farmer 774432249 Madiambon Sarr Farmer Alassane Sarr Carpenter 762987149 Thierno Sonko Teacher 765817117

Local Elected Officials of TAÏBA NDIAYE

First Name Sur Name Function Tel Samba Sarr Vice President of the

Municipality 774404500/ 774500030

Elhadji Modou Ndiaye Field Committee Member 772145321 Mbaye Guéye Committee Member 765989013 Assane Ndiaye Finance Commission

Member 776391096

VILLAGE of KEUR ASSANE

First Name Sur Name Activity / function Tel Balla Ndiaye Farmer 76478837 Songo Ndiaye Farmer Abdoulaye Ndiaye Merchant 766660444 Ibou Diongue Apprentice Matar Diongue Apprentice Chiekh Diongue Tailor Mansour Ndiaye Driver Abdou Diongue Student Mamour Ndiaye Village Chief Mamour Ndiaye 2 Farmer Pape Sarr Merchant Mbaye Diongue Tailor Moussa Ndiaye Apprentice Songo Ndiaye Student

VILLAGE of KEUR MADIAGNE

First Name Sur Name Activity / function Tel Songo Ndiaye Village Chief 775685306 Ali Wade Notable person Iba Ndiaye Notable person Modou Gaye Farmer Malick Wade Merchant Maguéye Wade Merchant Birane Ndiaye Farmer Ndiaw Kane Sala Mbaye Pape Ndiaye Ali Pigue Birane Wade Pdt Sports and Cultural

Association (ASC)

Samba Ndiaye Gora Mbaye Salla Mbow GPF Khabane Ndiaye

Village of Taïba Santhie

First Name Sur Name Activity / function Tel Mbaye Ndiaye Teacher 772798187 Daouda Fall Farmer Oumar Ndiaye Farmer Abdou G Ndiaye Fishmonger Mor Ndiaye Driver 768736109 Massamba Diop Farmer Malal Sow Driver 773053573 Matar Sop Ndiaye Village Chief

Village of Baïty Guéye

First Name Sur Name Activity / function Tel Mbaye Fall Imam 764738853 Thierno Guéye Farmer 766767216 Iba Guéye Pdt ASC 765873303 Nalla Guéye Village Chief 774285146 Mbaye Guéye Notable person 765989013 Yoro Guèeye Farmer Oumy Mbacké Guéye GPF 763362531 Khabane Guéye Farmer 767443495

Village of Baïty Ndiaye

First Name Sur Name Activity / function Tel Aliou Ndaiye Farmer Lamine Mbaye Driver 761324438 Ndiaye Thiam Farmer Daouda Diop Farmer Mbaye Guéye ** Birane Guéye ** Modou Lô ** Aliou Fall Driver 773020998 Oumar Diop Mason Diaga Badiane Mason 764935740 Omar Ndiaye Farmer 772017760 Asse Ndiaye Caretaker 773581504 Mohamadou Ndiaye ** 773998809 Mar Guéye ** Talla Guéye Caretaker Massamba Guèye Farmer 764776353 Sangué Ndiaye ** Massamba Dione Mason 763990455 Fatou Ndiaye Farmer 765106716 Anta Ngom GPF 768400678

Nogoye Souaré GPF 768872962 Khoudia Samb GPF 766981778 Nogoye Diop GPF Madiaye Ndiaye Anta Ndiaye Amar Ndiaye Village Chief 765968916

The Technical Services

First Name Sur Name Function Tel Baba Weyni IREF 339511012 Mamadou Sangharé DREEC 766481400 DR. Ndoye Regional

Inspectorate of Veterinary Services (IRSV)

339511091

List of experts who conducted the ESIS

N° Name Structure/Function

1 Al Assane Sene

Coordinator, Geographer - Environmentalist

2 Mamadou Diedhiou Sociologist Environmentalist

3 Insa Fall Geologist-biologist Environmentalist

4 Oumar Fall Hygienist Environmentalist

5 Idrissa Guiro Cartographer geographer

6 Mouhamed THIOYE

Electromechanical engineer - expert process engineer


ATTACHMENT 8. ESIS 2009/2010 APPROVAL WITH ENGLISH TRANSLATION

UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION

Republic of Senegal Minister of the Environment and the Protection of Natural Basins and Artificial Lakes

Office of the Environment and Historic Buidlings

Certification

The Technical Committee met on October 16, 2009 at the Office of the Environment and Historic Buildings, to examine the Environmental Impact Report concerning the construction and operation of the Parc Eolien Taiba NDiaye, in the region of Thies.

Following this meeting and the integration of the observations by the Technical Committee, the Environmental Report was pre-validated. A public hearing subsequently took place on March 3, 2010 at the community house of Taiba NDiaye, and the issues and observations of this meeting have been taken into account in the final Environmental Report.

In accordance with this procedure, I certify that the construction plan of the Parc Eolien Taiba NDiaye conforms to the Environmental Code relative to the Environmental Impact Study.

The present certification is delivered to Sarreole Sarl, sponsor of the subject project to service and validate their rights, while waiting for the ministerial decree concerning the certificate of environmental conformity for the project.

In any event, the commencement of the construction of the project, which shall continue to be subject to the obtaining of all other required administrative authorizations, shall be advised by the Sponsor to the Office of the Environment and Historic Buildings, who will take responsibility that the arrangements anticipated by the Environmental and Social Management plan for the project are applied.

The non respect of the Environmental Management Plan contained in the Environmental Impact study will result in the retraction of the Environmental Conformity Certfiicate.

Orginal Signed by Ndiaye Cheikh SYLLA


ATTACHMENT 9. SUMMARY OF TOPICS DISCUSSED AT THE FEBRUARY 2015 CONSULTATIONMEETINGS

Attachment 2

Summary of Topics Discussed During The Public Consultations - February 16th to 18th, 2015

Topic Comment Consultant or Project Developer Response

1-Project acceptability General acceptability for the majority of local communities and PAP.

Qualified acceptability for a few highly-impacted PAP who understand that these lands belong to the State and that the Project is of public interest that will benefit the entire country.

The people involved are looking for fair and equitable compensation that will allow them to regain their means of subsistence. They also suggest that the Project developer operates a bold CSR policy that will have a positive impact on the socio-economic development of the area.

Very special attention will be paid to the compensation for PAP to offset the partial loss of means of subsistence.

We note that the Project has agreed to pay double that recommended by the government compensation committee.

The social request raised will be brought to the attention of the Project Developer who will advise on the policy to participate in the socio-economic development of the municipality

2-Concerns about the hazards attributable to the Wind Farm

The primary concerns of the local communities are expressed below:

Possible negative impact on the flowering of mangos and crop yields;

Risks of wind turbines falling;

Breaking components (blades, nacelle, etc.);

Widening of roads from 6 m to 12 m; and

Negative impacts with regard to the end of the useful life of the wind farm.

The Project will not impact either the flowering or yield of mangos.

The likelihood of machine breakages are within the acceptable limits and measures to prevent or minimize them will be taken during the design, construction and operating phases.

According to the Project developer, the roads have been widened from 6 to 12 m to have sufficient room for maintenance, 3 m either side of the road (6 m wide) and to take account of wide loads, with dimensions that could exceptionally cause some damage if this additional area was not included.

At the end of its useful life, the plant will either be dismantled or refurbished as is practical at the time. The manufacturer, Vestas, is totally familiar with this process and an impact study will be conducted for this phase if dismantling is the chosen option.

3-Mistrust of the commitments made by the developers sponsoring the project.

A few stakeholders expressed concern over the failure of companies currently in the area (MDL, ICS, Tobène Power) to meet their commitments.

The villagers would like PETN to respect its commitments through a convention or agreement protocol signed by the different stakeholders.

Questioning of PETN about recruitment, CSR policy set out by the developer, Patente tax, etc.

The Project developer has confirmed that the Municipality will benefit from the patente tax as the Project headquarters will be set up in Taiba Ndiaye.

In addition, the Project developer will commit by signing one or more conventions or agreement protocols that will commit the Project developer

4-Loss of lands, compensation of PAP

Concerns expressed and attributable to the loss of means of subsistence:

the destruction of mango fields;

The Project developer said that he has been made aware of the compensation scales and especially the possible loss of means of subsistence for some PAP.

Attachment 2


Topic Comment Consultant or Project Developer Response the loss of cultivation lands;

the low compensation rates applied do not allow people to regain their means of subsistence.

Compensation wishes from the villagers expressed during the various meetings:

fair compensation that will give them back the means of subsistence in the very short term;

granting of a periodic annuity to compensate for loss of income;

Publicizing compensation rates;

a more accurate assessment of compensation payments taking account of lost cultivation lands;

Publicizing the list of PAP;

Paying PAP before any work takes place and publicizing the construction schedule to avoid PAPs being evicted unexpectedly; and

Agreement protocol between the stakeholders confirming the Project developer's promises.

The Project in fact is paying twice the compensation rate recommended by the Compensation Commission.

The commission is currently at work and the relevant points will be taken into account.

5-Jobs Recruitment of young people and women from the area is a priority.

Project developer to offer occupational training.

Early training of young people

The Project developer will respect the request concerning the priority recruitment of local people, with equal skill.

6-Communication between Project developer and PAP

Insufficient communication and suggestions were made for a more efficient communication plan

The Project developer is currently setting up a stringent communication plan, including the publication of a free newsletter.

7-Work in the fields to prepare crops in 2015

Uncertainties over the works schedule despite the upcoming rainfall crops that have to be prepared.

Imminent start to preparing the earth in March for commercial crops.

No construction schedule.

The construction timetables will be made available to everybody as soon as possible and will be restated in the monthly newsletter published by PETN.

The construction works will take place by tranche. Not all the land will therefore be involved at the same time.

Attachment 2



8-Patente in Taiba Ndiaye

Approval and incentive of PETN's headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye

Use of benefits from the patente tax to develop the community, with no discrimination.

According to the Project developer, PETN's headquarters will be established in Taiba Ndiaye. As a result, 2.5 million euros will be paid to the Tax Office, of which CFA francs 800 million/year approximately will be reallocated to the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye.

A percentage of the patente tax will be transferred to the Municipality. The patente tax is entirely at the discretion of the municipality but a formal budget must be presented to and approved by the regional government for funds to be released to the municipality.

9-Right of access to roads

Concern: lack of access to the land during construction and operation

The villagers ask for free access to the Project's roads.

interconnection between the Project's access roads and existing tracks whenever possible

The local communities will have a right of total access to the Project's tracks and access roads during the operating and construction phases, provided they comply with any safety measures in place

The request for interconnection between the tracks and the Project's access roads has been submitted to the developer.

10-Developer's CSR policy

A very considerable involvement by the Project in the actions intended to improve the living environment and reduce poverty was expressed strongly during the meetings.

The following points were reiterated in almost all the meetings.

High demand for new wells for planting off-season crops and human supplies

Refurbishment of both French and Koranic schools and the supply of educational equipment if possible

Refurbishment of health structures, with assistance, to dispense medicines and pay the nurse who is frequently a volunteer

Assistance to NGOs and women’s groups

Participation in developing micro-credit with a credit line for women

Helping to make available a processing unit for local produce (mangos, vegetables, etc.)

Constructing community markets to help women.

Purchasing a vehicle to transport crops to market.

The Project developer will be advised of your CSR expectations.

Attachment 2


Topic Comment Consultant or Project Developer Response Support through micro-credit and women's associations springing up around miscellaneous projects

Bringing electricity to the few villages without it

Electricity subsidy (for boreholes, school, etc.)

Subsidy for the electricity consumed by the boreholes/and for the populations who find electricity too expensive

11-Work of the commission

Confusion over the existence of two commissions

Problem with the intrusion by the commission or consultants without consent of the owners, resulting in damage inside fields.

The Project developer has clarified that there is only one commission. Perhaps some owners have confusedly thought that Labasol (in charge of topographical readings) was a second commission.

Owners of fields will henceforth be advised in sufficient time if the commission has to enter their fields.


ATTACHMENT 10. SUMMARY OF TOPICS DISCUSSED AT THE JUNE 2015 CONSULTATION MEETINGS

Attachment 3

Summary of Topics Discussed During The Public Consultation - June 18, 2015

Topics Discussed Action By The Developer

Project acceptability: the speakers expressed general acceptability for the Project.

The commission has completed its work and all the amounts have been calculated. The Project developer agreed to compensate the PAP on the basis ABOVE the scale defined by the departmental maintenance expenditure financial assessment commission + additional compensation to keep its promises to the PAP. The Project developer indicated that the crops could be sown apart from cassava as the maturation time was too long (at least ten months). No payments had yet been made. Payment would be made promptly on the first drawing after the financial closure. Headquarters: the Project developer confirmed the transfer of the headquarters to Taiba Ndiaye. Regarding the patente, the Project developer announced that €2.5M would be paid to the Tax Office every year and part of this amount, set by the administration in joint agreement with the municipality, would be paid to the municipality. This part could be 1 billion CFA francs a year for twenty years. These resources would be at the disposal of the municipality and the Project would unfortunately not have any influence on how such funds would be distributed or used. In addition, the Project developer suggested a convention with the municipality whereby it would subsidize rural electrification projects under its social responsibility from renewable energy facilities and micro enterprises would make 1 million francs per year and per turbine available to the municipality, representing 46 million per year for twenty years used for development actions or for the numerous requests of the local communities. The Project developer would take into account wherever possible the requests of local communities in complying with applicable laws and regulations and taking account of existing skills in the area. However, very few qualified jobs would in all probability be available given the level of experience required by the Project.

Lands The people affected agreed to the compensation method, but asked that this compensation be substantial, fair and equitable Clarifications about the payment were also requested

Expectation of women The female population evoked the need for covered markets especially before winter sets in. Women also wished for financing (micro credit) to be available for their trading activities.

Infrastructures Speakers evoked the dilapidated condition of community infrastructures and their need for refurbishment and equipment. The health and school structures are especially very much affected.

Jobs The villagers present (young people, women, village elders) urged equal opportunities (no discrimination) in jobs during construction. - They want to take advantage of these job opportunities during construction. The chairman of the parent-teacher association suggested training young people so that they could benefit from job opportunities set at the moment of operation.

Patentes Huge expectation of the local communities with respect to the amount announced (about 1 billion CFA francs) to develop the socio-economic aspects and community infrastructures.

Electrification The villagers sought electrification of villages currently without electricity.

The Project developer intended to participate in electrification activities in ways yet to be defined.


ATTACHMENT 11. JULY 2015 MONTHLY NEWSLETTER

P R O G R E S S E R

Le projet en chiffres

•  151,8 MW

•  46 éoliennes Vestas V126

•  126 m diamètre du rotor

•  117 m de hauteur à la nacelle

•  185,000,000,000 F CFA d’invesHssements

•  +400,000,000 kWh / an

•  ConstrucHon en 3 phases successives

Eté 2015 – Dans ce numéro 7 : travaux réalisés pour le financement du projet au cours des mois de juillet et août

7

03 juillet 2015 – début Septembre 2015 Travaux de recensement du cadastre rural sur la la zone d’emprise du projet. Ces travaux étaient prévus pour durer tout l’été. Objec<f : évaluer les impacts économiques du projet sur les Personnes Affectées par le Projet (PAP). Mise en place d’ou<ls d’informa<on à des<na<on des p o p u l a < o n s ( u n p a n n e a u d’informa<on est installé dans chacun des 37 villages).

20 au 23 juillet 2015 Mission à Paris : alors qu’une par<e de l’équipe du projet rencontre l’équipe de négocia<ons de Vestas pour discuter les points majeurs du contrat EPC, une déléga<on de Senelec et du MEDER poursuit les travaux concernant le Contrat d’Achat d ’Energie (le « PPA ») avec les représentants de OPIC dans les bureaux de Clifford Chance Paris.

•  Echanges techniques en présence d’une équipe de Alstom Grid et Sargent & Lundy : valida<on des hypothèses d’évolu<on et de renforcement du réseau 2015 -‐ 2019 , s t r a tég ie de ré se rve tournante

•  R é u n i o n a u B O S ( B u r e a u Opéra<onnel de Suivi du Plan Sénégal Emergent).

•  Rencontre des sous traitants dans le cadre des travaux rela<fs aux études environnementales et sociales.

25 et 26 août 2015 Rencontre OPIC – Senelec dans le cadre du PPA. La grande majorité des points restant est agréée, une ul<me rencontre au début de l’automne devrait perme`re la conclusion de ces discussions.

27 au 29 juillet 2015 Invitée par l’équipe du projet, une déléga<on anglaise s’est rendue à D a k a r p o u r é v a l u e r d e s inves<ssements prospec<fs au Sénégal. A ceè occasion, l’équipe avait sollicité ou organisé :

•  Une audience auprès du Directeur Général de Senelec.

•  Une audience auprès du Ministre de l’Energie et du Développement des Energies Renouvelables.

•  Une encontre avec le Direc<on de l’Environnement et des Etablissement Classés (DEEC)

•  Une visite du site de Taiba Ndiaye avec rencontre des par<es prenantes (maire de Taiba Ndiaye, adjoints et conseillers communaux, visite des villages de Taiba Ndiaye).

17 – 19 août 2015 Réunion technique à Dakar:

•  Poursuite des discussions avec Senelec au sujet du PPA.

Photomontage : éoliennes de la ligne E31 – E38 depuis l’emplacement de E37

Parc Eolien Taiba NDiaye Info Sénégal Emergent

Visite du

site

27 juillet 2015

R E S P O N S A B I L I T É S O C I A L E

En conséquence, un important travail a été demandé à Labosol : recenser toutes les parcelles et toutes les cultures des PAP. Mais au préalable, informer et se concerter avec les par<es prenantes.

Le cadastre rural intégrera les parcelles directement impactées par le Projet (près de 450, ainsi que cela avait été recensé lors des travaux de la Commission de recensement et d’évalua<on financière des impenses) et toutes les parcelles NON impactées par le Projet.

L’ensemble représente environ 1200 parcelles. Tout est recensé, géo référencé et mesuré.

Fin des relevés de terrain, avec 3 semaines de retard (c’est un travail complexe qui a mobilisé jusqu’à 4 brigades de géomètres et techniciens), rendu tout début septembre.

Analyse puis compila<on des données avant intégra<on dans les rapports d’étude des<nés aux bailleurs de fonds.

2

Eté 2015 Lors de la visite en juin des bailleurs de fonds, il a été souligné l’importance de développer des ou<ls permeànt d’évaluer les impacts économiques du projet sur les Personnes Affectées par le Projet (PAP) ; le tracé des futures pistes d’accès, les aires techniques nécessaires à la construc<on et les z o n e s d ’ imp l a n t a<on d e s éol iennes nécess iteront un a b a n d o n d e s t e r r e s correspondantes par les PAP. R e c e n s e r l e s m o y e n s d e subsistance et évaluer la perte de revenus des PAP dans le cadre du Projet afin de les compenser justement est une nécessité.

La première chose est de disposer d’une base de données fiable.

Une enquête ménage a d’abord été commandée par le Projet. Ceè enquête a mis en évidence l’absence d’ou<l réellement p e r < n e n t p e r m e ` a n t l e recensement complet de toutes les terres et cultures des PAP pour évaluer, en pourcentage et en absolu, les pertes probables de revenus.

En amont du financement…

Des panneaux pour informer. Dans chacun des villages de Taiba Ndiaye I n f o r m e r l e s p o p u l a < o n s régu l i è rement au moyen de panneaux d’informa<on.

37 panneaux ont été réalisés pour le compte du Projet par l’entreprise T h i a m F r è r e s d e D a k a r . L’implanta<on des panneaux a été sollicitée par le projet et accordée par la commune. Une taxe de publicité sera versée sur le compte de la commune auprès du trésor public.

Finaliser et conclure les études environnementales et sociales Les travaux se poursuivent tout l’été.

Derniers ajustements des études locales (en vue du dépôt auprès de la DEEC) et addendum selon les critères IFC grâce au travail extraordinaire des sous traitants.

Panneaux d’affichage Réunion de concerta<on avec les PAP (réalisa<on du cadastre rural – photo Labosol)

Cadastre ru

ral :

concerta<o

n et travaux

de te

rrain. Eté 2015

3

Poursuivre les travaux avec Vestas Suite à la rencontre des équipes Projet et Vestas à Paris en juillet, une liste de 37 points jugés sensibles a été discutée, l’objec<f étant de trouver un consensus avant la rédac<on des contrats. Parc Eolien a pris en charge la rédac<on des contrats EPC et une première mouture a été échangée fin août avec les bailleurs de fonds. Dès le retour des documents (prévu vers la mi – septembre), les discussions avec Vestas vont reprendre avec un objec<f de tour de table des négocia<ons début octobre. Un accent spécifique est mis sur le volet « import et taxes » nécessitant une formula<on spécifique pour pouvoir bénéficier des condi<ons offertes par le Sénégal. PWC Sénégal, conseil des deux par<es, sera associé aux discussions. Une rencontre avec toutes les par<es prenantes, et si possible, des spécialistes du Ministère de l’Economie, des Finances et du Plan pourrait être envisagée fin octobre.

En parallèle… Poursuivre les travaux d’acquisiHon du foncier Les terrains d’assieè du projet ont déjà fait l’objet d’une a`ribu<on de <tre foncier (voir notre le`re d’informa<on n° 6 du mois de juin). Cependant, pour sécuriser ses droits au regard des servitudes, Parc Eolien a déc idé fin août de demander l ’ imma t r i c u l a < o n d e s t e r r e s correspondant à l’empreinte des servitudes et zones techniques sur la zone d’emprise du projet. L’évalua<on des impenses sur ces terres a déjà été réalisée lors des travaux de la commission et la surface totale représente 42,5 ha. Les démarches seront poursuivies en septembre.

Un nouveau logo pour PETN

La mise en place d’une iden<té forte du projet a mo<vé Parc Eolien de Taiba Ndiaye pour définir son nouveau logo.

Poursuivre les travaux avec Senelec Quelques détails dans les annexes aux PPA restent à finaliser afin de prendre en compte les derniers développements, notamment suite aux échanges survenus entre OPIC (assistés de Mo`McDonald) et Senelec au cours des rencontres de juin, juillet et août.

Il s’agit aussi de reprendre certaines hypothèses dans l’analyse du réseau comme l’arrivée retardée de Sendou et African Energy, la suppression des groupes AGGREKO et APR Kounoune, la réhabilita<on du groupe 301 de Senelec, la modifica<on de l’ordre de mérite des centrales…

P R E P A R E R le F I N A N C E M E N T

Déchargemen

t d’une

pale

de V112 en

Jamaïqu

e En parallèle, la construc<on du projet d’ACEI en Jamaïque se poursuit : ici, déchargement de pales de l’éolienne V112 – longueur 53 m

P O U R S U I V R E L E S A C T I O N S

4

AcHons engagées en Septembre FINANCEMENT

Préparer une rencontre en octobre à Dakar pour conclure les discussions sur le PPA et entamer les discussions au sujet de la Garan<e de l’Etat.

Préparer une rencontre fin octobre à Dakar pour discuter le volet « taxes et importa<on » avec l’administra<on fiscale.

Valider le projet de bail.

ENVIRONNEMENT

Poursuite du suivi environnemental dans le cadre du plan d’ac<on et de suivi (alimenta<on de la base de données).

Déposer le rapport mis à jour de l’Etude Environnementale et Sociale du Projet auprès de la DEEC (date es<mée : mi septembre).

Envoyer le rapport et les addendum selon les critères IFC aux bailleurs pour échanges et valida<on avant fin septembre.

VESTAS

Echanger les contrats de construc<on avec Vestas. Programmer une réunion de travail à Paris en octobre (EPC Vestas).

PROCEDURES DE BAIL et SERVITUDES

Finaliser la conven<on avec la Commune de Taiba Ndiaye

POURSUITE DE LA CONCERTATION AVEC SENELEC

Valida<on des dernières annexes suite aux modifica<ons du réseau discutées au mois d’août ; discuter les termes de la cession de la parcelle des<née à la construc<on du poste d’évacua<on de la Centrale.

AcHons abendues FONCIER

Obtenir une délibéra<on de la commune de Taiba Ndiaye au sujet de la conven<on et de l’a`ribu<on d’une parcelle en vue de l’implanta<on du siège social de Parc Eolien à Taib Ndiaye.

Suivre la procédure auprès du service des Impôts et Domaines en vue de l’immatricula<on des terrains d’assieè des servitudes (parcelle de 42,5 ha).

ENVIRONNEMENT

Dépôt auprès de la DEEC du rapport de l’étude environnementale. Réunion du comité technique prévue fin septembre (Quitus environnemental établi par la DEEC).

www.taibaeolien.com www.acei.com www.opic.gov www.ekf.dk www.usaid.gov/powerafrica www.vestas.com

Pour toute ques<on : [email protected]

« One nation, one aim, one faith »

ADDENDUM ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT STUDY

PARC EOLIEN DE TAIBA NDIAYE (PETN)

Report –version V0 Developed by EES SARL with advisory support from Ramboll ENVIRON

English translation by Bender & Partner and ANTRATEC September 2015

Engineering & Environmental Services (EES SARL)

Adresse:Hann Maristes II Immeuble S26 – Dakar Sénégal Téléphone : (+ 221) 33 832 88 70 / (+ 221) 76 338 09 10 Email : [email protected] Site web :www.cabinet-‐ees.com

While the PETN ESIS Addendum was developed by Engineering and Environmental Services (EES SARL) with advisory support from Ramboll Environ US Corporation, Ramboll Environ France and Ramboll Environ UK (together, Ramboll Environ), the Biodiversity Chapter and the Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) Plan were developed solely by Ramboll Environ.

Ramboll Environ US Corporation

101 Carnegie Center, Princeton, NJ 08540

V +1 609.452.9000 F +1 609.452.0284

www.ramboll-environ.com

PETN

ESIS Addendum Taiba Ndiaye - Senegal

i

Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1

1.1 Project Background 1 1.2 Context 1 1.3 ESIS Addendum Objective 2

2 Project description 3

2.1 Project location 3 2.2 Project History 5 2.3 Project Organization 6 2.4 Technical capacity and relevant experience of Sarréole 9 2.5 Project schedule 9 2.6 Additional information about the sequence of work 12

2.6.1 Human resources management 12 2.6.1.1 Construction Phase 12 2.6.1.2 Operations Phase 14

2.6.2 Raw material management 15 2.6.3 Water requirement 15 2.6.4 Transport of equipment 15 2.6.5 Waste management 15

2.7 Analysis of Alternatives 16 2.7.1 Selection of the first site 16 2.7.2 Selection of the current site 17

3 Legal and regulatory framework 18

3.1 Supplement to the political and institutional framework 18 3.1.1 Summary of the content of the Political and Institutional framework 18 3.1.2 Political framework 18

3.1.2.1 National Strategy for Sustainable Development (SNDD) 18 3.1.2.2 Energy Sector Development Policy Letter (LPDSE) 19

3.1.3 Institutional framework 19 3.1.3.1 Energy Division 19 3.1.3.2 Senelec 20 3.1.3.3 National Energy Council 20 3.1.3.4 Ministry of Economy and Finance (MEF) 21 3.1.3.5 Directorate for Town Planning and Architecture (DUA) 21 3.1.3.6 Directorate for Land-use Surveillance and Control (DSCOS) 21 3.1.3.7 National Spatial Planning Plan (PNAT) 22 3.1.3.8 National Spatial Planning Agency (ANAT) 22 3.1.3.9 Regional Development Agency (ARD) of Thiès 22 3.1.3.10 National Climate Change Committee (COMNACC) 23 3.1.3.11 Parties involved in the land acquisition procedures 23

3.2 Supplement regarding the legal and normative framework 24 3.2.1 Succinct summary of text mentioned in the EIS of 2013. 24 3.2.2 Additional measures 25

3.2.2.1 Additional text on Noise 25 3.2.2.2 Additional decrees to the Water Code 26 3.2.2.3 Application Decree 98-164 on the application of the Forestry Code 26 3.2.2.4 Mining Code and its application decree 27 3.2.2.5 Text on occupational health, hygiene and safety 27

PETN


ii

3.2.2.6 Text on decentralization 28 3.2.3 Other measures 28

3.2.3.1 Regulations for historical monuments, excavations and discoveries 28 3.2.3.2 Town Planning Code 29 3.2.3.3 Sanitation Code 29 3.2.3.4 Order and decrees relating to the chemical risks 30 3.2.3.5 Text relating to the land 30

3.2.4 Supplement to the international and community legal framework 31 3.2.4.1 International legal framework 31 3.2.4.2 Community framework (WAEMU) 32

4 Area of Influence 33

4.1 Areas of influence and villages impacted 33 4.1.1 Definition of areas of influence 33

4.1.1.1 The immediate area of influence 35 4.1.1.2 Close area of influence 37 4.1.1.3 Extended area of influence 38

4.1.2 Identification of villages impacted in the different areas of influence 40 4.1.2.1 Villages in the immediate area of influence 40 4.1.2.2 Villages with PAP in the close area of influence (direct) 41 4.1.2.3 Villages with PAP in the extended area of influence (indirect) 41 4.1.2.4 People impacted per village in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye 42 4.1.2.5 Villages and people impacted outside the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye 43 4.1.2.6 Villages in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye not directly impacted 44

5 Socio-economic Baselines Conditions 45

5.1 Geographical location 45 5.1.1 Location of PAP 45 5.1.2 Population evolution between 2003 and 2011 46

5.2 State of access to basic social services 51 5.2.1 Access to Health Care 51 5.2.2 Access to drinking water 54 5.2.3 Access to water for market gardening 55 5.2.4 Access to education 55 5.2.5 Access to electricity 59

5.3 The productive activities of local populations 62 5.3.1 Rainfall farming 62 5.3.2 Fruit trees 63 5.3.3 Market gardening 63 5.3.4 Livestock 64 5.3.5 Trade 64 5.3.6 Road network 65 5.3.7 Transport 66

5.4 Sacred sites 67 5.4.1 Presence of sacred cemeteries and trees 67

Trees identified that are important to the local communities 67 5.4.2 Conclusions 68

6 Socioeconomic Impacts 73

6.1 Preamble 73

PETN


iii

6.2 Determining impact sources 73 6.3 Method for qualitative assessment of the significance of the impact 75

6.3.1 Potential impacts considered 75 6.3.2 Environmental effects assessment approach 76

6.1.3.2 Determining the intensity of the impact 76 6.2.3.2 Determining the extent of the impact 78 6.3.3.2 Determining the duration of the impact 79 6.4.3.2 Determining the significance of the impact 79

6.4 Assessment of the impacts 83 6.4.1 Assessment of the positive impacts 83

6.1.4.1 Direct and indirect jobs during the construction phase 83 6.2.4.1 Operations phase 86

6.4.2 Assessment of the negative impacts 90 6.1.4.2 Construction phase 90 6.2.4.2 Operations phase 107 6.3.4.2 Summary 108

6.5 Plan for mitigation measures and reducing impacts 118 6.5.1 Improvement measures for positive impacts 119

6.1.5.1 During the construction phase 119 6.2.5.1 During the operation phase 119

6.5.2 Mitigation measures for negative impacts 122 6.6 Parties involved in implementation of the ESMP (environmental and social management plan) and their responsibilities 134

6.6.1 PETN 134 6.6.2 The HSE Manager (PETN) 134 6.6.3 The contracting company (EPC) (Vestas) 134 6.6.4 The Operator of the wind farm (PETN) 134 6.6.5 The local authorities 134 6.6.6 The ESMC (Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee) 134 6.6.7 The DEEC (Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments) 135 6.6.8 State technical services 135

7 Biodiversity 136

7.1 Introduction 136 7.2 Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework 137

7.2.1 International Agreements 137 7.2.2 Senegalese Legal Requirements 138 7.2.3 Standards and Guidelines for International Financing 141

7.3 Assessment Methodology 142 7.3.1 Scope 142 7.3.2 Desk Study 143 7.3.3 Field Surveys 143 7.3.4 Impact Assessment Methodology 148

7.4 Baseline Information 153 7.4.1 Designated Sites 153 7.4.2 Flora 155 7.4.3 Habitats 156 7.4.4 Herptiles 158 7.4.5 Birds 158

PETN


iv

7.4.6 Terrestrial Mammals 167 7.4.7 Bats 168

7.5 Limitations to Assessment 170 7.6 Summary of Receptor Sensitivity Evaluations 171 7.7 Potential Impacts 171

7.7.1 Construction and Decommissioning Impacts 171 7.7.2 Operational Impacts 173

7.8 Mitigation 175 7.8.1 Construction and Decommissioning Phases 175 7.8.2 Operations Phase 178

7.9 Residual Impacts 181 7.9.1 Construction and Decommissioning Phase 181 7.9.2 Operations Phase 182

7.10 Conclusions 184

8 Cumulative Impacts and Effects 185

8.1 Introduction 185 8.2 Description of present or future actions and projects: 185 8.3 Project status 188

8.3.1 TOBENE POWER 70 MW power plant project 188 8.3.2 The AFRICA ENERGY 300 MW coal-fired plant project 189 8.3.3 The ICS 50 Mw Coal-Fired Power Plant Project 190 8.3.4 The AIG phosphoric acid production plant project at TAIBA N’DIAYE 190 8.3.5 The GRETTA RESOURCES MINING SUARL project 191 8.3.6 Summary of the status of projects 192

8.4 Present or future actions and projects taken into account in assessing cumulative impacts - justifications 193

8.4.1 Power plant under construction: Tobène Power S.A. 193 8.4.2 Power plant under development: africa energy 193 8.4.3 Existing mining infrastructures: Industries Chimiques du Sénégal (ICS) and Grande Côte Opérations (GCO) 194 8.4.4 Project announced but ultimately relocated 195 8.4.5 Present and future activities and projects considered 195

8.5 Determining Valued Environmental Components (VEC) 195 8.6 Cumulative impacts during the construction phase 196

8.6.1 Modification of air quality and greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) 196 8.6.2 Accumulation of noise impacts 197 8.6.3 Management of excavated soil 197 8.6.4 Pollution of surface water and groundwaters 197 8.6.5 Exploitation of groundwaters and surface water 197 8.6.6 Waste management 198 8.6.7 Impact on the landscape 198 8.6.8 Influx of workers onto the site 198 8.6.9 Miscellaneous transport needs and road traffic 199 8.6.10 Light emissions: 200

PETN


v

9 Community Health, Safety and Security 216

9.1 Community health and safety hazards specific to construction works 216 9.1.1 Transportation 216 9.1.2 Public access 217 9.1.3 Noise 217

9.2 Community health and safety hazards specific to the operations phase 218 9.2.1 Blade throw 218 9.2.2 Aircraft navigation safety 219 9.2.3 Electromagnetic interference 219 9.2.4 Public access 219 9.2.5 Noise 220

9.2.5.1 Audible Noise level 220 9.2.5.2 Infrasounds 221

9.2.6 Shadow flicker 221

10 Land acquisition and Compensation Process 222

10.1 Land Acquisition and securing the land 222 10.1.1 The Project’s lands regime 222 10.1.2 The project’s land needs 222

10.1.2.1 The wind turbines’ immediate space requirements 222 10.1.2.2 The space requirements of Easements for tracks, cable paths and temporary storage areas 222 10.1.2.3 Extended Easement area 223

10.1.3 Procedure for acquiring and securing the land 223 10.1.4 Status of the acquisition and securing of the 7.5 ha for the foundations and crane hoisting zones 224 10.1.5 Status of the acquisition and securing of the 42 ha easement 226 10.1.6 Status of the acquisition and securing of the extended RoW area of approximately 2,200 ha for conservation 226

10.2 Economic displacement and PAP compensation 226 10.2.1 Assessment of Land compensation 227

10.2.1.1 Composition of the Departmental Commission for assessing costs 227 10.2.1.2 Principles adopted by the Commission 228 10.2.1.3 Calculation of Compensation 229 10.2.1.4 Results of the Commission’s work 230 10.2.1.5 PETN’s approach to land compensation 231 10.2.1.6 Provisional payment dates for the compensation 231

10.2.2 Assessment of the level of impact for each PAP 231 10.2.2.1 Assessment of land loss for each PAP 231 10.2.2.2 Assessment of tree loss for each PAP 232 10.3.2.2 Overall Level of the Project impact on each PAP 235

10.2.3 Conclusions 236

11 Public Consultation and Disclosure of Information 238

11.1 Summary of consultation in 2012-2014 238 11.2 Public consultation in February 2015 239

11.2.1 Consultation objectives 239 11.2.2 Public consultation methodology 240

11.2.2.1 For the public consultations in local communities 240 11.2.2.2 For the Administration 240

11.2.3 The stages involved in the consultation 241

PETN


vi

11.2.4 Meeting with the administrative authorities 241 11.2.5 Meetings with the local communities 242 11.2.6 Results of the public consultation 244

11.2.6.1 Positive impacts of the Project 244 11.2.6.2 Concerns, Expections and Requests of the Local Communities 245 11.2.6.3 Participation in local life and its development 246 11.2.6.4 Additional Concerns, Expectations & Requests 247 11.2.6.5 Concerns relate directly to the wind farm and its potential hazards 249 11.2.6.6 Summary of Topics addressed 249

11.3 Public Consultation in June 2015 254 11.3.1 Meetings with the local communities 254 11.3.2 Results of the Public Consultation 256

11.3.2.1 Village Meeting at Mbayene 3 256 11.3.2.2 Session at the Municipal Office of Taiba Ndiaye 258 11.3.2.3 Discussion With the PAP From the villages of Taiba Santhie and Baïty Gueye 258

11.4 Summary/General conclusion 259 11.5 Stakeholder Engagement Plan 259

11.5.1 Summary of Stakeholders 259 11.5.2 CSR Policy 260 11.5.3 Communications Plan & Commmunity Grievance Mechanism 260

12 Environmental & Social Management System (ESMS Plan) 261

12.1 Environmental and Social Management System Description 261 12.1.1 General Requirements 261 12.1.2 ESMS Documentation 267 12.1.3 Change Management 274

12.2 Policy 275 12.3 Identification of Risk and Impacts 275

12.3.1 Legal and Other Requirements 275 12.3.2 Social and Environmental Aspects and Impacts, Risk Assessment, and Risk Management Planning 276 12.3.3 Occupational Health and Safety Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment, and Risk Management Planning 276

12.4 Management Programs 276 12.4.1 Environmental, Social, and Health & Safety (ESHS) Objectives, Targets, and Performance Improvement Action Plans 276 12.4.2 ESHS Performance Improvement Management Program/Management/mitigation plans 277 12.4.3 Operational Control 277

12.4.3.1 Management of Social and Environmental Impacts 277 12.4.3.2 Control of Contractor Operations 277

12.5 Organizational Capacity and Competency 278 12.5.1 Structure and Responsibility 278 12.5.2 Training, Awareness, and Competence 280

12.6 Emergency Preparedness and Response 281 12.7 Monitoring and Review 282

12.7.1 ESMS Records 282 12.7.2 Monitoring and Measurement 282

12.7.2.1 ESMS Monitoring 282 12.7.2.2 Regulatory Compliance Verification Audits 282 12.7.2.3 ESHS Performance Measurements 283

12.7.3 Non-conformance Reporting and Corrective and Preventive Action 283

PETN


vii

12.7.4 Internal ESMS Audits 284 12.7.5 Management Review 284

12.8 Stakeholder Engagement 285 12.8.1 Stakeholder Analysis and Engagement Planning 285 12.8.2 Disclosure of Information 285 12.8.3 Informed Consultation and Participation 285 12.8.4 Indigenous Peoples 286 12.8.5 Private Sector Responsibilities under Government-Led Stakeholder Engagement 286

12.9 External Communications and Community Grievance Mechanism 286 12.9.1 External Communications 286 12.9.2 Grievance Mechanism to Affected Communities 286

12.10 Ongoing Reporting to Affected Communities 286

PETN


viii

List of Figures

Figure 1 : Project installation area 4 Figure 2: Position of wind turbines in the 2008 (initial) configuration 5 Figure 3: Position of wind turbines in the 2015 configuration 6 Figure 4: Diagram of the Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm project parties 7 Figure 5: Preliminary organizational chart 9 Figure 6: Wind projects developed by Sarréole 9 Figure 7: Project evolution between 2008 and 2015 11 Figure 8: Vestas organizational chart during construction phase 13 Figure 9: Flow chart of the Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm in the Operations Phase 14 Figure 10: Cross-referencing between the study area terminologies - NF and IFC PS01 34 Figure 11 : Immediate and close areas of influence 36 Figure 12 : Municipalities within the extended area of influence plus roads between Dakar

and the site for transporting equipment – RN, departmental roads D704 and D704 C 39

Figure 13 : Villages home to PAP within the Project area 41 Figure 14 : Location of Health Care Facilities within the Project area 54 Figure 15 : Distribution of school infrastructures in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye 59 Figure 16 : Permanent market, points of sale, mutual savings banks in the Project area 65 Figure 17 : Road network of the Taiba Ndiaye municipality 66 Figure 18 : Location of cemeteries and sacred trees 71 Figure 19: Process for assessing the significance of the impact 82 Figure 20: Personnel foreseen in the Construction and Operations phases 84 Figure 21 – Designated Sites 155 Figure 22 - Tree Species within the Project Area 156 Figure 23 – Habitats within the Project Area 157 Figure 24 - Bird VP Locations 163 Figure 25 – Bat Roost Locations 169 Figure 27 : ESMS Document Hierarchy 267 Figure 28 : ESMS Organizational Chart – Construction Phase 278

List of tables

Table 1: Impact area vs adverse events 35 Table 2: Villages in the close area of influence and their distance from the closest wind

turbines 37 Table 3: Distance between the Project and the existing or future industrial

infrastructures 40 Table 4: Taiba Ndiaye villages home to PAP 42 Table 5: Villages outside Taiba Ndiaye home to PAP 43 Table 6: Villages of Taiba Ndiaye in the direct and indirect areas of influence and

without PAP 44 Table 7: Population evolution between 2003 and 2011 46

PETN


ix

Table 8: Taiba Ndiaye villages (Source : 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD – 2013-2018 Action Plan) 47

Table 9: Population distribution per village inhabited by the majority of PAP 48 Table 10: Health Investment Plan – 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD – 2013-2018 Action Plan 53 Table 11: Summary of school conditions in the Project area 57 Table 12: The infrastructures and collective equipment in the Project’s close area of

influence 60 Table 13: Estimation of sown areas and yields in 2011 62 Table 14: Evolution of mango production between 2000-2010 and 2011 in the

Municipality 63 Table 15: Evolution of vegetable production between 2000-2010 and 2011 in the

municipality 64 Table 16: Sacred cemeteries and trees in the Project area 69 Table 17: Potential sources of impacts during construction 74 Table 18: Potential sources of impacts during operations 75 Table 19: Table for determining the value of the component 77 Table 20: Table for determining the intensity of the impact 78 Table 21: Table for determining the significance of the environmental impact 80 Table 22: Breakdown of the Properties and Persons Impacted by the Project per Village 91 Table 23: Summary of the assessment of the positive impacts of the Project in the

construction phase 109 Table 24: Summary of the assessment of the positive impacts of the Project in the

operations phase 110 Table 25: Summary of assessment of the Project’s negative impacts in the construction

phase 111 Table 26: Summary of the assessment of the negative impacts of the Project in the

operations phase 116 Table 27: Improvement measures in the construction phase 119 Table 28: Improvement measures in the construction phase 120 Table 29: Mitigation measures for negative impacts 122 Table 30 : Receptor Sensitivity Evaluation 148 Table 31 : Parameters considered to characterize an Impact 149 Table 32 : impact Magnitude - Habitats 150 Table 33: Impact Magnitude - Species 151 Table 34 : impact Significance 152 Table 35 : Protected Tree Species 155 Table 36 : Bird Species of Near-threatened, or worse, status which occur in Senegal 158 Table 37 : Bird Species Recorded During 2014 Transect 160 Table 38 : Bird Species seen during Migratory Species Coastal Survey 162 Table 39 : Bird Species Recorded in March 2015 from VPs in Project Area 164 Table 40 : Bird Species Recorded in April 2015 from VPs in Project Area 164 Table 41 : Bird Species Recorded in June 2015 from VPs in Project Area 165 Table 42 : Bird Specied Recorded in July 2015 from VPs in Project Area 165 Table 43 : Bird Species Recorded in August 2015 from VPs in Project Area 166

PETN


x

Table 44 : Bird Species Recorded during Breeding Bird Survey 166 Table 45: Terrestrial Mammal Species of Near-threatened, or worse, status in Senegal 167 Table 46 : Mammal Species Recorded within the Project Area 168 Table 47 : Summary of Receptor Sensitivity Evaluation 171 Table 48 : Summary of Impacts 183 Table 49 : Summary of Project status 192 Table 50 : Summary of cumulative impacts given the hypotheses developed 201 Table 51 : Negative cumulative impacts - Assessment of the significance 210 Table 52 : Status of the administrative approaches for acquiring and securing the 7.5 ha

of land 224 Table 53 : Tree compensation rate set by the Departmental 230 Table 54 : Assessment of land loss for each PAP 232 Table 55 : Assessment of mango trees loss 233 Table 56 : Assessment of other fruit trees loss 234 Table 57 : Assessment of “wild trees” loss 235 Table 58 : Assessment of the overall level of the 236 Table 59: Public consultation program conducted by Labosol and the Departmental

Commission of Census and Compensation 238 Table 60: Public Consultation Program From February 16th to 18th, 2015 243 Table 61: Summary of Topics Discussed During The Public Consultations in February

2015 250 Table 62: Public Consultation Program on June 18th 2015 255 Table 63: Summary of results of public consultation meeting 257 Table 64: Summary of Topics Discussed During the Municipal Public Consultation in

June 2015 258 Table 65 : ESMS Plan – Primary References for Structure and Content 263 Table 66 : Management/Mitigation Plans 268 Table 67 : Project Procedures 271

PETN


xi

List of Annexes

Annex A: Response from DEEC : updating of the final environmental endorsement Annex B: Location of storage areas, temporary site facilities and power sub-station Annex C: Administrative breakdown of the region of Thiès Annex D: Land Compensation Assessment Report produced by Labosol-AGTS

and dated June 4th 2015 Annex E: Cadastre Rural Report produced by Labosol-AGTS and dated

September 22nd 2015 Annex F: List of Taiba Ndiaye Villages Annex G: Number of PIP and PAP located within the three municipalities impacted

by the Project- Source: Labosol report of 22nd of September 2015 Annex H: Footprint of a wind turbine Annex I: Geographic coordinates of Trees and Cemeteries Annex J: Priority actions program of Taiba N’diaye Annex K: Methodology for the land inventory and for the financial assessment of

compensation for PAP Annex L: Inventory and classification of the various types of expenses Annex M: Critical Habitat Assessment Annex N: Ecosystems Services Review Annex O: Survey results Annex P: Biodiversity Action Plan Framework Annex Q: Letter from the Ministry of Industry and Mines regarding the status of the

Gretta Mining Project Annex R: Documents regarding PETN land acquisition and compensation process Annex S: Attendance Sheet for Meeting Participants Annex T: Letter of EES to the Prefect Annex U: Corporate Social Responsibility Policy Statements

PETN


xii

Acronyms & Abbreviations A.O.F French West Africa/Afrique Occidentale Française ACEI American Capital Energy & Infrastructure Management, LLC AEP Water Supply Network/Adduction d’Eau Potable AESA Africa Energy SA

AEWA The Agreement on the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds/ Accord sur la conservation des oiseaux d’eau migrateurs d’Afrique-Eurasie

ANAM National Agency of Marine Affairs/Agence Nationale des Affaires Maritimes AIDB Blaise Diagne International Airport/Aéroport International Blaise Diagne AIG African Investment Group

ANAT National Agency of Territory Planning/Agence Nationale de l'Aménagement du Territoire

ANSD National Statistics and Demography Agency/Agence Nationale de la Statistique et de la Démographie

AOI Area of Influence/Aire d’Influence ARD Regional Development Agency/Agence Régionale de Développement ASC Sports and Cultural Association /Association Sportive et culturelle

ASECNA Agency for the Safety of Aerial Navigation in Africa /Agence pour la Sécurité de la Navigation Aérienne en Afrique et à Madagascar

ASUFOR Borehole Users Association/Association des Usagers du Forage BAP Biodiversity Action Plan/ Plan d'action pour la biodiversité

BAPE Environmental Public Hearings Bureau/Bureau d'Audiences Publiques sur l'Environnement

BBOP Business and Biodiversity Offsets Programme/ Programme de compensation pour les entreprises et la biodiversité

BOS Opérationnel Monitoring Bureau/Bureau Opérationnel de Suivi BTP Public Works Buildings/Bâtiments Travaux Publics

CADL Administrative Committee for Local Development/Comité Administratif de Développement Local

CAE Energy Supply Contract or Power Purchase Agreement /Contrat d'Achat d'Energie

CBD Convention on Biological Diversity/ Convention sur la diversité biologique

CCOD State-owned Operations Control Commission/Commission de Contrôle des Opérations Domaniales

CDE State Property Code/Code du Domaine de l’Etat

CEDEAO Economic Community of West African States/Communauté Economique des Etats de l'Afrique de l'Ouest

CEI Committee of the Evaluation of Expenses/Commission d'Evaluation des Impenses

CEM Secondary School/Collège d'Enseignement Moyen

CERER Center for the Studies and Research on Renewable Energy/Centre d'Etudes et de Recherche sur les Energie Renouvelables

CERP Multi-Purpose Rural Development Center/Centre d’Expansion Rurale Polyvalent

CFA Financial Cooperation in Central Africa/Coopération financière en Afrique centrale

PETN


xiii

CGO Great Coast Operations/Grande Côte Opérations CGQA Management Center for Air Quality/Centre de Gestion de la Qualité de l'Air CHA Critical Habitat Assessment/Bilan de l’Habitat Critique

CIAT Interministerial Council For Territorial Planning /Conseil Interministériel de l'Aménagement du Territoire

CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora/Convention sur le Commerce International des Espèces de Faune et de Flore Sauvages Menacées d'Extinction

CMP Construction Management Plan/Plan de Gestion de la Construction CMS Convention on Migratory Species/Convention sur les espèces migratrices CO Carbon Monoxide/Monoxyde de Carbone CO2 Carbon Dioxide/Dioxyde de Carbone

COMNACC National Committee for Climate Change/Comité National du Changement Climatique

COP Conference of Parties/Conférence des Parties CR Critically Endangered/Espèce en Danger de Disparition CR Rural Community/Commune Rurale

CRODT Oceanographic Research Center of Dakar-Thiaroye /Centre de Recherches Océanographiques de Dakar Thiaroye

CRSE Electricity Sector Regulating Committee /Commission de Régulation du Secteur de l'Electricité

RSE Corporate Social Responsibility/Responsabilité Sociale des Entreprises

CSES Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee/Comité de Suivi Environnement et Social

CSPT The Senegalese Phosphate Company of Taïba/Compagnie Sénégalaise des Phosphates de Taïba

D702 Departmental road 702/Départementale 702 DAI Direct Area of Influence/Aire d’Influence Directe DAO Tender Documents /Dossier d'Appel d'Offres Db Decibel/décibel

DEEC Directorate for the Environment and Classified Establishments /Direction de l'Environnement et des Etablissement Classes

DGCPT Directorate General of the Treasury and Public Accounts /Direction Générale de la Comptabilité Publique et du Trésor

DGD Directorate General of Customs/Direction Générale des Douanes DGF Directorate General of Finances/Direction Générale des Finances

DGID Directorate General of Taxes and Property/Direction Générale des Impôts et des Domaines

DGP Directorate General for Planning /Direction Générale du Plan DI Inert Waste /Déchets Inertes DIB Banal Industrial Waste /Déchets Industriels Banals DIS Special Industrial Waste/Déchets industriels spéciaux DIS Specific Industrial Waste/Déchets Industriels Spécifiques DMA Household and Similar Waste /Déchets Ménagers Assimilés DMU Discreet Management Unit /Unité de Gestion Discrète DPC Directorate of Civil Defense /Direction de la Protection Civile

PETN


xiv

DPC Degree of Disturbance to a Component/Degré de perturbation de la composante

DRDR Directorate General for Agriculture and Rural Development /Direction Régionale du Développement Rural

DREEC Regional Division for the Environment and Classified Establishments/Division Régionale de l'Environnement et des Etablissements Classés

DSCOS Directorate for the Monitoring and Control of Land Use/Direction de la Surveillance et du Contrôle de l'Occupation des Sols

DUA Directorate of Urban Planning and Architecture/Direction de l'Urbanisme et de l'Architecture

ECoW Ecological Clerk of Works/Ecologiste des Travaux

ECOWAS Economic Community of West African States/Communauté économique des États de l'Afrique de l'Ouest

EES Engineering Environment Services/ Services-Conseils en Ingénierie et en Environnement (Bureau d’étude EES-Sarl)

EHS Environmental, Health and Safety /Environnement, Hygiène et Sécurité

EHSS Environmental, Health, Safety and Social/ Environnemental, Santé, Sécurité, et Social

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment/Evaluation de l'Impact sur l'Environnement

EIES Environmental and Social Impact Study/Etude d'Impact Environnement et Social

EIS Environmental Impact Study/Etude d’Impact Environnementale EN Endangered/En danger

ENVIRON Ramboll Environ US Corporation, France and UK/Société Ramboll Environ États-Unis, France, Royaume-Uni

EP Equator Principles/Principes de l’Equateur

EPC Engineering Procurement & Construction/Ingénierie, Fourniture des Equipements, et Construction (Travaux clé en main)

EPI Personal protection equipment/Equipement de Protection Individuelle

ESIS Environmental and Social Impact Study/ Etude d'Impact Environnement et Social

ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan/Plan de gestion environnementale et sociale

ESMS Environmental and Social Management System/Système de gestion environnementale et sociale

ESR Ecosystem Services Review/ Examen des services écosystémiques

FCFA Franc (Currency) of the African Financial Community /Franc de la Communauté Financière Africaine

FDE Energy Development Fund /Fonds Développement Energie GC Great Coast /Grande Côte GCO Great Coast Operations/Opérations Grande Côte GES Greenhouse Gas Emissions /Gas a Effet de Serre GHG Greenhouse gas/Gaz à effet de serre GIIP Good international industry practice/bonne pratique internationale de l'industrie

GTZ Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit /agence de coopération international allemande pour le développement

GWh Gigawatt-hour/Gigawatt-heure

Ha Hectar/Hectare

PETN


xv

HASSMAR

High Authority in Charge of Coordinating Maritime Safety and Security and Protection of the Marine Environment/Haute Autorité chargée de la coordination, de la Sécurité maritime, de la Sureté maritime et de la protection de l'environnement Marin.

HSE Environmental, Health and Safety/ Environnement, Santé et Sécurité HSS Hygiene, Health and Security/Hygiène, Santé et Sécurité HT High tension/Haute Tension IAI Indirect Area of Influence/Aire d’Influence Indirecte IBA Important Bird Areas/Sites Importants pour les Oiseaux

I.G.T.L.S General Inspectorate of Labour and Social Laws /Inspection Générale du Travail et des Lois sociales

ICPE Classified Installations for the Protection of the Environment /Installations Classes pour la protection de l’Environnement

ICS Chemical Industries of Senegal /Industrie Chimique du Sénégal IFC International Finance Corporation/Société Financière Internationale ILO International Labour Organization/ Organisation Internationale du Travail

IPCC Inter gouvernemental Panel on Climate Change/ Panel Intergouvernemental sur le Changement Climatique

IRED Regional Initiative for Sustainable Energy/Initiative Régionale pour l'Energie Durable

IREF Regional Inspectorate for Waters and Forests/Inspection Régionale des eaux et Forêts

IRTSS Regional Inspectorate of Labor and Social Security/Inspection Régional du Travail et de la Sécurité Social

ISDL Higher Institute for Local Development/Institut Supérieur de Développement Local

IST Sexually Transmitted Infection/Infection Sexuellement Transmissible

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature/Union Internationale pour la Conservation de la Nature

JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency/Agence de Coopération Internationale du Japon

Km Kilometer/Kilomètre km/h Kilometer per hour/Kilomètre par heure LLC Limited liability company/ Société à Responsabilité Limitée LABOSOL Labosol-AGTS S.A.

LPDSE Letter of Energy Sector Development Policy /Lettre de Politique de Développement du Secteur de l’Energie

M Meter/Mètre m/s Meter per second/Mètre par Seconde m3 Cubic meter/mètre cube

MDDEP Ministry of Sustainable Development, the Environment and Parks /Ministère du Développement Durable, de l'Environnement et des Parcs

MDL Mineral Deposits Limited/ Gisements Minéraux, SARL

MEDD Ministry of the Environment and Sustainable Development / Ministère de l’Environnement et du Développement Durable

MEF Ministry of Economy and Finance/Ministère de l'Economie et de Finances MST Sexually Transmitted Diseases/Maladies Sexuellement Transmissible

PETN


xvi

MT Medium Tension/Moyenne Tension MW MegaWatt NF French Standard/Norme Française NGO Non-governmental Organization/Organisation Non Gouvernementale NOx Nitrogen oxide/Oxyde d'azote NP Performance Standard/Norme de Performance NT Near Threatened/Quasi Menacées.

OECD Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development/Organisation pour la coopération et le développement économiques

OHS Occupational Health and Safety/ Santé et Sécurité au Travail OIT International Organization of Labor/Organisation Internationale du Travail

OIF International Organization of the Francophone/Organisation Internationale de la Francophonie

OIT International Organization of Labor/Organisation Internationale du Travail O&M Operations & Maintenance/Exploitation et Maintenance OMD Millennium Development Goals /Objectif du Millénaire pour le Développement

ONAS Senegal's National Office of Sanitation /Office National de l'Assainissement du Sénégal

ONG Non-governmental Organization/Organisation Non Gouvernementale ONU United Nations/Organisation des Nations Unies

OPIC Overseas Private Investment Corporation/Organisme Fédéral de Promotion des Investissements Privés à l'Etranger

PAFS Forestry Action Plan of Senegal/Plan d’Action Forestier du Sénégal l

PAN/LCD National Action Plan to Combat Desertification /Plan d'Action Nation de Lutte Contre la Désertification

PAP Persons affected by the Project/Personnes Affectées par le Projet PCB PolyChlorinated biphenyl/PolyChloroBiphényle PCH Potential collision height/Hauteur de risque de collision

PDDF Forestry Director’s Plan for Development/Plan de développement du Directeur des Fôréts

PETN Wind Farm of Taiba N’Diaye, Ltd./Parc Eolien de Taiba N’Diaye S.A.

PGES Environmental and Social Management Plan/Plan de Gestion Environnemental et Social

PLD Local Development Plan/Plan Local de Développement PM Particulate Matter / Particules Fines PME Small and medium enterprise/Petite et Moyenne Entreprise

PNAE National Plan of Action for the Environment/Plan National d'Action pour l'Environnement

PNASCOT National Development Programme for the Promotion of Solidarity and

Territorial Competitiveness/Programme National d’Aménagement pour la Promotion de la Solidarité et de la Compétitivité Territoriale

PNAT National Spatial Planning Plan/Plan National d'Aménagement du Territoire

PNDS National Programme for the Development of Health/Programme National de Développement de la Santé

PODES Guidance Plan for the Economic and Social Development of Senegal/Plan D'Orientation pour le Développement Economique et Social du Sénégal

PETN


xvii

POI Internal Plan of Operation/Plan d'Opération Interne PPA Power purchase agreement/Contrat d’achat d’électricité PPE Personal protection equipment/Équipements de Protection Individuelle

PRDI Regional Integrated Development Plans/Plan Régional de Développement Intégré

PROCHIMAT Chemicals and Materials/Produits Chimiques et Matériaux

PROFADEL Francophone Local Development Support Programme/Programme Francophone d’Appui au Développement Local

PRRSE Restructuring and Recovery Plan of the Energy Sector /Plan de Restructuration et de la Relance du Secteur de l'Energie

PS Standard Procédure/Procédure Standard PSE Emergence of Senegal Plan/Plan Sénégal Emergent PSs Performance Standards/Normes de Performances

RAPTORS MOU

Memorandum of Understanding on the Conservation of Migratory Birds of Prey in Africa and Eurasia/ Mémorandum d'entente sur la conservation des oiseaux migrateurs de proie en Afrique et en Eurasie

REV Revision/Révison ou Version

RISE Regional Initiative for Sustainable Energy/Initiative Régionale pour l'Energie Durable

RN National route/Route Nationale RoW Right of Way/Droit de passage RSE Corporate Social Responsibility/Responsabilité Sociétale de l’Entreprise S.A. Société Anonyme/Public Limited Company SDE Senegalese Water Company /Sénégalaise Des Eaux

SENELEC National Electricity Company of Senegal/Société Nationale d'Electricité du Sénégal

SEP Stakeholder Engagement Plan/Plan d’Engagement des Parties SFI International Finance Corporation/Société Financière Internationale SF6 Sulfur hexafluoride/Hexafluorure de Soufre

SIDA Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome/Syndrome de l'Immunodéficience Acquise

SNDD National Strategy for Sustainable Development/Stratégie Nationale de Développement Durable

SNH Scottish National Heritage/Patrimoine National Écossais

SNMO United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change/Stratégie de mise en œuvre de la Convention Cadre des Nations Unies sur le changement climatique

SOx Sulfur oxide/Oxyde de soufre

SRAT Regional Spatial Planning Schemes/Schémas régionaux d’Aménagement du Territoire

SRH Senegalese Company of Oil Regeneration‘ Sénégalaise de Régénération des Huiles’

SRP Poverty Reduction Strategy/Stratégie de Réduction de la Pauvreté

SSPT Senegalese Phosphates Company of Taiba/Société Sénégalaise des Phosphate de Taiba

STE Technical Services of the State/Service Technique de l'Etat

PETN


xviii

T-Line Transmission Line/Ligne de transmission TN Taïba Ndiaye TP Tobène Power/ TP SA Tobène Power SA

UEMOA West African Economic and Monetary Union/Union Economique et Monétaire de l'Afrique de l'Ouest

UN United Nations/Organisation des Nations Unies

UNCBD UN Convention on Biological Diversity/Convention des Nations Unies sur la Biodiversité

UNICEF United Nations Children's Fund/ Fonds des Nations Unies pour l'Enfance

VEC Environmental Value of the Component/Valeur Environnementale de la composante

VIH Human Immunodeficiency Virus /Virus de l'Immunodéficience Humaine VP Vantage Point/Point de Vue VU Vulnerable/Vulnérable

WAEMU West African Economic and Monetary Union/Union Economique et Monétaire de l'Afrique de l'Ouest

WBG World Bank Group/Groupe de la Banque Mondiale

WICE World Institute for Conservation and Environment/Institut Mondial pour la Conservation et l’Environnement

PETN


1 of 286

1 Introduction 1.1 Project Background The Projet Eolien Taiba Ndiaye (PETN or the Project) which is the subject of this ESIS Addendum, is a 151.8 MW wind project which will be comprised of 46 Vestas V-126 3.3 MW turbines. The Project is located in Senegal in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye approximately 75 km northeast of Dakar. Once built, the Project will be the first wind project in Senegal and the largest wind project in West Africa.

The Project has been in development since 2008 by Sarreole sarl (Sarreole), a French renewable energy company which has developed a total of 8 wind projects representing more than 100 MWs of wind power and a number of solar projects in France, and Vigneron Energies, a sister company. PETN is the largest project under development and the only project which the company has developed outside of France. Sarreole is based in the northeast of France close to the German border in Troisfontaines, France.

1.2 Context In light of the new energy policy set out by the Government of Senegal in its Electricity Sector Development Policy letter (LPDSE) in 2012, the intention is to encourage the introduction of renewable energies into the energy mix, mainly solar and wind power, with a goal of 20% participation in the total capacity for domestic production in 2017. In this context, this Project has been recognized as part of the Emerging Senegal Plan (PME) which is directly supported by the President of Senegal. The new wind farm will, therefore, play an important part in reducing the energy deficit and the reliance on energy generated by fossil-fuels. At the same time, the Project will contribute to the reduction and overall stabilization of energy prices for both industrial and household consumers.

The Senegalese firm HPR Ankh Consultants performed an Environmental and Social Impact Study (ESIS) on this project in 2011. The Project was subsequently issued a certificate of environmental conformity by the Direction de l’Environmental et des Etablissements Classées (DEEC). In accordance with environmental approval procedures, the Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development issued a decree (no. 003247 dated 9 May 2011) in support of the certificate of conformity which states that the Project and the ESIS conform with the provisions of the Environment Code provisions and provides approval from an environmental perspective to create a Wind Farm in Taiba Ndiaye (Region of Thiès).

Given to a number of successive changes to the design of the Project, the ESIS has been updated several times by the firm HPR Ankh Consultants. In January 2015, as the first certificate of conformity had lapsed, the project developer requested that it be re-instated based on the latest version to date of the ESIS, the REV03 of October 2014. The Ministry responded favorably to the developer's request and the certificate of conformity re-instatement process is currently in progress. The ESIS was subsequently revised to incorporate updated maps of the area and an updated noise analysis. This final version (ESIS REV04 of July 2015), was submitted to the DEEC the first week of August 2015 and is currently under review. A renewal of the certificate of conformity is anticipated within 4-6 weeks from this time.

PETN


2 of 286

Although the ESIS REV03 of October 2014 referred to the IFC Performance Standards (2012), the World Bank Group (WBG) EHS Guidelines (2007) and the Equator Principles (EP III, 2013, and together, the International Standards), not all of these International Standards were considered in preparing the ESIS REV03 as was revealed after a gap analysis was performed by EES Sarl and Ramboll Environ. The gap analysis identified all material gaps in comparison with the IFC Performance Standards (2012), the applicable WBG EHS Guidelines (General Guidelines and sector Guidelines for Wind Energy (2007) and the EP III. The final gap analysis (January 2015) served to support the preparation of this ESIS Addendum.

The ESIS Addendum, based on the ESIS REV03, was well advanced prior to HPR Ankh Consultants’ recent development of the ESIS REV04. Therefore, all reference in this ESIS Addendum to the ESIS will be to REV03 but we can confirm that there are no material differences between REV03 and REV04 for matters relevant to the Project’s compliance with the International Standards.

1.3 ESIS Addendum Objective The aim of this ESIS Addendum is to complement the ESIS REV03, taking into account the most recent changes to the Project and incorporating the recommendations of the IFC Performance Standards, the applicable WBG EHS Guidelines and the EPIII in order to close the gaps noted in the January 2015 final gap analysis. Please note: prior to completion of the ESIS Addendum, the Project was also assessed against the recently updated EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy (August 2015).

Several initiatives have recently been undertaken (i.e., rural land surveys to assess the extent of land loss by each land user, a second assessment of land compensation for people impacted by the Project, additional public consultations with affected local communities, and an expanded assessment of potential impacts to Biodiversity (i.e., additional baseline studies on birds and bats). The results of these initiatives have been incorporated into this ESIS Addendum.

PETN


3 of 286

2 Project description The Project involves the installation of a 151.8 MW wind farm with an actual total project technical footprint of about 49.5 ha. and includes 46 wind turbines and access roads (together defined as the "Project”). The wind turbine cluster is comprised of five rows of wind turbines covering a total surface area of approximately 7,5 ha. These rows are connected between each other and the departmental road D702 by access roads. It is estimated the wind farm will generate more than 400 GWh per year for 20 years during the production phase at rated power.

The history of the Project, its location, its organization and characteristics are detailed in the following subsections.

2.1 Project location The installation of the Project will be in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, in the region of Thiès, department of Tivaouane. The closest towns are Tivaouane and Thiès, at 10 and 32 km from the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, respectively.

The region of Thiès is one of fourteen administrative regions in Senegal. It is located approximately 70 km to the northeast of Dakar. The region comprises three departments: Thiès, Mbour and Tivaouane.

The department of Tivaouane is comprised of 3 districts: Méouane, Niakhène and Pambal. The Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye is located in the district of Méouane which is located in the northwest part of the department. The main town of the department is also called Tivaouane, and it is located on the main road between Dakar and Saint-Louis via Thiès and situated approximately 92 km away from the capital of Dakar.

Figure 1 below positions the Project in relation to Dakar and the region.

PETN


4 of 286

The three departments of the Thiès region

Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, the project area

Figure 1 : Project installation area

PETN


5 of 286

2.2 Project History The Project was originally conceived by Sarréole in 2008 and involved installing 50 wind turbines of 2.5 MW each (see Figure 2.2 below). The initial configuration had two turbine groupings:

• A first grouping of twenty wind turbines in three rows, separated by about 720 m; and

• A second grouping, approximately 2.5 km from the first and comprising thirty wind turbines in three rows, separated by about 1000 m.

Sarréole acquired 7 ha of land from the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye on 1 November 2008 for the basic configuration presented below in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Position of wind turbines in the 2008 (initial) configuration

Given the changing technologies (increased rotor diameter and losses through wakes generated by the presence of a wind turbine on its neighboring areas), the initial Project configuration was altered. The wind farm power was increased to 151.8 MW instead of the 125 MW initially planned, using 46 turbines with a unit power of 3.3 MW. This latest configuration provides for wind turbines installed in five rows with approximately 1.8 km between each row (see Figure 3 below). The installation of these wind turbines will also require the creation of 34 km of access roads.

PETN


6 of 286

Ultimately, the estimated annual production for this configuration is 400 GWh.

As per the instruction of the Prefect of the Department of Tivaouane, PETN engaged Labosol-AGTS under the supervision of the Departmental Commission for Assessing Compensation to conduct a survey of the Project area based on this revised configuration from 6 August 2014 to 26 January 2015. The survey included raising awareness of land users primarily farmers working on fields which are to be impacted; listing disbursement expenses per land user; and assessing the amount of compensation to be paid with respect to the footprint of each turbine and the access roads. The results of this survey are presented in the Land Compensation Assessment Report produced by Labosol-AGTS (see Annex D).

Figure 3: Position of wind turbines in the 2015 configuration

2.3 Project Organization The Project has been under development by Sarreole and Vigneron Energies, a sister company, since 2008. In 2009, a special purpose vehicle, Projet Eolien Taiba Ndiaye SA (PETN), was formed by Mssrs. Bruno Vigneron and Jeannot Schlernitzauer (owners of Sarreole) to hold all project-related rights and obligations. It is currently estimated the Project will represent an investment of approximately CFA 197 billion and will be financed 30% by equity and 70% by debt. Equity will be contributed by the Mssrs. Bruno Vigneron and Jeannot Schlernitzauer and American Capital Energy & Infrastructure Management, LLC (ACEI) and debt financing will be provided by international financial institutions. Additional Project parties include:

• Vestas: the equipment supplier, the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) Contractor and the provider of the Operations & Management for the Project;

PETN


7 of 286

• Senelec: the sole purchaser of the energy produced by the Project in accordance with a 20-year take-or-pay power purchase agreement signed with PETN; and

• The Government of Senegal: provider of state guarantees required to close the Project financing (see Figure 4 below).

Figure 4: Diagram of the Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm project parties

PETN is currently managed by Mssrs. Bruno Vigneron and Jeannot Schlernitzauer who has engaged a number of consultants to take interim responsibilities for the financing, engineering and community relations managment. However, prior to the commencement of construction, the intention will be to have a Project Manager in place whose responsibilities will be to manage the Project during construction and operations and a number of staff members as described below and as illustrated by the org. chart in Figure 5 below.

The Technical Director will be responsible for the Construction Manager and the O&M Manager and all contract management and compliance as it pertains to the EPC, O&M, and power purchase agreement from a technical perspective. The Construction manager will likely also have an assistant and the O&M Manager will probably also have an assistant.

The Construction Manager will be responsible for overseeing the day to day construction and implementation of the Vestas EPC contract. He will participate in weekly/monthly construction management meetings and will be the likely liaison between PETN and the Lenders’ IE. He will additionally be responsible to ensure that all reports are completed and submitted both to the Lenders and to Senelec, where applicable.

The O&M Manager will be responsible for overseeing the day to day O&M of the Project and insuring that Vestas respects their contractual obligations to the Project. He will also be responsible for all operational reporting to both the Lenders and to Senelec.

PETN


8 of 286

The Director of Operations with be responsible for Security, Environmental Compliance and Community Relations.

The Security Manager will be responsible for the management of all security personnel assigned to the Project site. It is envisaged that security patrol of the site will take place 24 hours a day, 7 days a week 365 days a year and work on three 8-hour shifts. It is currently anticipated that 5-10 security persons will be required for each shift.

Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Manager will be responsible for the management and monitoring of all aspects of the environment, health and safety of the site during both the construction and operation phase of the Project. This individual will work the Vestas Environmental Manager during construction to ensure that the Project’s ongoing activities comply with the ESMS Plan and will ultimately report to the PETN Project Manager. Responsibilities shall include the preparation of monthly, quarterly and/or annual reports as required for lenders and shareholders of the Project.

Environmental Compliance Officer. This person may be a full-time employee of the Project or a consultant, and will be responsible for ensuring that the Project complies will all local environmental requirements, and performing audits with regard to plans like the ESMS Plan, the Stakeholder Engagement Plan and Biodiversity Plan to ensure that they are being respected.

Community Relations Officer will be responsible for a team of 3-4 individuals that will be responsible for communicating with the local community to ensure that all questions, concerns and requests of community members are addressed and recorded. The Community Relations Officer or a member of his team will meet at least once each month during construction and at least one every quarter during operations with communities on an individual or group basis. The purpose of these meetings will be to communicate the progress of the Project during construction and the activities which occurred in the past month and those which shall occur in the coming month. These meetings will also be a platform for community members to express their concerns and ask any questions about the Project.

The Financial Director will be responsible for all things related to finance of the Project. He will have a team of 3-4 people. Responsibilities will include preparation of draw down requests from the lenders during construction, financial compliance and reporting to the lenders during both the construction and operation phase, management of banking relations, invoicing Senelec and any other third parties for services rendered, management of the payment of all invoices received by the project, financial forecasting and budgeting, financial bookkeeping, amongst a number of other financial related tasks.

Please note : the job subscriptions and org. chart below are preliminary in nature and subject to change based on the needs of the Project.

PETN


9 of 286

Figure 5: Preliminary organizational chart

2.4 Technical capacity and relevant experience of Sarréole Sarréole has to date developed 9 wind farm projects with a total installed power of 180 MW (see Figure 6 below).

Figure 6: Wind projects developed by Sarréole

2.5 Project schedule The Project will be constructed in three phases: two construction phases of sixteen wind turbines each and a final construction phase of fourteen wind turbines. The purpose is to enable PETN to work with Senelec to successfully integrate the project into the grid.

Project Manager

Technical Director

Construc5on Manager

O & M Manager

Director of Opera5ons

Security Officer


Community Rela5ons Officer

Financial Director

Bookkeeper


Financial Analyst

PETN


10 of 286

The provisional Project timetable provides for work to start at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2015, with delivery of the first tranche of 52.8 MW after fifteen months. The other two tranches will be delivered 11 months and 19 months later, respectively i.e. a total period of 34 months. The first tranche is planned to enter production before the end of 2016.

Figure 7 below provides the Project’s evolution from conception to date.

PETN


11 of 286

Figure 7: Project evolution between 2008 and 2015

YEARS 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015Technical studieswind measurments h = 50mSite definition Vigneron Energies Production estimate -‐ 50 m mast DNGV Garrad Production estimated -‐ 100 mast -‐ request for DNGV Garrad Final definition of implantation scenario Vigneron Energies Prodcution estimate -‐ 100 m mast -‐ final scenario DNGV Garrad Wind measurements h = 100mnetwork studies -‐ scenario 2010-‐2012 Alstom Grid network studies -‐ scenario 2011-‐2013 Alstom Grid network studies -‐ scenario 2016-‐2018 Alstom Grid network studies -‐ scenario 2016-‐2018 Sargent & Lundy Vestas feasibility study of network Vestas Transport studies -‐ Vestas V112 Vestas Transport studies -‐ Vestas V126 Vestas

Geotechnical studies Esteyco Energia + Labosol

Permit & Authorization1st building permit2nd building permit3rd building permitLand acquisition procedureconvention with local community of Taiba NDiayeLaunching of land registration procedurePresidential decree for abandonment of land and official declaration of public interest 26/4/2011

mark up of wind turbines and road boundariesregistration of agricultural parcelleaseDeed restriction establishment Power purchased agreement presentation and opening for negociations 01/05/2009NegociationsSigned off -‐ Power purchased agreement 31/12/2013Environmental and social studiesAHNK Abba SonkoRamboll Environ / EES SarlFinancialsExclusive rights -‐ American Capital Energy & 01/03/2014Due Diligence OPIC Phase I sept-‐14Due Diligence OPIC/ EKF Phase II mai 2015 PL

PETN


12 of 286

2.6 Additional information about the sequence of work This section includes additional Project information not included in the ESIS REV03 or information requiring updating following alterations to the Project.

2.6.1 Human resources management 2.6.1.1 Construction Phase

Vestas and its sub-contractors (international and/or local) will carry out the construction work. Approximately 385 skilled and unskilled laborers, including five engineers, will be necessary during the course of the 34-month construction period. The actual number will depend on the layout and the progress of work. The Vestas construction management team is illustrated by the org. chart in Figure 8 below.

PETN


13 of 286

Figure 8: Vestas organizational chart during construction phase

PETN


14 of 286

Temporary site facilities1 will be installed on the Project site. Vestas is planning bus transportation to the Project site for workers, and a canteen and medical facility will be located on site. Workers’ accommodation facilities will not be constructed on the Project site. Workers from outside the area will live in a hotel or hotels in the vicinity of the Project, but the hotel has not yet been identified by Vestas.

2.6.1.2 Operations Phase

The personnel planned for the Operations Phase by PETN, for a period of 20 years, is provided in Figure 9 below. This does not include the personel engaged by Vestas for the operations and maintenance contract with the Project which are estimated to be between 12 and 15 additional skilled laborers. The intention will be to train local staff to reduce the number of Vestas expatriates on site during the operations phase.

Figure 9: Flow chart of the Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm in the Operations Phase

The Project has incorporated a framework for a human resources policy consistent with the size of the Project in its ESMS Plan. This policy complies with Senegal's labor-related laws and regulations and the recommendations of IFC PS2. PETN will create and set in place the necessary conditions and arrangements to (i) establish, maintain and improve the employee/management relationship, promote non-discrimination and equal opportunities for employees and compliance with local laws on the right to work and (ii) protect the workforce by prohibiting child labor and forced labor, promote safe and healthy working conditions and protect and promote the health of employees.

1 See Annex B: Location of storage areas, temporary site facilities and power sub-stationError! Reference

source not found.

Project Manager

Technical Director

Construc5on Manager

O & M Manager

Director of Opera5ons

Security Officer


Community Rela5ons Officer

Financial Director

Bookkeeper


Financial Analyst

PETN


15 of 286

2.6.2 Raw material management Significant quantities of raw materials (concrete reinforcement bars, gravel, sand for reinforced concrete, cement and mixing water) are needed to construct the foundations of wind towers, specific assembly or maintenance platforms and various buildings. Gravel and sand will be taken when needed from the quarries authorized by the transport and infrastructure authority. The sand could be taken from quarries in Tivaouane, the laterite could come from Lam-Lam quarries (at Mont Rolland and Sindia) and the basalt from the Diack quarry in the municipality of Ngoudiane (Thiénaba district).

2.6.3 Water requirement During the Construction Phase, water will be required to create 46 foundations (600 to 800 m³ of reinforced concrete/foundation), associated platforms and 35 km of access roads. The water will also be used, after being treated, as drinking water for the workers, and as service water (washing platforms, cleaning machinery, etc.).

2.6.4 Transport of equipment The materials and equipment required to erect the Project will arrive at the port on cargo vessels. All the equipment will be transported by large and specially equipped flatbed trucks. The trucks will take the national road 1 (RN1) or partly the motorway as far as Tivaouane and from there the departmental road between Tivaouane and Mboro (D702), before moving onto the Project access roads that will connect in advance with the D702. Civil engineering work will be necessary to cross some areas, especially roundabouts. The access roads should, therefore, be operational and in use before the equipment arrives.

2.6.5 Waste management The various types of waste (inert waste, common industrial waste and special industrial waste) are described in the EIS REV03. A framework for a waste management plan (including a waste disposal unit), established to be in compliance with local regulations and good international industrial practices (GIIP), is included in the ESMS Plan.

Domestic water: domestic potable water will be required by the estimated 385 laborers working on the Project site for both drinking and sanitation purposes. Septic tanks will be used to deal with the domestic water. These tanks will be emptied regularly. The waste will be evacuated into treatment sectors approved by the DEEC or to the Keur Saib Ndoye plant of the Senegal National Sanitation Office (ONAS) in Thiès.

Industrial wastewater: a limited amount of industrial wastewater will be produced during the Construction Phase. Vestas will have a mobile treatment unit and this water will be transferred regularly to the ONAS plant of Keur Saib Ndoye in Thiès.

During the Operations Phase, small amounts of industrial wastewater will be produced from cleaning equipment and cooling water emptied from machinery. The wastewater will be transferred into mobile, kit treatment units; these will be emptied regularly into the Keur Saib Ndoye public treatment plant at Thiès.

During the Operations Phase and during maintenance, 70,000 liters of used oil will be produced from oil change operations. This oil will be recovered and sent to waste oil

PETN


16 of 286

regeneration companies in the area (e.g., SRH, TOTAL) or burned in cement plant pyrolysis furnaces.

Contrary to the information provided in the EIS REV03, no PCB will be used under this Project. The oils contained in the transformers will not contain PCB, therefore, reference to use of PCB was deleted in the ESIS REV04.

Particular care will be taken in maintaining equipment containing sulphur hexafluoride SF6. This involves electrical isolation cells built into the base of each wind turbine, each containing 1 to 2 kg of SF6 gas2. Despite it being a greenhouse gas (GHG) with high global warming potential, SF6 is the only product (there is currently no possible substitution) used in the electrical separation cells. This gas is not toxic to humans or flammable.

2.7 Analysis of Alternatives Various studies3 on the potential of the wind resource show that Senegal is relatively well served, especially on the extensive coast between Dakar and Saint Louis, where wind speeds are between 4 and 6 m/s on average. Thus several wind farms are envisaged for the future in the areas of Kayar, Poitou and Saint Louis, but are only at the project planning stage.

The Saint Louis project, 190 km from the Project site and certainly the most advanced, is a 50 MW wind farm with two tranches of 15 and 35 MW. Our understanding is that this project is being developed by C3E and InfraCo and that no wind measurement has been done on site to date. We note that all future renewable projects will be subject to an international public tender by Senelec. To date no public tender has been announced either by the government or Senelec.

2.7.1 Selection of the first site This first site (see Figure 2) was chosen on the basis of the assessed wind resource and confirmed by the measurements by Sarréole of the contractual energy capacity guaranteed to Senelec. Another factor was the existence nearby of the Tobène sub-station. Sarréole has been measuring wind speeds since 2008 to estimate the wind resource. Wind anemometers were placed on a mast at miscellaneous altitudes (30 meters, 48.5 meters and 50 meters). The measuring campaign initiated in 2008 lasted twelve months. Based on these measurements, the average wind speed at this height was 5.64 m/s, i.e. 20.3 km/h.

2 Hazard study - Vestas - Page 34 3 Analysis of Wind Data and Wind Energy Potential along the northern coast of Senegal By Youm, J. Sarr, M. Sall, A. Ndiaye and M.M. Kane By: Laboratory of Semi-conductors and Solar Energy, Faculty of Science, University Cheikh Anta Diop, Dakar-

Fann, Senegal and Centre for Renewable Energies and Research (CERER), BP 476, Dakar, Senegal

PETN


17 of 286

2.7.2 Selection of the current site During this time, wind technology was rapidly evolving and in light the energy shortages being experienced by Senelec, it became possible to configure a project with fewer but larger turbines which could provide close to 20% more energy then previously contemplated. In August 2010, Sarreole installed a second wind mast. This time at 100 m height which was closer to the hub height of the turbines envisaged to be installed. The new wind mast which is still collecting date was installed approximately 5 km north of the existing 50 m mast. The data collected from the new mast was used to redimension the Project and culminated in the current configuration (see Figure 3) that uses 3.3 MW wind turbines.

PETN


18 of 286

3 Legal and regulatory framework 3.1 Supplement to the political and institutional framework

3.1.1 Summary of the content of the Political and Institutional framework The Project ESIS REV03 of October 2014 sets out partially the applicable political and institutional provisions, namely:

In terms of policy

• The policy of the Energy Sector Recovery Plan 2007-2012;

• The national environmental management policy (2004) (LPSE);

• The National Action Plan for the Environment;

• The National Action Programme for Combating Desertification;

• The strategy and action plan for preserving biodiversity; and

• The implementation strategy for the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (SNMO).

In terms of institutions

The institutions listed in the ESIS REV03 are the Ministry of Energy; the Electricity Sector Regulatory Commission (CRSE), the Ministry of Biofuels, Renewable Energies and Scientific Research; the Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development and its various branches (Classified Establishments Division (DEEC); the Technical Committee and the Water and Forestry Division); the local authorities; basic community bodies; and non-governmental organizations.

The political and institutional framework will be supplemented by the following texts:

3.1.2 Political framework 3.1.2.1 National Strategy for Sustainable Development (SNDD)

The aim of the National Strategy for Sustainable Development (SNDD) is to:

• Make the policies, strategies and programs currently being executed consistent and encourage better synergy between the various actions performed by attempting to identify and mobilize the interfaces or competition areas (March 2005 version).

The strategy is broken down into six sections or major guidelines, including:

• Promoting sustainable production and consumption methods (section 2);

• The challenge is to exploit the natural resources by encouraging new methods of energy production, promoting a balanced and harmonious development (section 3); and

• Reinforcing measures and actions that could contribute to achieving the Millennium Development Goals (MDG) in section 6.

PETN


19 of 286

The Project is in line with the SNDD by encouraging a new, environmentally-friendly method of energy production.

3.1.2.2 Energy Sector Development Policy Letter (LPDSE)

In 2003, the authorities adopted an Energy Sector Development Policy Letter (LPDSE). This was updated in 2008. The LPDSE targeted a national electrification rate of 75%, with 50% in rural locations and 95% in towns and at least a 20% commercial independence rate by 2020 (against 4% in 2004) through input from biofuels, hydro-electric power and renewable energies. In addition, the use of renewable energies and biofuels was encouraged.

Despite the efforts made, the sector went through a major crisis. After the presidential elections held on 25 March 2012, the new authorities, based on the diagnosis of the energy sector, decided to introduce a new energy policy.

The new policy was adopted on 29 October 2012 and set out in the LPDSE 2012. It revolves around two sections: (i) sector situation and constraint and (ii) vision and goals of the new energy policy. The Government's strategy is targeting "an emerging economy guaranteeing sustainable development with positive impact that is distributed in a unified manner”.

The strategic areas adopted include the guarantee of energy safety and increased access to energy for all to promote strong economic growth and equitable social development.

The new policy has a vision in the electricity sub-sector of a Senegal where competitive, quality electric power is available in quantity and produced from a diversity of technologies including especially coal, gas, hydro-electric power, wind energy and solar power. The Government has thus decided to amplify the renovation and development efforts of the offer system and transmission/distribution networks as well as management of the demand.

These strategies are in in line with the implementation of the Project.

3.1.3 Institutional framework 3.1.3.1 Energy Division

The Energy Division is in charge of:

• Preparing and monitoring the execution of development and energy plans;

• Dealing with authorization requests for the prospecting, search and exploitation of liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons;

• Providing the liaison and collaboration with sub-regional bodies operating in the field of energy;

• Scheduling and monitoring the development work for rural and urban electrification in relation with the parties and structures involved;

• Implementing renewable energy development and promotion actions and energy savings;

• Providing administrative and technical control and monitoring petroleum and gas processing activities and the distribution of petroleum products;

PETN


20 of 286

• Monitoring, along with the Electricity Sector Regulatory Commission, the execution of delegated electricity management contracts;

• Monitoring the supply of the domestic market with petroleum products;

• Monitoring companies and other autonomous administrative bodies involved in the energy sector; and

• Explaining and monitoring Government policies in the domestic fuel sub-sector and thereby encouraging cooperation with the local parties involved.

3.1.3.2 Senelec

The Senegal National Electricity Company (SENELEC) is governed by the Ministry of Energy and was created by Law 83-72 of 5 July 1983. It was converted into a majority State-owned limited company by Law 98-06 dated 28 January 1998. SENELEC has the concession for the production, transmission, distribution and sale of electric power and is also in charge of identifying, financing and constructing new structures in its scope. It is alone authorized for bulk buying, bulk transmission and sale of electric power throughout the country. In addition, it is responsible for developing production through recourse to new generation installations that it owns or by independent production.

SENELEC signed an Energy Purchase Contract (CAE) regarding the Project on 31 December 2013. The CAE states SENELEC's undertaking to purchase all the electric power generated by the Project at a price agreed by the parties and to be amended during the twenty-year contract using an indexing coefficient applicable every year. The CAE sets out the contractual obligations between SENELEC and the Project (calculation of the KWh purchase price, calculation of the indexing coefficient of this purchase price every year, description of the technology, case of force majeure, calculation of payments, bank guarantees, etc.).

3.1.3.3 National Energy Council

The National Energy Council was instituted by Decree 2011-91 of 24 January 2011 under the implementation of the Plan to Restructure and Relaunch the Energy Sector (PRRSE). It is under the direct authority of the President of the Republic and is responsible for:

• Coordinating, supervising, controlling and assessing the implementation of the PRRSE and the parties;

• Fixing the guidelines, arbitrating, redirecting the measures, financing and all the means required to implement the Emergency Plan; and

• More generally, taking all necessary decisions for the monitoring and smooth implementation of the PRRSE to culminate in a sustainable recovery of the energy sector (Art. 2).

The Council is made up of various parties involved in the energy sector.

The National Energy Council set up a permanent secretariat by interministerial Order 1552 dated 15 February 2011. Under the supervision of the Ministry of Finance, the Secretariat is mainly involved in the following fields:

PETN


21 of 286

• Defining the Emergency Plan management chart;

• Controlling the implementation of Emergency Plan measures;

• Watching over the execution of interventions by all the public or private structures involved in the implementation of the Emergency Plan; and

• Making all useful recommendations to the National Energy Council.

Under its mission, the Project will be part of the portfolio of Energy Production Installations to which special attention will be paid by the permanent secretariat.

3.1.3.4 Ministry of Economy and Finance (MEF)

The Ministry of Economy and Finance (MEF) is responsible for approving the Project as meeting the macro-economic framework defined in the Guidance Plan for the Economic and Social Development of Senegal (PODES) and the Poverty Reduction Strategy (SRP). As the only delegated authorizing body for the State budget, the MEF is responsible for negotiating with the development partners, including the Project in the budget and the financial execution through its General Directorates such as the Directorate General for Tax and Estates (DGID), Directorate General for Customs (DGD), General Directorate for Public Accounting and the Treasury (DGCPT), the General Directorate for Finance (DGF) and the Directorate General for Planning (DGP). The MEF initiates the decree relating to the Project's declaration of public utility.

The MEF is extensively involved in this Project as the only authorizing body delegated by the State to supply State guarantees, miscellaneous exemptions, etc.

3.1.3.5 Directorate for Town Planning and Architecture (DUA)

The Directorate for Town Planning and Architecture (DUA) is responsible for:

• Preparing and installing urban management tools;

• Studies, design and implementation of urban planning and schemes and detailed urban planning and urban development and housing development planning;

• Preparing town planning and architecture regulations; and

• Implementing and monitoring the restructuring and land regularization policy. Under this Project, the DUA will be consulted during the preparation of the construction permit.

3.1.3.6 Directorate for Land-use Surveillance and Control (DSCOS)

The overall mission of the Directorate for Land-use Surveillance and Control is to prevent and control irregular land use and constructions and to manage related disputes. It is in this context responsible for:

PETN


22 of 286

• Land-use surveillance and control in urban sites and in urban areas and interventions on site;

• Checking the land use;

• Assisting local authorities in controlling irregular use and constructions; and

• Noting infringements in land use.

3.1.3.7 National Spatial Planning Plan (PNAT)

The National Spatial Planning Plan (PNAT), the planning instrument for our national space, was adopted in an Interministerial Council for Spatial Planning (CIAT) in 1994. The aim of the PNAT is to implement a coherent spatial planning policy through firstly, improved knowledge and promotion of the country's resources and potential and secondly, by serving as a reference and spatial coherence framework for various sectoral policies. This plan is supplemented locally by Regional Spatial Planning Schemes (SRAT) and Regional Integrated Development Plans (PRDI).

3.1.3.8 National Spatial Planning Agency (ANAT)

The National Spatial Planning Agency (ANAT) was created by Decree 2009-1302 of 20 November 2009 and has the status of a public legal entity. It is responsible for coordinating the implementation of spatial planning strategies provided for by the PNAT and the implementation of the National Development Programme for the Promotion of Solidarity and Territorial Competitiveness (PNASCOT).

The agency is governed by the Ministry of Spatial Planning and Local Authorities. ANAT's missions are to promote and implement government policy on spatial planning, geographical and mapping work and improving the living environment of populations.

The Thiès PRDI (region on which the Project depends) developed since 2002 and has gradually incorporated all industrial units listed in the region. The main industrial units (located near the Project) are as follows: Compagnie Sénégalaise des Phosphates de Taïba (CSPT), Société Sénégalaise des Phosphates de Taiba (SSPT), Compagnie de Produits Chimiques et Matériaux (PROCHIMAT) (chemical products), Cimenterie les CIMENTS DU SAHEL (cement plant), Industries Chimique du Sénégal, ICS (chemicals) and the future project and future power plant Africa Energy and Tobène Power (TP), respectviely.

The construction of the Project, the Taiba Ndiaye Wind Farm, in the municipality of the same name, falls directly within the PNAT policy and thus expands the installation of industrial activities and the decentralization of economic activities.

3.1.3.9 Regional Development Agency (ARD) of Thiès

Decree 2008-517 of 20 May 2008 lays down the organization and functioning modalities for Regional Development Agencies. This support structure for the local authorities is responsible for:

• Supporting and facilitating local development planning;

• Supporting the consistency of interventions between local authorities in a same region and also with the national policies and plans; and

PETN


23 of 286

• Monitoring and assessing local development programs and action plans (Art. 2). It is also provides data and studies for all the Taiba Ndiaye development plans.

3.1.3.10 National Climate Change Committee (COMNACC)

The National Climate Change Committee (COMNACC) created by ministerial Order 1220 MEPN/DEEC dated 7 March 2003 intervenes in all areas relating to the activities considered by the United Nations Framework Agreement on Climate Change and its additional legal instructions, mainly in the transfer of suitable technologies; protection of biodiversity; management of the marine and coastal environment and conservation of wetlands, waste and pollution management; promotion of new and renewable energies; and promotion of energy efficiency in industry. The final two areas are applicable to the Project.

3.1.3.11 Parties involved in the land acquisition procedures

Various national institutions are involved in the framework of land acquisition and securing procedures necessary to the Project. These institutions are listed below.

a) Directorate for the Registration of Estates and Stamp Duty which is responsible for stipulating the opening of the public utility survey to start the expropriation phase. The Estates Receiver known as the "investigation commissioner" holds the survey file. The Ministry in charge of estates (in this instance, the Ministry of Economy and Finance), or if appropriate, the Ministry on which the project to be executed depends, establishes a report based on which the declaration of public utility is decreed.

b) The Land Registry Directorate is competent for all matters relating to land development and registry. As such, it is responsible for:

- Land organization, which includes drawing up land and cadastral documents, reparcelling, identifying, delimiting and other operations required for the application of the land and estate regime;

- Controlling the occupation of administrative housing developments; - Organizing and maintaining the land registry, which includes the establishment

and storage of cadastral documents, coordination, control and centralization of topographical work carried out by the public services and private bodies, reproducing plans and issuing extracts of plans;

- Assessing and controlling the rental value of built and non-built properties; - Listing and identifying built and non-built properties and their occupants; and - Revising assessments and listings.

The Land Registry Directorate relies especially on the office for housing developments and land affairs and the assessment office to implement its mission.

c) State-owned Operations Control Commission (CCOD) is provided for under Article 55 of the State Property Code. The CCOD gives its opinion mainly on the following land issues:

- The amount of indemnities to be proposed in terms of expropriation for public utility purposes;

- Recourse to the emergency procedure in terms of expropriation; and

PETN


24 of 286

- Regularity and financial conditions of all operations concerning the private domain of the State, local authorities and public institutions.

d) The Regional Land Assessment Commission exists in all regions. It is responsible for suggesting values per square meter to be put on registered plots.

e) The Departmental Maintenance Expenditure Assessment Commission is set up in each department. Its goal is to determine the value of property affected in all land recovery operations from natural persons or legal entities. It is broken down as follows:

- Prefect of the Méouane department, Chairman; - Head of the Town Planning department; - Head of the Land Registry department; - Head of the Agriculture department; - Head of the Public Works department; - Representative of the expropriating structure; - Representative of the local authorities involved; - Populations and village associations; and - All natural persons or legal entities, as assessed by the prefect.

Implementation of the Project requires action by the Departmental Maintenance Expenditure Assessment Commission.

f) The National Land Assessment Commission is in charge of assessing the proposals by regional land assessment commissions.

3.2 Supplement regarding the legal and normative framework

3.2.1 Succinct summary of text mentioned in the EIS of 2013. As presented in the ESIS REV03, Senegal has a whole arsenal of national legislation in terms of protecting and safeguarding the environment. The following points have been sited:

• The law on the Environment Code and the application orders and decrees supplementing it;

• The Health, Water and Forestry Codes;

• The Labor Code and its application orders and decrees; and

• Law 64-46 of 17 June 1964 relating to the national domain and Law 76-67 of 2 July 1976 relating to the expropriation for public utility purposes and its application decree.

Details on the provisions of these laws, decrees, standards and orders are given in the ESIS REV03.

PETN


25 of 286

3.2.2 Additional measures The following additional texts should be added to the provisions listed above:

3.2.2.1 Additional text on Noise

A few relevant points on noise not mentioned in the ESIS REV03 are included below.

Law 2001-01 of 15 January 2001, relating to the Environment Code, Title III, Protection and Enhancement of Receiving Environments, Article L84 relating to sound pollution, which stipulates that "noise emissions are prohibited that are likely to be detrimental to human health, constitute excessive annoyance for the neighborhood or undermine the environment. The natural persons or legal entities behind these emissions must do everything possible to eradicate them. Where warranted by urgency, the Minister for Environment, in conjunction with the Minister for Interior and the Ministry of Armed Forces, must take all enforcement measures intended without consultation to stop the disorder".

Title VI, Article R84 of Decree 2001-82 of 12 April 2001 stipulates that the maximum noise thresholds that should not be exceeded without exposing the human body to harmful consequences are fifty-five (55) to sixty (60) decibels during the day and forty (40) decibels at night".

Decree 2006-1252 of 15 November 2006 setting the minimum prevention requirements for certain physical environmental factors (Chapter IV - Noise). Articles 13 and 14 are of particular significance:

Art. 13. - The noise exposure level must be as low as possible and remain within an intensity limit that does not run the risk of adversely affecting the health of workers, particularly their hearing. To achieve this result, the employer must, in particular:

- Opt for the least noisy manufacturing processes; - Reduce the noise emitted by the professional equipment, especially machinery, at

source; - Isolate, in specific rooms, noisy equipment that requires a limited number of

workers to operate; - Avoid diffusing noise from one workshop to the next; - Lay out the work premises so that noise reverberating on the glass walls or ceiling

is reduced; and - Organize the work so that the employees are well away from the noise. Art. 14. - The daily noise exposure level experienced by a worker throughout his working day must not exceed eighty-five (85) A-weighted decibels (dB(A)). If it is not technically possible to reduce the daily noise exposure level below 85 dB(A), the employer must make suitable individual protection equipment available to employees. The employer must also make sure that this equipment is actually used. This limit of 85 dB(A), which is required for the use of personal protective equipment, may be lowered depending on the nature of work (intellectual or other sorts of work) requiring concentration.

PETN


26 of 286

Given the existing noise regulations, the project developer should comply with the following provisions throughout the project:

- At the nearest villages (targets): the maximum audible thresholds that should not be exceeded will be fifty-five (55) dBA during the day and forty (40) dBA) at night4.

- Taking these noise-related values into account in the choice of personal and collective protective equipment and of machinery and equipment in both the construction and operating phases.

3.2.2.2 Additional decrees to the Water Code

In addition to Law 81-13 of 4 March 1981 relating to the Water Code, the developer should ensure compliance with the various application decrees of the 1981 Water Code, especially:

• Decree 98-555 of 25 June 1998 on the application of the provisions of the Water Code relating to the construction permits and use of catchment structures.

Compliance with the provisions of this decree is essential under the Project. This project requires substantial amounts of water, mainly in the construction phase, when making 46 solid concrete foundation blocks of 700 to 800 m35 and creating 34 km of access roads.

• Decree 98-556 of 25 June 1998 on the application of the provisions of the Water Code relating to the policing of water, both surface water and groundwaters. The decree provides for measures to control water pollution and water regeneration to satisfy certain demands, including those relating to the supply of drinking water to populations, the biological life of the receiving environment and specially the birdlife, the protection of sites and water conservation.

This decree applies to the Project. All measures to prevent water pollution must be taken.

3.2.2.3 Application Decree 98-164 on the application of the Forestry Code

As a supplement to Law 98-03 of 8 January 1998 on the Forestry Code, the Project should ensure compliance with the provisions set out in application Decree 98-164 of 20 February 1998 prohibiting any excavation altering the soil and forest formations in classified forests, except if authorized by the Minister for Water and Forests.

The developer should ensure compliance with the planned procedure for land clearance and with the ban on depositing rubble, garbage, plastic material, greasy paper, detergents and refuse of any kind in the classified forests and reforestation areas (Art. 44), mainly in the belt of causarinas at Darou Khoudoss (reforestation area located 6 km from the Project site) and the classified forest of Pire Goureye (located 12 km from the Project site).

4 IFC-EHS guideline - page 53-April 2007 5 Currently being assessed with the developer

PETN


27 of 286

Under the terms of Article L.44, any excavation altering the soil and the forest formations must be authorized by the Chairman of the Regional Council on the advice of the Rural Council involved. However, authorization can only be granted subject to a file including mainly a report from the Water and Forest department, an environmental impact study, the assessment of reinstatement costs for the location, the assessment of taxes to be paid before any trees are felled, a location plan and maps of the vegetation, soils and surface water including runoff water.

The Project should comply with the stipulations of the Code in terms of land clearance, partially-protected species that cannot be felled without authorization from the Water and Forests department (Art. R.61) and fully-protected species that cannot be touched.

The Project is also covered by this decree in the context of land clearance for the release of land taken by the future Project structures (i.e., positioning of access roads and wind turbines).

3.2.2.4 Mining Code and its application decree

The mining of mineral resources in the Senegal sub-soil is governed by Law 2003-36 of 24 November 2003 and its application decree 2004-647 of 17 May 2004.

Article 8, sub-paragraph 1 of Law 2003-36 of 24 November 2003 relating to the Mining Code states that "open cast mining of unconsolidated materials and the gathering of materials intended for the purpose of construction or public works can be authorized temporarily under the decreed conditions". This authorization is only granted for a maximum period of six months, renewable once.

The Project could be concerned by this decree if the developer has to remove materials from local or distant quarries as brought-in supplies (i.e., sand, laterite and gravel).

3.2.2.5 Text on occupational health, hygiene and safety

The following additional texts are not taken into account under the ESIS REV03 and apply to the Project:

• Law 73-37 of 10 March 1997 amended on the Safety Code deals with accidents at work and occupational illnesses in its Title II and gives indications and guidelines to be considered during project implementation;

• Decree 2006-1255 of 15 November 2006 on the legal intervention means of the Labor Inspectorate in the field of occupational health and safety;

• Decree 2006-1259 of 15 November 2006 on the safety sign measures at work during both the construction and the operating phase;

• Decree 94-244 of 07 March 1994 laying down the organization and functioning modalities for occupational health and safety committees;

• General Order 8845 IGTLS: AOF (French West Africa) of 15 November 1955, listing the establishments where unsanitary or dirty work is carried out and the conditions under which shower baths are made available to the personnel in these establishments; and

• Law 2010-03 of 9 April 2010 relating to HIV AIDS.

PETN


28 of 286

3.2.2.6 Text on decentralization

The ESIS REV03 only mentions Act III of the decentralization that henceforth only retains two levels of community in Senegal: the municipality and the department.

However, the following prior laws that were used to validate the impact study have not been listed. These laws are as follows:

a) Laws 96-06 and 97-07 of 22 March 1996

It can be considered when taking Act III of the decentralization into account that these decrees transfer part of the authority of regions to the municipalities in terms of environment and management of natural resources (EGRN).

b) Decree 96-1134 of 27 December 1996

This decree relates to the transfer of skills to the regions, municipality and rural communities in terms of environment and management of natural resources. It provides for the rural council to give its opinion throughout the commodo and incommodo survey when an installation must function within the boundaries of a Communauté Rurale (i.e., municipality) (Art. 41).

Under this Project, the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye should, therefore, be involved in the process of constructing the classified installation.

3.2.3 Other measures 3.2.3.1 Regulations for historical monuments, excavations and discoveries

Law 71-12 of 25 September 1971 sets out the regulations for historical monuments, excavations and discoveries. It is supplemented by Decree 73-746 of 8 August 1973.

The first article of this law states "objects which are classified as historical monuments, public or private, movable or immovable property, including natural monuments and sites and old stations or deposits for which the preservation or conservation is of historical, artistic, scientific, legendary or picturesque interest".

Under the Order of 12 September 2007 on publication of the list of classified sites and historical monuments, most sites classified in the department of Tivaouane are religious sites. No site is involved in the Project area. Nevertheless, the stipulations of this code should be taken into account, especially during excavations resulting from the construction of 34 km of access roads.

PETN


29 of 286

3.2.3.2 Town Planning Code

The Town Planning Code is not deemed relevant in the ESIS REV03.

The Town Planning Code is a result of Law 2008-42 of 20 August 2008, supplemented by Decree 2009-1450 of 30 December 2009. The regulatory part of the Code contains a chapter III devoted to industrial establishments and a chapter IV on classified establishments. In this context, industrial-use buildings should be built in areas set aside for this purpose by urban development plans or schemes (Art. 359). All plots on which an industrial building is to be built must have a minimum surface area of 500 m2 capable of containing a quadrilateral of 150 m² having excluded yard and reversing requirements and a street façade at least 20 m long. The yard spaces must not be less than 5 m from the side and back separating limits.

The Code provides for a distance between two buildings of no less than half the height of the highest of the two buildings, with a minimum of 5 m. Between two façades, where one at least has windows serving to light or ventilate the working premises, the distance can be no less than the height of the one facing these windows with a minimum of 10 m. The construction surface area must not exceed 60% of the total area of the plot of land on which the construction must be built. If factory chimneys are planned, they should rise at least 10 m above neighboring roofs in a 100 m radius (Art. R.363).

Any authorization to build a classified installation is subject to the prior authorization of departments from the Ministry of Environment and the Ministry of Civil Protection (Art. R.367), indicating all the necessary information as per Article R.368 of the Code. In addition, Article R.38 on the Town Planning Master Plan requires that the graphic documents show the classified installations under the Environment Code.

The project developer will have to apply these stipulations to obtain the construction permit and erect the Project, including the construction of various storage, control or maintenance buildings for the wind turbines and the interconnection station.

3.2.3.3 Sanitation Code

This is the result of Law 2009-24 of 8 July 2009 covering the Sanitation Code. The Sanitation Code deals with the system of industrial effluents in Chapter IV, Section III. Thus, if a public sewer is accessible less than sixty meters from a location producing industrial effluents, the evacuation system from this location must be connected to the public sewer (Art. 52). It is mandatory for any classified installation likely to discharge polluted water to attach to its application for a construction permit a file describing the type of activity, the treatment system that it intends to install to comply with the provisions of this law and the commitment to comply with the clean-up standards laid down by the various codes and their application texts (Art. 53).

All provisions for managing industrial water (Art. R.19-26) are detailed in application Decree 2011-245 of 17 February 2011 of the law on the Sanitation Code. Under this Project, all these sanitation obligations should be respected by the developer in dealing with industrial effluents in operating and maintenance phases (if there are collection pits or a treatment or pre-treatment system).

PETN


30 of 286

3.2.3.4 Order and decrees relating to the chemical risks

Decree 2006-1257 of 15 November 2006 setting the minimum requirements for protection against chemical risks.

The Project will use a variety of chemical products during the construction and operating phases. Measures to protect the personnel from the risks inherent to the use of these products must be introduced and comply with the stipulations of the decree mentioned above.

3.2.3.5 Text relating to the land

Land regime

The land regime in Senegal is organized by various texts that determine three land categories: national property, State-owned property and privately-owned property.In addition to Law 64-46 of 17 June 1964 relating to national property and Law 76-66 of 2 July 1976 on the State Property Code (CDE) already quoted in EIS REV03, the following legislative texts must also be considered:

Law 2002-01 of 10 January 2002 mainly repealing Chapter IV of Law 98-29 of 14 April 1998 on the cleanliness of generation, transmission and distribution installations, that lays out in its Article 29 (cleanliness system): "the following are owned by the State:

• Existing generation facilities on the effective date of this Act and the property rights attached to them acquired by SENELEC as part of the operation of the public electricity grid;

• Public electricity transmission and distribution sub-stations and the property rights attached to them and, in general, the existing structures on the effective date of this Act and to be constructed by SENELEC, that it requires to carry out its activity of transmission and supply of electric power; and

• The existing power lines, including their supports, anchoring devices, supply lines, coupling or adaptation equipment and their outbuildings.

Law 2011-07 of 30 March 2011 on the land ownership regime and organizing the privately-owned property that is constituted of registered land belonging to private individuals. This law repeals the decree of 26 July 1932 reorganizing the property system in French West Africa and allows a land title to be obtained for some land.

Law 76-67 of 2 July 1976 relating to expropriation for public utility purposes.

PETN


31 of 286

3.2.4 Supplement to the international and community legal framework 3.2.4.1 International legal framework

The ESIS REV03 takes into account the international conventions ratified by Senegal and which, therefore, are part of applicable legal texts. The ESIS REV03 also describes all of the International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards (six are applicable) and applicable World Bank Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, which are requirements of international financial institutions. As stated in the ESIS REV03, the Project should comply with the requirements of international financial institutions and especially the applicable IFC Performance Standards (1-6) and World Bank EHS Guidelines.

The Equator Principles III (2013) also apply to the Project.

It is important to add the laws and conventions below to the conventions mentioned in the ESIS REV03, as some are ratified by Senegal and others are GIIPs required by financial institutions:

a) Law 2004-27 of 26 July 2004

It authorizes the President of the Republic to ratify the African Energy Commission Convention adopted in Lusaka (Zambia).

The aim of this convention is to allow the African States to remedy serious power shortages that hamper their industrial development efforts.

The convention states in Article 4(m) that it must assist in the development, operation and use of new and renewable energy sources.

The Project is working in this direction by participating in the reduction of the energy gap with clean energy.

b) Applicable ILO conventions

Senegal has ratified several conventions of the International Labour Organization (ILO).

In accordance with the requirements of IFC PS02, the following conventions are applicable:

• ILO conventions: 87, 98, 29, 105, 138, 182, 100 and 111;

• UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (Article 32.1) and on the protection of rights of all migrant workers and their families.

The Project will introduce a human resources policy consistent with the size of the project before work starts. This policy will comply with the country's requirements and the IFC PS02 guidelines.

PETN


32 of 286

3.2.4.2 Community framework (WAEMU)

Various texts relating to the energy and environment sector have been adopted under the community framework and are part of the legal arsenal to be taken into account in the execution of the Project. These texts are as follows:

• The additional Act 04-2001 of 19 December 2001 on adopting the community policy of the West African Economic and Monetary Union (WAEMU). The objectives of this act are to:

- Ensure the safety of the Union's energy supplies; - Promote and ensure optimum management of the Union's energy resources by

systematic interconnection of grids and building community structures; - Promote renewable energies; - Promote energy efficiency; and - Develop and improve access by rural populations in the Union to energy services

and help to protect the environment.

• Decision 02/2009/CM/WAEMU dated 27 March 2009 on creating, organizing and operating the Regional Committee of Regulators. This decision is responsible for assisting the Commission to prepare and apply community texts on policy harmonization, legislation, regulations and regulation practices in the energy sector. The Committee thus provides support, mainly to monitor the application of actions by the Union in the energy sector and to coordinate and cooperate in managing infrastructures and supplies of energy services in the Union.

• Decision 6-2009 CM-WAEMU dated 25 September 2009 on adopting the WAEMU strategy entitled "Regional Initiative for Sustainable Energy" (RISE). This decision is a WAEMU initiative to provide appropriate responses to the energy crisis in the member States by entering into a strategic approach towards finding optimum and sustainable solutions in the medium and long term, namely building up production capacities and ultimately using alternative energy sources.

• Decision 07/2009/CM/WAEMU dated 25 September 2009 on the implementation modalities of the strategy entitled "Regional Initiative for Sustainable Energy" (RISE).

• Decision 08/2009/CM/WAEMU of 25 September 2009 on creating the Energy Development Fund (EDF).

• Decision 02/2012/CM/WAEMU of 10 May 2012 on creating, organizing and operating the Regional Committee of producers, transmission companies and distributors of electric power of the WAEMU member States.

• Decision A/DEC.3/5/82 of 29 May 1982 of the Conference of Heads of State and Government of the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) relating to the ECOWAS energy policy.

Law 2006-15 of 30 June 2003 authorizing the President of the Republic to ratify the ECOWAS Protocol A-P4-1-03 on Energy, adopted in Dakar on 21 January 2003. The aim is to establish a legal framework to promote long-term cooperation in the field of energy and is founded on complementarities and mutual advantages, with a view to increasing investment in the energy sector and expanding energy trade in West Africa. Article 19 of the Protocol on the environment invites each contracting party to "reduce to a minimum, in an economically efficient manner, any impact harmful to the environment, produced inside or outside its area by all energy cycle operations conduced in this area, ensuring compliance with safety standards".

PETN


33 of 286

4 Area of Influence This chapter describes the areas of influence (or study areas) and the villages, as well as the persons and properties affected by the Project within these various areas of influence.

4.1 Areas of influence and villages impacted

4.1.1 Definition of areas of influence The Project's environmental and social impact assessment requires a definition of its areas of influence in accordance with the recommendations of IFC PS01.

Three areas of influence have been defined under the ESIS REV03. These areas have been first defined in accordance with the stipulations taken from the Guide for Environmental Impact Studies of Wind Farms (Definition of study areas) from the French Ministry of Ecology and Energy, Sustainable Development and the Sea. The three areas are:

• The immediate area of influence;

• The close area of influence (area located near clusters of wind turbines and including the transport routes); and

• The distant study area (that incorporates the municipalities around the project).

To take into account modifications to the Project (i.e., change in the number and location of wind turbines) and recommendations of IFC PS01, the limits of each of these areas have been redefined so as to consider all areas likely to be affected by the Project, the related installations and the areas potentially affected by cumulative impacts.

Note that only two areas of influence are defined under IFC PS01:

• The direct area of influence: this area groups the immediate and close areas of influence (as defined under the French methodology),

• The indirect area of influence: this area can be assimilated with the distance study area(as defined in the French methodology).

To maintain consistency with the ESIS REV03, the areas of influence listed below used the terminology from the French methodology. The definition of these three areas nevertheless matches the recommendations of IFC PS01. (See Figure 10 below for the cross-referencing between the terminologies for the French standards (NF) and IFC standards).

PETN


34 of 286

Figure 10: Cross-referencing between the study area terminologies - NF and IFC PS01

Industrial facilities

Village

Wind turbine

Immediate Area of Influence

Direct Area of Influence

CORRELATION OF THE AREA OF INFLUENCE DEFINITIONS BETWEEN THE FRENCH METHODOLOGY AND THE IFC PERFORMANCE STANDARD PS01

French Methodology IFC PS01

Distant Area of Influence Indirect Area of Influence

Close Area of Influence

PETN


35 of 286

4.1.1.1 The immediate area of influence

The definition of the immediate area of influence has taken into account the footprint of main structures (i.e, positioning of future wind turbines) and the surface area where hazardous phenomena are likely to occur. This surface area has been assessed in accordance with the hazard study by Vestas, which highlighted the following hazards:

• Wind turbine collapse (24% occurrence);

• Breaking blade (38% occurrence);

• Falling and breaking blade taking off (5%); and

• Fire (33%).

These data and the wind turbine model considered under this project determined the direct impact surface areas on the ground included in Table 1.

Table 1: Impact area vs adverse events

Adverse Events Collapse Component falling from the wind turbine

Blade or piece of blade flying through the air over the area

Direct impact area in m2 922 m² 124 m² 114 m²

Reach R= 180 m R= 126 m R= 500 m (max.)

As shown in Error! Reference source not found. below, and taking into account distances for the various scenarios considered, the direct impact areas correspond to distances reached of between 180 m and 500 m.

To take account of all scenarios studied and in accordance with the stipulations of the Ministry of Environment of the State of Senegal relating to industrial units and recommending compliance with a safety distance of 500 m, the immediate area of influence has been calculated based on a reach of 500 m around each wind turbine.

Ultimately, the surface area of each immediate area of influence is estimated to be 2 200 ha or 22 km².

Error! Reference source not found. below shows the immediate areas of influence in five clusters of wind turbines. Note that there are no villages in the Project's immediate area of influence. A small number of people will only be present periodically (i.e., during mango and other crop cultivation, soil preparation and picking periods, and also for cattle grazing).

PETN


36 of 286

Figure 11 : Immediate and close areas of influence

PETN


37 of 286

4.1.1.2 Close area of influence

Sound, visual and other effects and the risks from the construction of wind turbine clusters and other infrastructures are potentially present or perceptible in this area. The area includes the villages in a radius of 2 km around wind turbine clusters and also the transport routes.

The area is outlined in red on Error! Reference source not found.. It encompasses five wind turbine clusters, the access roads and the cultivation lands.

This close area of influence includes 33 villages. Table 2 below gives the characteristics of these villages in relation to the positioning of wind turbines, the municipality to which they belong and their status.

The close area of influence (DAI as per IFC PS01) also includes the roads between Dakar and the Project site that will be used for the transportation of equipment, as well as the roads between the quarries and the Project site (see Error! Reference source not found.).



Distance in km Municipality

Status (Presence of

PAP)

1 Diamballo E01 1,4 Darou Khoudoss No

2 Keur Saliou BA E01 1,6 Taiba NDIAYE No

3 Ndeunoute E01 1,7 Darou Khoudoss No

4 Keur Demba Diallo E03 1 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

5 Darou Dia E03 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

6 Ndomor E08 1,5 Taiba NDIAYE No

7 Taiba Khab E38 3 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

8 Balsandre (Bal Samb) E09 0,96 Darou Khoudoss Yes

9 Mourdjiguene E09 0,826 Darou Khoudoss Yes

10 Baal Gueye E09 1 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

11 NDiop Sao E09 1,2 Darou Khoudoss Yes

12 Thierno Ndiaye E10 1,3 Taiba NDIAYE No



15 Taiba Ndiaye E18 2,6 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

16 Mérina Samb E19 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

17 Sao2 E19 1,7 Darou Khoudoss No

18 Thissé III E19 1,8 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

19 Khelcom (Baal Diop) E12 1,04 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

PETN


38 of 286



Distance in km Municipality

Status (Presence of

PAP)

20 Baïty Guèye E31 1,4 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

21 Taiba Santhie E31 1,4 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

22 Baïty Ndiaye E31 1,9 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

23 Taiba Mbaye E37 0,86 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

24 Ndiamba E37 1,6 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

25 Macka Gueye Bèye E40 0,96 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

26 Keur Mallé Ndiaye E38 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

27 Miname E38 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE No



30 Djingue E38 2,5 Taiba NDIAYE No

31 Keur Assane Ndiaye E46 1,2 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

32 Keur Madiagne E46 1,7 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

33 Same Ndiaye E46 1,9 Taiba NDIAYE Yes

4.1.1.3 Extended area of influence

The effects of the Project are potentially perceptible in this area. The area takes account of indirect effects and areas potentially affected by the cumulative impacts resulting from the cumulative effect on the areas or resources used. For this project, the area corresponds to a radius of 15 km around the Project area.

The extended area of influence encompasses the municipalities of Taiba Ndiaye, Darou Khoudoss, Noto Gouye Diama, Méouane, Pire Goureye, Cherif Lo and Mont Roland.

The area is shown on Error! Reference source not found..

PETN


39 of 286

Figure 12 : Municipalities within the extended area of influence plus roads between Dakar and the site for transporting equipment – RN, departmental roads

D704 and D704 C

This area is also home to the following industries and infrastructures:

• Part of the Grande Côte Operations (GCO) property that runs for 106 km along the coast. This property relates to the company that mines zircon and ilmenite along the large coast (mine extraction has started near Diogo).

• The Senegal chemical industries (ICS).

• The Senelec interconnection station (Tobène).

In addition, the following projects are currently under development:

• A project for a Tobène Power combustion plant running on heavy fuel oil (70 MW). The Power plant is currently under construction.

• A project for an African Energy coal-fired plant of 360 MW located at Darou Khoudoss. The proponent has already signed the Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with Senelec.

• A project of phosphoric acid production by the company African Investment Group. The site remains to be determined with the DEEC and the directorate of Mines.

PETN


40 of 286

The distance between these existing and future industrial units and the closest wind turbines are given in Table 3 below.

Table 3: Distance between the Project and the existing or future industrial infrastructures

Projects Distance from the wind turbines (km) Status

Industrial units and projects within the extended study area

ICS property 6 Operational

MDL property 2 Operational

Senelec power sub-station 1.21 Operational

Africa Energy coal-fired plant 2.4 Work not started

Tobène Power plant 1.09 Under construction

4.1.2 Identification of villages impacted in the different areas of influence Based on the cadastre rural report issued by Labosol in September 2015 regarding the assessment of the extent of land loss per affected person in the local communities impacted by the PETN Project (see Annex E), 266 villages and hamlets are home to people engaged in livelihood-related activities which are likely to be impacted by the Project in the installation area, these people are referred to in this ESIS Addendum as Persons Affected by the Project (PAP). The main activities PAP engage in on the Project site are agricultural production and cattle grazing.

In addition to identifying the PAP, Labosol has determined the number of properties within the Project site where PAP activity occurs (listed in Table 4 and Table 5), and these properties are referred to in this ESIS Addendum as Properties Impacted by the Project (PIP).

Based on the cadastre rural report (see Annex E), a total of 341 PAP and 459 PIP were identified. The difference between both numbers is explained by the fact that some PAP own more than one property that will be impacted by the Project. Detailed information regarding the extent of the Project impact on PAP livelihood is presented in chapter 10.

The villages in the three areas of influence are listed below:

4.1.2.1 Villages in the immediate area of influence

No villages are located in the immediate area of influence.

6 In the Labosol report, Khelcom and Bal Diop are one and the same village. There are 26 villaes and some hamlets (without names) See Table in Annex G.

PETN


41 of 286

4.1.2.2 Villages with PAP in the close area of influence (direct)

Villages that are home to PAP within the close area of influence are located in the municipalities of Taiba Ndiaye (sixteen villages) and Darou Khoudoss (four villages).

4.1.2.3 Villages with PAP in the extended area of influence (indirect)

Villages that are home to PAP within the extended area of influence are located in the municipalities of Taiba Ndiaye (three), Noto Gouye Diama (two) and Darou Khoudoss (one). This involves:

• For the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye: Keur Mambaye Khary, Keur Mbaye Seneba and Mbayene III;

• For the municipality of Noto Gouye Diama: Baïty Bacar and Baity Dakhar; and

• For the municipality of Darou Khoudoss: Sao1.

Error! Reference source not found. below shows the spatial distribution of villages and PAP in the extended area of influence.

Figure 13 : Villages home to PAP within the Project area

PETN


42 of 286

4.1.2.4 People impacted per village in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye

The Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye includes sixteen villages and hamlets in the close area and three villages in the extended area of influence where PAP have been listed.

The PAP total 309 (i.e., 91 % of PAP), and are broken down per village as indicated in Table 4 below:



1 Baïty Gueye 17

2 Baïty Ndiaye 5

3 Bal Diop 11

4 Bal Gueye 2

5 Darou Dia 2

6 Keur Assane Ndiaye 7

7 Keur Demba 1

8 Keur Madiagne 17

9 Keur Mallé 1

10 Keur Mambaye Khary 1

11 Keur Mbaye Seneba 2

12 Maka Gaye Beye 8

13 Mbayene 3 28

14 Sam Ndiaye 2

15 Taiba Khab 2

16 Taiba Mbaye 52

17 TaibaNndiaye 62

18 Taiba Santhie 65

19 Khelcom 24

20 Hamlets 0

Total 309

PETN


43 of 286

4.1.2.5 Villages and people impacted outside the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye

The other seven villages that are home to PAP are split between the municipalities of Noto Gouye Diama and Darou Khoudoss and belong to the extended area of influence (see Table 5 below). They number 32 out of 341 PAP (i.e., around 9 % of PAP).

Table 5: Villages outside Taiba Ndiaye home to PAP

No. Villages PAP Municipality

1 Baïty Bacar 6 Noto Gouye Diama

2 Baïty Dakhar 6 Noto Gouye Diama

3 Bal sand 3 Darou Khoudoss

4 Mbourdjiguene 1 Darou Khoudoss

5 Merina samb 1 Darou Khoudoss

6 Ndiop sao 4 Darou Khoudoss

7 Sao 11 Darou Khoudoss

TOTAL 32

PETN


44 of 286

4.1.2.6 Villages in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye not directly impacted

Seventeen (17) villages in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye are not home to PAP but will benefit indirectly from the Project (e.g., employment, impact of taxes to be paid by PETN, use of access roads).The list is provided in Table 6 below:

Table 6: Villages of Taiba Ndiaye in the direct and indirect areas of influence and without PAP

No. Villages Area of influence

1 Daf1 direct

2 Daf2 direct

3 Djingue direct

4 Keur Saliou Ba direct

5 Miname direct

6 Ndiamba direct

7 Ndomor direct

8 Thierno Ndiaye direct

9 Gade indirect

10 Keur Birama Fatim indirect

11 Keur Magueye indirect

12 Keur Samba Awa indirect

13 Maka Dieng indirect

14 Ndame LO indirect

15 Ndoyène Bar (Ndoyène II) indirect

16 Ngoméne, indirect

17 Thiallé indirect

PETN


45 of 286

5 Socio-economic Baselines Conditions The aim of this chapter is to complete the basic socio-economic data presented in ESIS REV03 of October 2014. Although basic national and regional socio-economic data are well documented in the ESIS REV03 and still valid, little information is given at the local level.

The additional information provided in this chapter is taken from the 2013-2018 Local Development Plan (PLD) prepared in April 2013. The PLD results from the collaboration between the Francophone Local Development Support Programme (PROFADEL) run by the International Organization of the Francophonie (OIF) with technical support from the Higher Local Development Institute (ISDL) and the Thiès Regional Development Agency (ARD). The PLD was prepared to serve as a rural community planning tool for the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye and has the following objectives:

• to support and facilitate local development planning;

• to support the consistency of interventions between local authorities in the same region and also with the national strategies of the Government of Senegal for development of the country; and

• to monitor and assess local development programs and action plans.

The 2003 data presented in this section was provided by the Méouane Local Development Support Centre (CADL) and was includedin the Taiba Ndiaye PLD of 2003.

The 2011 data was obtained from the administrative census of the population conducted in July 2011 and developed for the CADL of Méouane.

5.1 Geographical location As previously mentioned, the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye is located in the region of Thiès, department of Tivaouane, district of Méouane and includes 357 villages following the inclusion of the villages of Selco and Keur Bacar in the department of Tivaouane.

The Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye covers an area of 155 km² and had an estimated population of 28,962 in 20128, i.e. a density of 187 inhabitants per km² (source: the administrative census)9.

5.1.1 Location of PAP There are 309 Persons10 Affected by the Project (PAP) living in 19 of the 35 villages of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye. 32 PAPs living in villages belonging to the municipalities of Darou Khoudoss and Noto Gouye Diama also have fields in the Project's DAI.

91% of the total PAP are living in the 19 villages within the Municipality of Taiba N’Diaye, however 100% of the affected property is located within the confines of the municipality of 7Taiba Ndiaye PLD reference Period 2013-2018 (April 2013), page 9 8During this census, the villages of Selco and Keur Bocar were still part of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye 9During this census, the villages of Selco and Keur Bocar were still part of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye 10According to the most recent data, presented in the Cadastre Rural Report From the Labosol Company

PETN


46 of 286

Taiba Ndiaye. 16 of the villages are located in the Project DAI and 3 in the IAI. The others villages of Taiba N’Diaye (which do not have any PAP) are located either in the DAI (8) or in the IAI (9).

For PAP living in the IAI: in addition to the villages that are home to PAP within the Municipality of Taiba N’Diaye (three), the IAI includes PAP who are living in the municipalities of Noto Gouye Diama (two) and Darou Khoudoss (one). These six villages are identified below:

• Three for theMunicipality of Taiba Ndiaye: Keur Mambaye Khary, Keur Mbaye Seneba and Mbayene III;

• Two for the municipality of Noto Gouye Diama: Baïty Bacar and Baity Dakhar; and

• One for the municipality of Darou Khoudoss: Sao1.

For further information, see data detailed in the Cadastre Rural Report produced by Labosol (see Annex E).

5.1.2 Population evolution between 2003 and 2011 Given the fact that the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye is home to 91 of the PAPs, data from this municipality were used to describe population demography and other socioeconomic characteristics within the DAI.

The population growth rate in the villages in the Project's DAI has been assessed in accordance with the available data (see CADL data of 2003 and PLD data of 2012).

Demographic data for the population located within the DAI and for the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye are included in Table 7 below.

Table 7: Population evolution between 2003 and 2011

Population evolution in the Project area between 2003 and 2011

Category 2003 2011 average annual growth rate

Men 10 311 12 889 2,8%

Women 11 260 12 666 1,5%

TOTAL 21 571 25 555 2,1%

Population evolution in the Municipality between 2003 and 2012

Category 2003 2012 average annual growth rate

Men and women 21 571 28 96211 2,4%12

11This value includes the population of Selco and Keur Bocar 12This value takes into account deduction of the population of Selco and Tivaouane

PETN


47 of 286

During this period (between 2003 and 2012), the population in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye grew by about 2.4 %, as compared with the national demographic growth rate of close to 3% per year.

Table 8 below provides the results of the population census of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye during the execution of the PLD in 2013.

Table 8: Taiba Ndiaye villages (Source : 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD – 2013-2018 Action Plan)

Areas Village Number of villages

Total population

Area of Niayes

Keur Madiagne, Keur Assane Ndiaye, Baity Ndiaye, Baity Gueye, Sam Ndiaye, Khelcom, Maka Gueye Bèye, Baal Gueye, Thiéno Ndiaye, Keur Demba Diallo, Keur Saliou Ba, Darou Dia and Ndame LO

13 5,885

Industrial area Gade, Daf1, Daf2, Ndomor, Djingué, Ngoméne, Maka Dieng and Keur Magueye 8 7,734

Continental area

Taiba Ndiaye, Taiba Mbaye, Taiba Santhie, Taiba Khab, Mbayene 3, Keur Mbaye Sénéba, Keur Birama Fatim, Minam, Keur Mallé Ndiaye, Keur Mambaye Khary, Keur Samba Awa, Ndiamba, Keur Bacar, Selco and Thiallé. Ndoyène Bar

16 18,24313

TOTAL 37 28,962

Table 9 below, groups the demographic data for the Project area between 2003 and 2011 and illustrates the population evolution during this period.

13 In this census, the villages of Selco and Keur Bocar were still part of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye

PETN


48 of 286

Table 9: Population distribution per village inhabited by the majority of PAP

#

Men Women Totals per village

Village 2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011

2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011

2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011

1 Baity Gueye 210 363 72,9% 7,1% 202 354 75,2% 7,3% 412 717 74,0% 7,2%

2 Baity Ndiaye 279 385 38,0% 4,1% 299 395 32,1% 3,5% 578 780 34,9% 3,8%

3 Ball Gueye 100 82 -18,0% -2,5% 5 82 1540,0% 41,9% 105 164 56,2% 5,7%

4 Daff Bambara 100 123 23,0% 2,6% 89 118 32,6% 3,6% 189 241 27,5% 3,1%

5 Daff Wolof 97 120 23,7% 2,7% 81 124 53,1% 5,5% 178 244 37,1% 4,0%

6 Darou Dia 141 187 32,6% 3,6% 137 177 29,2% 3,3% 278 364 30,9% 3,4%

7 Djingué 393 488 24,2% 2,7% 388 454 17,0% 2,0% 781 942 20,6% 2,4%

8 Gade 172 205 19,2% 2,2% 137 134 -2,2% -0,3% 309 339 9,7% 1,2%

9 Keur Assane Ndiaye 117 148 26,5% 3,0% 99 155 56,6% 5,8% 216 303 40,3% 4,3%

10 Keur Birama Fatim 25 31 24,0% 2,7% 20 38 90,0% 8,4% 45 69 53,3% 5,5%

11 Keur Demba Diallo 36 48 33,3% 3,7% 32 41 28,1% 3,1% 68 89 30,9% 3,4%

12 Keur Madiagne 432 663 53,5% 5,5% 394 676 71,6% 7,0% 826 1339 62,1% 6,2%

13 Keur Maguéye 200 257 28,5% 3,2% 185 223 20,5% 2,4% 385 480 24,7% 2,8%

14 Keur Mallé 455 544 19,6% 2,3% 456 507 11,2% 1,3% 911 1051 15,4% 1,8%

15 Keur Mambaye Khary 179 228 27,4% 3,1% 160 204 27,5% 3,1% 339 432 27,4% 3,1%

16 Keur Mbaye Sénéba 260 333 28,1% 3,1% 238 337 41,6% 4,4% 498 670 34,5% 3,8%

17 Keur Saliou Bâ 21 32 52,4% 5,4% 10 20 100,0% 9,1% 31 52 67,7% 6,7%

PETN


49 of 286

#


Village 2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011

2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011

2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011

18 Keur Samba Awa 206 263 27,7% 3,1% 178 248 39,3% 4,2% 384 511 33,1% 3,6%

19 Khelcom 382 472 23,6% 2,7% 412 482 17,0% 2,0% 794 954 20,2% 2,3%

20 Maka Dieng 175 230 31,4% 3,5% 175 225 28,6% 3,2% 350 455 30,0% 3,3%

21 Maka Gueye Béye 234 281 20,1% 2,3% 209 246 17,7% 2,1% 443 527 19,0% 2,2%

22 Mbayene 3 695 789 13,5% 1,6% 605 839 38,7% 4,2% 1300 1628 25,2% 2,9%

23 Minam 402 472 17,4% 2,0% 386 496 28,5% 3,2% 788 968 22,8% 2,6%

24 Ndam Lô 49 57 16,3% 1,9% 43 56 30,2% 3,4% 92 113 22,8% 2,6%

25 Ndiamba 105 129 22,9% 2,6% 98 134 36,7% 4,0% 203 263 29,6% 3,3%

26 Ngoméne 195 243 24,6% 2,8% 177 235 32,8% 3,6% 372 478 28,5% 3,2%

27 Ndomor 690 787 14,1% 1,7% 694 768 10,7% 1,3% 1384 1555 12,4% 1,5%

28 Ndoyene 173 143 -17,3% -2,4% 143 135 -5,6% -0,7% 316 278 -12,0% -1,6%

29 Sam Ndiaye 63 106 68,3% 6,7% 45 91 102,2% 9,2% 108 197 82,4% 7,8%

PETN


50 of 286


# Village 2003 2011 Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011 2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011 2003 2011

Simple growth rate

2003-2011

Annual growth rate

2003-2011

30 Taïba Khab 77 126 63,6% 6,3% 74 128 73,0% 7,1% 151 254 68,2% 6,7%

31 Taïba Mbaye 1489 1726 15,9% 1,9% 1362 1706 25,3% 2,9% 2851 3432 20,4% 2,3%

32 Taiba Ndiaye 944 1381 46,3% 4,9% 2577 1470 -43,0% -6,8% 3521 2851 -19,0% -2,6%

33 Taïba Santhie 587 638 8,7% 1,0% 526 599 13,9% 1,6% 1113 1237 11,1% 1,3%

34 Thiallé 531 647 21,8% 2,5% 524 642 22,5% 2,6% 1055 1289 22,2% 2,5%

35 Thierno Ndiaye 97 162 67,0% 6,6% 100 127 27,0% 3,0% 197 289 46,7% 4,9%

10311 12889 25,0% 2,8% 11260 12666 12,5% 1,5% 21571 25555 18,5% 2,14% Sources: Méouane CADL, 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD - 2013-2018 Action Plan

PETN


51 of 286

5.2 State of access to basic social services

5.2.1 Access to Health Care The health care system in Senegal has a pyramidal structure. Under the Senegalese health care system,the best quality health care is available at hospitals and health centers in Dakar, along with other cities throughout the country. The next level of health care is available at health posts in the chief towns and larger villages within municipalities. In rural areas, basic health care is provided at village health huts and rural maternity units. While the central, regional and local health administrations have responsibility to establish and make operational health care faciities, in some rural villages, people have themselves built and manage basic health care facilities.

Central Adminstration

The central administration of the Senegalese health care system includes the Office of the Minister of Health and the directorates and services attached to it.

Regional Adminstration

Medical regions are the coordination structures at the regional level. Each medical region corresponds to an administrative region. It is directed by a public health doctor who is the main facilitator of the executive team made up of all heads of services attached to the medical region.

Health Districts

Health districts, comprehensive care systems, are assimilated with an operational area including at least one health center and a network of health posts. A health center covers a geographical area that may include an entire department or part of a department. Senegal currently has fifty health districts. Each district or operational area is managed by a head doctor.

Health Centers

Health centers serve as engines to the health districts they belong to and are driven by a core team (i.e., head nurses, assisted by health committees and community-based organizations). Health centers offer a range of medical, obstetrical-gynecological, and minor surgery services, besides ensuring the implementation and supervision of primary health care. They combine public health missions with quality care requirements. They also serve as reference resources for health posts, private religious health facilties, etc.

Health Posts, health huts and rural maternity units

Health posts are installed in the municipalities (i.e., the chief towns of rural communities or fairly well-populated villages). In rural areas, basic health care is provided at village health huts and rural maternity units.

The first health check in rural areas is done at the closest facility, most likely at a health hut, then if a solution is not found, the patient is referred to the nearest health post, and then, if necessary, to the nearest health center before going to a hospital.

PETN


52 of 286

Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye

Access to health care in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye is measured by the availability and type of health care facilities.

The survey performed as part of preparing the PLD of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye for 2013-2018 illustrated that there is an insufficient availability of quality health care facilities in this municipality, along with an unequal distribution in the community areas.

Two health posts currently located at Taiba Ndiaye and Mbayene are within the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye. Although, the health post installed in the village of Mbayène is ill-equipped with non-functional and dilapidated facilities14.

The other operating health care facilities are health huts installed in four other villages (i.e., Taiba Mbaye, Ndomor, Thiallé and Keur Madiagne), along with rural maternity units at Taiba Ndiaye and Mbayene 3. The figure below indicates where these health care facilities are installed (see Error! Reference source not found.).

The six existing facilities provide health care services to villages in the Municipality according to the following distribution:

• The Taïba Ndiaye health post provides services to the villages of Taïba Mbaye, Baal Diop, Taïba Santhie, Maka Gueye Béye, Taïba Khab, Ndomor, Gad Ngoméne, Ndoyéne Bar, Daff 1 and Daff 2.

• The Mbayene 3 health post provides servicesto the villages of Keur Mallé, Minam, Keur Mbaye Sénéba, Keur Mambaye Khary and Keur Birama Fatim.

• The Thiallé health hut provides servicesto the inhabitants of Selco, Maka Dieng, Keur Bokar and Djingué.

• The Ndomor health hut provides servicestothe villages of Gad and Ngomène.

• The Keur Madiagne health hut provides servicestothe villages of Baity Ndiaye, Baity Gueye, Keur Assane and Sam Ndiaye.

• The fourth health hut is in Taiba Mbaye and provides servicesto its own community members.

• The Baal Diop and Maka Gaye Bèye health huts are no longer functioning.

There is a single pharmacy in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye located in its chief town.

Given this distribution, the PLD concluded that the health care facilities in the Municipality, especially in the Project area, are insufficient and ill-equipped (i.e., lack of equipment and caregivers). The number of health care facilities for the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (i.e., one health post for 14,000 inhabitants) does not comply with the standards defined by the National Health Development Programme (PNDS), which stipulates one post for 5,000 inhabitants in rural areas. Four additional posts would be necessary to comply with the PNDS objectives.

14 Reference: 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD - 2013-2018 Action Plan

PETN


53 of 286

Other health care facilities do, however, exist and are not too far away:

• A private health care facility built by the Industries Chimiques du Sénégal (ICS) is located at Mboro (about 13 km from Taiba Ndiaye); and

• Health care facilities are located in the towns of Tivaouane (9 and 15 km away), and Thiès (20 to 30 km away), respectively, and for each town, includes both hospitals and a health center within a health district).

According to the 2013-2018 TN PLD, Health Investment Plan, improvements are planned to the Municipality’s existing health care facilities (by 2018 - see Table 4 below). Note, therefore, projects such as the construction of two health huts, the conversion of seven health huts into health posts and the creation of a health center are planned by 2018. This investment effort, if it comes to fruition, will enable the Municipality to close the gap and comply with the PNDS standards.

Table 10 below provides the Health Investment Plan for 2013 to 2018 in Taiba Ndiaye.

Table 10: Health Investment Plan – 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD – 2013-2018 Action Plan

Health

Projects /Actions Location Budget PERIOD

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Construction and Equipment of 2 Health Huts

Gad Ngomene 30 000 000 X

Taiba Santhie Construction and equipment of Mbayenne II Health Post Mbayene III 75 000 000 X X

Revitalization of the Health Hut Bal DIOP

10 000 000 X X Maka Gueye Beye

Upgrade of 7 Health Huts to Health Posts Ndomor-‐Taiba Ndiaye

100 000 000 X X X X Thiallé -‐Keur Madiagne

Acquisition of a medical ambulance Rurale community 30 000 000 X

Creation of a health center Taiba N'Diaye 200 000 000 X X X

TOTAL 445 000 000

PETN


54 of 286

Figure 14 : Location of Health Care Facilities within the Project area

5.2.2 Access to drinking water The Municipality residents’ access to drinking water (see Table 11) is via the following means:

• Two boreholes in the village of Taiba Ndiaye are managed by the ASUFOR (Borehole Users Association). The ASUFOR are made up of members subscribing to the borehole's drinking water supply (AEP) network. This network supplies eighteen villages in the Project area home to the PAP with drinking water (17 of these villages are located in the DAI). This network is, however, poorly designed: very low flow rate (drop by drop) noted in villages far away from Taiba Ndiaye, like Khelcom.To resolve the situation, a third borehole is being drilled in the village of Miname Diop. The work to connect villages has been completed and the borehole is scheduled to start operation at the end of September 2015. This borehole is aiming to supply the villages in the South-West of the Municipality (mainly the area called "eight villages" which groups Miname, Mbayene, Keur Male, Keur Mambaye Khary, Keur Samba Awa, Ndiaba, Keur birama Fatim and Keur Mbaye). Six of these villages are located within the DAI, while the remaining two villages are located within the IAI, close to the boundary of the IAI.

• The Water Supply Network (AEP) installed by the ICS supplies three villages outside the Project's DAI (i.e., Gag, Ngomène and Ndoyène).

• The Sénégalaise Des Eaux (SDE) network that relates primarily to the villages bordering on the department of Tivaouane (South of the Municipality) supplies Keur Bakar, Thiallé, Selco, Keur Magueye and Maka Dieng. These villages are not in the Project's DAI. This network is considered as obsolete (very low pressure).

PETN


55 of 286

• Traditional wells and manual pumps: these structures supply few villages and are only seen in villages with low demographics located in the North of the Municipality, namely: Darou Dia, Balle Guèye and Keur Demba Diallo. These traditional structures are also seen in villages supplied by a network. They also provide a top-up facility.

With the third borehole under construction and the planned rehabilitation, repair and connection operations to the existing network, all villages in the Project's DAI will soon benefit from improved access to quality drinking water.

5.2.3 Access to water for market gardening The Municipality currently has no access to water for agricultural production such as, irrigation boreholes.

Given the large number of market gardeners in the Municipality, mainly in the Keur Madiagne area, the Municipality is including in its 2015 budget an amount of CFA 450,000,000 for the construction of two boreholes specifically15 for agriculture. The Municipality is seeking partners and is also counting on the State participating in this project.

5.2.4 Access to education There are two categories of education in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye - formal education and informal education.

Formal education is instruction given in the public pre-school, primary, junior high and high schools. The following education levels are available within the Municipality:

• 1 high school;

• 2 junior high schools;

• 19 primary schools; and

• 2 pre-school/day nurseries.

There are two categories of informal education: teaching the Koran and reading. The Koran is taught in all the villages in the Municipality. There are thirteen reading classes available in the following villages: Taïba Ndiaye, Taïba Mbaye, Taïba Santhie, Ndomor, Mbayène, Balle Guèye, Keur Madiagne, Sam Ndiaye, Djingué, Thiallé, Maka Gaye Bèye, Ndame Lô and Keur Bakar.

There are no classrooms set aside exclusively for teaching the Koran or reading. These lessons are given in primary school classrooms or temporary huts.

Table 11 and Error! Reference source not found. below list all schools located in the Project area in 2013. Nineteen primary schools are listed in 2013 whereas only twelve primary schools were counted in the same area in 2000.

15Reference Taiba Ndiaye 2013 PLD - priority action programmes

PETN


56 of 286

This school infrastructure expansion has nevertheless not been supported by the acquisition of equipment needed to ensure minimum learning conditions (i.e., access to water).

The current school situation in the Municipality is, therefore, as follows:

• 11 incomplete-cycle schools in the entire Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye;

• 7 schools of 12 classes in temporary shelters;

• 7 schools with no washroom; and

• 9 schools with no water point.

The current school situation is as follows in the Project area:

• 4 schools have a shortage of classrooms (Miname, Maka Gueye Beye, Taiba Mbaye and Mbayene III);

• 14 schools without an enclosure wall;

• 5 schools with no washrooms;

• 2 schools without running water (Djingue and Khelcom); and

• 2 schools with temporary shelters (Djingue and Maka Gueye Bèye).

This description of the situation shows the lack of functionality of schools, especially in terms of washroom requirements.

However, it must be said that these “modern” public schools are competing against the Arabic-Koran teaching schools. Thus, in 2003, the gross primary school attendance rate was 51%, which was lower than the attendance rate in the Region of Thiès and at the national level. Historically, rural populations prefered to send theirs children to traditional Arab schools where they could memorize the Koran and learn more about Islam. But today, it appears that this trend is being reversed.

PETN


57 of 286

Table 11: Summary of school conditions in the Project area

No. Schools Area of influence

Type of cycle

Physical classrooms

Educational groups

Special classrooms

In temporary shelter Water point Enclosure wall

Yes= Washroom

No= without washroom

1 Taiba Mbaye Direct Complete 10 10 0 1 classe

No fence yes

2 Khelcom Direct Incomplete 6 6 0 0

No fence no

3 Maka Gueye Béye Direct Incomplete 1 2 0 1classroom

No fence no

7 Ndam Lo Direct Incomplete 0 0 0 0 Non-existent No fence yes

5 Djingué Direct Incomplete 6 6 2 0 Non-existent No fence yes

6 Maka Dieng Indirect Incomplete 0 2 2 2 classroom

No fence no

7 Keur Bakar Direct Complete 0 0 0 2 classrooms

No fence yes

8 Keur Madiagne Direct Incomplete 0 0 3 0

No fence yes

9 Daff 2 Direct Incomplete 7 6 2 2 classrooms

No fence yes

10 Taiba Ndiaye 2 Direct Incomplete 2 6 0 0 Non-existent No fence yes

11 Mbayène 3 Direct Complete 0 6 0 0

No fence yes

PETN


58 of 286

Table 11: Summary of school conditions in the Project area

No. Schools Area of influence

Type of cycle

Physical classrooms

Educational groups

Special classrooms

In temporary shelter Water point Enclosure wall

Yes= Washroom

No= without washroom

12 Keur Mbaye Seneba Indirect Incomplete 3 0 7 0 Non-existent No fence no

13 Selco (outside of Taiba Indirect Incomplete 0 0 0 0 Non-existent No fence no

14 Matar Mamour Ndiaye Direct Complete 12 0 0 0

With fence yes

15 Ndomor Direct Complete 7 7 0 3 classrooms 0 With fence yes

16 Thiallé Indirect Incomplete 0 0 0 0 Non-existent With fence yes

17 Minam Direct Complete 6 6 2 0

With fence no

18 Taiba Santhie Direct Complete 0 0 0 0 Non-existent No fence yes

19 Gad Ngoméne Indirect Incomplete 0 0 0 0

With fence no

Source: 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD - 2013-2018 Action Plan

PETN


59 of 286

Figure 15 : Distribution of school infrastructures in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye

5.2.5 Access to electricity 17 out of 35 villages within the The Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye have electricity; and these 17 villages represent 80-90% of the total population of Taiba Ndiaye. Of the 23 villages in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye that are located in the Project’s DAI, more than half (thirteen villages ) are without electricity. Of the ten villages with electricity located within the Project’s DAI, five16 have PAP. The other five villages (Daf 1, Daf 2 ,Ndomor, Miname and Ndiamba) do not have any PAP for this Project.

With the construction of the Tobène Power plant and the Project, a vast program to bring electricity to rural areas is envisaged by the Municipality with respect to villages without electricity. This program to bring electricity also aims to increase the density of the grid in the villages already connected.

The Municipality is planning to bring electricity to the large villages of Taiba Santhie, Bale Diop, Beity Gueye and Beity Ndiaye, all located in the Project’s DAI, for an investment amount of 150,000,000 CFA francs in 2015. The plan is also to supply the Minam borehole with solar power with the assistance of the Japan International Cooperation Agency(JICA).

16These are Taiba Khab, Keur Mallé, Taiba Ndiaye, Taiba Mbaye and Djingué.

PETN


60 of 286

Table 12: The infrastructures and collective equipment in the Project’s close area of influence

Infrastructure Children's day nursery

Primary school CEM High

school Water supply type Health hut Health post Borehole

Ndiallo (KEUR DEMBA DIALLO) AEP network TN borehole

Maka Gueye Béye 1 AEP network borehole

Darou Dia AEP network TN borehole

Ball Gueye Manual pump

Keur Assane AEP network TN borehole

Baity Gueye AEP network TN borehole

Baity Ndiaye AEP network TN borehole 1 health hut

Sam Ndiaye AEP network TN borehole

Keur Madiagne 1 AEP network TN borehole

Taiba Ndiaye 1 hut for toddlers 2 1 1 AEP network TN borehole 1 health post 1

Khelcom 1 AEP network TN borehole 1 health hut

Taïba Santhie 1 AEP network TN borehole

Taïba Mbaye 1 AEP network TN borehole 1 health hut

Djingué 1 Manual pump

Keur Maguéye SDE network

Keur Mallé AEP network TN borehole

PETN


61 of 286

Table 12: The infrastructures and collective equipment in the Project’s close area of influence

Infrastructure Children's day nursery

Primary school CEM High

school Water supply type Health hut Health post Borehole

Keur Mambaye AEP network TN borehole

Taïba Khabe AEP network TN borehole

Keur Samba Awa AEP network TN borehole

Keur Mbaye Sénéba 1 AEP network TN borehole

Mbayene 3 1 AEP network TN borehole 1 health post

Minam 1 1 AEP network TN borehole

Total 11 2 1 3 health huts

2 health posts

Sources: 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD - 2013-2018 Action Plan, PEPAM,

N.B.: TN = Taïba Ndiaye – AEP = Drinking water supply - CEM = Junior High School

PETN


62 of 286

5.3 The productive activities of local populations The active population of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye is involved in the two main sectors of agriculture and livestock and, on an ancillary basis, in two others - transport and trade.

Agriculture is extremely varied due to the geographical location of the Municipality, from rainfall farming to market gardening crops with large numbers of fruit trees, mainly mangos and, to a lesser extent, citrus fruit.

5.3.1 Rainfall farming With rainfall isohyets fluctuating between 250 and 440 mm a year for rainfall (i.e., number of days of rain) of no more than thirty days, rainfall farming in the Municipality can only be based on cereals and other short-cycle crops. The crops noted within the Project area are multi-seasonal (such as cassava) and able to make the most of the humidity to complete their cycle.

The main crops noted within the Project area are:

• Cassava, which takes up nearly 27% of sown surface areas every year;

• Peanut, 21%; and

• Millet and black-eyed pea, 23%.

Table 13 below provides the sown surface areas:

Table 13: Estimation of sown areas and yields in 2011

Speculations

Surface area sown Yields Average productions

(tonnes)

Commercial value

ha % Average (Kg/Ha)

CFA francs %

Cassava 5 571 26.8 1 172 6 529 415 090 000 30.8

Peanut 4 290 20. 7 1 079 4 629 218 595 400 16.3

Millet 2 839 13.7 257 730 88 235 000 6.5

Black-eyed pea 1 935 9.3 110 213 101 085 000 7.5 Source: 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD - 2013-2018 Action Plan

There are many constraints to the development of this rainfall farming, namely:

• The random nature of the rainfall;

• The gradual impoverishment of soils whilst chemical or organic fertilizers are insufficient. Added to this is the lack of fallow land given the lack of land to meet demand;

• Farming equipment is rudimentary with hand-operated tools, making it impossible to cultivate large areas;

PETN


63 of 286

• The abundance of pest attacks on crops whereas plant protection products are commercially inaccessible; and

• The gradual reduction in rainfall crop areas given the phenomenal emergence of fruit trees. The only crop that manages to resist this is cassava, which can be grownclose to mango trees.

5.3.2 Fruit trees The production of fruit trees is the emerging activity in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, by virtue of its increasing importance, given the declining rainfall crops.

The mango is the favorite tree for this arboriculture with the introduction of improved varieties by grafting. This fruit species plays a commercial role by generating income in most rural communities and also meets the food requirements of local populations.

Table 14: Evolution of mango production between 2000-2010 and 2011 in the Municipality

Periods Sown surface areas

Yields kg/ha

Average productions in tonnes

Monetary value

ha % CFA francs %

2000-2010 3,391 14.4 1,951.8 6,618.7 229,880 000 17.4

2011 4,821 23.2 1,469 7082 372,408 000 28.1 Source: 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD - 2013-2018 Action Plan

These data highlight a drop in yields in mango cultivation, which can be explained as follows:

• The presence of a pest that is especially harmful to mangoes: the fruit fly, called whitefly, that causes 30% losses in production;

• The lack of technical supervision of fruit growers, who are using traditional production techniques; and

• The significance of post-harvest losses due to the lack of a storage and processing units.

5.3.3 Market gardening This is an emerging activity just like the fruit trees, as it can rely on the potential of traditional lands of the Niayes (a coastal region where the bulk of the vegetable production takes place) and also on the land of the old, phosphate-rich mines freed up by the ICS.

Potatoes, cabbage, onions, tomatoes, green beans and lemons are all grown.

Yields could be better if requests for water connections for market gardening activities had been met.

PETN


64 of 286

Table 15: Evolution of vegetable production between 2000-2010 and 2011 in the municipality

Periods Sown surface

areas Average yields kg/ha

Average productions in

tonnes

monetary value

ha % CFA francs %

2000-2010 1951 8.2 727.8 1,420 139,340 000 10.5

2011 1298 6.2 4,419.3 5,736.3 150,780 000 11.2 Source: 2013 Taiba Ndiaye PLD - 2013-2018 Action Plan

Table 15 above shows a decrease in sown surface areas between the 2000-2010 period and 2011 which was compensated by gains in average yields in market gardening.

The expansion of sown surface areas is restricted due to the poor access to water, the price of inputs and the scarcity of cultivation equipment.

5.3.4 Livestock Given the presence of crops, livestock is raised within the Municipality in semi-intensive, even intensive fashion, mainly due to the lack of grazing and livestock trails.

The livestock, therefore, feeds on residues of farming products from the cassava and also the straw of certain crops like peanuts and black-eyed peas.

Peanuts and black-eyed peas are both part of the villagers' diet, as well as cash crops that improve their financial situation. Peanut straw and black-eyed pea residues are used as extra forage for fattening the livestock that is raised inside concessions.

5.3.5 Trade This activity is a direct result of farming activities, mainly due to the transport of cultivated produce and is carried out along the main roads. Shops are found in all villages and specialize in the sale of farming produce, such as fruit (mangos) and vegetables (cassava, cabbage). These traders also play the role of intermediaries between the local producers and the wholesalers or end consumers. Note that this socio-professional category is mainly comprised of women.

The activity is nevertheless restricted in certain parts of the Project area due to the isolation of certain villages (i.e., impassable tracks and mobility problems) and limited financing possibilities (i.e., working capital from often inadequate micro-credit finance).

PETN


65 of 286

Figure 16 : Permanent market, points of sale, mutual savings banks in the Project area

5.3.6 Road network The Project area is crossed by the following departmental roads:

• Tarmacked departmental road D702 linking Tivaouane and Mboro. It goes through the Municipality for 10 km and crosses the villages of Keur Bocar, Daf II, Taiba Khab and Ndomor;

• The departmental road D702C which runs from the crossroads with the D702 in the village of Taiba Khab to the Ndiaye road. It crosses the villages of Taïba Ndiaye, Taiba Santhie and Khelcom (Baal Diop). This is a 19 km laterite road. Only the section linking the D702 to Taiba Ndiaye, the chief town in the municipality, is tarmacked.

In addition to these roads, the other villages are connected to each other and the chief town in the Municipality by natural sandy tracks and/or laterite tracks. The natural (sandy) tracks are usually fairly impassable, especially in the rainy season.

PETN


66 of 286

The laterite tracks include:

• Djingué - Mboro road (2 km);

• Maka Dieng-Selco (4 km); and

• Ndiamba-Keur Madiangne (4 km)

5.3.7 Transport Just like trade, transport is also dependent on farming. The main means of transport (i.e., carts drawn by donkeys or horses and automobiles (vans, lorries)) are mainly used to convey the miscellaneous farming produces to their markets and points of sale.

Thus, new establishments tend to spring up progressively near main roads.

The local communities also place a great deal of importance on the goods transport vehicles known also as "luggage taxis". These vehicles are a substantial source of income for their owners and are always a major component in the local economy, given that these vehicles take the farming products to the markets and points of sale.

Figure 17 : Road network of the Taiba Ndiaye municipality

PETN


67 of 286

5.4 Sacred sites

5.4.1 Presence of sacred cemeteries and trees People living in the villages of the Project area consider cemeteries to be sacred, a belief that is shared with the entire population of Senegal. This is the place where they gather to not only pray for the dead, but also for themselves.

In the DAI and in the vicinity of the Project, a census survey was conducted by EES; the responses are based on testimonies of the elderly and the village chiefs. The census focused on cemeteries and trees to which people have conferred mystical and/or sacred attributes.

Presence of cemeteries

Within the 31 villages near the Project area, 40 cemeteries were listed, as well as a specific number of trees which people believe are sacred (see Table below).

Of the 40 listed cemeteries, 7 of them, or 18%, are less than 100 years of age (between 57 and 94 years); 13 of them, or 33%, are between 109 years and 180 years old; 12 of them, or 30%, are between 208 and 300 years old; and 8, or 20%, are between 369 and 449 years of age.

According to testimonies collected, some of these cemeteries constitute a religious heritage of great importance to people because of the high degree of spirituality of some of the people buried there, or the fame (marabout, king ...) of the cemetery's founder. This is the case with the Miname Cemetery, 411 years old, whose founder might have been a Damel or a King of Kayor. This cemetery is not located within the Project’s footprint.

At Keur Maka Beye, there is a cemetery that is located very close to the Project's boundaries. PETN will fence off the cemetery and take all measures to prevent encroachment of the Project's infrastructure on the cemetery.

Trees identified that are important to the local communities

The Project site also contains many baobab trees. In Senegal, baobab trees are part of the cultural and religious heritage for certain groups of people, often serving as tombs for some groups or sheltering objects of pagan rituals when they are hollow. Baobab trees are partially protected in Senegal.

Depending on location, local communities can also assign a sacred aspect to a given species, for various reasons (e.g., tree planted by the founder of the village, or a tree that "offered its shadow" to a famous religious figure). This is the case for a tamarind tree in Maka Gueye Beye

According to Labosol, 29 baobab trees , 8 tamarind trees with no special status and located within the Project footprint must be felled, along with several other species (see the Labosol report Rev 4 dated June 1st, 2015).

In the area near the Project, 3 baobab trees, 1 tamarind tree and 1 black tamarind tree (or “dialium guineense”) were identified which local communities view as sacred. For the 5 trees located in Project footprint:

PETN


68 of 286

• None of the black tamarind trees will need to be removed, according to the Labosol Survey;

• The Baobab of Mbayene III will be preserved because it is not located under the axis of the line of wind turbines E31 to E38; and

• For the 2 others baobabs and one tamarind, in the immediate Project area (axis of the line of wind turbines E19 a E30), it is recommended to preserve them, if possible. Others directives are also given in notes below, regarding these trees.

5.4.2 Conclusions a) There are no active cemeteries located within the Project's footprint, however, particular

attention should be paid to the preservation of at least one cemetery, the cemetery of Masongo –it is a closed cemetery and must be fenced off because of the special cultural interest of the population.

b) A total of 5 sacred trees were identified in the Project area, PETN will do its best to preserve them , when possible, given their close proximity to the Project footprint and its access roads.

The identified sacred cemeteries and trees must be preserved in accordance with IFC's PS8.

PETN will need to obtain a logging permit, to be issued by the Water and Forests Ministry, in order to fell the baobab trees that are located within the Project footprint.

PETN


69 of 286

Table 16: Sacred cemeteries and trees in the Project area

Villages Area of influence

Number of cemeteries

Creation date Age

Trees that are important to

the local communities

Comments

Baïty Bacar indirect

Baïty Dakhar indirect

Baïty Gueye direct 1 1806 208 Shares the cemetery with Baity Ndiaye

Presence of a cemetery that is the final resting place of the grandfather of the village founder

Baïty Ndiaye direct

Bal Diop / Khelcom

direct 2 1838 176

Bal gueye direct 2 1905 109

Bal sand direct 1 1957 57

Darou dia direct 1 1925 89

Djingué direct

Keur assane Ndiaye

direct 1 1700 314

Keur Demba Diallo

direct 1 1935 79

Keur Madiagne Ndiaye

direct

1 1727 287

1 black Tamarind tree

Presence of a black Tamarind tree

Will not be removed as per the Labosol survey report

Keur mallé Ndiaye

direct 3 1784 230

Keur mambaye Khary

indirect 2 1920 94

Keur mbaye seneba

indirect 2 1900 114

Maka gaye Bèye direct 2 1905 109 1 tamarindtree

&1 baobab tree

Presence of a sacred tamarind tree –and one baobab tree. These trees can be removed after consultation with village elders and a mystical ceremony. The closed cemetery of Masongo will be avoided. PETN plans to fence it and preserve it.

PETN


70 of 286

Table 16: Sacred cemeteries and trees in the Project area

Villages Area of influence

Number of cemeteries

Creation date Age

Trees that are important to

the local communities

Comments

Mbayene III indirect 1 1932 82

1 baobab Sacred baobab tree that is very close to the Project footprint. PETN will avoid it and it wil be preserved.

Mourdjiguene direct

Merina Samb direct

NDiop Sao direct 3

1565 449

1 sacred baobab tree

This baobab is revered because of its age – it can be removed subject to consultation with village elders and after a mystical ceremony

Sam Ndiaye direct 1 1620 394

Sao indirect 1 1645 369

Taiba Khab direct

Taiba mbaye direct 5 1715 299

The oldest cemetery to date was built in 1715.

Taiba Ndiaye direct 4 1903 111

Taiba Santhie direct 1 1727 287

Keur samba Awa indirect 1 1930 84

Ndiamba (Touba Fall)

direct 1 1892 122

Keur Birima indirect 1 1780 234

Miname DIOP direct 2 1603 411 This cemetery is particularly revered by the local community.

Total 3 Baobab trees and 1 black tamarind tree & 1 tamarind tree

PETN


71 of 286

Figure 18 : Location of cemeteries and sacred trees

Notes applicable to Map 5 above.

1) Some of the names and locations of the trees relate to the village of the PAP owner – For example, the two very close baobab trees in the immediate area of influence of the line E19-E30 are named NDIOP SAO and MAKA Gueye Beye trees because they are located on the land of 2 PAP from these two villages.

2) The cemetery of Masongo is located in the immediate area of influence of line E19 to E30; it is a closed cemetery and must be fenced off because of the special cultural interest of the population.

3) Also in the immediate area of influence of line E19 to E30, there is one Tamarind and two baobab trees, all having a sacred character, due to their ages. They can be removed subject to consultation with village elders and performing some mystical ceremonies.

PETN


72 of 286

4) The black tamarind of Keur Madiagne, located in the immediate Project area of influence of line E39 to E46, is a sacred tree that must be preserved. As stated in the Labosol survey, none of the four (4) Black Tamarind trees within the Project’s close area of influence will be destroyed.

The baobab tree and cemetery close to line E31 to E38 will not be under the axial line of a wind turbine and can be preserved.

PETN


73 of 286

6 Socioeconomic Impacts 6.1 Preamble The various points covered in this chapter only concern the socio-economic environment and include:

• Identification of the sources of socio-economic impacts;

• Assessment of the impacts;

• Identification of the mitigation measures which may be integrated into the Project in order to eliminate or reduce the scope and severity of these impacts;

• Identification and assessment of the Project’s residual environmental impacts; and

• Identification of the appropriate measures for compensating any residual impacts identified.

The impacts will be identified by examining the situation of the Taiba N’diaye Wind Farm, which may be the source of several types of environmental and social impacts, particularly impacts related to its location, the construction works, and its operations.

6.2 Determining impact sources The methodology firstly consists of identifying the impact sources prior to assessing how they will affect the various components of the environment.

The Project is an industrial one and consists of installing equipment, and carrying out various activities such as the construction, operation, maintenance and decommissioning of the wind farm at the end of its life.

The Project equipment and activities may be considered to be sources or disruptions that will tend to bring about changes to the environmental and social components that are significant to a greater or lesser extent.

During Project construction, the potential sources of impacts include those resulting from:

• Land acquisition;

• Site preparation;

• Construction of the wind farm;

• Use of labor; and

• Procurement of goods and services.

For each of these potential sources, we have listed the following related components in the tables below.

PETN


74 of 286

Table 17: Potential sources of impacts during construction

Potential sources of impacts Components of the sources of impacts during construction

Land acquisition Lease of land (approved by the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye) executed with the State of Senegal17

Compensation to be paid to the 341 PAPs

Site preparation works The earthworks and excavation works

Setting up the worksite installations

Construction of the Project

Erection of the wind turbines, laying underground cables, and the connection and construction of the high-voltage sub-station

Removal of excavated materials

Transport and traffic relating to movements of labor, worksite machinery and construction materials

Civil Engineering works

Water consumption

Management of wastewater and drainage water from the site

Use of labor and the procurement of goods and services

Creating jobs

Purchasing goods and services

Potential sources of impacts related to the operations phase are, in particular, linked to:

• The presence and operation of the wind turbines at the Project site;

• The possible presence of hazardous products and waste oils that are not collected and/or which have accidentally been spilled;

• Maintenance and repair works;

• Use of labor; and

• Purchases of goods and services

For each of these potential sources, we have listed the following components.

17 Refer to Chapter 10- Land Acqusition and Compensation Process

PETN


75 of 286

Table 18: Potential sources of impacts during operations

Potential sources of impacts Components of the sources of impacts during operations

The presence of production equipment During the operation of the wind farm’s equipment

The presence of equipment items during their useful lives; and Production of wind turbine electrical power

The presence of hazardous products Production and management of waste and hazardous materials

Waste oils

Equipment maintenance work Work concerning maintenance and possible major repairs of the equipment

Use of labor and the purchases of goods and services

Purchasing of goods and services

Creating jobs

These sources of impacts will have an effect on the physical, biological and human environment.

In this section, we will mainly focus on the Project’s impacts on the socio-economic environment and significant modifications of this component attributable to equipment items, processes, and activities linked to the Project within the DAI.

6.3 Method for qualitative assessment of the significance of the impact

6.3.1 Potential impacts considered At the social level, and in the immediate zone of the Project (i.e., the DAI in accordance with the recommendations of IFC PS1), we will examine the impacts to the PAPs related to:

• Losses of land; and

• Reductions or losses of income/revenue.

• In terms of the living standard of the local populations and workers in the DAI, we will examine:

• Noise;

• Air pollution;

• Water pollution;

• Water consumption;

• The waste generated;

• The health and safety of local populations;

• The health and safety of workers;

PETN


76 of 286

• Transmissible diseases; and

• Preservation of the cultural heritage.

NB: Further details on the Project’s potential impacts to the health and safety of local populations are addressed in Chapter 9: Community Health, Safety and Security.

In terms of the local economy and of infrastructures within the Project’s DAI, the following will be noted:

• Use during operations;

• The production of an additional 440 GWh per year;

• Public infrastructure and equipment;

• The landscape;

• Traffic; and

• Access roads and paths for transporting agricultural products to market.

6.3.2 Environmental effects assessment approach When all of the Project’s potential impacts on the socio-economic component have been identified, the significance of foreseeable changes to this component will be assessed. The approach and the table for assessing the significance of this effect are provided in brief in the following paragraphs.

The methodological approach used to assess the Project’s socio-economic impacts rely mainly on assessing the intensity, extent and duration of the impact ascertained. These three qualifying factors are aggregated into a summary indicator of the significance of the impact, which enables an overall qualitative judgement to be made about the anticipated effects for a component following an intervention in relation to the environment.

The significance of the impacts will be assessed based on the following criteria:

• The intensity;

• The duration; and

• The study.

6.1.3.2 Determining the intensity of the impact

The intensity of the impact (or its seriousness) is the conjunction of the scale of the disruption and the value assigned to the environmental component impacted. The value of the component integrates both its eco-system value and its socio-economic value.

The eco-system value of a given component is considered to be:

PETN


77 of 286

• High when the component is of major interest due to its eco-system role in relation to diversity and its outstanding qualities, the preservation and protection of which form the subject of a consensus within the scientific community;

• Medium when the component is of substantial interest and has recognised qualities. The conservation and protection status of this component constitutes a matter of concern, discussed within the scientific community; and

• Low when the component is of an interest and has qualities, the protection of which are not a matter of great concern.

The socio-economic value of a given component is considered to be:

• High when the component is the subject of legal or regulatory protection measures (e.g., threatened or vulnerable species, conservation park) or proves to be essential to human activities (e.g., land-based activities);

• Medium when the component is valued (i.e., in economic terms or any other terms) or is used by a significant portion of the population concerned without, however, being subject to legal protection; and

• Low when the component is little used or valued or is not used or valued at all by the population.

The value of the component integrates both its eco-system value and the socio-economic value, adopting the stronger of these two values, as indicated in the following table.

Table 19: Table for determining the value of the component

Socio-economic value Eco-system value

High Medium Low

High High High High

Medium High Medium Medium

Low High Medium Low

For physical and biological environments, the environmental value is based on the establishment and integration of 2 factors (the eco-system factor and the social factor).

In the case of the human environment, only the social value is factored in for the purpose of determining the environmental value. The social value states the relative significance attributed by the public, the various State technical services, the local administration, or any other legislative or regulatory authority to a given environmental component. It indicates the public or political desire or determination to maintain the integrity or the original nature of a component. This determination is expressed via the legal protection granted to it or by the interest that the public shows it at a local or regional level. The social value is established depending on the concerns of the population with the environmental component. The perceptions and concerns gleaned from the local populations, especially during public consultations, are used as factors for establishing this value.

PETN


78 of 286

The level of disruption of a component defines the scale of the structural and functional modifications that it risks undergoing. It depends on the sensitivity of the component in light of the interventions proposed. The modifications may be positive or negative, or direct or indirect. The level of disruption is deemed to be:

• High when the effect foreseen calls the integrity of the component into question or greatly and irreversibly changes that component or the use that is made of it;

• Medium when the effect leads to a reduction or an increase in the quality or use of the component, without going so far as to compromise its integrity;

• Low when the effect only changes the quality, use or integrity of the component in a way that is not very perceptible; and

• Indeterminate when it is impossible to foresee how or to what extent the component will be affected. When the level of disruption is indeterminate, assessment of the environmental effect cannot be assessed for this component.

The intensity of the environmental effect, which varies from very strong to low, is the result of combinations of three levels of disruption (high, medium and low) and three value categories for the component (high, medium and low).

The following table indicates the various combinations obtained.

Table 20: Table for determining the intensity of the impact

Level of disruption Value of the component

High Medium Low

High Very strong Strong Medium

Medium Strong Medium Low

Low Medium Low Low18

6.2.3.2 Determining the extent of the impact

The extent of the disruption expresses the scope or spatial sphere of influence of the effects or the proportion of the population adversely affected. It can be:

• Regional when the impact adversely affects a huge space or several components located a major distance away from the project, or when it is felt by all of the population in the study zone or by a substantial proportion of the population of the recipient region (e.g., across the national territory, or the Thiès Region);

• Local when the impact adversely affects a relatively limited space or a certain number of components located within, in the vicinity of, or a certain distance from, the project’s site, or

18 It should be noted that the intensity of the effect corresponding to a combination with a low environmental value and level of disruption could have been qualified as very low in order to follow the table’s logic. If this is not the case, it is in order to limit the possible number of combinations to the later stages of the assessment. The bias thereby introduced is negligible and errs on the side of overestimating the importance of the effects.

PETN


79 of 286

when it is felt by a limited proportion of the population in the study zone (e.g., the Municipalities of Taiba N’diaye, Darou Khoudoss, or Noto Gouye Diama); and

• Spot when the impact only adversely affects a very limited space or a component within or in the vicinity of the project’s site, or it is only felt by a small number of individuals in the study zone (e.g., when the impact is felt by a specific element in the environment, such as a piece of land where a sub-station is installed).

6.3.3.2 Determining the duration of the impact

The duration of the disruption determines the period during which the residual effects will be felt. It is not necessarily the same as the period of time for which the direct source of the effect will have an influence, as this may continue after the phenomenon which caused it has ended. When an effect is intermittent, we describe the frequency of it as well as the duration of each episode. The duration may be:

• Long when the effects are felt continuously throughout the lifespan of the equipment or the activities and even beyond this in the case of irreversible effects (e.g., the presence of the wind turbines);

• Medium when the effects are felt continuously over a relatively long period of time, but one which is less than the lifespan of the equipment or the activities (e.g., re-establishment of vegetation following clearance of the bush); and

• Short when the effects are felt over a limited time period, which generally corresponds to the period required for construction of the equipment or for starting up activities (e.g., road transport).

6.4.3.2 Determining the significance of the impact

The interaction between the intensity, the extent and the duration enables determination of the significance of the environmental effect on a component affected by the Project (see Table 21 below).The table distinguishes five levels of significance, varying from very high to very low.

The significance of each of the environmental impacts is assessed by taking into account the standard reduction or improvement measures integrated into the Project.

When the impacts assessed are not negligible, specific Mitigation measures should be proposed in order to enable optimal integration of the Project into its environment. The Mitigation measures are aimed at avoiding, reducing or compensating for the negative social and environmental impacts of a project whilst first and foremost giving priority to avoiding the impact.

In the case of a positive impact, the measures are aimed at improving or optimising it. The measures proposed obviously take into account the economic, financial, social and environmental measures stemming from their implementation.

PETN


80 of 286

Table 21: Table for determining the significance of the environmental impact

Intensity Extent Duration Significance

Very strong

Regional Long Medium Short

Very high

Very high

Very high

Local Long Medium Short

Very high

Very high

High

Specific Long Medium Short

Very high

High

High

Strong


Very high

High

High


High

High

Medium


High

Medium

Medium

Medium


High

Medium

Medium


Medium

Medium

Low


Medium

Low

Low

Low Regional Long Medium

PETN


81 of 286

Medium Short

Low

Low


Low

Low

Very low


Low

Very low

Very low

The last stage of the assessment consists of determining the residual significance of the environmental impact following the implementation of special Mitigation measures. Figure 6-1 below provides a schematic presentation of the bulk of the process leading to assessment of the significance of the impact.

PETN


82 of 286

Figure 19: Process for assessing the significance of the impact

PETN


83 of 286

6.4 Assessment of the impacts The positive or negative impacts in this chapter concern both the construction and the operations phases of the Project. Each time, the phase (construction or operations phase) is specified, along with the positive or negative nature.

6.4.1 Assessment of the positive impacts 6.1.4.1 Direct and indirect jobs during the construction phase

Direct jobs

The construction phase will last 34 months and, among other things, will involve job creation with equal opportunity so that local labor can be recruited (qualified and unqualified labour) throughout the construction period for the Project. During the peak period, according to Vestas, 365 jobs are foreseen (including 102 expatriate personnel) and, for PETN, 30-35 local jobs (security, potentially 30 security guards working in 3 shifts (10 per shift) in order to cover security 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days of the year, and 2 drivers and 1 cleaning person), making a total of approximately 395-400 direct jobs.

Major expectations have been expressed by the local populations and local elected officials in the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye regarding the employment opportunities provided by the Project. The PAP (those who will lose a percentage of their land) are expecting to find temporary unqualified work either for themselves or for their relatives during the construction phase. Although, during the construction phase, only a small percentage of the workforce (i.e., the unskilled workers) will be able to be sourced from the local communities.

Sub-contracting and indirect jobs

Creating opportunities for sub-contractors and other operators intervening in the earthworks and construction works also constitutes a major opportunity due to the scale of the works, which will give rise to major investments in the building and public works and industrial construction sub-sectors and, generally speaking, in all trades at the local and even at the national level; people from the Project DAI who have certain qualifications will be able to work for sub-contractors and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs; e.g., welders, ironworkers, bricklayers).

We also note the creation of commercial activities around the construction worksite that will provide work for young women from villages in the immediate zone of influence for 34 months: (e.g., laundry, catering, accommodations, small businesses, cleaners).

PETN


84 of 286

QUALIFIED SENEGALESE PERSONNEL

Phase Tasks Qualification Number Source

Construction

Transport Professional driver 3 Local & external

Civil engineering Civil engineering 34 Local & external

Electricians 14 Local & external

TOTAL 51

SENEGALESE PERSONNEL (WORKERS, LABORERS, CLEANERS, ETC.)


Construction & Operations

Civil engineering Suitable for civil engineering works 191

Local & external

Cleaning parquets and offices Cleaners & Domestic Staff 21 Local

Domestic staff

TOTAL 212

SPECIALISED EXPATRIATE PERSONNEL


Construction Construction Qualified technicians 102 Expatriates

TOTAL

102

OPERATIONS

Operations Operational staff Supervisors 20 Local & external

Operations Operational staff Security guard 35 Local & external

TOTAL 52

Figure 20: Personnel foreseen in the Construction and Operations phases

PETN


85 of 286

Assessment of the intensity of the environmental effect

The municipality and the rest of the region face a very high unemployment rate, particularly among young people. All the stakeholders, including the PAP, have devoted a great deal of attention to the issue of employment. The Environmental Value of the Component (VEC) associated with job creation is High.

Thus, the Project will also positively change the work environment at the national level by enabling the employment of approximately 298 Sengalese who will be recruited during the construction phase, depending on the available resources, in terms of the level of priority 1) within the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye, 2) within the Department in Tivaouane, 3) from within the Thiès region and 4) at the national level;

The related DPC will be medium (an employment offer over 34 months for approximately 298 Senegalese) - consequently, the intensity resulting from crossing the VEC and the DPC will be Strong.

Parameter Value Intensity

Environmental Value of the Component (VEC) High Strong

Disruption Level (DPC) Medium

Assessment of the significance of the impact on direct jobs:

The impact associated with the employment offer during the construction phase will be positive (of High significance) due to a strong intensity in spite of the duration of the construction works which is considered to be medium (34 months), with the extent being local.

VEC DPC Intensity Extent Duration Significance

High Medium Strong Local Medium High

Assessment of the significance of the impact on indirect jobs

The construction works will also facilitate the emergence of indirect jobs through sub-contractors and SMEs for approximately 34 months. During this phase, employment of approx. 400 workers will facilitate the emergence of jobs which may be beneficial to local female labor (e.g., cleaners, laundry, small businesses). It is a positive impact of medium significance due to its medium intensity, its medium duration, and the local extent.



Level of Disruption (DPC) Medium

PETN


86 of 286



6.2.4.1 Operations phase

Direct and indirect jobs, recruiting SMEs

The Project makes provision in the Operations phase for the creation of approximately 20 qualified direct salaried jobs over a duration equalling that of the Project (at least 20 years); a small number of these jobs may benefit from local labor and the rest of the qualified jobs will be able to benefit from qualified regional and national labor.

In addition, thirty to thirty-five unqualified personnel will be recruited as security guards and staff in order to do the rounds of the wind turbines, and as cleaners to take care of cleaning work. These jobs will be able to benefit from local labor.

The Project will also resort to SMEs to carry out maintenance of the wind farm. Moreover, indirect jobs will be generated.

Assessment of the intensity of the environmental effect.

Major employment expectations (regardless of their origin) remain and the Environmental Value associated with this is high (High VEC).

Within the local context of a very sluggish labor market, it will be possible to make provision for approximately 35 positions in addition to 20 local jobs – with this applying over a long period of 20 years, this corresponding to a Low level of disruption of the component (DPC). Also, the resulting Intensity of the environmental effect is Medium.


Environmental Value of the component (VEC) High Medium

Level of Disruption (DPC) Low

Assessment of the significance of the impact for permanent positions

For permanent positions such as those for Wind Farm Operators, the Impact linked to employing the Wind Farm’s operating staff will be positive (of Medium significance) due to the Medium intensity of the 20-year duration, which is considered to be long, and of the local extent.


High Low Medium Local Long Medium

PETN


87 of 286

Assessment of the significance of the impact on indirect jobs

During this phase, the creation of indirect jobs will also be noted. The new staff employed residing in the Project’s DAI will facilitate the emergence of jobs which may be beneficial to local female labor (e.g., cleaners, laundry, small businesses). It is a positive impact of medium significance due to its medium intensity, its long duration, and the local extent.


Environmental Value of the Component (VEC) High Medium




Assessment of the significance of the impact on SMEs

Likewise, throughout the lifespan of the Project, it is possible that SMEs, major repair and maintenance companies, suppliers of small parts and other services will work with the Project contractor and/or sub-contractors within the context of maintenance for the Project, with this taking at least 15 to 30 days per year. During this period, external personnel will also be taken on, a major portion of whom will consist of people from the local population in the Project’s DAI in the case of unqualified jobs. In the event SMEs are engaged to work for the Project, it will be a positive impact of medium significance due to its medium intensity, its long duration, and the local extent.






Increase in the production of electricity and local electrification

At the national level, Senegal is experiencing difficulties in satisfying the strong demand for energy. Injecting over 400 GWh into the interconnected network will enable quantitative and qualitative improvements in access to electricity and will raise the quality of service across the entire national territory whilst at the same time boosting the local, regional and national economy.

PETN


88 of 286

Moreover, the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye plans to seize on this opportunity in order to extend the electrical network to the non-electrified villages of Taiba Santhie, Bale Diop, Beity Gueye and Beity N’diaye, and for this purpose, has allocated the sum of 150,000,000 CFA Francs in its 2015 budget. The Project’s electricity production should facilitate achieving this goal.


The Environmental Value associated with it is High and the Level of Disruption (DPC) is High due to the massive injection of energy into the network – and the accelerated electrification of villages in the DAI. The outcome of this is a very strong environmental intensity.


Environmental Value of the Component (VEC) High Very strong

Level of Disruption (DPC) High

Assessing the related impact

It is a positive impact that is of very high significance due to its very strong intensity, its long duration, and its national extent. It is the major positive impact sought after insofar as it will contribute to increasing national wealth and in addition could facilitate the electrification once and for all of unelectrified villages in the Project’s DAI.


High High Very strong National Long Very high

Headquarters and taxes

PETN foresees signing a headquarters agreement with the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye and locating its head office within the Municipality in order to enable the Municipality to benefit from the tax benefits that it would be able to lay claim to. The amount for the licence and for the other taxes which should be paid by PETN to the Tax Centre would amount to 2.5 million Euros, part of which could constitute approximately 40 % or 800,000,000 CFA Francs and would be paid back to the Municipality by the State. This constitutes over 5 times the investment budget foreseen for the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye. This agreement addresses the greater part of the social demand issues, as well as the issues relating to renovation of basic infrastructures within the DAI (e.g., schools, health huts, training, miscellaneous equipment) , which will be resolved in the medium term.


The Environmental Value associated with it is High and the Level of Disruption (DPC) is High due to the more or less instantaneous five-fold increase in revenues which will enable the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye to deal with the social expectations of the local populations and with the Municipality’s development issues. The resulting intensity will be Very strong.

PETN


89 of 286


Environmental Value of the Component (VEC) High Very strong

Level of Disruption (DPC) High

Assessment of the related impact

It is a positive impact that is Very Strong (i.e., Very Strong intensity, long duration (over 20 years), of local, regional and national extent (i.e., impact on the economic activities of the Municipality, the region and the nation).


High High Very strong National Long Very high

Constructing access tracks within the Project site

Constructing access tracks featuring reinforced laterite within the Project site (with this cost being borne by the Project), may give rise to some negative impacts (i.e., partial land loss to a limited number of PAPs). However, these new access tracks will greatly contribute to breaking the isolation of the DAI’s villages and will be a powerful instrument for economic development. They will be used by the local villagers not only for facilitating access to their fields, but will also facilitate exchanges between villagers, as well as the more rapid transport of harvests to local and regional markets.


The Environmental Value related to Departmental roads as well as to access tracks is deemed to be high both by the institutions and by the villagers.

The Level of Disruption (DPC) will be medium due to the very positive spin-offs referred to above (i.e., breaking isolation, exchanges between villagers, and transport of harvests to markets). The resulting intensity will be strong.





The related impact will be positive and the significance will be high (i.e., strong intensity, long duration over 20 years, and a local and even regional extent).

PETN


90 of 286


High Medium Strong Local Long High

6.4.2 Assessment of the negative impacts 6.1.4.2 Construction phase

Impacts on land tenure

Freeing up the Project’s siting, covering a surface area of 49 ha, will give rise to partial land losses for 341 PAPs with one or more fields on the location of the future Project site; the total .land acquisition impacts 459 properties. The PAPs live in twenty villages in Taiba N’diaye and 7 villages in Noto Gouye Diama and Darou Khoudoss. Table 22 below presents the home villages of PAPs whose fields will be impacted by the Project, the number of plots of land per village, and the total land surface area impacted by the Project for each village. The details of the breakdown of these surface areas (i.e. inventory and classification of the various trees and crops) per village are presented in the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation Report and are presented in Annex E.

PETN


91 of 286

Table 22: Breakdown of the Properties and Persons Impacted by the Project per Village

Villages Number of PIP (properties impacted)

Number of PAP (persons affected by the Project)

PAP distributioin each village

Baïty Bacar 6 6 1.8%

Baïty Dakhar 5 6 1.8%

Baïty Gueye 18 17 5.0%

Baïty Ndiaye 8 5 1.5%

Baal Diop 15 11 3.2%

Baal gueye 3 2 0.6%

Bal sand 3 3 0.9%

Darou dia 1 2 0.6%

Djingué 1 0 0.0%

Keur assane ndiaye 10 7 2.1%

Keur demba 2 1 0.3%

Keur madiagne 25 17 5.0%

Keur mallé 1 1 0.3%

Keur mambaye khari 1 1 0.3%

Keur mbaye seneba 4 2 0.6%

Khelcom 28 24 7.0%

Maka gueye beye 10 8 2.3%

Mbayen 3 40 28 8.2%

Mbourdjiguene 1 1 0.3%

Merina samb 1 1 0.3%

Ndiop sao 9 4 1.2%

Sam ndiaye 1 2 0.6%

Sao 13 11 3.2%

Taiba khab 2 2 0.6%

Taiba mbaye 70 52 15.2%

Taiba ndiaye 83 62 18.2%

Taiba santhie 93 65 19.1%

NON IDENTIFIE 5 0 0.0%

TOTAL 459 341 100.0%

PETN


92 of 286

The Project site is entirely within an agricultural zone where rainfall agriculture, cash cropping agriculture and market gardening are the local populations’ main activities. The land acquisition required for this Project will, for the people affected, entail a partial loss of land used for crop production. Clearing land in order to free up the space required fore the Project and occupying the lands with construction activities will have the consequence of a partial loss of revenue due to the reduction in production resulting from the various types of crops grown on the site (rainwater agriculture, cash cropping and market gardening).

For survey details on the percentages of land and tree loss per PAP, please refer to the Labosol Cadastre Rural Report of September 2015 (Annex E) and Annex L.

Financial assessment of the Compensation

Financial assessment of the compensation linked to any infrastructure project is governed by a legal framework. In this capacity, PETN has, with all the PAP present, conducted an inventory of all the crops and all the trees impacted on the Project’s siting. Moreover, an assessment was carried out by the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation, chaired by the Prefect of Tivaouane. The details of the members comprising the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation are provided in Annex D.

The scale adopted by the Departmental Commission is the scale applied in the DAI by the other developers (ICS, Senelec, GCO). This scale provides 1,050,000 (1 million and fifty thousand) CFA Francs per hectare of land, to which the price of the trees, depending on their maturity, is added. On top of this scale, PETN freely decided to add additional compensation of 1,950,000 (one million nine hundred and fifty thousand) CFA Francs per hectare for rainfall crops, bringing the total to 3,000,000 (three million) CFA Francs per hectare, plus tree-related compensation as per the scale used by the Departmental Commission. Thus, the total compensation will constitute 140% of the amount initially raised by the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation. See Annex E for the scale used within the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation.


The transfer of 49 ha of parts of land plots used for growing crops has been done in a situation where scarceness has been noted in the Department – Moreover, the villagers consider the lands to be their main sources of income and means of subsistence. Consequently, the Environmental Value associated with this Component (VEC) is high.

It may therefore be concluded, subject to the proviso that the PAP use the compensation wisely, that their previous livelihood will be restored. A Project Livelihood Restoration Plan will be developed and implemented to monitor and support the PAPs as they progress in restoring their livelihood. Consequently, the related Level of Disruption (DPC) will be Medium. The resulting intensity from crossing the VEC and the DPC is Strong.




PETN


93 of 286

Assessment of the significance of the impact

The impact is negative, of high significance (strong intensity with a long duration of 20 years and a local extent).

Land



Impact on agricultural production for the municipality

The reduction of crop land is going to result in a potential reduction in agricultural production in the municipality. However, the lands transferred to the Project only constitute approximately 1%19 of the surface areas planted in cereals and the agricultural production losses and, as a corollary, the theoretical loss of revenues for the municipality will be marginal and amply compensated for by the payment of taxes


The Environmental Value related to the crop lands is still High but the Level of Disruption (DPC) will be low because the lands transferred (49.5 ha) for the Project constitute less than 1% of the surface areas planted in cereals20 in the case of the crops planted within the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye. The resulting intensity will be Medium.





It is a negative impact of medium significance (medium intensity, long duration (over 20 years), and with a local extent (limited to the crops lands within the Municipality).



Impacts on infrastructures and traffic

19 The surface area of Taiba N’diaye is 16,100 ha: at least 5,000 ha are dedicated to agriculture 20 According to the PLD (Local Development Plan) for Taiba N’diaye - 2013

PETN


94 of 286

a) Transport of equipment from the port to the Project Site via road RN1, national roads, regional roads and Departmental roads:

When equipment is received at the Port of Dakar, it will be organised and transferred to the Project site. Forty-six convoys for the 46 wind turbines (11 trucks per convoy) consisting of heavy ltrucks with special flatbeds, container carriers, and trailers loaded for this transfer will be mobilised for transporting equipment to the Project site. The transport will be assigned over periods defined depending on the construction phasing. It should be noted that the convoys are scheduled at the rate of 2 (being the equivalent of 2 wind turbines) per week and will only be able to travel at night between 10 pm and 5 am in the morning.

• Phase 1: 16 wind turbines transported + the equipment and assembly cranes, over a period lasting approximately 2 months;

• Phase 2: 16 wind turbines transported + the equipment and assembly cranes, over a period lasting approximately 2 months; and

• Phase 3: 14 wind turbines transported + the equipment and assembly cranes, over a period lasting approximately 7 weeks.

These operations will be intermittent and escorted in order to minimise traffic congestion problems; they will be handled by transport specialists under Vestas’s supervision and responsibility. The height of the containers will not require any medium-/high voltage overhead lines to be cut, and the toll motorway will not be used. Under these conditions, the disruption caused to traffic by the convoys will be minimised.

The axle loads of all the trucks forming part of the convoys will be calibrated in order to avoid damaging the surface of the national road; that of the Departmental road (D702 Tivaouane Mboro), which has a connecting road with Departmental road D702C, and which links up to the zone where the Project is located.

The contractor will make every arrangement to ensure that any deterioration of the road surface of national and Departmental roads and tracks that is attributable to its transport activity will be repaired immediately.


The Environmental Value related to the road infrastructures, Departmental roads and access tracks is deemed to be high both by the institutions and villagers.

In the case of transporting the equipment from the Port of Dakar to the Project site via a well-organised convoy that is escorted, and with the organisation of the convoys announced in advance, the Level of Disruption (DPC) will be low due to the organisational measures taken (i.e., escort, night transport, intermittent nature of the convoys, immediate repair of the road surface, and reconditioning of damaged infrastructures where need be by Vestas’s sub-contractors).- The resulting intensity will be Medium.

PETN


95 of 286





It is a negative impact of medium significance (medium intensity, short duration and regional extent).


High Low Medium Regional Short Medium

b) Negative impacts on the tracks, Departmental roads D702 and D702C, and on the villages passed through:

A preliminary task to transporting the wind turbines and the equipment required for erecting the wind turbines to the Project site will be the gradual construction of access tracks dedicated to the Project, capable of supporting the axle weight of the heavy trucks.

Moreover, Vestas will take care to calibrate the trucks in order to adapt the axle loads to the nature of the tracks and the Departmental roads.

The municipality has a 19 km-long Departmental road with a laterite surface and various secondary tracks with sandy surfaces; some of these natural tracks will not be capable of bearing the weight of the convoys for transporting equipment to the Project site. Consequently, Vestas will have to construct tracks beforehand on-site and link them up to the Tivaouane Mbour road before transporting the equipment to the Project site.

The construction of these access tracks dedicated to the Project and foundations, as well as other platforms made from reinforced concrete, will require the supplying of raw materials, lime or basalt gravel, sand and clay from various quarries located at various distances from the Project site (Bandia, Lam Lam, Toglou, etc.) as well as cement from three cement works at Rufisque, Bandia or Pout, which are also quite far away from the Project site.

The supply of clay, water, cement and stones to the Project site, both for laying foundations and maintenance areas as well as access tracks will be done at a sustainable pace.

It will be necessary to have 16 to 20 trucks (8, 16 or 30 m3) which will be mobilised for transporting the water and clay, and these trucks will complete 5 to 7 round trips per day. The cement supply will occur at a rate scheduled with the cement works, subject to conditions that avoid disrupting traffic – all these trucks will be in order on the technical inspection plan, with the axle load calibrated and checked so as to avoid any deterioration of the road surface. Those trucks transporting powdery products such as sand and laterite will have tarpaulins over them in order to prevent dust from flying around.

PETN


96 of 286

These trucks will take the Tivaouane Mboro road (D702), which is 10 km long, before turning off onto Departmental road D702C; moreover, village tracks (with natural, laterite or sandy surfaces) may be used in order to get to the unloading zones.

These trucks will pass through a lot of villages in the immediate zone of influence (Keur Bocar, Daf II, Taiba Khab and Ndomor Taiba N’diaye, Taiba Santhie, and Khelcom (Baal Diop), the Djingué - Mboro road, Maka Dieng Selco Ndiamba - Keur Madiagne).

Due to their limited number and subject to the proviso of optimised organisation, these trucks will not give rise to intense traffic on the Tivaouane - Mboro road (approximately 15 to 20 trucks operating at different periods of the day) and on the Departmental road with a reinforced laterite surface that is 19 km long. Nor will such traffic be a factor in hastening the deterioration of this road either.

Transport between the sites the laterite is taken from and the construction worksite may cause disturbances such as disrupting traffic and causing pollution due to the dust raised where inhabited zones are passed through, and along fields alongside the roads or taken by the trucks; also we cannot rule out the risks of accidents within the zones passed through.

Given the limited number of trucks, these disturbances will be limited by Vestas adopting appropriate measures included in its HSE plan, such as placing tarpaulins on vehicles, erecting warning signs in the villages passed through, imposing speed limits on the trucks, raising the awareness of local populations, travelling outside peak traffic hours, and confirming in the technical inspection of the trucks that drivers have been trained.


The Environmental Value related to the Departmental roads and the tracks is deemed to be high both by the institutions and by the villagers.

The Level of Disruption (DPC) will be low due to the organisational and HSE measures that will be taken by Vestas in order to avoid damaging the tracks and roads, raising dust, or causing accidents in the villages passed through, as well as the low number of trucks and the relatively limited number of return trips. Furthermore, Vestas will immediately repair damaged road surfaces if need be. The resulting intensity will be Medium.





The relative impact will be negative and of low significance (medium intensity, short duration and local extent).

PETN


97 of 286


High Low Medium Local Short Low

Assessment of the impacts on living standards

Assessment of the Project’s negative impacts on the human environment and living standards in the Project’s immediate zone relates to pollution of the aquifers that supply the local populations, the use of drinking water, the noise environment, the waste generated, the population’s state of public health, and the public infrastructures and equipment that have an impact on the life of local populations within the Project’s immediate zone.

a) Noise pollution:

Laying foundations and the construction of tracks involving major civil engineering works, digging trenches for cables, erecting wind turbines and, generally speaking, preparation and construction works, will require the use of various mobile and stationary equipment items. This machinery can, due to the noise it generates, become an environmental nuisance that may adversely affect the living standards of local people and the natural environment which is exposed. The following may be cited:

• Mobile equipment (transport trucks, loaders, diggers, bulldozers, cranes, etc.);

• Fixed equipment (concrete mixers, drilling machines, compressors, small machinery, generator sets, etc.).

Given the remoteness of the site (the two closest villages are more than 800 m away from the wind turbines) the noise from the assembly worksites should not be perceptible in the closest adjoining villages. For the workers and other people exposed in the worksites, wearing individual protective equipment will be mandatory, if need be, in accordance with Vestas HSE directives.

The construction will also give rise to additional vehicle traffic, and particularly trucks. The traffic will be slightly greater during the first few weeks, particularly on the Tivaouane – Mboro road and on Departmental road D702C.

Vestas will set up an optimised organisational structure for the transport which will enable a substantial reduction of the noise level in the villages while the trucks are passing through (staggered return trips, off-peak transport, choice of routes and bypass roads, if need be).


The Environmental Value related to the living standards and its related component (i.e., noise) is deemed to be high generally by all the stakeholders. With the HSE measures taken and those that will be implemented by the sub-contractor, the Level of Disruption (DPC) will therefore be low. The resulting intensity will be Medium.

PETN


98 of 286





The impact will be negative of medium significance (medium intensity, local extent- in the works zone and neighboring villages, medium duration of 34 months).


High Low Medium Local Medium Medium

b) Deterioration of the air quality:

The works involved in preparing the Project site, erecting the wind turbines, and constructing access tracks and new buildings will last approximately 34 months and will involve three phases. During these periods, the earthworks and civil engineering works, combined with the transport and temporary storage of materials (excavated materials, backfill), will have a localised impact on the air quality in terms of the emission of dust and exhaust gases from machinery and vehicles, particularly during the peak works period and during very windy periods.

Emissions of dust and exhaust gases, therefore, constitute a disruptive factor due to the planned activities. Locally, the air quality following the emission of dust will therefore be temporarily affected at the current site.

Combustion gas emissions will come from trucks, worksite generator sets, and concrete mixers towed using a diesel engine. During the peak phases (i.e., three phases when equipment will be transported from the Port of Dakar to the Project site) the works will require a large number of trucks (up to twenty-two per peak week). These trucks and equipment items burn diesel oil and emit CO, CO2, SOx, NOx, PM, etc.

If you consider the transport of materials, wind can spread dust right along the route leading from the loading sites to the unloading sites. Indeed, if the loads (sand, gravel, etc.) are not covered with a tarpaulin, the trucks will lose part of their loads all along the route, with this quite often being accompanied by dust that may constitute a disturbance for the villages passed through.

All this dust generated could adversely affect the quality of the air and, through a knock-on effect, the health of the workers at the worksites and, to a lesser extent, the health of the local populations located in the vicinity of the site.


PETN


99 of 286

The Environmental Value related to the living standards and its related component (i.e., air quality) is deemed to be High generally by all the stakeholders.





The impact will be negative and of medium significance (medium intensity, local extent- within the works zone and neighboring villages, medium duration of 34 months).



c) Worksite waste during construction:

The preparation and construction works for the site where the Project will be established and the operations related to laying access tracks, and setting up the wind farm’s equipment and installations, will generate a volume of inert waste, excavated materials, ordinary industrial waste, rubble and waste consisting of packaging and metals, cable waste, and cement grout.

The technical buildings will only host offices, storage containers, and workshops, and will not include a section dedicated to housing workers. The waste that the buildings may generate includes some special industrial waste, such as penetrating oil, solvents, welding X-ray waste products, etc. in limited quantities.

In addition to this waste, there will be other waste considered to be hazardous; particularly waste oil (spent oil) produced by worksite vehicles and machinery which could accidentally pollute the site’s soil.

Removal and disposal of this waste off-site could give rise to impacts on living standards and the natural environment.

In practice, a waste management plan will be implemented with the setting up of a waste collection center which will comply with GIIP in this field (i.e., sorting, regular collections, and transfer to waste treatment plants, authorised by the DREEC (Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments), with monitoring of traceability of the waste disposal. Certain types of packaging, wood waste, scrap metal, cable waste, etc. will be recycled; waste oils and solvents will be sent to waste oil recycling companies.

The Environmental Value related to the living standards and its related component (i.e., waste) is deemed to be highgenerally by all the stakeholders. With the Vestas HSE measures taken

PETN


100 of 286

and those that will be implemented by the sub-contractor, the Level of Disruption (DPC) will therefore be low. The resulting intensity will be Medium.

PETN


101 of 286





Thanks to the establishment and implementation of the Vestas sub-contractor’s HSE directives, the impact of the worksite waste on the living standard will be negative and of medium significance (medium intensity, local extent in the works zone and within the municipality (i.e., waste disposal facilities, medium duration of 34 months).



d) Health and hygiene of agricultural workers and people living nearby:

During the construction phase, the noise and fumes generated by worksite equipment and heavy trucks and cranes, and the fine particles created as the result of working fine materials (cement, sand and gravel) may be a source of disturbance and be harmful to the tranquillity and health of agricultural workers in the zone, as well as workers and people living near the Project site. The villages likely to be affected are those on the Tivaouane Mboro road (D702) and along Departmental road D702, and a lot of them are located within the DAI.


The Environmental Value related to the living standards and its related component (i.e., health and hygiene) is deemed to be high generally by all the stakeholders.

Due to the establishment and implementation of HSE directives (from the Vestas and sub-contractor’s environmental management plans), the impact of the pollution related to the works on the hygiene, health and safety of workers and people living nearby will be limited and the Level of Disruption of the component will be deemed low. The resulting intensity will be medium.





The impact will be negative, and of Medium significance (medium intensity, local extent – work zone and neighbouring villages – medium duration (34 months).

PETN


102 of 286



e) Risks of accidents:

During the construction phase, consideration should also be given to the risks of accidents due to the machinery, the presence of poorly protected/covered construction materials (e.g., formwork metal) and the presence of personnel, particularly unqualified personnel. There is a risk of falls for any authorised or unauthorised people on the worksite. The accident risk is not negligible. There are also accident risks linked to road traffic for routing construction materials.


The Environmental Value related to the living standards and its related component (i.e., safety) is deemed to be high generally by all the stakeholders. The Level of Disruption is deemed low (the arrival of external workers, working in an unfamiliar environment); the value of the environmental component is deemed to be high, and the resulting intensity will be medium.





The impact will be negative and of medium significance, (medium intensity, local extent- work zone and neighboring villages, and medium duration of 34 months).



f) Public health risks:

An increase in the public health risks due to the arrival of worksite workers, particularly with the spread of risky sexual behaviour; one of the openly expressed fears stated in public consultations is that the villagers recruited may be exposed to contamination from all sorts of diseases which may be brought in, particularly by non-local workers who have come to take part in the Project’s construction work. An increase in this risk will primarily be attributable to the expected arrival of external workers (coming from various places and different cultures) during the peak construction period.

The other fears relate to the fact that the substantial incomes received by the externalworkers who will stay in hotels in the surrounding villages may lead to the development of forms of

PETN


103 of 286

behavior that are harmful to the health of individuals in question and sometimes this will have a rebound effect on the local communities (e.g., alcoholism, prostitution, smoking, the emergence of STDs including AIDS).

These public health risks and disturbances will be limited by Vestas implementing its workers’ Code of Conduct and adopting appropriate measures included in its HSE plan.


The Environmental Value related to the living standards and its related component (i.e., public health) is deemed to be high generally by all the stakeholders. The Level of Disruption is deemed to be Medium ; as the value of the Environmental Component is High, the resulting intensity will be Strong.





The impact will be negative and the significance high (with a strong intensity, local extent- work zone and neighboring villages, and medium duration (34 months).



g) Risk of pollution of groundwater aquifers near the villagers:

If the effluents and various solid wastes from the worksite works are not managed properly at worksite level (regular collection and removal of the worksite waste), they could become dissolved and end up as suspended solids floating in water.

The intervention of worksite machinery is a potential source of groundwater pollution; in particular, pollution due to the seepage of hydrocarbons (i.e., fuel, waste oils) in the case of leaks or accidental spillage.

The storage and handling of chemicals and wastes in small quantities (i.e., oils, degreasing agents, glues, fuel, etc.) may be the source of accidental spillages likely to cause local contamination due to the seepage into soils and groundwater.

The same applies for fuel filling or distribution operations for worksite machinery. Run-off water, possibly fouled by the worksite’s operations, may also seep into the soil and groundwater and adversely affect their quality. Likewise, in the event of accidental seepage, the wastewater may accidentally affect the quality of the groundwater. PETN will implement appropriate HSE measures in order to avoid any pollution of the aquifers.

PETN


104 of 286


The Environmental Value related to water, including water from aquifers that supply the village wells, is deemed high both by the institutions and by the villagers. During construction, appropriate HSE measures will be implemented in order to prevent any pollution of the aquifers. The Level of Disruption (DPC) will therefore be low. The resulting intensity will be Medium.


Environmental Value of the Component (VEC) High Medium to Low21



The related impact will be negative and of low significance (medium intensity, specific extent in the works zone, medium duration of 34 months).


High Low Medium Specific Medium Low

h) Impacts on the water resources used by the local populations:

The construction phase will require relatively modest water needs for the civil engineering and building erection works, human needs, cleaning operations, sprinkling soils, etc.

These needs are assessed as follows22, based on the following hypotheses:

• Laying 35 km of tracks, on the basis of 400 linear metres per day

• Maximum volume of reinforced concrete of the foundations: 550 m3 per foundation

• Thickness of the laterite layer for the approach tracks; 20 cm

Based on these assumptions, the water needs at a maximum will be 30,000 m3 for the 34-month construction phase, and the needs in terms of laterite will be approximately 42,000 m3.

These quantities are not very large and will, in terms of resources, require the following:

For the tracks:

• 4 x 8 m3 water trucks making 5 round trips per day; and

21 The table for determining the intensity does not make provision for a Level of Disruption (DPC) of the component that is very low, as is the case here, and which would have brought about a low intensity and a very low impact importance. 22 After discussions with the Project’s developer.

PETN


105 of 286

• 5 x 16 m3 water trucks making 5 round trips per day.

For a foundation (base: 550 m3 of reinforced concrete):

• 12 x 8 m3 water trucks making 6 round trips per day (extreme case).

The number of trucks and round trips will depend on the organisation of the construction worksite but clearly shows that the pace of the round trips will not be very high.

Water will be transported to the site using 8 m3 water trucks that will be filled outside the municipality on an intermittent basis, depending on the scheduling of the works, and during the 34 months of the construction phase.

These relatively modest water needs, with the water coming from an external source, will not compete with the municipality’s needs or lead to a shortage for local populations.


The Environmental Value related to drinking water and water for crops is deemed high both by institutions and by villagers. The existence of village associations for managing drinking water from boreholes (ASUFOR - the borehole users association) attests to this. Within the Project’s context, the water required for construction will not be drawn from local resources and the Level of Disruption (DPC) will therefore be low. The resulting intensity will be Medium.





In theory, there is no impact related to this component. However, it may be assumed that local water will also be used as drinking water or water for toilets by the approx.400 employees, for the Project’s construction phase. The related impact will be negative and will be of very low significance (medium intensity, specific extent in the works zone, medium duration of 34 months).


High Low Medium Specific Medium Low

In addition, during the Operations phase local water will also be used by employees (estimated as being a maximum of 20 people who will work on the site maintaining and operating the wind power station, as well as some of the 35 security guards. This use will be marginal.

PETN


106 of 286

i) Transport of goods and people during construction:

The disruption of transporting people and goods on roads and tracks in the Project’s zone will result from traffic due to trucks transporting mainly raw materials and water. This disruption will be reduced by the moderate number of trucks envisaged (a maximum of 25 during the peak period per day): this is a negative impact of medium significance due to its medium intensity, its local extent, and its medium duration of 34 months.








j) Cultural and historic heritage:

Within the Project site, to date, no archaeological sites, historical monuments, or religious sites that are likely to be adversely affected or threatened with being destroyed by the Project works have been noted. Only one cemetery has been located in the Project zone and it was taken into account in the layout of the Project infrastructure. No works will occur where the cemetery is located.






The negative impact will be low due to its medium intensity, its specific extent in the works zone, and its short duration (i.e., construction in the vicinity of the cemetery) .


High Low Medium Specific Short Low

PETN


107 of 286

6.2.4.2 Operations phase

During the operations phase, the significance of the impacts on utility water consumption (insignificant), the impact of the noise of the wind turbines (medium), changes to the landscape (high), the waste generated (medium), and shadow flicker, (medium) are summarised in Table 26 below, and mitigation measures are provided in Table 29.

a) Shadow flicker effects

Wind turbines in operation will induce shadow flickers phenomenon that may become a problem with the residential properties located nearby, and for some of them, having a specific orientation to the wind energy facility. Results of modeling of the shadow flickers phenomenon is in the ESIS REV04 dated July 2015 (see p. 238-242) and show when worst case scenario is taken in consideration that effects are limited to the wind turbines closest vicinity and only for Baiti Ndiaye (shadow flicker was estimated to last a maximum of 19 minutes per day) and Balsande II (estimation of 33 minutes per day). Potential impacts to local communities from shadow flickers are also discussed in Chapter 9 of this ESIS Addendum (see section 9.2.6).


The Environmental Value related to the shadow flickers and its related component (i.e., visual perception) is deemed to be high. The Level of Disruption (DPC) will therefore be low (due to two villages out of a total of 17 considered –in a worst case scenario). The resulting intensity will be medium.





The impact will be negative and of medium significance, (medium intensity, specifc extent- two neighboring villages, and long duration).


High Low Medium Specific Long Medium

b) Light Pollution during operation phase

To ensure the safety of air navigation, each wind turbine is equipped with obstacle markers lights device. The Obstacle Lighting System installed on each wind turbine will be operational during the days with white strobe lights (of 20.000 candelas) and during night with red lights (of 2.000 candelas (cd.) These obstacle lights are installed on top of the nacelle and must ensure the visibility of wind turbines in all directions. The lights are synchronized and this flashing system can sometimes be annoying for residents.

PETN


108 of 286


The Environmental Value related to the light pollution and its related component (i.e., visual disturbance) is deemed to be high. The Level of Disruption (DPC) will therefore be low. The resulting intensity will be Medium.





The impact will be negative and of medium significance, (medium intensity, local extent- work zone and the DAI, and long duration).



6.3.4.2 Summary

The Tables below summarise the positive and negative impacts identified and their significance during the construction and operation phases.

PETN


109 of 286

Positive impacts during the construction phase

Table 23: Summary of the assessment of the positive impacts of the Project in the construction phase

Impact sources

Summary of the potential positive impacts +

Resources or utilities allocated

Qualitative Environmental

Value

Level of Disruption Intensity Extent Duration Significance

Project Preparation and Construction

Creation of temporary jobs over 34-month construction phase

Socio-economic High Medium Strong Local Medium High

Indirect job creation (cleaners, small businesses, restaurants etc.)


Participation of SMEs from the zone, the region and at national level


PETN


110 of 286

Positive impacts during the operations phase

Table 24: Summary of the assessment of the positive impacts of the Project in the operations phase

Impact sources Summary of the potential positive impacts

Resources or utilities likely

to be adversely affected

Environmental Value


Operation and maintenance of the wind farm

Creation of full-time jobs (technical staff at the wind farm and caretakers)

Socio-economic High Low Medium Local Long Medium


Indirect job creation (cleaners, small businesses, restaurants etc.)



Creation of temporary jobs during shut-downs -development of SMEs in the zone


Production of 440 GWh Deficit reduction - Rural electrification Socio-

economic High High Very strong National Long Very High

Establishment of the Wind Farm at Taiba N’diaye

Headquarters agreement and payment of taxes to Taiba N’diaye

Socio-economic High High Very

strong National Long Very High

Establishment of the Wind Farm at Taiba N’diaye

Long-term access tracks leading to the wind turbines and for taking away agricultural production - Facilitation of mobility - development of trade between villages and outside themunicipality

Socio-economic High Medium Strong Local Long High

PETN


111 of 286

Negative impacts in the construction phase

Table 25: Summary of assessment of the Project’s negative impacts in the construction phase

Impact sources Summary of the

potential negative impacts


Environmental Value


Construction of the wind farm and tracks over 49 ha of land required for the project.

Partial losses of land plots. Related losses of income derived from cash crops, rainfall agriculture and market gardening.

Socio-economic /land


Construction of the wind farm and tracks over 49 ha of land required for the project.

Loss/reduction of agricultural production in the municipality


Transfer of the equipment from Port of Dakar to the wind farm site

Disruptions to traffic following the routing of equipment from Port of Dakar to the site via National road RN1, Departmental road D 702 and Departmental road D 702C –possible deterioration of roads and tracks

Infrastructures (Departmental roads D702 and D702C)

High Low Medium Regional Short Medium

PETN


112 of 286

Table 25: Summary of assessment of the Project’s negative impacts in the construction phase

Impact sources Summary of the

potential negative impacts


Environmental Value


Intensive use of heavy trucks between quarries and the site and various types of equipment transport

Disruptions to traffic following round trips made by trucks during the preparation and construction work for excavation work, removing excavated materials, transporting sand and gravel between the quarries and the Site. Attributable accident risks on RN1, and Departmental roads D702 and D702C - deterioration of roads and tracks

Infrastructures (Departmental roads D702 and D702C)


PETN


113 of 286

Impact sources Summary of the potential negative impacts

Resources allocated

Environmental Value


Operating machinery, equipment and trucks at the worksite

Change in the noise conditions due to noise generated by worksite equipment

Living standards Noise


Emissions from machinery, trucks etc. on the site; dust raised

Change in the air quality due to emissions caused by dust and exhaust gases from vehicles and machinery, and trucks raising dust

Living standards Air quality High Low Medium Local Medium Medium

Various types of waste and emissions attributable to the worksite

Generating various types of waste (everyday and special industrial waste, waste oils, etc.) – Nuisances caused by raising dust and polluting fumes from machinery, trucks and worksite units

Living standards Waste


Generating noises, combustion gases and wastewater

Disturbing the tranquillity and health of agricultural workers at the project site, and workers and people living near the site due to noise, fumes from worksite machinery, and the fine particles generated. Risks of diseases linked to discharges of wastewater and stagnant pools of it on the worksite.

Living standards: Hygiene, Health and Safety (HHS)


Traffic involving machinery, worksite

Risks of accidents attributable to traffic involving machinery, works

Living standards Hygiene, Health


PETN


114 of 286


Resources allocated

Environmental Value


works, and people and labour. and Safety (HHS)

An influx of external workers

Public health risks due to the influx of workers (STDs - AIDS)

Living standards - Hygiene, Health and Safety (HHS)

High Medium Strong Local Mdium High

Occupation of natural run-off zones

Aquifer pollution caused by changing run-off and filtration conditions during the Civil Engineering works. Indirect pollution caused by effluents and solid wastes from the works

Living standards Water resources High Low Medium Specific Medium Low

Water required for the works

Competition between the Project’s consumption and local populations’ consumption

Living standards Water resources High Low Medium Specific Medium Low

Preparation and construction works for the wind farm

Disruption of the transport of goods and people

Living standards – mobility of local populations


Preparation and construction works for the wind farm

Harming the integrity of the cultural heritage

Living standards - cultural heritage

High Low Medium Specific Short Low

Preparation and erection works for the wind farm; the presence of

Temporary modification of the visual landscape

Living standards – visual landscape


PETN


115 of 286


Resources allocated

Environmental Value


equipment,and of the technical buildings

PETN


116 of 286

Negative impacts in the operations phase

Table 26: Summary of the assessment of the negative impacts of the Project in the operations phase

Impact sources

Summary of the potential negative impacts

Resources allocated

Environmental Value


Utility water consumption

There is no risk of excessive water consumption for utility needs to the detriment of local consumption

The zone’s water resources

High Low Medium Specific Long23 Medium

Visual Landscape

Impact of the new wind farm modifying the landscape, with the wind turbines being visible from very far away

Living standards

High Medium

Strong Local Long High

Noise environment Background noise from the wind turbines

Impact on the surrounding population of the noise pollution due to noise and vibrations generated by the functioning of the wind turbines

Living standards

High

Low

Medium Local Long Medium24

Waste generated during operations

Harming living standards and possible contamination of the natural environmental by the wind farm producing special industrial waste (waste oils, empty containers, electrical equipment, etc.) and similar household waste during maintenance

Living standards High Low Medium Specific Long Medium

23 Once a year during maintenance for 15 to 30 days, and the needs of day labourer personnel 24 A perceptible level that is very low according to the modelling (see results from the predictive noise survey, presented in the ESIS REV03)

PETN


117 of 286

Table 26: Summary of the assessment of the negative impacts of the Project in the operations phase

Impact sources

Summary of the potential negative impacts

Resources allocated

Environmental Value


Wind Farm in operations

Shadow Flicker effects Difficulties of acceptance Visual gene

Living standards High Low medium Specific Long Medium

Obstacle lighting system- Wind Farm in operations

Acceptance difficulties of the flashing lights Visual landscape

Living standards High Low Medium Local Long Medium

PETN


118 of 286

6.5 Plan for mitigation measures and reducing impacts Four (4) measures are foreseen for managing potential Project impacts:

• Implementation of the Project’s Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) Plan;

• Compliance with national and local regulatory requirements and the applicable international guidelines;

• Specific measures for reducing the Project’s potential negative impacts;

• Compensation measures for negative impacts and support measures for the Project’s positive effects.

The main environmental management factors for the Project are summarised below.

PETN


119 of 286

6.5.1 Improvement measures for positive impacts

6.1.5.1 During the construction phase

Table 27: Improvement measures in the construction phase

IMPROVEMENT MEASURES FOR POSITIVE SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Impact sources Potential impacts Improvement measures

Significance after the

improvement measures

Implementation manager Monitoring Implementation

period

Con

stru

ctio

n an

d er

ectio

n pr

epar

ator

y w

orks

Creation of temporary jobs over 34- month construction phase

Favour PAP, particularly for unqualified jobs; Set up a commission responsible for managing recruiting under transparent conditions and for fulfilling the developer’s commitments;

High Vestas

PETN

ESMC25 Construction

Creation of indirect jobs (cleaners, small businesses, restaurants etc.)

Favor local villagers with equal opportunity for women for linen services, catering services, and small businesses;

High

Brought about by the

worksite

PETN ESMC

Construction

Participation of SMEs in the zone, the region and at national level

Favor construction companies and national and local SMEs as much as possible by encouraging them to recruit from the municipality’s available resources.

High

PETN & Vestas PETN ESMC

Construction

6.2.5.1 During the operation phase 25 Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee see Chapter 9-8

PETN


120 of 286


IMPROVEMENT MEASURES FOR POSITIVE SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING THE OPERATIONS PHASE

Ope

ratio

ns p

hase

for t

he w

ind

farm

Potential impacts Improvement measures

Significance after the

improvement measures

Implementation manager Monitoring Implementation

period

Deficit reduction - Rural electrification

Favor electrification in general and rural electrification of the zone in particular; Very High PETN ESMC Operations

Creation of 20 permanent jobs for operating the wind farm for 20 years, and 35 security and cleaning positions

If possible, recruit unqualified personnel in situ. (35) For qualified positions, when faced with applicants who have the same skills, favur local villagers;

Medium

PETN

ESMC

Operations

Creation of temporary jobs during shut-downs - development of SMEs in the zone

Favor national labor insofar as is possible in order to combat the under-employment of young people;

Medium PETN ESMC Operations

Creation of long-term indirect jobs (cleaners, catering and linen staff, etc.);

Favour unqualified local labour; Medium PETN

ESMC Operations

PETN


121 of 286


IMPROVEMENT MEASURES FOR POSITIVE SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING THE OPERATIONS PHASE

Creation of work opportunities for maintenance of the wind farm for 20 years;

Favour SMEs and specialist enterprises from the local area and the rest of the country;

Medium PETN

ESMC Operations

Headquarters agreement and payment of taxes to Taiba N’diaye

Sign an agreement to this end with the project developer before the wind farm is connected

Very High PETN ESMC Operations

PETN


122 of 286

6.5.2 Mitigation measures for negative impacts

Ere

ctio

n of

the

Taib

a N

’dia

ye w

ind

farm

• Permanent loss of land

• Losses of income;

• Reduction in agricultural production;

• A costs assessment commission was created via an Order signed by the Prefect of Tivaouane: the commission includes State technical services and other competent stakeholders, including representatives of the developer, PAP representatives, village chiefs, youth associations, women’s associations, and any other resource deemed necessary by the administration. The committee assessed the costs and the compensation amount for PAP using the scale applied in the Department

• The commission will have to ensure PAP receive compensation within a reasonable timeframe

• Use local sub-contractors’ services as much as possible; • Recruit as a matter of priority from local populations who

have lands that will be impacted by the project; • Implementation of high-profile initiatives for providing

compensation to the Municipality(dispensaries, support for NGOs and women’s groups who will particularly be affected);

• Lay access paths and ensure they are maintained by PETN • Draw up a protocol involving PETN, the administration, the

local populations and local elected officials regarding the commitments by the various parties.

Low

PETN, Backers, costs assessment commission, local elected officials and villagers

Before the start of the works

Included in the Tender Documents (DAO) and the worksite works

Table 29: Mitigation measures for negative impacts

MITIGATION MEASURES FOR THE LAND IMPACT

Impact source

Potential impacts Mitigation measures

Significance after mitigation

(assessment of residual impacts)

Implementation manager

Implementation period Cost

PETN


123 of 286

MEASURES FOR REDUCING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON INFRASTRUCTURES

Impact source Potential impacts Mitigation measures

Significance after mitigation (assessment of residual impacts)



Tran

sfer

of

equi

pmen

t fro

m t

he P

ort

of D

akar

to

the

site

. In

tens

ive

use

of h

eavy

lor

ries

betw

een

quar

ries

and

the

site

• Disruptions to traffic due to routing of the equipment from Dakar to the Project’s site by road;

• Disruptions to traffic due to return trips by the trucks for excavation work, removing excavated materials, and transporting sand and gravel between the quarries and the site

Convoy from Dakar to the Site: • Implementation/development of a transport

management plan concerning the equipment and raw materials

• Informing the stakeholders (municipalities, boroughs, local populations, MEDD (Ministry of the Environment and Sustainable Development) of the date of the convoy (via radio, newspapers, telephone, mail), as well as about the itineraries, the risks, and the measures to be taken in order to avoid accidents;

• Use of suitable platforms/containers; • Resorting to a professional escort between Dakar and

the site; • Repairing damaged roads and tracks

Low Vestas & PETN

During the period

Taken into account in the DAO by the contracting company

PETN


124 of 286

MEASURES FOR REDUCING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON INFRASTRUCTURES





• Risks of

accidents • Deterioration of

Departmental, borough and village roads

Quarries Site Transport: • Use of trucks that comply with the technical inspection

for transport in terms of the site; • People living nearby to be informed via community

radio stations, going door to door, and meetings; • Training drivers and raising their awareness; • Speed limit of 30 kmph between the site and certain

stretches of the D702 and D702C Departmental roads; • Repairs to damaged roads and tracks • Appropriate signage

Low The contracting company PETN

Throughout the Project’s preparation and construction period

Taken into account in the DAO by the contracting company

PETN


125 of 286

ATMOSPHERIC ENVIRONMENT - AIR QUALITY

Impact source





Pre

para

tory

and

con

stru

ctio

n w

orks

Change in the air quality due to emissions of dust and exhaust gases from vehicles, and due to dust being raised by trucks;

• Require rental vehicle service providers to comply with the technical inspection. For heavy goods vehicles, require a new technical inspection every six (6) months;

• For concrete mixers and for back-up generators, carry out regular maintenance and emissions checks regularly during construction;

• 30 kmph speed limit along stretches of road leading to villages and the Departmental road.

• Protective tarpaulins over trucks transporting rubble, sand and worksite products;

• Minimising the heights of potential falls within the context of activities involving the transfer of raw materials such as unloading friable materials;

• Ongoing cleaning of the roadway or sprinkling paths in the vicinity of the nearest houses using equipment that prevents dust from being raised;

• Washing the wheels of vehicles leaving the site; • Reduction of the open-air stockpiling of sand to the strict minimum

necessary and covering the piles with tarpaulins if necessary; • Strict maintenance and technical inspection of vehicles in order to

minimise pollution as the result of poor combustion; • Avoid the unnecessary use of vehicles by planning activities in such a

way as to minimise the need for them; • Make sure that the vehicles and machines are switched off when they

are not in use; • Implement environmental management plans with external contractors;

Low

PETN and contractors intervening in the works

At the start of the worksites and up to the end of the works

Integrated into the costs of the DAOs/and the contracting companies

PETN


126 of 286

THE HUMAN ENVIRONMENT - THE LIVING STANDARDS OF POPULATIONS LIVING NEARBY


Significance after

mitigation (assessment of residual impacts)



Operating machinery, equipment and worksite trucks (trucks, concrete mixers, drilling machines, compressors, etc.)

A change in the noise environment due to noise generated by worksite equipment;

• Setting up a schedule and a procedure limiting noisy work at night to the maximum extent; at night-time, give priority to work that does not generate noise;

• Choose equipment items which comply with the limit of 85 dB at a distance of 1 metre

• Maintain pneumatic tools, machinery and equipment in order to keep the noise level generated to an acceptable level;

• Check that the values set out in the IFC PS for sound levels for populations living nearby are, at most, 55 dB during the day and 45 dB during the night

Low Vestas, PETN

Throughout the preparatory and construction phase

Included in the DAO and worksite works

PETN


127 of 286


Significance after




Production of miscellaneous waste and emissions attributable to the worksite and to the living quarters

• Generating various sorts of miscellaneous waste (oily emulsions, waste oils, miscellaneous metal packaging etc.);

• Nuisances due to raising dust and emitting polluting fumes;

• Organising waste management and sorting, regular collection of waste and its transfer/treatment in authorised locations (system for managing waste using procedures);

• Setting up a specific waste collection centre during construction

• Organise the management of hazardous wastes (oils, solvents, sump oils, etc.) and especially recovery of it, and its treatment, with specialist companies on the market;

• Unexpected visits to the worksite by State services such as the Hygiene Service, and the DEEC

Low

Vestas Hygiene Department, DREEC

Throughout the preparatory and construction phase


Access paths and setting up various items of equipment, parking trucks and return trips made by them

Temporary modification of the visual landscape;

• Minimise the spaces taken up for the worksite’s needs as much as possible;

• Level surfaces, and dismantle and transfer all unnecessary equipment and materiel off-site

Low Vestas

During and after removal of the worksite


PETN


128 of 286


Significance after




The presence of a number of external employees

The development and spread of risky behaviour that could have an impact on the health of local populations, the spread of transmissible and chronic diseases, etc.;

• Prior medical inspection of workers at the living quarters;

• Compliance with HSE recommendations by contractors and their workers;

• Raising the awareness of workers concerning risks and discipline on the site

• Regular mandatory public health checks of the workers

Low Vestas and PETN

During and after removal of the worksite


AVOIDING SOIL, SUB-SOIL AND AQUIFER POLLUTION

Impact source


Significance after




PETN


129 of 286

Infra

stru

ctur

es c

onst

ruct

ion

and

erec

tion

prep

arat

ory

wor

ks

• Impacts on the soil due to civil engineering works: Making soils fragile and slumping of them;

• Contamination of the soil and the aquifer due to accidental spillages of waste oils, chemicals, miscellaneous liquid wastes, cleaning water, and waste;

• Raising the awareness of the staff of local companies regarding HSE requirements, both indoors and out in the field;

• All service provider companies will have to have established an environmental policy that has been proven in-house and applied out in the field;

• Within the context of setting up the living quarters, as a minimum, make provision for portable toilets that do not come into direct contact with the ground, at a rate of one toilet for every 15 people, to be emptied off the worksite by specialist companies;

• Avoid any spillage of oils, solvents or chemicals that may pollute the aquifer;

• Set up workshops dedicated to replenishing or repairing trucks and vehicles at the worksite; in the absence of these areas, transfer these operations off-site;

• Making anti-pollution kits available (absorbent products, containment equipment) for operators who have had their awareness raised beforehand and who have been trained in how to use them;

• Collect sewage and route it to the station nearest the site so it can be treated before being discharged;

• Collect, store and eliminate construction waste in accordance with a waste management plan compliant with the national regulatory provisions and international codes of good practice;

• Comply with the limits authorised in Standard NS-05 061 concerning the quality of the effluents treated;

• Analysis of water from the nearest wells once a year by the Institut Pasteur in Dakar

Low Vestas

Before and throughout the preparation and construction phase

Taken into account by the DAO and by the contracting company

PETN


130 of 286

PRESERVATION OF GROUNDWATER RESOURCES


Significance after




Con

stru

ctio

n an

d tra

ck-la

ying

pre

para

tory

wor

ks

• Water consumption to the detriment of villages’ local consumption;

• Disruption of the natural system for the flow of run-off water and surface water during the construction of 35 km of tracks.

• Soil depletion and a reduction in the aquifers replenishment rate;

• Supply the worksite from a tanker truck or using a specific borehole dedicated to the Project – the borehole could then be transferred to the local authorities

• Raise the awareness of staff about issues relating to the scarcity of water

• Construct works for regulating drainage water from the start of the tracks construction phase in order to ensure that run-off water is routed to natural networks for run-off water

• Do not block natural routes for run-off water; • Avoid any construction or storage on natural stormwater

run-off paths; • Comply with the limits authorised in Standard NS-05 061

concerning the quality of the effluents treated; • Plant trees along tracks, using suitable species, in liaison

with the Forests and Water authorities;

Low Vestas

Before the start of the worksite and during the preparation and construction phase

PM

PETN


131 of 286

LIVING STANDARDS - HYGIENE, HEALTH AND SAFETY OF WORKERS AND PEOPLE LIVING NEAR THE SITE


Significance after




Gen

erat

ing

nois

e, c

ombu

stio

n ga

ses,

and

was

tew

ater

Traf

fic in

volv

ing

mac

hine

ry, w

orks

on

the

wor

ksite

and

labo

ur

• Disturbing the tranquillity and harming the health of workers and people living near the site due to the noise and fumes from worksite equipment, as well as the fine particles generated;

• Risks of diseases linked to discharges and pools of stagnant waste water at the worksite;

• Risks of accidents attributable to traffic involving machinery, works and labour;

• Implement the mitigation measures and the recommendations presented in the impact study report and in the hazard study in the report from October 2014 updated in July 2015;

• Set up an HSE management system both for the worksite during the erection phase and for the living quarters, in liaison with a consultancy specialising in environmental assessments. The body selected will have to come up with proposals about the following points:

• Drawing up and implementing an HSE policy for the worksite and for the living quarters

• Drawing up and implementing a POI (Internal Operations Plan)

• Provide personal protective equipment generally to all staff and visitors accessing the site and set up first aid kits;

• Install signboards and boards for providing the pictograms required by law;

• Provide mandatory HSE training to the personnel and any service provider that accesses the site;

• Define the location and the installation of safety showers;

• Write all the accident management procedures;

Low Vestas and PETN

Start of the works and throughout the project

Normally included in the DAO; if not, an additional clause is necessary

PETN


132 of 286

LIVING STANDARDS - HYGIENE, HEALTH AND SAFETY OF WORKERS AND PEOPLE LIVING NEAR THE SITE (CONTINUED)


Significance after mitigation (assessment of

residual impacts)



Gen

erat

ing

nois

e, c

ombu

stio

n ga

ses,

and

was

tew

ater

Traf

fic in

volv

ing

mac

hine

ry, w

orks

on

the

wor

ksite

and

labo

ur • Disturbing the

tranquillity and harming the health of workers and people living near the site due to the noise and fumes from worksite equipment, as well as the fine particles generated;

• Risks of diseases linked to discharges and pools of stagnant waste water at the worksite;

• Risks of accidents attributable to traffic involving machinery, works and labour.

• Define the conditions for setting up and installing a temporary infirmary with a doctor on duty and a permanent nurse as well as an ambulance on stand-by 24 hours a day;

• Establish a methodology for raising awareness and informing personnel and villagers about the risks of STDs and AIDS;

• Set up schedules and procedures which limit noisy night work to the maximum extent;

• Choose the equipment so that, for the resulting noise levels, there is a permissible threshold for populations living nearby of 55 dB at daytime and 45 dB at night-time

• Have a traffic plan on the worksites as well as in the living quarters

Low Vestas and PETN

Start of the works and throughout the project


PETN


133 of 286

LIVING STANDARDS – Shadow flickers effects-Light


Significance after

mitigation



Win

d Fa

rm in

ope

ratio

ns

• Shadows Flickers effects

• Difficulties of acceptance

• Visual gene

• Remoteness of the wind turbine by a distance of at least 800m from closest villages

• Monitoring of the shadow flickers at these villages

Medium to low Vestas and PETN

During construction


• Acceptance difficulties of the flashing lights

• Visual gene

• W-Rot Technology which delivers a variable light intensity according to the line of sight (height) (lower intensity on the ground)

• Modulation of the light intensity as a function of the visibility

• Adaptation of lighting according to need. The wind farm will be equipped by aircraft detection in order to turn on the lighting only when an aircraft approaches.

• Lighting marking will be white during the day and red at night

Medium to low Vestas and PETN

During design and construction


PETN


134 of 286

6.6 Parties involved in implementation of the ESMP (environmental and social management plan) and their responsibilities

The various parties involved in the implementation of the environmental monitoring and surveillance programme are:

6.6.1 PETN PETN is the Project company, and it is responsible for setting up and operating the future wind farm at Taiba N’diaye, as well as for managing and implementing measures and periodically reporting to the authorities and to the Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee through periodic monitoring reports. PETN will ensure that the contracting company and its sub-contractors comply with the environmental and social clauses.

6.6.2 The HSE Manager (PETN) The PETN HSE Manager is responsible for the implementation of the Environmental, Hygiene and Safety policy. Taking safety and environmental concerns into account is thus assigned to a body with recognised expertise in this field. Its mission will be to ensure the monitoring, assessment, and supervision of measurements with a view to assessing the effectiveness of factoring in environmental measures. The HSE Manager will be responsible for implementing the periodic environmental report, implementing the HSE policy in force, developing procedures, work instructions, etc. The HSE Manager will also be the focal point for the ESMC insofar as it will be responsible for gathering data, issuing reports, etc.

6.6.3 The contracting company (EPC) (Vestas) Vestas , the contracting company, was selected for turnkey execution of the wind farm on behalf of the developer. At the same time, Vestas will carry out its HSE policy and will be an important party in the execution of decisions and recommendations of the Project. It is responsible for the full construction of the wind farm, starting with clearing bush through to testing generator sets. The contracting company will receive general support from Senegalese SMEs and companies for the sub-contracting of various activities. All these enterprises are required to have an HSE policy and to comply with the environmental and social clauses imposed by PETN.

6.6.4 The Operator of the wind farm (PETN) PETN will be responsible for the operation and maintenance (O&M) of the wind farm. PETN will take over from the contracting company after commissioning, and will be responsible throughout the lifespan of the wind farm.

6.6.5 The local authorities These are the Governor, the Prefect of Tivaouane, and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane. They act under the framework of transferred powers and represent the State authorities.

6.6.6 The ESMC (Environmental and Social Monitoring Committee) This committee will be established under the direction of the Governor, who appoints its members by order on the recommendation of the Prefect of Tivaouane and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane.

The committee will be responsible for the even-handed management of all the environmental and social aspects. It will consist of (but shall not be limited to) the following members:

• The local authorities (the Governor, the Prefect, and the Sub-Prefect);

• The representatives of the populations concerned;

PETN


135 of 286

• State technical services and their representatives;

• The relevant parties concerned (NGOs, the representative of women’s groups, the representative of young people, the representative of fishermen, and of market gardeners; and

• The representatives of the Ministries of Industry, Water and Forests, Fisheries, the Interior, etc.

This committee will be supported by PETN and its partners for effective monitoring of the management plan. It will meet periodically in order to assess the experts’ reports concerning environmental monitoring, hygiene, safety and the implementation of social measures applied by the developer under the framework of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), where applicable. On this basis, the committee will issue recommendations and directives to be followed.

6.6.7 The DEEC (Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments) The Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments will be responsible for implementation of the measures and recommendations approved by the technical committee (measures concerning reductions and improvements, surveillance and monitoring), and to do this it will work with the IREF, the IRTSS, the DPC, the CRODT, and the CGQA (entities defined below) for the implementation and monitoring of measures for surveilling air quality, monitoring hydrodynamic data, fisheries resources, artificial reefs where need be, reforestation, and the safety of goods and people.

6.6.8 State technical services The services below, among others, are concerned. The ESMC reserves the right to seek the skills of people from other services not cited here:

• The CGQA (Air Quality Management Centre);

• The IRTSS (Regional Inspectorate of Labour and Social Security);

• The DPC (Civil Defence Directorate);

• The Tivaouane Departmental Livestock Rearing Service;

• The Mboro Departmental Fisheries Service;

• The Police and Gendarmerie;

• The Thiès ARD (Regional Development Agency);

• The IREF (Regional Inspectorate of Water, Forests and Hunting);

• Health services;

• The DRDR (Regional Directorate of Rural Development);

• Statistics services;

• The ANAM (National Agency of Maritime Affairs); and

• HASSMAR (the high authority responsible for co-ordination, maritime safety and protection of the marine environment).

PETN


136 of 286

7 Biodiversity 7.1 Introduction This chapter provides a description of the ecological baseline of the proposed Project and identifies the potential impacts on the biological environment arising from the proposed Project activities. The assessment follows the recommendations and requirements of the IFC Performance Standard 6 (PS6): Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources26. Surveys to inform this assessment have been completed by Abba Sonko, based in Dakar, Senegal, since December 2012 with advice on survey methodologies and scope provided by Adam Fitchet MCIEEM and Peter Burston CEnv MCIEEM (both of Ramboll Environ) since March 2015.

This chapter is set out according to the following structure:

• Section 7.2 Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework: provides an overview of the legal and policy framework for the protection and conservation of nature in Senegal and related national and international requirements.

• Section 7.3 Assessment Methodology: gives a summary of the baseline assessment methodologies and the assessment criteria specifically relating to biodiversity. This section also describes the spatial scope for the assessment.

• Section 7.4 Baseline Information: This section provides a description of the ecological baseline, which is based on the findings from the desk study and field surveys conducted in 2014 and ongoing in 2015 to inform this assessment.

• Section 7.5 Potential Impacts: describes potential impacts (e.g. habitat loss, fragmentation, and disturbance) of the Project during the construction, operational and decommissioning phases. The sensitivity of receptors identified is also assessed in this section.

• Section 7.6 Mitigation: sets out mitigation measures that have been agreed as project commitments to be implemented by the Project. According to IFC PS6, mitigation measures should be designed to follow the ‘mitigation hierarchy’, where impacts are progressively avoided, minimised, restored or offset.

• Section 7.7 Residual Impacts: considers the residual impacts that would remain following the implementation of the agreed mitigation measures and assesses whether any those impacts would result in ecologically significant effects for the identified ecological receptors.

• Section 7.8 Conclusions: provides a summary of the studies completed and ongoing, the key findings from those studies, key mitigation commitments required to comply with PS6 and a tabulated summary of Project impacts.

26 http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/bff0a28049a790d6b835faa8c6a8312a/PS6_English_2012.pdf?MOD=AJPERES

PETN


137 of 286

7.2 Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

7.2.1 International Agreements Senegal is a signatory to a number of conventions relevant to this assessment. These are listed below:

• United Nations (UN) Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)27. The Convention has three main objectives: 1. the conservation of biological diversity; 2. the sustainable use of the components of biological diversity; and 3. the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilisation of genetic resources. Senegal became a party to the convention in 1995.

• Convention on Migratory Species (CMS)28. The Convention, also known as the Bonn Convention, aims to conserve terrestrial, aquatic and avian migratory species throughout their range. Senegal and has since published four national reports, the latest in 2011.

• Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Convention)29. Senegal became a contracting party in 1977. The Ramsar Convention provides a framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources.

• Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES)30. CITES aim is to ensure that international trade in specimens of wild animals and plants does not threaten their species’ survival. The principles of CITES are based on sustainability of the trade in order to safeguard ecological resources (e.g., live animals and plants, as well as the vast array of wildlife products derived from them, including food products, exotic leather goods). Senegal acceded to the Convention in 1977.

• Convention concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural Heritage31. The Convention sets out the duties of States in identifying potential World Heritage Sites and their role in protecting and preserving them. Senegal ratified the Convention in 1976.

• Convention for the Conservation of European Wildlife and Natural Habitats (Bern Convention)32. The principal aims of the Convention are to ensure conservation and protection of wild plant and animal species and their natural habitats (listed in Appendices I and II of the Convention), to increase cooperation between contracting parties, and to regulate the exploitation of those species (including migratory species) listed in Appendix III of the Convention. To this end, the Convention imposes legal obligations on contracting parties, protecting over 500 wild plant species and more than 1,000 wild animal species. The Convention is open to non-European countries and Senegal acceded to it in 1987.

• The Agreement on the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds (AEWA)33 is an intergovernmental treaty dedicated to the conservation of migratory waterbirds and their habitats across Africa, Europe, the Middle East, Central Asia,

27 https://www.cbd.int/convention/ 28 http://www.cms.int/ 29 http://www.ramsar.org/ 30 http://www.cites.org/ 31 http://whc.unesco.org/en/conventiontext/ 32 http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/cultureheritage/nature/Bern/default_en.asp 33 http://www.unep-aewa.org/

PETN


138 of 286

Greenland and the Canadian Archipelago. It was developed to establish coordinated conservation and management of migratory waterbirds throughout their entire migratory range. Senegal became a party to the agreement in 1999.

• Memorandum of Understanding on the Conservation of Migratory Birds of Prey in Africa and Eurasia (Raptors MOU)34. This memorandum of understanding aims to promote internationally coordinated actions to achieve and maintain the favourable conservation status of migratory birds of prey throughout their range in Africa and Eurasia and to reverse their decline when and where appropriate. Senegal signed the MOU in 2008.

Amongst the conventions and agreements listed above, the UN CBD sets the stage for this chapter, by providing a globally recognisable definition of biological diversity and also defining clear strategies on conservation of biodiversity that are addressed within the scope of the Project. Senegal ratified the Convention in 1994, and since then has prepared five National Reports on Biological Diversity, the latest of which was issued in 2014.

In 2010, the Conference of Parties (COP) of the Convention adopted a revised and updated Strategic Plan for Biodiversity, which also included the Aichi Biodiversity Targets for the period of 2011-2020. The targets provide a framework for action by all stakeholders to save biodiversity and enhance its benefits for people35.

• Strategic Goal A: Address the underlying causes of biodiversity loss by mainstreaming biodiversity across government and society;

• Strategic Goal B: Reduce the direct pressures on biodiversity and promote sustainable use;

• Strategic Goal C: To improve the status of biodiversity by safeguarding ecosystems, species and genetic diversity;

• Strategic Goal D: Enhance the benefits to all from biodiversity and ecosystem services; and

• Strategic Goal E: Enhance implementation through participatory planning, knowledge management and capacity building.

7.2.2 Senegalese Legal Requirements The National Plan of Action for the Environment

In February 1995, Senegal began a process of participatory and decentralized engagement in the preparation of its national strategy for the management of natural resources and the environment.

The integration and synthesis of the results of this work helped lead to the adoption, in September 1997, of a National Plan of Action for the Environment (Plan National d'Action pour l'Environnement: PNAE).

It is one global frame of reference for ensuring the consistency of the various sectoral policies in the field of the environment.

The development of the PNAE is part of the implementation of the initiatives taken by the Government of Senegal, in accordance with the recommendations of the Earth Summit, held in Rio de Janeiro in June 1992.

34 http://www.cms.int/raptors/en 35 https://www.cbd.int/sp/targets/

PETN


139 of 286

The PNAE notes that certain industries are responsible for the loss of large areas of vegetation cover and consequently focuses on the need to promote a consideration of the environmental impacts that result from the process of economic and social development of Senegal.

National Plan of Action against Desertification

The United Nations Convention on Combating Desertification has helped Senegal, at the national level, to develop its National Plan of Action against Desertification (Plan d’Action National de Lutte Contre la Désertification: PAN/LCD), adopted in October 1998.

This plan was revised and updated in June 2014 to reflect the changes to the United Nations Convention and to take account of the recommendations and instructions common to all countries party to the Convention as well as changes to the political, legal and socio-economic context in Senegal.

PAN/LCD is one of the major pillars of the PNAE, namely its component fight against deforestation and land degradation.

In alignment with the ten-year strategy of the Convention, the PAN/LCD focuses on combating desertification and land degradation in order to contribute to poverty reduction and sustainable development for the environment.

National Strategy for Biodiversity Conservation

The national strategy aims to achieve the conservation of biodiversity in Senegal while accommodating sustainable continuation of necessary human activities such as agriculture, hunting and fishing.

The strategy and the National Action Plan are inspired by strategic directions and the guiding principles of the PNAE, with the key objectives based on the findings of the Senegalese National Biodiversity Study.

Developed in 1998, it focuses on four objectives: • Conservation of biodiversity in high density sites;

• The integration of biodiversity conservation in programs and production activities;

• The equitable sharing of the roles, responsibilities and benefits of biodiversity conservation; and

• The education of all stakeholders on the importance of biodiversity and the need for its conservation.

Sectoral policy letter on the Environment and Natural Resources (2009-2015)

Adopted in January 2009, this policy considers the emerging themes of a green economy and sustainable development and provides guidelines for the new authorities created during institutional changes in 2012 which helped refresh and fill the axes of intervention for the sector of environment and natural resources policy.

The policy includes strategic objectives to halt the current trend towards degradation of the environment and natural resources, by limiting deforestation and land degradation, improving conservation of biodiversity and management of wetlands, decreasing the use of environmentally damaging chemicals, a reduction in pollution and nuisances, measures to

PETN


140 of 286

combat climate change, the promotion of sustainable production and consumption patterns and the restoration and enhancement of degraded physical environments.

Strategy for Implementation of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

This strategy intends to meet the needs of Senegal’s development while integrating the need to address climate change. It sets out how this should be achieved within the priority objectives of economic and social development.

Within this framework, the major measures to be taken concerning water resources and energy include:

• Changes in policies to promote more efficient and sustainable practices;

• The development of new, renewable and more sustainable energy sources;

• The introduction of economic incentives to adopt technologies that emit less greenhouse gases; and

• Improved energy efficiency in industrial processes and equipment.

Forest of Senegal (2005-2025) policy

The forestry policy of Senegal for the period 2005-2025 was developed in the context of decentralization and poverty alleviation.

It follows the Forest of Senegal (PAFS) Action Plan which itself was an extension of the Forestry Director’s Plan for Development (PDDF) of 1981.

The forest policy of Senegal document was updated in 2014 to strengthen the option to promote an effective permanent forest resources management model.

The policy goal is to contribute significantly to the reduction of poverty through the conservation and sustainable management of forestry, the consistent implementation of the policy of decentralization cooperation and regional partnership.

In order to achieve the policy goal, it provides several strategies or plans of action that are based on the following principles:

• Development and sustainable management of forest and wildlife resources;

• Capacity-building of local communities;

• Strengthening the response capabilities of the forest service;

• Involvement of the private sector in forestry; and

• Development of urban and semi-urban forestry.

Forest Code

The Senegal Forest Code was created by Act No. 98-03 of January 1998, supplemented by Decree No. 98-164 of February 1998. The Code governs all plant resources and protected areas.

The Code prohibits any activities altering soil and forest conditions in classified forests, unless authorized by the Minister in charge of water and forests.

PETN


141 of 286

Additionally, any operation must comply with the procedure for clearing as well as complying with the prohibition to deposit waste of any kind in the classified forests and reforestation areas.

Similarly, felling, grubbing-up, damage or the cutting of fully protected plant species is strictly prohibited, unless authorised by the Department of Water and Forests, for scientific or medicinal purposes. Partially protected species may only be felled, cut or uprooted under authorisation.

7.2.3 Standards and Guidelines for International Financing The Project is committed to implementing the IFC Performance Standards (PSs) in order to manage social and environmental risks and impacts. IFC PS6 covers areas of biodiversity conservation, ecosystem services and sustainable management of living resources, which are all fundamental to achieve sustainable development. The objectives of PS6 are outlined as follows:

• To protect and conserve biodiversity;

• To maintain the benefits from ecosystem services; and

• To promote the sustainable management of living natural resources through the adoption of practices that integrate conservation needs and development priorities.

The requirements of PS6 are applied to projects: (i) located in modified, natural, and critical habitats; (ii) that potentially impact on or are dependent on ecosystem services over which the client has direct management control or significant influence; or (iii) that include the production of living natural resources (e.g. agriculture, animal husbandry, fisheries and forestry) based on the risks and impacts identification process.

Within modified, natural and critical habitat, the following requirements are applicable, inter alia:

Modified Habitats

"The client should minimise impacts on such biodiversity and implement mitigation measures as appropriate".

Natural Habitats

"The client will not significantly convert or degrade natural habitats, unless all of the following are demonstrated:

• No other viable alternatives within the region exist for development of the project on modified habitat;

• Consultation has established the views of stakeholders, including Affected Communities, with respect to the extent of conversion and degradation; and

• Any conversion or degradation is mitigated according to the mitigation hierarchy.

In areas of natural habitat, mitigation measures will be designed to achieve no net loss of biodiversity where feasible. Appropriate actions include:

• Avoiding impacts on biodiversity through the identification and protection of set-asides;

• Implementing measures to minimise habitat fragmentation, such as biological corridors;

• Restoring habitats during operations and/or after operations; and

PETN


142 of 286

• Implementing biodiversity offsets."

Critical Habitats

"In areas of critical habitat, the client will not implement any project activities unless all of the following are demonstrated:

• No other viable alternatives within the region exist for development of the project on modified or natural habitats that are not critical;

• The project does not lead to measurable adverse impacts on those biodiversity values for which the critical habitat was designated, and on the ecological processes supporting those biodiversity values;

• The project does not lead to a net reduction in the global and/or national/regional population of any Critically Endangered or Endangered species over a reasonable period of time; and

• A robust, appropriately designed, and long-term biodiversity monitoring and evaluation programme is integrated into the client's management programme.

In such cases where a client is able to meet the requirements defined in paragraph 17 [of PS6], the project's mitigation strategy will be described in a Biodiversity Action Plan and will be designed to achieve net gains of those biodiversity values for which the critical habitat was designated."

7.3 Assessment Methodology

7.3.1 Scope The main objective of the ecological baseline studies is to describe the biological environment of the Project Area, which is considered to be the footprint of the Project’s infrastructure plus a buffer of approximately 500m. This corresponds with the (immediate) DAI as set out in Chapter 4. This assessment also considers a wider potential area of influence within which impacts from the Project may affect ecological receptors. No single area of influence size is defined as it can vary between impacts and also between the receptors, however, unless specified it is considered to be similar to the (distant) IAI as set out in Chapter 4.

This assessment should be read in conjunction with the ESIS REV03 completed for the Project in October 2014. Particular focus is paid in this ESIS Addendum to potential impacts from the Project on bird and bat species, however it considers all elements of the biological environment. The biological environment includes designated sites (Internationally Recognised Areas and those protected by Senegalese Law), habitats (including terrestrial and freshwater) and their component species. The ecological baseline has been characterised through a combination of secondary data (desk study) and field surveys. The field surveys were conducted in 2012, 2014 and ongoing in 2015 include:

• Flora: Detailed surveys were completed previously and are reported in the ESIS REV03. New surveys have not been completed for this assessment, however, the

PETN


143 of 286

protected status of tree species within the Project Area is discussed in the Land Compensation Assessment Report by Labosol dated 4 June 2015 (see Annex D).

• Habitats: The previously compiled floral data has been used to create a habitat map of the Project Area and provide brief descriptions of the main habitat types present.

• Herptiles (Reptiles and Amphibians): Endangered, vulnerable or threatened species which might occur within the Project Area were identified during the desk study.

• Birds: Vantage Point (VP) surveys are ongoing on site, having started in March 2015. Five locations, overlooking each of the turbine arrays are being used. A breeding bird survey focussing on the turbine locations and access track routes was completed between June and July 2015. These surveys build upon transect surveys completed in 2014 to compile a species list for the site and a survey of the nearby coastline for migratory species.

• Mammals: a combination of survey techniques were used to target different species groups, including walked transects searching for signs of mammals such as tracks, droppings or sightings. Night time ultrasonic detector surveys commenced in July 2015 for bats.

7.3.2 Desk Study A desk study was completed by Ramboll Environ in March 2015 and updated in June 2015. The following publicly accessible sources of information on designated sites, flora and fauna in the vicinity of the Project Area were consulted:

• The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List of Threatened Species36;

• Protected Planet Database37;

• ECOLEX Environmental Law Database38;

• Birdlife International Important Bird and Biodiversity Areas39; and

• World Institute for Conservation and Environment (WICE) Senegalese Bird List40;

7.3.3 Field Surveys Flora

A transect survey was completed in June 2014 and used to gather a representative sample of flora across the site. The transect routes followed are shown in the report in Annex O. A list of all floral species, including trees and shrubs that were seen during the transects, was recorded.

Additionally, as part of a wider study completed by Labosol to assess the impacts of the Project on the local communities, studies of the Project area were completed between August 2014 and January 2015 and an inventory of all tree species was prepared, including a list of all species protected or partially protected in Senegal.

Habitats 36 http://www.iucnredlist.org/ 37 http://www.protectedplanet.net/ 38 http://www.ecolex.org/start.php 39 http://www.birdlife.org/worldwide/programmes/important-bird-and-biodiversity-areas-ibas 40 http://www.birdlist.org/senegal.htm

PETN


144 of 286

No additional field surveys were completed for the habitat mapping. It was completed based upon previously completed floral surveys.

PETN


145 of 286

Herptiles

Herptile species have not been specifically surveyed within the Project Area. Information has been compiled from a desk study.

Birds–Transect Surveys

Transect based surveys were completed in August 2012, December 2012 and April 2014. In order to complete the transect surveys, three bird surveyors observers were driven in a vehicle to record all of the bird species seen. At regular stopping points (stations) which corresponded with the proposed turbine locations, ten minutes was spent observing bird species present. Each observer either recorded the birds in front, to the left or to the right of the vehicle. Birds were also recorded on the journeys between stopping points. Detailed lists of birds were recorded at each transect stopping points and an estimation of the flight height of the birds recorded.

Birds - VP Survey

An initial desk based exercise was completed to identify suitable VP locations. Five VP locations were chosen as they provided coverage of all of the proposed turbine locations. Surveyors use suitable locations within the Project Area in the vicinity of the locations shown, that provide unobstructed views of the proposed turbine arrays. The observation points are all located more than 500m away from proposed turbine locations to avoid the presence of a surveyor influencing the activity of the birds.

Surveys are being completed at a constant survey effort in each month of the year. In each month, each VP is surveyed on three occasions for 3 hours each time, totalling 9 hours per month or 108 hours per VP over the course of the year of survey. The constant survey effort approach ensures that the minimum of 36 hours is completed in each season in order to comply with best practice guidance as set out by Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH)41, but by completing surveys in each month, differences in bird activity recorded are true reflections of differences in bird activity rather than the result of surveys being targeted at particular periods. It provides a much more scientific and clearer picture of the usage of a site across the year.

During each VP survey, flights by larger species such as raptors or wildfowl that might collide with turbines are mapped and the details of all such flights also collected. The details collected for all flights are:

• Flight number ;

• Date;

• Time;

• Species;

• Number of birds;

• Flight height; and

• Total time of flight including time spent at each height.

41 http://www.snh.gov.uk/planning-and-development/renewable-energy/onshore-wind/windfarm-impacts-on-birds-guidance/

PETN


146 of 286

Flights are subsequently analysed to identify if they occur at potential collision height (PCH) which is the lowest point in the turbine rotor-swept area up to the highest point in the turbine rotor-swept area, below PCH or above PCH. Based upon the various possibilities of turbines that might be used for the Project, the heights used are as follows:

• Below PCH: 0-35m;

• PCH: 35-200m;

• Above PCH: >200m

Results of the surveys completed to date are provided in the survey report that can be found in Annex O.

Birds – Breeding Bird Survey

In addition to the VP survey, a breeding bird survey was completed to record if any species use the area for breeding. For large projects, such as this one, it is appropriate to restrict the breeding bird survey to the footprint of the Proposed Development (i.e., a survey of a 200m buffer area around all turbine locations, access tracks and other infrastructure).

A two-visit survey was undertaken in June and July to coincide with the period when most of the resident species are likely to be breeding. The breeding bird survey involves surveyors walking the full extent of the survey buffer and marking the location of all birds encountered noting their behaviour such as:

• Singing;

• Calling;

• Alarm calling;

• Feeding; and

• Nesting.

By repeating the survey with a second visit, it is possible to identify if birds are continuing to hold territories in particular locations within the survey area and therefore derive a picture of the bird territories present.

Birds – Migratory Species Coastal Survey

This survey was completed in January 2015 along the coastal region approximately six km west of the site which forms the Niayes (from Dakar to St Louis) IBA. It was completed using transects driven by vehicles containing three ornithological surveyors to identify all birds seen from a primary transect parallel to the coastline as well as any additional secondary transects allowed by the terrain and vegetation. The 126 km length of coastline being surveyed was divided into three sections and each section was surveyed separately. Each section was surveyed over a single day. Full details of the survey are provided in the survey report in Annex O.

Terrestrial Mammals

All sightings of mammals or signs of mammals were recorded during the initial transect survey completed in June 2014. Additionally, incidental sightings of all mammal species seen whilst surveying on site have been collated.

PETN


147 of 286

Bats

A variety of bat survey techniques are being used to identify bat activity within the Project Area. Survey methods follow best practice guidance4243.

Bats- Mist Netting

A single night of mist netting was completed in June 2014 in the south of the site close to the location of the southernmost turbine array.

Bats – Roost Surveys

Following the initial mist netting survey, local towns and villages were visited in June 2014 to search for signs of bat roosts. In particular, the survey searched for fruit bat species which typically roost in the open in large groups, usually in trees.

Bats - Ultrasonic Detector Surveys

Fruit bats do not use echolocation to navigate and so acoustic surveys would not be appropriate for this species. However, there are also many insect-eating bat species Microchiroptera in Senegal that do use echolocation to navigate and find food and these are typically crepuscular and nocturnal species. As yet, little is known of the behaviour of these species within the Project Area. Best practice guidance suggests a combination of approaches with both passive and active acoustic surveying completed.

Transect Survey

A monthly transect survey commenced in July 2015 following existing tracks across the Project Area. The monthly surveys will be completed between July 2015 and February 2016.

Each transect is being completed using a vehicle which is driven slowly (<20 kph), with an AnaBat SD2 ultrasonic bat detector held out of the window or attached to the vehicle in some way. Every one km, there is a stopping point of three minutes. Subsequent analysis of the recordings will allow all bat records to be assigned either to a stopping point or a section of transect between stopping points and, therefore, create a detailed map of bat activity across the Project Area.

Passive Surveys

In addition to the transect and emergence surveys, it is also best practice to undertake passive acoustic surveys. These are completed by installation of AnaBat SD2 ultrasonic bat detectors at strategic locations across the Project Area and recording for a minimum of five nights each month at each location. In order to monitor for bats in habitats representative of the wider Project Area, one location on each line of turbines is being monitored. This ensures that both of the broad habitat types within the Project Area are being surveyed namely the more open scrubby vegetation in the north and the denser vegetation dominated by mango trees in the south.

42 Hundt, J.(2012) Bat Surveys, Good Practice Guidelines, 2nd Edition, Bat Conservation Trust, London. 43 Rodrigues, L.et al. (2014) Guidelines for consideration of bats in wind farm projects, EUROBATS.

PETN


148 of 286

7.3.4 Impact Assessment Methodology Within this chapter, receptor evaluation, impact categorisation and significance have been evaluated with reference to definitive standards, published criteria and legislation, where available. Where it has not been possible to quantify impacts and effects, qualitative assessments have been carried out, based on expert knowledge, GIIP and professional judgement. The following sections detail the process followed for each stage.

Receptor Sensitivity Evaluation

The sensitivity of each receptor considered in this assessment has been assessed according to a three point scale of Low, Medium and High as set out in Table 30 details the criteria used to assign ecology receptors to the appropriate sensitivity level. Ecological receptors that are of less than Low sensitivity have not been taken forward within the impact assessment.

Table 30 : Receptor Sensitivity Evaluation Sensitivity

Level Receptor Criteria

High

Designated Sites

Internationally Recognised Areas (e.g. UNESCO Natural World Heritage Sites, UNESCO Man and the Biosphere Reserves, Key Biodiversity Areas, and wetlands designated under the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance (the Ramsar Convention)).

Habitats

Habitats that trigger critical habitat under the following IFC PS6 Criteria: Criterion 4: Highly threatened and/or unique; and/or ecosystems Criterion 5: Key evolutionary processes Habitats that support species of High sensitivity

Species

Species populations that trigger critical habitat under the following IFC PS6 Criteria: Criterion 1: Critically Endangered (CR) and/or Endangered (EN) species; Criterion 2: Endemic and/or restricted-range species; and/or Criterion 3: Migratory and/or congregatory species.

Medium

Designated Sites

Nationally designated areas.

Habitats Areas of habitat that represent >1% distribution within Senegal or are threatened at a national level. Habitats that support species of Medium sensitivity.

PETN


149 of 286

Sensitivity Level

Receptor Criteria

Species

Nationally/regionally important concentrations of a Vulnerable (VU) species, or locally important concentrations of Critically Endangered (CR) and/or Endangered (EN) species. Locally important populations of endemic / range-restricted species. Populations of migratory species that represent >1 % of the national (Senegal) population.

Low

Designated Sites

N/A.

Habitats Natural habitats that do not meet the criteria for either medium or high sensitivity. Habitats that support species of Low sensitivity.

Species Locally important populations of Near Threatened (NT) or Vulnerable (VU) species, or locally important populations of species listed on Annexes to the Bern Convention.

Negligible All Receptors that do not meet the criteria listed for Low to High sensitivity.

Impact Characterisation

Seven key parameters are considered to describe the characteristics of an impact. These are set out in Table 31 below.

Table 31 : Parameters considered to characterize an Impact Parameter Description Likelihood of Impact

The likelihood of an impact occurring. The following convention, adapted from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), is adopted:

• Virtually certain > 99% probability of occurrence

• Extremely likely 96 - 99%

• Very likely 91 - 95%

• Likely 67 - 90%

• More likely than not 51 - 66%

• Possible 34 - 50%

• Unlikely 11 - 33%

• Very unlikely 6 - 10%

• Extremely unlikely < 5%

Direction Impacts are either adverse (negative) or beneficial (positive). Size or amount

The size or amount of an impact, determined on a quantitative basis where possible, e.g. a specified percentage, partial or total loss of an area of

PETN


150 of 286

Parameter Description habitat or impacts upon a specified proportion of a population. Where exact amounts are unquantifiable, this is stated.

Extent The area over which an impact occurs. If the receptor being considered is a habitat type, magnitude and extent may be synonymous.

Duration The time for which the impact is expected to last prior to recovery of the receptor or replacement of the receptor by similar resource (in terms of quality and / or quantity). This is expressed as a short term, medium term, or long term effect relative to the receptor that is impacted.

Reversibility Irreversible impacts: permanent changes from which recovery is not possible within a reasonable time scale or for which there is no reasonable chance of action being taken to reverse it. Reversible impact: temporary changes in which spontaneous recovery is possible or for which effective mitigation (avoidance / cancellation / reduction of effect) or compensation (offset / recompense / offer benefit) is possible.

Timing / Frequency

When the impact will occur and whether it is repeated or a one-off event.

The parameters above are considered to reach an overall impact magnitude of either high, moderate, low or negligible. Table 32 and Table 33 illustrate what that might mean for habitats and species respectively.

Table 32 : impact Magnitude - Habitats Magnitude Description High (4) The impact has the potential to adversely affect the integrity of an

area/region, by substantially changing in the long term its ecological features, structures and functions, across its whole area, that enable it to sustain the habitat, complex of habitats and/or population levels of species that makes it important.

Moderate (3) The area/region’s integrity is predicted to not be adversely affected in the long term, but the project is likely to affect some, if not all, of the area’s ecological features, structures and functions in the short or medium term. The area/region may be able to recover through natural regeneration and restoration.

Low (2) Neither of the above applies, but some minor impacts of limited extent, or to some elements of the area, are evident but easy to recover through natural regeneration.

Negligible (1) Indiscernible from natural variability.

PETN


151 of 286

Table 33: Impact Magnitude - Species Magnitude Description High (4) Impact on a species that affects an entire population to cause a decline in

abundance and/or change in distribution beyond which natural recruitment (reproduction, immigration from unaffected areas) would not return that population or species, or any population or species dependent upon it, to its former level within several generations[1], or when there is no possibility of recovery.

Moderate (3) Impact affects a portion of a population and may bring about a change in abundance and/or a reduction in the distribution over one or more generations*, but does not threaten the long-term integrity of that population or any population dependent on it. The size and cumulative character of the consequence is also important. A moderate magnitude impact multiplied over a wide area would be regarded as a high magnitude impact.

Low (2) A low magnitude impact on a species affects a specific group of localized individuals within a population over a short time period (one generation or less), but does not affect other tropic levels or the population itself.

Negligible (1) Indiscernible from natural variability.

Impact Significance

In this assessment an ecologically significant impact is defined following IEEM (2006), as resulting from "an impact (beneficial or adverse) on the integrity of a defined site or ecosystem and / or the conservation status of habitats or species within a defined geographical area." The determination of ecological significance is based on professional judgement.

The significance of an impact on a receptor is determined as a relationship between the magnitude of a predicted impact and the sensitivity of the receptor upon which it is acting. Table 34 illustrates this relationship and shows the likely level of significance increasing from not significant to minor to moderate to major significance.

[1] These are generations of the animal/plant species under consideration not human generations

PETN


152 of 286

Table 34 : impact Significance Receptor Sensitivity (vulnerability and value)

Negligible Low Moderate High

Im

pact

Mag

nitu

de Negligible Not significant Not significant Not significant Minor

Low Not significant Minor Minor/ Moderate

Moderate

Moderate Not significant Minor/ Moderate

Moderate Major

High Minor Moderate Major Major

In addition to the criteria set out in Table 34, IFC PS6 sets out definitions for modified, natural and critical habitats as follows:

• Modified habitats: ‘areas that may contain a large proportion of plant and/or animal species of non-native origin, and/or where human activity has substantially modified an area’s primary ecological functions and species composition. Modified habitats may include areas managed for agriculture, forest plantations, reclaimed coastal zones, and reclaimed wetlands.’

• Natural habitats: ‘areas composed of viable assemblages of plant and/or animal species of largely native origin, and/or where human activity has not essentially modified an area’s primary ecological functions and species composition’.

• Critical habitat: ‘areas with high biodiversity value, including (i) habitat of significant importance to Critically Endangered and/or Endangered species; (ii) habitat of significant importance to endemic and/or restricted-range species; (iii) habitat supporting globally significant concentrations of migratory species and/or congregatory species; (iv) highly threatened and/or unique ecosystems; and/or (v) areas associated with key evolutionary processes.’

Each of the habitats described in the baseline description section of this chapter are categorised as being either modified or natural habitat according to the IFC PS6 definitions. Annex M provides a detailed Critical Habitat Assessment (CHA) within the Project Area, and the findings are summarised in section 7.7.2 of this chapter. All critical habitats are assessed to be of high sensitivity according to the criteria detailed in Table 30.

IFC PS6 sets out a series of requirements in relation to modified, natural and critical habitat. Of particular relevance to the impact assessment are the requirements to achieve no net loss of biodiversity in areas of natural habitat and a net gain of biodiversity values for which the critical habitat was designated.

Within the scope of IFC PS6, it is important to evaluate ecosystem services that a particular site offers, which include “benefits that people, including businesses, derive from ecosystems”. Accordingly, IFC defines four types of ecosystem services (IFC, 2012):

PETN


153 of 286

• Provisioning services, which are the products people obtain from ecosystems;

• Regulating services, which are the benefits people obtain from the regulation of ecosystem processes;

• Cultural services, which are the non-material benefits people obtain from ecosystems; and

• Supporting services, which are the natural processes that maintain the other services.

IFC requires that a project owner carries out a systematic review to identify priority ecosystem services, which are referred to as an Ecosystem Services Review (ESR). For the purposes of PS6 implementation and the ESR, ecosystem services are categorised as two types:

• Type I: Provisioning, regulating, cultural and supporting ecosystem services, over which the client has direct management control or significant influence, and where impacts on such services may adversely affect communities; and

• Type II: Provisioning, regulating, cultural and supporting ecosystem services, over which the client has direct management control or significant influence, and on which the project directly depends for it.

The ESR for the Project is provided in Annex N.

7.4 Baseline Information

7.4.1 Designated Sites International Sites

Niayes (Dakar to St. Louis) Important Bird and Biodiversity Area

This IBA is characterised by a series of permanent and temporary (niayes) waterbodies situated behind the line of coastal sand dunes for a 150 km long stretch between Dakar and St. Louis. At its closest point, it lies approximately 700 m from the Project Area and was designated in 2001 for trigger populations of the following species44:

• Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis, breeding and winter (250 pairs/500 individuals);

• Black Heron Egretta ardesiaca, breeding (250 pairs);

• Purple Swamphen Porphyrio porphyrio, winter (104 individuals);

• Slender-billed Gull Larus genei, winter (145 individuals); and

• White-winged Tern Chlidonias leucopterus, winter (2,000 individuals).

In addition to those species, the site supports roosts of black kite Milvus migrans, as well as occasional large groups of waterbirds such as avocet Recurvirostra avosetta, lesser flamingo Phoenicopterus minor and tern Sterna species.

The IBA is considered to be particularly important for wintering migratory species which is why a survey was completed of the IBA area for the Project.

44 BirdLife International (2015) Important Bird Areas factsheet: Niayes (from Dakar to St Louis). Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 10/06/2015

PETN


154 of 286

The section of the IBA adjacent to the western edge of the Project Area is also the Darou Community Nature Reserve.

La Petite Côte Important Bird and Biodiversity Area

This IBA is a 70 km long coastal strip south of Dakar from Bargny south to the village of Mbodiène and contains sand dunes, offshore sandbars, beaches and some permanent and temporary waterbodies. At its closest point, it lies approximately 45 km from the Project Area and was designated in 2001 for trigger populations of the following species45:

• Pink-backed Pelican Pelecanus rufescens, breeding (1,500-2,000 pairs);

• Audouin's Gull Larus audouinii, winter (160 individuals);

• Slender-billed Gull Larus genei, winter (1,185 individuals); and

• Caspian Tern Hydroprogne caspia, winter (240 individuals)

It is the most important breeding area in Senegal for pink-backed pelican. In addition to the trigger species, the site regularly supports large numbers of curlew sandpiper Calidris ferruginea, as well as frequent wintering Montagu’s harrier Circus pygargus. Large groups of herons and egrets breed within the site.

Cap Vert Important Bird and Biodiversity Area

This small IBA comprises a 19 km strip of coastline on the Cap Vert peninsula at the western edge of Dakar. It includes rocky shore, reefs and two offshore islands. At its closest point, it lies approximately 60 km from the Project Area and was designated in 2001 for trigger populations of the following species46:

• Audouin's Gull Larus audouinii, winter (280 individuals)

• Sandwich Tern Thalasseus sandvicensis winter (13,000 individuals); and

• Black Tern Chlidonias niger passage (23,923 individuals)

It is an extremely important site for migratory seabirds with huge numbers passing through in spring and autumn. Dolphins are also a common sight in the waters between the islands.

National Sites

Forest of Pire Goureye and Bandia

These two forest reserves lie 6 km east and 40 km south of the Project Area, respectively. Information on the species supported is limited but they are likely to support many of the small passerine bird species also found on site as well as bats and terrestrial mammals.

45 BirdLife International (2015) Important Bird Areas factsheet: La Petite Côte. Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 11/06/2015 46 BirdLife International (2015) Important Bird Areas factsheet: Cap Vert. Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 11/06/2015

PETN


155 of 286

Figure 21 – Designated Sites


The IBAs are internationally recognised areas which support important populations of overwintering and breeding birds. In particular, the Niayes IBA is considered to represent Critical Habitat under PS6. As such they are considered to have high sensitivity.

The National Forests are nationally recognised areas which are likely to support a number of nationally important species. As such they are considered to have medium sensitivity.

7.4.2 Flora Desk Study

Full details of the flora found within the Project Area were provided in the ESIS REV03 and are not repeated here. Since that assessment, the protected status of a number of species found within the Project Area has been considered further. No species of greater conservation concern than vulnerable occurs within Senegal. Of the tree species recorded within the Project Area, the following six tree species are partially protected under the Senegalese Forest Code:

Table 35 : Protected Tree Species Species Number of Trees Recorded in Immediate

Vicinity of Project Infrastructure

PETN


156 of 286

Species Number of Trees Recorded in Immediate Vicinity of Project Infrastructure

African Palmyra Palm Borassus aethiopum 225 mature, 76 immature Apple-ring Acacia (Kad) Faidherbia albida (formerly Acacia albida)

498 mature, 337 immature

Baobab Adansonia digitata 26 mature, 3 immature Ber Ziziphus mauritiana 76 mature, 4 immature Somb tree Prosopis africana 4 mature Tamarind Tamarindis indica 8 mature

These species may only be felled or cut under authorisation of the Department of Water and Forests.

Figure 22 - Tree Species within the Project Area


The flora of the Project Area and particularly the trees listed in Table 35, are considered to have low sensitivity as although they receive partial protection, they are not rare or declining species in Senegal.

7.4.3 Habitats Fruit Tree Production Areas

PETN


157 of 286

The Project Area is dominated by fruit tree production with mango Mangifera indica the most abundant species. The usage of the area for fruit production can be explained by its location close to the sea which provides both a suitable climate and has allowed a fertile soil for horticulture to develop. Neem Azadiracta indica trees are common under and amongst the trees but is something of a pest species. Very little ground flora occurs with bare ground apparent in most areas.

Scattered Trees

Standing amongst the fruit trees are scattered single or small groups of native tree species including those listed previously in Table 35. Many of the trees are utilised by local people to provide fodder for livestock. Additionally, trees such as the Apple-ring acacia are retained as they perform a nitrogen fixation role. Many such trees are scattered at the margins of the various villages within the Project area.

Savanna

An area within the northern part of the Project Area, close to where the northernmost turbine array is proposed to be located, is a more open scrub vegetation type with grasses dominating and occasional small trees and patches of scrubby bushes.

Figure 23 – Habitats within the Project Area


PETN


158 of 286

The habitats of the Project Area are considered to have low sensitivity as they are all human influenced habitats that have been created or altered by human activity. They are not rare or declining habitats in Senegal and are considered to be modified habitats under IFC PS6.

7.4.4 Herptiles Desk Study

Three reptile or amphibian species of near-threatened, vulnerable, endangered or critically endangered IUCN red list status occur in Senegal:

• Slender-snouted crocodile Mecistops cataphractus (Critically endangered);

• African spurred tortoise Centrochelys sulcata (Vulnerable); and

• Armitage's cylindrical skink Chalcides armitagei (Near Threatened).

However, of these three species, only the African spurred tortoise’s range overlaps with the Project Area.


The herptiles of the Project Area are considered to have low sensitivity as there are no endangered species that occur. African spurred tortoise is a desert specialist which has a declining population. The Project Area provides very limited potential to support the species.

7.4.5 Birds Desk Study

Four IUCN red list endangered species occur in Senegal. All four species are vultures and all four have declining populations. The distribution of the white-backed, Rüppell’s and hooded vultures overlaps with the Project Area. The distribution of Egyptian vulture does not overlap the Project Area, however breeding populations occur to the north of Senegal in Mauritania and in the south-east of Senegal and into the neighbouring countries of Mali and Guinea. Two distinct overwintering populations occur in the region with some birds overwintering in the area around the mouth of the Senegal River on the boundary with Mauritania and others overwintering in Gambia. As shown in Table 36, the range of five vulnerable species and nine near-threatened species also overlap with the Project Area. The populations of all of those species are decreasing.

Table 36 : Bird Species of Near-threatened, or worse, status which occur in Senegal Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Red list

Status Range Overlaps Project Area

White-backed vulture Gyps africanus Endangered47 Yes Rüppell’s vulture Gyps rueppelli Endangered48 Yes Hooded vulture Necrosyrtes monachus Endangered49 Yes Egyptian vulture Neophron percnopterus Endangered No

47 It is proposed to change the status of this species to Critically Endangered: http://www.birdlife.org/globally-threatened-bird-forums/2015/07/proposed-status-changes-for-six-species-of-african-vulture/ 48 Ibid 49 Ibid

PETN


159 of 286

Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Red list Status

Range Overlaps Project Area

Aquatic warbler Acrocephalus paludicola Vulnerable Yes Black crowned-crane Balearica pavonina Vulnerable No Yellow-casqued hornbill Ceratogymna elata Vulnerable No Beaudouin's snake-eagle Circaetus beaudouini Vulnerable Yes Marbled teal Marmaronetta

angustirostris Vulnerable Yes

Martial eagle Polemaetus bellicosus Vulnerable Yes Secretarybird Sagittarius serpentarius Vulnerable No Lappet-faced vulture Torgos tracheliotos Vulnerable50 Yes White-headed vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis Vulnerable51 Yes Arabian bustard Ardeotis arabs Near-threatened No Ferruginous duck Aythya nyroca Near-threatened Yes Pallid harrier Circus macrourus Near-threatened Yes European roller Coracias garrulus Near-threatened Yes Great snipe Gallinago media Near-threatened Yes Audouin's Gull Larus audouinii Near-threatened No Black-tailed Godwit Limosa limosa Near-threatened Yes Denham's Bustard Neotis denhami Near-threatened No Eurasian Curlew Numenius arquata Near-threatened Yes Lesser Flamingo Phoenicopterus minor Near-threatened Yes Fea’s Petrel Pterodroma feae Near-threatened No African Skimmer Rynchops flavirostris Near-threatened No Crowned eagle Stephanoaetus coronatus Near-threatened Yes Bateleur Terathopius ecaudatus Near-threatened Yes

Transect Survey (2014)

A list of bird species was provided with the ESIS REV03. This was derived from the transect surveys completed in 2012. That information is not repeated here. A review of the list of species did not identify any of the previously listed endangered bird species as having been recorded.

Sixty six species were recorded during the 2014 transect survey with no endangered species recorded and all of the species are of least concern on the IUCN red list. No IBA trigger species from the three IBAs closest to the Project and detailed in previous sections were recorded within the Project Area.

50 It is proposed to change the status of this species to Endangered: http://www.birdlife.org/globally-threatened-bird-forums/2015/07/proposed-status-changes-for-six-species-of-african-vulture/ 51 It is proposed to change the status of this species to Critically Endangered: http://www.birdlife.org/globally-threatened-bird-forums/2015/07/proposed-status-changes-for-six-species-of-african-vulture/

PETN


160 of 286

Table 37 : Bird Species Recorded During 2014 Transect Common name Scientific Name Number of Records Brown snake eagle Circaetus cinereus 1 Lizard buzzard Kaupifalco monogrammicus 3 Black kite Milvus migrans 20 African palm swift Cypsiurus parvus 36 Grey heron Ardea cinerea 1 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 4 Red-billed hornbill Tockus erythrorhynchus 164 African grey hornbill Tockus nasutus 47 Senegal thick-knee Burhinus senegalensis 4 African wattled lapwing Vanellus lugubris 6 Black-headed lapwing Vanellus tectus 27 Spur-winged lapwing Vanellus spinosus 2 Blue-naped mousebird Urocolius macrourus 28 Speckled pigeon Columba guinea 16 Namaqua dove Oena capensis 15 Mourning collared dove Streptopelia decipiens 11 Red-eyed dove Streptopelia semitorquata 47 Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis 154 Vinaceous dove Streptopelia vinacea 18 Abyssinian roller Coracias abyssinica 10 Rufous crowned roller Coracias naevius 10 Pied crow Corvus albus 26 Piacpiac Ptilostomus afer 45 Senegal coucal Centropus senegalensis 11 Rufous-tailed scrub robin Cercotrichas galactotes 2 Peregrine falcon Falco peregrinus 2 Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 2 White rumped seedeater Crithagra leucopygius 32 Yellow billed shrike Corvinella corvina 4 Yellow crowned gonolek Laniarius barbarus 19 Woodchat shrike Lanius senator 8 Black-crowned tchagra Tchagra senegala 3 Green bee-eater Merops orientalis 4 Western plantain eater Crinifer piscator 9 Scarlet chested sunbird Chalcomitra senegalensis 25 Beautiful sunbird Nectarinia pulchella 6 White-shouldered tit Parus guineensis 556 Double spurred francolin Francolinus bicalcaratus 19

PETN


161 of 286

Common name Scientific Name Number of Records Cut-throat finch Amadina fasciata 9 White-billed buffalo weaver Bubalornis albirostris 100 Red-Cheeked Cordon Bleu Estrilda bengala 44 Red billed firefinch Lagonosticta senegala 5 African silverbill Lonchura cantans 5 Bronze mannikin Lonchura cucullata 10 Sudan golden sparrow Passer luteus 45 House sparrow Passer domesticus 28 Northern grey headed sparrow Passer griseus 68 Village weaver Ploceus cucullatus 234 Little weaver Ploceus luteolus 149 Black-headed weaver Ploceus melanocephalus 10 Village indigobird Vidua chalybeata 15 Senegal parrot Poicephalus senegalus 24 Rose-ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri 28 Common bulbul Pycnonotus barbatus 276 Long-tailed glossy starling Lamprotornis caudatus 102 Greater blue-eared starling Lamprotornis chalybaeus 52 Chestnut bellied starling Lamprotornis pulcher 88 African reed warbler Acrocephalus baeticatus 12 Zitting cisticola Cisticola juncidis 4 Willow warbler Phylloscopus trochilus 3 Subalpine warbler Sylvia cantillans 4 Brown babbler Turdoides plebejus 7 Black scrub robin Cercotrichas podobé 34 White-fronted black chat Myrmecocichla albifrons 128 Whinchat Saxicola rubetra 2 Black scimitarbill Rhinopomastus aterrimus 1 Migratory Species Coastal Survey

A total of 28 species were recorded during the survey within the Niayes IBA which lies outside of and to the west of the Project Area. No endangered species were recorded and all but one of the species are of least concern on the IUCN red list. The exception is Audouin’s gull which is near-threatened. Of the five IBA trigger species previously listed, only slender billed gull was recorded.

PETN


162 of 286

Table 38 : Bird Species seen during Migratory Species Coastal Survey Common Name Scientific Name Number of Records Grey heron Ardea cinerea 20 Ruddy turnstone Arenaria interpres 91 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 90 Sanderling Calidris alba 4,734 Little ringed plover Charadrius dubius 41 Ringed plover Charadrius hiaticula 312 Black tern Chlidonias niger 29 Speckled pigeon Columba guinea 10 Audouin’s gull Larus audouinii 110 Grey-headed gull Larus cirrhocephalus 44 Lesser black-backed gull Larus fuscus 14,116 Slender billed gull Larus genei 1,690 Dark-chanting goshawk Melierax metabates 1 Black kite Milvus migrans 9 Whimbrel Numenius phaeopus 34 Osprey Pandion halietus 209 Great white pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus 6 Pink backed pelican Pelecanus rufesens 6 Long-tailed cormorant Microcarbo africanus 3 Grey plover Pluvialis Squatarola 10 Little tern Sterna albifrons 3,484 Lesser crested tern Sterna bengalensis 4 Caspian tern Sterna caspia 2,949 Common tern Sterna hirundo 14 Royal tern Sterna maxima 2,274 Sandwich tern Thalasseus sandvicensis 2,043 Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis 2

PETN


163 of 286

Vantage Point Surveys – March 2015 Onwards

Standardised VP surveys as described in the methodology, commenced in March 2015 from the locations shown in Figure 7.4.

Figure 24 - Bird VP Locations

During the observations completed up to and including August 2015, 27 species were recorded in total from the VPs with 11 separate species recorded in March 2015, 14 species in April 2015, 13 species in June 2015, 16 species in July 2015 and 16 species in August 2015. No flights by trigger species from the three coastal IBAs closest to the Project Area were recorded. The majority of flights were by pied crow and black kite52 flying below PCH and with the exception of two flights, were all made by species of least concern on the IUCN red list. Those two flights were made by hooded vulture which is currently listed as Endangered on the IUCN red list. The first observation was made on 10th April 2015 from VP one in the north of the Project Area. The flight occurred during the daytime VP completed between 11 am and 2 pm and the bird flew to a maximum height of 15 m, which is below PCH. The second observation was made on 30th August 2015 from VP two, again in the north of the Project Area. This flight was also seen during the daytime 11 am-2 pm observation period and flew at 35 m which is the lowest limit of PCH. The species was also 52 All records of black kite simply identify the bird as M. migrans a migrant species that overwinters in Africa and breeds in Europe. However, as seen during the Ramboll Environ site visit and in discussion with the in country specialists completing the surveys, many of the black kites seen in Senegal are resident yellow billed kites M. aegypticus, considered by some to be a subspecies of black kite but now more often considered to be its own species. However, the two are still considered to be one species in the IUCN red list.

PETN


164 of 286

recorded on one occasion during the breeding bird observations in June/July. The observations are consistent with occasional but consistent use of the Project Area by the species. This is discussed in more detail in the (CHA) in Annex M.

Of the other species recorded, most are resident in Senegal with only a few exceptions. African cuckoo Cuculus gularis and Levaillant’s cuckoo Clamator levaillantii are both intra African migrants. Common cuckoo Cuculus canorus, Pallid harrier Circus macrourus and short-toed snake eagle Circaetus gallicus are all western palearctic migrants which overwinter in Africa. However, short-toed snake eagle was recorded throughout the summer suggesting that it might be a juvenile bird (or more than one) as juveniles sometimes don’t migrate in their first summer.

Table 39 : Bird Species Recorded in March 2015 from VPs in Project Area Common name Scientific Name Number of Flights

Recorded Dark chanting goshawk Melierax metabates 1 Brown snake eagle Circaetus cinereus 1 Pied crow Corvus albus 18 Black-winged kite Elanus caeruleus 1 Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 5 Great egret Ardea alba 1 Grey heron Ardea cinerea 1 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 6 Black-headed heron Ardea melanocephala 6 Black kite Milvus migrans 54 Western plantain eater Crinifer piscator 14

Table 40 : Bird Species Recorded in April 2015 from VPs in Project Area Common name Scientific Name Number of Flights

Recorded Dark-chanting goshawk Melierax metabates 2 Short-toed snake eagle Circaetus gallicus 6 Pied crow Corvus albus 18 Black-winged kite Elanus caeruleus 3 Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 9 Double spurred francolin Francolinus bicalcaratus 1 Grey heron Ardea cinerea 2 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 25 Black-headed heron Ardea melanocephala 5 Black kite Milvus migrans 16 Black-bellied bustard Lissotis melanogaster 2 Rufous crowned roller Coracias naevius 1 Western plantain eater Crinifer piscator 1

PETN


165 of 286

Common name Scientific Name Number of Flights Recorded

Hooded vulture Necrosyrtes monachus 1 Table 41 : Bird Species Recorded in June 2015 from VPs in Project Area Common name Scientific Name Number of Flights

Recorded Dark-chanting goshawk Melierax metabates 1 Short-toed snake eagle Circaetus gallicus 2 Speckled pigeon Columba guinea 3 Pied crow Corvus albus 21 Black-winged kite Elanus caeruleus 1 Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 10 Double spurred francolin Francolinus bicalcaratus 1 Grey heron Ardea cinerea 1 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 17 Black-headed heron Ardea melanocephala 2 Black kite Milvus migrans 13 Western plantain eater Crinifer piscator 2 African grey hornbill Tockus nasutus 1 Table 42 : Bird Specied Recorded in July 2015 from VPs in Project Area Common name Scientific Name Number of Flights

Recorded Dark-chanting goshawk Melierax metabates 6 Brown snake eagle Circaetus cinereus 1 Pied crow Corvus albus 11 Black-winged kite Elanus caeruleus 1 Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 9 Grey heron Ardea cinerea 3 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 9 Black-headed heron Ardea melanocephala 3 Black kite Milvus migrans 12 Black-bellied bustard Lissotis melanogaster 1 Speckled pigeon Columba guinea 35 Western plantain eater Crinifer piscator 1 Peregrine falcon Falco peregrinus 1 Lanner falcon Falco biarmicus 1 African grey hornbill Tockus nasutus 1 African cuckoo Cuculus gularis 1

PETN


166 of 286

Table 43 : Bird Species Recorded in August 2015 from VPs in Project Area Common name Scientific Name Number of Flights

Recorded Dark-chanting goshawk Melierax metabates 1 Pied crow Corvus albus 12 Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 1 Grey heron Ardea cinerea 1 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 6 Black-headed heron Ardea melanocephala 2 Black kite Milvus migrans 18 Hooded vulture Necrosyrtes monachus 1 Levaillant’s cuckoo Clamator levaillantii 2 Speckled pigeon Columba guinea 5 Red necked falcon Falco chicquera 2 Common cuckoo Cuculus canorus 1 White-faced whistling duck Dendrocyna viduata 2 Pallid harrier Circus macrourus 1 Peregrine falcon Falco peregrinus 1 Senegal thick knee Burhinus senegalensis 1

Table 44 : Bird Species Recorded during Breeding Bird Survey Common name Scientific Name Number of

Records Breeding

Y/N Dark-chanting goshawk Melierax metabates 3 N Short-toed snake eagle Circaetus gallicus 7 N Pied crow Corvus albus 36 Y Black-winged kite Elanus caeruleus 4 Y Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus 14 N Double spurred francolin Francolinus bicalcaratus 1 Y Great egret Egretta alba 1 N Grey heron Ardea cinerea 3 N Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 31 Y Black-headed heron Ardea melanocephala 3 N Black kite Milvus migrans 70 Y Black-bellied bustard Lissotis melanogaster 2 Y Rufous crowned roller Coracias naevius 1 N Western plantain eater Crinifer piscator 15 Y Hooded vulture Necrosyrtes monachus 1 N

PETN


167 of 286

Additional Records

During mist netting surveys for bats within the Project Area, two northern white-faced owls Ptilopsis leucotis and three sooty chats Myrmecocichla nigra were also caught. Both are species not previously identified within the Project Area.

Additionally, whilst within the Project Area for a site visit in April 2015, Ramboll Environ experts also recorded tawny-flanked prinia Prinia subflava, fork-tailed drongo Dicrurus adsimilis and pearl spotted owlet Glaucidium perlatum within the Project Area.

All five of these additional species are species of least concern.


The majority of the bird species recorded within the Project Area are common species of low conservation concern with extensive distributions. As such, with the exception of hooded vulture, the suite of birds recorded within the Project Area is considered to have low sensitivity.

Hooded vulture is an endangered species with the bird(s) seen within the Project Area likely to be from the local resident population. The CHA (Annex M) considers the area within which the Project is located (Discreet Management Unit (DMU as described in the CHA) to qualify as Critical Habitat for the species under Criterion 1, Tier 2. As such, it is considered to have high sensitivity.

7.4.6 Terrestrial Mammals Desk Study

Sixteen species of mammal that occur in Senegal are either critically endangered (one species), endangered (three species) vulnerable (eight species), threatened (zero species) or near-threatened (four species) according to the IUCN red list. Only one species, striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena, has a known distribution range which overlaps the Project Area. Its population is decreasing.

Table 45: Terrestrial Mammal Species of Near-threatened, or worse, status in Senegal Common name Scientific Name IUCN Red List Status Range

overlaps Project

Area Dama gazelle Nanger dama, Critically Endangered No African wild dog Lycaon pictus, Endangered No Chimpanzee Pan troglodytes Endangered No West-African red colobus Procolobus badius Endangered No Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus Vulnerable No Sooty mangabey Cercocebus atys Vulnerable No Red-fronted gazelle Eudorcas rufifrons Vulnerable No Dorcas gazelle Gazella Dorcas Vulnerable No Hippopotamus Hippopotamus amphibius Vulnerable No

PETN


168 of 286

Common name Scientific Name IUCN Red List Status Range overlaps Project

Area African elephant Loxodonta africana Vulnerable No Lion Panthera leo Vulnerable No Giant ground pangolin Smutsia gigantea Vulnerable No African golden cat Caracal aurata Near-threatened No Striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena Near-threatened Yes Leopard Panthera pardus Near-threatened No Guinea baboon Papio papio Near-threatened No

Transect Surveys

The transect survey in 2014 recorded sightings or signs of seven mammals within the Project Area. All are species of least concern in the IUCN red list with none of the species listed in Table 46 recorded within the Project Area.

Table 46 : Mammal Species Recorded within the Project Area Common Name Scientific Name Number of

Records Hare Lepus sp. 6 Striped ground squirrel Xerus erythropus 37 Golden jackal Canis aureus field signs African civet Civettictis civetta field signs Banded mongoose Mungos mungo field signs White-tailed mongoose Ichneumia albicauda field signs Gambian sun-squirrel Heliosciurus gambianus 4 Receptor Sensitivity Evaluation

The mammals recorded within the Project Area are all species of low conservation concern. Of the species of higher conservation concern that occur within Senegal, only the range of striped hyaena overlaps the Project area and no signs of that species have been recorded. As such, the suite of mammals recorded within the Project Area is considered to have low sensitivity.

7.4.7 Bats Desk Study

Forty five species of bat are known to occur in Senegal with the ranges of 15 of those species overlapping the Project Area. Only two species of bat which are known to occur in Senegal are considered to be threatened, vulnerable or endangered. The species are:

• Guinean horseshoe bat Rhinolophus guineensis; and

PETN


169 of 286

• African straw-coloured fruit bat Eidolon helvum.

The Guinean horseshoe bat is listed as vulnerable but its known range does not overlap the Project Area. Straw coloured fruit bat is near threatened with a declining population and its known range does overlap the Project Area.

Mist Netting

The mist netting survey in 2014 caught one species of bat within the Project Area, six African straw-coloured fruit bats were caught.

Roost Surveys

The roost surveys identified four bat roosts in the vicinity of the Project Area.

Two large roosts were identified in Tivaouane and Thies, 9 km and 20 km, respectively, from the Project Area. The Tivaouane roost contained 10,391 bats when surveyed in June 2014, with 11,468 in the Thies roost when surveyed. The roosts contained the following species of bat:

• Gambian epauletted fruit bat Epomophorus gambianus;

• African straw-coloured fruit bat Eidolon helvum;

• Peter's dwarf epauletted fruit bat Micropteropus pusillus; and

• Egyptian fruit bat Rousettus aegyptiacus.

Figure 25 – Bat Roost Locations

PETN


170 of 286

The three species not previously described in this assessment are all species of least concern on the IUCN red list.

Two smaller roosts of unknown bat species were also recorded to the north of the Project Area, with a roost at the farm station at Mboro and another in the Hotel at Lake Khondio. The roosts are 4 km and 7 km north of the Project Area, respectively.

Ultrasonic Detector Surveys

Ultrasonic bat surveys in the form of transect surveys commenced in early July 2015. Four species of bat were recorded during the initial transect surveys:

• Guinean pipistrelle bat Neoromicia guineensis;

• Rendall’s serotine Neoromicia rendalli;

• Greater mouse-tailed bat Rhinopoma microphyllum; and

• Yellow winged bat Lavia frons.

All species were only recorded within villages along the transects with no registrations of bats made in the open habitats outside of the villages. All species were recorded in low numbers with only single bats encountered at any one time.


The African straw coloured fruit bat, the only endangered bat species confirmed within the Project Area at present, is a vulnerable species with a declining population. As such, it is considered to have medium sensitivity.

At present only four species have been recorded within the Project Area. Some other bat species could occur, particularly smaller Microchiroptera which feed on insects. A number of new species have recently been recorded in nearby Gambia and the Project Area offers good feeding and roosting opportunities for bats. As such, in order to be precautionary, the overall suite of bat species is also considered to have medium sensitivity.

7.5 Limitations to Assessment No significant limitations to the assessment are considered to exist. The absence of May 2015 VP data is lamentable, however that period falls between the key migratory period and the breeding period so it is considered extremely unlikely that it has resulted in any key species or movements being missed. This is because the migratory period was well covered and the VPs completed between June and August 2015 provide more than sufficient time for resident species regularly using the Project Area during that period to be identified. Ideally, all VP survey work would be complete ahead of completion of an assessment, however, the desk study and the field work completed to date have identified that the key period for bird movements within the Project Area is the migration period. Surveys have identified one endangered species overflying the Project Area and this led to its inclusion as Critical Habitat for that species. With such an assessment comes a requirement to ensure a net gain for the receptor in question, in this case, hooded vulture. As such, mitigation has been developed that would deliver a net gain. This mitigation is adaptive and flexible and even if other endangered species of bird are subsequently identified flying over the Project Area where impacts from the Project such as collision risk, or barrier effects might affect them, the proposed mitigation could easily be adapted to also include those species. However, it is important to note that whilst standardised VP surveys only commenced in March 2014,

PETN


171 of 286

specialist ornithologists have completed surveys of the Project Area in 2012 and 2014 and have not identified any such endangered species previously.

Similarly, bat survey work is ongoing and results are incomplete at the time of this assessment and so a similarly precautionary approach to the assessment of impacts on bird species has been adopted for the assessment of impacts on bat species. The potential for the Project Area to support other, smaller and potentially higher flying bat species has been considered and appropriate mitigation developed to address the potential impacts identified.

7.6 Summary of Receptor Sensitivity Evaluations

Table 47 : Summary of Receptor Sensitivity Evaluation Receptor Sensitivity Important Bird and Biodiversity Areas High Forest Reserves Medium Flora (partially protected trees) Low Habitats Low Herptiles Low Birds (excluding Hooded vulture) Low Hooded vulture High Terrestrial Mammals Low Bats Medium

7.7 Potential Impacts

7.7.1 Construction and Decommissioning Impacts Impacts on Designated Sites

Accidental releases of silt, fuel or lubricants during the construction phase of the westernmost turbines closest to the Niayes IBA, may indirectly degrade the condition of watercourses or waterbodies that have hydrological connectivity with the IBA by affecting biological and chemical water quality and the physical character of substrates. In most cases, degradation would be temporary. Such an impact would be a high magnitude, adverse impact that could affect a small section of the IBA, which is considered to be Critical Habitat under PS6. The impact would have at least a short-term duration, but depending on the pollutant released could result in a long term or even permanent effect. A high magnitude, adverse impact upon the Niayes IBA would have major significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

Habitat Loss or Degradation

Construction activities have the potential to degrade or destroy terrestrial habitat directly as a result of, for example, excavation, compaction, or modification (e.g. vegetation removal, covering). Alternatively, there could be indirect effects as a result of, for example,

PETN


172 of 286

dewatering, or from the accidental release of fuels, lubricants or other chemicals. Some habitats could be degraded indirectly as a result of accidental releases of silt, fuel, lubricants or chemicals. Some activities could cause permanent degradation or destruction, for example where turbine foundations are constructed or permanent new access tracks are formed, but in most cases, damage would be temporary. Such impacts would range from high magnitude in the case of habitat destruction to low magnitude for short-term pollution events. All impacts would be adverse but unlikely to extend beyond 10 m from wind farm infrastructure. Habitat destruction in the form of removal of tree species partially protected under the Senegal Forest Code would result in an impact of moderate significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

Disturbance of Herptiles

Construction activities could result in direct disturbance of individual Herptiles. Construction activities could also have the potential to degrade or destroy reptile habitat either directly as a result of, for example, excavation, compaction, or modification (e.g. vegetation removal, covering) or indirectly as a result, for example, of dewatering, or from the accidental release of fuels, lubricants or other chemicals. Some activities could cause permanent degradation or destruction, for example where turbine foundations are constructed or permanent new access tracks are formed, but in most cases, damage would be temporary. Given the abundance of unaffected available habitat, this would be a low magnitude impact of limited extent. The impact would be of minor significance but would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

Bird Habitat Loss (Displacement)

Birds have the potential to be displaced by construction works as their nesting or feeding habitats are removed. It is possible that habitats can be removed during decommissioning also, with additional land being used during this process. This would be a moderate magnitude adverse impact for the species recorded nesting within the Project Area but of limited extent as only small areas are being lost relative to those being retained. It would be a short term impact. The impact would have minor/moderate significance but would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

Bird Nest Destruction

Construction and decommissioning activities have the potential to result in the destruction of nests which occur within the Project Area. This would be a high magnitude adverse impact of limited extent but of permanent duration. This impact would have moderate significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

Bird Disturbance

Construction activity may result in short term temporary disturbance of birds. During construction, birds would be disturbed by the activities of personnel and the movements of vehicles and other machinery. Birds are known to habituate to constant and regular visual disturbance, but impacts could arise from noise disturbance. These impacts are also likely to occur during decommissioning of the site. Impacts would be of moderate magnitude and adverse occurring up to hundreds of metres from the construction activity. This impact would have minor/moderate significance but would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

Disturbance of Terrestrial Mammals

PETN


173 of 286

Construction activities giving rise to noise, vibration and light could directly disturb mammals using the Project Area. Such adverse impacts would be of moderate magnitude, short-term for the period of activity and limited in extent to those areas closest to construction works. This impact would have minor/moderate significance but would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

Disturbance of Bats

Construction activities giving rise to noise, vibration and light could directly disturb bats using the Project Area for roosting. Surveys to date have not recorded any bat roosts within the DAI of the Project, however, the species of insectivorous bats recorded within the wider Project Area can roost in trees so there is the potential for them to be roosting in trees within the DAI. Tree felling could also remove potential roosting and foraging locations. Disturbance impacts would be of moderate magnitude, short-term for the period of construction and limited in extent to those areas closest to construction works. Destruction of roost features would be a high magnitude impact and permanent. Destruction of a bat roost would be an impact of major significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect. Disturbance of a bat roost would be an impact of moderate significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

7.7.2 Operational Impacts Birds Collision Risk

Birds flying over the site, but especially raptors and large waterbirds, are at potential risk of collision with the turbines. Collision with a turbine may result in death of the bird and consequently impact on the population of that species. Studies so far have shown very few birds to be flying at PCH for the Project. As such the impact would be of low magnitude, adverse and of varying extent depending on the range of the species affected. In particular, the Project Area is considered to be Critical Habitat for hooded vultures. The duration of the impact would depend on the effect on the population of the species colliding with the turbine, with shorter term impacts on abundant short lived species than on rarer, longer lived species such as hooded vulture. The collision risk impact for most species would be of minor significance and would not result in an ecologically significant effect. The collision risk impact on hooded vulture would be of moderate significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

Disturbance (Displacement)

When operational, the Project would require a low level of staffing and consequent activity by site personnel both on foot and in vehicles. This activity may disturb bird species. In addition, the Project may result in disturbance impacts arising from noise and visual impacts associated with the turbines. Such impacts would be low magnitude adverse impacts of limited extent but permanent for the life of the Project. This impact would be unlikely to impact hooded vulture overflying the Project Area. This impact would be of minor significance and would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

Barrier Effects

The Project may result in a barrier effect on the movement of bird species with the vertical configuration of turbines creating an actual or perceived barrier which bird species may not cross or at the very least would need to habituate to crossing. Such adverse impacts would be of low magnitude to the species inhabiting the Project Area but potentially of moderate magnitude to any species that might use the Project Area for migration. Surveys to date have not recorded high levels of migratory bird activity and certainly not by larger soaring species

PETN


174 of 286

of greatest risk of collision with turbines. The impact would be of limited extent but permanent for the life of the Project or temporary until birds habituate to the impact. The impact would be of minor significance and would not result in an ecologically significant effect for resident species. For migratory species overflying the Project Area, the impact would be of major significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

Collision Risk to Bats

Studies in the USA have shown that bat species can be attracted to wind turbines and that bats can be struck by the turbine blades when flying close to the turbines. At present, five species of bat have been identified within the Project Area with others known from the surrounding area. The African straw coloured fruit bats have been observed to fly low from fruit tree to fruit tree, typically below PCH. The four species of Microchiroptera recorded within the Project Area were flying below PCH and in close association with villages. However, there remains the potential for other bat species to occur within the Project Area and they may fly higher and within PCH and therefore be at risk of colliding with operational turbine blades. The magnitude and extent of the impact could vary, with the loss of a rarer species of bat on the edge of its range, potentially a higher magnitude impact on that species' population than if a more common species were killed. The Microchiroptera bats recorded are all close to the edge of their ranges. The impact would be permanent. The impact on Straw coloured fruit bats and the Microchiroptera recorded so far within the Project Area is considered to be of minor/moderate significance and would not result in an ecologically significant effect. Impacts on other, higher flying and potentially rarer species, were they to occur within the Project Area would be of moderate significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

Barotrauma Impacts on Bats

Other studies, also in the USA, have shown that at some wind farms, over 90% of the recorded bat mortality resulted not from direct contact with turbines but from internal haemorrhage. Research is ongoing, but it appears that if bats fly close to turbines that the vortex of lower air pressure created by the turbine blades could result in barotraumas, i.e. a sudden expansion of the lungs causing the blood vessels to burst. A recent study in the USA appears to call into question whether wind turbines could cause such pressure changes. However, whilst there is debate about the potential for impacts, the precautionary approach is to consider that barotrauma impacts are possible. It is, however, believed to be a phenomenon which affects smaller bat species, not larger fruit bat species. The magnitude and extent of the impact could vary, with the loss of a rarer species of bat on the edge of its range, potentially a higher magnitude impact on that species' population than if a more common species were killed. The impact would be permanent. The impact on Straw coloured fruit bats and the Microchiroptera recorded so far within the Project Area is not considered to be significant and would not result in an ecologically significant effect. Impacts on other, smaller and potentially rarer species, were they to occur within the Project Area, would be of moderate significance and would result in an ecologically significant effect.

PETN


175 of 286

7.8 Mitigation The following section details the mitigation strategy to avoid, reduce and offset potential impacts from the Project. The mitigation measures proposed are those required to reduce impacts to non-significant levels. Where there is uncertainty over the magnitude or other characteristics of an impact, the mitigation is necessarily precautionary to ensure that as appropriate, impacts are either avoided or reduced and where necessary a net gain is achieved.

7.8.1 Construction and Decommissioning Phases General Measures

A set of general mitigation measures would be implemented during the construction phase to protect ecological receptors. These measures would be incorporated into a Construction Management Plan (CMP). Measures to be incorporated into the CMP include:

• Strict limitation of construction workers, materials and machinery to the defined construction areas to avoid impacts to surrounding habitats;

• Project workers would not be allowed to bring any live animals or plants into the construction site to avoid the risk of pest/invasive species establishing in the Project Area;

• An invasive species risk assessment would be undertaken. If the findings indicate there is a significant risk of introducing alien invasive species then appropriate mitigation would be implemented;

• In-line with Good International Industry Practice (GIIP), all construction sites would have appropriate sediment and erosion control practices applied. If work is carried out during the wet season, this would minimise the runoff associated with disturbance at construction areas and limit the likelihood of any effects on receptors remote from the immediate vicinity of the works;

• Project workers would be trained in litter/waste control procedures and fire emergency response procedures. This would reduce the risk of accidental fires in surrounding vegetation. Suitable firefighting equipment would be made available on site. Emergency response plans would be developed and coordinated with the relevant national authorities;

• The lighting of fires and open burning would be strictly prohibited at all times during construction;

• Project workers would be forbidden from hunting or collecting wild plants and animals;

• The use of herbicides would be forbidden on-site;

• In general, very little night time working would be required, avoiding the need for artificial night time lighting. The exception would be the delivery phases where infrastructure such as turbine sections would be delivered, however no construction of turbines would occur at night. If any artificial lighting is required (e.g. for security at work compounds), the lights would be carefully located and directed downwards to avoid light spill into adjacent vegetation areas, especially mature trees;

• Measures to reduce the potential for soil runoff and scouring of bare soil following vegetation clearance (e.g. avoiding ground works during the wet season);

• Measures to prevent pollution events and to reduce their severity should they occur would be required. This would include following best practice in pollution prevention by having spill kits available.

PETN


176 of 286

• Measures to reduce noise disturbance;

• Measures to reduce dust and air pollution; and

• Only the designated access roads would be used to access the construction areas. Machinery shall not be allowed to move outside these designated access roads and construction areas. Traffic during the Operational Phase shall travel along designated routes, marked with clear and lasting markings.

Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS)

An ESMS Plan has been developed for the Project and explains how environmental and social commitments would be captured from the ESIA to ensure they are implemented during the construction and operational phases. This framework would form the basis for complimentary, more detailed management plans or programmes (including a CMP and a Waste Management Plan) that would be prepared and implemented by the Project. The management plans would be developed to detail mitigation measures to be applied for the Project.

Ecological Clerk of Works (ECoW)

A suitably qualified ECoW would be appointed by the Project, independent of the construction site contractors, for the entire duration of the Construction phase of the Project. The ECoW would be tasked with overseeing construction activity and with ensuring that all mitigation measures are implemented in accordance with the ESMS Plan and associated documentation. Furthermore, the ECoW would be given the responsibility of compiling weekly / monthly reports on issues such as non-compliance and on modification or supplementation of the ESMS Plan, and these reports would be submitted to the Project management and to the construction contractor. The ECoW would have responsibility, not limited to:

• Monitoring the implementation of the CMP and other associated plans;

• Providing ecological awareness training to construction workers;

• Supervising the marking out of the construction site;

• Supervising vegetation clearance;

• Monitoring for the presence of alien invasive species during construction; and

• Checking that the construction zone fencing is intact and arranging repairs for any damage.

Site Personnel Training

Information on the ecological sensitivity of the habitats and species surrounding the Project Area would be included within a site induction package for all site personnel. This would ensure that all personnel working on site are aware of the sensitivities of the protected sites, habitats and species and are aware of the mitigation measures that need to be employed to minimise adverse effects of the Project.

Specific Measures

The following sections provide details of mitigation measures that address potential impacts to specific ecological receptors during the construction phase.

Habitats

PETN


177 of 286

Avoidance of Mature trees

The master plan was prepared with the aim of avoiding impacts on as many mature trees as possible especially Baobab and Kad. Where possible, during the marking out of the access road, further micro-siting (i.e. local re-adjustment of locations by a few metres) would be carried out in conjunction with the ECoW, with the aim of avoiding the need to fell mature trees.

Vegetation Clearance

Vegetation clearance from the construction zone would follow local authority regulations regarding such activities. As far as possible, it would be completed outside of the main bird breeding season (May-July). The vegetation clearance would be carried out carefully, using hand-held machinery where possible. This would reduce the risk of harming animals and also improve the quality of the harvested material for reuse. The minimum possible area of vegetation clearance required to facilitate construction would be completed. The vegetation clearance would be supervised by the Project ECoW. Cut vegetation would be removed from the construction zone in a timely manner, to avoid stockpiled material providing a new habitat which could attract animals. Cut vegetation would not be burnt, but instead offered to the local community for use as fuel and animal forage.

Protection of Retained Vegetation

The edge of the construction zone would be clearly demarcated and fenced to ensure that construction vehicles and worker do not stray into surrounding areas and damage vegetation.

Tree Re-planting

If any native trees other than fruit trees are felled during construction, measures would be taken to encourage replacements to be planted with land users receiving cash compensation for the loss of the trees being removed. This may require liaison with the local community to explain the benefits of replanting trees as well as identifying suitable locations and agreeing appropriate long-term maintenance. Replacements trees would be of locally native species. To ensure equitable compensation of the provision of young trees for the loss of mature trees, an appropriate multiplier would be applied to adjust the loss of eco-services over time. This calculation would conform to the Business and Biodiversity Offsets Programme (BBOP) principles for biodiversity offsets. The strategy for the replacement of trees and other vegetation post-construction would be developed and implemented through a Project Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP), a framework for which is set out in Annex P.

Herptiles

The immediate footprint of construction (access track, turbine pad and ancillary laydown areas) should have all vegetation removed prior to works commencing. This would cause reptiles to move on from those areas into surrounding habitats away from the construction activity. The Project ECoW would search for reptiles in construction areas prior to works commencing and relocate any that are found.

Bats

If any mature trees with potential for bats are required to be felled, this would only be completed following an inspection by the ECoW to ensure no bats were present. If no bats were present, the tree would be felled as normal. The approach for any trees found to

PETN


178 of 286

contain roosting bats would vary depending on circumstance with measures taken to exclude individual bats to allow felling but any trees with large breeding roosts retained in situ until all young bats have left the roost.

Apart from delivery of infrastructure, no night time working would be required, avoiding the need for artificial night time lighting. If any artificial lighting is required (e.g. for security at work compounds), the lights would be carefully located and directed downwards to avoid light spill into adjacent vegetated areas, especially mature trees.

7.8.2 Operations Phase General Measures

The Project is located within a populated area and therefore has a great deal of opportunity to act as a force for positive change and interaction with neighbours. A long-term stakeholder engagement programme would be developed and implemented through the life time of the Project. Biodiversity and ecosystem services would be integrated into the stakeholder engagement process. One such measure would be to work with local schools to increase knowledge and understanding of biodiversity. This may include provision of suitable learning materials such as wildlife books and binoculars.

Specific Measures

The following sections provide details of mitigation measures that address potential impacts to specific ecological receptors during the operations phase.

Internationally Recognised Areas

Although no significant impacts to Niayes (from Dakar to St Louis) Important Bird Area (IBA) are predicted, long-term monitoring of potential disturbance to bird populations of the IBA would be completed to ensure that this situation does not change as construction and operation progresses. An adaptive management system would be used to review the results of the monitoring and determine if additional mitigation measures are required to avoid, reduce or offset impacts. The monitoring programme would be developed and implemented through the Project BAP.

To deliver a net gain to this internationally recognised area, the Project BAP would investigate potential measures that could be implemented to improve the conservation status of this unprotected site. Engagement with proponents of future developments, as well as the relevant public authorities, would be completed with the aim of promoting the protection of the IBA.

Birds

Domestic Waste Management

Stakeholder engagement would be undertaken with the surrounding communities to investigate the development of effective domestic waste management. The aim would be to devise a low-cost and low-maintenance scheme of waste disposal that would avoid the current practice of leaving waste in the open air at the edge of villages where they attract scavenging bird species such as black kites and vultures. Once in place, measures would be implemented to remove and dispose of the existing piles of waste. The scheme would need to be robust enough to cope with potential future population expansion in the surrounding villages for the life-time of the Project. The development of the scheme would be managed

PETN


179 of 286

through the Project BAP and stakeholder engagement process and would serve as an initiative under the Corporate Social Responsibility Policy,

Research

In order to deliver the net gain for the species required under IFC PS6, a research programme would be developed as part of the Project BAP into the population of hooded vultures that is resident in western Senegal around Thies, Tivaouane and therefore over the Project Area. This would include three main strands of work:

• Firstly, completion of a baseline study of the population size and distribution of the birds in the vicinity of the Project Area... The research would also aim to identify any breeding locations of the species in the vicinity of the Project Area.

• Secondly, research would also focus on the main threats to the species in the vicinity of the Project Area including (but not limited to) poisoning, use of veterinary products, hunting, collision and electrocution.

• Lastly, the information gained would be used to develop an effective conservation programme to deliver a net gain in the hooded vulture population. This would be communicated to local people as part of the other community engagement work described elsewhere in this ESIS Addendum.

The research work would be likely delivered in collaboration with local academics and students.

Monitoring

A detailed monitoring programme for birds has been initiated prior to construction, and would continue through the Operations Phase. The development and implementation of the bird monitoring programme would be in alignment with international best practice (e.g. SNH, 2009) and managed through the Project BAP. The monitoring programme would have three main objectives:

• Filling gaps in the current baseline, especially hooded vulture pre-construction;

• Assess behavioural changes that may be attributable to the presence of wind turbines, including potential post-construction barrier effects to hooded vultures through VP surveys; and

• Monitoring potential collision mortality through carcass searches, especially of hooded vulture.

In addition, the proposed monitoring programme would also verify the assessment of no likely significant effects to Niayes (from Dakar to St Louis) IBA, although this is a secondary objective.

Pre-construction surveys

Ongoing VP surveys have been commissioned to take place between March 2015 and February 2016. These surveys are taking place at five locations, providing coverage of the entire Project Area. Each VP location is subject to nine hours of survey per month, spread between three periods lasting 3 hours each. Completion of this survey beyond the period reported in this assessment would enable identification of important periods of movements throughout the year, including both spring and autumn migrations.

PETN


180 of 286

Additional Pre-construction surveys would be commissioned based on the results of the initial surveys.

Post-construction surveys

The long-term monitoring would continue annually for the life-time of the Project (SNH, 2009 recommends a minimum of 15 years53). The precise methodology of the surveys would be developed as part of the monitoring programme within the Project BAP, and based on on-going review of pre-construction survey results. However, they would, as a minimum, likely involve revisits to the five vantage points used for pre-construction surveys in those periods shown to be key for bird activity in the Project Area by the pre-construction surveys.

Carcass searches

Carcass searches are the most direct way of estimating the number of collisions and hence the likely impact on species of conservation importance. The carcass searches methodology would be developed in detail as part of the Project BAP, but would include the following elements, taking into account published recommendations from other schemes (e.g. Duffy and Steward, 2008, Fennelly, 2015) :

• Searches would be completed on a monthly basis for the same periods as the post-construction VP surveys.

• The potential use of search dogs;

• Cover all of the turbines in the Project Area;

• Assessment trials of searcher-efficiency and scavenger bias; and

• Span the initial 15 years of the Project with monitoring completed in years 1, 2, 3, 5, 10 and 15.

Other approaches that rely on remote sensing or use of technology to record collision mortality such as radar collision detectors would be assessed as part of the Project BAP.

The issue of potential bird collision would be included within the stakeholder engagement programme and local people would be encouraged to report any suspected instances of bird collision. This could utilise a standard reporting form, such as that developed by SNH.

The results of the monitoring programme would be reviewed on an annual basis as part of the adaptive management programme integrated in the Project BAP. If potential impacts are identified as part of the monitoring programme, additional mitigation measures would be developed and implemented. Similarly, if no impacts are identified and it is deemed appropriate, it may be possible to reduce the level of post-construction work.

Bats

Detailed mitigation would be devised once survey results are available and agreed with OPIC and EKF prior to commencement of works. However, it is important to note that no impacts on Straw coloured fruit bat are predicted as their flight activity keeps them far below PCH and initial results don’t indicate a level of bat activity by Microchiroptera outside of villages that would require specific mitigation. As such, no mitigation for bats is currently required.

53 This does not necessarily require surveys in all of the 15 years, it would likely be more appropriate to complete surveys in years 1, 2, 3, 5, 10 and 15 after construction.

PETN


181 of 286

Detailed bat mitigation would be developed in the unlikely event that future bat survey results indicate that it may be required. The mitigation measures proposed would depend on the types of impacts. Examples of potential mitigation measures include: The loss of potential or confirmed bat roost locations would require replacement bat roosts to be provided, or the discovery of high bat activity within or above trees close to turbine locations might require the consideration of additional felling to make those areas close to turbines less attractive to bats.

7.9 Residual Impacts

7.9.1 Construction and Decommissioning Phase Impacts on Designated Sites

The predicted pre-mitigation impact on designated sites was limited to the Niayes IBA as all other sites are too far from the Project Area to be subject to the potential impacts. No clear pathways for pollution to reach the Niayes IBA are apparent and with the best practice construction mitigation suggested in Section 5.8.1, no residual impacts on designated sites are predicted and no ecologically significant effects would occur.

Habitat Loss or Degradation

The construction of the Project would result in the loss of an area of habitat, to be replaced by windfarm infrastructure and hardstanding. However, as shown by the habitat map, the majority of the project area is already heavily modified fruit tree horticulture with little or no natural vegetation. Measures to protect key features such as mature trees and vegetation peripheral to the development would ensure that this impact is reduced to negligible significance and no ecologically significant effects would occur.

Disturbance of Herptiles

Few reptiles and no amphibians are believed to occur within the Project Area. Measures are proposed that would avoid significant disturbance of those that may be present and this impact is reduced to negligible significance and no ecologically significant effects would occur.

Bird Habitat Loss (Displacement)

Measures have been proposed in the mitigation section to minimise felling and to protect those trees and features likely to support most nesting and feeding activity. This impact is reduced to negligible significance and no ecologically significant effects would occur.

Bird Nest Destruction

Pre-construction ECoW surveys of any trees to be felled would avoid any such impact occurring and so no ecologically significant effect is predicted.

Bird Disturbance

Birds would be disturbed by the construction of the Project. Measures have been proposed that would avoid or reduce impacts within the construction areas however no additional measures are proposed to address bird disturbance in the wider area as this would be a short term impact and would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

PETN


182 of 286

Disturbance of Terrestrial Mammals

No specific mitigation measures are proposed for mammals. The Project ECoW would consider mammals during pre-construction surveys and would advise if any measures are required. This is considered unlikely as the species present within the Project Area are mobile, common species. No ecologically significant effect is predicted to occur.

Disturbance of Bats

Both the destruction and disturbance of any bat roosts located within the Project DAI, should any be identified in subsequent surveys, are predicted to result in ecologically significant effects from impacts of major and moderate significance, respectively. Whilst specific mitigation has not been developed as no roosts are currently known to occur, in the event that this is required, this would encompass measures to avoid the destruction or disturbance of any such roost or the provision of sufficient replacement roosting to offset the impact with felling of the tree occurring under supervision of the ECoW. As such, any impacts would be reduced to minor or negligible significance and would not result in ecologically significant effects.

7.9.2 Operations Phase Birds Collision Risk

Measures to address potential impacts upon bird species are outlined in the mitigation section. At present, there is no indication that there would be a high collision risk for any of the species recorded within the Project Area and so no ecologically significant effect is predicted. Given the consideration that the Project Area falls within a Critical Habitat DMU for hooded vulture, regardless of the fact that the birds seen all flew below collision height, a number of species-specific measures are proposed to ensure a net gain for the species and thereby avoid an adverse ecologically significant effect and potentially result in a beneficial ecologically significant effect for hooded vulture.

Bird Disturbance (Displacement)

No additional mitigation is proposed but the impact remains minor significance and would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

Bird Barrier Effects

The species specific measures proposed to ensure a net gain for hooded vulture, thereby avoiding an adverse ecologically significant effect and potentially resulting in a beneficial ecologically significant effect for the species, outlined for bird collision risk apply equally to barrier effects.

Collision/Barotrauma Risk to Bats

Specific measures for bats would be developed based upon forthcoming survey results. However, potential measures to reduce the attractiveness of the area around turbines would allow impacts to be reduced to negligible significance and thereby avoid any ecologically significant effects.

PETN


183 of 286

Table 48 : Summary of Impacts

Impact Potential

Significance Prior to Mitigation

Design, Enhancement or

Mitigation Measures

Residual Significance

Construction: Impacts on IBA

Major Best Practice pollution prevention, adherence to construction routes

Not Significant

Construction: Habitat loss or Degradation

Moderate Avoidance of mature trees, protection of peripheral vegetation

Negligible

Construction: Disturbance of Herptiles

Minor Preconstruction vegetation clearance, ECoW

Negligible

Construction: Bird Displacement

Minor/Moderate Measures to reduce tree loss

Negligible

Construction: Nest Destruction

Moderate Pre-construction ECoW surveys

Not Significant

Construction: Bird Disturbance

Minor/Moderate No action Minor/Moderate

Construction: Disturbance of Terrestrial Mammals

Minor/Moderate Pre-construction EcoW surveys

Negligible

Construction: Disturbance of Bats

Major or Moderate Avoidance of roost destruction, replacement of lost roosts

Minor or Negligible

Operation: Bird Collision Risk

Minor (Moderate for hooded vulture)

Additional monitoring of hooded vulture

Not Significant (Minor beneficial for

hooded Vulture) Operation: Bird Displacement

Minor No action Minor

Operation: Bird Barrier Effects

Minor (Major for hooded vulture)

Additional monitoring of hooded vulture

Not Significant (Minor beneficial for

hooded Vulture) Operation: Bat Collision Risk

Moderate Measures to reduce attractiveness of turbine areas to bats

Negligible

Operation: Bat Barotrauma

Moderate Measures to reduce attractiveness of turbine areas to bats

Negligible

PETN


184 of 286

7.10 Conclusions This assessment considered the potential impacts on biodiversity from the construction and operations of the proposed Taiba N’Diaye Wind Farm near Tivaouane in western Senegal. Surveys commenced in 2012, with more detailed survey for birds and bats completed in 2014 which established the main species resident within the Project Area.

Further surveys commenced in January 2015 with a study of the birds completed in the nearby Niayes IBA, during the migration period. Standardised VP surveys of the Project Area to allow an assessment of bird collision risk commenced in March 2015 and are ongoing until February 2016. This assessment is based upon the results of bird activity in both the migratory and summer breeding periods and it is considered that the surveys have allowed a clear picture of bird flight activity to be established with this to be augmented as further surveys are completed.

Monthly bat surveys commenced in late July 2015 to identify which Microchiroptera species utilise the Project Area along with the already identified large numbers of African straw-coloured fruit bats. To date, four additional species have been recorded, all closely associated and only occurring within the villages of the Project Area.

Bird Surveys have, to date, shown that the majority of flights within the Project Area are completed by common, resident species flying below collision risk height. Three observations of hooded vultures have indicated that this species uses the Project Area and as such it has been considered to be Critical Habitat as the species is listed as Endangered on the IUCN Red List.

This assessment outlined the potential impacts on various receptors and has proposed appropriate mitigation to address the impacts. This includes, but is not limited to, additional research into the local population of hooded vultures, measures to compensate for any bat roosts affected should that be required, avoidance of felling mature partially-protected trees where possible and provision of an ECoW during construction works.

As a result of some uncertainty due to the ongoing fieldwork, the impact assessment has been necessarily precautionary. However, all but one residual impact is of minor significance or lower with the one other being an impact of minor/moderate significance. Crucially, none of the impacts are considered to result in adverse ecologically significant effects and as a result of the proposed mitigation it is possible that a beneficial impact may occur for hooded vulture.

PETN


185 of 286

8 Cumulative Impacts and Effects 8.1 Introduction This chapter addresses the analysis of cumulative impacts of the Project with other existing infrastructures, or from future projects in the Project area.

This assessment is based on the methodology described in the Cumulative Effects Assessment Practitioners' Guide published in February 1999 by the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency, guidelines which are recognized as international best practice by IFC for the assessment of cumulative impacts.

The principle of this assessment is to analyse the environmental and social impacts of present and future projects within the Project area, to identify any interactions between them and the potential generation of cumulative effects on the environment.

The assessment includes the following stages:

• The description of present or future actions and projects that are likely to interact with one of the valued environmental components (VEC);

• The determination of valued environmental components (VEC) as perceived by the stakeholders during consultations;

• The analysis of potential cumulative effects affecting the VEC; and

• The preparation of mitigation measures for the identified cumulative impacts.

8.2 Description of present or future actions and projects: The projects listed below, in development, or currently being constructed in the perimeter of the Project’s DAI or transportation routes - and those that have been the subject of an impact study or which are reasonably predictable (e.g., project opinion, ministerial order) are:

• The Tobène 70 MW heavy fuel power plant at Taiba N’Diaye, currently under construction;

• The Africa Energy 300 MW coal-fired power plant project at Darou Khoudoss. This project, detailed under its ESIS is in its preparation phase and PAP were already compensated.

• The new 50 MW coal-fired plant project from Industries Chimiques du Sénégal (ICS);

• A phosphoric acid production project financed by AIG (African Investment Group); the site is yet to be determined with the DEEC and the Mines Division; and

• The phosphate exploration and extraction project at Taiba N’Diaye by Gretta Resources Mining SUARL. This project which would have encroached on the PETN Project area is currently the subject of arbitration by the PSE (Emerging Senegal Plan) Operational Monitoring Office. According to the most recent information, PSE has deliberated: this project will be relocated outside of the PETN Project area (see Annex Q - Official letter from the Ministry of Industry and Mines ).

PETN


186 of 286

In addition to the projects listed above, the following industrial infrastructures are already in operationoutside the perimeter of the Project area:

• The ICS property that mines for phosphate and produces phosphoric acid.

• The Grande Côte Opérations (GCO) property that mines zircon and ilmenite. Mining started in 2014 near DIOGO, 26 km from the PETN project, but the project has a permit to develop mining activities along the coast (see potential extension area located in black in Figure 1).

The location of these projects is shown in Figure 1 below.

PETN


187 of 286

Figure 26 : Other industrial projects located or planned in the PETN project vicinity

PETN


188 of 286

8.3 Project status The section below describes the projects listed in section 8.2. The projects’ status are then classified as follows:

• Project certain to be developed or considered as such;

• Reasonably predictable project;

• Very uncertain hypothetical project: these projects will not be considered for this cumulative impacts assessment.

8.3.1 TOBENE POWER 70 MW power plant project

TOBENE POWER 70 MW POWER PLANT AT TAIBA N’DIAYE

Project purpose

Installation and operation by TOBENE POWER SA of a 70 MW heavy fuel power plant at Miname, in the Municipality of Taiba N’Diaye. Estimated annual production is 558 GWh for twenty years.

Details of the operation

• Developer: Tobène Power S.A.

• Project type: Energy - Generation of electric power for Senelec

• Location: Miname in the Municipality of Taiba N’Diaye

• Construction start date: Novembre 26, 2014

• Commissioning date: January 2016

• Distance from the project: 1.1 km

Other information • 250 people (estimated) recruited during construction with 500 at peak periods;

• 50 people (estimated) recruited permanently for the operations phase, with an additional 20 to 25 during maintenance operations.

• The plant will be fully operational in January 2016.

Project status Certain project - operational in January 2016 - duration twenty years

PETN


189 of 286

8.3.2 The AFRICA ENERGY 300 MW coal-fired plant project

300 MW COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT AT DAROU KHOUDOSS

Project purpose

Africa Energy SA (AESA) has already signed a power purchasing contract with Senelec and is intending to construct and operate a 300 MW power plant that will produce 2600 GWh/year and provide power to the national interconnected grid.


• Developer: Africa Energy SA

• Project type: Electric power

• Location: Municipality of Darou Khoudoss

• Construction date: Nov. 2015 for 36 months

• Commissioning date: from November 2016, May 2018 and Nov. 2018

• Distance from the project: 2.4 km

Other information • 3000 (estimated) workers will be recruited at peak periods

during the construction phase; and

• Between 180 and 300 workers will be recruited during the operating phase

• AESA has obtained the certificate of conformity from the Ministry of the Environment.

Project status Action reasonably predictable - Construction should start in November 2015.

PETN


190 of 286

8.3.3 The ICS 50 Mw Coal-Fired Power Plant Project

ICS 50 MW COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT

Project purpose

ICS is intending to produce steam and electric power for its own mining process and sell the excess energy produced to Senelec. The plant would have a capacity of 50 MW.


• Developer: ICS

• Project type: Energy & Mines

• Location: Municipality of Taiba N’Diaye

• Construction start date: Unknown

• Commissioning date: Unknown

• Distance from the project: 6 Km

Other information • Impact study in progress

Project status Action reasonably predictable, although little information was available on this project

8.3.4 The AIG phosphoric acid production plant project at TAIBA N’DIAYE

PHOSPHORIC ACID MANUFACTURING UNIT AT TAIBA N’DIAYE

Project purpose African Investment Group (AIG) plans to build a phosphoric acid production unit


• Project title: AIG phosphoric acid manufacturing plant at Taiba N’Diaye

• Project type: Mines - Phosphoric acid production

• Location: possibly in the Municipality of Taiba N’Diaye

• Construction date: Unknown

• Commissioning date: unknown

• Distance from the project: unknown

Other information This project is currently looking for a site area. The location might be in Taiba N’Diaye.

Project status Action reasonably predictable although, little information was available on this project

PETN


191 of 286

8.3.5 The GRETTA RESOURCES MINING SUARL project

PHOSPHATE EXPLORATION LICENSE - GRETTA RESOURCES MINING SUARL

Project purpose

Exploration for lime phosphates over 59 km2 by GRETTA RESOURCES MINING, that was authorised by Ministerial Order 15771 dated 20 October 2014 to explore for lime phosphate in the following coordinate triangle:

X Y

P1 298,785

1,662,297

P2 296,905

1,673,782

P3 287,724

1,662,259 This phosphate exploration triangle encroaches partly on the PETN Project.


• Developer: GRETTA RESOURCES MINING SUARL

• Project type: Phosphate mines

• Location; Taiba N’Diaye; see coordinates and diagrams

• Construction date: Unknown

• Commissioning date: Unknown

• Distance from the project: encroaches on the project area (overlapping of the two projects over 800 ha in the immediate areas of influence of wind turbine rows 1, 2 and 3 in the PETN project)

Other information • Exploratory drilling were performed on the northern border of the PETN Project area to assess the potential of phosphate deposit.

Project status

• Given the incompatibility of the Gretta Mining and PETN projects, an arbitration procedure was engaged by PETN and concluded in favor of PETN. As stated in the official letter from the Ministry of Industry and Mines, the Gretta Mining Project will be relocated outside the PETN Project area (see Annex Q). • The new location of this mining project is currently unknown. Therefore, this project was not taken into account for this cumulative impact assessment.

PETN


192 of 286

8.3.6 Summary of the status of projects Table 49 : Summary of Project status

PROJECT Developer Status

Decision for Inclusion in the Cumulative Impact Assessment

The Tobène 70 MW heavy fuel power plant at Taiba N’Diaye

Tobène Power S.A.

Certain Project-information available

Included

The Africa Energy S.A.300 MW coal-fired plant project at Darou Khoudoss

AESA Predictable - information available

Included

The new ICS 50 MW coal-fired plant project

ICS Predictable but lack of information

Included for certain aspects (noise, waste and miscellaneous transport)

The phosphoric acid production project with the company African Investment Group (AIG)

AIG Predictable but lack of information

Not included

The phosphate exploration and extraction project at Taiba N’Diaye.

GRM Suarl Abandoned – see Annex Q

Not included

PROJECTS IN OPERATION

Industries Chimique du Sénégalphosphate mine

ICS Existing

Included for certain aspects (waste and miscellaneous transport)

GCO Grande Côte Opération zircon and ilmenitemine

GCO Existing

Included for certain aspects (traffic disruption for transport of supplies and personnel)

Tobène HV inter-connectionstation SENELEC Existing Not included

PETN


193 of 286

8.4 Present or future actions and projects taken into account in assessing cumulative impacts - justifications

The cumulative impacts are essentially going to be assessed for the existing projects, actions or installations when certain events overlap, such as construction work timetables, both during the construction period and during simultaneous functioning of installations in the operating phase. The possibilities of simultaneous occurrence of events and the associated aspects for each company or target project are presented in the following sections.

8.4.1 Power plant under construction: Tobène Power S.A. The Tobène Power S.A. 70 MW heavy fuel power plant is under construction and is scheduled to start operating in January 2016. It is about 1 km from the PETN project. When assessing the cumulative impacts during the PETN construction phase, only the inputs of noise and transport generated by this plant (mainly the fuel between Dakar and the Tobène Power site), along with the workforce,and a potential impact on the overall traffic in the Project area will be taken into account.

8.4.2 Power plant under development: africa energy Africa Energy S.A. (AESA) is developing a 300 MW coal fired power plant, located about 2.4 km from the PETN project site. The project has already received its Certificate of Conformity from the Ministry of Environment and has signed a power purchasing contract with Senelec. The project is now in its site preparation phase, its PAP were already compensated, and it is scheduled to begin construction in November 2015.

The planned activities will include construction of the following components:

• The seashore infrastructure for conveying the coal (the pier), pumping stations and the cooling water discharge;

• The power plant which will carry the production facilities and their auxiliaries (boilers, turbines, transformers, and all ancillary involved in the production of energy, fuel processing plants, water, etc.);

• The connecting corridor between the pier and the power plant; this corridor has 2 high flow conveyors, removing coal from the pier to the stockpiles in the factory;

• The wastewater treatment station;

• Production plants of raw water;

• The ash handling system; and

• The station for desalination and demineralization by reverse osmosis.

PETN


194 of 286

During construction, AESA plans to hire more than 3 000 workers at peak periods. Predictable cumulatives aspects where the AESE project will be involved are :

• Preservation of the human environment /living style;

• Preservation of the fauna & flora;

• Protection of the surface water and groundwaters;

• Waste management during construction;

• Circulation and mobility populations;

• Influx of workers;

• Transportation requirements; and

• Protecting the landscape

8.4.3 Existing mining infrastructures: Industries Chimiques du Sénégal (ICS) and Grande Côte Opérations (GCO)

The ICS phosphate mine is located 6 km to the north-east of the Project. ICS is planning to develop a 50 MW coal-fired power plant on its mine site; an impact study is in progress.

GCO started its mining operation for zircon and other rare minerals in the vicinity of the village of DIOGO, located 28 km from the PETN Project area. The GCO mining activities are planned to be extended within ten to fifteen years towards the PETN project site, near Darou Khoudoss.

The GCO mining activities, like those of ICS, were already taken into account in the baseline data included in the Project’s ESIS REV03. They will not be taken into account when assessing the cumulative impacts for the VEC that will be considered.

For ICS, only the risks and impacts of transporting the phosphate, phosphoric acid and the coal to fuel the future power plant will be taken into account.

For GCO, the minerals mined are already being transported by a specific operational train and will, therefore, only have a minor impact on local traffic. The traffic generated that can be attributed to procurement of supplies and personnel transport, will also be considered.

PETN


195 of 286

8.4.4 Project announced but ultimately relocated

As presented in section 8.3.5, an exploration licence was delivered to GRETTA RESOURCES MINING SUARL to assess potential phosphate deposits within a 60 km2 triangle within the footprint of the PETN Project site. As both projects are not compatible, an arbitration procedure was initiated by PETN. Based on lastest information received from the Ministry of Industry and Mines (see Annex Q), the GRETTA Project will be relocated outside the PETN project area. Therefore, the GRETTA project was not taken into account when assessing the cumulative impacts.

8.4.5 Present and future activities and projects considered

In conclusion, the cumulative impacts assessment will take into account:

• The PETN Project;

• The activities relating to the operation of the Tobène Power plant that will become operational in January 2016;

• The development of Africa Energy (AESA)’s coal fired power plant, located 2.4 km from the site, in the Municipality of Darou Khoudoss;

• The various transportation activities attributable to the ICS mine andfuture power plant and the potential traffic disruption attributable to the transportation of personnel and supplies for GCO; and

• The roads.

The Senelec interconnection station plays no part in the assessment of cumulative impacts.

The PETN project and the AESA coal fired power plant construction schedules seem to overlap (work starting towards the end of 2015, and lasting between 34 and 36 months, respectively). Therefore, cumulative effects during that period of time will mainly be attributable to these two projects.

During the operating phase, all operational units located within the Project's DAI and the roads can be considered.

8.5 Determining Valued Environmental Components (VEC) It remains clear that the specific impacts must be determined for each project site and an environmental and social management system (ESMS) and monitoring plan implemented to mitigate negative impacts and improve positive impacts throughout the life of each project.

Consultations with local communities, State technical departments and the local governmental administration were performed as part of the ESIS Addendum in order to determine the main preoccupations of the Project’s key stakeholders.

According to the feedback received, the main issues for the local communities are:

• Maintaining the living environment (air quality, noise and vibration);

PETN


196 of 286

• Protecting surface water and groundwaters;

• Waste management;

• Protecting the landscape;

• Circulation and mobility of local villagers/populations;

• Influx of workers (more than 3200 at peak construction periods, primarily for the AESA project); and

• Miscellaneous transportation requirements.

These valued environmental components (VEC) are reviewed in the assumed context of construction work starting almost simultaneously for both projects (PETN and AESA).

8.6 Cumulative impacts during the construction phase

Tables below present a potential cumulative impact assessment for each VEC. Project impacts, cumulative impacts and the mitigation measures associated with cumulative impacts were assessed for each VEC.

Tables also refer to activities and projects that contribute in generating these cumulative effects.

8.6.1 Modification of air quality and greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) Construction of the PETN Project and the AESA coal fired power plant are scheduled to commence between 4th Qtr. 2015 and 1st Qtr. 2016. The machinery used for both projects (e.g., site machinery, trucks, cranes) will produce combustion gas emissions. Similarly, both projects could generate considerable dust emissions when clearing undergrowth and carrying out civil engineering work.

The Tobène Power S.A. power plant, located 1 km from the Taiba N’Diaye site, will be operational in January 2016 and will also emit greenhouse gases.

Where dispersion conditions are unfavorable (even if this is a low probability due to the distance between the different sites), the emissions of combustion products and dust from these sites might overlap and result intemporarily higher atmospheric concentrations for target villages.

The overall GHG contribution attributable to the two sites will however be very low.

Recommendations and mitigation measures

• Application of good practices developed in the environmental and social management plans for each site;

• Compliance with use of tarpaulins on trucks and watering the ground to minimize dust; and

• If possible, joint organisation between the different project developers to optimise truck transportation itineraries and working periods.

PETN


197 of 286

8.6.2 Accumulation of noise impacts Noise level increases in the respective PETN and AESA construction site areas may be noted. These noise emissions will be added onto the Tobène Power plant background noise that, according to the modelling by the Tobène Power study, should be imperceptible.

Raised noise levels in line with sensitive points (i.e., villages) may be noted when noisy work is carried out at the same time by the companies during construction. However, it seems unlikely that such an accumulation will be noted given the distance between the two sites (2.4 km). A measurement campaign should confirm this assumption.

Mitigation measures

• If the construction works take place at the same time, carry out noise measuring campaigns in line with villages in the project areas of PETN and AESA; and

• If appropriate, envisage deferred programming and/or limiting certain noisy tasks over time.

8.6.3 Management of excavated soil Earth levelling, undergrowth clearance and civil engineering works are going to produce large amounts of cuttings on both projects.

Mitigation measures

Coordinated cuttings management is recommended between the two developers, with the participation of Water and Forests, the Regional Mines Department and the Thies DREEC, to optimise its removal.

8.6.4 Pollution of surface water and groundwaters The proximity of both projects (PETN and AESA) during construction could increase the risk of pollution of surface water and groundwaters through the use of polluting products on the two respective sites (e.g., hydrocarbons, dilutants).

Mitigation measures

• Raise developer awareness and apply specific ESMP (Environmental and Social Management Plan) guidelines; and

• Surface and groundwater monitoring on a regular basis and through target analyses.

8.6.5 Exploitation of groundwaters and surface water The PETN project will have no impact on the surface water and no groundwater well will be drilled for the construction works.

The AESA project will require a single groundwater well for construction purposes and will have a desalination plant to supply water during the operation phase.

There will, therefore, be no cumulative impacts in regards to surface water and groundwater supply during the construction and operation phases of these two projects.

PETN


198 of 286

8.6.6 Waste management The PETN, AESA and Tobène Power plant projects will simultaneously produce:

• Site waste specific to PETN, with temporary site facilities and the presence of about 400 workers, on average, during construction;

• Site waste specific to AESA (with its 3000 workers at peak construction periods for 36 months);

• Tobène Power plant waste during the operating phase; and

• Waste from the ICS coal-fired power plant site if this project is constructed at the same time.

Each project will likely use the same waste disposal facilities.

The large volume of waste from the construction (PETN and AESA) and operation (Tobène Power plant) sites, plus, if confirmed, the waste from the construction site of the ICS coal-fired plant, could saturate waste discharging and treatment centers.

Mitigation measures

Establish a coordination unit for the various projects, under the supervision of the DEEC and departments involved, to prevent the saturation of landfill centers and plan for new landfill areas, if appropriate.

8.6.7 Impact on the landscape The multiplicity of projects (i.e., PETN on 49 ha with wind turbines and roads, AESA on 700 ha, including 125 ha built up, the Tobène Power SA power plant on 4.5 ha built up - extracted from a 50 Ha Senelec site) will have an impact on the visual and landscape aspects of the area.

Recommendations - mitigation measures

In collaboration with AESA, Tobène Power SA and the Water and Forests Directorate, study the possibilities of enhancing the landscape in this area through forest developments and tree planting.

8.6.8 Influx of workers onto the site The projects’ proximity will mean a massive influx of external workers (approx. 250 workers in peak periods for PETN and more than 3000 in peak periods for AESA). The AESA external workers will be housed in site facilities located at Darou Khoudoss (2.4 km from PETN), while the PETN external workers will be accommodated in hotels in towns nearby (locations to be determined).

The associated impacts will be as follows:

• Positive aspects (i.e., jobs creation and reduced unemployment); and

• Negative aspects, such as the development of sexually transmitted diseases and the potentially negative impacts on the ways and customs of local populations.

PETN


199 of 286

Mitigation measures

• Apply mitigation measures provided for in each project’s ESMP including project Codes of Conduct;

• Strict application of HSE guidelines by project developers;

• Organisation and coordination of worker mobility taking into account local population mobility; and

• Raising awareness of populations and workers to projects’ applicable guidelines through effective communication.

8.6.9 Miscellaneous transport needs and road traffic During the two projects’ overlapping construction periods, the following risks and impacts may exist:

• Road traffic disruptions that can be attributed to the transportation of raw materials, cuttings and waste at the sites, sometimes with trucks following the same transportation routes and itineraries;

• Increased risks of accidents from trucks passing through villages;

• At peak periods, possible temporary congestion on the departmental roads;

• Major traffic disruptions on the main roads when transporting equipment from the port to the project sites; and

• Traffic disruptions on the municipal roads within the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (between main towns and villages) due to the transporting of workers at peak periods from workers’ accommodations to the project sites

Project managers at both project sites, at the same time, should address the risks and impacts described above, mainly focusing on the transportation routes taken by passenger vehicles. Unless this risk is well managed, there is a risk that the mobility of goods and people may be severely disrupted, albeit temporarily.

Mitigation measures

The following measures are recommended:

• Specific measures regarding the traffic circulation at the approaches to the project sites;

• Coordination of the project site traffic;

• Specific measures organising the traffic passing through the villages;

• Driver training and awareness raising;

• Training and awareness raising for the workers and local populations as well;

• Application of specific measures defined in the respective projects’ ESMPs.

It is essential to coordinate large equipment convoys between the port and the project sites to prevent simultaneous convoys causing traffic congestion on the main road.

PETN


200 of 286

For further details on the PETN project’s relevant impacts and mitigation measures, refer to Chapter 9 on Community Health, Safety and Security.

8.6.10 Light emissions: The project sites will be lit at night and, therefore, sources of light emissions. These light emissions have the potential to disturb the tranquillity of the nearest villages.

Mitigation measure

• Lighting reduced to the strict minimum (safety measures);

The next pages summarise the cumulative impacts presented in the previous paragraphs and display a qualitative assessment of the significance of cumulative impacts.

PETN


201 of 286

Table 50 : Summary of cumulative impacts given the hypotheses developed

Environmental theme Project impacts Potential cumulative

impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

Indu

strie

s C

him

ique

s

du S

énég

al (I

CS)

To

bène

Pow

er in

Tai

ba

N’D

iaye

Taib

a N

’Dia

ye W

ind

Farm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-f

ired

plan

t

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Climate - Alteration in air quality

Emission of dust by the transport trucks of the PETN and AESA projects Tobène Power Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions GHG emissions during construction phase by the site machinery, handling equipment, transport and emergency generator sets - alteration in air quality (PETN and AESA)

In unfavorable dispersion conditions, accumulation of emissions from simultaneous sites for both combustion products and dust and transfer to the target villages.

x

x

x

• Apply the recommendations

of good practices developed in the environmental and social management plans for each project

• Tarpaulins to be used on trucks

• Watering the ground to minimize dust

• Joint coordination, if possible, of truck transportation routes, itineraries and circulation periods

PETN


202 of 286


impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

Indu

strie

s C

him

ique

s

du S

énég

al (I

CS)

To

bène

Pow

er in

Tai

ba

N’D

iaye

Taib

a N

’Dia

ye W

ind

Farm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-f

ired

plan

t

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Noise and vibrations

Increase in the noise level and vibrations in each project area with construction works (PETN and AESA). Addition of Tobène Power plant background noise (but this noise is imperceptible according to the modelling by the Tobène Power study)

Change in the noise level at sensitive points (villages) when noisy work is carried out at the same time by different companies during construction A cumulative impact is unlikely given the distance between the project sites (located 1 km and 2.4 km from PETN). A measurement campaign should confirm this assumption.

x

x

x

• If the construction works take place at the same time, carry out noise measuring campaigns in line with villages in the project areas of Taiba N’Diaye and Darou Khoudoss.

• Proposed solution, such as deferred programming.

• Limitation of certain noisy tasks over time.

Topography (management of excavated soil)

Production of cuttings

Cumulative cuttings management needs

x x

x

• Coordination of cuttings management with participation of Water and Forests, the Regional Mines Department and the DEEC

PETN


203 of 286


impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

Indu

strie

s C

him

ique

s

du S

énég

al (I

CS)

To

bène

Pow

er in

Tai

ba

N’D

iaye

Taib

a N

’Dia

ye W

ind

Farm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-f

ired

plan

t

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Groundwaters

Risk of groundwaters pollution by infiltration of runoff water, itself polluted during construction work onsite

Increased risk of groundwaters pollution on both sites simultaneously

x x

• Raise developer awareness and apply specific guidelines.

• Regular groundwater monitoring

Exploitation of groundwaters and surface water

The PETN project will have no impact on surface water runoff and nogroundwater well will be drilled for the construction. The AESA project will drill a groundwater well for construction works only. A desalination plant will be implemented to supply water during the operations phase

No cumulative impact associated with the projects

x

x

• No cumulative impact

PETN


204 of 286


impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

Indu

strie

s C

him

ique

s

du S

énég

al (I

CS)

To

bène

Pow

er in

Tai

ba

N’D

iaye

Taib

a N

’Dia

ye W

ind

Farm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-f

ired

plan

t

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Site waste

Production of specific site waste by AESA, with approx. 3000 workers during the 36-month construction phase Production of specific site waste by PETN, with approx. 400 workers during the 34-month construction phase Simultaneous production of waste at the Tobene power plant during its operating phase Use of waste disposal facilities by each project company

Accumulation of waste during construction and operating phases Risk of saturation for existing waste disposal facilities and treatmentcenters

x

x

x

x

x

x

Coordination of the various projects to be set up under the supervision of the DEEC and departments involved, to prevent the saturation of existing landfill centers and schedule new landfill areas, if needed.

PETN


205 of 286

Environmental theme Project impacts

Potential cumulative

impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

In

dust

ries

Chi

miq

ues

du

Séné

gal (

ICS)

To

bène

Pow

er in

Taib

a N

’Dia

ye

Taib

a N

’Dia

ye W

ind

Farm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-

fired

pla

nt

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Flora

The PETN project would result in the loss of areas of modified habitats used for fruit tree agriculture and the loss of some mature tree species including Baobab and Kad Impacts, which are not considered to be significant, particularly with the implementation of project mitigation. The Tobene Power and Senelec developments immediately to the southeast of the PETN project are considered to have resulted in the loss of similar modified habitats with all other developments impacting other habitat types.

Cumulative projects have the potential to result in the loss of similar habitats and mature trees

x x

The mitigation measures on the PETN project site to replace mature trees (e.g., Baobabs) that must be removed with young trees, where needed, prevent even the cumulative effect from being ecologically significant due to the small footprint of the cumulative projects

Fauna

Few impacts on faunal species are predicted from the PETN project that are considered to be significant. Only impacts on hooded vulture had the potential to be prior to mitigation but none of the cumulative developments would impact that species. Potential impacts on the Niayes IBA from the Project have been identified (see section 7.7.1) and the proposed GCO and ICS have the potential to significantly impact the IBA

Loss of habitat in the IBA as a result of the GCO and ICS projects could act cumulatively with potential pollution impacts during construction of the projects.

x x x

Mitigation measures proposed would avoid impacts on the IBA from the PETN project, thereby avoiding cumulative impacts.

PETN


206 of 286

Environmental theme Project impacts

Potential cumulative

impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

In

dust

ries

Chi

miq

ues

du

Séné

gal (

ICS)

To

bène

Pow

er

in T

aiba

N

’Dia

ye

Taib

a N

’Dia

ye

Win

d Fa

rm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Landscape

Impact on the local landscape by the 3 following projects: • TOBENE POWER power plant

• AESA (700 ha including 125 for power island)

• PETN (49 ha)

Multiple projects in close vicinity to the PETN project site will impact the visual and landscape aspects

x

x

x

• In collaboration with

AESA, Tobène Power S.A. and the Water and Forests Directorate, study the possibilities of enhancing the landscape in this area through forest developments and tree planting.

• Other forms of compensation to be defined

Circulation and mobility of the population

Disturbances in population movements during construction phase • 700 ha AESA

• 49 ha PETN

• Screen effect

Increase in diversion distances. Projects might prevent population passage, thus increasing diversion distances.

x

x

• Development of diversion tracks and shortcut paths across Project sites, where possible

• Minimum footprint occupation as far as possible

• Gradual release of the footprint at the end of each construction work phase

PETN


207 of 286

Environmental theme Project impacts Potential Cumulative

impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

In

dust

ries

Chi

miq

ues

du S

énég

al IC

S To

bène

Pow

er in

Tai

ba

N’D

iaye

Ta

iba

N’D

iaye

Win

d Fa

rm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-

fired

pla

nt

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Influx of external workers into the project area during the construction phases

Influx of workers with the positive impact of creating jobs and reducing unemployment. Potential negative impacts, such as external workers passing on sexually transmitted diseases, etc. 3000 AESA workers in site facilities and approx. 250 PETN external workers being housed in hotels in nearby towns

Positive aspects (jobs creation,reduced unemployment and boost to local economy) Potential negative aspects (increased risk of passing on sexually transmitted diseases, and impacts on the customs of local populations)

X

X

• Implement the mitigation

measures provided in each project’s ESMP and their Codes of Conduct

• Strict application of HSE guidelines by both project developers

• Organisation and coordination of worker mobility.

• Raising awareness of local populations and workers to projects’ guidelines

PETN


208 of 286

Environmental theme Project impacts Potential

Cumulative impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

In

dust

ries

Chi

miq

ues

du S

énég

al IC

S To

bène

Pow

er in

Tai

ba

N’D

iaye

Ta

iba

N’D

iaye

Win

d Fa

rm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-

fired

pla

nt

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Miscellaneous transport and road traffic

Traffic disruption attributable to the transportation of raw materials, cuttings and waste Increased risks of accidents from trucks passing through villages Possible temporary congestion on departmental roads Major traffic disruption on the main road when transporting equipment from the port to the project sites Traffic disruptions on the municipal roads within the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (between main towns and villages) due to the the transporting of workers at peak periods from workers’ accommodations to the two project sites

• Increased risks and impacts when work is done simultaneously.

• Risk of taking the same transportation routes and under the same time schedule

• to reach an area.

• Hindrance to mobility

x

x

x

x

x

x

• Specific measures regarding

the traffic circulation in projects’ vicinity

• Traffic coordination

• Specific measures organising traffic in villages

• Driver training and awareness raising

• Awareness raising for the workers and local populations as well

• Application of specific measures defined in the respective projects’ ESMPs

• Coordinated transportation of equipment from the port to the project sites.

PETN


209 of 286

Environmental theme Project impacts Potential Cumulative

impacts

Gra

nde

Côt

e O

péra

tions

In

dust

ries

Chi

miq

ues

du S

énég

al IC

S To

bène

Pow

er in

Tai

ba

N’D

iaye

Ta

iba

N’D

iaye

Win

d Fa

rm

Afr

ica

Ener

gy c

oal-

fired

pla

nt

ICS

coal

-fire

d pl

ant

Mitigation measures

Light emissions Light emissions from the construction sites.

Projects (mainly in the construction phase) risk emitting light which might result in disturbing the tranquillity of the closest villages

x

x

x

x

Light emissions reduced to the strict minimum during the night

PETN


210 of 286

Table 51 : Negative cumulative impacts - Assessment of the significance

Environmental theme

Potential cumulative impacts

Envi

ronm

enta

l

valu

e

Leve

l of

disr

uptio

n

Inte

nsity

Exte

nt

Dur

atio

n

Sign

ifica

nce

Mitigation measure

Sign

ifica

nce

af

ter m

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s

Climate - Alteration in air

quality

In unfavorable dispersion conditions, accumulation of emissions from simultaneous sites for both combustion products and dust and transfer to the target villages.

High

Medium

High

Local

Short

Medium

• Apply the recommendations

of GIIP developed in projectESMPs

• Tarpaulins on trucks

• Watering the ground to minimize dust

• Joint organisation, if possible, of truck transportation routes and schedules and circulation periods

Low

Noise levels during work on the construction

sites

Change in the noise level at sensitive points (villages) when noisy work is carried out at the same time by different companies during construction A cumulative impact is unlikely given the distance between the project sites (located 1 km and 2.4 km from PETN).


• If the works take place at the

same time, carry out noise measuring campaigns in line with villages in the project areas of Taiba N’Diaye and Darou Khoudoss

• Proposed solution such as deferred programming

• limitation of certain noisy tasks over time

Low

PETN


211 of 286

Environmental theme


Envi

ronm

enta

l

valu

e

Leve

l of

disr

uptio

n

Inte

nsity

Exte

nt

Dur

atio

n

Sign

ifica

nce

Mitigation measure

Sign

ifica

nce

af

ter m

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s

Topography Cumulative cuttings management needs High Medium High

Local

Short Medium

• Coordination of cutting management with participation of Water and Forests, the Regional Mines Department and the DEEC

Low

Groundwaters

Increased risk of groundwaters pollution on both sites simultaneously

High Medium High Local Short Medium

• Raise developer awareness and apply specific project guidelines.

• Regular groundwater monitoring

Medium

Waste management

Accumulation of waste during construction and operating phases Risk of saturation for existing waste disposal facilities and treatmentcenters

High Medium High Local Medium High

• Application of specific waste management guidelines

• Coordination of the various projects to be set up under the supervision of the DEEC and departments involved

• to prevent the saturation of landfill centers and schedule new landfill areas, if appropriate.

Medium

PETN


212 of 286

Environmental theme


Envi

ronm

enta

l

valu

e

Leve

l of

disr

uptio

n

Inte

nsity

Exte

nt

Dur

atio

n

Sign

ifica

nce

Mitigation measure Si

gnifi

canc

e a

fter m

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s

Landscape

Multiple projects in close vicinity to the PETN site will impact the visual and landscape aspects

High Medium High Local Long High

• Compensation in community

forestry or orchards.

• Other forms of compensation to be defined

Medium

Circulation and mobility of the population

Increase in diversion distances. Projects might prevent population passage, thus increasing diversion distances.

High Medium High Local Short Medium

• Development of diversion

tracks and shortcut paths

• Minimum footprint occupation as far as possible

• Gradual release of the footprint at the end of each construction work phase

Low

PETN


213 of 286

Environmental theme


Envi

ronm

enta

l

valu

e

Leve

l of

disr

uptio

n

Inte

nsity

Exte

nt

Dur

atio

n

Sign

ifica

nce


gnifi

canc

e a

fter m

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s

Influx of approx. 3250 external workers into the project area during the construction phases

Positive aspects (jobs creation, reduced unemployment and boost to local economy) Potential negative aspects, (increased risk of passing on sexually transmitted diseases, and negative impacts on the customs of local populations

High High Very High Local Medium Very

High

• Implement the mitigation measures provided for each respective project’s ESMP.

• Strict application of HSE guidelines by developers.

• Organisation and coordination of worker mobility.

• Raising awareness of local populations and workers to projects’ guidelines.

Medium

PETN


214 of 286

Environmental theme


Envi

ronm

enta

l

valu

e

Leve

l of

disr

uptio

n

Inte

nsity

Exte

nt

Dur

atio

n

Sign

ifica

nce


gnifi

canc

e a

fter m

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s

Miscellaneous transportation and road traffic

Increased risks and impacts when work is simultaneous. Risk of taking the same transportation routes and under the same time schedule to reach an area

Hindrance to mobility

High high Very High Local Short High

• Specific measures regarding the traffic circulation in project vicinitys

• Traffic coordination

• Specific measures to organize traffic within villages

• Driver training and awareness raising

• Training and awareness raising for the workers and local populations

• Application of specific measures defined in the ESMP of projects ESIS

• Coordinated transportation of equipment from the port to the site.

Medium

Light emissions

Projects (mainly in the construction phase) risk emitting light which might result in disturbing the tranquillity of the closest villages

High Medium High Local Short Medium Light emissions reduced to the strict minimum during the night Low

PETN


215 of 286

Environmental theme


Envi

ronm

enta

l

valu

e

Leve

l of

disr

uptio

n

Inte

nsity

Exte

nt

Dur

atio

n

Sign

ifica

nce


gnifi

canc

e a

fter m

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s

Flora

Cumulative projects have the potential to result in the loss of similar habitats and mature trees


The mitigation measures on the PETN project site to replace mature trees (e.g., Baobabs) that must be removed with young trees, where needed, prevent even the cumulative effect from being ecologically significant due to the small footprint of the cumulative projects

Low

Fauna

Loss of habitat in the IBA as a result of the GCO and ICS could act cumulatively with potential pollution impacts during construction of the project.


Mitigation measures proposed (see Chapter 6) would avoid impacts on the IBA from the Project, thereby avoiding cumulative effects.

Low

PETN


216 of 286

9 Community Health, Safety and Security As mentioned in Chapter 2, PETN construction works will occur in three phases for a total duration of 34 months. Following construction works, PETN will be operational for 20 years. Potential community health, safety and security hazards specific to wind energy facilities were assessed for both periods based on the IFC Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) General Guidelines and the Guidelines for Wind Energy54 and national standards.

9.1 Community health and safety hazards specific to construction works Potential community health, safety and security hazards specific to construction works will primarily include the following:

• Transportation;

• Public access; and

• Noise levels associated with construction works.

9.1.1 Transportation PETN construction works will involve the transportation of oversized or heavy wind turbine components (i.e., blades, nacelle, transformers) from the Port of Dakar to the Project site. All components will be shipped by the EPC Contractor to Dakar and transported from the port to the Project site by specially equipped flatbed trucks. The transportation of all components will comply with national and local legislation and will be accompanied by appropriate safety vehicles. All road transportation will be performed at night to minimize impacts on local communities along the route. Current construction planning (not yet approved by local authorities) anticipates 46 convoys (i.e., one convoy of 11 trucks per wind turbine). The transport will be scheduled over three defined periods based on the construction phasing. It should be noted that the convoys are scheduled at the rate of 2 (being the equivalent of 2 wind turbines) per week and will only be able to travel at night between 10 pm and 5 am.

The EPC Contractor has short-listed a few local subcontractors for the task of transporting the oversized or heavy wind turbine components from the port to the Project site. A road access survey was performed on June 5th, 2015 by the preferred subcontractor to evaluate the road access from the port of Dakar to the Project site in Taiba Ndaiye. Based on this survey, preliminary road works will involve: removal of street furnitures at certain locations along the route, vegetation clearing in road corners and soil levelling works near roundabouts. All these works are detailed in the road access survey and can be made available after the subcontractor has been selected. However, given that some unrelated construction works were undergoing at the time of this survey, the need for further preliminary road works will be confirmed prior to the beginning of Project construction works.

Project-related road construction works identified in the June 2015 road access survey might require acquisition or temporary transfer of land for vegetation clearing in some areas. Assessment of any compensation related to land clearing will be performed by the EPC contractor prior to the beginning of construction work. All road works identified in the survey will be addressed in a transportation plan, to be developed by PETN, the EPC Contractor and with appropriate input by the subcontractor; and will be based on the Transportation Plan framework included in the Project ESMS Plan (see Chapter 12). This plan will implement specific EHS guidelines to minimize potential transportation impacts on local 54 Reference to the IFC EHS General Guidelines (2007) and the Guidelines for Wind Energy (August 2015).

PETN


217 of 286

communities and will comply with relevant IFC EHS Guidelines as required by the ESMS Plan.

A second transportation plan will also be developed, prior to the transportation of wind turbines components, to address any potential impacts associated with the construction of access roads within the Project area. Construction of access roads will require the supplying of raw materials; trucks will be travelling from quarries located at various distances from the Project site. All trucks will be compliant with national regulations. Specific preventive measures will be applied to minimize any potential air pollution impacts: trucks transporting powdery products will have tarpaulins over them in order to prevent dust from flying around. Trucks of raw materials and other project components transportation will be scheduled to minimize air pollution impacts along access roads.

All preventive and mitigation measures to avoid traffic disruption and minimize adverse impacts on local communities’ health, safety and security will be included in the Project Transportation plan and will be in compliance with HSE specific guidelines.

Based on the road survey reviewed, EPC Contractor HSE guidelines and specific procedures, transportation of oversized or heavy wind turbines components and materials associated with the construction of access roads should have a limited impact on local communities’ health, safety and security (see section 9-4-2-1-3 b in Chapter 6 related to Socioeconomic Impacts).

9.1.2 Public access Wind turbines will be assembled on site in three phases: two construction phases of sixteen wind turbines each and a final construction phase of fourteen wind turbines. Wind turbines will be assembled one at a time within each construction phase. Access roads construction will precede each phase.

Local communities will have access to the Project area during construction works. Access will be temporarily restricted only locally (within a safety buffer established around the turbine being assembled) when contractors are erecting the wind turbines and during heavy civil works of road access construction. Monthly Project newsletters displayed in each village and information communicated by the Project community relations officer will keep local communities informed regarding construction work schedules and restricted areas.

During construction work, all excavation areas will be fenced and access to construction area will be monitored. Security services will be operated round the clock by personnel recruited in priority from the local communities.

All specific safety and security measures associated with construction works will be presented in the Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Monitoring/Accident Prevention plan to be developed by PETN and the EPC Contractor prior to the commencement of construction work. This plan will be based on the OHS Monitoring/Accident Prevention Plan framework included in the Project ESMS Plan and will comply with relevant IFC EHS Guidelines as required by the ESMS Plan (see Chapter 12).

9.1.3 Noise Noise producing activities during the construction phase include transportation of wind turbine components, construction of roads and turbine foundations and the erection of

PETN


218 of 286

turbines themselves. The closest village, Taiba Mbaye (see Table 4-2: in Chapter 4), is located 0.86 km from the nearest row of wind turbines. Given this distance and predicted noise level associated with construction engines (e.g., cranes, trucks), expected noise level at sensitive receptors (i.e. closest residential areas) should be compliant with thresholds included in the IFC General EHS Guidelines (i.e. noise level should be below 55dB during daytime in residential area).

Overpassing of regulatory thresholds might occur for very specific operations and for a very limited period of time. EHS hazards (including noise exposure) associated with specific construction operations and associated mitigation measures (e.g., the wearing of personal protective equipment) will be addressed in the Project’s Health and Safety plan and specific operations procedures.

Noise control measurements will be performed throughout the construction phase to monitor EHS impacts on the nearest residential areas and ensure compliance with the IFC EHS Guidelines.

9.2 Community health and safety hazards specific to the operations phase Potential community health, safety and security hazards specific to the operations phase will include the following:

• Blade throw;

• Aircraft navigation safety;

• Electromagnetic interference;

• Public access;

• Noise; and

• Shadow flicker.

9.2.1 Blade throw A failure of the rotor blade can result in the “throwing” of a rotor blade, or part thereof, which may affect public safety. According to Tay and Rand study55, the likelihood of being affected by a blade or piece of blade falling within a radius of 210 m is 10-7. The closest houses should not be affected by blade throw hazard as they are located at least 800 m away. However, given the fact that local populations will have free access to the Project area, risk management strategies will be applied and include the following:

• Wind turbines will be equipped with vibration sensors that can react to any imbalance in the rotor blade and shut down the turbine, if necessary;

• Periodic inspection and maintenance operations will be performed to detect and repair any defect that could affect blade integrity;

• Warning and information signs will be installed around the immediate areas for each line of wind turbines;

55 Taylor, D. and M. Rand. 1991. How to Plan the Nuisance out of Wind Energy. Town and Country Planning (p. 152-155).

PETN


219 of 286

• An evacuation plan will be established in the event of an accident in the wind turbine areas;

• Ongoing communications will be maintained with local communities to ensure they are aware of the risks associated with operating wind turbines.

9.2.2 Aircraft navigation safety A wind turbine stands 178 m high overall. Such height may impact aircraft safety directly through potential collision or alteration of flight paths.

Although the PETN project is not located near a military or civilian airport (the closest operational airport is located in Dakar, at a distance of 62 km from the Project area), the following prevention and control measures will be applied:

• Consult with the relevant aviation authorities (ASECNA, AIDB), in accordance with air traffic safety regulations and prior to the commencement of the construction phase; and

• Installation of an anti-collision lighting and marking system, compliant with national standards.

9.2.3 Electromagnetic interference As mentioned in the IFC EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy, wind turbines could potentially cause electromagnetic interference with telecommunication systems (e.g. microwave, television, and radio). This interference could be caused by three main mechanisms, namely near-field effects, diffraction, and reflection or scattering. Near field refers to the potential of a wind turbine to cause interference due to electromagnetic fields emitted by the turbine generator and switching components. Diffraction occurs when the wind turbine not only reflects but also absorbs a telecommunications signal. Reflection and scattering occur when a wind turbine either obstructs or reflects a signal between a transmitter and receiver. The nature of the potential impacts depends primarily on the location of the wind turbine relative to the transmitter and receiver, characteristics of the rotor blades, signal frequency receiver characteristics, and radio wave propagation characteristics in the local atmosphere.

Based on current wind turbine surveys, electrical and magnetic fields generated during the operations phase, are very low and lessens with the distance from the wind turbine. As the closest houses to the Project area are located at least 800 m away, the electromagnetic radiation level is virtually nil at these residential locations. Therefore, this impact should not be considered for residential areas.

9.2.4 Public access During the operations phase, local populations will continue to work in their fields located within the Project area. Any attempts to access the internal wind turbine structures will be restricted by implementing the following measures:

• Round-the-clock security inspection - guards will not be armed;

• State of access doors controlled from the control room (i.e., closed/locked/open);

• Remote surveillance of immediate areas and access doors to the turbine towers;

PETN


220 of 286

• Installation of warning signs prohibiting access to the tower access doors written in both French and Wolof with Arabic characters; and

• Information boards regarding EHS wind turbine risks.

9.2.5 Noise 9.2.5.1 Audible Noise level

During operation, wind turbines produce noise through mechanical mechanisms (e.g., gearbox, generators) and aerodynamic mechanisms (i.e., interaction of air and turbine blades). Given the presence of sensitive receptors in a radius of 2 km from the wind turbines, noise impact assessments were performed in 2012 using onsite measurements and WindPRO software.

Based on onsite measurements, assessing expected wind turbine noise levels from initial noise background measurements (see p.150-159 of ESIS REV04 of July 2015), predicted noise levels in sensitive receptors (closest villages near wind turbines) are negligible, below the Senegalese regulatory threshold (mentioned in the Code of Environment) and the French regulatory threshold (Public Health Code). Results are also compliant with the IFC EHS General Guidelines (i.e; noise impacts should not result in a maximum increase in background levels of 3 dB). In addition, the results are also in compliance with the IFC General EHS Guidelines noise thresholds for residential areas (i.e., 55dB at daytime and 45 dB at night-time).

A detailed modelling of predicted noise levels in the wind turbines vicinity was performed using WindPRO software. These results (displayed in the ESIS REV04 – see p.223-224) are the following:

• Noise levels are below 35 dB for wind speed below 7 m/s; and

• Noise levels are under 40 dB for wind speed ranging between 7-8 m/s.

• Given that the average wind speed measured onsite during preliminary studies is 5.64 m/s (with a maximum monthly wind speed of 6.7 m/s in April), noise levels resulting from the operations phase should be below 35 dB in the closest village. Based on these results, noise is unlikely to be an issue for local communities. However, control noise measurements should be performed to ensure minimal adverse impact on local communities’ health and ensure compliance with the IFC EHS General Guidelines and the Guidelines for Wind Energy.

PETN


221 of 286

9.2.5.2 Infrasounds

Infrasounds are defined as sounds with a frequency of less than 20 Hertz. Wind turbines generate infrasounds when operating. Miscellaneous studies56 tend to demonstrate that infrasounds generated by wind turbines have sound levels much lower than the audition and perception thresholds.

Even though scientific studies tend to demonstrate that infrasound generated by wind turbines have very limited impact on human health, no habitation should be located in a radius of 250 m from the wind turbines.

Given the fact that the closest village is located at more than 800 m from wind turbines, EHS risks associated with infrasounds are considered to be very limited.

9.2.6 Shadow flicker

Shadow flicker occurs when the sun passes behind the wind turbine and casts a shadow. As the rotor blades rotate, shadows pass over the same point causing an effect termed shadow flicker. Shadow flicker may become a problem when potentially sensitive receptors (e.g., residential properties) are located nearby, or have a specific orientation to the wind energy facility.

In order to identify the distance to which potential shadow flicker might extend, WindPRO software was used to model expected shadow flicker. Results are presented in the ESIS REV04 dated July 2015 (see p. 238-242). Based on these results and the modelling of a worst case scenario, these effects are limited to the wind turbines closest vicinity. In a worst case scenario (turbines are functioning permanently in sunny conditions and with the rotor axis perpendicular to sun ray), shadow flicker could occur in 2 villages: Baiti Ndiaye (shadow flicker was estimated to last a maximum of 19 minutes per day) and Balsande II (estimation of 33 minutes per day). In a reasonable case scenario, shadow flicker effects duration can at least be divided by two. Monitoring will be performed at these two locations in order to insure limited impacts on local populations.

56 Jacques, H. 2006. Exposure limit values for ultrasonic and infrasounds. CHATILLON INRS,

Department of Equipements Engineering – Occupationnal safety and security - Notebook (p.203) http://www.inrs.fr/media.html?refINRS=ND%202250 (infrason & ultrason by the French insytitue INRS

French Ministry of Ecology, Sustainable Development and Energy. 2015. Wind turbines: Infrasounds impacts on health

http://www.lfu.bayern.de/umweltwissen/doc/uw_117_eoliennes_infrasons_sante.pdf

PETN


222 of 286

10 Land acquisition and Compensation Process 10.1 Land Acquisition and securing the land As explained in Chapter 2, the Project will involve erecting 46 wind turbines and constructing access roads within the Project area. The surface of land required for erecting the wind turbines is 7.5 ha; this surface includes the wind turbines foundations and the land surface required for construction work. The construction of access roads will require 42 additional ha. Maps of the various Project components footprints (i.e., wind turbines, roads, construction areas, such as temporary storage areas) are presented in Annex 2 of the Labosol Land Compensation Assessment Report of June 2015 (see Annex D).

In order to secure long-term land access for the Project, a right of way (RoW) procedure on a 2,200 ha land plot will be initiated in accordance with Article L13 of the Environmental Code related to classified installation for the protection of the environment (ICPE) and defined in the Ministerial Decree that will declare the Project as an ICPE.

10.1.1 The Project’s lands regime The land regime in Senegal is organized according to various legislative texts which determine three land categories: national domain, State domain, and private domain.

National domain lands are regulated under the law No. 64-46 dated June 17 1964 and its associated implementation legislations. Land constituting the national domain are divided into four zones:

• Urban areas: located in towns;

• Classified areas (forests);

• Rural areas: these areas are the most important ones and are generally used for agriculture and cattle grazing; and,

• Pioneer areas: intended for major development projects.

The Project is located in a rural area in the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye.

10.1.2 The project’s land needs 10.1.2.1 The wind turbines’ immediate space requirements

46 land plots are required for laying the foundations and for the crane hoisting area for each of the wind turbines. In addition, an optional land plot was also considered for installing the sub-station. The surface area required is 75.014 m² or 7.5 ha.

10.1.2.2 The space requirements of Easements for tracks, cable paths and temporary storage areas

In addition to the 7.5 ha necessary for wind turbine construction, the Project requires additional land for roads and access tracks construction, for burying cables underground and for temporary storage areas. The total surface area associated with these Project components is 42 ha.

PETN


223 of 286

10.1.2.3 Extended Easement area

The PETN project is an ICPE classified project. In accordance with Article 13 of the Senegalese Code of Environment, a protection area defined within a radius of 500 m around each Project component (i.e., wind turbines, technical building, access roads) will be delineated around the Project components. This RoW procedure will be initiated for the Project and is currently under review by the Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development.

The Project RoW area will cover approximately 2,200 ha. Within this surface area, no other industrial activity will be permitted.

10.1.3 Procedure for acquiring and securing the land The Project will be established on National Domain land. The land surface required for this Project must be registered on behalf of the State once the land is declared as a Public Utility. This registration process enables the securing of land by implementing an administrative process which will allow the Project to acquire a lease from the State of Senegal.

In order to comply with the management of rural land and to involve all relevant stakeholders, the following actions must be undertaken prior to any State registration:

• The Rural Council’s prior opinion is required via a deliberation process; and

• Local people impacted by the Project must be compensated for the value associated with the loss of land and its usage (e.g., loss of agricultural crops).

Following the Rural Council deliberation and after receiving a favourable opinion from the concerned State services, a Presidential decree is issued to register the land on behalf of the State. At the same time, the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation (the “Commission”) must assess the amount of compensation assigned to all PAPs.Once the Presidential Decree is issued, the land is considered a State property (i.e., as part of the State’s internal domain). The State may then grant titles, including a long-term lease for this area to the project developer.

The various stages involved in acquiring and securing the Project land are summarized below:

• Request and obtain a favourable opinion from the Rural Council of Taiba N’diaye for allocating the land to the Project;

• Public utility declaration and the registration requirements for the Project;

• Abandonment of land assigned to rural land areas and transfer to the State’s internal domain;

• Land compensation assessment for PAPs (this specific requirements is addressed in section 10.2);

• Land registration in the State’s internal domain;

• Reassignment of the land to the Project with a lease contract between the State of Senegal and PETN.

PETN


224 of 286

The procedure described above is currently under process for:

• The acquisition of the 7.5 ha required for the foundations and the crane hoisting areas;

• The acquisition of the 42 ha required for the RoW regarding tracks, access roads and cable paths.

For gaining the RoW in regards to the extended area of approximately 2,200 ha, the ICPE procedure will be followed in compliance with Article L13. This procedure involves the following stages:

• Carry out an ESIS (Environmental and Social Impact Study). This study must be validated by the Limited Technical Committee of the MEDD;

• A compliance certificate must be issued by the MEDD;

• Confirmation of compliance with the ICPE Procedure ; and

• Issuance of a Ministerial Order authorising ICPE operation and including the delineation of a protection area (retaining a 500 m distance around each ICPE).

10.1.4 Status of the acquisition and securing of the 7.5 ha for the foundations and crane hoisting zones

The different stages of the procedure followed for acquiring and securing the land plots required for erecting the wind turbines are described below:

Table 52 : Status of the administrative approaches for acquiring and securing the 7.5 ha of land

STAGE DATE

Allocation of the land by the rural community

Land allocation request for a limited surface area (7.5 ha), was submitted by Sarréole SARL (Sarréole) to the Chairman of the Taiba N’diaye Rural Council (PCR).

Deliberation of the Rural Council, Reference No. 04/CRTND dated 29/05/2008 and approved on 25/06/2008.

Request formulated by Sarréole to obtain a deliberation extract

“Deliberation extract concerning land allocation” signed on 11/11/2008 by the Chairman of the Rural Council of Taiba N’diaye, and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane

Regularization via a long-term lease

Lease request made by Sarréole to the Tax and Domains Authority of the Thiès

Favorable opinion of the Thiès Tax Services Centre No. 00000129/MEF/DGID/CFS dated 27/01/2009

PETN


225 of 286

Table 52 : Status of the administrative approaches for acquiring and securing the 7.5 ha of land

STAGE DATE

Region

Opinion of the CCOD (Domain Operations Control Commission)

Favourable opinion of the CCOD dated 25/8/2010

Request for transfer of the lease from Sarréole to PETN

Agreement for Lease Commitment transfer from Sarréole to PETN SA by the Chairman of the Rural Council on 25/11/2009 for 7.5 ha of land recorded under Number 004 on 29/05/2008.

Public Notice Public Notice following the favourable decision 03010/MEF/DGID/DEDT dated 14/09/2010

Decree concerning land registration: abandonment of land as registered within the National Domain rural area

Presidential Decree No. 2011-532 MEF/DGID/DEDT dated 26 April 2011 concerning the:

• Public Utility Declaration of the project; • Registration prescription on behalf of the State for 75.014 m² of land; and • De-allocation from the National Domain and transfer to the State’s internal domain

Lease establishment Requisition No. 998 dated 25 May 2011 for land registration

PAPs inventory and land compensation assessment

The Commission met from 6 August 2014 to 26 January 2015, and assessed financial land compensation for each PAP within the 49.5 ha of land required.

Request for registration in the Senegalese State Land Register

Registration request dated 17 February 2015 for 71.514 m² of land following requisition No. 1025

Registration of land Registration on behalf of the State of 46 plots of land dedicated to wind turbines and of the optional block of land under Nos. 6712 to 6757 as notified by the notary on June 4th, 2015

PETN


226 of 286

10.1.5 Status of the acquisition and securing of the 42 ha easement The procedure for acquiring and securing the 42 ha of land for the easement will be the same as the one undertaken to acquire and secure the 7.5 ha of land required for erecting the wind turbines.

In accordance with this procedure, an allocation by deliberation of the Rural Council, approved on 26 May 2012, was obtained by PETN. Following this deliberation, a registration request for a RoW of 42 ha was lodged by PETN.

This procedure is in the process of being validated by the authorities. Once validated, a public utility declaration will be issued. The land will be reallocated and registered within the State’s internal Domain and a lease contract will be signed between the State of Senegal and PETN.

It should be noted that, as part of this procedure, a compensation assessment of PAPs is required. This survey was carried out by the Commission for the PAPs inventory and financial land compensation assessment from 6 August 2014 to 26 January 2015. Details regarding land compensation for each PAP are presented in the section 10.2 below.

10.1.6 Status of the acquisition and securing of the extended RoW area of approximately 2,200 ha for conservation

Under the framework of Article L13 of the Environment Code, prescribing the delineation of a protection area of 500 m around wind turbines, an additional land requirement of approximately 2,200 ha was identified for a conservation easement. Moreover, the delineation of this additional protection area will ensure compliance with PETN’s requirements and applicable International Standards.

PETN’s approach is to require that this protection area be defined in consultation with the State services in accordance with Article L13 of the Environment Code. Therefore, a request was sent by PETN to the Environment Director in August 2015. A decree to establish this conservation easement is expected in November.

It should be noted that this easement procedure is a process for securing land (and, therefore, controlling activities carried out within the Project area), which should be dissociated from the securing procedure of the 7.5 ha and 42 ha of land. Indeed, this 2,200 ha easement will not lead to any further land being acquired by the Project: access to local communities to this conservation area and agricultural land will be maintained.

10.2 Economic displacement and PAP compensation As part of the land acquisition process described in section 10.1, a land compensation assessment for each PAP must be conducted. In regards to the Project, no physical relocation of people or households will be required. However, economic displacement will occur as land required for erecting the wind turbines is mainly used by the local population for agricultural purposes. Land secured for the Project (49.5 ha) will entail a partial loss of assets and sources of income for 341 local people.

The national compensation procedure involves taking into account regional practices when assessing the financial compensation associated with the loss of agricultural land. As mentioned in section 10.1, an assessment was performed by the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation to assess land usage and determine the amount of financial

PETN


227 of 286

land compensation for each PAP. This assessment was conducted from August 2014 to January 2015 with all concerned local village and PAP representatives and with the support of Labosol, who was engaged to measure the field surface impacted by the Project for each PAP.

Results from the land compensation assessment conducted by the Commission, with the support of Labosol, are summarized in the Land Compensation and Assessment Report presented in Annex D. Based on this survey, 49.5 ha of impacted land were delineated onsite by Labosol, resulting in the impact of 457 fields owned by 335 PAPs. One PAP can own up to 10 different parcels of land. Although this survey was assessing the impacted land surface for each PAP, it did not assess the overall Project impact on each PAP (i.e., loss of land, along with loss of trees and/or crops).

In order to assess the percentage of income loss generated by the Project for each PAP, a second survey was conducted by Labosol from July to August 2015. This survey consisted of developing a rural cadastre of the Project footprint, assessing the percentage of land and revenue loss for each PAP. Results of this second survey are presented in the Cadastre Rural Report in Annex E. Based on this second survey, 48 ha of impacted land were delineated onsite, resulting in the impact of 459 fields owned by 341 PAPs. The difference in results between the land compensation study conducted by the Commission and the Cadastre rural survey is due mainly to the change in the Project configuration. The wind turbines locations were indeed reassessed by PETN in order to bypass a cemetery considered as a sacred site by local communities (see section 5.4). This change of configuration occurred at the end of 2014, while the Commission was onsite and thus was not taken into account in the Land Compensation and Assessment Report. An additional land compensation assessment for the additional 7 PAPs will be conducted by the Commission before the beginning of construction works in order to ensure land compensation for all PAPs.

Details regarding the assessment of land compensation and the level of impact on each PAP are presented in the sections below. For further information regarding land compensation, refer to the Land Compensation and Assessment Report (Annex D) prepared by the Commission and Labosol. For further information regarding the level of impact on each PAP, refer to the second Labosol study presented in the Cadastre Rural Report (Annex E).

10.2.1 Assessment of Land compensation 10.2.1.1 Composition of the Departmental Commission for assessing costs

The Commission was summoned by the Prefect of the Tivaouane Department, at the request of PETN, as part of the land securing procedure of the 49.5 ha necessary for the Project implementation within the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye. The Commission worked in close collaboration with the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye from August 2014 to January 2015, while involving the PAP and their representatives.

The Commission was constituted by the following members:

• The Prefect of the Department of Tivaouane;

• The Sub-Prefect of the Arrondissement of Méouane;

• The 1st Deputy of the Mayor of the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye;

• The HOD of the Tivaouane Departmental Rural Development Service;

• The Head of the Tivaouane Water and Forests Sector;

PETN


228 of 286

• The HOD of the Tivaouane Departmental Town and Country Planning and Housing Service (Secretary of the Commission);

• The Head of the Tivaouane SDADL (Departmental Local Development Support Service);

• The Head of the Méouane CADL (Local Development Support Centre) (Reporter);

• An Agriculture official from Méouane;

• The Méouane Water and Forests Brigade Leader;

• The ANCAR (National Agricultural and Rural Advisory Agency) official from Darou Khoudoss and Taiba N’diaye;

• The Sarréole representative;

• The Chairman of the Domains Commission of the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye; and

• Mr Mamadou Diop: a Resource Person who is the Representative of the Association of Village Chiefs of the Municipality of Taiba N’diaye;

The Commission’s work consisted of the following:

• Preliminary land inspection and meetings for planning activities were conducted;

• Sessions were held for providing information to the village populations located in the DAI and for raising population awareness;

• Several meetings were held with the authorities (government and local authorities);

• Field Activities: the land surface owned by each PAP was assessed in the presence of all interested parties and village chiefs;

• Visual markers were used for delineating impacted surface areas for each PAP with technical support from Labosol;

• Recordings were done of items observed within each impacted surface area (i.e., the number of trees, the type of species, their approximate age as well as the types of crops); and

• Financial compensation associated with the loss of land was determined for each PAP and a provisional report was produced.

10.2.1.2 Principles adopted by the Commission

The Commission assessed financial land compensation for each PAP based on the following principles:

• The land itself is not compensated for because it belongs to the National Domain; the only thing for which compensation is provided is land use (i.e., agricultural activities, or market gardening, cash cropping or even fallow land).

• After the PAPs approval of the compensation, all compensation will be provided in cash. Under the regulatory framework for land compensation, PAPs can choose between compensation in kind or in cash. As all PAP preferred cash compensation (see Annex D – Labosol Land Compensation Assessment Report), the Commission carried out a financial assessment of land compensation.

• An eligibility date was determined.

PETN


229 of 286

• The compensation assessment survey conducted by the Commission is related to PAP located in the 49.5 ha surface which encompassed the 7.5 ha (surface required for erecting the 46 wind turbines) and the 42 ha necessary for the access roads.

10.2.1.3 Calculation of Compensation

The economic displacement of PAP will lead to a loss of land use, along with the potential loss of sources of income (i.e., fruit trees, agricultural crops).

Loss of land Based on the Commission’s work, no compensation is foreseen for the land itself as it belongs to the State (as part of the National Domain).

Compensation for losses of income The land compensation rate is determined by the Commission taking into consideration the practices in force within the Project’s DAI.

All impacted cultivated parcels (whether agricultural crops, or left fallow) were considered by the Commission as being assets that generate stable sources of income, the loss of which would lead to a reduction in means of livelihood and/or subsistence. Crop compensation rates applied by the Commission was 87,500 CFA francs per month per hectar, regardless of the products and the type of crops (i.e., rainfall crops, fruit crops, citrus crops, farming forest, or even land left fallow). The compensation is calculated for one year and amounts to 1,050,000 CFA francs per hectar per year for any surface associated with agricultural usage.

Of the Project’s 49.5 ha surface area, the compensation granted by the Commission for cultivable surfaces concerns 47.3 ha. Details on crop compensation for each PAP are presented in the Land Compensation Assessment Report produced by Labosol in collaboration with the Commission (see Annex D). With a crop compensation rate of 1,050,000 CFA francs per hectar per year, the cash compensation for all impacted cultivated areas amounts to 49.7 million CFA francs.

Compensation for loss of income related to loss of trees Annual compensation for loss of trees and other species was also considered by the Commission. Loss of trees was compensated as a unit price assigned to each tree. The tree compensation rate established by the Commission amounts to the revenue provided by tree farming over a one year period (12 months). Unit prices were estimated by the Commission depending on the trees species, their age, and their potential for producing income to the farmer. These unit prices are set on a regional scale (for the Thiès Region), regardless of the project. The trees compensation rates applied by the Commission are presented below.

PETN


230 of 286

#Espèces rencontrées sur les surfaces affectées Statut Unité Prix unitaire #

Espèces rencontrées sur les surfaces affectées Statut Unité Prix unitaire

1 "Teumb" NP pied 1 000 CFA 22 Manguier adulte NP pied 50 000 CFA 2 Anacardier jeune NP pied 4 000 CFA 23 Neem jeune NP pied 1 000 CFA 3 Anacardier adulte NP pied 40 000 CFA 24 Neem adulte NP pied 7 000 CFA 4 Baobab jeune PP pied 5 000 CFA 25 New jeune NP pied 1 000 CFA 5 Baobab adulte PP pied 20 000 CFA 26 New adulte NP pied 10 000 CFA 6 Cadd jeune PP pied 1 000 CFA 27 Ngotote NP pied 1 000 CFA

7 Cadd adulte PP pied 12 000 CFA 28 Nguiguis jeune NP pied 1 000 CFA

8 Citronnier jeune NP pied 2 500 CFA 29 Nguiguis adulte NP pied 10 000 CFA

9 Citronnier adulte NP pied 13 000 CFA 30 Prosopis NP pied 12 000 CFA

10 Dibutone jeune NP pied 1 000 CFA 31 Rand NP pied 1 000 CFA

11 Eucalyptus adulte NP pied 12 000 CFA 32 Ronier jeune PP pied 2 000 CFA 12 Forestier NP pied 1 000 CFA 33 Ronier adulte PP pied 30 000 CFA 13 Fuden jeune NP pied 1 000 CFA 34 Sap sap NP pied 1 000 CFA

14 Fuden adulte NP pied 4 000 CFA 35 Seedem jeune PP pied 1 000 CFA 15 Fuf NP pied 1 000 CFA 36 Seedem adulte PP pied 5 000 CFA 16 Haie vive NP m/l 1 000 CFA 37 Séhaw NP pied 1 000 CFA

17 Hir PP pied 10 000 CFA 38 Sendiene NP pied 6 000 CFA

18 Jatrofa NP pied 1 000 CFA 39 Solom NP pied 5 000 CFA

19 Kheule ad NP pied 12 000 CFA 40 Soump jeune NP pied 1 000 CFA

20 Leungue NP pied 1 000 CFA 41 Soump adulte NP pied 6 000 CFA

21 Manguier jeune NP pied 3 500 CFA 42 Tamarinier PP pied 24 000 CFA PP=partiellement protégé NP = Non protégé

Table 53 : Tree compensation rate set by the Departmental Commission for the Project region

Based on the compensation rate, all trees and plant species that have some commercial value within the impacted land plot were inventoried by the Commission and corresponding compensation amounts were calculated for each PAP (results are presented in the Land Compensation Assessment Report in Annex D).

For the 49.5 ha Project area, the compensation for the loss of income relating to losses of trees over a one year period is estimated by the Commission to amount to approximately 164.8 million CFA francs.

Compensation via replacing the land surface area As stated in the regulatory framework for land compensation, PAPs can choose between compensation in kind (replacing the impacted land surface by another plot of land) or cash compensation. PAPs were asked to choose between both types of compensation by Labosol during land compensation assessment fieldwork (see Annex D). However, all of the PAP have selected cash compensation.

10.2.1.4 Results of the Commission’s work

Upon completion of the PAP inventory, the Commission assessed the financial losses for each PAP and proposed a compensation rate for all impacted land that complies with Senegalese legislation and regional practices (see the Land Compensation and Assessment Report produced by Labosol – Annex D).

The total financial compensation to be paid by PETN to PAPs amounts to 214,529,416 CFA francs.

PETN


231 of 286

In accordance with the Senegalese legislation of land registered as National Domain, this amount does not include compensation for the land itself as the land belongs to the State.

10.2.1.5 PETN’s approach to land compensation

During the first public meetings, the land compensation rate for impacted agricultural crops (within the 49.5 ha of the Project area) considered by PETN and communicated to local people was 3,000,000 CFA francs per hectare, in addition to the tree compensation assessment performed by the Commission.

The total compensation amount for such a scenario would then be 312 million CFA francs. This amount is far higher than the amount of 215 million CFA francs assessed by the Commission.

Following the Commission conclusions, PETN acknowledged the difference between both crop compensation rates and confirmed its commitment to the local people. PETN will be supplementing the amount set by the Commission (215 million CFA francs) with an additional 97 million CFA francs, in order to reach the 312 million as calculated in the first compensation scenario.

This additional 97 million CFA francs will represent an additional amount of almost 2 million CFA francs per hectar for each impacted land parcel.

10.2.1.6 Provisional payment dates for the compensation

Payment to the PAPs will be made in the month following the financial closure (i.e., on the occasion of the first disbursement of loan proceeds), which means that PAP will be compensated well before the beginning of construction work. There will be a one-time payment of compensation and it will cover all amounts due, in spite of the construction being staggered over 3 phases for a total period of 34 months.

10.2.2 Assessment of the level of impact for each PAP In accordance with IFC PS5, and in order to mitigate potential impacts on PAPs resulting from the Project, the level of economic impact was assessed for each individual PAP. Labosol was engaged by PETN in 2015 to draw up the Rural Cadastre associated with the Project footprint in order to assess the percentage of land loss for each PAP in relation to the actual surface area cultivated by PAP.

Results of this assessment are presented in the sections below.

10.2.2.1 Assessment of land loss for each PAP

Surface of land owned by PAPs ranged between 1 and 16 ha. Impacted surface area for each PAP are comprised between few m2 to almost 9 ha. The level of the Project impact on cultivated surface areas owned by each PAP is the following:

• Land loss for 86 % of PAPs is less than 10% of their cultivated surface;

• Land loss for 11 % of PAPs ranged from 10 to 20 % of their cultivated surface;

• Land loss for 2 % of PAPs ranged from 20 to 30 % of their cultivated surface. 7 PAPs have between 20 and 25% of their fields impacted by the Project and 1 PAP has 29% of his field surface impacted;

PETN


232 of 286

• Less than 1 % of PAPs have 40 to 60% of their field surface impacted by the Project: two PAPs are losing 40 and 44% of their field surface, respectively, and one PAP is losing almost 60% of his field.

Results are summarised in the table below:

Table 54 : Assessment of land loss for each PAP Category

Land Compensation % of land loss for

each PAP Number of PAP % of PAP

]0 ; 5] 232 68.04% ]5 ; 10] 61 17.89%

]10 ; 15] 28 8.21% ]15 ; 20] 9 2.64% ]20 ; 25] 7 2.05% ]25 ; 30] 1 0.29% ]30 ; 35] 0 0.00% ]35 ; 40] 0 0.00% ]40 ; 45] 2 0.59% ]45 ; 50] 0 0.00% ]50 ; 55] 0 0.00% ]55 ; 60] 1 0.29% ]60 ; 65] 0 0.00% ]65 ; 70] 0 0.00% ]70 ; 75] 0 0.00% ]75 ; 80] 0 0.00% ]80 ; 85] 0 0.00% ]85 ; 90] 0 0.00% ]90 ; 95] 0 0.00%

]95 ; 100] 0 0.00% Total 341 100.00%

10.2.2.2 Assessment of tree loss for each PAP

Assessment of tree loss for each PAP was performed for each tree category in order to take into account the economic value of each tree.

Based on the Rural Cadastre survey, the total number of trees impacted by the Project amounts to 3044:

• 71% of impacted trees are Mango trees;

• 1% of impacted trees are other fruit trees; and

• 28 % of trees are “wild trees” (i.e., that can used by local populations for leaves and bark).

In order to assess the Project’s impact on trees and their associated economic value, Labosol assessed the economic value of impacted trees plus the value of the total of trees owned by each PAP. Tree economic value was calculated using unit prices estimated by the Commission for tree compensation (see table 1), which amount to the revenue provided by tree farming over a one year period (12 months).

Trees located within the 49.5 ha Project footprint were considered to be impacted. However, the Project surface assessed by PETN took into account some safety buffer areas, mainly on each side of access roads. This buffer area was considered in order to take into account

PETN


233 of 286

any potential impacts that could result from transportation of oversize equipment. Trees will be removed prior to construction works in areas that will be directly impacted by the Project. Trees located in the buffer areas should not be removed. Although, tree compensation was estimated taking into account the overall Project footprint, the amount of compensation might be overestimated as some trees will not be removed.

The level of impact for each tree category (i.e., mango trees, fruit trees, wild trees) is presented in sections below.

Impact on Mango trees

Results from the Rural Cadastre survey (see table below) are the following:

• Almost 70% of PAP might lose up to 10 % of their revenue associated with mango trees;

• 8% of PAP might lose between 10 and 20% of their revenue;

• 7% of PAP might lose between 20-30%;

• 7% of PAP might lose between 30-40%;

• 2% of PAP might lose between 40-50%; and

• 6% of PAP might lose between 50 and 100% of their revenue associated with Mango trees. The Project might impact all mango trees owned by 5 PAPs as a very limited number of mango trees is owned by each PAP (between 1 and 7 mangos trees are owned by these 5 PAPs), all located in the impacted area of their field. Detailed survey results show that although 5 PAPs are losing 100% of their mango tree, the Project impact on their land surface is less than 5% for 4 PAP and less than 15% for one PAP.

Table 55 : Assessment of mango trees loss for each PAP

Category

Mango trees

% of mango tree loss for each PAP

Number of PAP % of PAP

]0 ; 5] 215 63.05% ]5 ; 10] 22 6.45%

]10 ; 15] 16 4.69% ]15 ; 20] 10 2.93% ]20 ; 25] 12 3.52% ]25 ; 30] 13 3.81% ]30 ; 35] 11 3.23% ]35 ; 40] 12 3.52% ]40 ; 45] 4 1.17% ]45 ; 50] 3 0.88% ]50 ; 55] 1 0.29% ]55 ; 60] 4 1.17% ]60 ; 65] 3 0.88% ]65 ; 70] 1 0.29% ]70 ; 75] 4 1.17% ]75 ; 80] 2 0.59% ]80 ; 85] 0 0.00% ]85 ; 90] 1 0.29% ]90 ; 95] 1 0.29%

]95 ; 100] 6 1.76% Total 341 100.00%

PETN


234 of 286

Impact on Fruit trees

A total of 44 other fruit trees owned by PAP might be impacted by the project. The table below shows that the loss of revenue associated with the loss of these trees will be less than 5% for 96 % of PAP. Few PAPs will lose 100% of their fruit trees. These PAP owned a limited number of fruit trees (up to 5 trees) all located within the impacted surface area of their field.

Table 56 : Assessment of other fruit trees loss for each PAP

Category

Other Fruit trees

% of Fruit tree loss for each PAP


]0 ; 5] 328 95.91% ]5 ; 10] 0 0.00%

]10 ; 15] 3 0.88% ]15 ; 20] 0 0.00% ]20 ; 25] 0 0.00% ]25 ; 30] 0 0.00% ]30 ; 35] 0 0.00% ]35 ; 40] 0 0.00% ]40 ; 45] 0 0.00% ]45 ; 50] 0 0.00% ]50 ; 55] 1 0.29% ]55 ; 60] 1 0.29% ]60 ; 65] 0 0.00% ]65 ; 70] 1 0.29% ]70 ; 75] 1 0.29% ]75 ; 80] 0 0.00% ]80 ; 85] 0 0.00% ]85 ; 90] 1 0.29% ]90 ; 95] 0 0.00%

]95 ; 100] 6 1.75% Total 341 100.00%

Impact on other trees

A total of 841 other impacted trees were identified during this survey. Although these trees do not have a high economic value, they can represent a resource for local communties and can be used for their leaves or their bark. The value associated with these trees was estimated by the Commission (see Table 53). Based on the Commission tree compensation rate, the following impact values were calculated:

• Almost 60% of PAP might lose up to 20% of revenue that could be provided by these trees;

• 29% of PAP might lose between 20 to 50% of their revenue associated with these trees; and

• 12% of PAP might lose between 50 to 100% of their revenue associated with these trees. These PAPs own a limited number of trees (up to 15 trees for each PAP), all located within the impacted area.

PETN


235 of 286

Table 57 : Assessment of “wild trees” loss for each PAP

Category

Other trees

% of other tree loss for each PAP

Number of PAP

% of PAP

]0 ; 5] 141 41.35% ]5 ; 10] 24 7.04%

]10 ; 15] 26 7.62% ]15 ; 20] 12 3.52% ]20 ; 25] 16 4.69% ]25 ; 30] 23 6.74% ]30 ; 35] 18 5.28% ]35 ; 40] 12 3.52% ]40 ; 45] 9 2.64% ]45 ; 50] 20 5.87% ]50 ; 55] 1 0.29% ]55 ; 60] 12 3.52% ]60 ; 65] 3 0.88% ]65 ; 70] 4 1.17% ]70 ; 75] 3 0.88% ]75 ; 80] 4 1.17% ]80 ; 85] 1 0.29% ]85 ; 90] 2 0.59% ]90 ; 95] 0 0.00%

]95 ; 100] 10 2.93% Total 341 100.00%

10.3.2.2 Overall Level of the Project impact on each PAP

The overall Project impact on each PAP was assessed taking into account the Project impact on land and tree resources. To confirm, the level of impact was assessed for each PAP based on the Commission compensation rate and their land loss even though each PAP will be compensated with the higher compensation rate set by PETN prior to Commission works. The PETN compensation rate of 3,000,000 CFA francs per hectares (instead of the Commission rate of 1,050,000 CFA francs per hectare) per year should mitigate the overall level of the Project impact on each PAP. Moreover, all trees will be subject to compensation even though some of them are located in the safety buffer area and might not be removed.

Based on the Commission compensation rate, the overall Project impact on each PAP shows the following results:

• The loss of revenue due to the Project will be less than 10 % for 67 % of PAP;

• 17% of PAP might lose from 10 to 20% of revenue associated with their land;




• Less than 1% of PAP might lose 59 % of revenue associated with their land. Two PAPs (M. Madiagne Ndiaye and Yatma Dia) are concerned. Both PAPs have less than 5 % of their land surface impacted but 74-75% of their mango trees are impacted by the Project.

PETN


236 of 286

• One PAP might lose up to 75% of its revenue associated with its land. This PAP (M. Abdou Gueye from Bayti Gueye) has 14% of his land surface impacted. However, almost 90% of his mango trees (25 trees out of 28) might be impacted by the Project.

Table 58 : Assessment of the overall level of the Project impact on each PAP

Category

Total revenues (FCFA)

% of loss (land & trees) for each PAP

(en %)


]0 ; 5] 169 49.56% ]5 ; 10] 60 17.60%

]10 ; 15] 44 12.90% ]15 ; 20] 24 7.04% ]20 ; 25] 19 5.57% ]25 ; 30] 6 1.76% ]30 ; 35] 7 2.05% ]35 ; 40] 5 1.47% ]40 ; 45] 3 0.88% ]45 ; 50] 1 0.29% ]50 ; 55] 0 0.00% ]55 ; 60] 2 0.59% ]60 ; 65] 0 0.00% ]65 ; 70] 0 0.00% ]70 ; 75] 1 0.29% ]75 ; 80] 0 0.00% ]80 ; 85] 0 0.00% ]85 ; 90] 0 0.00% ]90 ; 95] 0 0.00%

]95 ; 100] 0 0.00% Total 341 100.00%

10.2.3 Conclusions The overall level of the Project impact on PAPs was assessed taking into account the loss of income generated by the loss of land use (mainly used for agricultural crops) and the loss of trees (mainly fruit trees). Potential loss of revenue generated by the Project footprint of 49.5 ha were assessed based on the Commission compensation rate.

Based on the land compensation assessment conducted by the Commission and Labosol, 335 PAP will be compensated according to compensation amounts presented in Annex D. Given the latest change of the Project configuration, which occurred at the end of 2014, 7 additional PAPs were not taken into account in this survey. Assessment of land compensation for these 7 additional PAPs will be conducted by the Commission in the upcoming months.

According to the Rural Cadastre survey (which does take into account the 7 additional PAPs), the extent of the Project’s impact on PAPs’ properties is mainly driven by the loss of trees, especially Mango and other fruit trees which represent a trading value in the region. 32% of PAPs could have between 10 to 50% of their revenue associated with agricultural practices impacted and 3 PAPs could have more than 50% of their revenue impacted. However, these statistics might not be representative of the Project’s impact on all PAPs’ livelihood as some PAPs have other sources of revenue (e.g., cattle grazing, trade). As part of this Rural Cadastre survey, household surveys were conducted and all PAPs were

PETN


237 of 286

interviewed by Labosol to assess the level of the Project’s impact on their livelihood. PAPs answers are presented in Annex 4 of the Rural Cadastre report presented in Annex E.

For the Project’s 49.5 ha surface area, the compensation granted by the Commission for the loss of cultivable surfaces (land usage) and the loss of trees amounts to 214,529,416 CFA francs (with a rate of 1,050,000 CFA francs per hectar per year for land loss). However, in accordance with PETN’s commitment to local populations made prior to the Commission’s report, a rate of 3,000,000 CFA francs per hectare per year will be applied to compensate all PAPs for land loss. Therefore, the total compensation amount paid to the PAPs will be 312 million CFA francs. The difference between the Commission and PETN crop compensation rates should therefore mitigate the overall level of the Project impact on each PAP. The same amount of compensation will be paid by the Commission and PETN for the trees.

In order to minimize the Project’s impacts on the PAPs’ livelihood, a livelihood restoration plan will be developed and implemented, and the plan will be based on the Livelihood Restoration Plan framework included in the Project ESMS Plan (see Chapter 12).

PETN


238 of 286

11 Public Consultation and Disclosure of Information Consulting the public is a crucial stage in the Environmental and Social Impact Study of a project insofar as it submits the project for assessment to local communities, administrative, local and technical authorities and various interested parties involved (e.g., NGO or associations, local sectoral programs or projects). This approach offers the various stakeholders a chance to state their views on the implementation of the project in an area impacting them.

11.1 Summary of consultation in 2012-2014 The aim of the public consultation in 2012 was to gather the opinion of stakeholders and their recommendations regarding the Project. Chapter 8 of the ESIS REV03 of October 2014 presents the results of this consultation in a summary of the perceptions, concerns and recommendations of key stakeholders (i.e. villagers, local and regional administrations) with respect to the change in the Project configuration.

This consultation phase nevertheless had a few gaps as no details were given with respect to the methodology used for disclosing Project information. Thus, in the 26 villages and hamlets home to 341 listed PAPs (see the Cadastre Rural Report by Labosol-AGTS S.A. dated 22nd September 2015 in Annex E), only twelve villages (Diambalo, Balsandre, Taïba N'diaye, Taïba Mbaye, Baïty N'diaye, Baïty Guèye, Miname Diop, Mbayène, Khelcom Diop, Taïba Santhie, Maka Gaye Bèye and Ndomor Diop) were consulted during the public consultation program carried out on 22-28 December 2012.

The 2012 study also does not specify the selection criteria used to choose villages and administrative bodies consulted. As an example, the consultation included the sub-prefecture of Ouadiour which is some distance away from the Project and even outside the extended area of influence.

Following the 2012 consultations, Labosol carried out an additional public consultation program in 2014 under their support mission to the PAP census and the Departmental Commission of Census and Compensation. The aim of these consultations was to raise awareness of the local communities to the Project, its characteristics, its changes, its potential social and economic impacts and also to compile the opinions of the local communities involved. The dates of these meetings are provided in Table 59 below.



11/12/2014 Taïba Ndiaye Tivaouane

Field fact-finding visit and Activity planning meeting

Labosol

12/12/2014 Taïba Ndiaye Information and awareness-raising of Village Leaders

Labosol

15/12/2014 to 19/12/2014 Taïba Ndiaye Surveying of the temporary

storage areas Labosol

PETN


239 of 286



From 13/01/2015

to 15/01/2015

Taïba Ndiaye Tivaouane

Field verification with the village leaders

Labosol team &Departmental Committee of Census and Compensation (facilitators for villager meeting and researchers)

20/01 to 26/01/2015 Tivaouane

Financial assessment and production of the provisional report


Ultimately, despite the relevance of the information collected from the 2012 and 2014 consultations, there was no guarantee that all the local communities were informed. In addition, these consultations did not give rise to a stakeholder engagement plan.

To ensure the public consultation of all local communities involved, EES carried out an additional consultation program in February 2015. A further consultation was also arranged in June 2015 during the site visit by the financial institutions (OPIC, EKF). The results of the 2015 consultations are presented below.

11.2 Public consultation in February 2015

11.2.1 Consultation objectives The process leading to the development of the Project was lengthy and underwent alterations, mainly following the original ESIS submitted to the DEEC and for which the Certificate of Conformity was delivered. A public consultation program was organized for the 16-18 February 2015 to inform the local communities of changes made to the Project since the last consultations. This latest consultation program was a chance for the local communities to express their views on the changes to the Project.

The villages that had not been consulted in 2012 were included in the most recent consultation program. These latest public consultations targeted 23 villages and hamlets out of the 3557 in the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye. The villages outside the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (located in the municipalities of Noto and Darou Khoudoss) and home to some People Affected by the Project (PAP) were also consulted. The PAP from these municipalities were included in the Diambalo meeting. When PAP from these villages did not attend the Diambalo meeting, they were interviewed directly in their villages by a team from EES.

57 Following the attachment of Selco and Keur Bakar, the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye counts 35 villages.

PETN


240 of 286

11.2.2 Public consultation methodology The February 2015 public consultations were based on scheduling meetings with the Project stakeholders: the administrative authorities, the competent State technical services (STE) working in the Project area at regional, departmental and local levels and the local communities. There were two phases to this consultation program:

• A preparation phase, consisting of making contact with the various people involved, to target all participants during the consultations; and

• A consultation phase with the various parties.

The following consultations took place during the preparation phase:

11.2.2.1 For the public consultations in local communities

The announcement of public consultation scheduling was made on 11-16 February with the assistance of:

• Mr Ndiaye Samba Thiam58 (resource person in the firm, living in Miname),

• Mr Lamine Diop (Ndomor Village Chief and chairman of village chiefs of Taiba Ndiaye)

• Mr Malick Ndiaye (First Deputy to the Mayor of Taiba Ndiaye)

A brief notice, prepared by EES, and a copy of the monthly newsletter on the Project were made available to the resource persons to advise them of the agenda and the nature of the discussions.

11.2.2.2 For the Administration

The Prefect of Tivaouane and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane were advised by post dated 12 February 2015 of the upcoming public consultation in the targeted villages of Taiba Ndiaye scheduled for 16-18 February 2015.

Note that two representatives from Ramboll Environ visited the Project area in February 2015 to familiarize themselves with the Project’s area of influence prior to organizing this public consultation program. During this visit, a discussion-format consultation took place at Taiba Gueye and involved a discussion among Ramboll Environ, EES, PETN and the village chiefs of Taiba Gueye and Baiti NDiaye, along with several villagers from Taiba Gueye. During the consultation, PETN explained the changes to the Project since 2012.

58 Mr Samba Thiam; resource person of the firm EES

PETN


241 of 286

11.2.3 The stages involved in the consultation Thanks to the cooperation of the local communities and the administration, large numbers of people from the local communities attended these discussion-format consultations. The participants for these consultations were as follows: Village Chiefs, dignitaries (men and/or women), NGO and associative movements, representatives of young people and women, directors of public and Koranic schools, managers of boreholes and associated networks, parent-teacher associations plus, of course, people affected or not by the Project living in the Project’s Direct Area of Influence.

11.2.4 Meeting with the administrative authorities A delegation from EES led by Serigne Diop, Head of Mission, and including Ely Sy, Mbaye Sarr (socio-economist) and Aïssatou Sene (geographer) met with the following administrative authorities:

• The Prefect of Tivaouane and the Sub-Prefect of Méouane;

• The members of the Departmental Committee of Census and Compensation, a governmental committee that is in charge of the census, and determining land assessment and compensation for PAP; and

• The Regional Development Agency (ARD) and the National Statistics and Demography Agency (Thiès regional agency).

The other administrative parties listed below were not consulted as they had already been consulted for the 2012 consultation program (22-28 December 2012)59 and for preparation of the ESISREV03 of October 2014:


- The Directorate of the Environment and Listed Establishments; and - The Civil Defence Directorate.

• The technical services of the Thiès Region, namely:

- The Regional Division of the Environment and Listed Establishments; - The Regional Directorate for Rural Development; - The Regional Water and Forests Inspectorate; - The Regional Development Agency; and - The Regional Development Directorate.

59 Chapter 8.1.3 of ESIS REV03 of October 2014 - Page 169

PETN


242 of 286

11.2.5 Meetings with the local communities To achieve the objectives assigned to the 2015 Public Consultation program (i.e., disclosure of additional information following modifications to the basic Project configuration), the list of communities to consult was expanded to include all local communities affected, whether or not they belonged to the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye.

Six meetings with local communities were scheduled according to the timetable shown in Table 60 below.

PETN


243 of 286

Table 60: Public Consultation Program From February 16th to 18th, 2015

Date and Time Villages Consulted Place Planned for the Meeting

Activities Responsible Parties

Monday 16th, Februaryat 9 a.m.

Taïba Ndiaye, Taïba Santhie, Taïba Mbaye and Taïba Khab

In the square of the headquarters of the Municipal Council at Taiba Ndiaye


EES team (facilitators for the villager meeting and researchers) and Laye NDiaye, Community Relations Officer of PETN

Monday 16th, February at 3 p.m.

Group of eight villages (Minam, Keur Mallé, Mbayène 3, Keur Mbaye Sénoba, Keur Samba Awa, Keur Fatim, Keur Mambaye and Ndiamba)

In the public square near the school in Minam


EES team (facilitators for thevillager meeting and researchers)and Laye NDiaye, Community Relations Officer of PETN

Tuesday 17th, February at 9 a.m.

Group of five villages (Keur Madiagne, Sam Ndiaye, Keur Assane Ndiaye, Baïty Ndiaye and Baïty Guèye)

In the public square near the village school in Keur Madiagne



Tuesday 17th, February at 3 p.m.

Khélcom Diop (Bal Diop) and Maka Guèye Bèye

In the public square in the village of Khelcom Diop



Wednesday 18th, February at 9 a.m.

Ndomor Diop To be decided with the Ndomor Diop Village Chief



Wednesday 18th, February at 3 p.m.

Group of villages in the North (Diambalo, Bal Guèye, Keur Maguette Guèye, Keur Demba Diallo, Darou Dia and Balsandre)

In the village of Diambalo Village meeting Household surveys for the PAP from the sample


The public's perception of the Project (i.e., acceptability of the Project, doubts, expectations and recommendations) were gathered during these consultation phases. The results are presented below.

PETN


244 of 286

11.2.6 Results of the public consultation 11.2.6.1 Positive impacts of the Project

As a whole, the Project has received positive feedback due to its potential to benefit the local and national economies.

Alleviation of Power Shortages

The Project will result in the injection of 400 GWh, i.e. 14% of domestic production60, which will boost the national economy while helping to reduce the price of electricity under the Energy Mix and decrease Senegal’s overall dependence on fossil fuels.

Job Creation

Locally, the construction work will encourage the creation of direct and indirect jobs and the local emergence of SME. The construction of 34 km of laterite access roads is going to encourage the development of inter-villager trade and the easy transport of cultivation and cash products to local and regional markets. In addition, the Project will encourage rural electrification of villages in the municipality with the possible creation of small craft trades (e.g., tailors, joiners, boilermakers, welders).

Payment of Patente Tax

The decision of PETN to establish its headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye and the resulting significant financial gain for the municipality will assist in meeting the local communities’ social expectations for health, education, farming, etc. which have been slow to materialise due to the municipality's current limited budget. This in particular pertains to the payment of the Patente Tax (described below), which is projected to be approximately €2.5 mlllion per year.

Patente Tax

As explained by the Mayor of Taiba NDiaye, Mr. Ale Lo, each Municipality has a special account with the Ministry of Finance (MoF). When the Patente Tax is paid, it is lodged into this account. Each year, the Municipal Council, which is comprised of 43 council members representing the 37 villages within the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, meets and prepares a budget (approved by the prefect of the department of Tivaouane) which must be sent to the MoF regional office of Tivouane for approval. Each council member has the ability to submit a budget request on behalf of his/her village. Only once the budget is approved can the Municipality withdraw money from this account. In addition to the budget, each year the Municipal Council must also submit a statement of accounts detailing the money withdrawn and what it was used for and this amount is compared to the former year’s budget to maintain transparency in the Patente Tax system.

PETN will pay the Patente tax directly to the Prefecture of Tivaouane (on behalf of the MoF). When the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye’s annual budget is approved and they are ready to effect payments for the Project, they will send the Project contractors to the Prefecture and contractors will be paid out of the Municipality’s account with the MoF.

60Report CRSE-2013-Net national production in 2013 is 2945 GWh injected into the Interconnected grid

PETN


245 of 286

Fair Compensation

Lastly, the local communities welcomed enthusiastically the Project’s commitment to consider their requests for effective, fair and equitable compensation for lands and crops at the best possible scales.

These consultations also gave the local communities a chance to express their expectations and concerns. All topics addressed during the consultations are presented below in terms of Project acceptability, doubts, concerns and expectations. The recommendations of the local communities are also presented for each topic.

11.2.6.2 Concerns, Expections and Requests of the Local Communities

Loss of farmland, compensation for these losses

Some of the concerns relate to the loss of means of subsistence due to the occupation of the land by the Project and the compensation to be paid for these losses.

The following concerns were raised:

• Possible prohibited access to the wind cluster area thereby preventing free movement of people and property and the exploitation of remaining fields;

• The destruction of mango fields;

• The loss of cultivation lands; and

• The low compensation rates applied did not allow people to regain their means of subsistence.

The local communities, therefore, suggested during the meetings:

• That the Project developers consider the importance of cultivation lands and mango plantations and reflect this in the compensation policy for victims of loss;

• Full compensation (lands and maintenance expenses) to be paid as per scales indexed to the importance of cultivation lands that each year bring substantial income or means of subsistence to the farmers;

• A more accurate assessment of maintenance expenses taking account of lost cultivation lands;

• The granting of a periodic annuity to compensate for loss of income;

• An agreement protocol be established between PETN and the Municipality confirming the Project developer's intentions;

• Free access to the Project's access roads. The local communities request that the Project's access roads interconnect with the existing tracks wherever possible.

EES & PETN responses:

Based on information received from PETN, EES made the following clarifications:

• The scale set by the commission is the one in force in the department, taking into account current practices in the Project’s area of influence. It is less advantageous than the one that had been proposed by PETN.

PETN


246 of 286

About the land, the commission does not compensate for land that belongs to the government; instead, it will compensate the villagers, based on 1,050 000 F CFA / ha / year for crop activity, to be reported on the actual surface loss. PETN has agreed to consider a financial reassessment related to this loss of land.

• There are no plans to pay alimony as it is a private project. Only the financial compensation will be paid.

• An agreement is expected between PETN and the municipality to ratify the parties' commitments .

Regarding access within the Project site, it was stated clearly that the local communities would have a right to total access of the Project's tracks and access roads during the wind farm operating phase. During the construction phase, access will be restricted to the work areas for a limited period. The request for the prospective interconnection between the existing paths and the Project's access roads will be submitted to the Project developer

To assess the losses relating to the Project and to compensate the PAP, the Departmental Committee of Census and Financial Compensation, in collaboration with Labosol (who provided techical support to assist in evaluating such compensation), conducted a land compensation assessment study. The report providing the conclusions of this Departmental Committee of Census and Financial Compensation and Labosol study (see Annex D) were not, however, passed on during these February 2015 consultations, as the work of the assessment commission and of Labosol were still being finalized when the consultations took place.

11.2.6.3 Participation in local life and its development

The local communities suggested that the Project developer implement a corporate social responsibility (CSR) policy. This will have a positive impact on the socio-economic development of the area, especially in terms of employment and access to electricity.

Local labor

The local communities have expressed concern that project hirings often do not focus on giving the local workforce priority for tasks that it can undertake for projects.

They thus recommend:

• Hiring young labor from PAP families and from the Project’s area of influence;

• That the Project developer offers vocational training to the local workforce, especially to the youngest workers;

• A recruitment policy favoring the most vulnerable groups like youth and women.

EES & PETN responses:

The Project developer will respect the request for priority recruitment of local people with equal skill. The other points will be addressed when reasonable under the Project’s CSR policy.

PETN


247 of 286

Electricity:

The local communities expect the Project to help to facilitate their access to electricity.

The following requests were also expressed:

• Bringing electricity to the few villages that are currently without electricity;

• An electricity subsidy (for wells, school, etc.); and

• A subsidy for the electricity consumed by the boreholes/and for the people who deem the cost of electricity too high.

EES response:

According to the Project developer, PETN will consider favorably the continuation of the rural villages electrification plan in progress and will discuss the conditions of participation with the municipality.

In regards to electric bills for drilling and infrastructures, this is the responsability of the Municipality, and the annual payment of the Patent tax to the Municipality will help to resolve these problems.

11.2.6.4 Additional Concerns, Expectations & Requests

The Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) incentive through effective participation by the Project in social works and support actions for the social sectors like education, health, access to drinking water and making villages and agricultural production areas less isolated was also raised. The local communities would like the Project developer to commit to the following under its CSR policy:

• New wells for planting off-season crops and drinking water supplies. Note that this request has been raised repeatedly at every meeting. It seems that local populations would like wells for off-season crops in priority;

• The refurbishment of both French and Koranic schools and the supply of educational equipment, if possible;

• The refurbishment of health structures, with assistance, to dispense medicines and pay the nurse;

• Assistance to NGOs and women’s groups;

• Participation in developing micro-credit with a credit line for women;

• Helping to make available a processing unit for local produce (e.g., mangoes, vegetables) ;

• Constructing community markets to help women sell their crops and other products; and

• Purchasing a vehicle to transport crops to market.

PETN


248 of 286

EES response:

It is the Municipality’s responsibility to create, develop and perform maintenance of social infrastructures. According to the Project developer, PETN will sign a convention with the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye for a CSR budget of around 46 million F CFA (1 million F CFA per turbine) per year, in addition to the payment of the annual Patente Tax that will provide financial means to implement these development actions.

Domiciliation of the Project in the municipality, payment of the local “patente” tax and its use

One concern raised by the local communities is the payment and use of the local "patente" tax. They fear non-transparent and inefficient use of financial benefits received from the Project in the Municipality's budget.

They recommend:

• Domiciling the Project headquarters in the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye; this would therefore mean paying the patent to the municipality (the taxes paid by PETN to the Tax Office would be around 2.5 million euros, of which about 800 million to 900 million CFA francs would come to the municipality of Taiba Ndiaye);

• Using this windfall for developing the community, without discrimination; and

• That the patent is covered by an agreement protocol.

EES response:

According to the Project developer, the company's headquarters will be set up in Taiba Ndiaye, and the Municipality will benefit directly from the patente tax revenues.

This decision to establish the company’s headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye takes into account the financial concerns of the Municipality as there is no obligation to do so.

Communication between the Project developer and the local communities

The local communities consider that Project communication is lacking and they make the following recommendations:

• That the Project team introduces a policy of consultation and permanent communication with the populations to keep them up to speed with Project implementation;

• Publicizing compensation rates;

• Publicizing the list of PAP; and

• Paying PAP before any work takes place and publicizing the construction schedule to avoid PAPs being evicted unexpectedly.

The local communities have expressed uncertainties over the construction works schedule, due to the upcoming rainfall crops that have to be prepared. The farmers should start preparing the earth in March for commercial crops. They, therefore, request that the construction schedule be made known so that they can organize themselves.

PETN


249 of 286

A problem of confusion over the existence of two commissions was also raised. EES stated that there was only one Departmental Committee of Census and Compensation and that there must have been confusion with the work conducted by Labosol. Comments were also made by community members about the intrusion by the commission or consultants without consent of the owners, resulting in damage inside fields.

EES response:

• The Project developer is currently establishing a communication plan, which will include the publication of a free newsletter. An information letter is currently published every month to advise on changes to the Project;

• The erection work for the first tranche is scheduled to start at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2015. The construction timetables will be made available to everybody as soon as possible; and

• The Project developer has clarified that there is only one commission. Some PAPs have perhaps related surveys made by Labosol, in charge of topographical readings, to a second commission. In the future, the PAPs will be advised in advance of any visit by the commission.

11.2.6.5 Concerns relate directly to the wind farm and its potential hazards

Speakers expressed the following concerns:

• Impact on the flowering of mangoes and crop yields;

• Widening of roads from 6 m to 12 m;

• Risks of wind turbines falling;

• Breaking components (blades, nacelle, etc.); and

• End of Wind Farms useful life.

EES responded as follows:

• The Project will not impact either the flowering or yield of mangos.

• According to the Project developer, the roads have been widened from 6 to 12 m to take account of a distance of 3 m either side of the road (6 m wide) in calculating the compensation. This 3 m safety distance also takes into account wide loads, with dimensions that could exceptionally cause some damage.

• The likelihood of machine breakages are within the acceptable limits and measures to prevent or minimize them will be taken during the design, construction and operating phases. Note that ESIS REV03 of 2014 includes a study of these impacts.

• At end-of-Project-life, the wind farm will either be dismantled or refurbished as is practical at the time. The manufacturer, Vestas, is totally familiar with this process. Note that an impact study will be conducted for this decommissioning and closure phase if dismantling is the chosen option.

11.2.6.6 Summary of Topics addressed

Topics addressed are summarized in Table 61 below:

PETN


250 of 286

Table 61: Summary of Topics Discussed During The Public Consultations in February 2015


1-Project acceptability General acceptability for the majority of local communities and PAP.

Qualified acceptability for a few highly-impacted PAP who understand that these lands belong to the State and that the Project is of public interest that will benefit the entire country.

The people involved are looking for fair and equitable compensation that will allow them to regain their means of subsistence. They also suggest that the Project developer operates a bold CSR policy that will have a positive impact on the socio-economic development of the area.

Very special attention will be paid to the compensation for PAP to offset the partial loss of means of subsistence.

We note that the Project has agreed to pay double that recommended by the government compensation committee.

The social request raised will be brought to the attention of the Project Developer who will advise on the policy to participate in the socio-economic development of the municipality

2-Concerns about the hazards attributable to the Wind Farm

The primary concerns of the local communities are expressed below:

Possible negative impact on the flowering of mangos and crop yields;

Risks of wind turbines falling;

Breaking components (blades, nacelle, etc.);

Widening of roads from 6 m to 12 m; and

Negative impacts with regard to the end of the useful life of the wind farm.

The Project will not impact either the flowering or yield of mangos.

The likelihood of machine breakages are within the acceptable limits and measures to prevent or minimize them will be taken during the design, construction and operating phases.

According to the Project developer, the roads have been widened from 6 to 12 m to have sufficient room for maintenance 3 m either side of the road (6 m wide) and to take account of wide loads, with dimensions that could exceptionally cause some damage if this additional area was not included.

At the end of its useful life, the plant will either be dismantled or refurbished as is practical at the time. The manufacturer, Vestas, is totally familiar with this process and an impact study will be conducted for this phase if dismantling is the chosen option.

3-Mistrust of the commitments made by the developers sponsoring the project.

A few stakeholders expressed concern over the failure of companies currently in the area (MDL, ICS, Tobène Power) to meet their commitments.

The villagers would like PETN to respect its commitments through a convention or agreement protocol signed by the different stakeholders.

Questioning of PETN about recruitment, CSR policy set out by the developer, Patente tax, etc.

The Project developer has confirmed that the Municipality will benefit from the patente tax as the Project headquarters will be set up in Taiba Ndiaye.

In addition, the Project developer will commit by signing one or more conventions or agreement protocols that will commit the Project developer

4-Loss of lands, Concerns expressed and attributable to the loss of means of The Project developer said that he has been made aware of the

PETN


251 of 286


Topic Comment Consultant or Project Developer Response compensation of PAP subsistence:

the destruction of mango fields;

the loss of cultivation lands;

the low compensation rates applied do not allow people to regain their means of subsistence.

Compensation wishes from the villagers expressed during the various meetings:

fair compensation that will give them back the means of subsistence in the very short term;

granting of a periodic annuity to compensate for loss of income;

Publicizing compensation rates;.

a more accurate assessment of compensation payments taking account of lost cultivation lands;

Publicizing the list of PAP;

Paying PAP before any work takes place and publicizing the construction schedule to avoid PAPs being evicted unexpectedly; and

Agreement protocol between the stakeholders confirming the Project developer's promises.

compensation scales and especially the possible loss of means of subsistence for some PAP. The Project in fact is paying twice the compensation rate recommended by the Compensation Commission.

The commission is currently at work and the relevant points will be taken into account.

5-Jobs Recruitment of young people and women from the area is a priority.

Project developer to offer occupational training.

Early training of young people

The Project developer will respect the request concerning the priority recruitment of local people, with equal skill.

6-Communication between Project developer and PAP

Insufficient communication and suggestions were made for a more efficient communication plan

The Project developer is currently setting up a stringent communication plan, including the publication of a free newsletter.

7-Work in the fields to prepare crops in 2015

Uncertainties over the works schedule despite the upcoming rainfall crops that have to be prepared.

The construction timetables will be made available to everybody as soon as possible and will be restated in the monthly newsletter published by PETN.

PETN


252 of 286


Topic Comment Consultant or Project Developer Response Imminent start to preparing the earth in March for commercial crops.

No construction schedule.

The construction works will take place by tranche. Not all the land will therefore be involved at the same time.

8-Patente in Taiba Ndiaye

Approval and incentive of PETN's headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye

Use of benefits from the patente tax to develop the community, with no discrimination.

According to the Project developer, PETN's headquarters will be established in Taiba Ndiaye. As a result, 2.5 million euros will be paid to the Tax Office, of which CFA francs 800 million/year approximately will be reallocated to the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye.

A percentage of the patente tax wil be tranferred to the Municipality. The patente tax is entirely at the discretion of the municipality but a formal budget must be presented to and approved by the regional government for funds to be released to the municipality.

9-Right of access to roads

Concern: lack of access to the land during construction and operation

The villagers ask for free access to the Project's roads.

interconnection between the Project's access roads and existing tracks whenever possible

The local communities will have a right of total access to the Project's tracks and access roads during the operating and construction phases, provided they comply with any safety measures in place

The request for interconnection between the tracks and the Project's access roads has been submitted to the developer.

10-Developer's CSR policy

A very considerable involvement by the Project in the actions intended to improve the living environment and reduce poverty was expressed strongly during the meetings.

The following points were reiterated in almost all the meetings.

High demand for new wells for planting off-season crops and human supplies

Refurbishment of both French and Koranic schools and the supply of educational equipment if possible

Refurbishment of health structures, with assistance, to dispense medicines and pay the nurse who is frequently a volunteer

Assistance to NGOs and women’s groups

Participation in developing micro-credit with a credit line for women

Helping to make available a processing unit for local produce (mangos,

The Project developer will be advised of your CSR expectations.

PETN


253 of 286


Topic Comment Consultant or Project Developer Response vegetables, etc.)

Constructing community markets to help women.

Purchasing a vehicle to transport crops to market.

Support through micro-credit and women's associations springing up around miscellaneous projects

Bringing electricity to the few villages without it

Electricity subsidy (for boreholes, school, etc.)

Subsidy for the electricity consumed by the boreholes/and for the populations who find electricity too expensive

11-Work of the commissioN

Confusion over the existence of two commissions

Problem with the intrusion by the commission or consultants without consent of the owners, resulting in damage inside fields.

The Project developer has clarified that there is only one commission. Perhaps some owners have confusedly thought that Labasol (in charge of topographical readings) was a second commission.

Owners of fields will henceforth be advised in sufficient time if the commission has to enter their fields.

PETN


254 of 286

11.3 Public Consultation in June 2015 A public consultation program was organized on 18 June 2015, attended by the financial institutions (OPIC, EKF), SARREOLE (Project developer), VESTAS (construction manager), ACEI (equity provider) and the consultancy firms (Ramboll-Environ, EES and Mott MacDonald) to engage with the affected local communities and get their views on the Project in terms of acceptability, expectations, doubts and suggestions.

11.3.1 Meetings with the local communities This consultation program involved a large-scale meeting (attended by many representatives from eight villages), participation in a municipal council session and discussion-format consultations in two villages. The detail of these consultations is presented in Table 62 below:

PETN


255 of 286

Table 62: Public Consultation Program on June 18th 2015

Date and time Villages Consulted Activities Responsible parties

Thursday, 18 June at 10 a.m.

Group of eight villages: Keur Mallé, Miname, Mbayène 3, Keur Mambaye, Khary, Ndiamba Touba Fall, Keur Mbaye Seneba, Keur Samba Aura and Keur Birima

Village meeting Attended by the village chiefs and community members

PETNwith assistance from EES (translation)

Thursday, 18 June at 3 p.m.

Taiba Ndiaye Municipal session to discuss the convention regarding the draft easements Session attended by the Mayor of the Municipality, the Sub-Prefect and 36 municipal counsellors


Thursday, 18 February at 4 p.m.

Taiba Santhie Discussion with villagers impacted directly by the Project Attended by the village chief


Thursday, 18 February at 5.30 p.m.

Baïty Gueye Discussion with villagers impacted directly by the Project Attended by the school teacher


PETN


256 of 286

The public's perception of the Project (acceptability of the Project, doubts, concerns expectations and recommendations) were gathered during these consultation sessions. The results are presented below.

11.3.2 Results of the Public Consultation 11.3.2.1 Village Meeting at Mbayene 3

The points raised during the large-scale meeting of village chiefs from eight villages and community members within these villages (men, women, children and representatives of youth and women associations, etc.) are listed in the table below:

PETN


257 of 286

Table 63: Summary of results of public consultation meeting

Topics Discussed Action By The Developer

Project acceptability: the speakers expressed general acceptability for the Project.

The commission has completed its work and all the amounts have been calculated. The Project developer agreed to compensate the PAP on the basis ABOVE the scale defined by the departmental maintenance expenditure financial assessment commission + additional compensation to keep its promises to the PAP. The Project developer indicated that the crops could be sown apart from cassava as the maturation time was too long (at least ten months). No payments had yet been made. Payment would be made promptly onthe first drawing after the financial closure. Headquarters: the Project developer confirmed the transfer of the headquarters to Taiba Ndiaye. Regarding the patente, the Project developer announced that €2.5M would be paid to the Tax Office every year and part of this amount, set by the administration in joint agreement with the municipality, would be paid to the municipality. This part could be 1 billion CFA francs a year for twenty years. These resources would be at the disposal of the municipality and the Project would unfortunately not have any influence on how such funds would be distributed or used. In addition, the Project developer suggested a convention with the municipality whereby it would subsidize rural electrification projects under its social responsibility from renewable energy facilities and micro enterprises would make 1 million francs per year and per turbine available to the municipality, representing 46 million per year for twenty years used for development actions or for the numerous requests of the local communities. The Project developer would take into account wherever possible the requests of local communities in complying with applicable laws and regulations and taking account of existing skills in the area. However, very few qualified jobs would in all probability be available given the level of experience required by the Project.

Lands The people affected agreed to the compensation method, but asked that this compensation be substantial, fair and equitable Clarifications about the payment were also requested

Expectation of women The female population evoked the need for covered markets especially before winter sets in. Women also wished for financing (micro credit) to be available for their trading activities.

Infrastructures Speakers evoked the dilapidated condition of community infrastructures and their need for refurbishment and equipment. The health and school structures are especially very much affected.

Jobs The villagers present (young people, women, village elders) urged equal opportunities (no discrimination) in jobs during construction. - They want to take advantage of these job opportunities during construction. The chairman of the parent-teacher association suggested training young people so that they could benefit from job opportunities set at the moment of operation.

Patentes Huge expectation of the local communities with respect to the amount announced (about 1 billion CFA francs) to develop the socio-economic aspects and community infrastructures.

Electrification The villagers sought electrification of villages

The Project developer intended to participate in electrification activities in ways yet to be defined.

PETN


258 of 286

currently without electricity.

11.3.2.2 Session at the Municipal Office of Taiba Ndiaye

The topics raised during the session of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (attended by the Mayor of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye, the Sub-Prefect and 36 municipal counsellors) are given in the table below:

Table 64: Summary of Topics Discussed During the Municipal Public Consultation in June 2015

Topics Discussed By The Project Developer Response From The Municipality

The Project developer evoked the need to secure the wind farm against the mining risk - opening a phosphate mine in line with infrastructures was not compatible with wind turbine operation. An area of 2,845 ha is necessary (500 m either side of rows of wind turbines and 200 m either side of approach roads). The Project developer requested that this area be covered by an easement and registered in the name of the State or the municipality to be made secure. The Project developer emphasised that this additional request would not mean commandeering additional lands. The Project developer also spoke of the patente and the availability of 46 million CFA francs a year for development actions

A commission would be created to rule on the draft easement. Should this draft be accepted, a convention would be implemented by the Municipality in order to secure the Wind Farm.

11.3.2.3 Discussion With the PAP From the villages of Taiba Santhie and Baïty Gueye

Discussions took place in the villages of Taiba Sauthie and Baity Gueye, and were opportunities to assess the views of PAP directly.

To assess the level of impact of the project for a PAP, the PAP were asked to assess the surface area of their lands and the surface area of land impacted by the Project. The PAP questioned stated that they each held about 3 ha of land. They estimated that the Project could have a 50% impact in terms of cultivable area. Note, however, that the figures presented during these discussions did not fall entirely in line with the surveys already conducted within the Project area (see the Land Compensation Assessment Report dated June 4, 2015 prepared by Labosol). In addition, Labosol has been engaged to carry out an additional study to assess the actual level of impact of the Project on each PAP.

The PAP also confirmed that they were informed of the project due to the public consultations that had been arranged. The discussions also covered the choice of compensation method (choice of financial compensation or compensation in kind). Although some PAP had not been advised of this choice, they nevertheless confirmed their preference for financial compensation which would allow them to buy up land and regain the means of subsistence. A household survey would be carried out in addition to the Labosol study to assess the impact of the Project within each household.

PETN


259 of 286

11.4 Summary/General conclusion The consultations conducted between 2012 and 2015 compiled accounts for the most part favorable to the Project. These conclusions must nevertheless be qualified for a few highly-impacted PAP (especially those losing plots with Mango trees) and who might consider that they will lose a portion of their livelihood. Note that during the last consultation program in June 2015, the land compensation assessment study was still being finalized, and the villagers at the meetings were informed that the commission will calculate and communicate the rate and amounts to be paid, based on the best practices inside the department.

The 2015 consultations have shown that virtually all stakeholders accept the Project. Those losing many mango trees or other cash crops seem to be the most worried, but acknowledge the public interest of the Project. The same topics were raised several times, namely Project acceptance, reduction in cultivation lands, with the risk of impoverishment of PAP as a result, and the wish to implement strong social measures through the developer's CSR policy. Questions relating to the safety of PAP have not been frequently raised.

11.5 Stakeholder Engagement Plan A Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) to support the affected local communities and other Project stakeholders will be part of a comprehensive Community Relations Management Plan, which will be developed, approved, and issued prior to commencement of the Project’s construction phase, and will remain in effect over the life of the Project. The SEP and Community Relations Management Plan will be implemented as part of the Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) and will be based on the plan frameworks included in the Project ESMS Plan (see Chapter 12). Implementation of the SEP will ensure that all stakeholders are kept informed about the Project on an ongoing basis and that the Project complies with the national regulations in regards to consultation and stakeholder engagement, and the requirements of applicable international standards (i..e, IFC PS1, EHS Guidelines and EP III).

11.5.1 Summary of Stakeholders The Project stakeholders include:

• The State institutions or technical services that can intervene in the process of constructing and operating the Project due to their environmental protection or energy management missions:

- Regional authorities: Governor, Prefect and Sub-Prefect - State technical services: o Regional Water and Forests Inspectorate (IREF); o Regional Division of the Environment and Listed Establishments (DREEC); and o Regional Agriculture Department

• Chairman of the Municipality of Taiba Ndiaye (municipal administration)

• Representatives of affected villages (Village Chiefs or their representatives)

• All residents and enterprises located within the Project’s area of influence

PETN


260 of 286

• Women’s groups and NGOrepresentatives

• Senelec CRSE

• Banks and financial institutions

To complement the Community Relations Management Plan, the Project will develop a (CSR) Policy, a distinct procedure to ensure communication with the local communities (the “Communications Plan”), as well as a Community Grievance Mechanism.

11.5.2 CSR Policy The Project recognizes its commitment to the community and will assist in smaller more targeted community projects. Requests for funds for larger projects such as clinics, refurbishment of schools, etc. must be addressed to their local politicians to be included within the annual budget of the municipality. The Project has expressed that although they will have the obligation to pay the Patente tax, they will have no authority or jurisdiction over how the money is spent. This responsibility is entirely in the hands of the people who democratically elect the people who represent the village during municipal counsel meetings.

11.5.3 Communications Plan & Commmunity Grievance Mechanism The Project will employ a Community Relations Officer who will have a staff of 3 to 4 people based at the Project’s headquarters in Taiba Ndiaye. The team will be responsible for communicating with the local communities to ensure that all questions, concerns and requests of community members are addressed and recorded. The Community Relations Officer or a member of his team will meet at least once each month during construction and at least one every quarter during operations with communities on an individual or group basis. The purpose of these meetings will be to communicate the progress of the Project during construction and the activities which occurred in the past month and those which shall occur in the coming months. These meetings will also be a platform for community members to express their concerns and ask any questions about the Project. In addition to meetings, the team will be responsible to ensure that the PETN Village bulletin boards (described below) are updated on a regular basis to ensure that those who are not able to attend meetings can go some where to obtain information on the Project.

The Project’s Communication Plan will include publication of a free newsletter and the installation of a free-standing bulletin board in all 37 villages which as the date of this Addendum has already been implemented. This bulletin board will be one of the Project’s main means of communicating to all the villages. At the moment, the monthly newsletter is posted in the bulletin board. In the future, larger poster like communications will be made to explain when and where compensation will be paid and when certain construction activities will take place.

General protocols for documenting and managing complaints and inquiries from stakeholders will be managed in accordance with the “Community Grievance Procedure”, in order to ensure that any stakeholder complaints or inquiries detected are documented and brought to the attention of management and properly considered. The “Community Grievance Procedure” will be in compliance with IFC PS1.

PETN


261 of 286

12 Environmental & Social Management System (ESMS Plan)

12.1 Environmental and Social Management System Description

12.1.1 General Requirements In accordance with International Finance Corporate (IFC) Performance Standard 1 (PS 1)61, Parc Eolien Taiba N'Diaye S.A. (PETN) will establish an Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) for the Taiba N'Diaye Wind Farm in Senegal (referred to hereafter as the Project). PETN are the owners of the Project, and the ESMS will apply over the entire Project life cycle, including construction, operation, and site decommissioning and restoration. It applies to the oversight activities conducted by PETN as well as Vestas, who will serve as the Project’s engineering, procurement, and construction (EPC) contractor and the Project operator via a long-term operations and maintenance contract.

The ESMS is embodied in this ESMS Plan and various management/mitigation plans and management system procedures (MSPs) to be developed by PETN and Vestas as discussed herein. This initial version of the ESMS Plan will apply specifically to the construction phase of the Project; the various ESMS support documents cited herein will be completed and issued prior to commencing construction. Collectively, the ESMS Plan and its supporting documents are designed to comprise a flexible management system framework that is based directly on PS 1 and can be readily and periodically updated to accommodate the changing needs of the Project.

As noted in Table 1-1, in addition to the requirements of IFC, the ESMS also considers:

• the IFC Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) General Guidelines (IFC, 2007a) and EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy (IFC, August 2015) the IFC Performance Standards (PSs)(IFS, 2012), and other good international industry practices (GIIPs) as referenced therein;

• the ISO 14001 environmental management system standard62; and

• the OHSAS 1800163 occupational health and safety (OHS) management system standard.

These standards have been widely and successfully applied in many different industries and national settings, and collectively provide an appropriate basis for the development of an effective, fully integrated ESMS capable of addressing applicable Senegalese regulatory 61 See http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/ifc+sustainability/ our+approach/risk+management/performance+standards/environmental+and+social+performance+standards+and+guidance+notes 62 ISO 14001:2004, Environmental management systems – Requirements with Guidance for Use; International Organization for Standardization, Geneva, Switzerland, 2004. ISO 14001 is considered as a GIIP only. References to this standard do not represent any commitment to undertake third-party certification. 63 OHSAS 18001:2007, Occupational health and safety management systems – Specification; OHSAS Project Group Secretariat, London, United Kingdom 2007. OHSAS 18001 is selected as a GIIP for OHS program management, as well as for its structural and contextual compatibility with PS-1 and ISO 14001. References to this standard do not represent any commitment to undertake third-party certification.

PETN


262 of 286

requirements as well as international norms for the management of the environmental, occupational health and safety (OHS), and other social aspects of wind energy project operations. It should also be noted that Vestas maintains an integrated corporate management system based on ISO 14001, OSHAS 18001, and the ISO 900164 quality management system standard; as discussed in Section 12.1.2 and Table 67, the documents prepared to support the Vestas corporate management system are typically adapted to the needs of individual projects and represent a significant resource in the development of the ESMS for this Project.

64 ISO 9001: 2008, Quality management systems; International Organization for Standardization, Geneva, Switzerland, 2008

PETN


263 of 286

Table 65 : ESMS Plan – Primary References for Structure and Content

ESMS Plan Sections/Subsections

Applicable IFC

Performance Standard 1 Requirements

Applicable IFC

EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy

Applicable IFC

EHS General Guidelines

Corresponding ISO 14001:2004 requirements

Corresponding

OHSAS 18001:2007 requirements

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 ESMS Description • Requirements, item 5 N/A N/A 4.1 4.1

1.2 ESMS Documentation • Requirements, item 5 N/A N/A 4.5 4.5

1.3 Change Management • Requirements, item 5 N/A N/A 4.5 4.5

2.0 POLICY • Requirements, item 6 N/A N/A 4.2 4.2

3.0 IDENTIFICATION OF RISKS AND IMPACTS

3.1 Legal and Other Requirements

• Requirements, item 7 N/A N/A 4.3.2 4.3.2

3.2 Social and Environmental Aspects and Impacts, Risk Assessment, and Risk Management Planning

• Requirements, items 7-12

• Section 1.1, “Environmental (Impacts and Management)” • Section 1.3, “Community Health and Safety(Impacts and Management)”

− Section 1, “Environmental” (inclusive) − Section 3, “Community Health and Safety” (inclusive) − Section 4, “Construction and Decommissioning” - 4.1, “Environment”; 4.3, “Community Health & Safety”

4.3.1 N/A

3.3 Occupational Health and Safety Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment, and Risk Management Planning

• Requirements, items 7-12

• Section 1.2, “Occupational Health and Safety (Impacts and Management)” • Section 1.3, “Community Health and Safety(Impacts and Management)”

− Section 2, “Occupational Health and Safety” (inclusive) − Section 4, “Construction and Decommissioning” - 4.2, “Occupational Health and Safety”

N/A 4.3.1

4.0 MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS

4.1 Environmental, Social and Health & Safety (ESHS) Objectives and Targets

• Requirements, items 13 - 16

• Section 1.1, “Environmental (Impacts and Management)” • Section 1.2, “Occupational Health and Safety (Impacts and Management)” • Section 1.3, “Community Health and Safety(Impacts and Management)” • Section 2.1, “Environment (Performance Indicators and Monitoring)” • Section 2.2, “Occupational Health and Safety (Performance Indicators and Monitoring)”

− Section 1, “Environmental” (inclusive) − Section 2, “Occupational Health and Safety” (inclusive) − Section 3, “Community Health and Safety” (inclusive) − Section 4, “Construction and Decommissioning” (Inclusive)

4.3.3 4.3.3

4.2 ESHS Performance Improvement Management Program/Management Plans

• Requirements, items 13 - 16

• Section 1.1, “Environmental (Impacts and Management)” • Section 1.2, “Occupational Health and Safety (Impacts and Management)” • Section 1.3, “Community Health and Safety(Impacts and Management)”

− Section 1, Environmental (inclusive) − Section 2,Occupational Health and Safety (inclusive) − Section 3, Community Health and Safety (inclusive) − Section 4, “Construction and

4.3.4 4.3.4

PETN


264 of 286



Applicable IFC


Applicable IFC


Applicable IFC



Corresponding


• Section 2.1, “Environment (Performance Indicators and Monitoring)” • Section 2.2, “Occupational Health and Safety (Performance Indicators and Monitoring)

Decommissioning” (Inclusive)

4.3 Operational Control

4.3.1 Operational Planning Process

Requirements, items 13 - 16



4.4.6 4.4.6

4.3.2 Management of Social and Environmental Impacts

Requirements, items 13 - 16

• Section 1.1, “Environmental (Impacts and Management)” • Section 1.3, “Community Health and Safety(Impacts and Management)”

− Section 1, “Environmental (inclusive) − Section 2, “Occupational Health and Safety” (inclusive) − Section 3, Community Health and Safety (inclusive) − Section 4, “Construction and Decommissioning” (Inclusive) −

4.4.6 N/A

4.3.3 Control of Contractor Operations

Social and Environmental Management System, Element (ii), “Management Program”



4.4.6 4.4.6

5.0 ORGANIZATIONAL CAPACITY AND COMPETENCY

5.1 Structure and Responsibility

Requirements, items 17 - 19. N/A N/A 4.1 4.1

5.2 Training, Awareness, and Competence

Requirements, items 17 - 19.

• Section 1.2, “Occupational Health and Safety (Impacts and Management)”

− Section 2, “Occupational Health and Safety”, 2.2, “Communication and Training”

4.2 4.2

6.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE

Requirements, items 20-21


− Section 3, “Community Health and Safety” – 3.7, “Emergency Preparedness and Response”

4.4.7 4.4.7

7.0 MONITORING AND REVIEW

7.1 ESMS Records N/A

N/A 4.5.3 4.5.3

PETN


265 of 286



Applicable IFC


Applicable IFC


Applicable IFC



Corresponding


7.2 Monitoring and Measurement

7.2.1 ESHS Monitoring


• Section 2.1, “Environment (Performance Indicators and Monitoring)” • Section 2.2, “Occupational Health and Safety (Performance Indicators and Monitoring)”

− Section 2, “Occupational Health and Safety” – 2.9, “Monitoring”

4.5.1 4.5.1

7.1.2 Regulatory Compliance Verification Audits



− Section 2, “Occupational Health and Safety” – 2.9, “Monitoring”

4.5.1 4.5.1

7.2.3 ESHS Performance Measurements



• Section 2,”Occupational Health and Safety” – 2.9, “Monitoring”

N/A 4.5.1

7.3 Non-conformance Reporting and Corrective and Preventive Action

Requirements, items 22-24 N/A N/A 4.5.2 4.5.2

7.4 Internal ESHS Management System Audits

Requirements, items 22-24, N/A N/A 4.5.4 4.5.4

7.5 Management Review Requirements, items 22-24 N/A N/A 4.6 4.6

8.0 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

8.1 Stakeholder Analysis and Engagement Planning


• Section 1.3, “Community Health and Safety(Impacts and Management)”

− Section 3, “Community Health and Safety” (inclusive)

4.3.3 4.3.3

8.2 Disclosure of Information Requirements, item 29



4.3.3 4.3.3

8.3 Consultation Requirements, item 30



4.3.3 4.3.3

8.4 Informed Consultation and Participation

Requirements, item 31



4.3.3 4.3.3

8.6 Private Sector Responsibilities Under Government-Led Stakeholder Engagement

Requirements, items 33



4.3.3 4.3.3

9.0 EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS AND GRIEVANCE MECHANISMS

9.1 External Communications Requirements, item 34


− Section 3, “Community Health and Safety” (inclusive) 4.3.3 4.3.3

PETN


266 of 286



Applicable IFC


Applicable IFC


Applicable IFC



Corresponding


9.2 Grievance Mechanism for Affected Communities



• Section 3, “”Community Health and Safety (inclusive)

4.3.3

4.3.3

10.0 ONGOING REPORTING TO AFFECTED COMMUNITIES




4.3.3

4.3.3

PETN


267 of 286

12.1.2 ESMS Documentation The overall hierarchy of documents that comprise the Project ESMS is depicted in Figure 27.

Figure 27 : ESMS Document Hierarchy

The ESMS Plan will be periodically reviewed and updated in response to the changes that will occur in various phases over the life of the Project. It will serve as a primary reference for the overall design and contents of the ESMS, and is meant to serve as a key communication tool in the presentation of the ESMS to the Project’s lenders and equity partners, regulatory authorities, and other external stakeholders.

The ESMS Plan will be supported by a suite of management/mitigation plans and management system procedures (MSPs) to be prepared by PETN and the EPC contractor, under PETN direction. The management/mitigation plans and MSPs so prepared will consider the requirements of the underlying standards noted in Table 65, and will be focused on the management or mitigation of the specific environmental and social issues or impacts associated with one or more phases of the Project. An initial list of the management/mitigation plans anticipated for the Project is presented in Table 66.

ESMS Plan

Management/Mitigation Plans

ISO 14001

OHSAS18001

Management System Procedures (MSPs)

ESHSPolicies

IFC PS 1

ESMS

• Address PS 1 and GIIP policy requirements• General framework for achieving ESMS objectives

• Based on PS1+ “Plan-Do-Check-Act” processes• Describes overall content of ESMS, supported by

lower tier plans and procedures

• Address known and potential impacts• Defines mitigation strategies, supported by

management system procedures

• Provide day-to-day direction to proponent and EPC contractor workforce and subcontractors

• Task- or activity-specific, focused level of detail

IFC EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy

IFC EHS General

Guidelines

PETN


268 of 286

Table 66 : Management/Mitigation Plans

Environmental Monitoring Plan Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring/Accident Prevention Plan Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan Spill Prevention, Control, and Contingency Plan Hazardous Materials Management Plan Surface Water/Stormwater Management Plan

Waste Management Plan Biodiversity Action Plan Transportation Management Plan Stakeholder Engagement Plan Livelihood Restoration Plan Site Reclamation and Closure Plan

The general scope and purpose of each of these plans is summarized as follows:

• Environmental Monitoring Plan – this plan will be designed to capture all of the

specific water quality, wildlife mortality, and other environmental monitoring needs identified in individual management/mitigation plans and supporting management system procedures (MSPs), as well as the Project’s latest available Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) results. It will provide for the development and maintenance of a spreadsheet or planning tool that facilitates the planning, execution, and reporting actions associated with the environmental monitoring requirements that will apply over the construction, operation, and decommissioning/closure phases of the Project.

• Occupational Health and Safety/Accident Prevention Plan – the initial iteration of the Occupational Health and Safety/Accident Prevention Plan will be based on the draft “Health and Safety Plan: Construction of the Wind Farm of TAIBA in Senegal” (Vestas, 2014) and will be issued prior to the start of construction to permit ample time for workforce training. This plan addresses all aspects of occupational health and safety on the Project, with emphasis on the identifying required safety behaviors, preventive/protective measures, and the routine implementation of MSPs to minimize the potential for accidents, injuries, and illness within the PETN and contractor workforce.

• Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan – this plan will be designed to

minimize the potential for accidents and emergency situations involving major

PETN


269 of 286

equipment transportation and construction operations, as well as the project’s wind turbines and other physical structures or operational practices. The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will address the minimum safety requirements of (IFC, 2007a) and (IFC, 2007b) as well as appropriate GIIPs.

• Spill Prevention, Control, and Contingency Plan – this plan will contain requirements for periodic inspections of bulk-stored fuel, lubricants, and other hazardous materials storage areas; containment integrity; management of accumulated precipitation; management of field fuelling operations; and checks on the functionality or readiness of personal protective equipment (PPE), fire suppression systems or equipment, and other emergency systems.

• Hazardous Materials Management Plan – the Hazardous Materials Management Plan will contain requirements for weekly inspections of small-quantity storage areas for paints, degreasers, cleaners, solvents, insecticides, and other hazards materials for containment integrity, segregation of incompatible and materials, the condition of warning or access control signage, and the functionality or readiness of PPE and fire suppression and other emergency systems.

• Surface Water/Stormwater Management Plan – the Surface Water/Stormwater Management Plan will address daily inspections of stormwater management infrastructure to ensure that all deterrent systems remain functional, and that no ponding occurs near the turbine areas that would represent an attractant to birdlife.

• Waste Management Plan – this plan will provide for monitoring the accumulation and disposal of containerized hazardous waste and medical waste; the accumulation and disposal of nonhazardous waste; daily cover of temporary landfills or licensed solid waste landfills; and sampling for landfill leachate quality. The Waste Management Plan will also include requirements for periodic inspections to ensure the erosional stability of landfill earthworks.

• Biodiversity Action Plan – this plan will be designed to:

- identify and fill information gaps with respect to critical habitats; - develop an effective mitigation strategy to prevent or to the extent possible

minimize impacts to the population of endangered species, as well as to achieve net gains in certain biodiversity values for which critical habitats have been identified;

- assess whether biodiversity offsets are required, and if necessary, develop an effective and meaningful offset strategy;

- provide a robust biodiversity monitoring and evaluation program for the construction and operational phases of the Project as the basis for adaptive management of the Project’s biodiversity aspects and impacts, including residual impacts; and

- provide a framework for engaging stakeholders on conservation and other topics related to the biodiversity-related aspects of the Project.

• Transportation Management Plan – this plan will address the management of truck/convoy traffic on the access roadways to the site. The plan will also describe

PETN


270 of 286

rules of the road, travel security, monitoring for erosional damage and illegal or undesirable human influx into the Project concession, sharing of maintenance responsibilities with other road users; appropriate cross references to the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will also be provided.

• Stakeholder Engagement Plan – this plan will describe the methods PETN and Vestas will use to engage the workforce, affected communities and other potential stakeholders directly affected by the Project, and to ensure that relevant environmental and social information is disclosed and disseminated through appropriate outreach and communications procedures. The Stakeholder Engagement Plan will also invoke procedures for managing evaluation and response to external grievances, complaints, and questions.

• Livelihood Restoration Plan – this plan will describe the anticipated range of impacts to livelihoods as a result of project land acquisition and/or restrictions to land use during construction. It will identify the Persons Affected by the Project (PAPs) and provide a detailed plan for compensation and livelihood restoration. The Livelihood Restoration Plan will include:

- an introduction to the project; - a summary of relevant project impacts; - a summary of applicable legal and regulatory requirements, as managed via the

processes defined by Section 3.1 of this ESMS Plan; - a summary of the socioeconomic baseline; - results of a detailed socio-economic census of PAPs, and an inventory of affected

land and assets at the household level; - eligibility criteria for compensation; - an entitlement matrix; - a summary of the stakeholder engagement requirements defined by Stakeholder

Engagement Plan; - the projected timeframe for Livelihood Restoration Plan implementation; - a discussion of organizational capacity; - specific requirements for monitoring, evaluation, and reporting; and - a summary of available budget and resources

With respect to the latter, the Livelihood Restoration Plan will also describe the retention of a competent resettlement professional to provide advice on compliance with the relevant sections of IFC PS 5 and as a resource in monitoring the effectiveness of plan implementation via the ESMS auditing and management review mechanisms discussed in Sections 12.7.4 and 12.7.5. The Livelihood Restoration Plan will also specifically require that PAPs be consulted during the monitoring processes so described.

• Site Reclamation and Closure Plan – this plan will include specific requirements for monitoring the completeness of required end-of-Project turbine demolition or removal actions, removal of other infrastructure, and the effectiveness of the restoration and re-vegetation of the reclaimed disturbed areas. Specific erosional issues associated with closed areas will be monitored, and if necessary, remediated.

PETN


271 of 286

All of the management/mitigation plans listed above will consider appropriate resources and source materials drawn from the Vestas Management System Manual (Vestas, 2015) and its supporting plans and procedures. Individual plans will be organized to emphasize end user effectiveness and unless other specific requirements are noted in the previous descriptions typically include:

• a clear statement of objectives or purpose;

• brief discussion of the relationship to the overall structure and purpose of the Project ESMS;

• regulatory and/or GIIP references, as applicable;

• roles and responsibilities of key personnel;

• specific measures, procedures, or practices to prevent or mitigate the environmental or social issues or impacts that are the primary focus of a given Plan;

• training requirements (see Section 12.5.2);

• any applicable inspection and/or monitoring requirements;

• any external or internal reporting requirements; and

• a brief discussion of applicable plan review, approval, and update (change management) protocols

Modifications may be periodically required to incorporate the results of regular environmental, social, and OHS risk reviews as discussed in Sections 12.3.2 and 12.3.3. Changes and modifications will be controlled per Section 12.1.3.

The ESMS Plan and the management/mitigation plans noted above may also require the support of various MSPs written to guide PETN and Vestas workers and subcontractor personnel in the day-to-day performance of specific activities. Development and implementation of these procedures will be led by either PETN or Vestas. As shown in Table 67, PETN will generally have responsibility for procedures that support project oversight or general administrative management functions, while Vestas-developed procedures will be more focused on day-to day Project operations. The greater portion of these procedures will be based on (or their development in some part will be supported by) templates or models already developed by Vestas for similar international projects.

Table 67 : Project Procedures

Number Title Lead Template/Resources Reference65

MSP-01 “Grievance Mechanism” PETN

• INS RSK-SBU-MEX “Grievance Mechanism V3” • Vestas Closing Report- “Grievance Mechanism”

65 References and resources in this column will be provided from Vestas corporate resources.

PETN


272 of 286



MSP-02

“Employee and Contractor Training”

Vestas

• SUS TRA SAI, “Administrate Safety Awareness Induction” • SUS TRA TED, “Plan and Execute Sustainability Training and Education” • INS SUS TRA TED [MED] “Sustainability Training”

MSP-03

“Preparation, Review, Approval, and Update of Management System Procedures”

PETN To Be Developed (TBD)

MSP-04

“ESMS Document Distribution and Control”

PETN

• Vestas procedures “Document and Record Lifecycle” and “Guidelines and Requirements to Document and Record Management”

MSP-05 “Management of Records”

PETN

• Vestas “Document & Record Management Policy” • Vestas procedures “Document and Record Lifecycle” and “Guidelines and Requirements to Document and Record Management”

MSP-06 “Field Inspections”

Vestas

• SUS-MEA-SCH “Plan and Perform (HSE) Safety Checks” • INS SUS MEA SCH [MED] “Checks and Inspections”

MSP-07

“Management of Non-conformances and Corrective/ Preventive Action”

Vestas • Vestas Incident Management System

MSP-08 “Chance Archaeological Finds” Vestas • INS SUS ASM ENV [MED] “Cultural Heritage”

MSP-09

“Environmental and Social Footprint Surveys and Land Clearances”

Vestas TBD

MSP-10 “Community Meetings” PETN

• Implementation and Control Guideline Community Relations Wind Farms Under Construction

MSP-11 “Management of Stakeholder Communications”

PETN

• INS SUS COM EXC, “Manage E&OHS Communication with External Parties” • INS SUS COM EXC [MED] “Communication with External Parties”

PETN


273 of 286



MSP-12 “Bird and Bat Mortality Monitoring”

Vestas • INS SUS ENV ASM [MED], “Wildlife Protection”

MSP-13

“Control of Erosion and Sedimentation”

Vestas • INS SUS ASM ENV [MED] “Soil Protection”

MSP-14

“Environmental and Social Objectives, Targets, and Performance Improvement Action Plans”

PETN • SUS ASM ENV “Map and Assess Environmental Aspects and Impacts”

MSP-15

“Legal and Regulatory Requirements Register”

PETN • SUS ASM LOR “Monitor and Implement HSE Legal and Other Requirements”

MSP-16 “Compliance Verification Audits” PETN • QMA AUA PPA “Preparing and Performing Audits and Assessments”

MSP-17 “ESMS Audits” PETN • QMA AUA PPA “Preparing and Performing Audits and Assessments”

MSP-18 “ESMS Management Reviews” PETN • QMA MAR PMR “Performing Management Review”

MSP-19

“Project Safety Hazard Identification, Reporting, and Risk Assessment”

Vestas • SUS ASM HRA “Identify Hazards and Assess Risks”

MSP-20

“Prevention of Communicable Diseases”

Vestas TBD

MSP-21 “Personal Protective Equipment”

Vestas

• “Vestas Guideline: Personal Protective Equipment” • SUS IEM EMR, “Plan and Check Emergency Response”

MSP-22

“First Aid and Emergency Medical Response”

Vestas • SUS IEM EMR, “Plan and Check Emergency Response”

MSP-23 “Operational Safety Meetings” Vestas

• SER-SBM-SSS-OSM [MED] “Service Operations Safety Meetings” • SUS CMT SWM “Perform Safety Walk for Managers”

MSP-24 “Dust Suppression” Vestas • INS SUS ASM ENV [MED] “Air Emissions Control”

MSP-25 “Transportation Safety”

Vestas

• Vestas Corporate OHS Manual, Chapter 16, “Vehicles, Heavy Transport and Lifting Equipment”

PETN


274 of 286



MSP-26

“Handling and Storage of Hazardous Materials”

Vestas

• SUS CHM HCH “Handle Chemicals” • SUS-CHM-DNG “Manage Dangerous Goods” • INS SUS-CHM-HCH [MED] “Handling, Storage and Transportation of Chemicals”

MSP-27 “Welding and Cutting Safety”

Vestas

• Vestas Corporate OHS Manual, Chapter 07, “Fire Protection and Prevention”

MSP-28

“Electrical Safety/Lockout and Tagout Requirements”

Vestas • SUS MET ELS “Manage Electrical Safety - Hazardous Energy”

MSP-29 “Working from Heights” Vestas • Vestas Corporate OHS Manual, Chapter 10, “Working at Heights”

MSP-30

“Vehicle Fueling and Spill Prevention”

Vestas • SUS IEM EMR “Plan and Check Emergency Response”

MSP-31 “Fire Prevention Program” Vestas

• Vestas Corporate OHS Manual, Chapter 07, “Fire Protection and Prevention” • SUS IEM EMR “Plan and Check Emergency Response”

MSP-32 “Site Security” Vestas • Vestas Site Security template

All procedures will be consider the minimum applicable requirements of the references noted in Table 65; they will be prepared with a level of detail commensurate with the phase of the project, the complexity of the task, current staffing levels, and the capabilities and experience of the workforce.

12.1.3 Change Management This iteration of the ESMS Plan is prepared to support the start of the construction phase of the project; ESMS Plan adequacy and effectiveness will be evaluated and updates initiated for later phases of the Project, as appropriate, in response to the internal audit and management review processes described in Section 12.7.4 and 12.7.5. MSP preparation, review, approval, controlled distribution, and update requirements will be defined by MSP-03, “Preparation, Review, Approval, and Update of Management System Procedures.” Latest approved versions of all levels of ESMS documents will be subject to controlled distribution in accordance with MSP-04, “ESMS Document Distribution and Control.”

PETN


275 of 286

12.2 Policy PETN has prepared three key policy statements for the Project that collectively define the Project’s commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility:

• Corporate Social Responsibility Policy: Community Relations;

• Corporate Social Responsibility Policy: Human Resource; and

• Corporate Social Responsibility Policy: Environment, Health, and Safety.

These policy statements are included in Appendix A; they are benchmarked against the specific requirements of IFC PS 1, ISO 14001, and OHSAS 18001, and will be signed by PETN project officers and issued prior to the commencement of the construction phase. Taken in combination, these policies emphasize open communications and consideration of the social and environmental interests of affected communities and residents, regulatory authorities, the Project workforce, and other stakeholders. The suitability and effectiveness of these policies will be evaluated at least annually as part of the management review process described in Section 12.7.5. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) policy contents will also be communicated to the Project workforce through periodic human resources, social, environmental, and OHS awareness training (see Section 12.5.2), and by visual posting of the policy documents in key locations at the Project site. Vestas and other Project contractors will also be advised on applicable CSR policy requirements through their individual procurement documents, as noted in Section 12.4.3.2. Copies of these policies will also be distributed in response to specific requests for information, or as may otherwise be directed by Project management.

12.3 Identification of Risk and Impacts

12.3.1 Legal and Other Requirements The Project will maintain understanding of the full scope of legal and regulatory requirements that apply to all phases of the Project life cycle, as well as any associated planning, operating, monitoring, or reporting requirements. Prior to the initiation of the major construction phase of the Project, however, procedure MSP 15, “Legal and Regulatory Requirements Register” will be implemented in order to provide guidance for routinely integrating required permitting actions into the advance planning and scheduling of construction and regular operations of the wind farm. This understanding will be considered in the risk and impact evaluation process described in Section 12.3.2. MPS-16 will also provide for the development and regular update of a Project-specific register of regulatory requirements, as well as other voluntary lender and industry-specific standards that PETN will adopt for this Project (e.g., applicable IFC Performance Standards and EHS Guidelines). MPS-16 will also require that the Project establish and maintain access to appropriate information sources as the means to identify new or modified regulatory requirements that may affect any phase of Project operations.

As noted in Section 12.7.2.2, after the initiation of the major construction phase, the Project’s regulatory compliance status will be subject to an internal verification audit on at least an annual basis in accordance with MSP-16, “Compliance Verification Audits.” Any compliance issues that may be detected in the verification audit process will be formally resolved in accordance with MSP-08, Management of Non-conformances and Corrective/Preventive Action”.

PETN


276 of 286

12.3.2 Social and Environmental Aspects and Impacts, Risk Assessment, and Risk Management Planning

The social and environmental impacts identified in the Project ESIS Addendum will be summarized and documented in a project-specific list or register, which will be evaluated on at least an annual basis in accordance with MSP-15, “Environmental and Social Impacts, Objectives, Targets, and Performance Improvement Action Plans.” MSP-15 will be designed to address the identification of new impacts or any subsequent additions or modifications to the results of the Project ESIS Addendum that may be prompted by changes in environmental or operational conditions, lender requirements or other stakeholder interests, regulatory requirements, or other relevant changes. The input provided by local/external stakeholders will also be identified and specifically considered in the evaluation of social and environmental aspects and impacts. Any necessary changes in the aspects/impacts register will be reflected in appropriate modifications or additions to the Project’s management/mitigation plans or other performance improvement measures, as discussed in Section 12.4.3 and MSP-14, .

12.3.3 Occupational Health and Safety Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment, and Risk Management Planning

As noted in Table 67, PETN and Vestas will develop an initial group of OHS-related MSPs to address predicted hazards and OHS risks. Work area-specific risks that will need to be addressed as the Project progresses will be evaluated and documented in a periodically updated register of risks and mitigation measures, in accordance with MSP-19, “Project Safety Hazard Identification, Reporting, and Risk Assessment.” The results of this periodic evaluation will form the basis of the OHS component of an ongoing performance improvement program, which will be implemented at the start of construction. Hazards or unsafe conditions that may be observed will be investigated and considered, as appropriate, in updates or additions to affected management/mitigation plans. Should additional MSPs be required to address newly observed conditions or other planning needs, they will be developed in accordance with MSP-03, “Preparation, Review, Approval, and Update of Management System Procedures.”

12.4 Management Programs

12.4.1 Environmental, Social, and Health & Safety (ESHS) Objectives, Targets, and Performance Improvement Action Plans

At the start of the construction phase of the Project and on at least an annual basis thereafter, performance objectives and targets will be set in an effort to further minimize or mitigate the environmental and social impacts described in Section 12.3.2, as well as any identified OHS hazards and risks as discussed in Section 12.3.3, over and above the measures that may already be in effect in existing management/mitigation plans or MSPs. This process will be documented in MSP-15, “Environmental and Social Impacts, Objectives, Targets, and Performance Improvement Action Plans”, and will be designed to ensure that objectives and targets are prioritized for improvement action on the basis of:

• the relative significance of their associated impacts;

• the presence or absence of specific regulatory, stakeholder, or OHS issues; and

• the presence, adequacy, or effectiveness of current management/mitigation plans or MSPs.

PETN


277 of 286

12.4.2 ESHS Performance Improvement Management Program/Management/mitigation plans

At the start of the construction phase, PETN will implement an annual social, environmental, and OHS performance review and improvement process that updates management/mitigation plans to address specific impacts or undertake specific performance improvements, based on the performance objectives and targets discussed in Section 12.4.1 and MSP-15, “Environmental and Social Impacts, Objectives, Targets, and Performance Improvement Action Plans.” MSP-15 will require that technical guidance and appropriate scheduling information be provided for each performance improvement action. Current regulatory requirements (see Section 12.3.1) and communications from external stakeholders (see Section 12.8.1) will also be considered in the process of preparing and updating individual management/mitigation plans. Progress toward the completion of the improvement actions so defined will be monitored as described in Section 12.7.2.1 of this ESMS Plan. Final review and approval of specific performance improvement actions will be conducted as part of the annual management review process described in Section 12.7.5.

12.4.3 Operational Control

12.4.3.1 Management of Social and Environmental Impacts

As noted in Section 12.4.2 and Table 66, a series of detailed management/mitigation plans will be developed to address those areas of Project operations for which the ESIA process has indicated that potentially significant environmental and social impacts are known to exist, or could potentially occur in one or more phases of the Project life cycle. Where necessary, these management/mitigation plans will be supported by MSPs. All such documents are subject to periodic evaluation, refinement, and update in response to changing regulations, process changes or improvements, or other change requirements, in accordance with the processes described in Section 12.1.3.

The specific environmental impacts associated with any field investigation or preliminary construction activity that involves a surface disturbance will be identified, documented, and appropriately mitigated in accordance with the process that will be defined in MSP-09, “Environmental and Social Footprint Surveys and Land Clearances.” MSP-09 will specifically require the identification, flagging, protection, documentation, reporting, and controlled investigation of environmentally sensitive areas or species. MSP-08, “Chance Archaeological Finds” will be invoked if artifacts or structures with potential archaeological, historical, or cultural value are identified in a footprint survey. Also, as discussed in Section 12.3.2, at the start of the construction phase, the Project will also commence an annual evaluation of the OHS hazards and risks associated with its operations, in accordance with procedure MSP-19, “Project Safety Hazard Identification, Reporting, and Risk Assessment.” The results of this evaluation may prompt OHS performance improvements as described in Section 12.4.2, or updates or additions to the MSPs or management/mitigation plans listed previously. Hazardous or unsafe conditions that may be observed in the course of the Project are to be documented in accordance with MSP-19, investigated, and, if appropriate, also considered in updates or additions to the management/mitigation plans and/or MSPs. Additional procedural controls may be established for newly observed conditions, as appropriate, in accordance with MSP-03, “Preparation, Review, Approval, and Update of Management System Procedures.”

12.4.3.2 Control of Contractor Operations

PETN


278 of 286

PETN and Vestas purchasing or contracts staff will co-ordinate with the Vestas Environmental and OHS Managers as necessary to ensure that appropriate environmental, OHS, and safety behavioral controls are included in the purchase orders or contracts issued to suppliers and contractors. PETN policy, management/mitigation plan, or MSP requirements may be invoked directly without modification, or selected requirements may be invoked as appropriate for the nature of the procurement and the capabilities of the contractor. Contractor training needs will also be defined as appropriate. Other appropriate contractual requirements will be invoked to ensure that the delivery of hazardous materials as well as non-hazardous materials and equipment or other contractor operations do not negatively impact the regulatory compliance status of the Project or compromise the effectiveness of the ESMS. Contractor staff may be requested to participate in emergency response drills or other training exercises, at the discretion of the Environmental/OHS Managers; participation requirements will be incorporated in the governing procurement document.

12.5 Organizational Capacity and Competency

12.5.1 Structure and Responsibility Figure 28 depicts the organization of key ESMS implementation roles during the construction phase of the Project.

Figure 28 : ESMS Organizational Chart – Construction Phase

Project Manager -PETN

ConstructionManager -

Vestas

Occupational Health & Safety

Manager

Community Relations Manager

Environmental Manager

Human Resources Manager

Community Relations Mgr.-

PETN

ESMS Advisor/Auditor –

PETN

Equity Providers -Sarreole/ACEI

International Lenders

ReportingManagement authority

ContractsManager-

PETN

PETN


279 of 286

Individually and collectively, all Project employees are responsible for:

• working safely, within the guidelines and requirements established by this ESMS Plan and the supporting Management/mitigation plans and procedures cited herein ;

• supporting the environmental, social, and OHS policies established for the Project in the day to day performance of their work;

• notifying their supervisors, the Environmental Manager, or the OHS Manager of any observed spills, equipment malfunctions, unsafe or unhealthy situations, improper environmental practices, or other issues that could represent a nonconformance with the requirements this ESMS Plan.

Other specific responsibilities associated with the key positions noted in Figure 28 are summarized as follows:

• Project Manager - PETN: The PETN Project Manager will have overall responsibility for successful completion of Project activities in the manner described in this ESMS Plan and the supporting management/mitigation plans and MSPs described herein, and will serve as PETN’s primary liaison contact with the Vestas Construction Manager and management staff. The PETN Project Manager will also assume a lead role in the investigation and resolution of any community relations or labor grievance that may occur in the course of the Project.

• Contracts Manager - PETN: The PETN Contracts Manager, among their other responsibilities, will work with the ESMS Advisor/Auditor to ensure that appropriate elements of the ESMS Plan are reflected in the Vestas contract in particular, and to other contractor procurement documents as appropriate for the goods or services provided.

• ESMS Advisor/Auditor - PETN: The PETN ESMS Advisor/Auditor will work with the Contracts Manager to ensure that appropriate elements of the ESMS Plan are reflected in the Vestas contract in particular, and to other contractor procurement documents as appropriate for the goods or services provided. The ESMS Advisor/Auditor will also be responsible for coordinating or conducting the compliance verification, internal audit, and management review processes described in Sections 12.7.2.2, 12.7.4, and 12.7.5, as well as serving as an overall technical resource to the Vestas Environmental and OHS Managers with respect to ESMS implementation.

• Community Relations Manager - PETN: The PETN Community Relations Manager will be responsible for overseeing the activities of the Vestas Community Relations Manager and the overall implementation of the Vestas Stakeholder Engagement Plan. The Community Relations Manager will also coordinate with the PETN Project Manager and the Vestas Community Relations Manager in the investigation and resolution of any community grievances or other issues that involve local communities or external stakeholders.

• Construction Manager: The Vestas Construction Manager will be responsible for overseeing day-to-day environmental clearance and/or construction activities. These duties include review of construction reports to monitor progress and issues encountered, and in providing the resources and otherwise assisting the Environmental and Health and Safety Officers in the timely resolution of any observed health, safety, and environmental (HSE) issues.

• Environmental Manager: The Vestas Environmental Manager will be responsible to the Construction Manager and the PETN Project Manager for administering the environmental aspects of the ESMS, and will participate in the review, approval, and as

PETN


280 of 286

necessary, update or modification of this ESMS Plan and supporting management/mitigation plans and MSPs in response to changing project conditions. The Environmental Manager will also be responsible for the regular monitoring of project activities to ensure continuing compliance with this ESMS Plan; see Section 12.7. The Environmental Manager will provide input to periodic HSE monitoring reports, and may also conduct focused inspections of specific environmental issues at the request of the Construction Manager or the PETN Project Manager or ESMS Advisor/Auditor.

• OHS Manager: The Vestas OHS Manager will be responsible to the Construction Manager and the PETN Project Manager for administering the OHS aspects of the ESMS, and will participate in the review, approval, and as necessary, update or modification of this ESMS Plan and supporting management/mitigation plans and MSPs in response to changing project conditions. The OHS Manager will also be responsible for periodic monitoring of project activities to ensure continuing compliance with the OHS elements of the ESMS Plan. The OHS Manager will also provide input to HSE monitoring reports, and may also conduct focused inspections of specific health and safety or social/community relations issues at the request of the Construction Manager or the PETN Project Manager or ESMS Advisor/Auditor.

• Community Relations Manager: The Vestas Community Relations Manager will be responsible for managing interactions with local communities with respect to public health and safety, security, and other social concerns as defined in the Stakeholder Engagement Plan. The Community Relations Manager will also coordinate with the PETN Community Relations Project Manager in the investigation and resolution of any community grievances or other issues that involve local communities or external stakeholders

• Human Resources Manager: The Vestas Human Resources Manager will assist the Construction Manager in the resolution of any workforce concerns or complaints that may be encountered in the course of the Project. The Human Resources Manager will also support the PETN Project Manager in the investigation and resolution of any labor grievances that may occur in the course of the Project.

12.5.2 Training, Awareness, and Competence The Project workforce will be provided appropriate types and levels of training in accordance with MSP-03, “Employee and Contractor Training.” Training subjects and methods will be selected that are commensurate with routine and emergency work assignments, as well as any OHS hazards or environmental and social impacts that may be associated with those assignments. Training methods will be selected based on job descriptions and the experience and qualifications of the employee. At a minimum, all employees and new hires will receive awareness training that (as appropriate for the phase of the Project) addresses:

• community relations, human relations, and HSE policy commitments (see Section 12.2 and Annex U);

• the significant social and environmental impacts of the Project and the measures that will be employed to manage or mitigate such impacts;

• the major OHS hazards likely to be encountered in the construction and operation of the Project, and how to avoid such hazards or mitigate the associated risks (see MSP-20, “Project Safety Hazard Identification, Reporting, and Risk Assessment”); and

• any significant regulatory or community stakeholder concerns that must be considered in day-to-day operations (see MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism” and MSP 12, “Management of Stakeholder Communications”).

PETN


281 of 286

Refresher training will be provided to all staff on at least an annual basis. Additional training on specific management/mitigation plans or MSP requirements will be provided as appropriate for individual work assignments. Training requirements specifically applicable to suppliers or contractors will be defined within the context of individual contracts or purchase orders as discussed in Section 12.4.3.2.

12.6 Emergency Preparedness and Response

The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will be designed to minimize the potential for accidents and emergency situations during the construction and operations phases of the Project.

The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will be developed in conjunction with the other management/mitigation plans noted in Section 12.4.2, and will be reviewed and if necessary updated on at least an annual basis. The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will identify key emergency-related roles and responsibilities, and will provide direction on required responses to operational or environmental emergencies. The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will also be supported by several key MSPs, including:

• MSP-02, “Employee and Contractor Training”

• MSP-19, “Project Safety Hazard Identification, Reporting, and Risk Assessment”

• MSP-22, “First Aid and Emergency Medical Response”

• MSP-23, “Operational Safety Meetings”;

• MSP-31, “Fire Prevention Program” and

• MSP-32, “Site Security.”

The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will also contain requirements for periodic tests and drills to ensure that necessary response actions are understood by PETN’s designated rescue team, other Project staff, contractors, and, as appropriate for the given location, community emergency response personnel. In addition to the emergency notification requirements addressed in the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan, the circumstances and response actions associated with any significant spills, releases, accidents, near-misses, or other emergency situations for which the Project has direct responsibility will be documented and investigated, and appropriate corrective and preventive actions will be taken in conformance with Section 12.7.3 and MSP-07, “Management of Non-conformances and Corrective/Preventive Action.” Preventive actions in such cases will require a mandatory review of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan and its supporting procedures, and subsequent updates as warranted by the results of the review.

PETN


282 of 286

12.7 Monitoring and Review

12.7.1 ESMS Records Records generated as output from the implementation of the ESMS Plan and its supporting plans and procedures will be filed and maintained by administrative staff under the direction of the Environmental Manager, in accordance with procedure MSP-05, “Management of Records.” MSP-05 will define records organization, retention, and storage and retrieval requirements, as well as access control and other requirements designed to preserve the accessibility and integrity of records.

12.7.2 Monitoring and Measurement

12.7.2.1 ESMS Monitoring

Specific ESMS monitoring considerations may be addressed in individual management/mitigation plans and supporting MSPs. However, a comprehensive Project Environmental Monitoring Plan will also be developed to capture all of the specific monitoring needs identified in these documents and the final ESIA for the Project. The Environmental Monitoring Plan will provide for the development and maintenance of a spreadsheet documenting the planning, execution, and reporting actions associated with the environmental monitoring requirements that will apply in the construction, operation, decommissioning/closure phases of the Project. The sources of these requirements may include:

• environmental, social, and OHS monitoring parameters that may be identified by Senegalese regulations;

• progress monitoring requirements associated with the performance improvement process described in Section 12.4; and

• other specific environmental monitoring requirements established by individual management/mitigation plans.

Maps depicting monitoring locations for surface water flow and water quality, groundwater levels, groundwater quality and meteorological information, as appropriate for the construction phase of the Project will be included in the initial iterations of the Environmental Monitoring Plan. Appropriate updates shall be made as the Project proceeds from construction to operation and eventually, decommissioning and closure. Specific sampling and monitoring procedures and required laboratory analytical procedure requirements will be invoked by reference.

Non-conformances noted in monitoring activities will be resolved through the corrective and preventive action process discussed in Section 12.7.3. The Environmental Monitoring Plan will also describe the preparation and independent review, approval, and issue of an annual performance monitoring report that will be submitted to PETN as well as the International Lenders and Equity Providers to the Project (see Figure 28). Consideration of the annual performance monitoring report results will represent a major component of the management review process described in Section 12.7.5.

12.7.2.2 Regulatory Compliance Verification Audits

No later than one year after the commencement of the construction phase (and annually thereafter), the PETN Project Manager will request that the ESMS Advisor/Auditor conduct

PETN


283 of 286

or coordinate a detailed verification of Project compliance with applicable regulations, in accordance with MSP-17, “Compliance Verification Audits” as described in Section 12.3.1. Audits may be conducted by PETN or Vestas personnel or qualified contractors, subject to the functional independence, training, and qualification requirements that will be noted in MSP-16. The current version of the regulatory requirements list developed in accordance with Section 12.3.1 will be used as a primary reference for the audit, and audit results will be considered in any subsequent updates. Any non-conformances will be promptly documented and resolved as required by Section 12.7.3 and MSP-07, “Management of Non-conformances and Corrective/Preventive Action.”

12.7.2.3 ESHS Performance Measurements

After the initiation of the construction phase, the Project will conduct an annual evaluation of OHS hazards and risks, in accordance with MSP-19, “Project Safety Hazard Identification, Reporting, and Risk Assessment.” Per MSP, evaluated documents will include corrective and preventive action records generated for significant near-misses and/or accidents that occurred in the previous year, as well as the number of OHS training sessions conducted, the number of staff trained in comparison to the average annual employment level, and records of specific physical improvements to infrastructure made to correct OHS deficiencies or other OHS-related purposes. The results of this evaluation will form the basis of the OHS component of the performance improvement program described in Section 12.4.2, and will also be reported to management as part of the performance data required by the management review process discussed in Section 12.7.5.

12.7.3 Non-conformance Reporting and Corrective and Preventive Action All Project staff are responsible for bringing suspected non-conformances, spills or releases of potentially hazardous wastes or materials, or other existing or potential emergency situations to the immediate attention of their supervisor or the Environmental or OHS Managers for evaluation. In addition to the specific response actions that may be required by individual management/mitigation plans or the current Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan (see Section 12.6), such situations will be promptly evaluated, documented, and thoroughly investigated, and appropriate management actions will be taken in accordance with the corrective and preventive action processes that will be described in MSP-07, “Management of Non-conformances and Corrective/Preventive Action.”

In addition to direct observation, the requirements of MSP-07 will also be invoked for the resolution of non-conformances identified through external stakeholder communications (see Sections 12.8.1 and 12.9.1); periodic regulatory compliance verifications (see Section 12.7.2.2); annual internal ESMS audits (see Section 12.7.4); or external inspections or audits conducted by or at the request of regulatory agencies or other external stakeholders.

Non-conformances are defined as conditions that PETN and Vestas can control or substantially influence that:

• are contrary to PETN’s CSR policy commitments (see Section 12.2 and Appendix A);

• can be classified as accidents or significant near-misses;

• violate a legal or regulatory requirement, or represent a worsening condition that could result in a violation if not corrected;

• could potentially result in negative environmental or social impacts to the Project; or

• represent a lack of conformance with this ESMS Plan or its supporting management/mitigation plans and procedures.

PETN


284 of 286

If a non-conformance is judged to exist, Corrective/Preventive Action Requests (CPARs) will be initiated and tracked until closure in accordance with MSP-07. CPAR documents and tracking logs are considered to be key ESMS performance records and will be maintained as described in Section 12.7.1 and MSP-05, “Management of Records.” CPAR information will be routinely evaluated, as appropriate, in the planning of regulatory compliance verification audits, internal ESMS audits (see Section 7.4), and management reviews (Section 12.7.5).

12.7.4 Internal ESMS Audits After the start of the major construction phase, a comprehensive internal audit of the functionality and effectiveness of the ESMS will be performed at least every two years in accordance with MSP-17, “ESMS Audits.” MSP-17 will be based on ISO 1901166, a combined environmental/quality management system auditing standard that is cited by both ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001. Audit responsibilities will be assigned to properly qualified personnel and/or independent contractors or consultants who are functionally independent from the operational areas being audited. Additional audits may be performed at the discretion of PETN’s senior management. Any non-conformances detected in the audit process will be resolved in accordance with MSP-07, “Management of Non-conformances and Corrective/Preventive Action.”

12.7.5 Management Review After the beginning of the construction phase, the PETN Project Manager will request the performance of an internal management review of the overall suitability and effectiveness of the Project ESMS, in accordance with MSP-18, “ESMS Management Reviews.” Such reviews will involve the independent examination of several layers of environmental, social, and OHS performance information, developed through the routine implementation of this ESMS Plan and its supporting management/mitigation plans and MSPs. This information will be assembled by or at the direction of the Vestas Environmental and OHS Managers, and will include:

• open and closed C/PARs generated from the reporting of environmental, social, or OHS-related non-conformances, periodic regulatory compliance audits, monitoring trends or results, internal ESMS audits, or inspections or evaluations that may have been conducted by regulatory agencies, lending institutions, equity partners, or other external organizations;

• known or potential environmental and social issues and the concerns of interested parties, as documented in current communication logs and supporting correspondence (see Sections 12.8 and 12.9 and MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism”);

• environmental, social, and OHS performance monitoring results, or other reports or information collected to assess progress towards the completion of specific mitigation measures or performance improvement actions;

• reports from previous management reviews conducted in accordance with this Section; and

• other pertinent information.

This information will be evaluated against the requirements of the current versions of PETN CSR policy documents (see Appendix A) and the current regulatory requirements register (see Section 12.3.1). Any anticipated changes in regulatory compliance requirements, facility changes, organizational changes, or new directives that potentially affect the

66 See ISO 19011:2002, Guidelines for quality and/or environmental management systems auditing; (International Organization for Standardization, 2002).

PETN


285 of 286

company's environmental, social, and/or OHS management practices will also be considered.

The management review will be documented in report format, and, as appropriate, will include specific recommendations for ESMS improvements, external sharing or publication of annual monitoring report results, or other appropriate management actions. It will be presented to PETN’s Project Manager for final review and approval. Recommended performance improvement tasks will be documented that address any required ESMS Plan, management/mitigation plan, or MSP updates; policy modifications; external communications; or other appropriate improvement actions.

If previously undetected non-conformances are observed in the management review process, they will be documented and resolved as discussed in Section 12.7.3.

12.8 Stakeholder Engagement

12.8.1 Stakeholder Analysis and Engagement Planning PETN and Vestas will prepare a comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan which will be developed, approved, and issued prior to the Project’s construction phase, and will remain in effect over the life of the Project. General protocols for documenting and managing complaints from stakeholders will be managed in accordance with MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism”, in order to ensure that any stakeholder complaints or inquiries detected are documented and brought to the attention of management and properly considered as the Stakeholder Engagement Plan is developed. Additional MSPs will be issued in support of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan; these will include:

• MSP-32, “Site Security”, which will address general site security issues, as well as appropriate actions to be taken in direct encounters with individuals or groups who may be trespassing or are engaged in illegal activities; and

• MSP-19, ““Project Safety Hazard Identification, Reporting, and Risk Assessment”, which will include guidance on handling potential hazards to members of the local communities who may grow crops or graze cattle on the Project site or transient groups or individuals that may be encountered in the Project area.

12.8.2 Disclosure of Information As noted in Section 12.8.1, a comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan will be developed prior to the start of construction that will incorporate the social management themes reflected in the latest Project ESIA, including specific requirements for the disclosure of Project information. Should unauthorized individuals be directly encountered in the field, MSP-32, “Site Security” will require that all such contacts be documented and appropriate hazard avoidance measures be implemented.

12.8.3 Informed Consultation and Participation As noted in Section 12.8.1, a comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan will be prepared and implemented. Pursuant to Stakeholder Engagement Plan requirements, community information and consultation meetings will be periodically conducted. Should either community information and consultation meetings or any community health and safety awareness meetings result in specific complaints or information requests, they will be documented and referred to management for follow-up in accordance with MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism” or MSP-11, “Management of Stakeholder Communications”, as appropriate for the circumstances.

PETN


286 of 286

12.8.4 Indigenous Peoples It is assumed that the requirements of Section 32 of PS 1 (which require obtaining “Free, Prior, and Informed Consent”) will not apply, as no indigenous peoples will be impacted by the Project. Should the Project receive specific complaints or information requests, they will be documented and referred to management for appropriate follow-up in accordance with MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism.”

12.8.5 Private Sector Responsibilities under Government-Led Stakeholder Engagement

It is assumed that the requirements of Section 33 of PS 1 will not apply, as stakeholder engagement is understood to be a PETN/Vestas responsibility, and is not specifically reserved for the Government of Senegal.

12.9 External Communications and Community Grievance Mechanism

12.9.1 External Communications As noted in Section 12.8.1, a comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan will be developed prior to the start of the construction phase of the Project. The Stakeholder Engagement Plan will incorporate MSP-11, “Management of Stakeholder Communications” for responding to basic information requests and suggestions from external stakeholders, and for communicating information about the Project to stakeholders on an ongoing basis. MSP-11 will require appropriate responses to all stakeholder inquires; responses to more complex information requests and notifications of specific concerns and grievances as defined by the IFC PSs will be managed as described in Section 12.9.2.

12.9.2 Grievance Mechanism to Affected Communities As previously noted, a comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement Plan will be developed prior to the start of construction. The Stakeholder Engagement Plan will incorporate MSP-01, “Grievance Mechanism” specifically for the review and management of responses to all complex information requests, concerns, and grievances as defined by the IFC PSs.

12.10 Ongoing Reporting to Affected Communities As many of the management/mitigation plans discussed in Section 12.1.2 will not be fully implemented until the start of the construction phase, formal reporting to affected communities on the overall effectiveness of the ESMS in the management and mitigation of the environmental and social aspects of the Project will occur at the end of the first year of major construction activities. Reporting requirements will be elaborated in the Project Stakeholder Engagement Plan.

Ramboll Environ UK Limited

Registered in England

Company No: 2331163

Registered Office:

Artillery House

11-19 Artillery Row

London

SW1P 1RT

1/3

Date 22/09/2015 Ramboll Environ 5th Floor 7 Castle Street Edinburgh EH2 3AH United Kingdom T +44 131 297 2650 www.ramboll-environ.com Ref 02346478

MEMO Job Parc Eolien Taiba NDiaye Memo no. M02346478_2 Date 22/09/2015 To Jean Kim,

Sarah Shoff, From Adam Fitchet, Copy to Peter Burston,

Sharon Maharg, Eric McCartney, Bruno Vigneron Chanda Kapande Lisa Pinsley

Ramboll Environ call with OPIC, 21st September 2015 re. Hooded Vulture. This memo sets out the key points of the telephone conversation between Ramboll Environ and OPIC on 21st September 2015 regarding the sightings of hooded vulture Necrosyrtes monachus within the proposed Taiba N’Diaye wind farm Project Area in western Senegal.

Vantage Point (VP) surveys to best practice international standards (Scottish Natural Heritage wind farm guidance, April 2014 as referenced in the biodiversity assessment) commenced in March 2015 in order to coincide with the spring migration period. Five VPs have been surveyed three times a month since March 2015 and these surveys are ongoing. The Biodiversity chapter of the ESIS Addendum reports the results of surveys up to and including August 2015.

In the period from March 2015 to August 2015, 30 hours of observation have been completed from each VP. During these surveys just two observations of hooded vulture were made, one in April 2015 and one in August 2015, both in the northern part of the Project Area. An additional observation of a hooded vulture was made during the breeding bird survey within the Project Area. No observations of hooded vulture were made in any of the surveys completed within the Project Area in previous years before the VP surveys commenced in March 2015. Therefore, over the course of over 150 hours of observation within the Project Area, Hooded vultures have only been seen three times, which is a very low level of activity.

2/3

Hooded vultures nest in large trees, such as baobabs. They build large, conspicuous nests. No nests were found within the Project Area and none are known to exist in the surrounding area. Given their conspicuous nature, we would expect to have been told of their presence by local people if they were there. Also, if a nest was present, a considerably higher level of flight activity would likely to have been recorded during the surveys than the three sporadic observations.

Of the two recorded VP flights of hooded vulture, one was seen far below potential collision height (PCH) and the other at the boundary height between below PCH and PCH (no height estimation was made for the bird recorded during the breeding bird surveys). Even taking the worst case scenario, this could represent two individual flights at potential risk of collision. The process involved in calculating collision risk for a flying bird, includes calculating the potential that the bird flies at PCH but isn’t struck by a turbine blade and also requires the application of an avoidance rate to represent the action that birds will take to avoid the turbines. . Based on the data collected to date, the calculated collision risk would be incredibly small and lead to the conclusion of a negligible impact that would not result in an ecologically significant effect.

As indicated in the Biodiversity chapter of the ESIS addendum, hooded vulture is likely to be imminently re‐classified by BirdLife International and the IUCN from Endangered to Critically Endangered. This reclassification is because of large recent population declines across its African range. The critical habitat assessment has taken a precautionary approach and is based on hooded vulture being a Critically Endangered species. It is unlikely that the Project Area would qualify as critical habitat if the threatened status of hooded vulture remains as Endangered, as the unit of analysis (the Discrete Management Unit, or DMU in IFC terminology) is unlikely to support more than 1 % of the global population or 10% of the National Senegalese population of the species). For the purposes of the assessment the DMU for hooded vulture is defined by the region of Thies, in which the Project is situated. The region of Thies covers an area of 6,670 km2. With such a low threshold for critical habitat for critically endangered species, in order for the DMU to be considered to be critical habitat for the species, it only needs to support one regularly occurring individual of the species. So, even with just three observations over six months, the DMU can be considered to support a regularly occurring individual and is therefore critical habitat.

There are, however, a number of important qualifications to consider alongside the critical habitat assessment. The categorisation of critical habitat applies to the wider area within which the Project Area lies (i.e. the DMU), not to the Project Area specifically. The Project Area is dominated by low fruit trees, and supports few larger trees. Therefore, it does not provide optimal habitat for hooded vulture to nest. Also, whilst there are some small groups of livestock in the Project Area, there aren’t large gatherings of livestock. This is an important observation as vultures are scavengers and carrion eaters and food resource is a good predictor of their presence. It is possible that the small rubbish dumps on the edge of each of the small villages are attracting the birds. Elsewhere in this part of Senegal, Hooded vultures presence is strongly tied to the larger habitations and the associated rubbish, with many Hooded vultures seen above Dakar and as well as above Thies.

3/3

Vultures are large birds that can travel great distances. As such, we believe that the birds that have been seen over the Project Area are passing through the area as part of a larger home range, rather than focussed activity within the Project Area. If there was a specific reason for the birds to visit the Project Area, we would expect them to have been recorded far more frequently. Also, as there are no particular features for the vultures to occur in the Project Area. No direct adverse impacts on any such features (e.g. from habitat loss) are predicted as a result of the proposed wind farm.

Although no significant adverse impacts are predicted on hooded vulture populations, to meet the requirements of IFC PS6, the project needs to deliver a net gain for the species as a feature conferring critical habitat status. The mitigation measures set out in the Biodiversity chapter of the ESIS Addendum are designed to deliver such a net gain. These will be delivered through a Project Biodiversity Action Plan (see BAP framework included in Annex E to the Biodiversity chapter of the ESIS Addendum), underpinned by research. An understanding of vulture abundance and breeding locations would provide an excellent baseline upon which to build. An understanding of the threats faced by the species would allow an appropriate conservation programme to be developed to aid the species.

In order to ensure that the one possible attraction for the species within the Project Area is removed, as part of the mitigation measures, the Project will work with local villages to develop better rubbish disposal processes.

Finally, targeted monitoring of the species will continue for at least 15 years. This will allow the mitigation measures to be adapted if necessary.